rN Ol Anan a ley } Mie: He At 3 a Di ai aise oer paisa re
Sabi a ei sh Bt Heiaie Maas Ry ae He i De Septem .. | . ep a . . an | .
, ¥ Bhs BRN ps Ane F AG tis \ . Riveate) a a i .
AY?, ight ie ‘f Mati ee is
+
een LR. BO Daisy oe AN ce
i : i
Li : aye
Mi ; s t3h a : i i tye i a Mi ii . He ; ie . MSY Ne sie H be 7 - i . oo . ‘ ye He
¥
~y Mon ate ta r te RAy APN tet NN Sante Ne fests id rae : Sore Ry LG hs ee Se Ta EL = As. | Rete Tt
3 pees
a.
5 a eos
ae
new
i ae
- C
mie Soot
3 yee at
iis
tS %
Stee oe
VIPERS A AMES oe vals Oe
ene J; & i is ie : A tis oo Ae i i bs
x Se
< ces 503 sett
Papen
Beg . ° RSS a
NN
a i VANE NO
se ae
4,
. AG : Rg : Pale . | . - o
2 -
Se ee Ss
See x ..
eases aan tye Hae ie a
Vana) ea io ia i Wi . i
~ ==
mae OOS ~ : Se Se Sens > a Sas mA
Peron one ees
=o
aS
3)
—
ey a Ve a i oe o i 3 : . ee ae oe oe ee Ay
” Ae Ave fee “ at Ne a, ae a i
~ be
; : —- ‘ mee ath «@ eee a>
ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
BOARD OF REGENTS
OF THI
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
SHOWING
THE OPERATIONS, EXPENDITURES, AND CONDITION OF THE INSTITUTION
FOR THE
YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892.
Lived alia eh) asae bh
OF THE
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.
WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1893.
FIFTY: SECOND CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION.
Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring ), That there be printed of the reports of the Smithsonian Institution and of the National Museum for the year ending June 30, 1892, in two octavo volumes, 10,000 extra copies; of which 1,000 copies shall be for the use of the Senate, 2,000 copies for the use of the House of Representatives, 5,000 copies for the use of the Smithsonian Institution, and 2,000 copies for the use of the National Museum,
yI
Rion bo, NATIONAL MUSEUM,
THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
FOR THE
Web asi EN) ENG JUN Ki 38 O07, 1892:
Ill
377
REPORT OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892.
SUBJECTS.
I. Report of the Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, in charge of the National Museum, upon the condition and progress of the Museum.
II. Reports of the Curators. III. Papers illustrative of collections in the U.S. National Museum. IV. Bibliography.
V. List of accessions.
r- ” i hn - s ¥ Rab hiv hyde ‘ ae Lea ; 4 —+ By) 4 “ § ’ 6 -
a
| re
are | iat intense ar
rat
ict eat: Meck
Cl ee eee
bs
rar
aren
er i at is al Wi
ALLL aor i,
U.S. NATIONAL MusEUM UNDER DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, Washington, December 1, 1892. Str: I have the honor to submit herewith a report upon the present condition of the U. S. National Museum and upon the work acecom- plished in its various departments during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1892. Very respectfully, G. BROWN GOODE, Assistant Secretary in charge of U.S. National Museum. Mr. S. P. LANGLEY, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.
CONTENTS.
SOE CLS Sere ere eS cis Ret keh cue Eee Serer SI ee RE oe eer AP EISE RL O Wo RANG NITE Tae Roe eee ee ee oe he ae a eee SE
SECTION I.— REPORT OF THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY IN CHARGE OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
AE GEneralkcOnsldenvilomsiai ccc ss <n sess ats oes cee neh See eee ee EnincipalssourcesiOreuliexcolleculOns <= -2 4-5 4452 4222 2 522 eee
Be SPecialgloprcsiOm bn envied ssc sac mise e fea oan Soe Go cae Oe ee : ImcreaseanstheyeollectionSss ec ee nese ek eae tee Ee ee Oe InereaseminahherMusenmlibmatnes. see = ee sees secs eee es oe ee eee Decreased edition of the reports of the Smithsonian Institution and
INGOT OTe 6 UT bse ele ee, eee nee ree ee oe ey ee
ANAT 15870 0S Bee ee tara ees es oT eran SU se ee MUsemimvappPLOpEIAvIOns tor te92—03 See ee. ee eee eee ele ELOposedadditiona le Museum building s.2222)-52 5). =- 2 Representation of the United States at the Madrid Exposition ...._-- INGCrOlocyaes ee eee ee Bees sc ace ret aie eh Oe A Ce Nes orate ea ot rhe conditionvot- tiexcollections.: 222-23. 4504 2-5-5255 555 880-6 ee eee Censusombhercollectionsest sepa ee ee tee em es ee eee ea
RO Ad MRO OEIC Rater Is ieee eg kat eS Development and arrangement of the exhibition series. 22... --...--- Drea MnISe LMS Lelie see ees ee oh een ML Sec oo To 4) wu eae ants
Histol curators. assistan curators, and aids... 5.5225 5s. ae a RevadmMiMIStrativersbetiee sta. tease. 2, Se Se ie ewe ee
ih hovers Ot worl in phe scientine depariments==-o- 2 ose ene ee DIVAS ONY OF ANTREOPOLO Gyn sem: oo ee Catan is foc ee ee eee ae
HD TevISTOME OLE ZOOLO Dyes nen yas, os co Seperate ee
MD INST OTRO Rao baMiy sem 2 ae oe ccna ee alae ee See eee 2 DImIsiommObreOlO myo so. <, «282 hte Boe oe ee Soe Le SA Pa—heview ot the administrative work ... 222.22. 202..0 5. sce es ed ssc e ee Herisiravion ana: distri butlomes 2 &.. oeefseincl nate <ats aides See ee Se Geographical statement of the distribution of specimens during the
AVC UI re ey oy eS ara sre NA penny te n'a Sd Teena toe Rie gee et eae eles Soar
TETTI TOT EAT peepee ete tered on ain) Bsn Seo. Sa eM rE even, ASM Se Specimens sent to the Museum for examination and report... ..---. HOTETONBERC HANI OES sae ets ¢o0 55 = eae Sey eee ep te a Se es 28) pee
PACU G Ald OLS = ers ee ae Naa ee Sg ey a tt Tn nd WHGHIGIS IS. So GB Saco ts aa ee eer a hn le ok Le ee ee, ee ee oe MeEcbuTEesandemeehine sor SOCIELIES= 4s =e eeee = foes no ek ee SUTEGIGTIUS| ce Se BE Es I et ere en POL Cn a ae ge ag ee
op)
for)
99 23 23
23
24 31 32 45 49 53 54
55
x CONTENTS.
Page.
F.--Reyiew of the administrative work—Continned. © Finance, property, supplies, and accounts .....---.------------------ 56 Correspondence and reports....-------.-------+---------------------- 61 Preparation of labels.......--.-----+-- -+=+ 22-0 === = -0~ = 5 ee 63 Buildings and labor—police and public comfort ...--..-------.------ 63 The work of tle Museum) preéparators 2s. --eee— === 64 Ge—ACCeSSIONS. ..- f..2- 22 coach Bone ~~ eee i ee eae i 66 Number of accessions annually since 1881 _.-..-.-.--- Reta on 66 Geographical review of the more important accessions. --..--------- 66 H.—Codperation of the Departments and Bureaus of the Government --.---- 82 Department of State... ....2--+ = 2-222 -2--e= =o ee 82 Mreasuny Department=se.-2 ees eee. eee eee ee 83 War Department andi the “Amiiy cece sei aie ee eee 84 Navy Department and the Navy..--..-.----.-.- 4.) bcs eee 85 Department) of the WnberiOn-2—see cree = eee eee 86 Department of, Agrienlture-- 225. 2222 saces= =e ee 89 United States! Fish Commission=2.>)-------] eee eee eee 91 Department, of Justice s22- 222 soe ees oe ae ee 92 surean of Ethnelogy 5.2. .cihe. Senses see) ee eee eee eee 92 M—H xplorations =.22-< 2-522 fsslsscokss setae = seer e eee ee 93 Collectors’ outfits; 22.25 si.cac se oc ee toons ee ee ere 95
SECTION IJ].—REPORTS OF THE CURATORS. Hbhnolo ey ji sas2 Ss See ch sb .c2 oe ose adceecis- cece es eee eee ee eee eee 101 American aboriginal pottery 22 cc fe. c-1. ocve stare eles Sey te 109 Oriental antiquities: .2. ois. .222 sso) 0 keds Sere eee eee ee eee eee 111 Historical collections: 22:22 55-252:4-- sce cece eee one See ee 115 Graphic arts s:c2<5 2222550 2-e8 Sele ce ds Seco eee eee eee 121 Mores bry 22-23% sce ess Sess tele See wee cce cee hee aoe See 125 Transportation and engineering... -- 2520 2 eee eee eee 127 Materia (Medica o2: 8. 25 2belesceecseestececs see ee oe eee 133 Prehistoric anthropology --. 2222. s.s< 22522222) ee 135 IMAMMNAIS --152 24 (2 sce sees pee lee Se ee ee Se 145 DELS Aaa 2 cic cjats cteteises cols noises bese SS StS Se 147 IBITGS OP CSc 6.262 Seine oss cate a Sue he Sace bso ee 1538 Reptiles and: batrachians: 2222 522.253 202-2 2c ee ee ee 155 LINN) 10 ene ee PRL eRe eat Se plas ee Bhs ing saceos Ss 159 Mollusks (imeludins; cenozoic fossils)is-2 2s eee eee 163 Werbebrate fossils: =: . 2... os..2 Scise cece ee ee ee 169 LIDS Ca OR CE Ne tee oobe- 171 Marinesinvertebrates «. <<.3625 0. ies Sencee co acl ee ee ee e 175 Comparative anatomy ...: 2. s2.2cc (232s ee 181 HOssilplamts 2. ce cSsleese esas coes sane ee Looe Do ee eee 185 Invertebrate fossils:
Pal€OZO01C =. 2.2 se ooo ke Son 2s ee eee 191 IMGSOZOIC! x.y.) 5. 2 ec So feed se Sess se ae kis ee 195 IBOUAMYs. 2 oes scien jee case a eae akc tee Dew kc ne 197 MMOrAIS = oa ae aie See Soleo dees seed boca eee Oe 201 KER OLO BY) 2 ici oicos senate sewicien po kndmeewee ne alee ae ee 205
SECTION III.—Paprrers DESCRIBING AND ILLUSTRATING COLLECTIONS IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MuSEUM.
1. Japanese Wood-cutting and Wood-eut Printing. Communicated by Mr. T. Tokuno, and edited by S. R. Koehler ..-.__. 2.22 Se 221
2. The Relation of Biology to Geological Investigation. By Charles A. White 245
CONTENTS. XI
Page. 3. Scientific Taxidermy for Museums. (Based on a study of the United States Government collections.) By R. W. Shufeldt, wm. D=-.---.-.-..-...-....-- 369 iii snotaraeb yar CyrisvA@lers: 525i sscsa. case ioe sis less basse So one se 437 Phe erumpeputaliCave. iby: trank Burns 5-2 oss--seemeee = oe 22 Ses 451 6. Minute Stone Implements from India. By Thomas Wilson. ......---.------ 455 7. Comparative Odlogy of North American Birds. By R. W. Shufeldt, M.p.. 461 SECTION IV.—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM FOR THE FiscaL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892. PDI catOnssOiunowWUSeUM = 555. s=-oeas -55- ce es onde eenme aaee na ote ee 497 II. Papers by officers of the National Museum and other investigators, whose writings are based directly or indirectly on the collections of the Mina S © Winters cP ys eiela states rorm oi s/7s alo crolmtate S isle wieys tere eis wien ele ie tanta 498 SEecTION V.—LisT OF ACCESSIONS TO THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM DURING THE FIscaAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892. WTS posted CCOSSIOINS scrote spect ta oar or oe ae Sect ts ee te eect eS 529 TindexrA——B val Ocalliitiyes sets os errs epee sen eee eae mateo Nace eee ee See 579 Index B—By departments in the National Museum. ..--.------ Pe Pe ee 591
CEMEirel Mla CLO Xaparons otter tele ote ulate oslo ieis ate cle ce oO niete awe tor bess bc eee eee es 603
a Cig . to ¥ a 7 wierd S35 —— tes F) oe : 7 » i ae ers ‘ _ “ - 1} a é 7 5) | ee
>
| : n ae bat ma ‘ Be gh ;
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS,
PLATES. ‘ Facing page. PL. I. Railroad monument at Bordentown, New Jersey......-.-..--.......-----.--------- 128 i. Bronze tablet on the railroad monument at Bordentown, New Jersey.---.-..-..--. 128 i, Diagram showing arrangement of cases in Department of Geology, June 30, 1892. 217 AVE ROOMS ISEOUD cect pan CSO pw.OOU- CULE ES telesales sess cee =e eee eee 222 Weeeloolsrisedybyad apanese nw OO(- CUULETS sa sarc) t lets aciat esa nar ee 222 Viste pan eseawOO0G-GULLOI a U WOLD Katee esate ae yma eo oe eee ene as Soe ee 994 vit. Tools and appliances used by Japanese wood-cut printers. -............-2--- 222... 230 vii. Tools and appliances used by Japanese wood-cut printers. ...............22..2.-.-- 230 IXae Ave apanese wood-Cubsprinter iy wOllesa= ce sees se. cnet esse conse nee a eee 230 Ace ALenran CUS NaARissaces sac se setae a ciee en ie a oe cia ais Anns ces Seen een 230 Nc Me CHOC OMUSIN Seb AnON ee sean esas sae © se a ec clei ee ae ee Se cee es See ee 232 MIME thocsOnMusin eM bAren sae sao ss. ccaciee nsec se nceiete Se aes ae ocak < oats Eee 232 Gilly JOGETR LOUIS se wesade dos deco DS HeDOUBe Shona Gan on ped Baamnte sob aeestees cobasaosncese 232 xiv. Table showing the time range of certain kinds of animals and plants. -......-.--- 303 Nam OCDO DUS OCLODUSOULY ATU eanie aaa sata Aeon ee feo We Sa AOS oavaa eee oe 388 MAVEN ONLMONES GUL TSE DUAN ONLCULOLUS St ch cme maar eee ee ces sae Secen ae eee asian 388 NV UaOLLUSLUOLEULILES) DOTLELLUD NO nae ciniaa ccc cr Sesianias Ae esis oe eae oe yacee ee ctinsee kee 388 xvi. Annelids® Vig.1. Polynoé leucohyba. re KASEROLE DUAL CLL DUG END 2 ni= antnnc sec (seee ales o srcte Sela aaie cis elas fee cine meeine Soe oe 388 REN MACV LAIN OM OL see OILELULA UU UNULIS eiters = Beenie cays meet pee Mente eae es 388 RONG SCALE eI UCMOE TUR LEM Sxiais ays ia eye Se ee ee eae nee ere Aue ete ny CE rae Wha ahed 394 xxi. Shark, Carcharhinus obscurus, and Remora, Echeneis nauerates...---.-.......----- 396 SMUT NUESeS NAB. GUNG Ly MVOStOUd CULTACUND 2222. sce sore e nee <a je tees coe eck ee ese ese 396 RRM LCD O Lap UlLOULOULS MALLINUB = aa ne closes cineca Sisines s Deke ee ous oe se eee eis seer eee eee 396 XXIV. Fig.1. Parrot-fish, Scarus sp.? PECOMMOn PONUDPANOn ENAChYIOLUS CATOLUIVUSS seat 2h eae omen eee te eee 398 XXv. Fig.1. Mirror carp, Cyprinus carpio. PRP ALO ti SU NPLCLLOD US! ULTAULS eae esas ete ee erat ae a ee 400 SEKAI eMC SHS PANU COLD Me cro ner sata rere atone Seek ee ee hee eRe eee 400 LVI COMMON ALLEL SUAS. MULteNUG BULB = 2 ee tee ee aes ee eee eee eee ae eee 402 NGI OLESH KON CONOLOLUS: CAMILA LEUS ae oe one ees reel ee cie eee sek ose oe cia Se one eee 402 REDE MAITCUS OM OTUMDLECUD OV UESi ac icrnini ere seers rele Sens a ate ee ee ee ee Se eens eee 404 RONAN CE) PUTO TUCO TNO OULU Ute else etre = ate le ye ae a alc Reine mc eves Stes ctererate renee Sete Sec ce faery mene gets 404 ERGKONGMIIS ESO I CLAS UEDENIVELECLY VUES oles ciate ota tol aio orn) of Sic elasa arate elein nin ae eeete oe oe = CIE oe encircle cia ees 404 SSO NS NOMI S (PM iki Oey vy ters caw acca cee als oe, = cise sic alarae roa ETO otis e Se bic Sie oe aa eee eee 404 MM HOLe-ShelleqGuUrbleyA spidonectes fer.Gr, AQ. see o nme aeee ease een ae oe em elo eee 406 REORUO XS LONLOISC me OLLI CLOMCLOUSH, === tin cia aisteinm eelatinie tee ieee en ck Don ee cane renee 406 RSS COO, COD COTS CLEA eoneen po nonbouorelcvacoas2gsaccopobasae SehapreeBvioes ose = 406 RENE RP LED UTE COS ILENUULUND, cree. cyoiciat=, nae Selo ne SOCIO ee cee POE ae eee cee ens ceecenle 406 XXXvi. Old and improved methods of mounting a penguin.......................-.-------- 406 XXxvul. Fig. 1. The Great Auk, Plautus impennis. PaebhelGregupArntihe lau lus Vin pennise cance ce sk ee cee oe aca e Seen eee 406 MMI une -piledioull, Marts Oectdentales, JUN 2-2. scae nese ses fe ease cess ae ss See e cee cee ve ne 408 ERR MAOw-talledieulleCredg rus fUNCULUS (ce wean seo nee a0 ce ~ oes ne ance seme 408 Roe lack UGKS HINO NOUN DA 708) OUSCNM Ee ae ee aa eae nc Sa a seine Anes one nee enters 408 XLI, Method of mounting diurnal Raptores, emp.oyed in the British Museum .-...----- 410
XIV
PreeSvit. XLIIT. XLIV.
XLY. XLVI. XLVII. XLVIII.
XLIX.
LX.
LXI. LXII. LXIII. LXIV. LXV. LXVI. LXVII.
LXVIII. LNIX. LXX.
LXXI.
TCI. LXXIlIl. LXXIV:.
LX XV.
LXX VI. LXXVI (a). LXXVII. LXXVIII. LXXIX. LXXX. LXXXI. 309.0,0.9) 016 LXXXIll.
LXXXIV. LXXXV. LXXXVI.
LXXXVII. LXXXVIII. LXXXIX. XC.
XCl. XCII. XCIIT. XCIV. XCY. XCVI,
«. Fig.
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
oe
1
Facing page.
Method of mounting diurnal Raptores, employed in the British Museum ....---.-- A scolding parrot. ...---------=---------- 22 - +2250 nn te 0 nn nn Fig. 1. Parrot on the defensive. (Rear view.)
2: Parrot on the defensive. (Hrontiwmicw.) > as---2=es= = ee eee
Indian game hen, cady, Webbie liaise err errs Maen a eS ee Indian game cock (dubbed) ....-----------------------+---++--+-++------++-++------ Head of Indian game cock (undubbed) nearly life size.
Fig. 1. (Front view.)
. (Lateral view.) .---<------ 2-265 3 = = = <n cie mm wee . Black Sumatra cock.
; Wihite-faced. black Spanish COG koe scree = ee eles alee eet
Fig.
bho e no
, Silver-spangled: Hamburg hen 2 2 22a ole atm oom wlolatm at le ee SBYack: Summ autre COCK eae atata a = wretcie tela ated ele ere ee . Brown Leghorn cock - <2... << <-0c emcee vere = =9 se ete J Black Simattray COCK see ce sce ore imate niente aaa eo . Light Brahma cock -.....------ +--+ ++ 0222-22022 222 one ene 7. ight Brahma bene. <2 2. eee een eat ale em l= ale lal no . Common dove-cote pigeons, (Doze) eae e tele elem oa eee . Common dove-cote pigeon -~22- = scene = =m mammal wm lw wale le . Fig.1. Pigeon, black outside tumbler, ¢.
2. Dove-cote pigeon. -....-- Saonpone bocca esconcossa Sageeocsres sccasecoccsscce 1. Gambel’s partridge, C. gambeli, ¢.
2. Quail! Colintus: (Oy aescs ace oem = ee ee ele eee eee eal eee Gambel’s partridge, Callipepla gambeli, 3 ..-.------------ mba dose eee eee eee California partridge, Callipepla californica, f.---------..-.-------=---------------- Massena partridge, Cytonyx montezume@, CO --.----2------2---- +000. en e---=------- Qual} Colinis sp. aaa serra 1- <n oe well n ie ae lee a eee eee Hingelish pheasants < oo ee - wie ie = eto ne wl = mile a altel a he ae Moorcock; 2. éetrid,.\ Oi - a. ecb sc cle ecietel snl ae ee Ruffed grouse, Bonasa wmbellus, On POUCH = 22m ere eee eae ee Fig. 1. Dusky grouse, Dendragapus obscurus.
2. Richardson's grouse, Dendragapus canadensis richardsoni .....--.-.---.--- Wald turkey, Meleagris) (alo pave mean eteln alata alol a atoll te ee eee Heads of wild turkeys, Meleagris gallopavo....-.--------------- tdi nsielpeiemaee eee Screech owl, Megascops asio ... << 5.2 a- <ces ec cee ne eee ee = ee eee eee eee ere Great horned owl, Bubo virginianus!-- 22-2 see -ts ac = eee eee eee Great horned owl, Bubo virgiunianus,.-<- 2.02. = =e wee = eee Baltimoreloriole; Leterwsi gall ula, Gia toraeietatale eat atelier Great rock kangaroo, Macropus 70bustus, Gio cceesiea= eee ee ee eee Defective specimens, including a badly mounted kangaroo. ..-....-.-----..------. Groupiofarmadillos; Vatusiamovem-cunctdices am eee eee ete eee eee Spotted porpoise, Prodelphinuws:plagiodon 22-2. 2- 22 os eee eee eee eee Flying Jemur oricolugo; Galeopithecuswolans — seer c- 2e- = ee eee ee eee Thomson's gazelle; Gazella thomsonitaaes- ns -soe ee ee eee ee eee eee Group of American bison, Bison americans -- = scene oon ie te eee eee Musk. ox, Ovibos moschatuss .- 5.2000 scsi enek Saeco eee eee Eee eee eee Head. of zebra; Bquusibunchelltt.. 2. 2c0- see e eae os eee eee Eee ee African elephant ‘“‘Mungo,”’ Elephas africanus, juv...-------.-------------------+- Fig. 1. Western “prairie dog,’ Cynomys columbianus, 3.
2. Western ‘'prairie dog,” Cynomys columbianus, G.---.---------+----------e “Jackrabbit.” epus catlotiscatlotis, oO sa-2-sece eee eee ene eee White or Polar bear, Thalassarctos maritumus ......---2- cs se eee ee ee eee eee Fig. 1. Manikin fora walrus.
2: Walrus; Odobcenus obesus, Gi -lc- ce seen eases eee ee Walrus, Odobtenus:obesus, G'ac on. c coos ccc sees a ee ee American’ badger; ‘Taaiden a. americonus-s-e-cs.- seen ees eee AS groupiot (coyotes; Canisilatrans -.---- seseecesdeeee eee eee e nee eee eee Fig. 1. Hairless Mexican terrier.
2. Lynx; Lyne TUupuscs soos shc0 vac ccs ce sete nae ee Head of tiger, Felis tigris...6.. 2.5. 422.05 Saco e teen Group of Labrador ducks, Camptolaimus labradorius............------++---+------- A pair of Louisiana water thrushes, Siurus motacilla, and nest.......-.-----.---- Group of robins in the American Museum of Natural History, New York City-.. Group of opossums
Indian rhinoceros ‘‘ Bombi,” Rhinoceros unicornis ..cccececcecesseccceececccecesess
410 410
410 410 412 412
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. xv
Facing page.
ENG en HOLars uy OU ORMNOLNS «5 cin.c 1s. + osais wo nare aeestatn Sie eroleeiclareto.crhe eosin « <ee cee otkee 438 CWT, SITOIENES on dha csaso qa e ECSU ERE BSB SOSCO Ta Hea SON ern nae So Sue ans teammates 440 XMM SMOLATS Ie cisco 2) nee ral eV alate oats oe aie etc eteneitalayeriomicia nie neo eicie es aracl= Ce Slee as Ae asc 442 GOH OTAMS eee re rela ycene = saya cies ars Stee a.srece see Saar cente slomnie eateries Soe =o ctu saektece = 444 cI. Figs. 1, 2, and 3. Objects illustrating prehistoric burials...................-...--. 452
cit. A series of minute prehistoric stone implements from caverns in the Vindya Hills, NING ae awison wae RSs oni nia/e-s erate Ries niare ot eic lacie oe ee Mie oe Bisre poco wane 456 cul. Minute prehistoric stone implements from central and southern France......--. 456
HUN pelemel AN OS OLY OOU-CULLEE SUIT O) a teatsrato'aloinia sscenicha,nio/t/snis ga sean ooo eee eer eee ae 223 Deane bro peanwood- cutter. OL the Xe century; = ccs 22 ac2ne> eee eee ete nee eree es see 233 CaM NOR ORIsedsbyeb ap MOM ac -72-e oe ene ia sieinra <a oe eleeelsie ee OE eo eee Tee oete 234 J Lapillonsmannenor noldingytheknite) s.-9--- esce 2 ae eee ae eee aes ae oaee ee 235 Be TEN Ow pimnuegs” NINES 6 se coqagoueaaood doco coCcT seb qgde aren acostic coo uacoouoongosnacaecse 238
Sie ELON _ ee Osten CONDITION AND PROGRESS OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892.
G. BROWN GOODE,
ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, IN CILARGE OF U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.
EE Mas. 414, pt: 221 1
‘ a ¥ « be et ot a © Liman i : i o a, : : ; q ; i } 1 i : de : : ees, A 2 f 4 4 - ao ye we un r is a reg : F a t z
ise dhe 22K @ MA 5 ad
UPON
THE CONDITION AND PROGRESS OF THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892,
BY G. BROWN GOODE,
Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution, in charge of U. 8. National Museum.
A.—_GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.
The report now presented relates to the operations of the National Museum during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1892.
The history of the origin and development of the National Museum has been discussed in previous reports, both in the introductory pages and in a paper published in the report. for 1891, entitled ‘* The Genesis of the National Museum.”* It will therefore be sufficient for our pres- ent purpose to repeat a few of the most essential facts.
The Smithsonian Institution was established by act of Congress in 1846. One of the provisions of the act was that all objects of art and of foreign and curious research, and all objects of natural history, plants, and geological and mineralogical specimens belonging to the United States, should be placed in the custody of the Smithsonian Institution. As one of the results of this provision, the collections, both of ethno- logical and natural history objects, made by the numerous Government exploring expeditions, came into the possession of the Institution. These, with the ‘- National Cabinet of Curiosities,” which was exhibited in the Patent Office building, and which was transferred to the Smith- sonian Institution in 1858, formed an important nucleus around which thousands of other collections have since gathered. The‘ National Cabinet of Curiosities ” was a name given to the collections of the ‘‘ National Institution,” which was organized six years before the act creating the Smithsonian Institution had been passed.
The National Museum thus grew up under the care of the Smith- soman Institution, and the Secretary of the Institution was appointed by Congress “ Keeper of the Collections.”
yl es raf iay
4 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The National Museu has been recognized as such by Congress for many years, but it was not until 1879 that an appropriation was made, providing money for the construction of a building especially intended for the display of the national collections. This action of Congress had been doubtless precipitated by the large increase made in the col lections of the Government at the close of the Centennial Exhibition in 1876. The building was completed in 1881, during which year the collections were in part transferred to it from the Smithsonian building, In the following year a careful estimate of the extent of the collections, including the results of Government expeditions and gifts from private individuals, showed that the total number of specimens in the National Museum was 193,362. At the end of June, 1892, this total had in- creased to 3,223,941. Thus in one decade from what was practically the date of occupancy of the Museum building, the collections have increased sixteenfold. This result is certainly very: gratifying. The Museum building is, however, very much overcrowded, and a new build- ing is urgently needed. The attention of Congress has been frequently called to this matter, but nothing has yet been done. If the present un- satisfactory conditions are to exist much longer, such a rate of increase in the collections will, as has been already pointed out, become exceed- ingly embarrassing, and instead of endeavoring to interest people in contributing to the national collections. it will soon become necessary to discourage them from doing so. Indeed, this policy has already been adopted in certain instances, and the National Museum has lost control of several large and important collections. In the case of col- leetions made by various branches of the Govermnent, the Museum is obliged by law to receive them, having beei appointed by Congress the custodian of such collections. The necessity of receiving these makes it the more incumbent to decline offers trom private sourees.
During the year the Museum has accomplished much in connection with the preparation of an exhibit for the World’s Fair, to be opened in Chicago next May. In this the following departments of the Museum will be represented: Mammals, Birds, Reptiles, Fishes, Insects, Marine Invertebrates, Comparative Anatomy, Minerals, Physical Geology, Eth- nology, American Prehistoric Pottery, Prehistoric Anthropology; as well as several sections of the Department of Arts and Industries, viz.. Animal Products, Oriental Antiquities, Graphie Arts, and Musical [nustruments.
PRINCIPAL SOURCES OF THE COLLECTIONS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
The collections of the National Museum are made up, to a very large extent, of the following materials:
(1) The natural history and anthropological collections, accwnu- lated since 1850 by the efforts of the officers and correspondents of the Smithsonian Institution.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 5
(2) Collections which have resulted from explorations carried on more or less direetly under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institu- tion.
(5) Collections which have been obtained through the courtesy of the Department of State and the codperation of United States ministers and consuls.
(4) Collections which have been obtained by naval expeditions, such as the Wilkes exploring expedition, the Perry expedition to Japan, and other expeditions conducted by the Navy Department.
(9) Collections made by the scientific officers of Government sur veys, such as the Pacific railroad survey, the Mexican boundary survey, and the surveys carried on by the Engineer Corps of the U.S. Army. ~ (6) Collections inade by officers of the Signal Corps of the U.S. Armny, stationed in remote regions.
(7) Collections obtained by the U.S. Geological Survey.
(8) Collections inade by officers of the U.S. Fish Commission.
(9) Collections resulting from expeditions conducted by other depart- ments of the United States Government.
(10) Collections resulting from explorations earried on by the Smith- sonian Institution in connection with educational institutions or com- mercial establishments.
(11) Collections resulting from explorations condueted by private individuals.
(12) The collections made by the United States to illustrate the ani- inal and mineral resources, the fisheries, and the ethnology of the native races of the country on the occasion of the International Exhi- bition at Philadelphia in 1876; the fishery collections displayed by the United States at the International Fisheries Exhibitions at Berlin in 1880 and at London in 1883, and the collections obtained from various local expositions—as, for instance, the New Orleans Cotton Centennial [Exposition in 1884 and 1885, and the Cincinnati Exposition in 1887.
(13) The collections given by the governments of the several foreign nations, thirty in number, which participated in the Philadelphia exhi- bition in 1876,
(14) The industrial collections given by mumerous manufacturing and commercial houses of Europe and America at the time of the Phil- adelphia exhibition and subsequently.
(15) The material received, in exchange for duplicate specimens, from museums in Europe and America, at the time of the Philadel- phia exhibition and subsequently.
(16) Collections received as gifts, deposits, or in exchange, trom indi- viduals, numbering usually from 1,000 to 1,500 each year.
6 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. B.—SPECIAL TOPICS OF THE YEAR. INCREASE IN THE COLLECTIONS.
During the year the collections have been increased by the addition of more than 228,000 specimens. These are, for the most part, contri- butions, and have been obtained without any special effort on the part of the Museum. The total number of specimens now im the collections
is 3,223,941. INCREASE IN THE MUSEUM LIBRARY.
The number of publications added to the Museum library during the year was 11,892, including 693 volumes of more than 100 pages, 1.642 pamphlets, and 8,486 parts of regular serials.
DECREASED EDITION OF THE REPORTS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTI- TUTION AND NATIONAL MUSEUM.
The edition of the Report of the Smithsonian Institution, including that of the National Museum, has been reduced by the Fifty-second Congress to 10,000 extra copies.
VISITORS.
The number of visitors to the Museum building during the year end- ing June 30, 1892, was 269,825, and during the same period 114,817 persons visited the Smithsonian building. The total number of visit- ors since 1851 to the Museum building is 2,668,200, and to the Smith- sonian building, 1,196,498.
MUSEUM APPROPRIATIONS FOR 1892-93.
Preservation of collections. < 2.7... -. <4.si.scee en eee eee $132, 500 Bumnitire) and arxtunes a=. eae eee ee ere er se es 3s 15, 000 IPLINGING. fo 2.52 so k:s eno oe. See ewe ee ee 12, 000 Heating and lighting... -6:22.2 2.5052 eee 11, 000 ROBUAGC. 025.2 ete seek oes wemeee ee eet aoe eee 500
Wao eee ee Be oe ke abe ncoctesoex 171, 000
This is $42,500 less than for the preceding year. PROPOSED ADDITIONAL MUSEUM BUILDING.
On January 21, 1892, the bill providing for a new Museum building was introduced in the Senate and referred to the Committee on Public Buildings and Grounds. It was favorably reported by this committee February 26, and passed the Senate April 14. The bill was referred to the same committee in the House of Representatives, but was not reported. It has now passed the Senate three times, but has failed of action in the House.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. ie REPRESENTATION OF THE UNITED STATES AT THE MADRID EXPOSI- TION.
In accordance with an act of Congress, approved May 13, 1892, the President appointed a commission to represent the United States at the Columbian Historical Exposition to be held in Madrid in 1892, in coim- memoration of the fourth centenary of the discovery of America. The commission consisted of Rear-Admiral 8. B. Luce, U. 8S. Navy, commis- sioner-general; Dr. Jaines C. Welling, president of the Columbian Unt- versity, Washington, and Dr. G. Brown Goode, Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, commissioners.
The act of Congress authorizing the participation of the United States in the Madrid Exposition reads as follows:
For the expense of representation of the United States at the Columbian Historical Exposition to be held in Madrid in eighteen hundred and ninety-two in commemora- tion of the four-hundredth anniversary of the discovery of America, fifteen thousand dollars, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to be expended under the direction and in the discretion of the Secretary of State; and the President is hereby anthor- ized to appoint a commisstoner-gencral and two assistant commissioners, who may, in his discretion, be selected from the active or retired list of the Army or Navy, and shall serve without other compensation than that to which they are now entitled by Jaw, to represent the United States at said exposition; that it shall be the duty of such commissioners to select from the archives of the United States, from the National Museum, and from the various Executive Departments of the Government such pictures, books, papers, documents, and other articles as may relate to the discovery and early settlement of America and the aboriginal inhabitants thereof; and they shall be authorized to secure the loan of similar articles from other museums and private collections, and arrange, classify, and install them as the exhibit of the United States at the said exposition; that the President is authorized to cause the detail of officers from the active or retired list of the Army or Navy to serve without compen- sation other than that to which they are now entitled by law, as assistants to said commissioners; and the said commissioners shall be authorized to employ such cleri- cal and other assistance as may be necessary, subject to the approval of the Secretary of State.
NECROLOGY.
Prot. H. N. Moseley, of Oxford, England, a highly valued correspond- ent of and contributor to the National Museum, died on November 10, 1891.
Prof. Sereno Watson, curator of the herbarium of Harvard Univer- sity, died March 9, 1892. Prof. Watson was recognized as one of the foremost botanists of the world, and was for many years a correspondent of the Museum.
Another valued correspondent, Gen. Mariano Jiménez, governor of the State of Michoacan, Mexico, and founder of the museums of Oaxaca and Michoacan, died February 28, 1592.
8 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. C.—THE CONDITION OF THE COLLIECTIONS. CENSUS OF THE COLLECTIONS.
Although no special effort has been made to increase the collections during the year, the accessions to the Museum since July, 1891, have exceeded that of the preceding fiscal year by 94,639 specimens, the total number of specimens received during the year covered by this report being 228,249, as is shown in the following table:
Number Departments. of speci- mens. Arts and industries : Materia. medica: 2. So. se 5 = serie ni = ee ee ie ee ee eee 207 Domestic animals. .... 2.025502 s0cm) Sicek cca DE a ee Ge 6 Elistorical collections. coins, medals, 66¢e 2-2 =) eee onan | en 4,500 Musical instruments = 2-22 ec selepoc ese re ate Se ee ee ee 94 ‘Transportation and engineerin’ 4.2)... 5.52 oee nee cee ee ee eee ee eee 265 ; Modern pottery,;porcelain, and bronzesis2-22 see eee 22 oe eae eee See eee eee eee | 88 Graphiciarts sees. esse weet eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee e steer ee ee 200 Ethnology 220). 2sse 52. see lactase ae Sa Se eee Dee as Se ee Cee 2. 241 Aqnerican aboriginal pottery as.a-ss2-— =] esse == see ee eee ee eee eee ee ee ee | 1, 817 Prehistoric anthropology -.-...—...-.-_- 2:8) 3\cinia| oats 2 Sal eees SS) SE hats oar SEE ane eae ea | 9, 326 Mammals (skins and alcoholies).......--.---- See pee ae ene Bee eet Oe Sten Ser eee ee 1, 086 Birds: 22325 ast cise eek seks Se 25 Sa Seni e ae e ReeE COE ee ao 3 eSB Bea eee: SeReie eee 5, 610 Bir(dseggs and nests :..\2% Jeitecs 4-3). So ys eisis «Sete aoe eee ote Ee ee ee | * 8,094 Lenmles and sbatnachians. === asses eee Lanse nee ‘odheee ses aas geet oe eee OSE HEA ae 1, 004 IR SILOS ) sie Aste sow yetce is eicie.t pisiein a melepehe « creel yet eva te a ee ee Ne 1. 906 WMertebrate fossilse,ecc. 22s ot. fs see iahiee Seco acti etek oe ad ee 1, 061 Mollusks) (including cenozoic fossils) = 2-252 --- 25 ee ee eee ee en 6, 225 IMSOGES) 2 maa! Selec tantiv's kee ose cies sees pat wae oe arcle. 5 Se Se See ee 16, 500 Manin eunverieprates ssaac veer eee - aoe soa eee eee wie ba sler’ wipes wi te ms aE eee eee 7,120 Comparative anatomy : Osteologyiez2: sescmics Soet cp 6 «nce aioe ee oe ee ee ne ne 2’ 5 PAN ALOT Y <5 «2 nano aise Sloe sre eeis side vais ee eeis Se siete ore SEER eR Eee ee 5 a6 Invertebrate fossils: Pal@ 02016 ee cc .c'0 a cree sien ot ee oe So acoe oe a Oe ee 869 IMGSQZ0IC= 35. co seen ee else te AAS a ae ARE An eS Ger do noOAD see soecs 5, 099 Hossiiplants: <n saaeee oe eee a oe eee wiv is seisis ate ost = a bleta bie see eee ee Ree eee 100, 000 Recent plants. 3.222055 se cesses ae Sle ee oe ee es ee ee 55, 384 Minerals sci ase i se., «53 Se sind o/nepnrnie CREE oe eon Se ee 4,121 GrOOlO Sy. 2 cine acne ae Stet aais ols Sine,c Sacto see ae ses eater to ne 4, 000 228, 249
The yearly growth of the collections since 1882 is presented in the following table, the total number of specimens now in the Museum being 3,223,941:
CRETARY.
Al v7)
SI
= 4 D nD 2 <
OF
REPORT
MOT}N9] TOD [LOLLOISIY ATT UL papnpouy 9 “*GR8T AUIS OPLUL Udo SVIL OSVATONT JO OPVUITISA ON g “stamtoeds O00 F PUB OND’ UoaMJoq SUTLIMOD MOT TOTZDIT[OD OIL], p *[BLIOJRUL SSoTTIAOM JO TOMoalor APO} SULMO ‘“ERgl LOJ POPRULSS JVYY WRIT SSeT MOT ST UOTPOaT[O9 ayy UT SMATITOOdS JO JaquIMu [RyJO} oY “AvOA O19 DUMP portooad Waoq OAV, SUDTULDOdS QOS NOEGR YSNnOYITY ¢ i *[VITOIGIUE SSOTTPLOM JO MOT Ial0.0 9 07 SurMo ‘suout Loads FIC‘ OF JO OSBaALOOP BV SULAMOTS pouUIguIo. syuougavdop 9saty Jo TIOG UL QGRL LOF [eIO} oy ‘ASanT[Rrom puw ATSopoyIty Jo syuourjredoap oy} we osvedour Auv Jo souesqe yuourddy ayy Aq pouresdxe ST SIT, OGRL 1OF PUR GST Loy speI0} oY} JO Wostawdimos v toy sdvedde uRYy} Joyous Youu st wok of} SuLAInp suoT}de[[O9 ey. UL oSvadOUT [BNgOv OILY, z ' “UAYL] WOLIaT[Oo ON} TO SUSUAD ON ,
18¢ ‘01 108 6 | 968 °8 GLE'8 | gc0'8 TT8 ‘Lh ISP L F69'C | 026 ‘F 099 “F la Sait: Ga aCLE co “--->>-(SoTfoyooTe pue suTYs) speULME Py 180 °LE1 [9h ‘Lal | LLO*eaI GLE ‘OTT [£9 ‘801 629 ‘TOT | PLE ‘¢9 GGG ‘CF 16F ‘OF GIGN CCl i aeaetacies: Brgy Sakae Pea ADopodoaqgue oLoystwyparg L8¥'S L8F | eget ‘e OSs Dn tat Pak te hall ato? A Sg ec Se Ene! a ye | Sa eg ken aes tay sig ae eee ae sorM bur [eyMoUIg COE GE SSF OE | GGG 8G GGL LG | cao ‘92 000 °% 000 ‘ZI elie Sia ete uaa eam waa Ste on ge as S10}j}0d [VUISLwoqe UBoTLouLy 18 “Z1¢ | FGE ‘90¢ for ‘coc | ~FOL ‘e0g 000 “008 000 ‘00% Bical ie tae Pall Fie area Ts risiater inte Sie sieht esta cara cise LTopOurlysy £01 L6 99 ERS 5 hoe a bad | Gee re Patna tok et ee Pees 7 i Reha Shige ems Se 779" STRULTOE OLSALOd -viiign 9s gto ena fsa ey ee LER Me air me oI et | f1e S6I 86 L6L nsea apie E “--- SUING POE STO ELE G16 £96 | [G6 [ca Sra 0ce pe geo ne aug pe ey eevee (aera Ue ape ly Agios ae Bice gaan cea “-->=-"-"-Snqvivdde [Bossy ae he SR | ae ees an (q) | 00¢ O00¢ voc -00¢ ST RR a ts eC Al ee eet pee |e eae a Pra cca a aaa me LOT [2 a) NELLIE @) OL alas 161 L61 L6 | 601 OOL O0L ae EME | Spey ee ad Sa tee age OT ae Hie eaten Me he eee Re tee so sssss" SOAD PUR SIUIeT GEG & FFL & GELS 110 & ITO °& 882 6 | SUG G CES ca yong pe es aera Tree eee) Bee a O “> -saz7tloag pur ‘urepeo1od ‘Arayjod wiopoyy 969 GPS LEF | LG LOF Lit (010) Varta eee eee tae anenle iine Ge tah eee gona Sip ia [nies Soa Sp ear eee thy as aa “o> * SPUOUINAQSUL [BOTSNTY 068 ‘82 068 ‘82 068 ‘(02 | O68 FI OFO “FI reg eI SOOM: 2 Wir anean case SoaAleee cs ee SN pode say gi ------oj9 ‘Soumour todvd ‘spepaut ‘suo CO OSs tea teey il ee Ne eae Raa ge ii ka Fad ae fos ope a ake ee Spar ae Seyi SOLO.L [BOLLOYST FT 009¢ 009 ¢ 009 © [2OQD% Sis ay iepcarcensst eon nner IRSA ES ext 2 Fgh OOS) ent mes | ae Bee Se ee Se OR SOO ate hg altos ia (aS G2) (VL NE EL GL¥ | (Keane el ees BibteG tal lets Se tho Te each ae Pl boo rik, eae pant ae, ee BOO oop aS ace aa Pisie! ey a) See en SULAULS TA PUR TOMB .LOdSuRaTy, ToL FL6 009 Iie sig ea a eee Vaan he Scere fies ecg Se Bio, eae gt RRS, a anna 7 | Naa al cigs wali sa ated EER B OE OOS 7G ha (keno 9) $66 66 | 6F6 | 8t6°% BEB 28 | 26L ‘a , 000 T ai Soap PEGE RE (es TAC oe Osa eee ee SPE syoupoad jeuitiy O80 ‘OT 080 “OL 080 ‘Ol 820 “01 8L0 ‘01 | 8L0 OL | 018 °6 | 000 °¢ (pene car Malin eee es SS Say age Niet call Saloyshy 882 “f 883 ‘fF 88a & | Beef TPIS PHL S | 890'¢ | 000°% [oe ce Samar ei |e nee ONS SI Ser et ede ema eM CLL 'T ILI U6 LL8 LLS Ze8 "ose 'r jitarlion uP Tasecaied| ae sase Spe eene orien eons yo ae REO SPoogy 066 °9 £20 '9 C16 Ss GV ¢ GOL ¢ gg °c OG8 “Ff | GhYr F 000 °F CT ehh eietal ERE SENET tr oS Se as cae gees "7" ""ROTPOUl VLBI | | | :SOLSNPUL pur syry aes | — — Z6.-T68L | “16.-0681 «06-6881 | *88.-L88T | “L8.-988T | 1°98i-¢8sT FS8L | E881 ‘B88r | ‘yuoutpirdep JO ouun :
“2ST AOWIS SUOY9I]}09 AUD UWL ASVILIUL PYVNUWUD HULNoys 9)qV],
PORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
> 4
Ri
‘OSLMIOUT OT} SULMOYS SOINSY Of} ULLIGo 07 eTqIssod Gaaq Jou Sey 4 WoOSved [eIoods oS TOF JVI ANG *TOLdaT[oo> Ol[} UL ASvOLOU! OM UOaq SY a10y} yryy ATdoIT ATIUvssod0U Jou Soop ‘podart~oun av WOTIoT][Oo oes Oy 0} DULY SIvIA BATSSADONS OM] LOJ SoINSY ayy 9Vyy Woy 94, L—' ALON ‘ “YAV_ [VOLSO[OOZ [BUC olf} OF padtossaeRry, ¢ ‘pepsvostTp Uoog SuTAvY suotuoods puvsnoyy [eioros ‘Apuys puw WONTGIXo a0y OTU[TAB Stompads Jo LaqUMU [BNYoV OYY JO SseoXe UL Avy ‘AQITVad UT ‘st aoquIMM SITLL 8 ‘popupUr st solios ovor[dup pue oatasod olf} Ur suoutroods oy} JO oyVUITSa OUI JoRF oY Aq (Z) PUL “TOT d9T[09 ay} Worf SuoMtoods Jo spuvsnoyy [Vtaros Jo Worjdoloa ayy Aq (1) IOJ PePTNOIOB SL GBT OF [2JO} PoYwUEysa Ol} JO Jeo od YG UvYyy o10UL Jo OSvodoop yuoIvdde oy, “ATopvoS Joyuoujsredep oy} depun “GggT ‘1eqo}9Q UL poutquioa SUOTPeTIOD , ; “WUINLIBG.OFY [VMOIRN 09 LOf ong [NOLS y Jo ueuu -jandaqy ol} 4@ pur tinesnyy [BUOTeN 91 4B TIO poatooos SUOTUTDOdS Jo caquinu Of} “OWT, ISI Of} LOJ ‘apNTOUT 16-0681 LOJ WATS somnSy oy, “omngMonsy Jo yaouyandaq a2 YSnos1y] UNtWeqleF [RUOTVN Oy Of Poatoooa SuauttOads opuzoul you Op puB “UM9snut otf} Tonort}? partooar suomoeds 0} A[UO edMaTaJaI BART SLO UINM 91[9 OG8T 02 dA 9 “STISSOF OFLAGa}IOA JO quotUzIBdop oY} 07 SUOJOTOYS JO TaquMU ODay v Jo aoysueay oy Aq PETOISVIIO SBA ZG. —TH8L IwaX ya Loy yUomIdep Sty UT osvetoop yuoarddy ayy, 9 06.-6881 TOA 919 Sutanp pedtaooa sum Joquinu sty} Aq peyuesoadoa (OTJo9][09 OYY JO Worja0d [[BuULs YU ATUQO » "109'Z9 JO PwOYSUT “9N8'Z9 SBA T6.-0GST ULSPaLq Jo Justmyredep ay Ut SudtUtoods Jo aaquENM [V104 OUT, ¢ ‘6d 008 % pue [ sojou LOyT ;
| | l 176 ‘sco | FIL‘8z0‘e | FOL ‘G68'z | Fea ‘Fog'n | Ger‘cos's cee‘9o9'z | FE ‘OcF's | o09‘cLFT | ctr ‘e9z | coe SOT! IWS h ge Mila aiacass ig 19 Par he ange ss Pe (OL | | 166 WO epee eas rae “Ricaet sien sa sera rari Pants ae glen arg | ROBE OTR ROS SC CACO Ea CO SR TODS OBODOR ACD OUbCam ° > s[eulae Saray 19 ‘ce lean 30 : polices eee oe | Str Ts | 000 “GF 000 ‘SF 000 ‘OF 000 ‘08 eas SCRE a ca sone Se peclued pruroueoe spay OPIN AE | Feit | 000 °L6 | 00S ‘Ge L¥9 ‘06 000 ‘81 006 ‘2 | $20 1Ohain dlinseee ome POCO O SEES SICIS ASopoos Tvors<yd puv ASopoyary LSE '8F 986 ‘PF | 069 ‘2a 968 “TG TOF ‘ST | 019 ‘OL OSs FT | legeees fem Hoku g yack ue chat ee daecas ana aotey i S[BIOUII 100 FEL LI9 ‘08 | 6CGF 8¢ 000 ‘RE 000 “08 | 9 Syuvld yuooayy £89 “OTT | 89 ‘OT BLT ‘OL 000 ‘OI | ZOF‘S 62F ‘L 166 ‘2 FCOWT aig tl come taietae tae oie oi aimee ol ine tele a) ak acai cia SyuRld [Isso | | (sysnyjout Ata pepuypuy) Ee ne ae are gar haa CMe Main tk heer Aare eT 9 S[ISsSOf DIOZOM9;) | WEL 62 | S06 “TL 966 ‘TL | 96 OL | S42 ‘OL GFL ‘US QUO LOOT RIM aca ameostinan jane pec > oem |r eae ea See gate apace ele aot che S]ISSOF DIOZOSOTT | OLG “G6 | S96 C6 | 961 16 z| GPO FS | L6F F8 B8F 08 | 000 “EL (MOG Paesvooses ; BLEe 91OZ0a [BT coo'te | 186 SI | 968 ‘21 | 8Gu ‘IT | 8g ‘TT 220 ‘TL Monty LS ae Pes | elas | | | tC $16 F _ 0F9 [SORGNE ee asene ceca sge Papi Sipe Seige ana ake £50100480 | | | | : LatozyRue saryeavduroy | OSL'9eg | OOD ‘0ZE | 000 ‘ST¢ 000 ‘OSF | 000 ‘0SE | 000 ‘00% Ces) FL | MSLaEL eemenaes Sea ag petites, Cae Pie So} UIqo ATT OUTING | 000089 | 000'819 | 000'09 | 000 ‘ee 000 ‘sss | 000 ‘o0¢ OO OMIGT Man p eamiecgts 00S 947 =| 00 TLP 000 ‘89F 000 “ESP | 000'car | 000'09% | 000 00h | -------- ze¢‘T | Warde. 02 0 dscses SBCOna ear eae, tao asa IseuSepuebEce erennaccese oeeoee oad Goeeee 816 “62 | GIS ‘LUE | 000 °Gt | 000°89 QUORGO SS MINOO0; 0G) ser" sha" “Ron nss se SSeS ae ee alas aes sousty 686 ‘08 ‘6G | COF ‘83 | ar GGELEZE DN easter SEES ai Re CAC aoc “777 - ==> suBporageqg pue setydayy 096 ‘cg 991 ‘ZS | | eL1 ‘06 660 ‘0G | | £9L ‘FF GLOSOP St lier sees aes Pease assaf eaac apse Rates aha wees anc s S]sou puv soso Spal OTF ‘89 109 ‘29 ¢ PL6‘LG | - FRR ‘9G | Groccgham ocedoce —\Monotars pce ley y= ssgesear oo rete ane aaenmero a ocs Paget Spal | | i » iw e eee : eo te ee eee am = “B61 16, -O68T | 2°06. “GB.B88T | “BB-LBBT | “L8.-988T | V'98.-88T | “FST "e88T | “e88T | ‘quauljaudep Jo euUN
*PENUTZWOY—ZEST AUIS $101909))00 OY) UL ASVIWOUL PVNUUD Huimoys 2)qQV],
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 11 CATALOGUE ENTRIES.
The number of catalogue entries made in the books of the several departments during the year amounts to 40,550. One entry may include one specimen, or a number of specimens, if from the same locality, or several individuals of the same species.
Number Departments. of entries. VTE AMINO ULC an em oe er fee ceniel= =o oiae aia Sars lates chctlarcic cine Mis cho telclaa ete sista o/s sae etneereamen tise rs 55 EAU TC MILEC OLE GUL OINS Sere eee ashe erat ay sie) 8 oe ele = Spee aa Snes Galeie MeiG = sie sie c/s Sie Ea ale SOE eee 75 ISTE ari S CRM ONES Ee tye tees a ote cee evens icles seat cian Sew ace nee e hee See iusconapesbecse 59 ranspontationiand enoineering 5-.- =. 2s.0-sct ss senescence seen sepa eee een een » I6t Ie EMM O ULC ements - oa <a ylatg a Scie eens isle ee emer es come lna kis cies ee ae e ne eee ee 111 MCCUCUTDAMICRAR OS Peyote rec toss ra = ints aie miane cio ce cinerea e miava asc eet laces cae acids. ciehvers, Habre na we eee Maes 179 EGLO Cage eats, cepa = ajc. arent - Seine Sie aa aeons Wan acueigacsins soeis etlos-a combine e a aen- ce hreee 1, 243 PAMGRICATRA OIA AlN OUCOL yacanats ser epata aie a ages en ease ha Res ath Melee otuleiatuin micte ste hteiiete areetees 18, 874 ETE DISLORICEATIUNEO POLO Gye tere atch sae ayers Sate acini isle aie mF aa tome oar aa ral rare a aah satan eee eer 1, 268 MU TUS eraieteie sta aie ee re iain = eee eine See ecient estes anmels wfoei ee eee sed oe ace se series 1, 086 PESTER Beet areas otra ee eo ar casts race ote Se ei evo Sees Sheie iets Ai Ears o Spyelecslane uate Ace M ERIS a eens 5, 609 Ipninsls)) Gas AIAG LINES US co.cc so cedor taboos £6 dos oBonOaTD es Bod aue so Sarr ECO CuBeeSoOSuDpaSESHoDSece 840 ET UULES EAN! (leah) use MURS te iors Uae ee olejei Sonic ae aia sn esis Slee siaje S esciere = Selaivis wee Ble esis ease sees eer 1, 055 TRESLAB Le 2 ceett her 0 SO See ae a Aaa a ee | 553 Wiarntigianii® TRORSUIG, a so nbs e CEES BOOT SSD Oe I SEE oO ROSE BE Ae ene eee ase ene 1, 124 Mas Sse (IN CLIECM OAC OT OZOCHOSSINS) ier aasyetelor= stare lela eile ss epamiele (ei ae eee) eee lees Sarees 2, 546 IGNSOGMN) coos eonoemccoce pesbeosdbode sbondoaESesboneecdBouc Bye s'oats bic aisiaeatala aiais = Sasa seals arses elslerers 295 IMAI TOAD AIG DRUGS oc AN < Gace PaNCenGoOee SDE CSB EGE ScD s aadE edocs Sonneban comsceemsrnooacase | 1,318 Comparative anatomy: OSOOWY - 2 on Ss ksosasesoegeessosoc A aS Ce BOO IC SE OO ee CORD Oa BO DOSE ME anno oen ? iy PACT A DOM ie erate icici ee ai sacs sosouddrassssee Base smosolgecoo Cus Oee oAsaquesscnsupsds § ot SOTA TE TROSETTIG 5 Sos 5 A EI ST Se A 95 IMIGSOZOIGLOSSIIS.. 5. 2 co- mc cs ees ee otic cot eioises Beate MS a alRd Sra Meee Sisare SEIS ale os ate cheeses 419 JRGOS EN ENN 55 34558 SOS aes conse ROO Sb Ne BOs SEH ae cause Nace S508 Se ODE OE acer rece sens Aaeee ane 512 WtmeS) Co choo sce ode Se be cones bab coos es scuenacc Sea soss goes ee esseeseeseesecrs socosesoassccece 1, 454 (GUO o+ scones Sdoagshoeoke coos ccbaboueoner soctuacspo noe aonor eouenoepouescoosuucosradosssos= 1, 045 Daacts 550
DEVELOPMENT AND ARRANGEMENT GF THE EXHIBITION SERIES.
The overcrowded condition of the Museum building has prevented any extensive changes in the arrangement of the exhibition halls. Although a large number of interesting objects has been received during the year in almost every department, it has not been possible to place them on exhibition. They have, therefore, for the most part been stored away until additional facilities for exhibition purposes shall have been obtained, This can only be brought about by the passage by Congress of an act authorizing the construction of an additional Museum build- ing. In spite of the many disadvantages under which the work of the Museum has been carried on during the year, considerable progress has been made in connection with the rearrangement of the collections on exhibition and in preparing specimens for installation, when it has been possible to provide the necessary space.
« ~
12 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The curator of the department of ethnology has continued to mount and label new specimens, which will be held in readiness for exhibition when practicabie. A large number of specimens of aboriginal pottery, consisting mainly of fragments collected by the officers of the Bureau of Ethnology in the tide-water districts of Maryland and Virginia, have been installed. In the section of graphic arts several important gaps have been filled. Table-cases have been placed in the alcoves to aceom- modate new specimens, and considerable progress has been made in the substitution of printed for written labels. Several exhibits relating to the development of the railroad and telegraph have been added to the collections in the section of transportation and engineering. The col- lection of birds’ eggs has been carefully rearranged and relabeled, and new insect-proof cases have been provided. Numerous illustra- tions have been added to the systematic series of insects, making it nearly complete. <A large collection of vertebrate fossils, from regions in the west, secured by Prof. O. C. Marsh, in connection with his official work for the U.S. Geological Survey, has been placed upon exhibition. This collection is arranged in a wall-case especially constructed for it, extending the entire length of the east side of the exhibition hall. The collection of Cambrian and Ordovician fossils has been completed, labeled, and placed upon exhibition. A large collection of Mesozoic fossils has been received from the Geological Survey, and a part of it has been placed upon exhibition. The herbarium has been practically rearranged. New genus covers and genus labels have been substituted for the old ones. An entirely new arrangement of the exhibition series of fossil plants was begun during the year. Heretofore, the plants have been arranged with a view to illustrating the origin and develop- ment of plant life, but it has been found desirable to substitute for this a geological arrangement. A large and exceedingly valuable collection of fossil plants has been presented by Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, Pa., and portions of it will be placed upon exhibition as oppor- tunity offers. A considerable portion of the exhibition series in the department of minerals has been remounted on ebonized blocks, and the entire collection will soon be similarly provided for. Two large mahogany cases have been provided for the exhibition of the gems and semi-precious stones. This collection embraces 2,215 specimens. There have been transferred to the exhibition hall about 1,800 specimens be- longing to the exhibition and study series, which had accumulated in the mineral laboratory. In the department of geology considerable time has been devoted to the installation, in the south-west court, of the economic series, Which may now be said to be in an approximately sat- isfactory condition. The collection of ores, tin, nickel, manganese and antimony are systematized, and temporary labels have, in most cases, been prepared. The laying of new pavements in the south-west court and west-south range necessitated the moving of all the tloor-cases, and, incidentally, the rearrangement of the specimens.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 13 D.—THE MUSEUM STAFF. THE SCIENTIFIC STAFF.
Very tew important changes in the personnel of the scientific depart- ments of the Museum have occurred during the year.
Dr. James M. Flint, U. S. Navy, who has been honorary curator of the section of materia medica during the greater part of the time since its organization, was recalled by the Secretary of the Navy in Novein- ber, i891. He was succeeded by Dr. John C, Boyd, U.S. Navy, who remained until April 6, 1892, when he was relieved by Dr. William 8S. Dixon, U.S. Navy, who now occupies that position.
There are at the present time thirty-two organized departments and sections in the Museuin under the care of curators, including honorary and acting curators, and assistant curators.
LIST OF CURATORS, ASSISTANT CURATORS, AND AIDS.
Arts and Industries: Dr. G. Brown Goode, Honorary Curator. Materia Medica: Dr. William 8. Dixon, U. 8. Navy, Honorary Curator. Animal Products: Mr. k. Edward Earll, Acting Curator. Naval Architecture: Capt. J. W. Collins, U. 8S, Fish Commission, Honorary Curator. Fisheries: Capt. J. W. Collins, U.S. Fish Commission, Honorary Curator. Focds: Prof. W.O. Atwater, Department of Agriculture, Honorary Curator. Historical Collections, Coins and Medals: Mr. A. Howard Clark, Curator. Transportation and Engineering: Mr.J.E. Watkins, Curator. Oriental Antiquities: Prof. Paul Haupt, Johns Hopkins University, Honorary Curator; Dr. Cyrus Adler, Johns Hopkins University, Assistant Curator. Graphic Arts: Mr. 8. R. Koehler, Boston Museum of Fine Arts, Cuiator. Forestry: Dr. B. KE. Fernow, Department of Agriculture, Honorary Curator. Physical Apparatus: Mr. W. C. Winlock, Smithsonian Institution, Honorary Curator. Ethnology: Prof. Otis T. Mason, Curator; Mr. Walter Hough, Assistant. American Prehistoric Pottery: Mr. William H. Holmes, Bureau of Ethnology, Honorary Curator. Prehistoric Anthropology: Dr. Thomas Wilson, Curator: Mr. E. P. Upham, As- sistant. Mammals: Mr. Frederick W. True, Curator. Birds: Mr. Robert Ridgway, Curator. Birds’ Eggs: Capt. C. E. Bendire, U.S. Army, Honorary Curator. Reptiles and Batrachians: Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, Curator. Fishes: Dr. Tarleton H. Bean, U.S. Fish Commission, Honorary Curator; Mr. Barton A. Bean, Assistant. Vertebrate Fossils: Prof. 0. C. Marsh, Yale College, Honorary Curator; Mr. Fred- eric A. Lucas, Assistant Curator. Mollusks: Mr. William H. Dali, U. S. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator; Dr. lv. E. C. Stearns, Adjunct Curator. Insects: Dr. C. V. Riley, Department of Agriculture, Honorary Curator; Mr. Martin L. Linell, Aid. Marine Invertebrates: Mr. Richard Rathbun, U. 8. Fish Commission, Honorary Curator; Mr. james E. Benedict, Assistant Curator. Comparative Anatomy: Dr. Frank Baker, National Zodlogical Park, Honorary Curator; Mr. lrederic A. Lueas, Assistant Curator.
14 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Invertebrate Fossils: Paleozoic: Mr. C.D. Walcott, U.S. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator. Mesozoic: Dr. C. A. White, U.S. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator. Cenozoic: Mr. William H. Dall, U.S. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator. Fossil Plants: Mr. Lester F. Ward, U. 8. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator; Mr. F. H. Knowlton, Assistant Curator. Botany: Dr. George Vasey, Botanist of the Department of Agriculture, Honorary Curator. Minerals: Prof. F. W. Clarke, Chief Chemist, U. 8. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator; Mr. William 8. Yeates, Assistant Curator. Geology: Mr. George P. Merrill, Curator; Mr. W. H. Newhall, Aid.
THE ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF.
No important changes in the administrative departments have been made during the year.
In the office of the Assistant Secretary, who has been appointed rep- resentative of the Smithsonian Institution and the National Museum at the World’s Columbian Exposition, Mr. R. E. Earll has assisted in the preparation of the exhibit for the World’s Fair.
The Department of Supplies and Accounts remains under the charge of Mr. W. V. Cox. A statement of the work of this department will be found on page 56.
The Division of Correspondence and Reports is under the charge of Mr. R. I. Geare. For a statement of the work accomplished, see page 61.
Mr. 8. C. Brown is in charge of registration and storage. A report of his work will be found on page 25,
Mr. A. Howard Clark has continued his work as editor of the Pro ceedings and Bulletin of the Museum. He also has charge of the preparation and printing of labels.
Mr. John Murdoch, who has filled the position of librarian of the Musetun since 1887, resigned May 15, 1892. At the close of the fiscal year his successor had not been appointed. A report upon the opera- tions of the Library during the year will be found on page 31.
The superintendent of the Museum, Mr. Henry Horan, with Mr. Charles A. Steuart as assistant superintendent, continues in charge of the mechanics and laborers. ;
Eh.—REVIEW OF WORK IN THE SCIENTIFIC DEPARTMENTS. DIVISION OF ANTHROPOLOGY. ETHNOLOGY.
The work in this department for the past year has been chiefly con- fined to the preparation of an exhibit for the World’s Columbian Exposition. After consultation, it was decided to unite the work of the Bureau of Ethnology, under the direction of the Smithsonian Institu- tion, with that of the Department of Ethnology in the National Museum.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 15
Several valuable contributions to the collections were received dur- ing the year. From the Cocopa, Yaki, Yuma, Papago, and other tribes of Sonora, Mexico, and Lower California, Mr. Edward Palmer collected for the Museum objects illustrating the industries of these tribes. Val- uable material was also received from Mr. R. W. Bartleman, United States legation, Caracas, Venezuela; Prof. Henry H. Giglioli, director of the Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy; Hon. Rounsevelle Wildman, United States consul at Singapore, India; Prof. I. C. Rus- sell, U. S. Geological Survey; Lieut. G. B. Harber, U. 8. Navy, and Mr. J. Walter Fewkes, Cambridge, Mass. The number of specimens received during the year was 2.241, and the number of catalogue entries 1,243.
PREHISTORIC ANTITROPOLOGY.
The curator, Dr. Thomas Wilson, has continued his investigations of the evidences of the remote autiquity of man in America, and in this connection has made a special study of arrow-heads and spear-heads, or knives. He was ealled upon to prepare exhibits for the Madrid Exposi- tion and also for the World’s Columbian Exposition. |
About 10,000 specimens were added to the collections of this depart- ment during the year. The principal collections were received from Edward Palmer; the Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy; the National Museum of Anthropology and Ethnology, Florence, Italy; A. ©. Carlisle, De Witt Webb, the Bureau of Ethnology, Edward Lovett, Henry Balfour, and others.
ORIENTAL ANTIQUITIES.
This section is devoted to biblical archeology, and to the archeology. history, languages, arts and religions of the people of western Asia and Egypt, and is under the immediate charge of Dr. Cyrus Adler, as assistant curator. During Dr. Adler’s recent visit to the east, in the interests of the World’s Columbian Exposition, he obtained several interesting objects. Two carefully made and well-preserved paper molds of a piece of sculpture and a cuneiform inscription from Persep- olis, have been received through the Department of State, from the Hon. Truxton Beale, United States minister to Persia. The Telfair Academy of Arts and Scienees of Savannah, Ga., has deposited a portion of the collection of oriental books and manuscripts owned by the late William B. Hodgson.
GRAPHIC ARTS.
The mest important additions of the year, as reported by Mr. 8. R. Koehler, curator, are the illustrations of the half-tone relief screen- process, and of a variety of the photo-aquatint intaglio process. — Inter- esting specimens illustrating the advances made in chromo-collographie process-work were given by Mr. EK. Bierstadt, of New York, and by the
16 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
J. B. Lippincott Company, of Philadelphia, About 200 specimens were added during the year, the catalogue entries numbering 179,
FORESTRY.
Dr. B. Eb. Fernow, honorary curator, reports that the forestry collec- tion has not received many additions during the year. The lack of space for exhibition purposes has restricted his efforts toward develop- ing the collection, and the bulkiness of the material makes it undesira- ble to add to itin the storage-rooms. The curator has, during the year, prepared for publication: a list, with notes, of all the species of trees found in the parks of Washington, D. C.
AMERICAN ABORIGINAL POTTERY.
The operations of this department, as reported by Mr, William TH. Holines, honorary curator, consisted in the installation of a number of specimens trom the tide-water districts of Maryland and Virginia, and the Gila Valley, Arizona. Among the principal contributions were fragments of ancient Pueblo ware from Arizona, received from the U.S. Geological Survey, and earthen vessels from Guadalajara, Mexico, collected by Capt. John G. Bourke, U.S. Army. The estimated nun- ber of specimens received during the year was 1,517.
PRANSPORTATION AND ENGINEERING.
Satisfactory progress is reported by the curator, Mr. J. K. Watkins. The accessions during the year are both valuable and interesting. They include, among other things, an electrical locomotive, which made a speed of 120 miles an hour at Laurel, Md., in 1889. The value of the collection of telegraphic apparatus has been greatly enhanced through the codperation of Mr. George C. Maynard, secretary of the American Association of Inventors and Manufacturers. The collection showing the development of the typewriting machine has also received several important additions. Messrs. Wyckoff, Seaians & Benedict have de- posited a model of the Sholes & Glidden typewriter, invented in 1867, and the original machine made trom this model. Myr. J.T. Richards, assistant chief engineer of the Pennsylvania Railroad, presented a model of the monument erected at Bordentown, N. J. in 1891, to com- memorate the first movement by steam on a railroad in the State of New Jersey, which occurred on November 12, 1831. Miss Katherine Parsons, of Washington, deposited a sedan chair decorated with gold, owned and used by the reyal family of France during the reign of Louis x1v. The number of specimens received during the year was 265, the catalogue entries numbering 161.
FOODS.
Prof. W. O. Atwater, the honorary curator, while in Europe during the past fiscal year, spent considerable time in collating data available for use in preparing labels, charts, diagrams, and plans for the food
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. yy
collection in the National Museum. With this object in view he con- ferred with a number of experts and investigators and visited museums in which food collections are to be found. His recent study of the sub- ject has strengthened his belief in the practicability of developing the collection in the National Museum in such a manner as to make it of ereat popular interest, to say nothing of its educational and scientific value.
MATERIA MEDICA.
Dr. William 8S. Dixon, U.S. Navy, who assumed charge of this see- tion in October, 1891, as honorary curator, states that the labeling of the collection has been completed. The estimated number of specimens received during the year was 207, the larger portion of which was from the Royal Gardens at Kew, England. The catalogue entries numbered 55
DIVISION OF ZOOLOGY.
MAMMALS.
Mr. Frederick W. True, curator, states that the work in this depart- ment has been seriously arrested by the necessary preparations for the exhibit at the World’s Columbian Exposition.
Many foreign and domestic mammals were obtained from various sourees. Dr. W. L. Abbott sent a valuable collection of East African mammals, and Mr. William Astor Chanler presented two excellent mounted heads of giraffes from the sane locality. Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, U.S. Army, of the Mexican Boundary Commission, has sent in some finely prepared specimens from the border. The President of the United States deposited an armadillo which had been sent to him by Mr. R. R. Skaggs, of Breckenridge, Tex. More than fifty mammals were received from the National Zodlogical Park. The estimated num- ber of specimens received during the year was 1,086,
BIRDS.
This department, under the charge of Mr. Robert Ridgway, as cura- tor, shows a gratifying growth during the past year. The work of transferring the specimens in the study collection to new trays and ‘abinets has been vigorously pushed. The preparation of an exhibit of birds for the World’s Columbian Exposition occupied a large share of the curator’s time. The present state of the collection is more satis- factory than during the preceding year, the arrangement of the speci- mens being better adapted for the convenience of visitors. The esti- mated number of specimens added was 5,610, involving 5,609 catalogue entries.
BIRDS’ EGGS.
The honorary curator, Capt. Charles E. Bendire, U. S. Army, re- ports that the collections are in excellent shape, having been carefully overhauled and relabeled. The most important contribution during
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2 2
18 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
the year was made by Dr. William L, Ralph, of New York, consisting of 1,630 eggs and 100 nests, several of the species being new to the Museum collection. This is the most valuable gift which has been made to this collection for several years. In view of the large number and great value of the contributions made by Dr. Ralph to the collec- tion of birds’ eggs in the National Museum, it is understood that this collection will not be drawn upon for purposes of exchange or dona- tion, and that it will form an integral part of the national collection of birds’ eggs. A number of specimens, gathered in the Death Valley region of southern California, were received from the Department of Agriculture. There were received during the yeaa 3,094 specimens, involving 840 catalogue entries. REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS.
The curator, Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, reports that satisfactory pro- evess has been made during the year. The work of installing, identi- fying, and labeling the collections has been actively continued, and preparations were made for an exhibit at the World’s Columbian Ex- position. The most valuable and interesting collection of reptiles received by the Museum since 1890 was the material sent by Dr. C. Hart Merriam, through the U.S. Department of Agriculture. These specimens, over 900 in number, were collected by the Death Valley Expedition in 1891 from the desert regions of California, Nevada and Utah. Inaddition to the collections mentioned in the last report, there has been received a number of specimens from Mr. P. L. Jouy, obtained by him in southern Arizona. Facilities for studying the collections were afforded to Dr. O. P. Hay, of Irvington, Ind., and Dr. G. Baur, of Worcester, Mass. In addition to his other duties the curator has continued his work on the supplementary volume of the ‘‘ Nomenelator Zoodlogicus.” There were 1,055 entries in the catalogue of the depart- ment during the year, embracing 1,004 specimens.
FISHES.
The work accomplished has, in general, been similar to that of the preceding year. The honorary curator, Dr. Tarleton H. Bean, has been occupied with his duties in connection with the U.S. Fish Commission, and the routine work has chiefly devolved upon Mr. Barton A. Bean, assistant curator. Fifty-five sets of duplicate fishes were prepared for distribution to educational establishments. Each set contained about 125 species, including beth fresh and salt water forms. Valuable collections were received from the U.S. Fish Commission, Prof. B. W. Evermann, Mr. P. L. Jouy, and Mr. Charles W. Richmond. The estimated number of specimens added to the collection was 1,906, the catalogue entries being 553.
VERTEBRATE FOSSILS.
A large collection of vertebrate fossils, seeured by the honorary eura- tor, Prof. O. C. Marsh, during his official work for the U. S. Geological
REPORT OF ASSISTAN' SECRETARY. iw,
Survey, was received at the National Museum in July, 1891, and was immediately placed upon exhibition. This is the first installment in the Museum of the official collections of Professor Marsh. The speci- mens have been well catalogued and arranged by the assistant curator, Mr. F. A. Lucas. Another valuable collection, sent from New Haven by the honorary curator in 1886, is still im storage, on account of lack of room in the exhibition hall. Professor Marsh is now preparing two memoirs, containing a full description of the more important specimens lately deposited in the Museum. During the year, 1,124 catalogue en- tries were made, and about 1,061 specimens were added to the collee- tion.
MOLLUSKS (INCLUDING TERTIARY INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS).
Mr. William H. Dall, honorary curator, reports that a large amount of time has been devoted to sorting, naming, cataloguing, and storing the duplicate shells. The greater portion of them is now packed in small boxes in the storage room, each specimen bearing its ecataloeue- number. <A eard-catalogue makes it possible to refer at a moment’s notice to any duplicates in the collection. It has also been found nee- essary to arrange and catalogue the drawings of shells. The report on the ‘“‘Later Tertiary of the United States,” though in type, will be issued a few days too late to appear in the Bibliography of this year. Considerable labor has been bestowed on the continuation of the report on the * Florida Tertiary Mollusks,” for the Wagner Institute of Phila- delphia. The most valuable contribution during the year was a collec- tion of shells frem St. Helena, donated by Capt. W. H. Turton, of the Royal Engineers, Chatham, England. Mr. Rounsevelle Wildman, United States consul at Singapore, sent a collection of shells repre- senting the principal marine forms of that vicinity. The number of specimens added during the year was 6,225, the catalogue entries being 2,546,
INSECTS.
Prof. C. V. Riley, honorary curator, reports that a large amount of time has been devoted to the study collections in the laboratory, although important additions have been made to the systematic exhibi- tion series. Among the more important accessions are: 400 specimens of Heteroptera, received from Prof. A. L. Montandon, Bucharest, Rouma- iia; a collection of Californian insects, from Mr. D. W. Coquillet, of Los Angeles; material collected by Mr. A. Koebele during the Death Valley expedition, in 1891, from the Department of Agriculture; 1,900 specimens of Lepidoptera (native and exotic) from Mr. G. Beyer, of New York; and 57 specimens, embracing 27 species, mostly Coleoptera, from Mr. Charles Dury, of Cincinnati, Ohio. Mr. Dury has also expressed his willingness to contribute more material, and to aid in every way pos- sible in increasing the value of the collection. In September, 1891, Prof.
20 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
John B. Smith, entomologist of the New Jersey Agricultural Experi- ment Station, was requested by the National Museum to compare the North American Noctuide in several of the museums of Europe, while visiting that country for purposes of study. In London he studied the 3ritish Museum collections, and succeeded in identifying most of the Walker types and the species described by Guenee. He also made critical comparisons between the collections of Grote, Zeller and Walker. At the museum in the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, he succeeded in finding many of the insects studied by Guenee and Boisduval, which form, atleast in part, the basis of their work on the North American Lepidoptera. At Berlin he examined the collections of the Royal Mu- seum, including material which has been used as the basis of papers on North American species. At Dresden he examined the Standinger collections, and compared long series from the Siberian, Alaskan, Ice- landie, and other Arctic faunal districts. In the course of these studies Professor Smith collected considerable information for publication in the Proceedings of the National Museum, and he also succeeded in obtain- ing from Mr. W. Schaus, jr., who has collected extensively in Mexico and South America, a promise to present to the Museum his coliection, which is very large and contains many of the types described in the Biologia Centrali Americana. About 16,500 specimens were added to the collection during the year, the catalogue entries numbering 295.
MARINE INVERTEBRATES.
Mr. Richard Rathbun, honorary curator, states that considerable progress has been made during the year in the study of the collections of this department. ‘The accessions of the year show a marked increase both in number and in extent and value. The U.S. Fish Commission has transferred the collections of the Albatross in the North Pacitie Ocean, and important collections made by the Fish Hawkand the Gram- pus have also been received. Some additions have been made to the exhibition series; but little can be dene in this direction until more space can be provided... Mr. J. E. Benedict, assistant curator, has con- ducted experimental work witha view to the manufacture of some plas- tic substance suitable for reproductions of soft substanees. The prepa- ration of an exhibit representing the families ef American marine in- vertebrates for the World’s Columbian Exposition has progressed. Mr. Benedict and Miss Rathbun have completed a monograph of the genus Panopeus, and the latter has prepared catalogues of the Peri- ceride and Maiide, These will be published in the Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum. The department has received the assistance of several specialists in the determination of recently acquired material. The number of catalogue entries during the year is 1,318. The number of specimens received is 7,120.
f +7
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 21 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.
The work of the year has consisted largely in the preparation and arrangement of osteological material by the assistant curator, Mr. F. A. Lucas. The most important accession of the year was the skeleton of a young sperm whale, obtained through the courtesy of the Life-Saving Service from the station at Green Run Inlet. The U.S. Fish Commis- sion contributed valuable material. The increasing care of the collec- tions has prevented any special researches. The exhibition series is in good condition. During the year 574 specimens were added to the eol- lection, and a large number were transferred toe the department of vertebrate fossils.
INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS (PALEOZOIC).
Mr.C. D. Walcott, honorary curator, has necessarily devoted the greater portion of his tine to work connected with the U.S. Geological Survey, with which he is associated. The principal accessions during the year were received from the Geological Survey. The collection of Cambrian and Ordovician fossils was placed upon exhibition.
In the latter part of 1591 the attention of the curator was called to an unworked collection of Lower Carboniferous crinoids and associated invertebrates from Crawfordsville, Ind., comprising specimens brought together by Prof. Frank Bradley, and presented by Prof. O. C. Marsh to the Yale University Museum, and others gathered by the Rey. D. ‘A. Bassett upon his farm at Crawfordsville, and alse the property of the Yele Museum. The National Museum possessed at that time but one or two small specimens from this formation, and plaster casts of several others. The curator urged the extreme desirability of securing a full representation from this classic locality of North American Lower Carboniferous fossils. After some correspondence with Prof. Marsh, with this end in view, Mr. Charles E. Beecher, of the Yale Museum, submitted a proposition, offering to give to the National Museum a large number of the Bassett and Bradley fossils, provided the Museum would be willing to work up the collection and supply the necessary tools. This proposition Was accepted, and the task of working up the collection was begun at New Haven, the university kindly furnishing abundant laboratory room and every facility for properly carrying on the work. The material, as it was received at New Haven, weighed two tons, and contained between 3,000 and 4,000 specimens, many of them, however, being duplicates. In addition to the single erinoids and groups of crinoids upon slabs, the collection includes fossil brachio- pods, corals, and other invertebrates. It is estimated that the value of the share which will come to the National Museum will exeeed double the amount of money expended in working up the collection. The material is very showy and attractive, and will form a valuable addi- tion to the exhibition series.
22 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The number of specimens received during the year was about 569, involving 95 catalogue entries.
INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS (MESOZOIC).
Dr. C. A. White, honorary curator, reports gratifying progress dur- ing the year. The most important accession was received from the U.S. Geological Survey. This embraced a large number of specimens, including some of the most important paleontological naterial studied by members of the Survey. There were 419 catalogue entries during the year, representing about 3,099 specimens.
DIVISION OF BOTANY. FOSSIL PLANTS.
Prot. Lester F. Ward, honorary curator, states that the work has been chiefly confined to the installation and care of specimens. There were added to the collection more extensive and valuable accessions than in any previous year. The most important was the collection of fossil plants, presented by Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, Pa. This collection munbers 100,000 specimens and is of world-wide reputa- tion. Prof. F. H. Knowlton continued during the year his study of the Laramie flora, and identified a large collection of plants from the Bozeman (Montana) coal fields. The “ Flora of the Dakota Group,” by the late Prof. Leo Lesquereux, was printed during the year.
‘
RECENT PLANTS.
Dr. George Vasey, botanist of the Department of Agriculture, and honorary curator of the department of botany in the National Museum, reports that the growth of the National Herbarium has been steady, although the percentage of increase has not been as great as in the preceding year. The collections have been practically rearranged and new labels provided. The duplieate specimens were threatened with destruction by insects, and it became necessary to poison them to pre- vent further damage. New specimens are now treated in this manner when they first arrive. Considerable time has been spent in the prep- aration of a eard-catalogue of all the botanical works in the libraries to which this department has access. Among the more important ac- cessionus were the collections made by Mr. F. V. Coville, assistant bot- anist of the Department of Agriculture (2,150 specimens); Mr. G. C. Nealley (1,709 specimens from Texas and Arizona); Edward Palmer (3,521 specimens from Mexico and Arizona); Mr. J. N. Sandberg (15,191 specimens from Minnesota and Idaho), and Mr. J. M. Holzinger (2,530 specimens froin the United States and Europe). There were 512 cata- logue entries made during the year, embracing about 53,384 specimens. Of the total number of accessions, 41 were transmitted directly to the National Museum, the remainder being received by the Department of Agriculture.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 23
DIVISION OF GEOLOGY. MiNERALS.
Prof. F. W. Clarke, of the U.S. Geological Survey, continues to act as honorary curator of this department, with Mr. W. 8. Yeates as as- sistant curator. The preparation of an exhibit of minerals and gems for the World’s Columbian Exposition has occupied considerable time. A large part of the systematic exhibition series has been remounted on ebonized blocks, and the specimens in the reserve series have been transferred to the exhibition hall. It is intended to provide species labels for the systematic exhibition series, indicating the chemical com- position of each species, its crystallographic form, hardness, specific eravity, and different varieties with their characteristics. The sys- tematic duplicate series was thoroughly overhauled and reclassified. Among the more important accessions were twenty-five boxes of min- erals, presented by Mr. Joseph Willcox, of Philadelphia; several speci- mens of minerals from Connecticut, and a crystal of spangolite from Tombstone, Ariz., presented by Prof. S. L. Penfield, of Yale College; four specimens of ornamental stones and one specimen of churchite, from Mr. Clarence S. Bement, of Philadelphia; two cut specimens ot transparent spessartite, from Mr. Ira R. Allen, of Fair Haven, Vt.; three specimens of native gold from the Potomae mine, Montgomery county, Md., presented by Mr. A. B. Russ, of Washington, D.C. Sev- eral lots of minerals were also received from the U.S. Geological Sur- vey. There have been 4,121 specimens added to the collection during the year, the catalogue entries numbering 1,454.
GEOLOGY.
Mr. G. P. Merrill, curator, reports that the work in this department has been largely confined to the arrangement and classification of mate- rial, and the preparation of about 200 sets of specimens for distribu- tion to educational establishments. Several expeditions for collecting specimens were made during the summer and autumn by the curator, and by Mr. W. H. Newhall, his assistant. The work of preparing an exhibit for the World’s Columbian Exposition was entered upon, and the curator visited Arizona, New Mexico, Virginia, Tennessee, Ken- tucky, Indiana, and Missouri, collecting a large amount of voleanic and cave material. The contributions made by Mr. G. F. Becker, of the U.S. Geological Survey, Mr. W. B. Robertson, of Saltville, Va., Mr. F. W. Crosby, and Mr. Henry G. Bryant were among the most important received during the year. The catalogue entries numbered 1,045, embracing more than of 4,000 specimens.
F.—REVIEW OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE WORK. REGISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION.
In the report of Mr. S. C. Brown, registrar, it is stated that the total number of packages of all kinds received during the year is 36,702—an
24 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
hod
increase of 3,016 over the previous year. The entries covering these receipts number 2,970, of which 980 consisted of specimens and 918 of supplies intended for the National Museum. The record of outgoing packages for the year embraces 1,408 entries, covering 2,342 packages of various kinds. The storage register shows that during the year 57 packages have been withdrawn from storage by officers of the Museum, and that 290 packages have been temporarily placed in storage. Dur- ing the year 98 transportation bills have been subdivided and copied, and 184 letters written relating to the transmission of packages through custom-houses and to railroad and express companies. In addition, 546 notices of transmission have been sent out. The total number of accessions, @. ¢., lots of specimens received for the National Museum, during the year was 1,357. In addition, there were received 527 pack- ages of specimels sent for examination and report. - The disposition of the accessions among the departments in the Museum is shown in one of the appendices to the accession list, which constitutes Section Vv of this report.
The distribution records show that during the year 172 packages, con- taining 16,616 specimens.were sent out. These sendings included speci- mens given, lent, sent in exchange, and returned to the owners.
The following statement indicates, by geographical arrangement, the recipients of the duplicate specimens distributed, and the character of the material:
Geographical statementof thedistribution of specimens during the year ending June 30, 1892. NORTH AMERICA. CANADA,
Peter Redpath Museum, Montreal: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D.* 7059). A
Museum of the Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7058.)
University of Toronto, Toronto: Collection of echinoderms, ete.; duplicate collec- tion of casts of stone implements (set 10). Gift. (D. 7142.) (D. 7274.)
UNITED STATES,
ARIZONA. Edgar L. Storment, Tempe: Mud-puppy (1 specimen); lobsters (2 speci- mens); horseshoe crabs (2specimens) ; holothurians (2 specimens), in exchange. (D. 6987.) (D. 7280.)
CALIFORNIA, Leland Stanford jr. University, Menlo Park: Fishes (3 specimens) ; duplicate collection of marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 188). Gift. (D. 7096.) (D. 7234.)
L. L. Frost, Susanville: Fragment of meteorite. Gift. (D.7126.)
COLORADO. University of Colorado, Boulder: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 121); duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 45). Gift. (D. 7308.) ConNneEctTiICcUT. Bridgeport Scientific Society, Bridgeport: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 109); duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 50). Gift. (D.
7029.) (D.7212.)
“D.” refers to the distribution record kept in the registrar’s office.
*
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. hs,
G. R. Limsden, Greenville: Gorgoniaus and sponges (2 packages). Gift. (D. (OE))
H.S. Williams, Haddam: Ores (24 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7005.)
Hartford Theological Seminary, Hartford: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 111); duplicate collection of casts of stone implements (set 6). Gift. (D. 7071.) (D. 7230.)
Peabody Museum, New Haven: Panopeus (4 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7087.)
Yale College Museum, New Haven: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7055.)
District Gk CoLtumBtiA. Miss Nellie Baird, Washington: Collection of tnassorted Foraminifera. Gift. (D. 7166.)
Miss Mary Clark, Washington: Specimen of Moki Indian basket tray, in ex- change. (D. 6805.)
Columbian University, Washington: Plaster cast of the Rosetta Stone. Gift. (D. 6997.)
Commissioner of Patents, Washington: Crude petroleum (34 samples). Gift. (DE Tee)
E. E. Howell, Washington: Specimens of minerals (2 boxes, 1 bottle and 1 pack- age); minerals (6 specimens), in exchange. (1D. 6831.) (1D. 6865.) Miscella- neous ores (183 specimens); three slabs of onyx and 300 pounds of iron ore; rocks (39 specimens) for exchange. (D.6875.) (1). 6898.)
J.W. Langdale, Washington: Specimen of Vanadinite, in exchange. (D. 7258.)
S. Ward Loper, National Museum: Specimen of onyx, in exchange. (D. 7252.)
National Deaf Mute College, Washington: Special. collection of duplicate marine invertebrates. Gift. (D. 7109.)
Soldiers’ Home, Washington: Duplicate collection of casts of stone implements (set 2). Gift. (D. 7164.)
Inuinois. William A. Morris, Aledo: Unios (7 specimens), in exchange. (D. 6882.)
Arizona Oynx Company, Chicago: Seven slabs of oynx, in exchange. (D.7 )
InptANA. Indiana University, Bloomington: Rocks (S5lspecimens). Gift. (D. 7028.)
Hanover College, Hanover: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 16). Gift. (D. 7228.)
Indiana State Normal School, Terre Haute: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 10). Gift. (D. 7181.)
InpIAN TERRITORY. A. T. Odeneal, Lehigh: Lodestone (1 specimen). Gift. (D. 6819.)
lowa. Lowa State Normal School, Cedar Falls: Duplicate collection of marine invert- ebrates (series Iv, set 185); duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 54). Gift. (D.7084.) (D. 7192.)
Museum of State Library, Des Moines: Indian pottery (136 specimens). Gift. (D. 7089. )
Jefferson County Library Association, Fairtield: Duplicate collection of casts of stone implements (set 1). Gift. (D.7120.)
Parsons College, Fairfield: Duplicate colleetion of alcoholic fishes (set 53). Gift. CD Sl Sits)
Herbert E. Brock, Mason City: Indian implements (57 specimens); arrow and spear heads (50 specimens), in exchange. (1).6820.) (D.7218.)
Cornell College, Mount Vernon: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 106): duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 2). Gift. (D.6977.)
Kansas Baker University, Baldwin: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 116). Gath. eGa7193.
College of Emporia, Emporia: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 21). Gift. (D.7216.)
Southwest Kansas College, Winiield: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 108). Gift. (D.7014.)
26 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Kentucky. L.C. Lane, Frankfort: Collection of shells, in exchange. (D. 7332.)
State University, Louisville: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 117). Gift. (D. 7204.) ¥
Central University, Richmond: Duplicate collection of aleoholie fishes (set 43). Gift. (D. 7235.)
LOUISIANA. Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge: Duplicate collection of aleo- holie fishes (set 49). Gift. (D. 7211.)
Tulane University, New Orleans: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 6) ; duplicate collection of minerals (set 118); duplicate collection of casts of stone implements (set 5); special collection of marine invertebrates (6 boxes). Gift. GDS7140:),, “(De 72252)) GD a72265)
Maine. Dr. A. C. Hamlin, Bangor: Miscellaneous minerals (60 specimens), in exchange. (D. 6979.)
Maine State College, Orono: Miscellaneous ores (111 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7265.)
T. F. Lamb, Portland: Miscellaneous minerals (29 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7041.)
F. H. Thompson, Portland: Specimens of infusorial earth. Gift. (D.7242.)
Colby University, Waterville: Duplicate collection of aleoholice fishes (set 14). Gift. (D. 7207.) ;
MaryLaNbD. Dr. George H. Williams. Baltimore: Minerals (15 specimens), in ex- change. (D. 7152.)
Rockhill College, Ellicott City: Collection of casts of stone implements (set 4). Gift. (D.7213.)
MASSACHUSETTS. George H. Barton, Boston: Ores (1255 pounds), for exchange. (D. 6871.)
Prof. W. O. Crosby, Boston: Collection of Nevada niekel ores, in exchange. (D. 6908.)
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston: Ores (598 specimens), in ex- change. (D.7092.)
N.L. Wilson, Boston: Minerals (28 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7285.)
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge: Cast of trilobite showing append- ages; specimen of Tile fish and 7 species of Seopelids. Gift. (D. 7056.) (D. 7289.)
Peabody Museum, Cambridge: Collection of Navajo dyes and dye stuff. Gift. (D. 6789.)
Bigelow School, Marlboro: Specimens of wulfenite and azurite. Gift. (D. 7004.)
Wellesley College, Wellesley: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 13). Gift. (D. 7189.)
Worcester Society of Antiquity, Woreester: Photographs of the log of the steam- ship Savannah and Trevithick’s locomotive, in exchange. (D.7012.)
MICHIGAN. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor: Collection of casts of stone imple- ments (set 7). Gift. (D. 7249.)
Frederick Stearns, Detroit: Collection of Unionide; miscellaneous shells (71 Specimens). in exchange. (D. 6810.) (D. 6893.)
MINNESOTA. Hamline University, Hamline: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 25). Gift. (D. 7281.)
State Normal School, Mankato: Duplicate collection of marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 184); duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 4). Gift. (D. 7062.)
Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences, Minneapolis: Duplieate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 26). Gift. (D. 7277.)
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis: Fossil plants (12 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7245.)
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. An
State Normal School, St. Cloud: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 47). Gift. (D. 7262.)
Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 107). Gift. (D. 7003.)
Missourt. Hooper Institute, Clarksburg: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 114). Gait. —(D: 7143: )
Missouri State University, Columbia: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 113). Cutis (ODS (aleiss))
C. A. Brockett, Kansas City: Stone (1 specimen). Gift. (D. 7132.)
Missouri Valley College, Marshall: Duplicate collection of aleoholie fishes (set 52). Gift. (D. 7195.)
Julius Hurter, St. Louis: Reptiles (7 specimens). Gift. (D. 6986.)
Montana. College of Montana, Deer Lodge: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 15). Gift. (D. 7208.)
Homer Squyer, Mingusville: Shells (18 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7313.)
James Allen, Willis: Beauxite and cryolite (3 specimens). Gift. (D. 6800.)
Nespraska. Bellevue College, Department of University of Omaha, Bellevue: Duplicate collection of casts of stone implements (set 9). Gift. (D.7282.)
University of Nebraska, Lincoln: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 8); duplicate collection of casts of stone implements (set 8). Gift. (D. 7159.) (D. 7266.)
NEw JeERSEY. Biological Schooi, Avon-by-the-Sea: Duplicate collection of marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 180). Gift. (D.6821.)
Albert Mann, jr., Newark: Samples of ocean bottom. Gift. (D. 7075.)
J.C. Smock, Trenton: Specimens of labels, blocks, bottles, and wires used in ex- hibition series of the National Museum. Gift. (1). 7113.)
New York. Wells College, Anrora: Duplicate collection of marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 181); duplicate collection of minerals (set 101); duplicate col- lection of alcoholic fishes (set 1). Gift. (D.6848.) (D. 6976.)
Williamsburg Scientific Society, Brooklyn: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 119). Gift. (D. 7260.)
Society of Natural Sciences, Buffalo: Echinoderms (10 specimens). Gift. (D. 7081.)
Hamilton College, Clinton: Duplicate collection of aleoholic fishes (set 17). Gift. (D. 7209.)
State Normal School, Cortland: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 51); duplicate collection of casts of stone implements (set 3). Gift. (D. 7196.) (D. 7182.)
Fort Edward Collegiate Institute, Fort Edward: Duplicate collection of min- erals (set 112). Gift. (D.7121.)
Charles Babcock, Cornell University, Ithaca: Onyx and syenite (1 specimen of each). Gift. (D. 7088.)
Cornell University, Ithaca: Rocks (48 specimens); bones of Great Auk, in ex- change. (D.7186.) (D. 7247.)
American Musewn of Natural History, New York City: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7060.)
S. P. Avery, New York City: Specimen of lithograph by Menzel, in exchange. (D. 7202.)
G. Beyer, New York City: Dried insects (2 boxes); dried insects (253 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7137.) (D. 7119.)
College of the City of New York, New York City: Duplicate collection of aleo- holic fishes (set 22). Gift. (D. 7217.)
Robert Demcker, New York City: Minerals (52 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7085.)
28 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
George L. English & Company, New York City: Minerals (12 specimens); min- erals (12 specimens), in exchange. (1). 6846.)
George F. Kunz, New York City: Minerals (9 specimens), inexchange. (D.7138.)
Charles Mali, Belgian Consul, New York City: Coal (17 specimens). Gift. (D. 6859. )
Tiffany & Company, New York City: Minerals (6 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7148.)
Port Jefferson Union School, Port Jefferson: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 99). Gift. (D. 6786.)
Henry A. Ward, Rochester: Minerals (37 specimens), in exchange. (D. 6849.)
Union College, Schenectady: Two species of Pentacrinus; collection of Foramin- ifera. Gift. (D. 7160.) (D: 7141.)
Syracuse University, Syracuse: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 18). Gift. (D. 7214.)
Sé. Johns School, Utica: Duplicate minerals (26 specimens). Gift. (D. 6949.)
Norri Carourma. Garrett D. Ray, Asheville: Minerals (60 specimens), in exchange. (D. 6975.)
D. A. Bowman, Bakersville: Minerals (2 specimens). Gift. (1D. 6798.)
Trinity University, Durham: Duplicate collection of marine invertebrates (series IV, set 182); duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 55). Gift. (D. 6888.) (D. 7190.) ;
Onto. Mrs. D. D. Meacham, Cincinnati: Archwological specimens (17), in exchange. (D. 7125.)
Oberlin College, Oberlin: Duplieate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 28). Gift. CD eal)
Manstield Memorial Museum, Mansfield: Duplicate collection of marine invert- ebrates (series Iv, set 187); duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 7). Gift. (D. 7144.)
Scio College, Scio: Duplheate collection of minerals (set 110). Gift. (D. 7033.)
PENNSYLVANIA. Western University of Pennsylvania, Allegheny: Duplicate collee- tion of alcoholic fishes (set 11). Gift. (D. 7188.)
St. Vincent College, Beatty: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 9). Gitt. (DD: 772.)
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia: Scopelids (5 specimens). Gift. (D. 7030.)
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia: Set of plaster casts of Haida gam- bling sticks; specimens of seeds used in games, in exchange; duplicate col- lection of casts of stone implements (set 11). Gift. (D. 6864.) (D.7100.) (D. 7305.)
Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia: Unionidz (375 specimens, 176 species), in exchange. (D.6974.)
Joseph Willcox, Philadelphia: Minerals (8 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7123.)
Duquesne College, Pittsburg: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 103). Gift. (D. 6921.)
Central State Normal School, Lock Haven: Duplicate collection of aleoholic fishes (set 46). Gift. (D.7264.)
Pennsylvania State Normal School, Millersville: Duplicate colleetion of alco- holic fishes (set 5); duplicate collection of marine invertebrates (series LV, set SO) spent Crnitite ee (en cel oO) mi veng2esleny
George Wieland, State College: Rocks (57 specimens), in exchange. (D. 7027.)
E.G. Dutton, Twin Oaks: Minerals (59 specimens), in exchange. (D.7099.)
I. S. Randall, Warren: Shells (102 specimens), in exchange. (1D. 7311.)
SoutH CAROLINA, South Carolina College, Columbia: Duplicate collection of alco- holie fishes (set 23). Gift. (D. 7224.)
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 29
TENNESSEE. University of Tennessee, Knoxville: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 20). Gift. (D.7215.)
Obion Normal College, Troy: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 104). Gift. (D. 6945.)
Texas. Columbia College, Van Alstyne: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 100). Gift. (1D. 6842.)
Fort Worth University, Fort Werth: Duplicate collection of marine inyerte- brates (series Iv, set 183). (D. 7001.)
William Taylor, San Diego: Five mammal skulls, in exchange. (D. 6962.) Uran. R. Forrester, Castle Gate: Minerals (6 specimens), in exchange. (D. 6907.) VirGINIA. Miller Manual Labor Training School of Albemarle, Crozet: Collection
ef silver, copper, and lead ores including geld. Gift. (D. 6863.)
Hampton Normal and Agricultural Institute, Hampton: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 105). Gift. (D. 6958.)
West VirGiInrIA. University of West Virginia, Morgantown: Duplicate collection of
alcoholic fishes (set 13). Gift. (D. 7178.)
Wisconsin. High School, Antigo: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 120), Gift. (D.7261.)
University of Wisconsin, Madison: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7057.)
State Normal School, Milwaukee: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes (set 19). Gitt. (D. 7210.)
State Normal School, Whitewater: Duplicate collection of minerals (set 102); duplicate collection of marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 186). Gift. (D. 6896.) (D. 7186.)
WYoMmInG. Wyoming University, Laramie: Duplicate collection of alcoholic fishes
(set 24). Gift. (D. 7227.)
TRANSMISSIONS TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES. AUSTRALIA. NEW SOUTH WALES. Australian Museum, Sydney: Collection of echinoderms. Gift. (D. 7184.) NEW ZEALAND.
Auckland Museum, Auckland: Collection of photographs and working-drawings of museum cases, also specimens of labels. Gift. (D. 6971.)
Otago University Museum, Dunedin: Crinoids (3 specimens); reptiles (15 speci- mens), In exchange. (D. 7294.) EUROPE.
AUSTRIA,
University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria: Castof trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7051.)
. DENMARK.
Royal Zodlogical Museum, Copenhagen: Deep-sea fishes (37 species); Crustacea and
‘
Radiata (524 specimens), in exchange. (D.6825.) ENGLAND.
Edward Lovett, Croydon: Forty ethnological specimens, in exchange. (D. 7039.) Rey. A. M. Norman, Fence Houses, Durham: Marine invertebrates (5 specimens), for exchange. (D.7095.)
30 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Rey. Henry Baker Tristram, Durham: Bird skins (60 specimens), in exchange, (D. 6797.)
British Museum, London: Cast of trilobite, showing appendages; 69 specimens of ethnologica, in exchange. (D.7053.) (D. 7201.)
Mr. Cossman, London: Shell marl from Alabama (2 barrels), in exchange. (D.7065.)
H. E. Dresser, London: Bird skins (4 specimens), in exchange. (D.7302.)
Hugh Fulton, London: Turricula Bairdii (10 specimens), in exchange. (D. 6832.)
George F. Harris, London: Shell marl (1 barrel), in exchange. (D.7175.)
Owens College Museum, Victoria University, Manchester: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7047.)
Prof. Henry Balfour, University Museum, Oxford: Candle-tish (Thalichthys pacificus), (5 specimens). Gift. (D. 7072.)
R. N. Worth, Plymouth: Ores (152 specimens), for exchange. (D. 6867.)
FRANCE.
M. C. Marquis G.de Laporta, Bouches-du-Rhone, Aix-en-Provence: Fossil plants (24 specimens). Gift. (D. 6964.)
University of Lille, Lille: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7052.)
Museum of Natural Histery, Paris: Snakes (12 specimens). Gift. (D. 6818.)
GERMANY.
Dr. A. Nehring, Berlin: Specimens of seeds of North American Nymphiecee; seeds of Brasenia and Nuphie, in exchange. (D.7124.) (D.7241.)
Museum of Natural History, Bucharest, Roumania: Cast of trilobite showing ap- pendages. Gift. (D. 7050.)
Zodlogical, Archieological, and Ethnological Museum, Dresden: Four casts of Easter Island tablets, in exchange. (D. 7269.)
Prof. R. Wiedersheim, Freiburg: Siren lecertina (4 specimens). Gift. (D. 7098.)
Geological Museum of the University of Jena, Jena: Cast of trilobite showing ap- pendages. Gift. (D. 7045.)
University of Munich, Munich: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7048.)
ITALY.
Zodlogical Museum, Bologna: Prof. C. Emery, insects (5 specimens). Gift. (D.7079.)
Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence: Prof. Henry H. Giglioli, ethnological material (172 specimens) and archeological material (100 specimens), inexchange. (D. 6988. )
NORWAY.
Zoblogical Museum of the University of Christiania, Christiania: Skin of young sea-
lion and model of skull; fishes (2 specimens), in exchange. (D. 6824.) (D.7102. RUSSIA.
Geological Museum of the University of Moscow, Moscow: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7016 )
Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg: Cast of trilobite showing append- ages; geological specimens (2 boxes), and publications, in exchange. (D. 7054.) (D. 7170.)
SWEDEN.
Geological Survey of Sweden, Steckholm: Cast of trilobite showing appendages. Gift. (D. 7044.)
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 31
The following table shows the number of specimens distributed from the various departments of the Museum during the year ending June 30, 1892:
if | 7 | Number | Namber
Department. of speci- Department. of speci- mens. | mens. (Giana Me Padi Se See oe rece nec cae asOOsSEe Ls MEO las kee sk Ce ORS ee ee ee 583 Wi MOlO Styie setae oe tela a = Soe Sore natal 3037 /ELNS6Cishe-* Ss ea oe ee ee ee. 258 Historical collections .....-.-----.---.--- 1) Marineinwertebrates ---.-5--eeeeneeee ae 5, 855 American aboriginal pottery ..----.-..-- 2o6u | Se aleozoiestossils e405 eee eee ee 17 Prehistoric anthropology .......-----.--- 1 S06 Hossiliplants: 222s as eee ee 36 NU aan at Sie eps oe eee osama es 25,2 ines cies 3) | Recentiplants =.= -cia=6-ese eoeeee oes | 15, 748 SIGS ea ae oeeee sence cisco cesses 250), Mamerail§=o--2--\-- shin te dos eee Cree nae 1, 753 Birdsvepos and nests: ---..--...---.....- SA iGeolopyeccc seston as Deeper eee eee eee 231 Reptiles and batrachians ..-.-..-...-..-. 276 = PRS RE Siererae aes ee cee eos oe oe = eee ane alee) Totels2 ae soe oe ee | 392. 046 Wertepratefossils a2: 2 > ssc 425 5a- suek 26 LIBRARY.
Mr. N. P. Scudder, assistant librarian, has furnished the following statement in regard to the operations of the Museum library during the year:
The number of publications added to the library is 11,892 (693. vol- umes of more than 100 pages, 1,642 pamphlets, and 8,486 parts of regular serials). Of these, 297 volumes, 774 pamphlets, and 6,363 parts of serials have been retained for the use of the Museum from the accessions of the Smithsonian Institution, the remainder being obtained, as usual, by gift. exchange, and purchase.
During the year, 6,094 books were borrowed from the library, of which 1,832 had been returned at the close of the year. The books assigned to the sectional libraries are counted with those borrowed, hence the great excess of these over those returned. During the year, 243 orders for books were sent to the Library of Congress. There have been added 2,235 titles to the card-catalogue by authors, and 1,989 cards were added to the subject-catalogue, making a total of 3,827 cards in this catalogue.
7 SECTIONAL LIBRARIES.
The designations of the sectional libraries now organized, and the number of books assigned to each, are as follows:
Administration.—141 volumes, 74 parts, and 81 pamphlets.
Aéronautics.—3 volumes and 29 parts.
Astronomy.—b63 volumes, 522 parts, and 19 pamphlets.
Birds.—589 volunies, 155 parts, and 56 pamphlets.
Hditor.—656 voluines, 229 parts, and 46 pamphlets.
Ethnolegy.—379 volumes, 99 parts, and 29 pamphlets.
Fishes.—52 volumes, 19 parts, and 10 pamphlets.
Geology.—T17 volumes, 169 parts, and 455 pamphlets.
32 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Tnsects.—492 volumes, 310 parts, and 210 pamphlets.
Mammatls.—210 volumes and 295 pamphlets.
Marine invertebrates.—89 volumes and 46 pamphlets.
Materia medica.—251 volumes, 97 parts, and 23 pamphlets.
Mesozoic fossils.—30 volumes and 2 pamphlets.
Mineralogy.—(A) 242 volumes, 63 parts, and 19 pamphlets; (B) 89 volumes, 24 parts, and 78 pamphlets.
Mollusks and cenozoic fossils.—110 volumes, 275 parts, and 89 pamphlets.
Oriental archeology.—311 volumes, 157 parts, and 137 pamphlets.
Plants. —396 volumes, 302 parts, and 335 pamphlets.
Prehistoric anthropology.—79 volumes, 40 parts, and 42 pamphlets, in addition to the Rau Memorial Library of 1,609 titles.
Reptiles.—16 volumes, 7 parts, and 4 pamphlets.
Transportation.—121 volumes, 189 parts, and 2 pamphlets.
Owing to the failure of Congress to appropriate any money for bind- ing, it has been impracticable to bind any of the books belonging to the Museum library. There are at least 1,500 volumes which need binding, some being of great value.
In several instances it has been found necessary, in order to preserve the books, to withdraw them from circulation, while in other instances where the work of curators would not permit this, the books are being worn out by constant though careful use.
Of the Smithsonian deposit 500 volames were bound upon application to the Librarian of Congress.
SPECIMENS SENT TO THE MUSEUM FOR EXAMINATION AND REPORT.
The record which has been kept of the specimens sent during the year for examination shows that 526 lots have been received (Nos. 1248 to 1774, inclusive). Specimens forwarded to the Museum for this purpose are referred to the curator of the proper department, who pre- pares a report embodying the result of his examination, a copy of which is transmitted to the sender.
A list* of the specimens received for examination, arranged alpha- betically by name of sender, is here given:
Adams, C. F., Champaign, Ill.: Birds’ skins. 1659 (V—A).
Adams, W. W., Mapleton, N. Y.: Shell beads. 1342 (IIT).
Alderson, Hon. J.D. (See under Mrs. B. T. Beirne.)
Allen, James, Willis, Mont.: Mineral. 1600 (XVI).
Allen, Levi, Salubria, Idaho: Sand, and 9 specimens of ore. 1648, 1689 (XVII).
American Museum of Natural History, New York City: Squirrel. 1634 (IV).~
Ames, W. W., De Ruyter, N. Y.: Insect. 1296 (X).
Anastasiades, k., Norfolk, Va.: Two glass cases containing 2 silk ribbons made by silkworms. (Returned.) 1393 (X).
Anderson, John V., Little Creek, Del.: Portion of owl. 1557 (V—A).
Angel, L. C., Ridge Spring, S. C.: 3 specimens of minerals. 1515 (XVI).
Appleton, John W.M., Salt Sulphur Springs, W. Va.: An object having the appear- ance of a soft-shelled egg—dug from the ground. 1482 (X).
*The number accompanying each entry is the number assigned to the sending on the Museum records. The number in parentheses indicates the department in the Museum to which the specimen was referred for examination.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 33
Arthur, IF. G., Sioux City, lowa: Ball-shaped object fastened to an oak “leaf. 1250 GLY):
Ashton, H. H., Thorntown, Ind.: Silk-moth. 1724 (X).
Austin, Mrs. R. M., Davis Creek, Cal.: Butterflies. 1441 (X).
Ayer, N. J., Cactus Flat, Cal.: Butterfly. 1421 (X.)
Ayres, T. F., Richland Center, Wis.: Small carved image. 1602 (III).
Babcock, George H., Phillipsburg, Mont.: Two specimens of tale. 13886 (XVII).
Bachmann, George, Tannersville, N. Y.: Ore and bottle of fluid. 1631 (XVII).
Bailey, M. J., Custer City, 8. Dak.: Two specimens of rocks, 1410 (XVII).
Bannon, F. T., Jessups, Md.: Insect. 1395 (X).
Barker, 8. R., Chambersburg, Ind.: Insect. 1437 (X).
Barlow, C. F., Canastota, N. Y.: Worms and grubs found infesting celery and onion fields. 1738 (X). .
Barnes, B. E., Boyett, N.C.: Supposed meteoric iron. (Returned.) 1774 (XVI).
Barnes, E. A., Syracuse, N. Y.: Dandelion, with ten flowers on one stalk. 1727 (XV).
Barnett, J. D., Gainesville, Tex.: 3 shells. 1440 (IX).
Barnum, Dr. Eugene E., Lancaster, Va.: Bone. 1721 (XII).
Barratt, D. W. P., Georgetown, 8S. C.: Grass. 1607 (XV).
Bash, C. B., Cle-Elum, Wash.: Plants. 1664 (XV).
Bartholomew, W.L., Buckley, Wash.: Ore. 1718 (XVII).
Bassler, Thomas, Louisiana, Mo.: 45 species of Coleoptera. 1304 (X).
Baur, Dr. G., Worcester, Mass.: Collection of birds. 1624 (V—-A).
Bear, M. O., Orcuhala, Ariz.: Plant. 1468 (XY).
Bearden, C.C., Comanche, Tex.: Insect. 1390 (X).
Beaver, Charles, Tamora, Nebr.: Fossil bones of mammal. 1402 (XII).
Beirne, Mrs. B. T., Lewisburg, W. Va., through Hon. J. D. Alderson: Sun-dial sup- posed to have belonged to Thomas Jefferson. 1759 (II-A)
Belcher, B.S., Ada, W. Va.: Specimens of ores. 1369, 1428, 1622 (XVII).
Belden, Dr. C. K., Jamaica, N. Y.: Insects. -1277 (X).
Bell, A. Melville, Washington, D.C.: Luna-moth. 1328 (X).
Bendendortf, Otto A., Wilmot, Kans.: Rock. 1711 (XVII).
Bennett, Richard, Eureka Springs, Ark.: 2 specimens of rocks. (Returned). 1564 (XVII).
Bentley, Dr. Henry, Mystic, Conn.: Fossil teeth. 1505 (X11).
Bishop, Maj. D. E., New York City, N. Y.: Copy of Arkansas State Gazette, pub- lished at Little Rock, June 6, i866. (Returned.) 1521 (1).
Blanchard, Hon. N. C., House of Representatives: Shells. 1589 (1X).
Bloch, A., Bowling Green, Ky.: Ore. 1516 (XVII).
Bloonn, O. b., Harrisburg, Aviz.: Ore. 1756 (XVII).
Bohannan, F. A., Luray, Va.: Moth. 1261 (X).
Boker, Edward W., Washington, D. C.: 17silver coins and medals of Germany, Italy, and Poland. (Returned.) 1489 (1). ;
Bonelli, George, Tooele City, Utah: Ore. 1615 (XVII),
Bowman, D. A., Bakersville, N. C.: 2 specimens of minerals. 1587 (XV1).
Box, Henry, Terraville, 8S. Dak.: Quartz crystals. 1629 (XVI).
Boyle, Mrs. Mary, Flemington, N. J.: Small stone. 1457 (25065) (1X).
Bracken, A. H., Hensley, N. C.: Ore. (Returned.) 1565, 1742 (XVII).
Bradford, George D., New York City: 10 species of Coleoptera. 1608 (X).
Bradley, I. S., Dayton, Ohio: Worm. 1255 (X).
Brandt, Carl L., Savannah, Ga.: 177 manuscripts, 39 printed books, and 3 news- papers. 1650 (1).
Brashear, C. G., Boaz, Tex., through W. H. Holmes. Iron pike-head. (Returned). 1293 (II-A).
Braziel, H. P., Daytona, Fla.: Small fragments of fossil bone; mineral. 1467 (VILLI, XVI):
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2
3
34 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Breseman, Henry, Wayne Wis.: Copper implement. 1554 (III).
Bringhurst, Dr. William, Philadelphia, Pa.: Insects; water containing egg-shaped insects. 1470, 1477 (X). y
Brinkley, Thomas C., Cleveland, Ohio: Insect. 1803 (X).
British Museum, London, England, through Dr. D. Sharp: Collection of West Indian hemiptera and hymenoptera.. 1316 (X). ’
Brock, A. B., Osceola, Mo.: Mineral. 1771 (XVI).
Brock, Herbert E., Mason City, Iowa: 11 specimens of crinoids. 1626 (25508) (XIII-A).
Brockway, W.J., Vallicita, Cal.: Substance found after a rain shower in roads, fields, eter lod (xs).
Brooke, A. C., Lexington, Va.: Insect. 1443 (X).
Brown, Abram, Robertstown, Pa.: Ore. 1345 (XVII).
Brown, G.S., Vandalia, N. Y.: Insect. 1346 (X).
Brown, Phil. F., Blue Ridge Springs, Va.: Insect. 1750 (X).
Brown, W. E., Pine Bluff, Ark.: Insect. 1447 (X).
Brown, Prof. W. J., U. 8. Grant University, Athens, Tenn., through G. P. Merrill: Pharyngeal of Aplodinotus grunniens. (Returned.) 1736 (VII).
Bryan, William A. C., Nephi City, Utah: Ore. 1389 (XVII).
Bryan, Rev. C. B., Lenoir, N. C.: Mushroom; caterpillar from Danville, Va. 1352, 1508 (XV, X).
Bryan, T.J., Fort Gibson, Ind. T.: Plastér cast of a piece of metal found at Bush. Creek, Adams County, Ohio. 1706 (III).
Buell, A. D., Palm Springs, Fla.: Insect. 1323 (X).
Bullene, George W., Seattle, Wash.: Rock. 1501 (XVII).
Bullock, David J., Bar Harbor, Me.: 2 specimens of wasps. 1271 (X).
Burk, Frank, Nephi City, Utah: Mineral. 1422 (XVII).
Campbell, H. C., Lansingburg, N. Y.: Beetle. 1670 (X).
Campbell, J. J., Hot Springs, N.C.: Minerals. 1379 (X V1).
Campfield, C. H., Dulzura, Cal.: Ores. 1620, 1625 (XVII).
Canter, A. F., Jordan Valley, Oregon: Rock. 1591 (XVII).
Carder, E. E., South Sioux City, Nebr.: Insect. 1263 (X).
Carlisle, Dr. J. P., Cold Springs, Tex.: Cretaceous echinoid (?). (Returned.) 1603 (XIII-B).
Carter, I, C., Macon, Ga.: Vegetable substance. 1772 (XV).
Carter, Miss Sue, Cloverport, Ky.: Mineral. 1682 (XVI).
Case, Mrs. H. M., Emmetsburg, lowa: Plant. 1315 (XV).
Chambers, G. W., Egger, Ark.: 2 specimens of ores. (Returned.) 1647 (XVII).
Chambers, J. C., Paint Rock, Tenn.: Ancient Hebrew manuscript, ancient Hebrew book, 2 phylacteries in cases with straps. (Returned.) 1723 (1).
Chapman, Gilman, Bethel, Me.: Insect. 1262 (X).
Chase, James H., Wenatchee, Wash.: Quartz; rock. 1340, 1419 (XVI, XVII).
Chatham, W.S., Roanoke, Va.: Mineral substance found in sinking a shaft for iron. 1685 (XVI).
Chesney, J. C., Northumberland, Pa.: Ore. 1361 (XVII).
Christy, W. H., New York City: Metallized fossil from Peru. 1405 (XII).
Church, F. L., Shushan, N. Y.: Alcoholic specimen of six-legged frog. 1337 (24770) (VI.)
Church, Mrs. J. L. Woodlake, Ky.: Insect. 1355 (X).
Clark, A. Howard, Gloucester, Mass.: Portion of shoulder-girdle of skate. (Re- turned.) 1413 (XII).
Clark, Alexander, Port Angeles, Wash.: Ore, (Returned.) 1461 (XVII).
Clarke, D.0O., Perico, Fla.: Insect. 1588 (X),.
Clouse, Henry, Phebe, Tenn.: Ore. 1668 (XVII).
Cole, James, Meadville, Pa: 2 specimens of quartz. 1695 (XVI).
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. oo
Coleman, B. L., Poindexter’s Store, Va:: Moth. 1282 (X).
Collins, Dr. William, Somerset, Pa.: Surveyor’s compass made by Rittenhouse and Potts, and used on the Mason and Dixon line survey in 1763-1767. (Returned. ) 1505 (1).
Cone, C. C., Lagrange, Ind.: Moth. 1249 (X).
Cook, E. F., Omaha, Nebr.: Butterfly. (1875 (X).
Cook, Frank, Houston, Idaho: ,Rock. (Returned.) 1272 (XVII).
Cook, R. E., Nottingham, Ala.: Clay. 1637 (XVII).
Cooper, L. F., Crescent City, Cal.: Rock. 1657 (XVII).
Cooper, Samuel. (See under George Weston. )
Copeland, J. B., Harrisburg, Pa.: 2 specimens of stones. 1341 (XVII).
Cornick, Miss L. A. B., Genito, Va.: Minerals. (Returned.) 1287 (XVI).
Coyne, P. J., Gratersville, Ariz.: (Pottery (?) 1770 (III).
Craig, J. W., Mushet, Va.: Micaceous hematite. 1476 (XVII).
Creveceur, F. F., Onaga, Kans.: 25 species of miscellaneous insects. 1502 (25028) (X).
Crites, Stanley M., Pipestone, Mich.: Rock. (Returned.) 1458 (XVII).
Crockett, J. T., Chambersburg, Ind.: Insect. 1445 (X).
Crook, Robert L., Eastonville, Colo.: Insect. 1493 (X).
Crosby, Prof. W.O., Boston, Mass.: Eruptive rocks. 1408 (XVII).
Cunningham, Burton L., Fort Klamath, Oregon: Butterflies. 1382 (X),.
Curry, Mrs. Hattie G., Sioux City, lowa: Moth. 1264 (X).
Dahl, F.0., Libby, Mont.: Stone implement. 1546 (25432) (111).
Daniel, Dr. Z. T., Blackfeet Agency, Piegan, Mont.: Stone, supposed to be a petri- fied imprint of a moccasin foot in soft sand, found by a Blackfeet Indian in Two Medicinal Creek. 1745 (25834) (III).
Daniels, William H., Fairhaven, Wash.: Insect. 1357 (X).
Darling, Elisha, Ridgway, Colo.: Mineral. 1687 (XVI).
Davis, B. S., Charlotte, N. C.: Plant. 1733 (XV).
Dell, Edward H., Scottsville, Mo., through Hon. Samuel W. Peel, M. C.: Madstone. (Returned.) 1585 (II-A).
Demcker, Robert, New York City: Minerals. 1703 (25758) (XVI).
De Meules, A. J., Organ, N. Mex.: Rocks. 1491 (XVII).
Dennett, W.S., Saco, Me.: Insects. 1494 (X).
Detrick, W.L., Julian, Cal.: 3 specimens of ores. (Returned.) 1616 (XVII).
Devereux, A., Decatur, Tex.: Fossil; stone. 1320, 1559 (VIII, XVI).
Dietz, Ottomar, New York City: 237 species of Coleoptera. (Returned.) 1623 (X).
Diggins, H. W., Springfield, Mo.: Ore. 1747 (XVII).
Diggles, Mrs. J. A., Etna, Cal.: Insect. 1313 (X). ;
Dodge, Mrs. Charles, jr., San Carlos, Ariz.: Large basket made by Chilchuana, an Apache Indian chief. 1523 (25088) (II-A).
Downman, R. H., Warrenton, Va.: Insect. 1417 (X).
Drake, Harry, Hatton, I}].: Insect. 1366 (X).
Duges, Prof. A., Guanajuato, Mex.: Insects; coral, parasitic worms. 1536, 1716 (25780), 1385, 1409 (X, XI).
Dunlap, R.S., Greenfield, Ohio: Carved bone. 1632 (III).
Du Pré, Prof. D. A., Wofford College, Spartanburg, S.C.: Mineral. 1490 (XVI).
Duscoll, M., Billings, Mont.: 2 butterflies. 1762 (X).
Eaton, Lucy C., Truro, Nova Scotia: Insects. 1690 (X).
Ebaugh, Jeremiah, Carrollton, Md.; Ore. 1640. (Returned.) 1666 (XVII).
Eckart, Edward, Waupun, Wis.: Butterfly. 1336 (X).
Eells, A. F., Boston, Mass.: Granite from Buck’s Harbor, Maine. 1571 (XVII).
Eggleston, Mrs. L.T., Forest Depot, Va.: Leaf of plant. 18307 (XV).
Elker, R. F., Kenterville, Idaho: Ore. 1431 (XVII).
Ellis, F. G., Hogan, Mont.: Skull of mammal. 1663 (IV).
Ellithorpe, O. A., Gainesville, Tex.: Coneretion. (Returned.) 1548 (XIII-B).
36 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Emerson Brothers, Santa Ana, Cal.: Insect. 1719 (X).
Emmert, John W., Bristol, Tenn.: Chipped implements and a human skull. 1697 (IIT).
Ensign, George A., Defiance, Ohio: Insect. 1309 (X).
Evans, Hon. H. Clay, Chattanooga, Tenn.: Rock. 1572 (XV1).
Evans. William A., Jacksonville, Fla.: Insect. 1518 (X).
Faucher, C. H., Flagstaff, Ariz.: Phosphate rocks. 1592 (XVIJ).
Faulk, Charles, East Liverpool, Ohio: Ore. (Returned.) 1560 (XVII).
Ferguson, J. M., Bald Creek, N. C.: Mimeral. 1501 (XVI).
Ferris, C. L., West Auburn, Pa.: Insect. 1279 (X).
Field, E. R., Helper, Utah: Fossil fish. 1744 (VIII).
Field, J. A., New Castle, Pa.: Plant. 1294 (XV).
Finney, Mrs. A. P., Washington, D. C.: Ore. (Returned.) 1462 (XVII).
Finnigan, Thomas, Dunlap, Ariz.: 3 specimens of rock. 1702 (XVII).
Fitch, M. L., Logansport, Ind.: Insect. .1701 (X).
Fitzgerald, J.C., Greenville, 8. C.: Alcoholic specimen of jointed or glass snake. 1581 (25484) (V1).
Fitzjohn, A. W., Toledo, Ohio: Insect. 1326 (X). :
Flack, J. O., Atoka, Ind. T.: 2 specimens of rock. (Returned.) 1463 (XVII).
Flagg, H. W., Martinsburg, W. Va.: Rock. (Returned.) 1662 (XVII).
Fletcher, S., Phebe, Tenn.: 7 specimens of rocks. (Returned.) 1691 (XVII).
Ford, R. T., Naillon, Tenn.: 2 small specimens of rock. 1612 (XVII).
Forrer, R., Strasburg, Germany: 43 specimens of antique Roman and Byzantine textile fabrics, and 10 tabletsof wood with Greek, Egyptian, and Coptic inserip- tions. (Returned.) 1594 (IID).
Forrester, Robert, Scofield, Utah: Seeds; fossils; fossil shells; fossils; eruptive rock ; 1653 (returned); 1656 (returned); 1675 (returned); 1678, 1694 (returned) (one specimen retained, 26000). (XIII-B, XV, XVII).
Fox, J. J., Horti, Fla.: Insects. 13870, 1464 (X).
Foy, Alfred D., Lookout Mountain, Tenn.: Plants. 1725 (XV).
Frazee, C. T., Villa Grove, Colo.: Small portion of the skeleton of amammel. 1253 (LY). :
Frye, Levi, Rinkerton, Va.: Ore, mineral. 1396, 1550 (XVII, X V1).
Gallagher, E. J., New York City: Mineral. 1543 (XVI).
Galvin, C. D., New York City: Sample of supposed phosphate from North Carolina. (Returned.) 1324 (XVII).
Garner, R. L., Roanoke, Va.: 4 teeth and 2 mammal horns (?) from the phosphate beds, Ashley River, South Carolina; 2 specimens of minerals. 1364, 1520 (VIII, XVI).
(See under J. Williams.)
Garwood, H. C., Jersey City Heights, N.J.: Insect. 1399 (X).
Gaskill, 8, I., Salesville, Mont.: Ore. 1586 (XVII).
Gay, Miss Agatha, Staunton, Va.: Insects. 1773 (X).
Gibbs, W. B., Jackson, W. Va.: Rocks. (Returned.) 1380 (XVII).
Gieger, Martha A., Silver, Wash.: Ores. 1343 (XVII).
Gilbert, Mrs. L. R., Plainfield, N.J.: 44 species of Lepidoptera; 37 species of Lepi- doptera from the United States and Ireland. 1484 (returned), 1535 (X).
Gilmore, C. W., Pipestone, Minn.: Worm. 1407 (X).
Gilmore, Mrs. J. W., North Fork, Cal.: Butterfly. 1331 (X).
Glenn, Harvey L., Livingston, Mont.: Mineral. 1674 (XVI).
Goldsmith, J., Carlisle, N. Mex.: Ore. (Returned.) 1251 (XVII).
Grahain, Miss Rebecca, Davenport College, Lenoir, N. C.: Wasp. 1439 (X).
Gray, Harry and Ethel, Dell, Oregon: Insect. 1356 (X).
Griffin, Miss Anna H., Columbus, Ga.: Insect. 1398 (X).
_REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 37
Gudie, Robert, Nashville, S. Dak.: Sample of sand, small piece of rock out of which it was taken, and 24small pebbles. 1609 (XVII).
Haener, Gen. P. N., U.S. Army, Washington, D.C.: Ores. 1642 (XVII).
Hale, Dr. E. M., Chicago, Ill.: Snake. 1654 (25595) (V1).
Hall, Dr. C. H., Madison, Wis.: 2 lead models of turtle. (Returned.) 1394 (IIT).
Halley, J. T., Middlesboro, Ky.: Fossil plants. 1760 (XIV).
Ham, Mrs. R. €., Albany, N. Y.: Insect. 1344 (X).
Hammers, J. E., Luray, Va.: Butterfly, insect. 1322, 1764 (X).
Hanske, E. A., Bellevue, lowa: Petrification. 1498 (XVII).
Harris, D. M., Homer, La.: Moth. 1260 (X).
Harris, Mary V., Cherry Creek, Miss.: Sample of earth. (Returned.) 1371 (XVII).
Harris, T.S., New York City: Sample of clay; brown sandstone. 1655, 1669. (Re- turned.) (XVII.)
Hart, Mrs. J. M., Blackstone, Va.: Insect. 1330 (X).
Hasbrouck, H.J., Idaho Falls, idaho: Ore. 1752 (XVII).
Haskell, L., Fort Meade, Fla.: Specimen of supposed phosphate. 1671 (XVII).
Hassett, E., Atoka, Ind. T.; Two specimens of rocks. 1433 (XVII).
Hassett, E. B., St. Paul, Ark.: Ore. 1758 (XVIJ).
Hatch, Prof. John W., Agricultural Institute, Hampton, Va.: Insect. 1511 (X).
Hauschild, Henry, Sioux City, Iowa: Butterfly. (Returned.) 1280 (X).
Henry, Miss Mattie C., Lexington, Mich.: Butterfly. 1729 (X).
Heron, D.S., Globe, Ariz.: Ore. (Returned.) 1553 (XVII).
Herring, Mrs. E. B., Plainfield, N. J., through F. O. Herring: 25 species of Lepidop- tera. (Returned.) 1500 (X).
Herring, F.O. (See under Mrs. E. B. Herring.)
Hester, L.G., Marble Falls, Tex.: Insect. 1349 (X).
Heymann, 8., Lafayetteville, Tenn.: Three specimens of supposed gold. (Returned.) 1576 (XVII).
Hill, E. E. Rockland, Me.: Living specimens of beetles. 1455 (X).
Hill, T. Scott, Augusta, Me.: Rock. 1569 (XVII).
Hillyer, Miss Daisy, Corsicana, Tex.: Bone. 1672 (XII).
Hoare and Fett, Findlay, Ohio: Radish shaped like aman’s hand. 1286 (XV).
Hobson, W. P., Pueblo, Colo.: Stone of peculiar formation. (Returned.) 1541 (XVII). :
Hodges, Miss Corine L., Georgetown, Tex.: Butterfly. 18374 (X).
Hollingsworth, Miss Sarah, Dogwood, Mo.: Minerals, stone, ore. 1358, 1472, 1570 (XVI, XVII).
Holmes, A. I., Roscoe, Mo.: Skull. 1555. (VIII).
Holmes, N. D., Toledo, Ark.: Rock. (Returned.) 1435 (XVII).
Holmes, W. H. (See under C. G. Brashear.)
Hooper, J.J., Selma, Ala.: Insect. 1367 (X).
Hopkins, H., La Fayette, Oregon: Clay. 1710 (XVII).
Horton, O. E.and M.C., Pendleton, S.C.: Two insects. 1334 (X).
Houck, R. H., Springfield, Ohio: Fossil coral. 1362 (XIII-A).
Hourston, Joseph, Cumberland House, Canada: Mineral and asmall piece of the same material melted. 1688 (XVI).
House, Miss Lily, State Mills, Virginia: Moth. 1378 (X).
Hovey, George U. S., White Church, Kans.: Stone. 17v0 (XVII).
Howard, Ezra E., Edgar, Nebr.: Skin and skull of mountain Columbia. (Returned.) 1850 (IV).
Huddleston, John R., Kanawha Falls, W. Va.: Double-headed snake. 1384 (24823) AAD
Hummel, James, Gloversville, N. Y.: 2 rocks. 1679 (XVII).
Hungate, J.H., La Harpe, Ill.: 2 inscribed stones and 4 fragments of arrowheads found by Weyman Huston, (Returned.) 1504 (TIT),
roat from British
>
38 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Hunt Bros., Sturgis, Miss.: Rocks. (Returned.) 1601 (XVII).
Hunt, George H., Kingston, Ill.: Spear-head. 1497 (II).
Hunt, J. R.,jr., Sturgis, Miss.: Ore. (Returned.) 1641 (XVII).
Hunt, W.T., Sturgis, Miss. : Mineral. 1591 (XVI).
Hurd, Charles V., Harrisonburg, Va.: Insect. 1348 (X).
Huston, W. (See under J. H. Hungate.)
Hyatt, C. J., Inka, Miss.: Geological material from the mountains of .Alabama. 1720 (XVII).
Ijima, I. (See under Science College, Imperial University, Tokio.)
Intram, Robert, Chenowith, Wash.: Insects. 1753 (X).
James, H. A., Quartz, Okla.: Minerals, rock. 1575, 1652 (XVI, XVII).
Jaske, Brother Herman, Normal School, Brothers of Mary, Dayton, Ohio: Fossils from Besancon, France; specimens of marble. (Returned.) 1368 (XIIT-A, XVII).
Johnson and James, Asheville, N. C.: 14 specimens of minerals. 1544 (XVI).
Johnson, W. E., Galena, Kans.: Insect. 1373 (X).
Johnston, F. J., New Carlisle, Ohio: Fragments of skull, bones, and 3 pieces of flint (?). 1562 (25633) (III). :
Jones, E. Walley & Sons, Seattle, Wash.: 3 specimens of minerals. 1451 (XVI).
Kayser, William, Wapakoneta, Ohio: Insects. 1387, 1454 (X).
Keenan, Michael, Springer, N. Mex.: Stone. 1265 (XVII).
Kelly, C. M., Lewistown, Mont.: Insect. 1420 (X).
Kenney, George, Elk, N.C.: Ore. (Returned.) 1604 (XVII).
Kepler, Rey. William, Crestline, Ohio: 2 specimens of fossil cladodus. (Returned. ) 1412 (XII).
Kineaid, Trevor, Olympia, Wash.: Series of Coleoptera. 1459 (X).
King, F.G., Rochester, N. Y.: Clay. 1297 (XVII).
Kirkbride, J.J., Richwood, N.J.: Stone axe. (Returned.) 1319 (III).
Kirksey, John R., Brindleton, N.C.: 230 Indian beads, grooved stone axe, 5 arrow- points taken from an Indian grave in North Carolina. (Returned.) 1755 (IID).
Kitchen, E.C., Brownwood, Tex.: Ore. 1696 (XVII).
Knowles, F. E., Spencer, Iowa: Iowa grasses. 1519. (Returned.) 1298 (XV).
Kunz, George F., New York City: 12 reproductions of ancient gems. 1524 (XVI).
Lander, W. Tertsh, Williamston, 8.C.: Fern. 1611 (XV).
Lane, L. C., Frankfort, Ky.: Fossil shells. 1621 (25523) (XIII—A).
Larsen, L, Alpha, Wash.: Mineral. 1430 (XVI).
Lartigue, Dr.G. B., Blackville, S.C.: Plant. 1610 (XV).
Laws, Franklin, Windom, N.C.: Minerals. 1392 (XVI).
Lea, J.S., Roswell, N. Mex.: Rock. 1595 (XVII).
Lee, A. E., Alpona, Wash.: Rocks. 1765 (XVII).
Legare, Miss Clara, Charleston, S.C.: Twelve buttons, taken from the uniform of Thomas Jones, who served in the Revolutionary war. (Returned.) 1226 (1)..
Lewis, B., Thurber, Utah. Rock. 1580 (XVII).
Lewis, William H., North Fork, Pa.: Mineral. 1534 (XVI).
Lighton, William R., Omaha, Nebr.: Fossils. 1658 (XIII-A).
Ligon, Joseph, Massie’s Mill, Va.: Mineral. 1488 (XVI).
Lindsey, H. A., Asheville, N.C.: Mineral. 1513 (XVI).
Linthicum, Cassady, Hyattstown, Md.: Ores. 1376. (Returned.) 1734.
Lipscomb, R.S., Beans Creek, Tenn.: Spider. 1327 (X).
Livingston, Alexander, Wichita, Kans.: Four specimens, supposed to be Chinese or Japanese coins. 1530 (1).
Long, John, Sand Point Station, Idaho: Ore. 1432 (XVII).
Long, Le Roy, Lowesville, N. C.: Insect. 1295 (X).
Louden, J. Albert, Frenchville, W. Va.: Spanish bill ($30). 1531 (1).
Lowe, Camille, Knights Ferry, Cal.: Insects. 1406, 1480 (X).
Lowe, James H,, Knights Ferry, Cal.: Butterfly. 1318 (X).
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 39
Lowenstein, William, jr., Keokuk, low: Four specimens of beetles. 1274 (X).
Luce, George S., Galesville, Wis.: Clay found in a phosphate bed in Florida. 1739 (XVII).
Luke, J. C., Irwinville, Ga.: Insect. 1273 (X).
Luse, J. E., Cisco, Tex.: Ore. 1452 (XVII).
Lyle, 8. W., Madison, Ind.: Moth. 1314 (X).
Lyons, Rev. J. A., Gonzales, Tex.: Plant. 1732 (XV).
MecAlerney, C. W., Plymouth, Pa.: 4 specimens of rock. (Returned.) 1578 (XVII).
McCann, A. F., Jeffersonville, Ind.: Insect. 1400 (X).
McConnel, William, Muncie, Ind.: Insect. 1363 (X).
MeDonald, Col. Marshall, U. S$. Commissioner of Fisheries, through Mr. Richard Rathbun: 2 specimens of minerals. 1302 (XVI).
McGloskey, Joseph J., Asheville, N. C.: Butterfly. 1335 (X).
McGuire, F. M., Chico, Mont.: Ore. 1456 (XVII).
McIntyre, James M. R., River Dennis, Nova Scotia: Insect. 1495 (X).
McKendree, Mrs. M. L., Fort Klamath, Oregon: Collection of butterflies. 1769 (X).
MeLueas, J. D., Marion, 8. C.: Seales of Gar. 1275 (VII).
MacRae, Hugh, Wilmington, N. C.: Small seed. © 1737 (XV.)
MeVay, William, Prineville, Oregon: Ore. 1598 (XVII).
Main, H. H., Lincoln, Nebr.: Insects. 1285 (X).
Malone, George W., Hornbeak Post Office, Tenn.: Ore. (Returned.) 1532 (XVII).
Marsh, Charles H., Dulzura, Cal.: Pale bat. 1768 (25941) (IV) (purchased for World’s Columbian Exposition).
Marsh, Charles W., Topeka, Kans.: Spider. 1397 (X).
Martin, John, & Company, Montreal, Canada: Two musk oxen. (Returned.) 1754 LNA):
May, William, Cooperstown, N. Y.: 2 specimens of moth. 1278 (X).
Mereer, R. W., Cincinnati, Ohio: 25 specimens of arrow-points made by Prof. J. C. Steele, of Wallula, Wash. (Returned.) 1434 (III).
Merchant, Rufus B., Fredericksburg, Va.: Insect. 1289 (X).
Mercier, W.G., Alpha, Wash.: Ore. (Returned.) 1403 (XVII).
Merrill, G. P. (See under Prof. W. J. Brown.)
Miles, William H., Salt Lake City, Utah: Clay. (Returned.) 1673 (XVII).
Miller, H. D., Plainville, Conn.: 2 specimens of mica and specimen of quartz crystal. 1485 (XVI).
Miller, J.S., Chewelah, Wash.: Ore. 1722 (XVII).
Miller, W., Grand Rapids, Mich.: Fossil shells and other material. 1619 (XITI-A).
Mirick, H. D., The Portland, Washington, D. C.: Samples of clay and shale. 1618 (XVII).
Monroe, Arthur B., Le Raysville, Pa.: Insect. 1766 (X).
Morehouse, F. A., Atlantic Highlands, N.J.: Stone implement found in Bethel, Conn. (Returned. ) 1741 (III).
Moyers, F. H., Copp’s Ford, Tenn.: Ore. (Returned.) 1426 (XVII).
Murch, Elmer F., Ellsworth, Me.: Birds’ skins. 1617, 1746. (Returned.) (V-A).
Murn, Paul, Boulder, Mont.: Ore. 1638 (XVII).
Myers, A., Havre, Mont.: Insects. 1414 (X).
Narrin, Mrs. M. L., Goodrich, Mich.: 3 specimens of rocks. 1288 (XVII).
Navarre, I. A., Chelan, Wash.: Ore. 1596 (XVII).
Neal, Dr. James C., Lake City, Fla.: Minerals. 1312 (XVI).
Neefe, Miss Bessie, Sweden, Pa.: Insect. 1267 (X).
Nehring, Prof. A., Berlin, Germany: Specimens of a remarkable seed (fruit from the lower peatbogs of Klinge). 1751 (XV).
Nelson, William, Columbia, Va.: Specimen of supposed soapstone and a specimen of ore. 1339 (XVII).
40 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Newlon, Dr. W.S., Oswego, Kans.: Mineral; doll’s head supposed to have been found in bituminous coal; mammal bones; mineral or rock; fossil wood. 1291, 1487. (Returned.) 1549, 1649, 1709 (XVI, III, VII, XVI, XIV).
Newport, Miss Eddie, Glasgow, Ky.: Living snake, sent with a view to purchase. 1446 (24894) (VI). k
Ohl, H. C., Blairsville, Pa.: Owl, woodehuck, and partridge. (Returned.) 1529 (V-A).
Oliver, Stanley A., Texarkana, Ark.: Insect. 1749 (X).
Olney, A. M., Wyoming, R.1.: Worm found in the gizzard-of a hen. 1731 (XT).
Orndorti, C., Mount Olive Post Office, Va.: Ore. 1248 (XVII).
Osburn, William, Nashville, Tenn.: Insects from Colorado. 1597 (X).
Overstreet, J. T., jr., Elmwood, Tenn.: Indian pipe. (Returned.) 1552 (III).
Overstreet, Robert L., Dade City, Fla.: Butterfly. 1728 (X).
Palmer, James, Grantsville, Utah: Ore from Eagle Mine, Skull Valley mining dis- trict. (Returned.) 1257 (XVII).
Peel, Hon. Samuel W., M.C. (See under Edward H. Dell.)
Pence, W.C., Shenandoah, Va.: Spider. 1353 (X).
Pennypacker, J. L., Haddonfield, N.J.: Stone implement. (Returned.) 1424 (III).
Perkins, F. 8., Burlington, Wis.: 395 copper implements and perforated tooth of a bear. 1761 (III).
Perry, George W., State geologist, Rutland, Vt.: Teeth of mammal. (Returned. ) 1359 (IV).
Picher, Miss Annie B., Pasadena, Cal.: Samples of Indian drawn-work, East Indian drawn-work, and Spanish drawn-work. 1465 (II-A).
Pisor, J. H., Horr, Mont.: Stones, rock. 1276 1726 (XVII).
Player, P. P., Bledsoe, Ala.: 2 specimens of ore. (Returned.) 1574 (XVII).
Pleas, C. E., Clinton, Ark.: 3 wasps. 1740 (X).
Porter & Butler, Baker City, Oregon: 2 specimens of stone. 1684 (XVII).
Powell, Dr. Tate, Starke, Fla.: Insect. 1444 (X).
Price, Samuel, Dunlap, Ariz.: 2 specimens of rock. 1702 (XVII).
Prindie, A. T., Ebensburg, Pa.: Giant water-bug. 1713 (X).
Proctor, J.C., U.S. National Museum: Insect. 1377 (X).
Quelch, Bertram, Wilmington, N. C.: 2 butterflies. 1332 (X).
Raber, Charles A., South Riverside, Cal.: Ore. (Returned.) 1573 (XVII).
Ragland, J. M., Osceola, Mo.: Mineral. 1526 (X V1).
Ragsdale, G. H., Gainesville, Tex.: Marine shells; 2 birds’ skins. (Returned.) 1388 (V-A, IX).
Rathbun, Richard. (See under Col. Marshall MeDonald. )
Rathfin, Jesse, West Fairview, Pa.: Insects. 1306 (X).
Rawlings, L. A., Box Elder, Colo.: Rock. (Returned.),. 1661 (XVII).
Rawson, Frank, Judson, Ga.: Copper coin, (Returned.) 1259 (1).
Ray, Garrett, D., Burnsville, N. C.: Mineral. 1545 (XVI).
Remington, 8. C., Phillipsburg, Mont.: Ore. (Returned.) 1563 (XVII).
Remsburg, George J., Oak Mills, Kans.: Fragments of bones found in a mound near Oak Hill. 1521 (III).
Rexward, Henry, Thomas, W. Va.: Mineral. 1284 (XVI).
Richardson, W. 1)., Fredericksburg, Va.: Insects. (Returned.) 1660 (X).
Richmond, Charles W., Greytown, Nigaragua: Bows and arrows; 2 archeological objects; mammal skin; birds’ skins; birds’ eggs; reptiles and batrachians; fishes; shells; insects; crustaceans; bone. (Purchased, with the exception of mammal skin, birds’ eges, and bone). 1692 (II-A, ITI, lV, V—A, V—B, VI, VII, IX, X, XI, NIL). (The bone—sternum of Brown Pelican—was retained under accession 26460. )
Ricketts, Miss L. W., Baton Rouge, La.: Worm. 1418 (X),
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 41
Ridenour, Joseph, Buckton, Va: Insect. 1381 (X).
Ridenour, William B., Brooklyn, N. Y.: Subterranean fungi. 1404 (XV).
Rider, I. I., Granite Cation, Wyo.: Water insects. 1714 (25779) (X).
Roberts, P. H., Graball, Tex.: Medal supposed to have belonged to La Salle, which was lost in Montgomery County, Tex., and recently found while plowing. (Re- turned.) 1517 (1).
Robinson, 8S. A., Orlando, Fla.: Small fossils; samples of phosphatic deposits. 1473, 1628 (XII, XVI).
Rogan, James W., Rogersville, Tenn.: Bird in the flesh. 1469 (XII).
Rogers, Archibald, Hyde Park on Hudson, N. Y.: Collection of drawings by George Catlin. (Returned.) 1667 (1).
Rogers, O. P., Marengo, Ill.: Supposed meteoric iron and bog-iron ore, 1514 (XVI).
Romeyn, Capt. Henry, U.S. A., Mount Vernon, Ala.: Specimen of supposed poisonous spider. 1317 (X).
Rosborough, J. B., Aransas Pass. Tex.: Rock deposits and soil. 1453 (XVII).
-Rosenthal, Joseph, New York City, N. Y.: 6 skins of Birds of Paradise. 1254 (24589) (V-A).
Rothentlue, Peter U., San Antonio, Tex.: Violin. (Returned.) ©1336 (1).
Rowe, C. H., Worcester, Mass.: Five lots of insects. (Returned.) 1474, 1582, 1643, 1705, 1763 (X).
Ruggles, Charles, Bronson, Mich.: Ivory implement from near Orland, Ind. (Re- turned.) 1584 (IIT).
Sampsell, Miss Addie, New Orleans, La.: Insect. 1506 (X).
Sanders, A. G., Sanders, Cal.: Plants. 1507 (XV).
Sandford, J. W. A., jr., Montgomery, Ala.: Butterfly. 1401 (X).
Scherr, Julius, Eglon, W. Va.: Mineral. 1644 (XVI).
Schramm, Ernst, Leavenworth, Kans.: Insect. 1547 (X).
Science College, Imperial University, Tokio, Japan, through Prof. I. Ijima: 68 Jap- anese birds. 1712 (V-A).
Shaffer, A. W., Raleigh, N. C.: Fragment of feldspar. 1479 (XVII).
Shannon, W. W., Clay Lick, Ohio.: Small image from a mound on Flint Ridge. (Returned.) 1539 (IIT).
Sharp, Dr. D. (See under British Museum. )
Shearer, Mrs. R. A., Stofiel, Nev.: Insects. 1372, 1496, 1525 (X).
Shelton, J.C., Roseland, Va.: Minerals. 1416 (XVI).
Shott, W. C., M. A., Principal of New Philadelphia Business College, New Philadel- phia, Ohio: Butterfly. 1256 (X).
Shumaker, P. F., Flat Creek, La.: Sample of black and white sand. 1685 (XVII).
Simpson, A. M., Forman, N. Dak.: Cocoons taken from box elder trees. 1676 (X).
Simpson. Stewart, Ruthburg, Idaho: Rock. 1715 (XVI).
Sinaw, William, Entaw, Ala.: 3 stone implements. 1698 (III).
Sivyer, Leonard D., Spokane, Wash.: Ore. (Returned.) 1579 (XVII).
Slocum, J. W., Knoxville, Tenn.: Mineral. 1730 (XVI).
Smith, A. M., Minneapolis, Minn.: Collection of American colonial coins and paper money. (The larger part of this collection was returned.) 1743 (1).
Smith, B. O., Lyerly, Ga.: Minerals. 1311 (XVI).
Smith, Charles N , Bell Branch, Mich.: 5 archeological objects. (Returned.) 1707 (ULE).
Smith, Mrs. EB. L., La Plata, N. Mex.: Stone and an ornament made of stone. (Re- turned.) 1699 (XVII).
Smith, G.A., Liberty, Tenn.: Insect.. 1428 (X).
Smith, Harlan I., Saginaw, Mich.: Alcoholic specimen of a portion of the leg of a water amphibian, covered with a peculiar growth; alcoholic specimens of some parts of crayfish with parasites attached, 1735 (XV),
42 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Smith, John E., Fort Supply, Ind. Terr.: Spider. 1483 (X).
Smith, Joseph E., Post Oak Springs, Tenn.: Mineral. 1627 (XVI).
Snyder, Jacob, Two Taverns, Pa.: Supposed meteorite. (Returned.) 1329 (XVI).
Snyder, W.E., Beaver Dam, Wis.: 46 species of coleoptera; 24 specimens of coleop- tera. 1299, 1717 (25781) (X).
Somers, Dr. J. F., Cristield, Md.: Slug. 1478 (24942) (XI).
Somers, John, Cle-Elum, Wash.: Specimen of supposed quartz and 2 specimens of supposed coal. 1360 (XVII).
Soule, George, Billings, Mont.: Male Rocky Mountain sheep. 1561 (25298) (IV).
Speer, Mrs. F.S. (See under I.S. V. Speer.)
Speer, I. S. V., Wooster, Ohio, through Mrs. F. 8. Speer: Moth. 1281 (X).
Spencer, E., Big Pine, Cal.: 4 specimens of ore. 1677 (XVII).
Spencer, Miss Florence J., Lake Worth, Fla.; Insect. 1448 (X).
Sprinkel, Mrs. H. A., Dulinsville, Va.: Insect. 1492 (X).
Sprinkel, J. W., Dulinsville, Va.: Insects. 1450, 1460 (X).
Squires, W.H., The Plains, Va.: Mineral. 1527 (XVI).
Stacy, W.D., Hampton, Va.: Specimens of dried rats. (Returned.) 1605 (IV).
Staples, E., jr., Riverside, Cal.: Shark’s egg. 1583 (VII).
Steele, Prof. John C.,-Rock Hill, S. C.: Rock. 1538 (XVII).
(See under R. W. Mercer.)
Stephenson, A., Cincinnati, Ohio: Indian arrow-head from San Miguel Island, oppo- site Santa Barbara, Cal. 1693 (25720) (IIL).
Stevens, W.E., Wenatchee, Wash.: Ores. 1436, 1509 (XVII).
Stinson, B., New York City: Clay from Indiana. 1540 (XVII).
Storey, Thomas H., Duluth, Minn.: Mammal skins. (Returned.) 1411 (IV).
Stoutfer, Jeremiah, Wooddale, Pa.: Ores. 1593, 1599, 1639. (Returned.) (XVII.)
Stout, R.C., Caddo, Tex.: Rocks. 1686. (Returned.) 1708 (XVII).
Stovall, D. O., Muldrow, Ind. T.: Nuts. 1567 (XV).
Stufflebeam, H. E., Delaney, Ark.: Ore. 1736 (XVII).
Stump, W.J., Hartmonsville, W. Va.: Ore. 1767 (XVII).
Suprenant, J. V., Anaconda, Mont.: Ores. (Returned.) 1537 (XVII).
Swarthout, E. H., Little Rock Creek, N.C.: Ores. 1383 (XVII).
Taylor, Jones, Ivanpah, Cal.: Ores. -(Returned.) 18325 (XVII).
Taylor, N. W., Oberlin, Ohio: Arrow-head. (Returned.) 1528 (III).
Teagarden, G. H., Memphis Mine, Organ, N. Mex.: Rocks. 1499 (XVII).
Thompson, H.G., Menekaunee, Wis.: Insect. 1449 (X).
Thompson, William Nelles, Chatham, Kent County, Ontario, Canada: Confedera- tion belt. (Returned.) 1757 (II-A).
Thomson, G.S., Nashville, Tenn.: Cryptogams. 1633 (XV).
Thorne, R. F., Iuka, Miss.: Red clay and mineral. (Returned.) 1606 (XVII).
Thornton, H.R., New York City: Ivory coat of mail obtained from an Eskimo of Cape Prince of Wales, and plates of iron dug up at the same place. 1590 (26018) (II-A).
Thorp, Keedie E., Renwick, lowa: Insect. 1481 (X).
Tifton, MeN. (No address given except Green Mountains): Mineral. 1646 (XVI).
Tingley, D.S., San Mateo, Florida: Insect. 1427 (X).
Tompkins, Charles C., Salem, Va.: Insect. 1665 (X).
Torrence, Charles E., Washington Heights, Ill.: Insect. 1258 (X).
Trump, A. C., Lake Valley, N. Mex.: Ore. (Returned.) 1551 (XVID).
Truslow, Edward, Summit, N. J.: Insects. 1425 (X).
Turner, Dr. J. S., Granbury, Tex.: Insects. 1630 (X).
Ulrich, E. O. Newport, Ky.: Graptolites. 1486 (XIII-A).
Van Deren, C. E., Cottonwood, Ariz.: Stone. 1645 (XVII).
Van Dyke, J. C., Buffalo, Wyo,: Insect. 1488 (X).
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 43
Vaill, E. E., St. Augustine, Fla.: Clay. 1533 (XVII).
Velie, Dr. J. W., Academy of Natural Science, Chicago, Il.: Calcareous sponges from northern Michigan. 1558 (XI).
Vickers, George H., Lame Deer, Mont.: Supposed voleanic material. (Returned.) 1568 (XVII).
Von Ringharz, Theo., Middletown, Va.: Mineral. 1613 (XVI).
Walker, J. M., Kingston, N. Mex.: Minerals. 1442 (XVI).
Wallace, H. C., Alta City, Utah.: Ore. 1510 (XVII).
Wallace, James L., Shreveport, La.: Insect. 1748 (X).
Waltermire, Amos 8., Fort Smith, Ark.: Mineral. 1300 (XVI).
Warner, Claude C., Carthage, Mo.: Insect. 1704 (X).
Warren, Henry & Son, Oregon, Tenn.: Ore. 1292 (XVII).
Wayman, G. Turner, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, West Indies: About 1,050 specimens, representing 90 species of butterflies from Trinidad. 1471 (25335) (X).
Weary, Conrad, Seattle, Wash.: Hair ball taken from the stomach of a cow. (Re- turned.) 1651 (IV).
Weinert, Felix, Steamboat Springs, Colo.: Supposed stone. (Returned.) 1466 (XVI).
Wentworth, J. W., Payson, Ariz.: Ore. (Returned.) 1475 (XVII).
Weston, George, Stevens Point, Wis., through Mr, Samuel Cooper: Wax impressions of coins. 1429 (XVI).
Wheat, Rev. Q. A., Wardensville, W. Va.: Mineral. 1270 (XVI).
White, A. W., Albert Lea, Minn.: Stone implement. (Returned.) 1635 (III).
Whiteman, Rev. George H., Harwood, N. Dak.: Insect. 1415 (X).
Whitton, William R., Seattle, Wash.: Fossil tooth of mammal. 1308 (VIII).
Wilkes, Miss Sarah E., Charlie Hope, Va.: Sample of earth. 13854 (XVII).
Williams, J. H., Charleston, $8. C., through R.L., Garner: Bones from the phosphate beds near Charleston. 13865 (VIII).
Wilson, Keid A., Connecticut: Moth. 1268 (X).
Wilson, Miss Tillie, Stockton, N.J.: Worm. 13805 (X).
Wilvert, E., Sunbury, Pa., through S. P. Wolverton: Ores; mineral. 1310, 1680, 1522 (XVI, XVII).
Winters, Milo, Crown Point Center, N. Y.: Ores. (Returned.) 1556 (XVII).
Wolverton, S. P. (See under Emile Wilvert.)
Woodruff, Miss Anna, Wessington, 8. Dak.: Butterfly. 1333 (X).
Woodruff, L. D., jr., Johnstown, Pa.: Butterfly. 1252 (X).
Woodward, Charles L., New York City: Three of Catlin’s cartoons, full-length por- traits of Indians. (Returned.) 1614 (II-A).
WoORTHEN, C. K., Warsaw, Ill.: Wolves’ skins; mammal skin; 91 named skins and skulls. 1321, 1542, 1577 (1V).
W OTHERSPOON, Lieut. W. W., U.S. A., Mount Vernon, Ala.: Ore. 1681 (XVII).
YEATTS, L. K., Elba, Va.: Ores. 1283 (XVII).
44
Index to list of specimens sent for examination and report, arranged geographically.
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Source. No. of lot. | Total. North America: British Americas ~~... < cesereeses 1350, 1495; 1688) 16901754 7 oii eeiete ete eetiate etere otter fetes 6 Central America-.....----.----.--- | 1692... .-.. 222222222 ee 22 ee eee eee See eee eee eee eee 1 ROMICO. shee io occ. nice eee cores 1385, 140951536, 9590 1 716.- >See eee eee eeeeeeeeee ee 5 United States: PN alamidiacis: sc<22-ce Saeeeee ees 1317;.1367, 1401, 1574. 4627. 0681, 169822 seas eeneeaeeeeeee Ff ine) =. eee | 1468, 1475, 1523, 1553, 1592, 1645, 1702, 1756. 1770.....-.-.-- 9 INE RTI TE eacauoceadeost cacsecnsésece 1300, 1435, 1447, 1521, 1564, 1636, 1647, 1740, 1749. 1758....-- 10: @alitomnia. |. 2.;-2.. eee | 1313, 1318, 1325, 1331, 1406, 1421, 1441, 1465, 1480, 1507, 1547, 20 1573, 1583, 1616, 1620, 1625, 1677, 1693, 1719, 1768. Goloradoe=. 6252.62 se eee eee 1253; 1466114931541 1597 GG GO eee as see rere 7 Gonnecicub.-.....-06. eee eee oe ) 1268: 14852 1503201657 2174 See ae a a tr 5. Melaware:.-222¢ -<<)-cse aoe ee | ABST. es iad fs oe Oe Sere il District of Columbiaes---2--e-— eee ) 1302 192891371462) 1589916199164 2a eee tf WLOrId a=). sen ee eet 1312, 1323, 1370, 1427, 1444, 1448, 1464, 1467, 1473, 1518, 1533, | 16 1588, 1628, 1671, 1728, 1739. (CGM rats Races assoc occoteesouse sor 1259. 1273S ISIS GON 2a kee a eee eee 6 Wdaho-seecco+e eee eee eer | b2T2 1430 1432 164893689. 1S WP 52) 2 eee ee eit | fl Tlinois;.- 62832-25424 ee eee | 1258, 1290, 1321, 1366, 1497, 1504, 1514, 1542, 1558, 1577, 1654, | 12 | 1659. Indian Territory --..-....-..- Baa508 ESB ha GBP UCB} UG (SS oSoencc5 sasensocosoccacs 2s secceee 4 Imdianae ec aaeee ce eee ee eee 1249, 1314, 1363, 1400, 1437, 1445, 1540, 1584, 1701, 1724 ..... | 10 TO Was ata softs ered eee eee et 1250, 1264, 1274, 1280, 1298, 1315, 1481, 1498, 1519, 1626... .-- 10 ITT RNS see SA eee Aca sere onsar sans 1291, 1347, 1378, 13897, 1487, 1502, 1512, 1530, 1549, 1649, 1700, 13 | 1709, 1711. LCG E Rios Sancho oeteosescrose ose 1355,1446; 1486-1516, 1621, 168251760222 <> oe enteeeee nee 7 Wanisiatt.s) 2 s-6= RAS Poms 5r 4 1260; 14:18; 1506! 1683) 1748-2555. 225 -e eeeeee eee 5 1 Che eee See aoe Seeinerieness Seas a = | 1262, 1271, 1455, 1494, 1569, 1571), 1617, 1746._--...-..-.- 22.) 8 Maryland ses 2s -2-6 =e te ere | 1376, 139551478; 16405 166621734202 = seen eee eee eee 6 IMaSSIGHHSOULS os.a-s-o shee eee 1408; 1413) 1474 1582; 1624. 1643) 1705 163. a= eee re eee 8 MN CHICA. oot > onan sists a see ae | 1288, 1458516195 1707, 0129. i30-= 3) eeere eee Sees ss2e 6 MAINNESOLA =o house se eods wine eee | 135851407, 14d 1 GSb slides een pee eee eee 5 IMISSISSIP Pllacsaceice sees eee ar ee =|) 1371, 1590; 160), 1606516411720 22 = eee ee ee 6 IMassonriin. coer eas ceec eee ene 1269, 1304, 1472, 1526, 1555, 1570, 1585, 1704, 1747, 1771 -.--. | 10 Montana: ast 225<an cece es seeeee ee | 1276, 1386, 1414, 1420, 1456, 1537, 1546, 1561, 1563, 1568, 1586, | 18 1600, 1638, 1663, 1674, 1726. 1745, 1762. INSDEaS ke art set ace eee eee | 1963: 1285 91375,1402° 1658occ 22 eee eee 3 PNOWAC See aon n Sas ace e eee eee 1372; 1496; 1595... 2.058 ce oe eee eee eee eee 3 ING WiOlETSO%n-t- 25.38 see eee 1305, 1319, 1399, 1424, 1425, 1457, 1484, 1500....-........... 8 ING MEX COseccan tote deco nee | 1251, 1265, 1442, 1491, 1499, 1551, 1595, 1699. ..--..-..--..-- 8 INGWEOBK peas. secret chs nee ase 1254, 1277, 1278, 1296, 1297, 1337, 1342, 1344, 1346, 1351, 1404, 27 1524, 1543, 1556, 1608, 1614, 1623, 1631, 1634, 1655, 1669, 1667, 1670, 1679, 1708, 1727, 1738. NOruhuGarolitta cease eeces ete eee eee 1295, 1324, 13832, 1385, 1352, 1379, 1383, 1392, 1439, 1479, 1501, 22 1513, 1544, 1545, 1565, 1587, 1604, 1733, 1737, 1742, 1755, 1774. NontheD akotans sees ao-se eee eee 1415; 1616. onx.o55. Sooke oo ae Soe DO ee 2 ONO en eee =e ale I A ee 1255, 1256, 1281, 1286, 1303,.1309, 1326, 1362, 1387, 141%, 1454, 18 1528, 1539, 1560, 1562, 1598, 1632, 1706. Oklahoma Territory ......:.......-| 1575, 165232 22.2. Be ee cei ee ee oe 2 Oreron se 3-5 = os ss cee osha eee 1356;,1382) 51391 SLG841 7710 69S eee 6 Rennes Vivanin: -...2 cere nre eter 1252, 1267, 1279, 1294, 1306, 1310, 1329, 1841, 1345, 1361, 1470, 25
1477, 1505, 1522, 1529, 1534, 1566, 1578, 1593, 1599, 1639, 1680, 1695, 1713, 1766,
-
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 45 |
Inder to list of specimens sent for examination and report, arranged geographically— Con-
tinned. Source. No. of lot. | Total. RhodewWslandaa so seme aes GBI e = asatala 22 wa. 2 a eee Re oI oa rae eee cco ce 1 Sowmebn Carolina ae. cesee see tess e 1266, 1275, 13384, 1364, 1365, 1490, 1538, 1581, 1607, 1610, 1611 | 11 South Dakota. ........... oe eae ESSN ALON 151551 600516095.5-- eee: eee 5 ANENMNOSNES Se cic cee ete eee aeyaee 1292, 1327, 1426, 1428, 1469, 1532, 1552, 1572, 1576, 1612, 1627, 19 1633, 1668, 1691, 1697, 1723, 1725. 1730, 1736.
SROKAA Se oe cs Sas Rot ane tee ss. 1293, 1320, 1336, 1349, 1374, 1388, 1390, 1440, 1452, 1453, 1517, 20 1548, 1559, 1603, 1630, 1672, 1686, 1696, 1708, 1732.
TC Nae Sa is A ee Sec ee eee 1257, 1389, 1422, 1510, 1580, 1615, 1653, 1656, 1673, 1675, 1678, 13 1694, 1744.
WET tena 5 Shi eecicSa conc eaeeeocs WOOO ie Sree hance acm yee CAE Scharrer | Oe tore Nw ere Seaways 1
VAT oiniaeeee nee ents oe | 1248, 1261, 1282, 1283, 1287, 1289. 1307, 1322, 1330, 1339, 1348, 39
| 1353, 13854, 1878, 1381, 1393, 1396, 1416, 1417, 1448, 1450, | 1460, 1476, 1488, 1492, 1508, 1511, 1520, 1527, 1550, 1605, 1613, 1660, 1665, 1685, 1721, 1750, 1764, 1773. AMES RON AOR e Sonicoococscoseaace 1301, 1308, 1340, 1343, 1357. 1360, 1403, 1419, 1430, 1434, 1436, 23 1451, 1459, 1461, 1509, 1579, 1596, 1651, 1664, 1718, 1722, 1753, 1765. |
VWs Walger on eo Acdcos aceseeeone | 1270, 1284, 1369, 1380, 1384, 1423, 1482, 1531, 1622, 1644, 1662, 13 1759, 1767. WN SCON SING ose aalarste hee itor stele eco ce 1299, 1338, 1395, 1429; 1449) 1554, 1602, 1717, 1761-...-----.-- 9 WYOMING! GaSe Ss oc opesheneeepesoee TA BOT Veh See cscs s clon aie ias ae iaray vine, fe Se spera) a ns ae | 2 From unknown locality ..--------- Ts: GaSe oe ee Seen aE eee aes ooaaan as 1 i : Lee Soe ener ee ene ta ee I Sel een Sa ee eS 1 Westin Gl@Se-a.0- see sce ce eee MSG Becyars SPCR eee he ae ele ra hcis louie Se ae nee oye 1 South America: IROL oeas ten eeee Comoe Sees TADS eee eee eee tre teat his & Beis s/s Siconteiesstas'e See < 1 Europe, including— GreateBritiainsesersstese cms asee en ae ee WSS OF ass Sere we aes ree atte niece actos acta s ceetawie ane 2 1 TAN COs eee See re ee ae a Sees USGS ashe easton se Soom ake quick ii) - Sees a aemetieee 1 (ROLRMAM eee: along ata lots Se ane MASON iT Metta Aa cesta «Siesta means ate ee eye ee ayes | 2 Tgallys-secss= 2. ES ae a TUTSEAT EO) Nea ot eg ORM ti OR rare Shh Pe Ra 2 RO aANg Awe Aaase ene ee saiec. cee cis VAR OM oe aot eoe is sae er Skt yas eo cee ences tae aes aeeeers 1 Asia: ! | TG Snes gaa he aA ae ae meearige NTA Se So COCA IEE RA ERS eer as ea Se SCOURS HORS c 1
FOREIGN EXCHANGES.
Exchanges of specimens with foreign museums has been continued during the year, with results as given below. The “domestic” ex- changes are indicated in the ‘¢*Accession List” (Section Vv).
ETHNOLOGY.
From the British Museum, London, England, have been received tour throwing-sticks from Australia, for which ethnological objects have been sent in return.
From the Royal Lodlogical Museum,* Florence, Italy (through Prof. Henry H. Giglioli, director), has been received a collection of ethno-
* Other parts of the collection received from this museum are referred to under
Prehistoric Anthropology and Marine Invertebrates.
46 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
logical objects obtained principally from New Guinea, for which an equivalent has been sent. A very valuable and interesting collection of objects from the Andaman Islands, has been promised by Prof. Giglioli.
The Icelandic Natural History Society (through Mr. B. Grondal, president) transmitted articles of clothing forming part of a woman’s costume, and carved wooden vessels used tor food, in return for a col- lection of marine invertebrates.
Casts of Easter Island tablets have been sent to Dr. A. B. Meyer, director of the Royal Zodlogical and Anthropological-Ethnographical Museum, Dresden, Germany, for which an equivalent has been prom- ised.
PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY.
Mr. Henry Balfour, The Museum, Oxford, England, has sent several flint cores, paleolithic implements, scrapers and hatchets. Five speci- mens of candle-fish (Thaleichthys pacificus) have been transmitted to Mr. Balfour.
A collection of archeological objects from France, Italy, Egypt, Brit- ish Honduras, and a few from the Andaman Islands (not forming a ~ part of the collection referred to under Ethnology), have been received from Prof. Henry Giglioli, director of the Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy.
Mr. Edward Lovett, Croydon, England, transmitted a number of paleolithic implements and worked flints from various parts of Eng- land, for which an equivalent has been sent.
Thirty-seven objects relating to prehistoric anthropology have been received from Dr. Paolo Mantegazza, director of the National Museum of Anthropology, Florence, Italy, for which fifty-five similar specimens have been returned.
MAMMALS.
From the British Museum, London, England (through Dr. Henry Woodward) were received four teeth of a mammoth, Hlephas primi- genius.
The skin and model of skull of a California sea-lion haye been sent to Dr. Robert Collett, director of the Zodlogical Museum, Christiania, Norway, in return for specimens already received.
From the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South. Wales (through Dr. Edward P. Ramsey, curator), has been received a very fine collee- tion of marsupials, in continuation of an exchange.
The Auckland Museum, Auckland, New Zealand (through Prof. T. F, Cheeseman, director), transmitted birds’ skeletons in return for a col- lection sent by the museum.
From the Museum of Natural History, Paris, France (through Dr.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. AT
EK. Beauregard), have been received mammal skins, birds’ skeletons, and an alcoholic specimen of Chimpanzee, in continuation of an ex- change.
BIRDS.
A colleetion of birds’ skins has been sent to Mr. H. E. Dresser, Lon- don, England, for which an equivalent has been promised.
From Rey. Henry B. Tristram, The College, Durham, England, have been received birds’ skins from New Guinea, New Caledonia, New Heb- rides, and Fiji Islands, for which similar specimens have been sent.
Birds’ skins have been sent froin the Auckland Museum, Auckland, New Zealand (through Prof. T. F. Cheeseman), in return for specimens already transmitted by the National Museum.
From the Museum of Natural History, Paris, France (through Dr. E. Beauregard), have been received birds’ skins from Madagascar, the Philippine and adjacent islands, in continuation of an exchange.
From the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales (through Dr. Edward P. Ramsay, curator), have been received birds’ skins, in continuation of exchanges.
FISHES.
Thirty-seven species of deep-sea fishes were sent to the Royal Zodlog- ical Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark (Prof. Dr. C. Liitken, director), in return for specimens already received.
MOLLUSKS.
From Mr. C. F. Ancey, Boghari, Algeria, have been received very fine specimens of African shells, for which an equivalent will be sent.
Mr. M. Cossman, Paris, France, transinitted Tertiary fossils from the Paris basin, France (the first installment), in return for Claiborne shell- marl already transmitted by the National Museum.
Mr. Hugh Fulton, London, England, transmitted specimens of Vo- luta aulica L, from the Indo-Pacific Ocean. Specimens of Turcicula Bairdii have been sent to Mr, Fulton in return for specimens already received.
Specimens of shell-marl from Claiborne, Ala., have been sent to Mr. G. F. Harris, London, England, for which Kuropean Miocene fossils have beeen promised in return.
Mr. William Moss, Ashton-twmder-Lyne, England, has transmitted specimens of Bulimus acutus, with microscopic slides; specimens show- ing serrated organ and details, and 12 microscopical slides showing dentition of British mollusks, in return for publications sent.
INSECTS.
From Dr. William Eichhoff, Strasburg, Germany, have been received typical specimens representing species of North American and exotic
48 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Seolytidie, all new to the collection, for which an equivalent has been sent.
Mr. Paul Noél, Rouen, France, has sent specimens of European in- sects, for which an equivalant will be transmitted.
From the Auckland Museum, Auckland, New Zealand (through Prof. T. F. Cheeseman, director), have been received specimens of in- sects in return for specimens already sent.
MARINE INVERTEBRATES.
From Prof. George 8. Brady, Mowbray Villa, Sunderland, England, have been received specimens of British fresh-water Cyclopide, in ex- change for echinoderms and corals already sent.
From the Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy*(through Prof. Henry Giglioli, director), have been received sponges from the banks of the Lampedusa, for which an equivalent has been sent. é
Specimens, representing 22 species of European Paguride and Pyeno- gonida have been transmitted by Rey. A. M. Norman, Durham, Eng- land, in return for specimens of Pycnogonida already sent.
The Otago University Museum, Dunedin, New Zealand (through Prof. T. Jeffrey Parker), transmitted specimens of crustaceans, for which crinoids and specimens of Nesturus and Amblystoma have been sent as an equivalent.
From the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales (through Dr. Edward P. Ramsay, curator), have been received specimens of crustaceans and asteroidea; also specimens of echinoderms. Echino- derms have been sent in exchange for those received. -
Crustaceans and radiates have been transmitted to the Royal Zodlog- ical Museum, Copenhagen (Prof. Dr. C, Liitken, director), in return for specimens which have been received.
INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS (PALEOZOIC).
A collection of graptolites have been received from the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales (through Dr. Edward P. Ramsay, curator), for which a similar collection will be returned.
Mr. L. Tornquist, Lund, Sweden, transmitted specimens of grapto- lites, in exchange for specimens of similar nature previously sent.
FOSSIL PLANTS.
Prof. Dr. A. Nehring, Berlin, Germany, transmitted specimens of Cratopleura helvetica Nehring, for which an equivalent in seeds has been sent.
From the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden, have been received specimens of Siberian Phanerogams, for which an equivalent will be sent,
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 49 BOTANY.
Botanical specimens have been received from the Auckland Museum, Auckland, New Zealand (through Prof. T. F. Cheeseman, director), for which an equivalent has been sent.
MINERALS.
Prof. A. Streng, Giessen, Germany, transmitted minerals, for which an equivalent will be sent.
GROLOGY.
Mr. R. N. Worth, Plymouth, England, transmitted ores and geologi- cal material in exchange for specimens already sent.
PUBLICATIONS.
The public demand for the publications of the Museum is constantly in- creasing, but comparatively few applications can be favorably considered on account of the very limited appropriation for printing. Some years ago both the Proceedings and Builetins of the Museum were reprinted by the Smithsonian Institution in its Miscellaneous Collections. By this means it was possible to supply a large number of libraries with these publications. The Institution has, however, for several years ceased to do this. The entire distribution of these publications now falls upon the Museum, and with an edition of only 3,000 copies of the Proceed- ings and of the Bulletins, it is evident that a large number of deserving libraries must be excluded from the mailing-list, as well as many stu- dents to whom these volumes would be of great assistance.
REPORTS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
During the year the Report for 1889 was distributed. This volume contains the following papers:
1. The museums of the future. By G. Brown Goode.
2. Te Pito Te Henua, or Easter Island. By William J. Thomson, paymaster, U.S. Navy.
3. Aboriginal skin dressing; a study based on material in the U. 8. National Museum. By Otis T. Mason.
4. The puma, or American lion (Felis concolor of Linnaeus). By Frederick W. True.
5. Animals recently extinet, or threatened with extermination, as represented in the collection of the U.S. National Museum. By Frederic A. Lucas.
6. The development of the American rail and track, as illustrated by the collection in the U. 8S. National Museum. By J. Elfreth Watkins.
7. Explorations in Newfoundland aud Labrador in 1887, made in connection with the cruise of the U.S. Fish Commission Schooner Grampus. By Frederic A. Lueas.
8. On a bronze Buddha in the U.S. National Museum (reprint). By Charles De Kay.
The manuscript of the reports for 1890 and 1891 has been transmitted to the Public Printer,
H, Mis, 114, pt. 2 4
50 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Volume xu (1890) of the Proceedings, embracing separates 790 to S41, was issued during the year. This volume contains 665 pages, with 38 plates and 11 text-figures. <A list of the titles of the separate papers is given on pp. 61, 62 of the Report for 1891. A table contain- ing an enumeration of the papers by subjects is given on p. 63 of thas Report.
All the papers constituting Volume xtv of the Proceedings and embracing numbers 842-886, inclusive, have been published separately during the year. A list of these papers is here given by title:
No. 842. Catalogue of the fresh-water fishes of South America, By Carl H. Eigen- mann and Rosa 8. Eigenmann. Pp. 1-8l.
No. 843. Fishes collected by William P. Seal in Chesapeake Bay at Cape Charles City, Va., Septeniber 16 to October 3, 1890. By Barton A. Bean. Pp. 83-94.
No. 844. List of North American lanc and fresh-water shells received from the U.S. Department of Agrieniture, with notes and comments thereon. By Rob- ert E.C. Stearns. Pp. 96-106.
No. 845. Relations of temperature to vertebrie among fishes. By David Starr Jordan. Pp. 107-120.
No. 846. Report upon a collection of fishes made at Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, with descriptions of new species. By Barton W. Evermann and Oliver P. Jenkins. Pp. 121-165.
No. 847. Description of a new genus and species of tailless batrachian, from tropical America. By Leonhard Stejneger and Frederick C. Test. Pp. 167, 168.
No. 848. On the structure of the tongue in humming birds. By Frederic A. Lucas. Pp. 169-172.
No. 849. On some new or interesting West American shells, obtained from the dredg- ings of the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross in 1888. and from other sources. By William H. Dall. Pp. 173-191.
No. 850. Descriptions of two supposed species of mice from Costa Rica and Mexico, with remarks on Hesperomys melanophrys of Cones. By J. A. Allen. Pp. 193-195.
No. 851. Contributions toward a monograph of the Nociuide of temperate North America. Revision of Mamestra. By John B.Smith. Pp. 197-276.
No. 852. Report upon the Annelida polychata of Beaufort, N.C. By E. A. Andrews. Pp. 277-302.
No. 853. On Eleginus of Fischer, otherwise called Tilesia or Plewrogadus. By Theo- dore A. Gill, M.D., PH.D. Pp. 303-305.
No. 854. List of shells collected on the west coast of South America, principally be- tween latitudes 7° 30'S. and 80° 49’ N., by Dr. W. H. Jones, surgeon, U. 8. Navy. By Robert E.C. Stearns. Pp. 307-335.
No. 855. Description of new genera, species, and subspecies of birds from Costa Rica. By George K.Cherrie. Pp. 337-346.
No. 856. Description of apodal fishes from the tropical Pacific. By Charles H. Gil- bert. Pp.347—352:
No. 857. Description of a new species of chameleon from Kilima-Njaro, eastern Africa. By Leonhard Stejneger. P.353.
No. 858. The genus Panopeus. By James E. Benedict and Mary J. Rathbun. Pp. 3DD-385.
No. 859. Some observations on the Havesu-Pai Indians. By R. W. Shufeldt. Pp. 387-390.
No, 860. The Navajo belt-weayer, By R, W,Shufeldt, Pp. 391-393.
No. 8&4.
No. 885.
No. 886 Of
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. ait
. On the genera Labrichthys and Pseudolabrus. By Theodore Gill. Pp. 395-404.
2. Description of a new scincoid lizard from East Africa. By Leonhard
Stejneger. P. 405.
. Description of anew species of lizard from the Island San Pedro Martir, Gulf of California. By Leonhard Stejneger. P. 407.
. Deseription of a new North American lizard of the genus Sauromalus. By Leonhard Stejneger. Pp. 409-411.
b>. Notes on and a list of birds and eggs collected in Arctic America, 1861-1866.
By R. MacFarlane. Pp. 413-446. . On the characters of some paleozoic fishes. By E.D.Cope. Pp. 447-463.
. Description of a new species of whip-poor-will from Costu Riea. By Robert
Ridgway. Pp. 465, 466.
8. Notes on some birds from the interior of Honduras. By Robert Ridgway.
Pp. 467-471.
99. Notes on some Costa Rican birds. by Robert Ridgway. Pp. 473-478.
. Note on Pachyrhampus albinucha Burmeister. By Robert Ridgway. I’p. 479, 480.
. Description of two supposed new forms of Thamnophilus. By Robert Ridg- way. P.481.
72. Description of a new sharp-tailed sparrow from California. By Robert
Ridgway. Pp. 483, 484.
3. Notes on Sceloporus variabilis and its geographical distribution in the United
States. By Leonhard Stejneger. Pp. 485-488.
. Notes on the Japanese birds contained in the Science College, Imperial University, Tokyo, Japan. By Leonhard Stejneger. Pp. 489-498.
. Notes on the cubital coverts in the birds of paradise and bower birds. By Leonhard Stejneger. Pp. 499, 500.
76. Notes on some North American snakes. By Leonhard Stejneger. Pp. 501-505.
Note on the genus Sittasomus of Swainson. By Robert Ridgway. Pp.507- 510.
. On the snakes of the Californian genus Lichanura. By Leonhard Stejneger- dv 7 >
5 Pp. 511-515. . Notes on Costa Rican birds. By George K.Cherrie. Pp.517-537.
80. Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer
Albatross. No.xxul. Descriptions of thirty-four new species of fishes col- lected in 1888 and 1889, principally among the Santa Barbara Islands and in the Gulf of California. By Charles H. Gilbert. Pp.539-566.
. The biology of the hymenopterous insects of the family Chalcidida. By L.O. Howard. Pp. 567-588.
. A critical review of the characters and variations of the snakes of North America. By E.D.Cope. Pp.589-694.
3. Note on the genus Hiatula of Lacépede or Tautoga of Mitchill. By Theo-
dore Gill. P. 695. Note on the genus Chonerhinus or Xenopterus. By Theodore Gill. Pp. 697- 699. On the genus Gnathanacanthus of Bleeker. By Theodore Gill. Pp. 701-704, . Notes on the Tetraedontoidea. By Theodore Gill. Pp. 705-720.
Volume Xv the following papers were issued separately during
the year:
No. 887
No, 888
. Preliminary descriptions of thirty-seven new species of hermit crabs ot the genus Hupagurus in the U.S. National Museum. By James EF, Benedict. Pp. 1-26.
- Description of two apparently new flycatchers from Costa Rica. By George K, Cherrie, Pp. 27, 28,
52 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. BULLETIN OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Of the Bulletin, Parts A to E of No. 39 have been issued. This Bulle- tin is published in separate pamphlets, each one containing instrue- tions to collectors in some special department of natural history. The manuscripts of Parts F (Directions for Collecting and Preserving In- sects) and G (Instructions for Collecting Mollusks, and other Useful Hints for the Conchologist) have been transmitted to the Public Printer. It is hoped that this series of instructions to collectors will prove of service to naturalists and others engaged in making natural history collections. It is probable that before very long additional contribu- tions to this series will be made, containing suggestions to collectors in other branches of natural history.
In addition, No. 41, Bibliography of Dr. Charles Girard, and No. 42, A Preliminary Descriptive Catalogue of the Systematic Collections in EKeonomie Geology and Metallurgy in the National Museum, by Mr. F. P. Dewey, have been published. The manuscript of Bulletin No. 40, Bib- liography of George N. Lawrence, by Dr. G. Brown Goode, has been temporarily withdrawn.
In order to meet special requirements in connection with the deserip- tion of certain valuable colleetions in the National Museum, it has been decided to issue, from time to time, monographsof collections in quarto form. This series of publications will be known as the * Special Bulle- tin.” During the year, No. 1 of this series, entitled ‘“‘ Life Histories of North American Birds,” has been issued. This book has been prepared by Charles E. Bendire, U. S. Army, honorary curator of the department of birds’ eggs in the U.S. National Museum. It is based largely upon the collections in the Museum. The preparation of this book was com- menced in accordance with the wishes of Professor Baird. The present volume relates only to land birds. Itis hoped that before long Capt. Bendire will be enabled to prepare for publication subsequent vol- tunes relating to the same general subject.
A large number of papers upon scientific subjects has been published by officers of the Museum and other specialists. These are, for the most part, based on collections in the museum, and are referred to by title in the Bibliography, constituting Section Iv of this report. The authors of these papers are seventy-five in number, thirty-two of whom are connected with the Smithsonian Institution or the National Museum. The papers referred to in the Bibliography number 238, and relate to the following subjects:
e
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
By ofti- cers of |
By investi- | gators not officially
Pie ae the Mu- | connected
| seum. | with the
| Museum. JANG WTI TTANHIOM < 33 5 6e AS nota Ss 505s e5665 sadn sen cacdeods JocogouSaecoctsse0upS Cees aoe ISSaQeta yb agoe so ce nceadaeseae so OSH O 2 as 5 oe te SURI ESS EOE SE DEORE Sa6 ass 223505 WilleaeoaageoaSe Tih becuase eeonC ee U ROSE RTA R es a eee te eer eae acoso reo 6 | 18 TBA WY ne Sat ee eaneoce 206 eobe ce BuO COCO GOC GSP EERO GEC Cad 6 CeGRGer gee SeLemiariou: Qe Soba cs eer she HERD LON AU OM! Se toe = ow eim eel nie ia = ia ole oem ww = om nim nm ww ws ww we een ee 3 1 TMSIAGEL codéconds sussebddoe: nochskases hac eeoe sees sea nocucunDo condone Dosersan see = 18 | 6 TASH sho Se gSes ches so ceases oe = Oe een ee Be ARS eo PEE ESR REE ooSoCG li 1 (GRD occass dese a22 sccde qdisboseue see op onbosee asnc serene aseecsensessap0505> | aoe erpes 2 (GimyOO CIAIS Contino ade oo eda dep asiee esse poo ses eAcoe elastin SeECatmosarsa. peCes= 2 beets cesses ISIS A eecioo donkS se cosh oss 2 SCSRpR Se e—C Boe ne Cac acen enn HS anes ore SR eS cb e nono | 2 [eesE eee soae5 IW AMMS 556 oa Se5 so Se one ee oe oe oe sees e noo ebecegos6 Sas sce ceosesneeccscoses> | 4 | sees Marinos MVente DLUVGES so asses sce = eee oe seta eainns Secebs occa ee aap ences 4 | 10 MTHS) 2 oc o pebS ena 0d comb coedon d= coton sve deibasa se een aepeansesbecooomeasarsos | BN pes ceceecocos IMIGHINELRS conc secosgansbac+ Scceosepcsodenbeaoe seaLoooe ca seoaaaCoeoooSTodoDEaDec | 15 | 1
Oriental antiquities. ....-.- bolboe Hae pooh oo cee se ce Sone eeuse reser ete ne dosedoas sss | Lid CESS sorters Jereslenisoe Emon O Os foo. = Ase So hes SS sece onda cbansconosceeaes aooSace sesoEs | eee ane secie IGE, NENG Seas k ca aqoedee nen Seno e as aes POE SUES] seC ae aS oCnORe SAS OneeE acess se 12 27 Reptiles and batrachians.---.-.----.-- SRSA qtoa oad aaa ane ener oes sone | 15 | 4 eRTaANISPOLLAblOMs ese) Ae see ofa ss os el ple aoe See cee a aiaiee aafelas|ae oie Sis) avs nese | B eee 2- seen ee MaSCollaNCOUS ermine plete ee Se teen eae ioe oe ee eisai c eee ascieeee to he 7 | 2 Potala eee as ee es ae are en pte tee Oe 2 mathe Seren dae See oaaes Cheese | 166 | 72
VISITORS.
During the year the total number of visitors to the Museum buiiding was 269,825, and to the Smithsonian Institution, 114,817. The monthly register of visitors is as follows:
National | Smith- Year and month. Museum! sonian building. | building. 1891: | U2 oo dccec sone se se se corer See ce oe Seer od Pasec cs oebneS oa So see soc bese ms sccescase| 20, 415 8, 350 SES NS ASE Reece he ne eg i Ee oe Ee ee a SLE Sa PRA | 24,933 | 9, 856 STOIC OCI. He Sab ae Gescoe ara omen enone Hee Pa anee ae cone SE BeaneE setece eecen mee saaas | 26,977 | 9, 552 (QO Nes bbb sabes Seu Bee Sane ne oo een ae aan Been SBn San mOe arses 22, 387 | 9, 331 INOVENTD EL ee te ee sneer ee shan ste sr me 2 OS ete eee eae eae ee eel Lfao20 | 7, 038 HO COMUD OLS ee eee ea = ree eee nets as Sign tore s bad Rae aaa ek ea rae seas 20, 982 9, 089 1892: | TRIES? nemde sats eRe ee ae eRe Botha et el a 15,459 | 7, 185 TNS) STAC TEN fice 2S ea es Ie ee ee PES, SB ae Seren eee Sd 25, 758 10, 738 Visi Leet me semeaine Fare t eens (6 2 fo ee eens Me. | 92,453 9, 706 EST eee en ee ier eS. Sh Le ee, a ee eke de 29,390 | 10,716 IW? QL oaOR RASS Gc nee e CEOS OR 1 aC Ee ea ETS EID APRS CSE yma Me ene oe ee 26, 397 | 16, 215 CHEUNG creer rec rate eet est iene aac oie els So Seca ee en ene, 5 Seen cee eel 17, 152 7, 130 eae Bio tall Serer e eae rere ee Ul Fo. oe cn eNO ery A er acy | 269,825 | 114, 817 Approximate daily average on a basis of 313 days in the year .----......-.-...-... | 862 | 367
a
54 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Since 1881 a careful record of visitors to the Museum and Smith- sonian buildings has been kept. The results up to June 30, 1892, are here presented:
Smithson- Total to | jan build- | both build-
E Museum Year.
| building. ing. ings.
Basie ob 2 yok Lae aoe cade See ee 150; 0001 |"a2 0 seeeee = 150, 000 TeRPA S Acorns Sessuodesseran sc casas ae eds: sare cocomwouse oo hotost ess 167, 455 152, 744 | 320, 199 TSB Be i oe et Bd a mememnrer 2) ae See 202, 188 | 104, 823 | 307, 011 i? SE ee OP eld Nn SA 195,322 91, 130 | 286, 452 TEES (Gina tie PUN) pesos o55cqodceceesecesoc eee eae 107, 365 | 60, 428 | 167, 793 TRG SEIBG oo a'< < Loc c e Re se ethc neo ee 174, 225 88, 960 | 263, 185 TSRGSI ST eee we. Se oct REE Re eee ee ee ee eee 216, 562 | 98, 552 | 315. 114 USS7IGS Gs. cose 6 ance he or teat DEE Ree eee ee an 249,665 —-102. 863 352, 528 TERR BOK a ee ciel che cc cees ed Re Re eee es ee 374, 843 | 149, 618 524, 461 ISSO ON een eases ee eee ARE 1G RRO anne aor ts sewn eet 274,324 | 120, 894 | 395, 218 TSQO BOT Samet. he eer ae eee alee raee Mek REE cetera 286, 426 111, 669 398, 095 i et Ne Soe) aN pues = MRE e ner Nemanss! 269, 825 114, 817 384, 642
Y ifn) eee RRNA con US Rel pry Pas eee _.-.-| 2,668,200 | 1, 196, 498 3, 864, 698
LECTURES AND MEETINGS OF SOCIETIES.
As in previous years, the use of the lecture hall has been granted for lectures and meetings of societies. Lectures have been held under the auspices of the National Geographic Society as follows:
December 30, 1891.—Peary and the West Greenland expedition. By Dr. Benjamin Sharp.
February 26, 1892.—Military surveying during the civil war. By Mr. Gilbert Thompson and Maj. Joel Hotchkiss.
March 18.—Coon Mountain, Arizona, and the Diablo meteorites. By Mr. G. K. Gil-
bert.
March 25.—Greece and Palestine. My Mr. W. A. Croftut.
April 17.—The cruise of the Albatross through the Straits of Magellan. By Prof. Leslie A. Lee. :
April S.—A trip through Bolivia. By Lieut. C.H. Harlow, U.S. Navy.
April 15.—The Cliff Dwellers. By Mr. W. H. Holmes.
April 22.--The Challenger Expedition, with some of its scientific results. By Prof. John Murray.
May 15.—The gates and straits of Europe and Africa. By Mr. Talcott Williams.
The following meetings of associations and scientific societies have been held: The American Pomological Association, September 23; the American Historical Association (eighth annual meeting), December 30; the American Forestry Association, December 30; the American Geo- graphical Association, December 30; the National Association of Dairy and Food Commissioners, March 30 and 31; the National Academy of Sciences, April 19-22.
At the meeting of the National Academy of Sciences the following papers were presented:
An American Maar. G. K. Gilbert.
The form and efficiency of the iced bar base apparatus of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. R.S. Woodward.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 55
On Atmospheric Radiation of Heat in Meteorology. C. Abbe.
On the Deflecting Forces that Produce the Diurnal Variation of the Normal Ter- restrial Magnetic Field. F.H. Bigelow.
Abstract of Results from the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey Magnetic Observa- tory at Los Angeles, Cal., 1882-1889, Part III. Differential Measures of the Hori- zontal Component of the Magnetic Force. C. A. Schott.
On the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Mecoptera. A. S. Packard.
On the Laws of the Variation of Latitude. S.C. Chandler.
On the Causes of Variations of Period in the Variable Stars. S.C. Chandler.
On the Force of Gravity at Washington. T. C. Mendenhall.
On the Recent Variations of Latitude at Washington. T.C. Mendenhall.
On the Acoustic Properties of Aluminum, with experimental illustrations. A.M. Mayer.
Disruption of the Silver Haloid Molecule by Mechanical Force. M. Carey Lea.
On the Homologies of the Cranial Arches of the Reptilia. KE. D. Cope.
On the Osteology of the genus dnniella. EK. D. Cope.
The Astronomical, Geodetic and Electrical Consequences of Tidal Strains within an Elastic Terrestrial Spheroid. C. Abbe.
Asiatic Influences in Europe. E.S. Morse.
Exhibition of Chladni’s Acoustic Figures transferred to. paper without distor- tion. A.M. Mayer.
On Electrical Discharges through poor vacua, and on Coronoidal Discharges. M. I. Pupin.
Biographical Memoir of William Ferrel. C. Abbe.
A definition of Institutions. J. W. Powell.
Several other societies held their annual meeting in Washington. Among them may be mentioned the National Art Association, May 16- 30; American Microscopical Society, August 11,12; Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations, August 12- 15; Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, August 13,15; So- ciety for the Promotion of Agricultural Sciences, August 17, 18; Wash- ington Chemical Society, August 17,18; Geological Society of America, August 25, 24; International Congress of Geologists, August 25—-Sep- tember 1; American Association for the Advancement of Science, Au- gust 17-September 2.
STUDENTS.
During the past year, as heretofore, the National Museum has con- tinued to aid students and others engaged in scientific work by lend- ing them material to be used in connection with their researches. Among the more important loans made during the year are the follow- ing: A specimen of Maia to Mr. 3. K. Ives, of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Pieces of Gorgonians and sponges for micro- scopic work to Mr. G. R. Lumsden, Greeneville, Conn. Crayfishes, from Lake Chapala, Mexico, to Prof. Walter Faxon, Museum of Comparative Zovlogy, Cambridge, Mass. An example of Dendroica pityophila to Mr. ©. B. Cory, Boston, Mass. Central American birds to Mr. Osbert Salvin, London, England. Turtles to Dr. G. Baur, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Anatomical specimens to Prof. R. Wiedersheim, Freiburg, Germany. Anatomical specimens to Mr. W. B. Barrows,
56 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Department of Agriculture, Washington, Skins and skulls of Capromys to Dr. J. A. Allen, New York City. Skeletons of Fruit Bats to Dr. Harrison Allen, Philadelphia, Pa. A series of California Hemiptera- heteroptera to Prof. A. L. Montandon, Bucharest, Roumania. A fossil plant, Zamiostrobus mirabilis, to Prof. H. Graf zu Solms-Laubach, University of Strasburg, Germany. Material has also been furnished to the Bering Sea Commission, in connection with its investigations concerning the fur-seal.
During the session of the International Congress, in August, many of the leading paleontologists and geologists of Europe examined the collections of the Museum. Dr. O. P. Hay, of Irvington, Ind., spent some time studying the Indiana reptiles and batrachians: Prof. It. L. Packard availed himself of the opportunities offered for study in the department of geology during a portion of the year, and has rendered valuable service in determinative and analytical work. Dr. G. Baur, of Clark University, Worcester, Mass., has examined the collection of Chelonians.
FINANCE, PROPERTY, SUPPLIES, AND ACCOUNTS.
The statements relating to these branches of the administrative work have been prepared by Mr. W. V. Cox, chief clerk.
The appropriations made by Congress in behalf of the U.S. National Museu for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1892, are as follows:
For continuing the preservation, exhibition, and increase of the col- lections from the surveying and exploring expeditions of the Govern- ment, and from other sources, including salaries or compensation of all necessary employés, $145,000.
For cases, furniture, fixtures, and appliances required for the exhibi- tion and safe keeping of the collections of the National Museum, in- cluding salaries or compensation of all necessary employés,$25,000,.
For the expense of heating, lighting, electrical, telegraphic, and _ tel- ephonic service for the National Museum, $12,000.
For removing the old boilers under the Museum hall in the Smith- sonian building, and replacing them with new ones, and for necessary alterations and connections of steam-heating apparatus, and for cover- ing pipes with fire-proof material, $5,000.
For removing decayed wooden floors in the Museum building, substi- tuting granolithie or artificial stone therefor, and for slate for covering trenches containing heating and electrical apparatus, including all necessary material and labor, to be immediately available, $5,000.
For the Smithsonian Institution, for printing labels and blanks, and for the bulletins and annual volumes of the proceedings of the National Museum, $15,000.
For postage stamps and foreign postal ecards for the National Mu- seum, $500,
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 57 PRESERVATION OF COLLECTIONS.
At the time of submitting the report for 1891 from this office, the unexpended balance of the appropriation for the preservation of col- lections held to meet liabilities contracted during the fiscal year end- ing June 350, 1891, was $7,979.99. Since then bills have been vouchered and paid as follows: $489.93 have been expended for services; $1,079.37 for supplies; $4,191.51 for specimens; $768.15 for books; 5420.46 for stationery; $275.04 for travel; $465.95 for freight, making a total of $7,688.41, and leaving an unexpended balance July, 1892, of $291.58, to settle an account of Elkington & Company, London, and to meet a few other small bills still outstanding.
From the appropriation of $145,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1892, the disbursements are as follows:
For salaries or compensation, $119,911.79: for special or contract Services, $2,539.64; for specimens, $6,340.12; for general supplies, $2,038.76; ae freight and cartage, $2,180.95; for travel, $1,574.81; for stationery, $842.79; for books and periodicals, $453; atotal of $136,181.86, which leaves an unexpended balance of $8,818.14, July 1, 1892, to meet outstanding liabilities.
FURNITURE AND FIXTURES.
The unexpended balance of the appropriation for furniture and _fix- tures for 1891, held to meet liabilities contracted during that fiscal year, was $3,690.54. The following bills have been vouchered and paid from this balance: One thousand one hundred and eighteen dollars for exhibition cases; $43.50 for drawers, trays, ete.; $397.91 for glass; $240.77 for hardware, tools, cloth, ete.; $723.76 for glass jars and con- tainers for specimens; $737.65 for lumber; $52.77 for paints, oils, and brushes; $316.70 for office furniture; $42.40 for tin, lead, ete.; $11.88 for rubber goods; $2.85 for traveling expenses, making a total of $3,688.19, and leaving an unexpended balance July 1, 1892, of $2.35.
From the appropriation of $25,000 for furniture and Anare for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1892, the disbursements are as follows:
For salaries or compensation, 813, 885.51; for special or contract serv- ices, $87.96; for exhibition cases, with decene and drawings for same, $365; for drawers, trays, and boxes, $543.72; for frames, stands, and miscellaneous woodwork, $169.50; for lumber, paints, oils, glue, and brushes, $2,159.91; for tools, glass, hardware, and interior fittings for cases, $1,407.34; for apparatus, glass jars, vials, etc., $1,191.97; for office and hall furniture and other fixtures, $765; for plumbing, tin and lead, $999.14; for leather belting, rubber tubing for rendering cases moth proof, etc., $122.28; for traveling expenses, $2, making a total of $21,699.63, and ieee a balance of $3,500.37 on hand July 1, 1892, to meet outstanding labilities.
58 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The following is a detailed list of cases, unit tables, fixtures, ete., made or furnished during the year by persons outside of the Museum:
Two mahogany double-width cases (for lay figures), #350; 2 mahogany unit table cases, $224; 12 mahogany wall cases, $840; 5 mahogany Kensington cases, Gray pat- tern, $390; 75 pairs mahogany wing frames, $166.50; 200 mahogany case heading frames, $66; 2 insect cabinets, $300; 200 insect boxes, $220; 1 oak desk, $162; 1 oak desk, $145; 1 oak table, $95; 1 small oak desk, $32; 12 pine, half-unit, moth-proof cases, $324; 1 drawing table, $12.50; 1 revolving office chair, $5; 1 umbrella stand, $4.75.
The following is a list of cases, tables, bases, ete., built in the Museum workshops:
Three mahogany American cases; 2 mahogany table-cases, upright; 7 walnut table- eases, double width; 75 moth-proof tables, quarter size; 14 unit tables, half size; 1 pine bookcase, in three sections; 2 pine bookcases, single; 7 pine storage cases, large size; 2 pine unit cases, for poisoning specimens; 1 ash case, special; 1 walnut cata- logue-case; 1 pine case for press-copy books.
Cases and tables repaired or remodeled:
One floor case; 2 small Kensington cases; 1 Liverpool case; 1 unit table; 2 unit tables changed into half unit; 2 unit tables, half size, rendered moth proof; 2 unit tables, quarter size, rendered moth proof; wall cases on east and west sides of north hall; 2 pier cases; 14 slide-screen cases; 2 slide-screen cases for costume boxes; 6 floor cases; 1 cherry case for bird group; 1 Kensington case; 2 unit tables, half size; 1 bird case, old style; 1 standard bookcase; 2 catalogue cases; 6 unit tables; 2 unit tables, quarter size; 10 table cases; 2 wall cases; 4 storage cases; 43 cases glazed; 884 cases painted and repolished.
Miscellaneous furniture, fittings, ete., made during the year:
Fifty-two tank boxes; 17 tin boxes for collecting specimens; 60 tin cans for ship- ping specimens; 721 packing and storage boxes; 740 blocks for the exhibition of specimens; 600 special blocks, index, ete.; 169 bases; 500 brass label holders; 4,000 tin tags; 200 oak tags; 12 copper tanks; 2 lead-lined tanks; 91 label frames; 33 picture frames; 107 unit drawers; 132 unit drawers, half size; 1,049 unit drawers, quarter size; 336 drawers for table cases; 25 drawers for storage, ete.; 381 shelves; 19 doors.
Miscellaneous furniture, fittings, ete., repaired and altered during the year:
Twenty-seven unit boxes repaired; 8 unit boxes, double size, altered; 9 costume boxes altered; 25 tank boxes repaired; 66 tincans for shipping specimens repaired ; 18 packing and storage boxes repaired and altered; 1,440 blocks shellacked and polished; 289 bases repaired, painted, and polished; 52 copper tanks repaired; 644 miscellaneous frames hinged, painted, and glazed; 71 unit drawers repaired ; 1,583 drawers fitted; 246 shelves repaired and painted; 21 doors altered; 999 doors re- paired, eased, and adjusted.
HEATING AND LIGHTING.
The unexpended balance of the appropriation for heating and light- ing and electric and telephonic service for 1891, held to meet unpaid liabilities for that year, was $842.34. Bills have been vouchered and paid from this balance as follows: $46.20 for coaland wood; $74.75 for
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 59
gas; $200.25 for telephones; $384.95 for electric supplies; $32.75 for electric work; $20 tor rental of call boxes; $81.79 for heating supplies, making a total of $840.69, and leaving an unexpended balance July 1, 1892, of $1.65.
From the appropriation of 812,000 for heating and lighting for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1892, the disbursements are as follows:
For salaries or compensation, $5,218.93; for special or contract serv- ives, $20; for coal and wood, $3,365.85; gas, $1,360.51; telephones, $622.65; electric work and supplies, $124.53; rental of call boxes, $100; heating repairs, $329; heating supplies, $455.62; making a total of $11,575.09, and leaving an unexpended balance July 1, 1892, of $424.91, to meet outstanding liabilities.
From the appropriation of $5,000 for removing decayed wooden floors in the Museum building, and replacing them with artificial stene pave- ment, and for the purchase of slate for covering trenches containing heating and electrical apparatus, the expenditures for materials and services to July 1, 1892, are $4,474.64, leaving on that date an unex- pended balance of $525.36 on hand to meet outstanding liabilities.
With a view to securing the best pavement possible, as well as for the purpose of obtaining for future guidance a practical knowledge of the merits of the artificial stone flooring made by different bidders, three proposals, which did not vary materially in amount, were accepted. It will require a greater length of time than has yet elapsed to pronounce upon the relative merits of these pavements, but they have already proved themselves far more satisfactory than the wooden floors for which they were substituted, and it is hoped that it will soon be possi- ble to put down the same or some equally durable form of pavement in other parts of the Museum.
From the appropriation of $5,000 for removing the old boilers under the Museum hall in the Smithsonian building, and replacing them with new ones, making necessary alterations and connections of steam-heat- ing apparatus, and CON GENS pipes with fire-proof material, the expen- ditures are as follows: Alteration of pipes, etc., $121; purchase of two new boilers, $2,769; black pipe, ete., $48.47; mae a total expend1- ture of $2,958.47, and leaving on hand July 1, 1892, an unexpended balance of $61.53 to meet liabilities still pivic ener
The Museuin is under obligation to Commodore Melville, U. S. Navy, Chief of the Bureau of Steam Engineering, Navy Department, who, in July, 1891, at the request of the Acting Secretary, appointed a board of engineer officers to prepare specifications and examine bids for the new steam-heating apparatus. The Museum was thus enabled to profit by the skill and experience of Passed Assistant Engineer Baird and Assistant Engineer Leopold, the officers designated to serve on this board. The practical working of the steam-heating apparatus has since demonstrated the wisdom of the board in the preparation of the test questions and specifications submitted to the bidders, and of the
60 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Museum in its final approval of the proposal of the firm to which the work of putting in the new heating apparatus was intrusted.
In addition to the work mentioned in the detailed list, much has been accomplished in the way of general repairs. The carpenter’s shop has been extended to make room for two lathes; the storage shed south of the Smithsonian building has been enlarged and the roof tinned; the old paint shop has been reconstructed for use by the special employes detailed for service in connection with the World’s Columbian Expo- sition; steam pipes have been furnished with casing; the old and worn- out fixtures connected with the plumbing of the Smithsonian building have been removed and replaced with new; much necessary repairing has been done to the roofs of both buildings; skylights have been re- paired, painted, and glazed; windows have been glazed, painted, and furnished with weather strips; the walls in both buildings have been, to a considerable extent, painted and calcimined, and necessary repairs in general have been made within the means available for this purpose.
By the laying of the asphalt walk on the west side of the Museum, and the consequent raising of the grade in that locality, it was found that the surface water, being turned toward the wall of the building and having no way of escape, frequently collected there to the depth of severalinches. Permission was accordingly asked of Col. Ernst, U.S. Army, the Superintendent of Public Buildings and Grounds, to pro. vide for the drainage of this area by the laying of a small sewer to be connected with the large one from the Smithsonian building. ‘The re- quired permit having been issued, the work was done by the Museum force, with materials already available for this purpose.
The buffaloes were removed from the shed south of the Smithsonian building to their new quarters in the Zodlogical Park on the 20th of July, 1891. The building thus vacated was immediately renovated and remodeled for the use of the painters.
The number of requests for the use of the lecture hall by the scien- tific societies of Washington and the country has not varied materi- ally, the average being about twoa month. In some parts of the year, however, the hall is required in this way much more frequently, so that its proper preparation as aroom of public assembly becomes an item of considerable importance in connection with the work of the Museum force. The Geographie Society used the room for lectures on five different dates in April, 1892, and in this month, as usual, the annual session of the National Academy was held here for four days, April 19 to 22. At the time of the annual sessions of the various scientific associations of the country, which are often held in the hall of the Museum, it generally becomes necessary, as in the case of the Academy, to prepare and set apart some of the smaller rooms of the building also for the meetings of the committees, a courtesy which is always cheerfully accorded. In addition to these meetings, held in
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 61
the lecture hall of the Museum. the National Art Association was given permission to use the room in the Smithsonian building, known as the chapel, for an art exhibition during the two weeks beginning May 16, 1892.
It should also be mentioned that various scientific and educational associations avail themselves more and more frequently of the privilege of using the oxyhydrogen lantern belonging to the Museum, for the purpose of illustrating their lectures, which, if not given in the lecture hall, are, as a rule, held at the Columbian University or the Cosmos Club. The lantern is always used under the direction of a skilled oper- ‘ator connected with the Museum, and, except on occasions for which the use of the lecture hall has been granted by the Regents of the Insti- tution for the Washington meetings of national scientific and edu- sational societies, the expenses incurred for gas, ete., are paid by the society under the direction of which the lecture is given. Among the bodies which have availed themselves of the use of the lantern during this year are the Association of Agricultural Colleges, the Association of Agricultural Chemists, the American Association for the Advanee- ment of Science, the Geological Society of America, the International Geological Congress, the Philosophical Society, the Biological Society, the American Folk-Lore Society, the Cosmos Club, and the Corcoran School of Art.
In compliance with the request of the Department of State, and in accordance with the act of Congress making an appropriation for the purpose, preperations were begun in June, 1892, for an exhibit by the National Museum at the Columbian Historical Exposition, to be held in Madrid, in commemoration of the four hundredth anniversary of the discovery of America.
Preparations for the exhibit of the Museum at the World’s Columbian Exposition, commenced last year, have been prosecuted vigorously. As the act of Congress making the appropriation for this exhibit pro- vides for no clerical service, the work of this nature required for the Exposition has been performed by the Museum force, often, of course, at the expense of service beyond the regular departmental hours. While the necessity for extra work is always cheerfully complied with, it is but proper to put on record the fact that there exists a gradually in- creasing need for a permanent addition to the clerical force.
CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS.
The work of this office continnes under the direction of Mr. R. I. Geare. The force of assistants in July, 1891, consisted of 2 stenograph- ers, 2 typewriters, 2 indexers, 1 accession clerk, 1 copyist, and 1 mes- senger. During the year the work increased considerably, and before the close of the year it had been found necessary to obtain the services
62 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
of an additional clerk. In May, 1892, the distribution of Museum pub- lications was added to the work of the office, and in the months of May and June there were partially distributed Dr. W. L. Abbott’s Catalogue of Ethnological Collections in the U.S. National Museum from Kili- ina-njaro, East Africa (published in the Report of the National Museum for 1891), and a paper by Dr. G. Brown Goode, entitled Museums of the Future (published in the Report of the National Museum for 1890). During the year the routine work connected with the distribution of specimens has also been attended to in this office. The correspondence of the Museum (including the acknowledgment of gifts, loans, and ex- changes, the preparation of reports upon material sent for examination, and replies to requests for technical information of all kinds), and the preparation, editing, and proof-reading of the Annual Report of the Museum, constitute the principal work of the office.
The routine work performed in the case of each letter received is as follows: The date of its receipt at the Museum is stamped upon it, after which the proper reference is indorsed upon it.* It is then charged to the person to whom it is referred, and inclosed in a wrapper, on which is written the name and address of the writer, the subject of the inquiry; and the name of the person to whom it is referred. On its return from the referee a reply is prepared, which, with the original letter, is trans- mnitted to the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, or Curator-in-charge, for signature. It is then detached, marked for filing, and a labelis attached giving the name and address of the writer, the subject, and date of letter. The letters written are copied in the current number of the appropriate series of letter-books. All letters written are indexed in the letter-books, and also on cards prepared for the purpose. These cards are filed alphabetically, and thus, at a glance, the amount of cor- respondence with any person, including the date of each letter, can be ascertained. A cross-reference is also prepared under every name mentioned in each letter written, and filed alphabetically. By this means a clew is often furnished to correspondence which it would other- wise be difficult to find.
A record is kept, in card-catalogue form, of all offers of specimens which are not at the time accepted, whether offered as gifts, loans, in exchange, or for sale. The possibility of bringing together in a mo- ment all offers relating to material in a given department of the Museum, has frequently proved very useful, and has sayed many hours’ work in examining’ the letter-files.
“A large proportion of the letters does not require reference, in which case the intermediate steps of the routine are omitted,
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 63 PREPARATION OF LABELS.
During the year, 1,986 forms of labels were printed, as shown by the following table, 24 copies of each form being printed:
Department. (Number of
forms. Ethnology 2 S4SnGornooc cera omedoc Sde 6S0 DORb oo Seca DUS Ee Soom Boorse wt rr eee eee ee eee eee 1, 578 INT SiS) ati a BASSO Sees Se i Eee egos ete rn SOO SRCUCORSnCEAScHboogase 229 Geology tied )n nheta wlalimlaimim ala ioe a= mine aa bla'e\ew eo a/a0,s'a\e/aaje/a/a m'aleluisle'aleiale ew\w/s ec ia\ele we a.ajas =\wlole jaielels aiei\eololoix 116 Transportation and engineering .-------- Soaps oS bc eeeneosueeE Hac OSonosoESosooe saccecoceoe: 32 IN DWE! DRONE ODI R65 5odst oS gs conaeepgpoU cUneoR eS ouSTTEdoouaobssequaucueods eenataecsctice st BL Motalbwesee- seca. = Wo SOE SEDER ESC HE aESoE sone cod Seuss oe soe eoee sb osse sHesoce panties 1, 986
BUILDINGS AND LABOR—POLICE AND PUBLIC COMFORT.
The report submitted by Mr. Henry Horan, superintendent of build- ings, shows that the force of laborers and mechanies has been busily employed under his supervision, assisted by Mr. Charles A. Steuart. The following abstracts from his report indicate some of the principal items of work the force has accomplished:
1891.
July.—The buffaloes were removed from their quarters south of the Smithsonian Institution to the Zodlogical Park, and the shed thus vacated was remodeled for use asa paint shop. The Jackson sarcophagus was removed from the west hall of the Museum, and placed on the parking north of the building.
August.—The animal pens south of the Smithsonian building were removed. The Museum was opened to visitors on the evening of the Zist, and also of the 28th, on which occasions it was lighted by electricity.
September.—The American Pomological Association held a fruit exhibition in the northeast court from the 18th to the 25th, inclusive. The Japanese house, which has been in storage for some months, was set up in the west hall.
October,—The work of reconstructing the wall-cases on the west side of the north hall was completed. The remainder of the living animals were removed to the Zoological Park on the 24th.
November.—The laborers were employed in removing the exhibition cases prepara- tory to the work of tearing up the floors in the west-south and north-west ranges, for the purpose of laying granolithic pavements. Two heavy slabs of granite and sandstone were fastened to the wall in the west-southrange. The work of putting in place the new boilers for the Smithsonian building was commenced on the 234d.
December.—The west end of the Smithsonian building was kalsomined and painted. The cases were removed from the lecture hall, and the room was prepared for the meetings of the American Forestry Association, the American Historical Association, and the American Geographic Association. Granolitbic pavements were laid in the tank room, the photographic laboratory, and the north-east court, involving a large amount of work by the laborers in removing cases and cleaning.
1892.
January.—Both buildings were suitably draped in respect to the memory of Gen. M. C. Meigs, a Regent of the Smithsonian Institution, who died January 2. The
64 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
work of preparation of floors, preliminary to the laying of new pavements by the con- tractors, was continued during January and February.
February.—Shelves were placed at the west entrance, in order to provide storage room for the property clerk. The wall-case on the south side of the north hall was altered.
March.—A large number of exhibition cases were cleaned, the locks overhauled, and the doors eased. The preparation of the lecture-hall for meetings and lectures required the attention of the laborers several times during the month. It was found that the weight of the exhibition cases rendered the bird gallery in the Smithsonian building unsafe, and some of the cases were accordingly removed.
April.—An electric light was hung at the east entrance of the Museum. Skilled laborers were engaged in repairing the tiling around the building. Repairs were made in the chapel of the Smithsonian building.
May.—The boiler room in the Smithsonian building was thoroughly cleaned and whitewashed, and new window frames were placed in the coral hall. The chapel was prepared for an exhibit by the National Art Association. An electric alarm was placed in the Joseph Francis case, for the purpose of protecting the collection. Sewer traps were placed at the foot of the steps at the northwest entrance of the Museum and in front of the door to the World’s Fair carpenter-shop, the work being done by Museum laborers. An addition was made to the south end of the Museum carpenter-shop, to provide room for two lathes.
June.—A number of exhibition cases were brought from storage in the Armory building and prepared for shipment to the Madrid Exposition. The large lathe was removed from the engine room to the carpenter shop. The shed at the west end of the Smithsonian building was extended to provide room for the storage of cases, etc. The work on the new return pipes of the Smithsonian building was com- pleted on the 17th instant, so far as it was possible to carry them this fiscal year. A concrete walk was laid in the area at the south door of the Smithsonian, the work being done by laborers from the Museum force. Extensive repairs were made in the public-comfort rooms.
THE WORK OF THE MUSEUM PREPARATORS, TAXIDERMISTS.
The force of taxidermists, under the charge of Mr. William Paimer, has been engaged, the greater part of the time, in the preparation of an exhibit for the World’s Columbian Exposition. The entire exhibition series of mammals has been examined and cleaned, and a number of mounted specimens have been repaired and placed upon new stands. The skins in pickle have been overhauled. The total number of skins received from all sources during the year is 492. Of this number 368 have been worked up. The total number of skins on hand at the end of the year is 452. For the World’s Fair exhibit, 181 mammals have been mounted and finished, including 6 Rocky Mountain sheep, 5 Newfound- land caribou, 3 Alaskan caribou, 3 Arizona deer, 4 armadillos, 5 badg- ers, 8 Californian sea lions, a male walrus, from Walrus Island, Bering Sea, and an African crocedile. A series of experiments have been suc- cessfully made with a view to preparing a composition for making casts of reptiles. Experiments, with good results, have also been made in preserving leaves and plants for use as accessories in groups of ani- mals.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 65 OSTEOLOGICAL PREPARATOR.
The greater part of the time of Mr. F. A. Lucas, the osteological preparator, has been devoted to matters other than those pertaining directly to his department. Important work has, however, been ac- complished in the preparation of skulls and skeletons for the study series. Several weeks were spent in the preparation of the skeleton of a young sperm whale. A summary of the work accomplished is given in the following table :
Mamuiatls. Birds. | Reptiles.) Fishes. Total.
Receivee in the flesh:
Bntire skeletons .-.-....--...--- Senne i 17 10 52 R86
SURI Ubi Sat ee, Bp i Sak ae a Era SE oe Stand eset Bard ie eS 2 ae el ee ee
Incomplete skeletons: .(eiss2 os oe oes see oe eel sige poe eee oes Sao se Seen l 1 Cleaned :
MPtUESBKGlEtOUS ts vs aoe, seks see ee ce 8 14 3] 48 10]
SU Seam ees wrecks ieee ania = ase oe ciate 376 4) BElstise Seer 388
Inconiplete skeletons! 2-6-2 2222 ce, 2 Sete. ree = 14 13 Li Reed fo Pe 2s Mounted: ;
Isc BbON Sma nemNse cain aye ceo were ee etal Ss bie tibead es 2 8U Sl z] 11 13
ImComplebesS Mele tO MS pie= mae ecen as see seca Saat eacons aspects wesc ee oe. ] 1
SEGRE WD sage Seen ae ie en ees eee 405 58 47 113 618
In addition, 86 specimens of vertebrate fossils were cleaned, 29 molds and 25 easts of invertebrates were made, and 6 anatomical models were mounted.
PHOTOGRAPHER.
Mr. T. W. Smillie, the photographer, reports that he has made 295 negatives during the year, as follows:
NG MIYOLOO Vater ecg: atte sie os eieeeo sis rae SSS aT eH PE SCLC ec Ee tt RAM eee santo. = fil NIG PROS oo ee ee ee ofa es Seine 18 AR, Sole ee SNe PRT ay oes Sree pe a: » 46 Rare EUV error te eee en et a nie ee ee en ee ee 54 RSE AOL Gb ROPOlO Gis Sis scans oes ours oh Nepee Se eek, eee nls ae eee 20 VIDS COUR ITIAIIIE.. <3 SS eae eS Sia pai eae SO, Sage pe ase ing ar ae Sel A 130
There have also been made 1,656 silver prints, as shown by the fol- 3 e lowing table:
LEST Peg Nyt 2a I CS oe ed nai AAs ee Sees Re pe aE eRe bee Ae 770 IMIG POTUTEMG) ONS SS = pst ete 2 ee ee a ane ae ee ae ire 64 CREDO GR CALA So SSEE ae ea gees ae Ee aaa oO ae pe gies aa Le 333 ie Inst urCeamU OD OLOGY neste een Se 12. SSRs SOR eee ee ee Se eee 29 NSO MIS DOES Cele B co Rie ole Be ae Ae Oe ae nm SE CR ee Di 460
In addition, 181 cyanotypes and 36 lantern slides were made. For the U.S. Fish Commission there were prepared 719 silver prints, 389 cyanotypes, and 35 negatives. For this work the Commission furnishes the necessary material and an assistant to aid the photographer,
Hi. Mis. 114, pt. 2
5
66 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
COLORIST. ;
Mr. A. Zeno Shindler has been engaged in painting life-size casts for the Department of Ethnology, including among others the figure of an Una Indian, a group of five Kiowa children at play,an Eskimo woman at play, an Eskimo woman and child, Sitting Bull, and a Labrador woman and child. Mr. Shindler has also continued the work of paint- ing in oil representations of the various races of man, and has made a copy from a photograph of a painting of Pocahontas, dated 1616,
G.—ACCESSIONS.
The number of accessions received during the year is 1,357* (acces- sions Nos. 24528 to 25884, inclusive). These accessions embraced 298,2497 specimens, giving an average of about 168 specimens to each accession. This increase over the number of accessions received last year, as Shown in the foot-note, is the more conspicuous, as no effort has been made to invite contributions on account of lack of space for exhibition or storage. A large proportion of the specimens received will, for this reason, have to remain in the boxes in which they were shipped to the Museum.
A tabulated statement, showing the number of accessions to the Museum annually since 1881 (the first year of occupancy of the Museum building) is here presented :
AtaccaRian Number of
Year. numbers a ee (inclusive). tS
the year.
TSS Tee eee ee RNP re hy Bens Mar oe Re fet aie See Sg Se ne / 9890—11000 1111
iC) ee ee Se eee Keo ACOA AB An me Se ocass uae e ccs noose SE Se | 11001—12500 1500 QRS eos sa weg ke PRU etc ee eee oe | 12501—13900 1400 Gh) aan ae ee ERE SS SOME scenes eet Se Ms oe oe, aoe eee See } 13901—15550 1650 ESB EH (cD ATU AY YO cd ULTNG) oem oper re ee | 15551—16208 658 ABAG co omac ss coles eds Sede eee Ae ey a | 162091704 1496 IQOT isn ee ae ee ate ae ae ho shaealete Se eas Se ee ee | 17705—19350 1646 TSRO ta ee ee ee ee ee en eS bee 19351—20831 1481 USBO8 secs oh oe wc Wek ob Sen eS ee ea ee | 20832—22178 1347 NSOOS =) 3 eee Jsiucec leon 0a ae oe ieee ea | 2217923340 1162 1) ene Gener Bao note seeds be echocbossceee: | 23341—24527 1187 1800 So ond ode boc cence ee ee | 2452825884 1357
GHOGRAPHICAL REVIEW OF THE MORE IMPORTANT ACCESSIONS. AFRICA. CENTRAL AFRICA,
From the Department of State, through Hon. James G. Blaine, See- retary, was received a collection of butterflies; a specimen of Selag?- nella; the pappus of a seed, collected by Mr. J. H. Camp in Central Africa, and four photographs of natives of West Africa.
_* An increase of 170 over the number of accessions received last year. t An increase of 94,639 over the number of specimens received last year.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 67 EAST AFRICA.
From Dr. Cyrus Adler, National Museum, were received manuscripts, parts of costumes, weapons, and instruments from Egypt. Dr. Adler also deposited a Soudanese girdle, worn by women, and a camel driver's coat from the Upper Nile region.
Mr. William Astor Chanler, of New York City, presented two mounted giraffe heads (male and female),
Mr. C. B, Cory, Boston, Mass,, transmitted in exchange a skin of crocodile bird (Pluvanius aegyptiacus),
From Dr. James Graut-Bey, Cairo, were received two Arab glass- lamps.
NORTIHL AFRICA,
Mr. C. F. Ancey, Boghari, Algeria, transmitted in exchange several specimens of rare African shells.
From the Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy, through Prof. Henry Giglioli, director, were received in exchange archeological objects from northern Africa,
SOUTH AFRICA,
Mr. A. L. Babeock, Sherborn, Mass., transmitted, in exchange, three species of South African coleoptera.
WEST AFRICA.
Mr. R. R. Gurley, U.S. Fish Commission, presented a hammock.
Seven specimens, representing four species of birds’ skins from An- gola, were collected for the National Museum and transmitted by Messrs. W. H. and A. H. Brown.
From Rey. A. C. Good, American mission, Gaboon, was obtained by purchase a collection of ethnological objects relating to the life and inanners of the Fang tribe, and a number of musical instruments.
AMBHRICA. NORTH AMERICA.
From the Department of Agriculture, through Prof. C.* V. Riley, entomologist, were received species of coleoptera new to the collec- tion; also specimens of North American coleoptera, collected by D. W. Coquillet.
From Prof. L. Bruner, Lincoln, Nebr., through Prof. Riley, were - received specimens of coleoptera and four types of a new orthoptera.
From Dr. William Eichhoff, Strasburg, Germany, were received in exchange, typical specimens representing 100 species of North Ameri- ‘an and exotic Scolytide, new to the collection.
From the U. 8. Fish Commission, through Col. MeDonald, commis- sioner, was received a collection of crustaceans obtained by the Fish
68. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Commission vessels on the Atlantic coast, and also crustaceans chiefly from the North Pacific Ocean, collected during the cruises of the steamer Albatross for the past four or five years.
From Mr. William J. Fox, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadel- phia, through Prof. Riley, were received in exchange specimens of North American aculeate hymenoptera, most of which are new to the collection.
BRITISH AMERICA,
British Columbia.—From Mr. Ashdown Green, Victoria, was received a fine specimen of Chirolophus polyactocephalus.
From Mr. R. MacFarlane, Cumberland House, Saskatchewan, were received birds’ nests, skins and eggs, collection of tossil resin, and skin of a marmot (Aretomys monar).
From Dr. Karl Rominger, Ann Arbor, Mich., were received 145 specimens of Middle Cambrian fossils from Mount Stephen.
Mr. Frank Russell, lowa City, Lowa, presented eight fossil shells.
Mr. Walter D. Wileox, New Haven, Conn., presented valuable speci- meus of Middle Cambrian carboniferous fossils from Mount Stephen.
Labrador.—F rom the Department of Agriculture were received 3 eray seals.
Newfoundland.—F rom Col. Cecil Clay, Department of Justice, were obtained by purchase 5 specimens of woodland caribou,
CENTRAL AMERICA.
British Honduras—F rom the Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy, through Prof. Henry Giglioli, director, were received archeolog- ical objects from British Honduras.
Costa Rica —From the National Museum, San José, were received birds’ skins, and, through Mr. George K. Cherrie, were received type specimens of Mionectes semischistaceus, sp. noy., and Ornithion pusillum subflavwn.
Mr. Gustave Michaud, San José, through Prof. C. V. Riley, United States entomologist, Department of Agriculture, transmitted specimens representing various orders of insects. —
Yucatun.—Capt. Charles EK. Bendire, U.S. Army, honorary curator of birds’ eggs, National Museum, presented a set of eggs of Tantalus loculator.
From the U.S. Fish Commission, through Col. McDonald, commis- sioner, were received shells and alcoholic specimens of lizards from Cozunel Island, off the coast of Yueatan, collected in 1885,
MENIC)).
Capt. John G. Bourke, U.S. Army, presented a collection of Guada- lajara pottery, and deposited soles of the “ guarachi,” or sandals, used- by the Mexican foot-soldiers along the Rio Grande; throwing-stick and
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 69
bird-spear, and specimens of folk-medicine of the Lower Grande Val- ley.
Mr. Britton Davis, Corralitos, Chihuahua, transmitted a specimen of the rare snake, Heterodon kennerlyi.
Prof. A. Dugés, Guanajuato, sent the skin of an orange-crowned warbler (Helminthophila celata). .
From Dr. A. E. Foote, of Philadelphia, Pa., were obtained by purchase 2 specimens of calcite from Guanajuato.
Mr. W. J. McGee, U.S. Geological Survey, transmitted silver ores.
From Dr. C. H. White, U. S. Navy, were received miscellaneous insects from Acapulco.
Mr. P. L. Jouy collected for the Museum in northern Mexico very interesting and valuable specimens. <A full report upon these will be found in the accession list, Section v.
UNITED STATES.
Alabama.—Messtrs. Clarence and Samuel E. Varce, Brownsville, pre- sented a specimen of living alder-blight, Pemphigus tesselatus Fiteh.
Alaska.—Dy. Frank Baker, acting manager of the National Zodlogical Park, transmitted to the Museum an Arctic fox and a specimen of aguti, a day old. The fox was obtained from St. George Island by Dr. ©. Hart: Merriain, Departinent of Agriculture.
From the U.S. Fish Commission, through Col. McDonald, commis- sioner, were received birds’ skins and eggs, collected by C. H. Townsend, and plants obtained during the cruise of the steamer Albatross in 1889 and 1890.
Maj. J. W. Powell, Director of the U.S. Geological Survey. transferred to the Museum two pairs of snow-shoes, collected by Mr. I. C. Russell, from Charley’s Village, Yukon River.
Mr. Chase Littlejohn, Redwood City, Cal, presented eggs of the rare Steller’s duck (Hniconetta stelleri), from the mouth of the Yukon River.
Mr. I. C. Russell, U. S. Geological Survey, transmitted a collection of Eskimo ivory carvings, dishes, and other ethnological objects from the Upper Yukon River. .
Arizona.—From the Department of Agriculture was received a highly interesting collection of fresh-water shells from various locali- ties in Arizona, principally in the vicinity of Death Valley.
From Mr. George A. Allen, U. S. Indian agent, Colorado River Agency, Parker, were received specimens of Pepsis formosa Say and Spherophthalma cyeusa Cress; skins of two rare bats, Macrotus califor- nicus and Molossus californicus Merriam.
From Dr. A. EK. Foote, Philadelphia, Pa., were obtained by pur- chase specimens of meteoric iron and the same material altered to limo- nite, from Canon Diablo.
TOee REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Mr. P. L. Jouy collected tor the National Museum some valuable reptiles, a full report upon which will be found in the accession list, Section v.
Mr. George P. Merrill, U. S. National Museum, presented specimens of Asida sordida, Lee.. the only insect found on the plains about Canon Diablo.
Mr. Cosmos Mindeleff, U.S. Bureau of Ethnology, presented speci- mens of calcite pseudomorph after glauberite.
Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U..S. Army, transmitted a valuable and interesting collection of reptiles and a living specimen of horned toad.
Arkansas.—Dr. W. P. Jenney, U. S. Geological Survey, transmitted two specimens of cadmaniferous smithsonite from Morning Star Mine, Marion County, and specimens of ores.
California.—From the Department of Agriculture was received a col- lection of fresh-water shells from Death Valley.
From the Department of Agriculture, through Prof. C. V. Riley, entomologist, were received specimens of Californian orthoptera, col- lected by D. W. Coquillet; specimens representing species of rare coleoptera, collected by D. W. Coquillet in San Diego and Los Angeles counties; specimens of Californian coleoptera, lepidoptera, hymen- optera, hemoptera, and diptera, also collected by Mr. Coquillet, and specimens of inseets collected by Mr. A. Koebele, of the Death Valley Expedition.
Mr. L. Belding, Stockton, presented birds’ skins, and the head, wing, and foot of a blue goose, Chen caerulescens.
The Hon. W. W. Bowers, House of Representatives, presented a block of pure pig-iron, and a specimen of tin ore from the Temescal Tin Mine, South Riverside, San Bernardino County.
From the Fish Commission, through Co]. McDonald, commissioner, was transmitted the skin of a coast fox, Orocyon virginianus littoralis from Santa Rosa Island, collected by Mr. Charles Townsend, of the Fish Commission steamer Albatross.
Mr. L. L. Frost, Susanville, presented a collection of archeological objects, and a polished stone object supposed to be a charm-stone.
Maj. J. W. Powell, director of the U.S. Geological Survey, transferred to the Museum 34 specimens of radiated brown tourmaline from Colfax, Nevada County, collected by Mr. W. Lindgren.
Dr. W. P. Jenney, U.S. Geological Survey, presented a specimen of rubellite.
Miss Annie B. Picher, Pasadena, presented photographs of Padre Serra, a Mexican drawn-work maker; Father Serra’s stirrup (Indian wood-carving), and a piece of drawn-work showing the “ Little Jesus” stiteh. ,;
Lieut. Charles Pond, U.S. Navy, Mare Island, sent a sphinx-moth (Smerinthus opthalmicus Bad.).
REPORT OF. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 71
Colorado.—From Mr. T. Charlton, Denver, were received three teeth of extinet Hama (Auchenia hesterna).
From Mr. Thomas H. Jackson, West Chester, Pa., was obtained, by purchase, a set of eggs of the white-tailed ptarmigan (Lagopus leu- CUrUS).
Mr. W. W. Jones, Silver Cliff, presented specimens of cerussite and nadorite with cerussite.
From Mr. 8S. Ward Loper, U. S. Geological Survey, were received. specimens of banded jasper from Canon City.
Dr. William L. Ralph, Utica, N. Y., presented two skins of saw-whet owl (Nyctala acadica), a tflammulated screech owl (Megascops flammeo- lus), and a woodpecker (Dryobates villosus hyloscopus).
Maj. J. W. Powell, director of the U.S. Geological Survey, transferred to the Museum minerals and rock showing slickensides, collected by Prof. 8. L. Penfield. .
Connecticut.—Mr. 8. Ward Loper, U.S. Geological Survey, presented a specimen of augite rock from Kast Rock, and sent in exchange two slabs of shale with rain-prints from Durham.
From Prof. William North Rice, Wesleyan University, Middletown, were received rocks and ores in exchange.
The Singer Manufacturing Company, Hartford, transmitted an old- style Singer sewing machine, and one of the latest style of manufac- ture.
District of Columbia.—Mrs. 8. 8S. Cox deposited the memorial vase presented to her by the members of the Life-Saving Service of the United States in commemoration of the services of the late S. S. Cox.
From Mr. H. W. Henshaw, Bureau of Ethnology, was received a fine set of mounted herbarium plants, representing the fauna Quercus, Aster, and Solidago, forming a very complete and valuable addition to the collection.
' From Gen. M. C, Meigs, through his executors, Montgomery Meigs and Mary M. Taylor, were received medals, bronzes, and other histori- cal relics. A full description will be found in the accession list, See- tion v. A revolving rifle of very early pattern, inveuted about 1835, made at Rochester, by Billinghurst, seven colored sketches, and twenty- three pencil sketches had been previously transmitted by General Meigs.
Dr. k. W. Shufeldt, U. S. Army, Takoma Park, transmitted a model of a fossil bird, Archwopteryx macrura, from Solenhofen, Bavaria.
Mr. Charles W. Richmond, of the Department of Agriculture, trans- mitted 3,000 birds’ skins. ‘
Florida.—The Florida Phosphate Company, Phosphoria, transmitted samples of phosphate rock from various counties.
From Dr. E. M. Hale, Chicago, Ill, was received a snake, Osceola elapsoidea.
~I ~
Z REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Mr. Alexander Lynch, President of the Bloomfield Kaolin and Phos- phate Works, Gainesville, sent specimens of kaolin.
From Dr. William L. Ralph, Utica, N. Y., was received a mounted wolf, Canis lepus griseoalbus.
From Mr. De Witt Webb, St. Augustine, were received archeologi- cal objects from shell-mounds.
Mr. George Webster, Lake Helen, transmitted specimens of land and fresh-water shells.
Georgia. J. C. Hart, Union Point, through Mr. J. L. Black, Blacksburg, 8. ©., transmitted specimens of magnetic ores from the line of Green County.
From the U.S. Geological Survey, through Maj.J. W. Powell, director, were received specimens of minerals.
Idaho.—Maj. J. W. Powell, director of the U. S. Geological Survey, transterred to the National Museum minerals collected by Dr. W. H. Melville in Mullan.
[llinois.—My. O. Chanute, Chicago, presented a collection of antique patterns of rail-sections, maps, and other objects.
Indian Territory.—Mr. W. H. Holmes, U.S. Geological Survey, trans- mitted 3 rude implements of novaculite from an ancient Indian quarry.
Indiana.—Mr. Frederick C. Test, U. S. National Museum, presented reptiles and batrachians.
From Mr. Benjamin Vail, W ashington, ID. ©., was received a trilobite found 3 miles west of Aurora.
Kansas.—Maj. J. W. Powell, director of the U.S. Geological Survey, transferred to the Museum specimens of minerals from Galena, col- lected by Dr. W. P. Jenney.
Kentucky.—From the U. 8. Geological Survey, through Maj. J. W. Powell, director, was received a specimen of chalcedony.
Louisiana.—Mr. T. Wayland Vaugbn, Mt. Lebanon, Bienville Parish, presented fresh-water shells representing 11 species.
Maine.—F rom the Forest and Stream Publishing Company, New York City, was received the head and tail of an Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) from the mouth of the Cabbassacontie River, sent by Mr. John T. Richards, Gardiner, Me.
From Dr, A. C. Hamlin, Bangor, were received in exchange 10 cut specimens of tourmaline and 19 aes of red and green tourmaline.
Dr. W. P. Jenney, U.S. Geological Survey, transmitted a specimen of kyanite from Windham.
Maryland.—From Mr. James E. Benedict, National Museum, were received sigeeruiems of Gelasimus mind.
From the Life-Saving Service, Treasury Department, was received a skeleton of Physeter macrocephalus jav., from Green Run Inlet Life- Saving Station, collected by Capt. J. J. Dunton, keeper; also a rare specimen of fossil crab, sea-horses and specimens of quartz, obtained in the same manner,
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. (ic.
From Mr. L. G. Bakins, of the Geological Survey, was received a specimen of native gold in quartz from Potomac Mine, Montgomery.
Mr. ©. W. Richmond transmitted a marsh hawk (Circus hudsonius), and a long-eared owl (Asio iilsonianus).
Massachusetts —Prot. William North Rice, Wesleyan University, Middletown, Conn., transmitted rock and ores in exchange.
Michigan.—Mrs. M. L. Narrin, Goodrich, transmitted specimens of serpentine quartzite.
Mr. George W. Webster, Lake Helen, Fla., sent 9 species of land and fresh-water shells.
Minnesota.—From the Bureau of Ethnology, through Maj. J. W. Powell, director, was received a collection of birch-bark serolls and mnemonic songs, obtained by Dr. W. J. Hoffman during the years 188788, ’89 and °90, relating to the ritual of the Society of Shamans, usually designated the “ Grand Medicine Society.”
Missouri.mFrom the U.S. Geological Survey, through Maj. J. W. Powell, director, were received minerals collected by Dr. W. P. Jenney, in Aurora, Joplin and Sherwood.
Montana.—F rom Prof. B. W. Evermann, of the U.S. Fish Commis- sion, were received two specimens of Anabrus simpler Hald., collected at Missoula.
From the Fish Commission, through Col. Marshall MeDonald, com- missioner, was received a collection of reptiles and batrachians collected by the Commission in 1891, and specimens of fishes, including a new species, collected during the summer of 1891, by a Fish Commission party under the direction of Prof. B. W. Evermann.
Mr. C. H. Hand, of Butte, transmitted through Messrs. Packard and Melville, of the U. S. Geological Survey, a specimen of granite with native copper oxide, from Rice’s Addition Mine.
From Prof. A. D. Meeds, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, was received an exceedingly fine slab of stone from the Fort Union Group of southern Montana, bearing the impression of eight fossil leaves, among them a Populus, new to science.
. Mr. R.S. Williams, Great Falls, transmitted the nest and four eges of Geothlypis macgillivrayi, and nest and three eggs of Hmpidonax fla- viventris, both of which are rare and valuable species.
Nevada.—From Mr. Walter F. Webb, Geneva, N. Y.. were received 15 eggs (5 sets) of Larus Californicus trom Pyramid Lake.
Nebraska.—Prof. Robert Hay, of Kansas, sent a block of standstone from the sandstone dyke in northeast Nebraska.
Maj. Powell, director of the U.S. Geological Survey, transferred to the Museum, the tooth of a specimen of Petalodus destructor, a carbon- iferous selachian, collected by Mr. David A. Harrah.
New Hampshire-—From Mr. H. P. Sharpless, Boston, Mass., were received two specimens of columbite from Wakefield.
74. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
New Mexico.—Mr. George H. Thwaites, of Socorro, presented three fine specimens of lepidodendron.
New Jersey.—From Mr. W. G. Binney, of Burlington, were received photographs of the teeth of mollusks, the original drawings of shells, slugs, and euts of shells used in various publications on land-shells. These constitute a valuable donation.
New York.—From Mr. Park Benjamin, New York City, was received the original application of Jesse Ramsden, dated December 2, 1775, for a patent in England, written and signed by himself, for an astronomical equatorial instrument.
Mr. E. H. Chapin, Baltimore, Md., transmitted a trilobite, Phacops rana, from the Hamilton group.
From Mr. F. L. Chureh, Shusha, was obtained, by purchase, a six- legged frog.
From Prof. Thomas Egleston, of the School of Mines, Columbia Col- lege, New York City, were received in exchange minerals from various localities. :
From Messrs. Otis and Gorsline, Rochester, through Prof. H. L. Fair- child, were received specimens of well-drillings from a deep well at Rochester.
Dr. William L. Ralph, Utica, presented a magnificent collection of birds’ eggs, containing 1,650 specimens, representing 444 sets and 194 species, several of which are new to the Museum, and also 100 birds’ nests.
Prof. William North Rice, Wesleyan University, Middletown, Conn., transmitted rocks and ores in exchange.
Mr. C. D. Walcott, U. S. Geological Survey, presented four specimens of calcite from Smith’s Basin, Washington County.
From the Williamsburgh Scientific Society, Brooklyn, was received fossil rock found in the Catskill Mountains, at High Falls, Greene County.
North Carolina.—From H. A. Lindsey, Asheville, was obtained by purchase a specimen of fergusonite from Madison County.
The Morganton Land Improvement Company, Morganton, transmitted a specimen of almandite and specimens of corundum altering to.dam- ourite from Burke County, and corundum from Yancey, collected by Mr. W.S. Yeates, of the National Museum.
From Dr. Hugh M. Smith, U. 8S. Fish Commission, were received 7 specimens of Acris gryllus from Plymouth.
From the U. S. Geological Survey, through Maj. J. W. Powell, director, were received 46 specimens of minerals.
Mr. W.8. Yeates, U.S. National Museum, presented an Indian ban- ner-stone from near Zirconia.
North Dakota.—From Mrs. Mary C. Collins were received cretaceous fossils from the Montana formation.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 1D
Oklahoma Territory —Krom Rey. T. R. Voth, Darlington, was ob- tained, by purchase, a tomahawk pipe.
Ohio.—Mr. William H. MeGinniss, Youngstown, presented 116 erys- tals of selenite from Ellsworth, Mahoning County.
Oregon.—From Dr. C. T. Cooke were received 2 skins of Steller’s jay (Cyanocitta stelleri), and a handsome nest of the same species, new to the collection.
Pennsylvania.—F rom Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, was received the first installment of his collection of fossil plants (known as the Lacoe collection), presented by him to the National Musewmn.
The Pennsylvania Railroad Company, through Mr. Joseph T. Rich- ards, assistant chief engineer, transmitted a plaster cast of a bronze table for the Bordentown monument, to mark the first piece of track laid in the State of New Jersey, and also to commemorate the sixtieth anniversary of the first movement by steam in New Jersey.
From Mr. Edward $8. Thompson, Thompsontown, were received 408 archeological objects found along the Juniata River between Thomp- sontown and Port Royal.
Titus Ulke, Washington, D. C., presented rare specimens of coleop- tera collected at Blue Ridge Summit.
From the U. S. Geological Survey, through Maj. J. W. Powell, Director, was received a specimen of wavellite from Steamboat Springs, Chester County.
Rhode Island.—From Mr. George A. Lewis, Wickford, was received an American eider (Somateria dresser’) in the flesh.
South Carolina.—From the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Phila- delphia, through Mr. Joseph Willcox, was received a collection of plio- cene fossils from the Waccamaw River.
South Dakota.—Mr. John H. Ainley, Rapid City, transmitted speci- men of hornblendic schist, showing tree gold, from the Cross Mine, Pennington County.
From Mr. J. H. Caton, Rosebud Ageney, was received a fossil turtle, Stylemys nebrascensis, from Bad Lands, and impure opal from the same locality.
From the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Mass., were received in exchange two lizards, collected by Prof. 8S. Garman.
Texas.—From Prof. H. P. Attwater, Rockport, was received a set of eges of Otocoris alpestris giraudi (new to the collection) and eggs of Cardinalis cardinalis and Mimus polyglottus, selected to show extremes in size and coloration, and forming a very interesting series.
From the Department of Agriculture, through Prof. C. V. Riley, were received 200 specimens of various orders of inseets, collected by Mr. C. G. Schaupp.
Mr. L. G. Eakins, U.S. Geological Survey, presented gadolinite from Llano County.
76 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Vermont.—Mr. ©. D. Walcott, U.S. Geological Survey, transmitted specimens of contorted slate from Rutland County.
Virginia.—F rom the Bureau of Ethnology, through Maj. J. W. Powell, Director, was received a collection of archeological objects from a mound in Rockingham County.
Mr. Walter Moreland, Washington, D.C.,sent a specimen of Larimus fasciatus, rarely found on our Atlantic coast. This is the second speci- men so far recorded trom Chesapeake Bay.
Washington.—Robert Intram, esq., of Chenoweth, presented a speci- men of centiped (Chomatobius ruber), a species now occurring in the Kast, and a specimen of milleped, new to science.
West Virginia.—From Mr. John R. Huddleston, Kanawha Falls, was obtained, by purchase, a double-headed snake.
Wyoming.—F rom the U.S. Fish Commission, through Col. MeDonald, were received 955 specimens of fishes, including Leuciscus gilli, a new species, collected during the summer of 1890, by a Fish Commission party, under direction of Prof. B. W. Evermann.
Miscellaneous.—Prot. 8S. L. Fairfield, New Haven, Conn., presented specimens of minerals from various localities.
Admiral and Mrs. James E. Jouett deposited a dish and ewer of precious metals, presented to Admiral Jouett for services rendered in saving from shipwreck the British steamship Historian in the Caribbean Sea in 1855.
Mr. Robert Ridgway, U. S. National Museum, presented birds’ skins, consisting of selected specimens, each one remarkable tor some more or less marked peculiarity of plumage.
From Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, U.S. National Museum, were received birds’ skins, including a series of Sitta cesia, from various localities.
The U.S. Geological Survey, through Maj. J. W. Powell, Director, transferred to the Museum a collection of fossil insects, described and figured by Prof. S. H. Seudder, of the Geological Survey, in volume XIII, Hayden Reports; fossil plants, transmitted by Dr. J. S. Newberry, of Columbia College, to the Survey, and specimens of minerals from va- rious localities.
ISLANDS IN THE ATLANTIC OCEAN.
St. Helena.—From Capt. W. H. Turton, R. E., Brompton Barracks, Chatham, England, were received shells, comprising over 400 species, a contribution of special interest and value.
WEST INDIES.
From Dr. John F. Chittenden, Victoria Institute, Trinidad, through Hon. William Pierce, U.S. Consul, were received specimens of A chirus lineatus and Azevia n. sp.
Mr. C. W. Cunningham, through Maj. J. W. Powell, Director of the Geological Survey, transmitted samples of crude potroleum.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. vig
From Dr. J. F. R. Dutour, Washington, D. C., was received a skin of brown pelican (Pelecanus fuscus).
Mr. Frank Everett, Washington, D. C., presented birds’ eggs, and deposited a Carib stone hatchet from the island of Navassa.
From Mr, T. H. Morgan, Mawr College, Bryn Mawr, were received crustaceans from near Jamaica.
From the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, were re- ceived land-shells,
SOUTH AMERICA, BRAZIL.
Messrs. Tiffany & Company, New York City, transmitted in exchange a specimen of * Phantom” quartz.
Mr. William Palmer, U.S. National Museum, presented a specimen of Jandaya Parrakeet (Cornurus jandayda).
From the Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy, through Prof. Henry Giglioli, director, were received in exchange archeological objects from Brazll.
CHILE.
Dr. ©. H. White, U.S. Navy, presented specimens of crude nitrate of soda from Iquique,
PERU. Dr. White, U. S, Navy, transmitted acollection of insects from Payta. UNITED STATES OF COLOMBIA. From Mr. M. L. Marks, Washington, D. C., were received 5 gold orna- ments obtained from ancient graves. VENEZUELA.
Mr. R. M. Bartleman, United States legation, Caracas, transmittea photographs of native scenery and other objects relating to Venezuela. He also sent an armadillo (Tatusia sp.).
From Mr. ©. B. Riker, New York City, were received birds’ skins from the Lower Amazon.
ASIA, CHINA.
From Mr. Romyn Hitchcock were received 6 copies of the “ Peking Gazette,” the oldest newspaper in the world and now published daily in Peking.
From Dr. J. Neumann, Hoihow, were obtained a collection of cocoa- nut ware, tools used for carving shells, and other ethnologival objects.
18 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. INDIA.
Dr. William L. Abbott, Philadelphia, presented a very fine collection of mammal skins, skulls, bones, birds’ skins, and a rope made of goat’s hair used by the coolies of Kashmir in packing their loads, A full report of this sending will be found in the Accession List in Section Vv.
From the Calcutta Botanic Garden were received specimens of dried plants.
FAPAN.
From the Science College Museum, Imperial University, Tokio, through Dr. J. Ijima, were received two skins of Japanese ptarmigan (Lagopus, species undetermined).
KOREA,
From Mr. P. L. Jouy, U. S. National Museum, was received the skin of a land otter (Lutronectes sp.). From Mr. Jouy was also obtained, by purchase, specimens of reptiles from a remote region of Korea.
From the Department of State were received specimens of wool and woolen fabries, transmitted by Consul-General Samuel Merrill, from Chitteldroog and Davengire Taluks, in the Chitteldroog district, prov- ince of Mysore, collected by Mr, L. Ricketts, director of statistics and agriculture in Mysore-Bungalore, with a report on sheep and wool in India furnished by Mr. Merrill; samples of Indian wool, collected by Mr. Merrill and Mr. T. N. Mukharji, assistant curator of the Indian Museum; woolen fabrics contributed by Mr. L. Ricketts, of Mysore- Bungalore; and specimens of Indian wools, woolen yarns and fabrics, transmitted through Mr. Merrill.
ASIATIC RUSSIA.
Lieut. G. B. Harber, U.S. Navy, transmitted articles of fur clothing worn by him while connected with the Jeannette Relief Expedition, made by the Yokuti of northern Siberia.
From the U.S. Treasury Department was received the skin of a female walrus (Odobaenus obesus), captured in Holy Cross Bay, Siberia, and transmitted by Capt. M. A. Healy, U. 8S, R. M. steamer Bear, through Lieut. D. H. Jarvis, of the same steamer.
From Mr; Romyn Hitchcock, U. S. National Museum, was obtained by purchase a walrus’s head and tusks from Anadir Bay,
From the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden, were received, in exchange, 140 species of Siberian phanerogams,
Messrs. Tiffany & Co., New York City, transmitted, in exchange, 3 ornamental stones.
ASIA MINOR.
From Dr. John P. Peters, Philadelphia, was received through Dr. Cyrus Adler, a Turkish bakev’s tally from Broussa, in Aaia Minor, the
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY, 19
ancient capital of Turkey. From Dr, Peters were also received a weaving-loom, card, and shuttle.
ISLANDS IN THE INDIAN OCEAN,
Mr. Hugh Fulton, London, England, sent, in exchange, a specimen of Voluta auliea L. Mr. Isaiah Greegor, Jacksonville, Florida, presented interesting marine shells. KUROPE.
DENMARK.
From Mr. N. C. Gram, Dyretjord, Iceland, were received two ladies’ side-saddles, one marked 1789 and the other reported to be 250 years old.
From the Icelandic Natural History Society, through My, Benjamin Groéndal, president, were received, in exchange, portions of a woman’s costume, carved vessels for food, and other ethnological objects from Reykjavik, Iceland.
Dr. D. S. Martin, New York, transmitted two specimens of lignite from Disco Island, Greenland.
Messrs. Wyckoff, Seamans & Benedict, New York City, transmitted a Mallig-Hausen typewriter from Copenhagen.
FRANCE.
From Mr. Henry Balfour, Oxford, England, were received, in ex- change, archeological objects.
Mr. George F. Harris, London, England, sent a collection of Eocene fossils, chiefly from the Paris basin.
Miss Katherine Parsons, Washington, D. C., deposited a sedan chair formerly owned by the family of Louis XIV.
From the Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy, through Prof. Henry Giglioli, director, were received archeological objects from France.
GERMANY,
From Dr. William Eichhoff, Strasburg, were received in exchange type specimens representing 100 species of Scolytidie, all new to the collection.
Prof. Dr. A. Nehring, Berlin, transmitted, in exchange, seeds of Cratopleura helvetica Nehringi, C. Weber, found in peat at Klingi.
From Prof. A. Streng, Giessen, were received minerals, in exchange.
GREAT BRITAIN,
From Prof. George 8S. Brady, Sunderland, were received in exchange specimens of British fresh-water Cyclopidie.
80 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
From Messrs. Elkington & Company, London, was received an elee- trotype reproduction of Tycho-Bache’s quadrant,
Mr. A. E. Foote, Philadelphia, transmitted in exchange specimens of anglesite and matlockite from Cromford, Derbyshire.
From Mr. C. D. Walcott, U. S. Geological Survey, were received echinoids, specimens of flint, and the tooth of a shark from the creta- ceous Chalk of Croydon.
GREECE.
From C. H. Pennypacker, West Chester, Pa., were obtained, by pur- chase, Specimens of adamite and smithsonite. .
NORTH HOLLAND.
Mr. Edward Lovett, Croydon, England, tramsmitted a curious old
flint. ; ITALY.
Krom the Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy, through Prof. Henry Giglioli, director, were received archeological objects and sponges,
Dr. G. Brown Goode, Assistant Secretary, National Museum, collected for the Museum twenty-three pieces of Savony faience. The potteries have been discontinued for nearly two centuries, and the pieces are principally of the 14th and 15th centuries, most of them being drug- gist’s vessels of a highly ornate character.
From the National Museum of Anthropology, Florence, through Dr. Paolo Mantegazza, director, were received archieological objects.
RUSSIA.
Mr. Charles de Struve, envoy extraordinary and minister plenipo- tentiary, Russian legation, presented thirty-nine sheets of portraits of Russians. ;
Lieut. George F. Emmons, U. 8S. Navy, Sitka, Alaska, transmitted a fish-knife obtained from a native Russian woman. The knife was made in Siberia, and is a relic of ancient Russia.
Mr. George F. Kunz, Hoboken, N.J., transmitted through Consul- General J. M. Crawford, St. Petersburg, a collection of castings of figures, set of Russian weights, samples of ores, and specimens of sand trom which the castings are made,
SPAIN. From Hon. R. W. Turner, U. S. consul, was obtained a small cast of a Phoenician tomb. SWEDEN.
The geological survey of Sweden, Stockholm, transmitted, in ex- change, specimens of Cambrian fossils.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. rao SWITZERLAND,
Prof. H. de Saussure, Museum of Natural History, Geneva, sent specimens of orthoptera.
OCHANICA. AUSTRALASIA. AUSTRALIA.
New South Wales.—From the Australian Museum, through Dr. E. P. Ramsay, curator, was received a collection of birds’ skins, mammals, echinoderms, graptolites, and specimens of crustaceans and asteroidea.
Dr. ©. C. Cox, through Mr. Charles Headley, Australian Museum, Sidney, New South Wales, transmitted alcoholic specimens of Ephippo- donta Macdougalli Tate, a very remarkable bivalve mollusk, recently described, from Australia.
NEW CALEDONIA.
From Rey. H. B. Tristram, The College, Durham, England, were received birds’ skins in exchange.
NEW GUINEA.
From Dr. James Rodman, Hickman, Ky., was obtained by purchase a superb bird of paradise (Lophorhina superba).
The Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy, through Prot. Henry Giglioli, director, transmitted archeoiogical objects in exchange.
Rev. H. B. Tristram, The College, Durham, England, transmitted birds’ skins in exchange.
z QUEENSLAND.
Mr. 8. F. Denton, U.S. Fish Commission, presented a skin of white- bellied sea eagle (Haliaétus leucogaster) or allied species.
From Mr. E. E. Howell, Washington, D. C., were received, in exchange, specimens of cut and rough opals.
VICTORIA.
From the Department of Agriculture, through Prof. C. V. Riley, en- tomologist, were received specimens of Australian hemiptera, collected by Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, of Adelaide.
From Mr. W. T. Bednall, of the South Australian Museum, was re- ceived a specimen of Antherea eucalypt.
NEW ZEALAND.
From the Department of Agriculture, through Prof. Riley, were re-
ceived specimens of New Zealand Coccinellida, collected by Mr, D, W,
Coquillet. H, Mis, 114, pt. 2
6
82 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
From the Auckland Museun, through Prof. T. F, Cheeseman, curator, were received in exchange botanical specimens, insects, birds’ skins and skeletons.
The Otago Museum, Dunedin, through Dr. T. Jettrey Parker, director, transmitted specimens of crustaceans in exchange.
Mr. Charles T. Simpson, U. 8S. National Museum, presented dried specimens of Lepas hillii,
MALAYSIA.
From Mr. Victor A. Jenny, consular agent at Macassar, Celebes, were received specimens of shells, ethnological objects, and three musi- cal instruments, collected by him for the National Museum.
Hon. Alexander Webb, United States consul, Manila, Philippine Islands. transmitted to the Museum musical instruments collected by him tor the National Museum.
Hon. Rounsevelle Wildman, United States consul, Singapore, Straits Settlements, transmitted Malayan musical instruments and ethnologi- cal objects collected by him for the National Museum.
POLYNESIA. HAWAIIAN ISLANDS,
Lieut. T. G. Fillette, U.S. Navy, deposited a cane of palm- wood with handle made of a wild boar’s tusk, gold-mounted, presented to him by King Kalakaua. —
From Mr. Scott B. Wilson, Heatherbank, Weybridge, Surrey, Eng- land, was obtained, by purchase, a skin of Baillow’s grosbeak (Loxrioides baillour). :
SAMOAN ISLANDS. s
From Hon. Harold M. Sewall, United States consul, was received a collection of Samoan musical instruments.
From Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, Rochester, N. Y., was received the type of the flying fox, Pteropus lanigera.
H.—COOPERATION OF THE DEPARTMENTS AND BUREAUS OF THE .GOVERNMENT DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892.
The National Museum during the past year has been the recipient of numerous contributions from the different bureaus of the Govern- ment, as will be seen from the following statements:
DEPARTMENT OF STATE.
From the Department were received specimens of Indian wool, woolen yarns and fabrics; also samples of Indian wool, collected by Consul- General Samuel Merrill, Calcutta, India, assisted by Mr, T, N. Muk-
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 83
harji, assistant curator of the Indian Museum, and a report by My. Samuel Merrill relating to sheep and wool in India; wool and woolen fabrics from Chitteldroog and Davengire Tuluks in the Chitteldroog district, Mysore Province, contributed by Mr. L. Ricketts, director of statistics and agriculture in the Mysore Bungalore, also transmitted by Mr. Merrill to the Department of State and transferred to the Na- tional Museum.
From Mr. R. M. Bartleman, of the United States legation at Caracas, Venezuela, were received photographs of native scenery and other objects of interest in Venezuela, also of the shores of the lagoon of Lake Sinamaica, Goajira Lake dwellings, and a group of Goajira Indians.
Hon. Truxton Beale, United States consul, Teheran, Persia, transmit- ted to the Department of State, three molds of sculptures from Persep- olis, which were transferred to the Museum.
Consul-general John M. Crawford, St. Petersburg, Russia, kindly forwarded, through the State Department, a collection of castings of figures, ethnological objects, iron ores, and sample of the sand from which the castings are made, obtained by Mr. George F. Kunz, of Hoboken, N. J., for the National Museum.
Mr. Charles de Struve, envoy extraordinary and minister plenipoten- tiary, Russian legation, Washington, D. ©., presented 59 sheets of eth- nological portraits of the inhabitants of Russia.
Mr. Victor A. Jenny, consular agent at Macassar, Celebes, transmitted three musical instruments, specimens of shells, and ethnological objects.
Mr. William P. Pierce, United States consul at Trinidad, West Indies, forwarded through the Department of State, in behalf of Dr. J. F. Chit- tenden of the Victoria Institute, specimens of sole (Achirus lineatus and Azevia i. Sp.).
From Mr. Harold M. Sewall, United States consul, Apia, Samoa, were received a number of native musical instruments.
Mr. R. W. Turner, United States consul, Cadiz, Spain, transmitted a door formerly used in the convent of La Rabida at Palos, and a small cast of a Phoenician tomb.
From Mr. Alexander R. Webb, United States consul, Manila, Philip- pine Islands, were received ethnological objects and musical instru- ments used by the natives.
Mr. Rounsevelle Wildmann, United States consul, Singapore, Straits Settlements, transmitted a collection of Dyak and Malayan ethno- logical objects, shells, corals, and musical instruments.
TREASURY DEPARTMENT.
The requests for free entry which have heretofore been extended by the Treasury Department to the National Museum in connection with collections from foreign countries, have as usual been complied with. The bureaus named below have shown much interest in the work of
84 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
the Museum, and have rendered valuable assistance in procuring con- tributions:
U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.—Through Dr. T. C. Mendenhall, Superintendent, was received a collection of insects, mammals, birds’ skins, fishes, geological material, birds’ eggs and a nest, collected by Assistant J. KE. MeGrath during his expedition to Alaska.
U.S. Life-Saving Service.—From this Bureau were received specimens of quartz pebbles, 2 sea-horses (Hippocampus hudsonius), and a fossil crab, collected at Ocean City life-saving station by Capt. J. J. Dunton, keeper, and also a skeleton of Physeter macrocephalus juvy. trom Green tun Inlet, collected by Capt. Dunton.
U.S. Revenue-Marine Service.—From Capt. M. A. Healy, through Lieut. D. H. Jarvis, both of the steamer Bear, was received the skin of a female walrus (Odobanus obesus), captured in Holy Cross Bay, Siberia.
WAR DEPARTMENT AND THE ARMY.
Several officers of the Army have contributed material to the Museum collections, and very valuable assistance has been rendered by the Quartermaster’s Department in connection with the transportation of heavy material to Washington.
Gen. M. ©. Meigs, Quartermaster-General (retired), presented a revolving rifle (in a mahogany case) of early pattern, invented about 1835, and made in Rochester, N. Y.
A large collection of bronze medals, intaglios, antique stones, and other objects of a similar nature were deposited in the Museum by the executors of Gen. Meigs’s estate, as a bequest from him to the National Museum.
Col. R. L. Dodge (retired), Sacketts Harbor, N. Y., transmitted 4 speci- mens of horse-fly (Gathophilus equi Fab.) and a Wasp (Pelecinus poly- cerator).
From Maj. William H. Powell, Fort Keogh, Mont., was received, through Dr. D. P. Wolhaupter, of Washington, D.C., a pipe belonging to Washakie, an Arapahoe chief, presented to Maj. Powell by him dur- ing the campaign of 1576,
Capt. Charles E. Bendire, curator of birds’ eggs in the National Museum, presented the skin of an American pipit (Anthus pensilvanicus) from Lockport, N. Y., a set of eggs of Tantalus loculator from Yucatan, and deposited a buffalo robe, lance-holder (rawhide beaded), and a beaded quiver made of otter skin.
Capt. John G. Bourke, Fort Ringgold, Tex., presented a collection of Guadalajara pottery, specimens of materia medica obtained from a Mexican woman, samples of folk-medicine from Lower Rio Grande Val- ley, and salt crystals from the El Sal del Rey Lake in southern Texas. Capt. Bourke deposited three votive offerings, soles of the “ guarachi,” or sandals used by the Mexican foot-troops along the Rio Grande, a throwing-stick, and a bird-spear from Mexico, ‘
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 85
Lieut. Harry C. Benson, Fort Walla Walla, Wash., transmitted nests and eggs of Trochilus alevandri with skins of the same, sets of eggs of Buteo swainsoni and Accipiter cooper’ from St. Louis ranch, San Joa- quin Valley, California, and Santa Lucia Valley.
From Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, Fort Snelling, Minn., were received birds’ eges and skins, mammal skins, turtle, and forty-eight species of shells. In connection with his work on the International Boundary Commission, Dr. Mearns obtained for the Museum a collection of birds’ skins and eggs, turtles, and mammal skins, birds’ eggs, birds’ nests, rocks, shells, fossils, mammal skulls, cocoon of bag worm, and fishes.
Dr. J. H. Porter, Army Medical Museum, Washington, D. C., trans- mitted two human skulls, piece of bone, and 4 stone implements from Rockingham County, Va.
From Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, Takoma Park, D. C., were received birds’ nests and skins; model of a fossil bird, Archwopteryx macrura, from Solenhofen, Bavaria; nest of prairie warbler (Dendroica discolor) from Takoma Park; a skin of Wilson’s snipe (Gallinajo delicata) from Fort Wingate, N. Mex.; specimen of Carinifex Nerbergi, from the Equus beds, Fossil Lake, Oregon, and a specimen of iguana.
Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, Fort Huachuca, Ariz., presented a collection of mammals, insects, reptiles, fishes, and birds.* and a living horned toad. :
From Dr. Charles EK. Woodruff, Fort Missoula, Mont., through Mr. Garrick Mallery, of the Bureau of Ethnology, were deposited thirty- seven photographs pertaining to the Hoopa Valley Indians of California, and presented a stone baking-dish obtained from the same tribe of Indi- as.
From Rey. J. H. Potter, Fort Clark, Tex., was received a large speci- men of fresh-water shrimp.
Mr. Frank X. Holzner, Fort Snelling, Minn.. presented specimens of mammals and birds’ skins.
Mr. Charles R. Fosdick, of the War Department, transmitted a star- fish with nine rays.
NAVY DEPARTMENT AND THE NAVY.
Admiral Jouett and Mrs. Jouett deposited a dish and ewer of ‘ pre- cious metals,” presented to the Admiral for services rendered in saving from shipwreck the British steamship Historian in the Caribbean Sea in 1585.
From Lieut. George F. Emmons, Sitka, Alaska, was received a fish- knife made in Siberia, and preserved as a relic of the old Russian days.
From Lieut. T. G. Fillette were received seven pictures illustrating the Chinese idea of the war in Tonkin, and a show bill, **Chiarinis show
*Dr. Wilcox was assisted in obtaining this collection by Miss Florence Wilcox, Lieuts. J. A. Emery and Simpson, Dr. R.G. Ebert, Master Harry Ebert, Master Fred Fowler, Master Glover Wilcox, and Mr. Leah, hospital steward,
86 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 18992.
in Ohina.” Mr. Fillette deposited a cane made of pali-wood, with a handle carved from the head of a wild boar, presented to him by King Kalakaua, of the Hawaiian Islands.
Lieut. G. H. Harber transmitted portions of a fur costume, made by the Yokuti of North Siberia and worn by him on the Lena Delta, dur- ing his connection with the Jeannette relief expedition.
Lieut. Charles F. Pond, Mare Island Navy-Yard, California, trans- mitted a specimen of sphinx moth (Smerinthus ophthalmicus Bd.).
From Lieut. F. k. Sawyer were received specimens of crustaceans collected in Brazil.
Ensign Roger Wells, jr., obtained a specimen of cayman (juv.) from Trinidad, West Indies, which he transmitted to the National Zodlogical Park. The specimen was transferred to the National: Museum by Dr. 3aker, acting manager.
Dr. Howard E. Aines transmitted a bird skin, reptiles, fishes, crus- taveans, ophiurans, and insects from the West Indies and South Amer- ica.
From Dr. W. H. Rush were received shells from the eastern coast of South America.
From Dr. C. H. White was received a miscellaneous collection of insects made at Acapulco, Mexico, and Payta, Peru. Dr. White also presented a specimen of crude nitrate of soda from Iquique, Chile.
Fromthe United States Naval Eclipse Expedition were received seven birds’ skins, representing two species, from Ascension and St. Helena islands.
Dr. James M. Flint, under whose efficient supervision, as honorary curator, the collection of materia medica has been developed, was re- called in November, 1891, by the Secretary of the Navy. He was sue- ceeded by Dr. J. C. Boyd, who, in April, 1892, was sueceeded by Dr. William 8S. Dixon.
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.
Indian Office—From Mr. George A. Allen, United States Indian agent, Colorado River Agency, Parker, Ariz., were received specimens ot Pepsis formosa Say and Spherophthalma creusa Cress., Skins of two rare bats, Macrotus californicus and Molossus californicus, and speci: mens of Trombidium, n. sp., near giganteum Riley.
Dr. Z. T. Daniel transmitted several contributions from Cheyenne River Agency, S. Dak., and Blackfeet Indian Agency, Mont., among which were archeological objects from an ancient Indian viilage site near Fort Bennett; ethnological objects found in a camp of “ Big Foot’s” people; lock of hair cut from the head of “ Yellow Thigh and Red Star,” a Yankton Sioux Indian and a participant in the Custer battle; scraper from the ruins of a Ree village; moceasin-shaped stone from Montana; plum seeds, ‘‘kansu,” used by the Sioux Indians for gambling purposes, and a ration ticket of ‘¢ Banged-in-the-Eye;”
~ REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 8%
wooden spoon obtained from an Indian of the Piegan tribe, Montana; archeological objects, chalcedonic concretions, and specimens of water- worn chalcedony; pipe made by “Afraid-of-Nothing,” a Sioux Indian, and a pipe pouch made by an Indian of the same tribe; specimen of hawk moth (Hemaris diffinis Bd).
Pension Office—_From Mr. W. W. Cheshire was received a photograph of the breastbone of a wild goose, perforated by an Eskimo arrow.
From Merritt Lewis, esq., was received a carved stone pipe from Clinton County, Mich.
U. S. Geological Survey.—The foilowing statement will show the extent of the accessions transmitted by the Survey during the year:
Through Maj. J. W. Powell, director, was received a collection of vertebrate fossils obtained from the estate of the late Dr. Joseph Leidy ; specimen of pyrolusite from 1 mile west of Walnut Grove, in Murphrees Valley, Etowah County, Ala.; 2 specimens of bornite from Gillis Com- pany’s mine, Guilford County, N. C.; a large collection of cretaceous invertebrate fossils, gathered in Alabama, Mississippi, Texas, Oregon, Washington, California, Dakota, Colorado, Wyoming, Utah and Mon- tana; chalcedony from Frankfort, Ky.; specimens of minerals from various localities, consisting of agate, selenite, satin spar, calcite, fluorite, quartz, phlogopite, chalcedony, massive apatite, stalaetite, dolomite and caleite, and kaolin in quartz geodes; 2 specimens of sphalerite, 11 specimens of calamine, a specimen of galena, and 4 specimens of calcite from Aurora, Mo.; minerals, consisting of pink grossularite, tridymite, orthoclase, sylvanite, emplectite, fluorite, mi- metite, Jamesonite, adularia, smoky quartz, tourmaline, wernerite and strontianite; 40 specimens of gaiena and 15 of sphalerite from Joplin, Mo.; collection of fossil insects, constituting the group mentioned, . described and figured by Prof. S. H. Scudder, of the Geological Sur- vey, Vol. x11, Hayden Reports; specimen of wavellite from Steamboat Springs, Chester County, Pa.
Collected by Dr. T. M. Chatard, 46 specimens of minerals from North Carolina, 10 specimens from Georgia, and a specimen from Pennsyl-
ania, consisting of lucasite, asbestus, corundum, vermiculite, enstatite, tale, garnet, sunstone, andesite, diaspore, chrysolite, margarite, amphi- bole and spinel.
Collected by Mr. David A. Harrah, Burchard, Nebr., tooth of Peta- lodus destructor, a carboniferous selachian.
Collected by Dr. W. P. Jenney, 4 specimens of galena, 12 specimens of calcite on galena from Joplin., Mo.; 19 specimens of pyrite, sphalerite, cerussite and smithsonite from Galena, Kans.
Collected by Mr. W. Lindgren, 34 specimens of radiated brown tour- maline from Colfax, Nevada County, Cal.
Collected by Prof. O. C. Marsh, specimens of invertebrate fossils transferred from the Survey to the Museum.
Collected by Dr. W. H. Melville, minerals from Dillon, Mont.: 29
8s REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSIZKUM, 1892:
specimens of minerals, consisting of barite, galena, plattnerite, garnet and cerussite from Mullan, Idaho.
Collected by Dr. J. S. Newberry, Columbia College, New York City, specimens of fossil plants transmitted to the Survey and transferred to the Museum.
Collected by Prof. S. L. Pentield, 59 specimens of minerals from Colorado, consisting of aragonite, cerussite, pyrite, native gold, rhodo- chrosite, galena, orthoclase crystals, embolite, hyalite, and calcite, specimen of hubnerite from North Star mine, and 2 of guitermanite and zunyite from Zuni mine near Silverton, Colo. (deposit), specimen of rock showing slickensides from central Colorado.
Collected by Mr. I. C. Russell, 2 pairs of snow-shoes from Charley’s Village, Yukon River.
Collected by Mr. H. W. Turner, 5 specimens of garnet and 4 speci- mens of epidote.
From Mr. Frank Burns was received an iron tomahawk from Blount County, Ala.
Dr. T. M. Chatard deposited a searf pin made of cassiterite from Chestertield County, S.C.
From Miss May Clark was received a fetish (mole) from New Mexico (exchange). :
Mr. William H. Dall transmitted 10 specimens of mollusks from Bad- deck, Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia; 6 albums containing photo- graphs of ethnological objects and celebrated men, and a daguerrotype of Rev..C. H. A. Dall, of Harvard College.
From Mr. L. G. Eakins was received a specimen of gadolinite from Llano County, Tex., and a specimen of native gold in quartz from the Potomac mine, Montgomery County, Md.
i Dr. W. P. Jenney transmitted ores from Arkansas, 2 specimens of ‘sadminiferous smithsonite from Morning Star mine, Marion County, Ark., a specimen of rubellite from San Diego, Cal., and one of kyanite from Windham, Me.
From Mr. L. C. Johnson were received fresh-water shells from Wad- dell’s mill pond, near Marianna, Fla.
From Mr. W. Lindgren were received rocks and ores from Lake Valley, New Mexico.
From Mr. S. Ward Loper were received 6 specimens of banded jasper from Crown City, Colo.; 2 slabs.of shale with rain-prints from Durham, Conu., and a specimen of augite rock from East Rock, New Haven, Conn.
Mr. W J McGee transmitted silver ores from Mexico.
From Mr. R. H. Payne was received an enamel picture on- glass, transferred from stone.
Mr. I. C. Russell transmitted a collection of Eskimo ivory carvings, dishes, spoons, pipes, daggers, and ethnological objects of various kinds from the Upper Yukon River, Alaska.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. . so
From Dr, R. Hh. C. Stearns were received 4 specimens of shrimp from the western coast of North America, and a garter-snake from
derkeley, Cal.
Mr. H. W. Turner transmitted an alcoholic specimen of shrew (Sorex vagrans).
From Mr. ©. D. Walcott was received contorted slate from near Wells, Rutland County, Vt.; 5 echinoids, 5 specimens of flint, and tooth of a shark from the ecretaceous chalk of Croydon, England, and 4 speci- mens of calcite from Smith’s Basin, Washington County, N. Y.
Several of the honorary curators in the National Museum are officers of the Geological Survey, and the Museum is much indebted to them for their valuable codperation with the work of the Museum. These are Mr. C. D. Walcott, in charge of paleozoie fossils; Dr. C. A. White, in charge of mesozoic fossils; Mr. William H. Dall, in charge of mollusks and cenozoic fossils; Prof. Lester F. Ward, in charge of fossil plants; Prof. F. W. Clarke, in charge of minerals, and Prof. O. C. Marsh, in charge of vertebrate fossils.
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.
From the Department of Agriculture, through the Secretary, have been received the following objects:
Collection of land and fresh-water shells from various localities in Arizona and in the vicinity of Death Valley.
Three Gray seals from Labrador.
Hrom the Division of Forestry were received 57 photographs repre- senting species of woods, 18 photomicrographs of woods of the United States (deposited), and 12 distribution charts of trees of the United States, prepared by Mr. ©. 8. Sargent, special agent of the Tenth Census.
Through the Division of Economic Ornithology, were received speci- mens of land and fresh-water shells from Brownsville, Tex., collected by Mr. William Lloyd; 3 portions of Hlephas bones, 323 birds’ eggs, and 55 birds’ nests from California, Nevada, Utah and Texas.
Through Prof. C. V. Riley, entomologist: specimens of North Amer- ican coleoptera, representing 24 species, new to the collection; collec- tion of insects of all orders, made in the Northwestern States, Britisi Columbia and Alaska; 55 specimens of Californian orthoptera, repre- senting 21 species; 78 specimens, representing 25 species of insects, mostly lepidoptera; large series of hymenoptera and homoptera from southern California; 43 specimens, representing 17 species of neurop- tera; 31 specimens, representing 7 species of orthoptera; 130. speci- mens, representing 43 species of hemiptera, from Los Angeles; 28 specimens, representing 4 species of Australian Coccinellide; 245 spec- imens, representing 51 species of Californian coleoptera; 81 specimens, representing 31 species of Californian lepidoptera; 200 specimens, rep-
18) REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
resenting 59 species of Californian hymenoptera; 246 specimens, rep- resenting 64 species of Californian hemiptera; 182 specimens, repre- senting 18 species of diptera (Bombylide), including types of new species; 236 specimens, representing 35 species of North American coleoptera and 25 specimens of New Zealand Coccinellide; 5 new spe- cies of Bombylida, consisting of Lordotus junceus Coq., Lordotus diver- sus Coq., Toxophora vasta Cog., Paracosmus insolens Coq., Amphicos- mus elegans Coq., 8 species of rare coleoptera, and 7 species of rare orthoptera; 170 specimens, representing 11 species of rare coleoptera, new to the collection, from San Diego and Los Angeles counties, col- lected by Mr. D. W. Coquillet; 3,473 specimens, representing 636 spe- cies of insects obtained by Mr. A. Koebele during his connection with the Death Valley Expedition; 200 specimens, representing insects of various orders, collected by Mr. C. G. Sehaupp, in Burnet County, Tex.; and a miscellaneous collection of insects, including biologie ma- terial also collected by Mr. Schaupp at Cypress Mills, Tex.; specimens of Australian hemiptera, representing 8 species, collected by Mr. J. G.O. Tepper, of Adelaide.
Through Dr. George Vasey, botanist: specimen of ‘ Travellers Tree,” from Mexico.
From Mr. Frank H. Hitchcock were received 3 meadow larks, 3 spar- row hawks, a blue jay, a red-tailed hawk from Maryland, and a tor- toise collected by Mr. E. A. Preble from the Potomac Flats.
From Mr. 8S. B. Johnson, through Mr. F. W. Malley, assistant ento- mologist, was received the upper jaw bone of a paddle fish (Polyodon folium) from a stratum of rock at Rocky Point, La.
From Mr. Charles W. Richmond were received 3,000 specimens of birds’ skins from the District of Columbia; 152 specimens of reptiles and batrachians from various localities; 12 birds (chiefly owls), represent- ing 6 species, from Sandy Spring, Md., red-tailed hawk, sparrow-hawk, broad-winged hawk, sharp-shinned hawk, Cooper’s hawk, long-eared owl, from Maryland; 35 specimens, representing 6 species of birds’ skins, from the District of Columbia.
From Dr. A. Charles True were received 6 specimens of cretaceous fossils from. Uniontown, Ala., teeth of Corax prislodontus and Lamna elegans, tooth of Lamna cuspidota, and vertebra of Lestosaurus trom the same locality.
From Mr. H. EB. Van Deman was received a specimen of black skim- mer. ;
Mr. Harry G. White transmitted a specimen of red-tailed hawk and a short-eared owl in flesh from Arlington, Va.
The very valuable services rendered by Prof. Riley, honorary curator of insects; Dr. B. EK. Fernow, honorary curator of the section of for- estry; and Dr. George Vasey, honorary curator of the department of botany, have been continued and are hereby acknowledged.
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 9] UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION.
The following collections and contributions have been transmitted to the National Museum through Col. Marshall MeDonald, U.S. Com- missioner of Fisheries:
Four photographs of Alaskan Indians and their houses; frog from Grenadier Island, New York; specimens of Avian entozoa trom Yellow- stone Park, described by Prof. Edward Linton; 955 specimens of fishes, representing 15 species, including Leuciscus gilli, a new species, col- lected in Montana and Wyoming during the summer of 1891 bya Fish Commission party under the direction of Prof. B. W. Evermann; col- lection of reptiles and batrachians made by Prof. Evermann in Mon- tana and Wyoming, in 1891; specimens of fishes representing the fol- lowing species: -Lutjanus blackfordi, Haploidonotus grunniens, Poma- dasys virginicus, Epinephelus morio, Ictiobus bubalus, Stoasodon narinari, Serranus atrarius, Menticirrus nebulosus, Cynoscion regale, Clupea haren- gus, Merlucius bilinearis, Phycis chuss, Lophopsetta maculata, Hsox luctus, Cottus octodecimspinosus, Pomoxys, Pleuronectes americanus, Roccus chry- sops, Roneador stearnsi, Pleuronectes stellatus, Ophiodon elongatus, Mic- ropterus dolomieu, Lampris luna, Phycis, Brosmius brosme, Pleuronectes americanus, Pollachius carbonarius, Cottus octodecimspinosus, Citharich- thys sordidus, Paralichthys californicus, Pleuronectes stellatus, Psettich- thys melanostictus, Sebastichthys auriculatus, Ophiodon elongatus, Raia ocellata, Batrachus tau, Cyprinus carpio, Alutera schoepfi, Liostomus xanthurus, Pomadasys fulvomaculatus, Onchorhynchus chouicha and Ru- vettus temminckii; specimen of turtle, Aspidonectes spinifer; specimen of tarpon and Logger-head turtle; plants obtained in Alaska during the cruise of the steamer Albatross in 1889 and 1890; plants from the Galapagos Islands, obtained during the cruise of the steamer Alba- tross, under the direction of Prof. Alexander Agassiz; aicoholie speci- mens of birds, reptiles, insects, rocks, birds’ nests, and skeletons; col- lection of crustaceans, chiefly from the North Pacific Ocean, made by the Albatross during the past three or four years; alcoholic speci- mens ot lizards and shells from Cozumel Island, off the coast of Cen- tral America, collected in 1885; skin of coast fox, Urocyon virginianus littoralis from Santa Rosa Island, California; collection of birds’ skins from the Galapagos Islands and Alaska, and birds’ eggs from Alaska, collected by Mr. C. H. Townsend, of the steamer Albatross; 117 birds’ skins from the Galapagos Islands, colleetedin March and April of 1891 by the steamer Albatross, under the direction of Mr. Townsend, and the skin and skull of a brown bear, shot by Mr. Townsend at Port Moller.
Through Mr. Richard Rathbun, acting commissioner: Small col- lections of crustaceans, chiefly from the dredgings of the steamer A /ba- tross in the Pacific Ocean, but including arew specimens from the At- lantic.
~
Y2 . REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
From Mr. W. HL. Abbott were received specimens of Corydalus cor- nutus and Orthosoma brunnewn.
Dr. Tarleton H. Bean presented the skin of a red phalarope and a turtle.
From Mr. 8. F. Denton was received the skin of a white-bellied sea eagle (Haliaétus leucogaster) or an allied species, from Queensland, Australia, and a bat, Vesperugo serotinus, in flesh.
Mr. Vinal N. Edwards transmitted a specimen of American scoter (Oidemia Americana) from Wood’s Holl, Mass.
Specimens of reptiles and batrachians collected by Prof. B. W. Ever- mann during the fall of 1891 in Missouri and Texas were deposited by him.
From Mr. R. R. Gurley were received specimens of seeds and shells from Texas. .
Mr. Richard Rathbun transmitted a small collection of Panopeus from Brazil, collected in 1875—76.
From William P. Seal were received 3 specimens of American pipit (Anthus pensilvanicus) from Alexandria, Va.
Dr. Hugh M. Smith transmitted 7 specimens of Acris gryllus, a series of 8 human hyoids, a set of human ear bones, and 5 nud puppies (Vee- turus lateralis).
From Mr. Charles H. Townsend were received 5 skins of Humetopias stelleri and 2 skins of Phoca ritulina, collected near Monterey, Cal.
The valuable services of Mr. Richard Rathbun as honorary curator of marine invertebrates: Dr. Tarleton H. Bean as honorary curator of fishes, and Capt. J. W. Collins as honorary curator of fisheries and naval architecture have, through the courtesy of Col. MeDonald, U.S. Commissioner of Fisheries, been continued.
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE.
From Col. Cecil Clay, were obtained five specimens of woodland caribou from Newfoundland.
BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.
The following contributions have been received from the bureau and its officers:
Through Maj. J. W. Powell, director: collection of archeological objects and specimens of pottery obtained from a mound near Linville, Rockingham County, Va.; 370 ethnological objects collected by Mr. James Mooney from the Kiowa Indians of Oklahoma Territory; collec- tion of scrolls of birch-bark and mnemonic songs, collected by Dr. W. J. Hoffman in Minnesota during the years 1887, 1888, 1889, and 1890, re- lating to the ritual.of the Society of Shamans.
From Dr. A. 8S. Gatschet was received a winnowing basket made in 1877 by an Indian belonging to the Klamath tribe, southwest Oregon, and specimens of Indian food obtained from the same tribe,
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 93
From Mr. H. W. Henshaw was received a valuable set of mounted herbarium plants, representing the fauna Quercus, Aster and Solidago from the District of Columbia, and a collection of fishes, reptiles, and batrachians from Virginia and the Distriet of Columbia.
Mr. W. H. Holmes transmitted 5 rude implements made from novac:- ulite, obtained from an ancient Indian quarry in Indian Territory.
From Mr. Cosmos Mindeleff was received a specimen of calcite pseu- domorph atter glauberite from Rio Verde, Arizona.
Mr. James Mooney transmitted ethnological objects obtained from the Piute Indians.
Mrs. M. E. Stevenson presented 2 fetiches (bear) from New Mexico, and deposited 4+ feather-plumes and a stone object obtained from the Zuni Indians.
L—EXPLORATIONS.
The collections of the Museum have been very materially increased during the year through the codperation of various collectors, com- missioned by the Smithsonian Institution or the Museum, as well as through the interest and courtesy of friends of the Museum who have voluntarily offered their services in procuring material for the Museum. The collections which have resulted from the assistance of these per- sons are here referred to.
Dr. W. L. Abbott, whose contributions to the Museum have for many years been so generous and acceptable, has added a very interesting and valuable collection chiefly from Kashmir and Baltistan, comprising ethnological objects, birds’ skins, mammal skins and skulls, and inelud- ing Specimens of the Himalayan ibex and Vigne’s sheep.
From the Department of Agriculture, through Prof. C. V. Riley, entomologist, were received 3,473 specimens, representing 636 species of insects, collected by Mr. A. Koebele, during his connection with the Death Valley expedition in March and April of 1889. These specimens were transferred from the Department of Agriculture to the National Museum.
The Museum has also been the recipient of land and fresh-water shells from the same locality, obtained during the same expedition.
Mr. James EK. Benedict, of the National Museum, was engaged in an exploring trip in the vicinity of Point Lookout for the purpose of obtaining marine invertebrates for the Museum. He was successful in his undertaking and added several very interesting specimens to the collection.
Mr. R. M. Bartleman, of the United States legation, Caracas, Vene- zuela,expressed his willingness to obtain views for the National Museum, and he was accordingly furnished with a photographie outfit for that purpose, An interesting series of photographs, representing native
94 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
scenery and other objects connected with Venezuelan life and the sur- rounding country, has been received from him.
In the chapter on explorations, contained in the Report of the National Museum for 1890, mention was made of an exploring expedition which had been sent into the unexplored lands of Africa by the British South African Exploring Society. This expedition was joined by Mr. William Harvey Brown, who was sent out under the auspices of the Smith- sonian Institution in connection with the Naval Eclipse Expedition, and who had made during the previous year large and valuable addi- tions to the collections of the National Musewn. In a letter recently received from him he states that he has secured for the Museum natural history specimens, including several head of large game from the Um- swezi River. These specimens have not yet been received. The only material received from him during the present year are six birds’ skins, representing four species from Angola.
Mr. J. H. Camp, Leopoldville, Congo district, Africa, in a letter dated December 29, 1891, offered to collect natural history specimens for the National Museum. A collection of African butterflies, photographs of natives, and botanical specimens has been received from him.
Mr. William Astor Chanler, of New York City, visited the Smithson- ian Institution in September, 1891, and kindly offered during his pro- posed travels in Africa to make collections for the Smithsonian Insti- tution. His offer was gladly accepted, and the result of his exploration in connection with the Institution will be given in a later report.
The U.S. Fish Commission has transferred several large and inter- esting collections to the National Museum during the year. Among them are valuable collections of plants from the Galapagos Islands and Alaska, collected by the Albatross, under the direction ef Prof. Alex- ander Agassiz; a collection of birds, rocks, insects, batrachians, birds’ skeletons and nests, also collected by the steamer Albatross; specimens of crustaceans collected by the Albatross in the North Pacifie Ocean, and birds from the Galapagos Islands obtained by the same steamer, under the direction of Mr. Charles H. Townsend.
The U. S. Geological Survey, has, through its director, Maj. J. W. Powell, added largely to the mineral collections of the National Museum, as well as by the contributions made by individuals connected with the Survey while engaged in field-work in different parts of the country.
On September 15, 1891, letters of introduction to James P. Turnbull, United States consular agent, San Luis Potosi; Hon. Thomas Ryan, Minister to Mexico; Rev. George B. Winton, and Dr. Pagenstecher were given to Mr. P. L. Jouy, of the National Museum, who visited Mexico for the purpose of making collections of natural history speci- mens for the National Museum. The results of his expedition will be recorded in the next Report.
Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, U. 8. Army, while engaged in his work with the International Boundary Commission, kindly oftered to collect natural
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. Q5
history specimens for the National Musewn. There have already been received from him several very interesting collections, and a full report of those not mentioned in the accession list accompanying the present Report, will be given in the Report for 1895.
» Mr. George P. Merrill, of the National Museun, engaged in an explor- ing expedition through Arizona and New Mexico, and secured for the Museum some beautiful specimens of onyx marble and other acceptable geological material. In Virginia and adjoining States he also obtained interesting ores and marbles.
Mr. Newhall, of the National Museum, while engaged in field-work for the Museum, obtained rocks, ores, and conglomerates from Virginia and New Jersey.
Mr. Charles W. Richmond, Department of Agriculture, in a recent trip through Guatemala and Nicaragua, by an agreement made with the National Museum, secured several large collections of natural history specimens. A detailed report of these collections will be found by ref. erence to the accession list (Section Vv), and the material received after the close of the present fiscal year will be recorded in the next Report.
In addition to the collections which have heretofore been received from Mr. I. C. Russell, of the U. S. Geological Survey, in connection with his explorations in Alaska, he has generously contributed a num- ber of ethnological objects, consisting of Eskimo ivory carvings, dishes, spoons, pipes, daggers, dolls, trinkets, ete., from the Upper Yukon River.
Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U.S. Army, Fort: Huachuca, Ariz., has con- tinued to transmit specimens for the National Museum from the vicinity of Fort Huachuca, Some very rare specimens of reptiles have been received from hin.
Mr. Thomas Wilson, curator of Prehistoric Anthropology in the National Museum, was present at the opening of the Hopewell mine in Chillicothe, Ohio. The objects exhumed consisted of copper spools, copper pieces, bones, mica cut into stencils, a broken effigy, boat-shaped objects of stone, beads made of bone, and a large number of pearls bored or drilled, ete.
Mr. William 8S. Yeates, assistant curator of minerals in the National Museum, collected specimens in North Carolina, and secured some very acceptable minerals and Miocene fossils.
COLLECTORS’ OUTFITS. During the fiscal year ending June, 1892, the following collecting outfits have been furnished by the Museum: 1S8ol.
July 3.—To Dr. J. T. Scoville, Terre Haute, Ind. Copper tanks, tank-box, alcohol, ete., to be used in collecting and ,preserving natural
96 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
history specimens for the National Museum. A list of the specimens received from him will be found in the accession list (Section Vv).
July 13.—To Capt. John G. Bourke, U.S. Army, Fort Ringgold, Tex. An outfit for collecting plants.
July 21.—To Mr. W. W. Rockhill, Berkeley Springs, W. Va., in con- nection with his expedition. to the Chinese Empire. Collecting imple- ments and other apparatus to be used in obtaining specimens for the National Museum.
August 15.—To Mr. James E. Benedict, of the U. S. National Mu- seum, in connection with his collecting trip in the vicinity of Point Lookout. Necessary outfit for collecting and preserving specimens. The collections received from him are referred to in the accession list (Section V).
August 25.—To Mr. Rk. M. Bartleman, U.S. Legation, Caracas, Ven- ezuela. A photographic outfit, to be used in obtaining views for the Museum collection. The photographs received from him are referred to in the accession list (Section V).
To Dr. R. R. Gurley, U.S. Fish Commission. Two copper tanks for the preservation of natural history specimens for the National Museum. Reference to the collections received from him is made inthe accession list (Section V).
To Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S. Army, Fort Huachuca, Ariz. Ap- paratus and material for preserving and collecting natural history spee- imens. Several collections have been received from him, reference to them being made in the accession list (Section v). Other collections received from him will be referred to in the accession list of the Mu- seum Report for 1895.
October 1.—To Mr. P. L. Jouy, U.S. National Museum, <A very ex- tensive collecting outfit, to be used in obtaining and preserving natural history specimens during his travels in Mexico. <A list of the speci- mens obtained by him willappear in the accession list of the Museum Report for 1895.
October 6.—To Mr. Heli Chatelain, consular agent, Loanda, Africa. An outtit to be used in collecting and preserving natural history speci- mens and other objects for the National Museum.
November 19.—To Mr. R. M. Bartleman, U. 8. Legation, Cardaeas, Venezuela. Photographie outfit, to be used in obtaining views for the National Museum.
December 1 and 15.—To Mr. Charles W. Richmond, Department of Agriculture. Copper tanks, tank-boxes, alcohol, ete., to be used in collecting and preserving natural history specimens for the Museum. A very large and interesting collection has been received from Mr, Richmond, obtained from the vicinity of Guatemala, and is referred to in the accession list (Section V).
December 10,—Yo Mr, Charles T, Simpson, U, S. National Museuum,
REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. ie
Mason jars, alcohol, net, canvas, etc., to be used in collecting and pre- serving natural history specimens.
1892.
February §.—To Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, U. 8. Army, International Boundary Commission, El Paso, Tex. <A collecting outfit to be used in collecting and preserving natural history specimens for the National Museum. Reference to a portion of the collections received from him will be found in the accession list (section v). Other collections which have been received from him will be referred to in the Museum Report for 1893.
March 9.—To Mr. Louis Dexter, United States consul, Azores. Tank- box, copper tank, alcohol, ete., to be used for collecting and preserving natural history specimens for the National Museum.
March 24.—TYo Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U.S. Army, Fort Huachuea, Ariz. Tank-box, copper tank, alcohol, etc., to be used in collecting and preserving natural history specimens for the National Museum.
March 29.—Yo Mr. J. H. Camp, Leopoldville, Congo District, Africa. Outfit to be used in obtaining and preserving natural history specimens for the National Museun.
May 16.—Yo Mr. George P. Merrill, U. S. National Museum. Copper tank, tank-box, and other material necessary to be used in collecting and preserving natural history and other specimens for the National Museum during his explorations in Arizona and adjoining States.
June 2.—To Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, U. 8. Army, International Boun- dary Commission, Deming, N. Mex. Ammunition, cotton and hemp- twine, and other articles for use in collecting and preserving natural history and other specimens for the National Museum.
June 11.—To Rev. J. A. Potter, Fort Clark, Tex. Two tank-boxes, alcohol, paper labels, and other material, required in collecting and pre- serving natural history specimens for the National Museum,
H. Mis. 114, pt.2—7
SHCTION II.
REPORTS OF THE CURATORS OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM UPON THE PROGRESS OF THEIR WORK DURING THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892.
99
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892,
By Ottis T. Mason, Curator.
During the fiseal year the entire staff of this department has been engaged in making preparation for the World’s Columbian Exposition. - The subject of ethnology at Chicago having been placed under the charge of Prof. Putnam, of Cambridge, it was necessary to devise some scheme by which his operations in the general exhibit should be kept separate from that of the Smithsonian Institution in the Government building.
After consideration it was thought best to have the work of the Bureau of Ethnology (which is under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution) and that of the Department of Ethnology united. For the double purpose of this codperation and of avoiding conflict with the gen- eral exhibit, if was very opportune that the work of Maj. Powell, entitled Indian Linguistic Families of America North of Mexico, was completed, so that it could be utilized for our purpose. The result of this investi- gation is that the tribes of North America have been divided into the following linguistic families: Algonquian, Athapascan, Attacapan, Beo- thukan, Caddoan, Chimakuan, Chimarikan, Chimmesyan, Chinookan, Chitimachan, Chumashan, Coahuiltecan, Copehan, Costanoan, Eski- mauan, Esselenian, Lroquoian, Kalapooian, Karankawan, Keresan, Kio- wan, Kitunahan, Koluschan, Kulanapan, Kusan, Lutuamian, Mariposan, Moquelumnan, Muskhogean, Natchesan, Palaihnihan, Piman, Pujunan, Quoratean, Salinan, Salishan, Sastean, Shahaptian, Shoshonean, Siouan, Skittagetan, Takilman, Tanoan, Timuquanan, Tonikan, Ton- kawan, Uchean, Waiilatpuan, Wakashan, Washoan, Weitspekan, Wishoskan, Yakonan, Yanan, Yukian, Yuman, Zunian.
Many of these stocks, whatever may have been their previous his- tory, at present include only a few individuals. Indeed a few of them have become extinet, and are known only in the literature of the early explorers and missionaries.
The Chicago Exposition furnishes an excellent opportunity of testing the questions—how far language codrdinates itself with industries and activities as a mark of kinship and race, and how far climate and the resources of the earth control the arts and industries of mankind in the
101
102 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
sphere of language and race. For the purpose of testing these questions thoroughly, the following stocks have been selected: Algonquian, Athapascan, Eskimauan, Iroquoian, Kiowan, Koluschan, Muskhogean, Piman, Shoshonean, Siouan, and Yuman, in order to emphasize ori- ginal influences as affecting activities regardless of stock.
~ Southeastern Alaska and British Columbia were chosen as one region, northern Colorado, Oregon, and Washington as another, southern Cal- ifornia and parts adjacent as a third region, and the Pueblo country as a fourth.
The Algonquian family formerly inhabited the southern and eastern drainage of Hudson Bay, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, the Atlantie slope of the United States as far south as the thirty-fifth parallel, the regions around lakes Michigan, Huron, and Superior, and almost the entire drainage of the Ohio River. This would give an excellent op- portunity of studying the effect of twenty-five degrees of latitude and every variety of elevation, access to inland and salt waters, abundance or scarcity of various animal and vegetable productions. The question then in this case would be to find out how far uniformity of activities had been secured over this wide and varied area by the possession of a common language.
The Iroquoian stock occupied the region around lakes Erie and On- tario, and the upper St. Lawrence River. They were also in possession of the Susquehanna drainage, the mountainous region of Tennessee, Kentucky, Virginia, the Carolinas, Georgia, and Alabama, with two small grants on the Atlantic coast, one in southern Virginia, the other in eastern North Carolina.
The territory of the Muskhogean stock was bounded on the west by the Mississippi River, north by the Tennessee River and Cherokee Country, south by the Gulf of Mexico, east by the Atlantic Ocean. This stock was early visited by Spanish, French, and English explorers, and, on account of the advanced civilization of its tribes, has been looked upon as furnishing the best explanation of the mode of life among the Mound Builders.
The Siouan stock may be studied with advantage, on account of its restriction to the country of the buffalo, extending along the Missis- sippi (and particularly the Missouri), on the plains of the great West, reaching as far north as Saskatchewan River and as far south as the city of Natchez. A narrow strait across the State of Wisconsin, extend- ing to Lake Michigan, was occupied by this stock, and some of the tribes are known to have lived in the mountains of Virginia and North Carolina, above the falls of the rivers running into the Atlantic Ocean. The Biloxis of Louisiana belong also to this stock.
Perhaps the most interesting of all the stocks, as regards geographic distribution and the relationship between tribal organization, language, and activities, is the Athapascan, occupying the drainage of the Yukon River, in Alaska, and the Mackenzie River, in Canada, and extending
DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. 103
southward and inland to the upper waters of the Frazer River, in British Columbia. They touch the waters of the Pacific at Cook’s Inlet, in Alaska, and on the coast of northern California and southern. Oregon. They are also spread out over Arizona, New Mexico, and northern Mexico. The distance between the most northern and most southern members of this stock is over 40 degrees of latitude.
The Eskimauan stock affords an excellent example of a homogeneous people, spread out over many thousands of miles in an eastern and west- ern direction, but always in an arctic or subarctic environment. In this area, however, there is great variety of materials, so that the same apparatus appears in one place, made of walrus ivory, in another of antlers, in another of driftwood, in another of bone. At the lowest points reached by these people may be found implements fashioned from the standing trees. Another source of variety in the production of this stock is the accessibility of the various regions to the whaling indus- try and other forms of trade. In those places from which the trading vessel has been excluded, the people are living in unchanged simplicity. in other parts where the natives have been in close contact with the whites, as in the Russian domain, the acquisition of better tools has enabled them to unprove remarkably upon their own arts, and this may fairly raise the question whether in other parts of North America the arts of the aborigines were not bettered by the coming of the superior race.
The Kiowan stock, so far as we can gain any knowledge of its spread historically, was confined to avery narrow area in Wyoming and Nebraska. The Kiowas are surrounded by Siouan, Shoshonean, and western Algonquian tribes; furthermore, since their home is on the plains of the great West, the buffalo country, their arts may be expected to resemble those of the surrounding peoples.
The Shoshonean stock, joined by Brinton and others with the Piman stock and the Aztecan, is confined chiefly to the Great Interior Basin, with outlying tribes in and across the mountain east and west. In one place, at the Moki villages, we have an example of Shoshoneans living in pueblos; all of the other tribes are dwellers in tents.
The Pueblo country furnishes an excellent example of the mode of architecture and life controlled by the region, and dominating over both language and tribal organization. In the open country among these Pueblos dwell the Apache and Navajo, of Athapascan stock, and late intruders from the north. These two peoples of the same family differ very much in ail the arts of life, because the former, refusing to receive flocks from the Spaniards, have continued their course as bloodthirsty savages down to the present moment. On the other hand, the Navajo, accepting flocks of sheep from the Spanish explorers, have learned the value of personal and tribal property, and have changed their mode of life and their industries altogether in ac- cordance with the new state of affairs,
104 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Around the Gulf of California are the Piman and Yuman stocks, and these, owing to their homogeneous environment, furnish better material for the student of comparative ethnology. :
In exhibiting material from the Pacific slope, owing to the great variety of stocks crowded in circumscribed areas, the study was made of special regions offering natural conditions. Between Vancouver Island aud Mount St. Elias is a vast forest region, the waters abound- ing in fish. Here are the Koluschan, Chimmessyan, Skittagetan, and Wakashan stocks, and their homogeneous environment enables the ethnologist to study the diversities of tribes and stock, so far as they are expressed in natural things.
The Salishan and Shahaptian stocks together occupy the drainage of the Lower Frazer and Columbia rivers and could easily be considered apart. But from the mouth of Columbia River to the Santa Barbara Islands there is such a confusion of languages that we should hardly expect to find a new set of activities corresponding to each one of them. |
The effort was made during the year to set up in proper costume groups of men, women, and children belonging to the largest of these stocks, engaged in some characteristic operation, so as to give to the visitors to the exhibition some idea of how the people would Jook in their homes. In addition to this, an arrangement was made for a series ot alcoves, each one devoted to a separate stock. The objects were to be arranged in these aleoves to show the habitation, industries, and activ- ities of the tribes belonging to the several stocks. Supplementary to this, a series of alcoves was devoted to characteristic arts, and in these the materials, apparatus, and products of each art were arranged upon an ethnographic basis, enabling the beholder to compare tribe with tribe upon the basis of a single industry.
Inasmuch as a large amount of American aboriginal handiwork is made by women, it has been thought advisable to devote one alcove exclusively to woman’s work. The object of this is especially to show that the seeds of our modern industrial life were sown by women in Savagery. Whether we regard the exploitation of the earth for min- erals in the shape of clay for pottery or materials for cooking vessels and cutlery, the gleaning of the fields and forests for plants to be worked up into food and textile, or the manipulation of animal sub- stances of food, shelter, clothing or useful apparatus, the result is the Same. It has been decided to exhibit these results in an alcove espe- cially set apart for women’s work.
ACCESSIONS. The following accessions, made during the year, deserve special men-
tion:
As a result of the patent congress, Miss Nellie Long Maynard loaned to the Na- tional Museum, through Mr. George W. Maynard, the collection of models and fire-
DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. 105
arms illustrative of the invention of the Maynard rifle. This deposit. in connection with that of Col. Dodge, secures to the Museum a most creditable series of breech- loading firearms.
From the Cocopa, Yaki, Yuma, Papago, and other tribes of Sonora, Mexico, and Lower €alifornia, Mr. Edward Palmer collected for the Museum objects illustrating the industries of these tribes. The specimens in this collection are of the greatest value because they were selected in order to illustrate the humble industries of these tribes.
The Icelandic Natural History Society made a contribution of clothing and house- hold utensils from that island.
The musical instruments of the Samoan islands were contributed by Hon. Howard M. Sewall. .
From Torres Straits Mr. A. C. Haddon sent a collection of eighty-three pieces il- lustrating the arts and life of the natives of that region. They are especially in- teresting on account of the contact at this point between the Papuan and Austra- lians.
Capt. J. O. Spicer, of Groton, Conn., has added one more to the many obligations under which the Museum has been brought by his generosity in giving specimens of Eskimo clothing from Hudson Bay.
Hon. Alex. R. Webb, consul to the Phillippine Islands, collected apparatus for games and gambling.
The collection of 372 pieces of Mr. James Mooney from Kiowa, Cheyenne, and Arapaho, Comanche, Sioux, and Wichita Indians was made with a view to illustrat- ing the life of these tribes at the Chicago Exposition. Therefore they are of special value for ethnographic study.
Capt. John G. Bourke continued to manifest his interest in the Museum and sent trom Mexico objects of very great value.
Dr. W. J. Hottman, for the Bureau of Ethnology, made a collection among the Ojibwa and Menomonee Indians.
Mr. R. W. Bartleman, United States legation, Cardcas, Venezuela, has taken a special interest in the National Museum, and sent valuable material from that coun- try.
Mr. Emile Granier contributed costumes and industrial implements from the Arap- ahos and Shoshones.
The Museum was very fortunate to secure from the Royal Zoélogical Museum, Florence, through Mr. H. H. Giglioli, ethnological specimens from New Guinea, Andaman Islands, and from several groups in the Molgave and Melanesian area.
Miss Anna Picher, of Pasadena, Cal., contributed specimens of Mexican handiwork.
Dr. Z. T. Danie!, U.S. Army, continued to favor the Museum with specimens from Dakota.
Mr. 8. G. Worth, U. 8. Fish Commission, contributed apparatus to illustrate the turpentine industry of North Carolina.
Mr. Fred. A. Ober sent from various islands of the West Indies rude appliances in vogue among the more ignorant peoples.
Lieut. George Emmons, U. 8. Navy, sent to the Museum a number of bracelets of great value from Sitka.
Through Hon. Rounsevelle Wildman, United States consul at Singapore, the Mu- seum received a sinall number of weapons and apparatus for gaming.
Dr. Washington Matthews made a collection of Navajo wools and the material used in dyeing them.
Dr. W. H. Dall gave to the Museum collections made in India by his father, Rey. €. H. Dall.
The Museum is greatly indebted to Mr. I. C. Russell for 171 specimens collected during his exploration of interior Alaska.
Dr. C. E. Woodruff, U. S. Army, contributed 37 photos of Hupa Indians in Cali- fornia,
106 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
From Mr. H. R. Thornton the Museum secured a complete suit of armor made in imitation of that of Japan from plate of walrus ivory.
A collection of ethnological objects from the Montagnais Indians of Labrador was presented by Mr. Henry G. Grant.
Lieut. G. B. Harber, U.S. Navy, presented a costly and beautiful series of fine cloth- ing from the Yokut of North Siberia. Additional value is given this collection by the fact that these costumes were worn by Lieut. Harber and members of his party during the Jeannette relief expedition.
Dr. J. Walter Fewkes presented to the Museum illustrations of Moki dances and rendered good service in labeling many of the specimens collected already in the Museum from ancient Tusayan.
Dr. Franz Boas brought from the Chinuk tribes of Washington Territory a small collection.
From Capt. R. H. Pratt, U.S. Army, the Museum has received a large collection from various Indian tribes represented by the children at Carlisle school.
From Mr. Charles de Struve the Museum received 39 portraits of the people of Russia.
Mr. John Murdoch gave a small collection of Eskimo clothing personally made by him at Point Barrow, Alaska.
The Museum received a great many favors from Mr. Stuart Culin, of Philadelphia, who has familiarized himself with the games of the Chinese.
Mr. J. H. Turner, of the U.S. Coast Survey, gave the Museum 277 specimens col- lected on the boundary line between Alaska and Canada.
Dr. R. H. Lamborn, of Philadelphia, has loaned to the Museum a collection of Galton’s anthropometric apparatus.
Mr. Edward Lovett, of Croydon, England, has continued to enrich the Museum with specimens from the East.
ROUTINE WORK.
The routine work of the department of ethnology during the fiscal year was greatly aided by the construction of a large cabinet for the study series of objects and the setting apart of a special room for specimens too large for the ordinary cabinet. Owing to the lack of space it will be impossible in the future to increase the number of ob- jects on exhibition at any one time. To meet the difficulty, and also to prepare for any additional space which may be granted in the future to this department, the curator has continued to mount and label new specimens in standard unit boxes. The boxes compare in size to the standard Museum drawers, viz: 30 inches in length by 24 inches in width, and of any depth to suit specimens from 2 to 12 inches. When once the specimens are mounted andlabeled and sealed up in these ex- hibition boxes, these may be filed away on shelves or racks like books in a library.
The curator has had a large number of drawings made and has pre- pared the library material for a monograph on the arts of war among the North American aborigines. Mr. Walter Hough has bestowed a great deal of care on the preparation of a catalogue ofthe Korean col- lection,* which has been brought together through the codperation of
DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. TO?
Dr. Allen, Ensign Bernadou, U. S. N., Mr. P. L. Jouy, and others in- terested in the work of the National Museum.
In conclusion the curator most earnestly hopes that in future more ample accommodations may be furnished for the exhibition of the ethnological collections. The object of all such exhibits should be the education of the people in the history of culture, but a comprehensive and correct idea of human progress can be given only where there is sufficient room to tell the whole story without crowding.
The first catalogue entry in July, 1891, was 152651, and the last entry in June, 1892, was 153894, giving a total of 1,243 entries.
The number of specimens received during the year is 2,241.
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF AMERICAN ABORIGINAL POTTERY IN THE U. 8. NATLONAL MUSEUM, 1892,
By WititiaAM H. Hoitmus, Honorary Curator.
The operations in this department have been chiefly confined to the instalment of a large number of collections, none of which are of espe- cial importance. These collections consisted for the most part of frag- mentary wares collected for the Bureau of Ethnology by the curator and his assistants in the tide-water districts of Maryland and Virginia, and in the Gila valley, Arizona.
During the year the curator completed an elaborate paper upon the pottery of the mound-builders, to be published by the Bureau of Eth- nology. Two papers upon aboriginal decorative art, derived from ceramic sources, were published in the “ American Anthropologist,” one in the January and the other in the April number.
The last catalogue number for June, 1891, is 136183; and for June, 1892, 155306.
Donations of earthenware were made by the following persons: Mr. Samuel A. L. Queredo presented fragments of painted pottery from the Argentine Republic, South America. Mr. W. Hallet Phillips trans- mitted fragments of vases from Ossabaw Island, Georgia. Mr. William Harden contributed a large earthen vessel from Ossabaw_ Island, Georgia. Prof. G. K. Gilbert, of the U.S. Geological Survey, presented fragments of ancient pueblo ware from Arizona. Mr. Henry Adams sent fragments of pottery from St. Helena Island, Georgia. Capt. John G. Bourke, U.S. Army, transmitted earthen vessels from Guadalajara, Mexico. Mr. Arthur H. Weston gave fragments of pottery from Florida. Thomas Dowling, jr., contributed fragments of pottery from Montgom- ery County, Md. From Mr. E. S. Golson were received fragments of pottery from Saginaw River, Michigan,
109
REPORT ON THE SECTION OF ORIENTAL ANTIQUITIES IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892,
sy CYRUS ADLER, Assistant Curator,
In the absence in Europe of Prof. Paul Haupt, honorary curator of the section, I beg to subinit the following report for the past year:
The scope of an oriental department fully organized may be seen from the division into sections which was adopted by a committee of the American Oriental Society, organized for the purpose of drawing up a programme to be submitted in the event of the assembling of an International Congress of Orientalists in America. The sections were as follows:
I. Aryan section. II. Semitic section (Hebrew, Arabic, Syriac, ete.). LILI. Cuneiform section, including all languages using cuneiform characters. IV. Egyptian section, comprising the other African lan- guages with the exception of Ethiopic and Arabic. V. Section of the extreme Orient (China and Japan) and of Central Asia.
The Section of Oriental Antiquities, in view of the limitations upon its scope and resources, is practically devoted to Biblical archeology, to the archeology, history, languages, arts, and religions of the peo- ples of western Asia and Egypt. Material is chosen which especially illustrates Biblical history, and labels are prepared trom this point of view.
The fact must be emphasized that before the organization of this sec- tion was contemplated, much of the material which would find place in a department of oriental antiquities had been collected for the Museum and installed in other departments, where it still remains.
In the report for 1889 the hope was expressed that from the policy inaugurated by the Museum of preparing copies of Assyro-Babylonian objects for a study collection, there would grow a catalogue of all the Assyro-Babylonian objects in this country. This plan, it is expected, may shortly be realized. At the meeting of the American Oriental
111
112 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Society held in Washington in April, 1592, the following resolution was adopted:
In view of the introduction into this country of numerous collections of oriental antiquities, especially from Egypt, Assyria, and Babylonia,
Resolved I, That the Oriental Society recommends that records be obtained of such objects, in both public and private collections ;
Resolved IJ. Vhat a committee of three be appointed by the president to aid in securing such material.
The assistant curator was appointed a member of this committee.
The American Oriental Society held its annual meeting in the chapel of the Smithsonian Institution, April 21-25. A portion of the Hodg- son collection of oriental MSS., and of photographs of Assyrian ob- jects and of paper impressions of Egyptian sculpture, was tempo- rarily placed on exhibition in the chapel during the meeting.
Mr. Frederick Stearns has offered to place his collection of Babylo- nian cylinders and other oriental objects of glyptic art at the disposal of the Museum for copy.
The honorary curator, Prof. Paul Haupt, left for Europe in the month of May. He will attend the Ninth International Congress of Oriental- ists at London as the delegate of the Smithsonian Institution.
The assistant curator returned from his absence in the Orient in the interest of the World’s Columbian Exposition in the month of January, and resumed his connection with the Museum on March 1. Much of his time has been given to the formation of a collection of religious cer- emonials for the exhibit of the National Museum at the Columbian Exposition.
Two very carefully made and well-preserved paper molds of a piece of sculpture and a cuneiform inscription from Persepolis have been received, through the Department of State, from the Honorable Truxton Beale, United States minister at Teheran. Casts have been made from these molds and their contents will be deseribed in a special paper.
Mr. Beale had secured permission from the Persian Government to remove some objects from Persepolis. On arriving at the spot he con- cluded that nothing characteristic could be removed without grossly disfiguring the ruins. He found also that Mr. Herbert Weid Blun- dell had already commenced to make copies for the British Museum, but was quite willing that the National Museum should codperate in the work. These two moldings, the first made, were presented by Mr. Blundell to Mr. Beale. It appears that the mold of the cuneiform inscription is the first ever taken from Persepolis. It is to be hoped that means will be found to prosecute this important archeological undertaking.
The Museum has received on deposit from the Telfair Academy of Arts and Sciences, of Savannah, Ga., a portion of the collection of oriental books and manuscripts of the late William B. Hodgson. Mr. Carl L, Brandt, director of the Telfair Academy, is entitled to hearty
SECTION OF ORIENTAL ANTIQUITIES. brs
recognition for his assistance in securing the deposit of this interest. ing collection.
The crowded state of the Museum has rendered it impossible to place any more objects in the exhibition series,
Two papers, relating to the Hodgson collection, were read by Dr. Adler before the American Orieital Society at the meeting held in Washington: ‘“ Notes on William B. Hodgson” and ‘ Christopher Columbus in oriental literature with special reference to a Turkish MS.”
The catalogue of the section is kept by the department of ethnology.
H, Mis. 114, pt 2 8
REPORT ON THE HISTORICAL COLLECTIONS IN THE U. 8, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
A. Howarp CLARK, Curator.
The curator of historical collections, being also editor of the Pro- ceedings and Bulletin, and in charge of the printing of iabels and blanks for all departments of the Museum, has been unable to give as much attention as desired to the general work on the very valuable collection of objects classified as ‘historical relics,” and which are of very great interest to the numerous visitors to the National Museum.
An effort has been made to place on exhibition relics or memorials that may teach biography or American history in an intelligent man- ner, rather than to exhibit objects that are simply “curios,” bearing no special relation to eminent men or important events.
Being without the aid of an experienced assistant, the curator is unable to report much technical work accomplished in the study and arrangement of the hundreds of medals and coins that have accumu- lated. In fact, the incomplete condition of several classes of objects on exhibition, as regards proper labeling and installation, has necessitated the temporary withdrawal of some of the most interesting collections.
For exhibition at the Columbian Historical Exposition at Madrid in the summer and fall of 1892, the curator brought together quite a full series of American colonial coins; medals illustrating the colonial period, the Revolutionary War, and medals commemorative of political * and civic events, besides a large series of paper money, extending from the early days of the American colonies down to the present national currency; also postage stamps of each issue since 1847, when they were introduced in this country; maps of early explorers, engravings of important national events, ete.
The character of the historical collections in the National Museum was outlined in the curator’s report for the last fiscal year, and an effort has been made to carry out the plan therein set forth. Some valuable additions have been made to the collections. The number of accessions has been thirty-three, aggregating several hundreds of individual
115
4
116 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
objects. Among the important accessions were the cabinet of ancient and modern gold, silver, and copper coins, antique seals, ete., bequeathed by Gen. Meigs; the Cox memorial vase from Mrs. 8S. 8. Cox; the Sevres vase presented to Prof. Hilgard, some autograph papers by President Adams and William Henry Harrison, the original roll and muster of Gen. Washington’s body-guard in 1782, a dish and ewer of precious metals presented to Admiral Jouett, and a complete collection of photo- eraphic and engraved portraits and autograph letters of members of the National Academy of Sciences. .
The curator has been called upon to examine and report on ten col- lections of coins, medals, and historic objects, which have been returned to the owners.
ACCESSIONS DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892.
A. F. Wooster, Norfolk, Conn. Haytien copper coin. (Ace. 24529.)
Dr. Clarence W. Bowen, New York City. Programmes, circulars, invitations, cards, and other official papers relating to the centennial celebration of Washington’s in- auguration in New York City, April 30, 1789-1889. (Acc. 24551.)
Weil Brothers, Alexandria, Va. Spanish coin of the year 1781. (Ace. 24599.)
T. G. Fillette, U.S. Navy, Washington City. Cane of palm wood, the handle a wild boar’s tusk, gold mounted, presented to Lieut. Fillette by His Majesty Kalakaua, . King of the Hawaiian Islands. (Acc. 24660.)
Wm. V. Kramer, Washington City. Copper coin, 25 cent, of Dutch East Indies, 1858, and copper coin, 1 cent, of British North Borneo Company. (Acc. 24661.)
Paul Beckwith, Washington City. Photograph from pencil sketch (made by Col. Réné Paul) of first residence built in the city of St. Louis, Mo., February 10, 1764. (Ace. 24724.)
John F. Kelly, Washington City. Police baton carried by the auxiliary guard, a night police force of Washington, D.C., prior to 1861. (Ace. 24817.)
Paul Beckwith, Washington City. Jubilee medal of Pope Leo XIII, issued on the fiftieth anniversary of his episcopacy. (Acc. 24854.)
James J. Clark, Troy, N. Y. Small box made from portion of tree in Scotland under which Sir William Wallace hid himself in the x1ith century. (Ace. 24883.)
George E. Muzzey, Lexington, Mass. Silver medal of the centennial celebration of the battle of Lexington, April 19, 1775-1875. (Acc, 24958.)
B. H. Hall, Washington City. The Kearney cross, bronze, Birney’s Division, one of the thousand decorations given by Gen. Birney, in 1862-’63, to soldiers under his command for bravery. (Acc. 24966.)
Mrs. W.N. Callender, Greenbush, N. Y. Hand-made shingle from original portion of Van Rensselaer house, built in 1642. (Ace. 24967.
Henry Sandham, Boston, Mass. Gravure etching proof of the reproduction of oil painting, Battle of Lexington (original by Mr. Sandham), in town hall at Lexing- ton, Mass. (Acc. 25018.) ;
W.N. Callender, Greenbush, N. Y. Stone porthole from the Van Rensselaer man- sion, built at Greenbush in 1642. (Ace, 25051.)
B. T. Nash, Syracuse, N.Y. Cap worn by Nathan Ives during naval engagement between the Kearsarge and the Alabama; also knife sheath and sailor’s palm owned by Seaman Ives. (Ace. 25148.)
Mrs. J. E. Hilgard, Washington City. Sevres vase presented to Prof. Hilgard by the French Government. (Ace. 25172.)
Joseph Francis, Minneapolis, Minn. Silver medal presented to Mr. Francis on occasion of a celebration on Lake Lucerne.
HISTORICAL COLLECTIONS. VG
Gen. M. C. Meigs, U.S. Army. Seven water-color sketches of views in Washington City.
Jxecutors of estate of Gen. M. C. Meigs, U. S. Arniy. Antique seal ring with intaglio portrait of Julius Cesar, signet ring of bronze with stone engraved intaglio, cabinet of ancient and modern gold, silver, and copper coins, medals, etc.; silver tureen presented to Gen. Meigs by citizens of Washington; silver tea-kettle pre- sented to Commodore Rodgers by citizens of Baltimore for saving the city from British capture during war of 1812-715, and other objects bequeathed by Gen. Meigs tothe National Museum. (Ace. 25386.) Also, large collection of maps, architectural, engineering, and monumental engravings, photographs, scrapbooks, ete., collected by Gen. Meigs.
Mrs. 8.8. Cox, New York City. Memorial vase presented to Mrs. Cox by the mem- bers of the Life-Saving Service of the United States in commemoration of the services of the late Hon. 8.8. Cox.
Mrs. Charles L. Brace, Dobbs Ferry, N. Y. Silver medal presented in 1877 by King Victor Emmanuel to the late Charles L. Brace for his labors among the Italian children in New York City. (Ace. 25476. )
A. Fk. Wooster, Norfolk, Conn. French copper coin. (Acc. 25485.)
J. H. MeCreery, Oceanport, N. J. Portion of foundation of Quaker Church, built in 1727 in Burlington County, N. J. (Ace. 25543.)
Mrs. Matthias Denman Wilbur, Newark, N. J. Military land patent signed by John Adams, President of the United States, and dated at Philadelphia, March 28, 1800, granting 4,000 acres in Northwest Territory to Matthias Denman. (Ace. 25551.)
Miss Charlotte D. Wilbur, Newark, N. J. Autograph receipt from William Henry Harrison, clerk of the Northwest Territory, to Matthias Denman, dated May 21, 1800, indorsed by John Cleves Symmes. (Ace, 25552.)
Mrs. Theodore W. Parmele, New York City. Historical chart of the United States. (Ace. 25558.)
Romyn Hitcheock, Washington City. Six copies of the Peking Gazette, the oldest newspaper in the world, published daily in Peking, China. (Ace. 25569.)
John C, Bird, St. Louis, Mo, Flint-lock, breech-loading musket, with silver plate inscribed: ‘‘ By resolve of Congress presented to Gustavus A. Bird for gallantry at battle of Plattsburgh.” (Acc. 25598.)
Capt. James M. Miller, Washington City. Original roll and muster of the Com- mander-in-Chief’s (Gen. Washington’s) Guard for the month of July, 1782, certified by Wm. Colfax, Lieutenant in command; also testimonial to good service and char- acter of de Arendt. (Ace. 25672.)
Admiral J. E. Jouett, U. 8S. Navy, and Mrs. Jouett, Washington City. Dish and ewer of “precious metals,” presented to Admiral Jouett for services in saving from shipwreck the British steamship Historian in the Caribbean Sea in 1885. (Ace. 25679.)
R. W. Turner, U. 8. consul at Cadiz, Spain. Wooden door formerly used in the convent of La Rabida at Palos, Spain. (Ace. 25681.)
Mrs. James C. Booth, Haverford, Pa. Platinotype portrait of Prof. James C. Booth, Ph. D., LL. D., late melter and refiner of the United States mint at Philadel- phia. (Ace. 25785.)
Dr. Marcus Benjamin, New York City. Complete collection of photographic or engraved portraits, and autograph letters of members of the National Academy of Science.
AMERICAN HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION. As in previous years, the annual meeting of the American Historical
Association was held in the lecture hall of the National Museum during the Christmas holidays, when the curator of historical collections pre-
118 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
pared a special exhibit of documents and relics pertaining to American history.
Under the act of incorporation the association deposits its collections in the National Museum. During this fiscal year there have been re- ceived for storage several thousand volumes and pamphlets published by the association since its organization in 1884, besides a consider- able number of books and pamphlets presented to the association and forming the nucleus of a historical library.
The programme of the annual meeting held December 29-31, 1891, was as follows:
Inaugural Address. By Hon. William Wirt Henry, of Richmond, Va., President of the association.
The Virginia Secession Movement. The Convention of 1861. By Dr. Jeffrey R. Brackett, of Baltimore.
A Few Facts from the Records of an Old Virginia County. By President Lyon G. Tyler, of William and Mary College
The Earliest Texas. By Mrs. Lee C. Harby, of New York City.
Henry Clay, the First Political Speaker of the House. By Miss Mary Parker Follett, Harvard ‘‘ Annex.”
Goy. William Leete and the Absorption of New Haven Colony by Connecticut. By Dr. B. C. Steiner, Williams College, Massachusetts.
Lord Lovelace. By Gen. James Grant Wilson, president, New York Genealogical and Biographical Society.
Once Famous Louisbourg and Memorials of the French Régime in Cape Breton. By J.,G. Bourinot, C. M. G., LL. D., D. C. L., Ottawa, Canada.
Enforcement of the Slave Trade Laws. By W. E. B. Du Bois, A. M., Rogers Memorial Fellow, Harvard University.
Lotteries in American History. By Hon. A. R. Spofford, Librarian of Congress, Washington, D. C.
Some Characteristics of Boston Puritans. By Prof. Barrett Wendell, of Harvard University.
Parliamentary Government in Canada. By J. G. Bourinot, C. M. G., LL. D., D. C. L., Ottawa, Canada.
Slavery in the Territories, Historically Considered. By President James C. Well- ing, of the Columbian University, Washington, D. C.
Historic Portraits of Benjamin Franklin. Illustrated. By Clarence Winthrop Bowen, Ph. D., New York.
The History of the Irish Land Legislation. By Prof. William A. Dunning, of Co- lumbia College, New York City.
Phenomena of Universal Suffrage. By Brooks Adams, Quincy, Mass.
The Treaty-Making Power under the Constitution. By Judge Charles B. Elliott, Ph. D., Law School, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis.
The United States and International Arbitrations. By Prof. John Bassett Moore, of Columbia College, New York City.
Visitorial Statutes of Andover Seminary. By Prof. Simeon E. Baldwin, law de- partment, Yale University.
State Sovereignty in Wisconsin. By Albert H. Sanford,, B. L. of the University of Wisconsin. (To be read by Prof. C. H. Haskins.)
Commerce and Industry of Florence during the Renaissance. By Dr. Walter B. Seaife, Pittsburg, Pa.
The Present Status of the Subject of pre-Columbian Discovery by the Norsemen. By James Phinney Baxter, esq., Portland, Me.
HISTORICAL COLLECTIONS. 119
The History and Determination of the Line of Demarcation established by Pope Alexander VI between the Spanish and Portuguese Fields of Discovery and Colo- nization. By Prof. Edward G. Bourne, Adelbert College, Cleveland.
Recent Discoveries concerning Columbus. By President C. K, Adams, of Cornell University.
The Annual Report of the Association for 1890 was transmitted to Congress by the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution in February, 1891, but was not printed until the present fiscal year. It is an octavo volume of 310 pages, the contents being as follows:
Report of proceedings at seventh annual meeting, held in Washington, D. C., December 29-31, 1890.
Inaugnral address of John Jay, president of the association: The Demand for Education in American History.
I.—CANADIAN HISTORY.
Canada and the United States from Historical Points of View. By J.G. Bourinot. New England Settlements in Acadia. By Benjamin Rand. The Legislative Work of the First Parliament of Upper Canada. By William Houston. II.—EuUROPEAN History.
The Fate of Dietrich Flade. By Prof. George L. Burr.
Theory of Village Community. By Dr. Charles M. Andrews.
A Plea for Reform in the Study of Municipal History. By Dr. George Gross. Mirabeau’s Speech of May 20. By Freeman M. Fling. a The Formation of the French Constitution. By Adolphe Cohn.
Karl Follen and the Liberal Movement in Germany. By Prof. Kuno Francke. Bismarck the Typical German. By William G. Taylor.
III.—AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY.
How the Written Ballot came into the United States. By Douglass Campbell.
A Virginia Bill of Attainder, the Case of Josiah Phillips. By Prof. William P. Trent.
Amendments to the Constitution of the United States. By Herman V. Ames.
Congressional Demands upon the Executive for Information. By E. C, Mason.
Responsible Government in Canada. By J. G. Bourinot.
Bills of Rights in State Constitutions. By Gen. R. D. Mussey.
IV.—AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY.
The Historical Development of the Budget of the United States. By Ephraim D. Adams.
The Yazoo Land Companies. By Dr. Charles H. Haskins.
State Articles and Politics. By William F. Willoughby.
Slavery in New York. By Edwin Vernon Morgan.
Slavery in the District of Columbia. By Mary Tremain.
Remarks by William Birney on Miss Tremain’s paper, ‘‘ Slavery in the District of Columbia.”
V.—AMERICAN HISTORY—HISTORICAL SCIENCE.
Raleigh’s Settlements on Roanoke Island. By Dr. Stephen B. Weeks. The Political Ideas of the Puritans. By Dr. Herbert L. Osgood. State Historical Societies. By Gen. C. W. Darling.
Organization of Historical Material. By W. H. Mace.
120 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Is History a Science? By Prof. hk. H. Dabney.
Webster’s Seventh of March Speech. By James Schouler.
The Borderland between the Historian and the Archeologist. By Prof. Otis T. Mason.
3ibliography of the Writings of the Members of the American Historical Association for 1890. By Paul Leicester Ford and A. Howard Clark,
Supplementary Bibliography of the Writings of Members of the American Histori- cal Association. By Paul Leicester Ford and A. Howard Clark.
Bibliography of the Historical Societies of the United States. By A. P. C. Griffin. Part I.
REPORT ON THE SECTION OF GRAPHIC ARTS IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By 8. R. KOEHLER, Curator.
Repeating the words of my report for last year, it may be said that the work done in the section of graphic arts during the fiscal year just ended, does not show perceptibly in the appearance of the collections exhibited. The aim has again been to make the several divisions more complete by filling gaps here and there, and these additions are, as a matter of course, lost in the mass to the general observer. From the following details it will appear that the endeavor to complete the illus- tration of the modern photo-mechanical processes has been continued, while at.the same time due attention has been given to the other departments, so far as the means at command would allow. -
The most important additions of the year are the illustrations of the half-tone relief screen process and of a variety of the photo-aquatint intaglio process (Photogravure Gilbo), prepared for the Museum at reduced prices by Mr. M. Wolfe, of Dayton, Ohio, and Messrs. A. W. Elson & Co., of Boston, Mass., respectively. Some interesting speci- mens, illustrating the advances made in chromocollographie process © work, have been given by Mr. E. Bierstadt, of New York, and the J. B. Lippincott Company, of Philadelphia. The collection of materials used in the photo-mechanical processes has been increased by gifts from Messrs. Jas. P. Smith & Co., of New York, and by purchase. A beginning towards the illustration of the application of chromolitho- graphy and of wood-cutting to the production of posters—a kind of work which has reached a high order of merit in the United States— has been made by the gift of a few specimens by the A. S. Seer Theat- rical Printing Company, of New York; the Courier Lithographing Company, of Buffalo, N. Y., and Messrs. W. J. Morgan & Co., of Cleve- land, Ohio, and by the purchase of some of the tools used. The fol- lowing additions to the illustrations of the history of the reproductive arts have been made by purchase: Head of Christ, P. 192, woodcut after Diirer; Portrait of Otto Heinrich von Schwarzenberg, woodeut, dated 1607, by Chr. van Sichem, after Goltzius; Christ before Annas, B 12, engraving on copper by Israel van Meckenem; Portrait of Philip II, engraving on copper, dated 1586, by Hieronymus Wierix; Portrait
121
ee REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
of Jan Lutma, the younger, by himself, dated 1681, executed on copper with punches (opus mallet), the first specimen of this kind of work ac- quired by the Museum, and a fine proof of J. G. Miller’s portrait of Anton Graff, after Graff, engraved on copper.
The specimens received during the year have mostly been placed on exhibition. To accomplish this, part of the division of photo-mechani- cal process work had to be rearranged, and a number of table-cases had to be placed in the aleoves. These cases interfere somewhat with the appearance of, and the freedom of movement in, the alcoves, but they are excellently well adapted for the display of technical specimens, and it is to be hoped, therefore, that more of them will be provided as the collections grow and are rearranged. Considerable progress has been made in the labeling, by the substitution of written for printed labels. It has been possible in this way to label nearly all the specimens on the eastern, and a considerable number of those on the western side of the hall of Graphie Arts. It is now proposed to complete the labeling in this manner, leaving the collections for the present in essentially their actual condition, with the exception of such additions as it may be pos- sible to make meanwhile. The next step will be the systematic cata- loguing of all the material on hand, and the endeavor to procure such additional specimens as are needed to complete the various series. This done, the whole collection can be rearranged according to the catalogue, and a manual of it can be prepared for the use of students. The exhibition of The Reproductive Arts, arranged by me at the Mu- seum of Fine Arts, Boston, at the beginning of this year (1892), and the catalogue prep: med for the same exhibition, were preliminary stud- ies on the basis of which the more extensive scheme planned for the U.S. National Museum is to be carried out.
No further progress has been made in the arrangement of the collee- tion of patents.
The last number entered on the catalogue of the section of Graphic Arts for the year ending June 30, 1891, having been 4797, and the cor- responding number for the year now ae consideration being 4976, it follows that the number of entries during the year has been 179. As some few of these entries represent more than one specimen, the num- ber of accessions may be given in round numbers at about 200. Of these specimens 42 were purchased. <A list of the donors is included in Section v of the report. No statistics can be given, for the present, of the reserve and duplicate series.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS RECEIVED AS GIFTS DURING THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1892, ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY ACCORDING TO NAMES OF DONORS.
Avery, 8S. P., New York. One dry-point by Delitre. No. 4970.
Bates, Kimball & Guild, Boston. A series of photo-mechanical reproductions of pencil drawings. No. 4839.
3ierstadt, E., New York. <A set of progressive proofs of a chromocollograph. Nos. 4799-4805.
SECTION OF GRAPHIC ARTS. 123
Courier Lithographing Company, Buffalo, N. Y. Lithographic poster. No. 4976.
Cross, Prof. Chas. R., Boston, Mass. Heliotype printing film and impression; spec- imens of collographic printing; Woodburytypes. Nos. 4840-4850.
Crosscup & West, Philadelphia. Specimens of the new Ives process, line and half- tone. Nos. 4851-4871. .
Ewen, Warren, jr. & Co., Chicago, Ill. Architectural drawings printed by the “Multicolor process.” Nos. 4813-4816.
Goode, Dr. G. Brown, Washington, D. C. The Analectic Magazine, July, 1819, with two plates; one mezzotint by Pelham; one engraved copper plate, with an im- pression from it. Nos. 4939-4943; 4971, 4972.
Hinds, J. E., Brooklyn, N.Y. Specimens of early American half-tone relief work. No. 4935.
Ives, Fred. E., Philadelphia. Four specimens illustrating the making of plaster casts from swelled gelatin reliefs. Nos. 4878-4881.
James. Joseph F., Washington, D.C. Catalogue of Mosler exhibition. No. 4933.
Ketterlinus Printing House, Philadelphia. A chromolithographic proof book. No. 4908.
Koegler, Franz, Brooklyn, N.Y. Two specimens of photo-mechanical work produced with grained screens made by the donor. Nos. 4945, 4946.
Koehler, 8. R., Roxbury, Mass. A scale of tints for reproduction. No. 4820.
Linton, W. J., New Haven, Conn. Two wood-engravings by the donor. Nos. 4826, 4827.
Lippincott Co., The J. B., Philadelphia. One chromolithograph; four chromocollo- graphs. Nos. 4895-4899.
Morgan, J., & Co., Cleveland, Ohio. Three specimens of chromolithographie poster work. Nos. 4973-4975.
Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, Mass. Modern impression from a fifteenth century wood-block; mold from a gelatin wash-out relief,and cast from same. Nos. 4812, 4882, 4883.
Payne, Robert H., Washington, D.C. An enamel picture on glass, by the donor. No. 4819.
Ross, Waldo O., Boston. Specimens of photo-mechanical process work. Nos. 4951-4969.
Rowlands, Walter, Allston, Mass. Specimens of photo-mechanical process work. Nos. 4872-4877.
Seer Theatrical Printing Company, The A.S., New-York. ‘Three specimens of poster work. Nos. 4921-4923.
Smith, Jas. P., & Co., New York. Specimens ot gelatin used for photo-mechanical process work. Nos. 4806-4809.
Snyder, Theo., Brooklyn, N.Y. Specimens of photo-mechanical process work, ete. Nos. 4944, 4947-4950.
REPORT ON THE SECTION OF FORESTRY IN THE U.S, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By Dr. B. E. FERNOW, Honorary Curator.
The forestry collections have remained without many additions, owing to the fact that lack of space limits their exhibition, and the bulkiness of the material makes it undesirable to add to them in the storage- rooms.
Since the Museum does not, like the Kew Gardens, command any grounds of its own for the exhibition of living specimens, and the city parks of Washington afford ample opportunity to serve as an arboretum, the curator ot forestry collections has prepared during the year a full list, with notes, of all the tree species found in these parks, and plotted the same so that they may be readily found. This compilation, car- ried on at the expense of the Museum, will be ready for publication next
year. 125
REPORT ON THE SECTION OF TRANSPORTATION AND ENGINEERING IN THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By J. ELFRETH WATKINS, Curator,
During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1892, the time of the curator was largely taken up by assignment to other duties; hence little atten- tion could be devoted to the section.
Unfortunately for the student of the history of the American steam- boat and railway, little thought was given in the early days to the preservation of objects which would now be considered invaluable relics of the early stages of the development of these appliances of transportation upon water and land,
So far as is known, the important relics now in existence, with very few exceptions, have been deposited in the U. 8. National Museum through the codperation of the officials of railway and steamboat com- panies. The future additions to the transportation collection must, therefore, necessarily consist of models and drawings of historic objects. Since the appropriations by Congress did not permit of their construe- tion or purchase, extension of the collection during the year has been made by the acquisition of such objects relating to the development of the mechanic arts as illustrate the evolution of the epoch-making inven- tiorts.
During the year the curator took part in the meetings* of the Ameri- can Association for the Advancement of Science, at Washington; the convention of the Old-Time Telegraphers’ Association, at Washington, and the ceremonies at the completion of the monument erected by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company at Bordentown, N. J.
The erection of this monument (Plate 1) by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company, to mark the first piece of iron railway track laid between New York and Philadelphia in 1831, attracted the attention of officials and employés of the railway companies throughout this country, and the general public as well, and a description thereof found place in the principal railroad journals of Europe and America. A description of
“See Bibliography (Section Iv.) 127
128 - REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
the monument from the memorial volume issued at the time is given below:
The railroad monument at Bordentown, erected by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company, was completed in 1891. It is composed of a cube of Baltimore granite, 5 feet square and 7 feet high, sopported upon an octagonal foundation composed of the stone blocks upon which the iron rails were originally laid in the tracks of the Cam- den and Amboy Railroad. Around this cube is a circle composed of two of the original rails with which the road was first laid. These rails are supported by stone blocks according to the original practice, the spikes and joint fixtures also being from the original tracks. This type of rails, which is now known throughout the world as the ‘‘ American rail,” was designed by Robert L. Stevens in 1831. Sunk in the south side of the granite block is a bronze tablet, which contains a representa- tion (carefully drawn to seale), in relief, of the locomotive ‘‘John Bull,” with tender improvised from a freight truck, with tank consisting of a whisky hogshead, and the two passenger cars that first did service in the State of New Jersey in 1831.
The tablet (Plate 1r) contains the following inscription in raised letters:
“FIRST MOVEMENT BY STEAM ON A RAILROAD IN THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY, NOVEMBER 12, 1831, BY THE ORIGINAL LOCOMOTIVE ‘JOHN BULL,’ NOW DEPOSITED IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM AT WASHINGTON. THE FIRST PIECE OF RAILROAD TRACK IN NEW JER- SEY WAS LAID BY THE CAMDEN AND AMBOY RAILROAD COMPANY BE- TWEEN THIS POINT AND THE STONE, THIRTY-FIVE HUNDRED FEET EAST- WARD, IN 1831.”
Upon the east side of the block, cut into the granite are the words: ‘““CAMDEN AND AMBOY RAILROAD, 1831,” and on the reverse side is inscribed: “ERECTED BY THE PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD COMPANY, 1891.”
The programme of the exercises at the celebration of the sixtieth anniversary of the first movement by steam in the State of New Jersey, which was held at Bordentown, November 12, 1891, was as follows:
Address of presentation, by Joseph T. Richards, assistant chief engineer, Pennsyl- vania Railroad Company. -
Address of acceptance, by F. Wolcott Jackson, general superintendent, United Railroads of New Jersey Division, Pennsylvania Railroad Company.
Historical address: The Camden and Amboy Railroad—origin and early history— by J. Elfreth Watkins, curator, section of transportation and engineering, U.S, National Museum, Smithsonian Institution, Washington.
The Pennsylvania Railroad Company has since published the addresses delivered at the celebration in a memorial volume, hand- somely illustrated.
Interest in the department of transportation at the World’s Colum- bian Exposition has led to frequent examinations of the collection dur- ing the year, the objects both in the exhibition and study series being studied by officials of the Exposition and of several railroad compa- nies who propose to take part therein. The chief of the department of transportation-exhibits of the Columbian Exposition spent several
P LATE Il.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Watkins,
‘Ae
IS1Ol) MAN JO ayVIS
“TESE ul ol} UL WL9}s Aq JUPWIOAOUL JSAY OY} OIVIOULOWUTLOD OF “TEST UL “OSA? MOEN “UMOJOP.LOg, 4v Auvduios prorrery vruvayssuueg ey Aq poyorgy "ASSYSL MSN ‘NMOLNSGYNOgG LY LNSWNNOW AVOUTIVY
Err Te r ; . mene ees ; Zane ent? Sa ee
SECTION OF TRANSPORTATION AND ENGINEERING. 129
days in the Museum, in August, 1891, where he studied the collections and had access to a provisional outline of a proposed exhibit, which had been prepared by the curator at the request of the assistant see- retary of the Smithsonian Institution, to be used if it were decided that the section of transportation and engineering should be represented in the Governnent exhibit at Chicago.
With the return of this scheme of classification the following corm- munication was received:
{Department transportation exhibits—railways, vessels, vehicles—Willard A. Smith, chief.]
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR-GENERAL, WorLp’s COLUMBIAN Exposition, Chicago, Ill., U. S. A., August 27, 1897.
DEAR Sir: I return herewith a scheme of a transportation exhibit, which you kindly loaned to me, and which promises to be of much value. Iam greatly obliged to you for the favor, as also for the other literature which you kindly gave me. I6 will save a great deal of research which would otherwise have been necessary.
Yours truly, WILLARD A. SMITH.
Prof. J. E. WATKINS,
National Museum, Washington, D.C.
Access to the study and exhibition series in the section was also given to Maj. J.G. Pangborn, special agent in charge of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Company’s historical exhibit at the World’s Colum- bian Exposition. Numerous photographs of models and drawings in the collection were made by Maj. Pangbori’s representative for this exhibit, which promises to be more elaborate than ever before made at an exposition by a railroad company.
At the request of the chief clerk of the Post-Office Department a number of models and drawings in the collection were photographed to form the basis of illustrations for a publication which is designed to show the growth of the United States Post-Office Department.
Among the important accessions during the year are the following:
Electrical locomotive, which made the most rapid recorded speed (115 to 120 miles per hour) on land, by generated power, at Laurel, Md., in the year 1889. Publicly reported by O. T. Crosby in his paper entitled High Speed Electrical Works, and by J. Dashiell, jr., in the Electrical Railway as Applied to Steam Roads. Both papers are to be found in the proceedings of the American Association of Mechanical Engi- neers.
The following letter accompanied this most interesting piece of machin- ery:
New York, June 13, 1890.
My Drar Sir: According to your request I make the following statement: My electric motor was originated and designed by me for rapid speed. I had in view the enlargement of the same to supplant the steam engine on standard railroads for long-distance service.
It was the first electric motor which was successfully run with the armatures wound directly around the axles, thereby doing away with all wearing parts except
the journals, and admitting of any speed desirable.
H. Mis, 114, pt. 2—9
130 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
My motor was run near Laurel, Md., on a cireular track, 2 miles in circumference, constructed especially for making these experiments, which extended over a period of nearly two years, during which time speeds were made from 100 to 120 miles per hour. Twenty miles per hour was the fastest speed made by any other electrical motor until mine had made 100 miles per hour.
Yours very truly, Davip G. WEEMS. Prof. J. E. WATKINS, Washington, D.C.
The following certificate is attached to the locomotive:
On December 3, 1889, I witnessed Mr. Weems’ electric motor make a speed of from 115 to 120 miles per hour. I was employed by Mr. Weems as mechanical engineer for about two years. and assisted in a number of test trials of speed made with the motor, and also assisted at the time the above fast rate speed of 115 to 120 miles was made.
B. J. DASHIELL, JR.
The collection has been greatly enriched by the addition of the series of models, tem-plates, and drawings of the various sections of rails, which were considered by ‘* the committee on form, weight, manufacture, and lite of rails,” appointed by the American Society of Civil Engineers in 1873, and whose deliberations have had an important bearing upon the American rail standards for the last twenty years. This series, which is a most valuable one, was presented by Mr. Octave Chanute, past president, American Society of Civil Engineers, who was an active member of the committee during all its deliberations.
A series of models of steel railroad cross-ties used in Europe was deposited by Dr. B. E. Fernow, of the Division of Forestry in the Depart- ment of Agriculture, who, in his official capacity, is taking an active interest in the introduction of metallic ties upon American railroads, in order that the present demands shall not continue to be made upon the forests of this country to supply the wants of railroad builders.
Mr. S. L. Roberts, of the Amboy Division of the Pennsylvania Rail- road, has added to the collection previously deposited by him, a num- ber of objects illustrating the development of the rail splice. These objects were mainly collected from the old Camden and Amboy Rail- road.
The value of the collection of telegraphic apparatus has been greatly enhanced through the enthusiastic cobperation of Mr. George C. May- nard, of Washington, secretary of the American Association of Invent- ors and Manufacturers.
During the annual convention of the Old Time Telegraphers’ Associ- ation their loan collection of telegraph apparatus was, at his sugges- tion, placed on exhibition in the section, and attracted much attention.
Among the important objects since deposited are to be found the cross-arm and insulator laid on the line from Washington to Baltimore in 1841; a register and relay used in the first office opened in Indiana in 1848; twisted telegraph wire used in 1864; various forms of earthen- ware and glass insulators, and a pair of English dial telegraph instru- ments.
SECTION OF TRANSPORTATION AND ENGINEERING. lay!
The collection showing the development of the typewriting machine has received several valuable additions, among them the typewriter in- vented by John Pratt in 1864, which was obtained through his kindly assistance.
Messrs. Wyckoft, Seamans & Benedict have added a Danish writing- ball and other old forms of typewriters to their collection, among them a model of the Sholes & Glidden typewriter invented in 1867, together with the original of one of the first machines made from this model.
The curator has received communications from the Caligraph Com- pany and Mr. W. H. Travis, of Philadelphia, both of whom promise valuable additions to this collection.
The Singer Manufacturing Company has increased the collection of sewing machines referred to in the last report.
The application of Jesse Ramsden for a patent for an equatorial instrument, written and signed by himself, has been presented to the Museum by Mr. Park Benjamin and placed in the case with the origi- nal dividing engine, deposited a few years since by Dr. Morton, presi- dent of Stevens Institute.
Among the relies, attention may be called to the plaster model from which the bronze tablet for the monument erected at Bordentown by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company was cast. This model was re- ceived through Mr. J. T. Richards.
A sedan chair, decorated with gold and handsomely upholstered, which was owned and used by the royal family of France during the reign of Louis XIV, has been deposited in the collection by Miss Kathe- rine Parsons, of Washington.
The recent increase of popular interest in matters relating to the his- tory of transportation is most remarkable, while the recognition of the importance of illustrating this phase of human effort by the managers of American expositions is none the less gratifying.
At the Centennial Exposition of 1876 a single old steam locomotive and car were exhibited, together with a few implements of transporta. tion, shown in the ethnological collection. At New Orleans, ten years later, a single railway exhibited a series of models of ancient locomo- tives and cars. At Cincinnati, in 1888, the first synoptical exhibit showing the development of the art of transportation was made by the U.S. National Museum in the Government building, where a very lim- ited space could be devoted to the subject.
At the World’s Columbian Exposition, four years later, a handsome exhibition building containing 250,000 square feet of floor space has been erected, which, together with the annex, occupies an area of over 17 acres.
It is indeed a matter of the greatest satisfaction to know that the importance of that place in history which is occupied by the record of the development of the methods of intercommunication through which
182 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
our national growth has been so greatly accelerated during the century, is thus to receive due recognition.
The extent of the collection of transportation exhibits, together with the publications in relation thereto, can not fail to make a permanent and world-wide impression, both upon the visitors who see, and those absent who read of their magnitude.
Thus will the future generations be made to understand the influ- ence which the world’s great systems of transportation have had upon the progress of civilization during the four centuries since Columbus sailed away from Palos in a caravel,
REPORT ON THE SECTION OF MATERIA MEDICA IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By WILLIAM 8. Dixon, U. 8S. Navy, Honorary Curator.
During the year ending June 30, 1892, the labeling of specimens and illustrations of plants, ete., in the exhibit was completed. Several specimens that had deteriorated were replaced by good examples. Efforts were made to identity some of the vegetable specimens presented to the Museum. Their accompanying history being meager, and essen- tial characteristics absent, a satisfactory recognition was impossible.
The accessions during the year number 55, and were received princi- pally from the Royal Kew Gardens, England. Several specimens were received from W. H. Schieffelin & Co., in response to special request. The arrangement of this section is, essentially, as left by Dr. Flint, the first curator of this collection.
The following table shows the number of specimens in the various series:
Fixe ONES CRLES =e ceteris ee ates soto se sae Aaa as oelse 3, 346 Reserve series... -- OS Se GOUIS CS ports Se cco Otis eee Cia 1, 223 Dp BUeFSCLIGS == pes cs aw sere etter es ree eee se Se 859 In addition to which there are Golonedeplates ss sat seis esi 2s ee stares eis Se cia ots see oe 662 IPINIOGHON Ne a eosockeoquse bose Ee ee ee ae ee ee 102 Elen bansitumys p CClIMenNSter see mae ees secs oer oe 60 MGLO SMA NSE eeaaeee os ctaaeretecioenee ee ere rere See Sete lates 38 -——— 862 6, 290
The last catalogue entry in June, 1891, was 142225, and in June, 1892, 142280.
eX ape? as ee
*
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY IN THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By THoMAS WILSON, Curator.
GENERAL REVIEW OF THE YEAR’S WORK.
The general character of the work of the past year is not greatly dif- ferent from that of other years. There is the same reception of speci- mens, their classification, entering, numbering, and cataloguing; they then have to be marked and put in the display cases assigned to the State to which they belong, or if not classified geographically, among other specimens of the same kind.
The curator was engaged during the first part of the fiscal year upon the preparation of a work which he considered was needed in the United States—a gathering or collection of the evidences of high antiquity of man in America, Later on, he took up a particular chapter of that work, to wit, that on arrow- and spear-heads or knives. Before the lat- ter was entirely completed, he was called upon to prepare an exhibit for the Exposicion Historico-Americano, held at Madrid,* Spain, in celebration of the fourth centenary of the discovery of America by Christopher Columbus.
It was believed that the display made for Madrid could be utilized for the Chicago Exposition, and the work thus done in the current year would serve equally well for the display to be made in the subsequent year, but that hope has not been realized.
The number of specimens received during the past year is about equal to the average of former years, amounting to nearly ten thousand speci- mens.
IMPORTANT ACCESSIONS RECEIVED DURING THE YEAR.
From Dr. Edward Palmer: A collection of objects from an ancient Indian village site 35 miles NW. by N. from Manzanillo, Mexico. A large obsidian implement, 3 polished hatchets, a hammer stone, a rubbing
* Mr. Wilson sailed from New York tor Madrid on the 27th of July. The exposition Was to open in that city on the 13th of September, though it did not actually do so until the 30th of October. It closed on the Ist of February, and the display has not returned at the time of writing this report, although Mr. Wilson did not remain dur- ing the entire period of the exposition.
135
136 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
stone, fragment of a metate, > clay-vessels, 90 fragments of pottery, 22 small grotesque clay figures (human form), 15 ornamental clay beads, 5 obsidian flakes, a shell ornament, an animal tooth, a fragment of human jaw with teeth (child), a stone ax, and a quantity of broken pottery (not counted); one hundred and forty-nine specimens. From Mr. Palmer’s notes concerning this collection the following extracts are taken: “In a secluded cove of the harbor of Manzanillo is an embank- ment several feet above high tide, upon which is a thicket of bushes and trees. Removing these and by digging, remains of an Indian village site containing stone implements, pottery, etc., are discovered. Mueh excavating has been done, and some of the embankment from time to - time has crumbled down, tending to still more break the pottery. It would seem that at the time of its abandonment (probably during the Spanish conquest) much of the material was broken and destroyed, as none of the stone mortars and metates are complete.” With this acces- sion were also received 46 fragments of clay figures (mostly human form), from ancient house sites near the village of Almeria, State of Colima, Mexico, 30 miles east of Manzanillo. Mr. Palmer says: ‘4A railroad cut revealed the house sites. The surface in places shows rocks of different forms and sizes placed in rude cireles. The Indians who once lived here were removed by force, and that would account for the fragmentary condition of most of the objects found.”
In addition to the above-mentioned objects was sent a human skele- ton* with painted bones, from a cave on the island of Espiritu Santo, near the harbor of La Paz, Lower California.
From the Royal Zoédlogical Museum, Florence, Italy, through Prof. Henry H. Giglioli: Twenty-five worked flint flakes, a terra-cotta ball, a terra-cotta fusaiole of unusual shape, 2 earthenware vases, a boar’s tusk, and a point of roebuck’s horn, from the cave of Lazzaro, Rosilini, near Modica, Sicily (see Bull. Paletnologia Ital. vu, 1892); bone breccia with worked flints imbedded, from cavern of Les Eyzies, Dor- dogne, France, Lartet & Christy; 6 fragments of subfossil bones and 2 teeth of equus and 10 worked flint knives and serapers from a cave on the island of Levanzo (Egades), W. Sicily—discovered by Prot. H. H. Gigholi, August 29, 1890; 7 flint knives and scrapers and two arrowheads, from Sartiano, Siena, Italy; 2 flint knives, a seraper, and 13 arrowheads, collected in the vicinity of Florence, Italy; portion of a flint borer, found at the Thermie of Caracalla, Rome, Italy; 3 casts in wax of beautiful flint implements (knife, ar- rowhead, and a dagger, or spearhead), from an Etruscan tomb at Sa- turnia, Tuscan Maremma.+ The originals are in the Museum of Anthro- ~The skeleton was presented to me [Mr. Palmer] by Gaston Vevis, esq., of La Paz. Nothing was reported to have been found with the bones. (Ace. 24600.)
iThe question ‘* Whence came the Etruseans” is probably the foundation of the
oldest dispute or discussion known to history. It beganin the fifth century B.C., be- tween Herodotus and Dionysius of Halicarnassus, and continued until the nineteenth
DEPARTMENT OF PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY. a
pology at Florence; 2 flint knives found at Bari, Puglia, southeast Italy; a stone fusaiole tound near Arezzo, Tuscany; blade of a bronze dagger, found near Cortona, Tuscany (rare); 2 primitive bronze fig- ures (human), votive or sacred, from an Etruscan tomb near Chiusi, Italy (rare); 2 bronze man _ heads, spikes, from Etruscan necro- polis, near Chiusi (rare); a Roman sling-stone in lead, with inserip- tion, found near Ascoli-Piceno, Italy (rare); an Etruscan sling-stone in lead, with inscription, found near Cortona, Italy (rare) (this speci- men is similar in shape to the sling-stones of steatite used by the natives of New Caledonia); a small silver fibula, Greco-Italic, from an ancient tomb near Capua, southern Italy; plaster cast of a small stone chisel from the Santa Cruz district, Jamaica, West Indies (the original is in the archeological museum, at Cambridge, England); a worked flint knife or scraper from the Babel-Maluk Valley, near Thebes, Egypt, and 5 flint flakes found with many similar ones near Baalbee, Syria; col- lected by Dr. Verio in 1890; 5 fragments of rudely ornamented pot- tery, 3 shells, 26 bones of a pig (Sus andamanensis), and 2 bones of a fish from a Kitchen-midden, near Port Blair, Andaman Isiands, Bay of Bengal (relics of the aborigines), collected by K. H. Man, esq.; 7 fragments of coarse pottery from a mound on the Manatee River, British Honduras, collected by J. Ballamy in 1890; 6 rude figures in coarse terra cotta, excavated from ancient tombs on the bank of the Rio Tajajos, Province of Para, Brazil; the figures represent an owl, a tortoise, a sitting human figure, the legs of a bird, a human head, and a cone-shaped object, collected by A. M. d’Almeida Leal in 1889. -En- tire number of objects received, 146. (Ace. 24918.)
From the National Museum of Anthropology and Ethnology, Florence, Italy, through Dr. Paolo Mantegazza, curator: A collection of archieologi- cal specimens from Italy; a fragment of worked wood and a plaster cast representing a somewhat similar piece, from the lacustrine habitation at Mecurago, Province of Novara (bronze age): model in plaster of a perforated stone disk, and a fragment of pottery from lacustrine habi- tation at Lsolino, Lake Varese; fragment of pottery (brulé), Terramare de Noceto, Parma; tragment of pottery from the cave of Bergeggi (Savona); terra-cotta spindle whorl /usaiole from Mount Calamita, island of Elbe; two polished hatchets from Casentino, and one from Mount Cuccoli, Tuscany; polished stone hatchet (diorite) from the Province of
eentury. The discovery in this country of, prehistoric man with his ages of stone and bronze has settled the question that the Etruscan country was occupied long prior to the Etruscan civilization, and, there being nothing to the contrary, we may suppose that the former occupants were the ancestors of the Etruscans. Some of the monuments at Saturnia were dolmens and have been recognized as belonging to the prehistoric ages of stone or bronze. It may, therefore, he doubted whether the “)eautiful flint implements” mentioned really came from an ‘‘ Etruscan tomb” at Saturnia. As they are similar in every particular to prehistoric flint implements, it has been contended that they belonged to the ages of stone or bronze, and were earlier than Etruscan.—Curator.
13 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Teramo; model in plaster of a small polished stone hatchet, the origi- nal from a lacustrine habitation, Lake Varese; 2 arrowheads of flint, barbed and stemmed, from Ascoli-Piceno; 2 flint arrowheads, barbed and stemmed, from Montorio, Abruzzi; 2 flint arrowheads from Sarte- ano, Province of Siena; an arrowhead and 2 worked flint flakes from the valley of the Vibrata, Abruzzi (collection of Dr. Concerio Rosa); 2 flint flakes or knives from the valley of the Vibrata and 1 from the Ambra; a bronze hatchet from Maremma, Tuscany.
The following objects (11 in number) are from different localities on the island of Elbe, collected by Dr. Raffaello Foresti: Two flint serapers, Cala Giovanni; a large worked flint flake, Santa Lucia; a flint scraper and a rude point, San Martino; a large worked flint flake, Tre Acque; a flint flake—retouched—(graver?), Valley of the Inferno; piece of worked stone, San Martino; a worked flint flake, Lito; a flint flake (double ended) and a small polished hatchet from Lacona. (Ace. 24919.)
From the same source were also received 3 modern oak disks from interior Italy, turned in a lathe and decorated with concentric rings. The sizes of these disks are respectively 63 by 2, 43 by 14, 34 by 12 inches. The North American tidians had a game called Chung- kee, played with disks of stone by rolling them on the ground or cow. These wooden disks are used in Italy to play the similar modern game of Ruzzole (called Ruzzoletta when played by children with the. small disks). Itis sometimes played by peasants, when they use disks of cheese in the form common to the country, betting one cheese against the other, the winner taking both. It is then called ‘¢ Giuocco del For- mageio,” or play of the cheese. It is played by two persons, but may be by four, arranged in opposing sides. The game is played similar to quoits, except that the disks are rolled on the ground instead of being pitched through the air. Goals or marks are established, and the player, standing alternately at one, rolls toward the other, the disks nearest the mark being the winners. This game is of great antiquity, and is believed to be a survival of the classic game represented by the antique statue of Discobolus. (Ace. 24919.)
From A. W. White, Albert Lea, Freeborn County, Minn.: A rude chipped implement found 15 feet below the surface in glacial drift forma- tion of a railroad cut in Freeborn County; also arrow and spear heads, surface finds from the same locality; 7 specimens. (Acc, 25492.)
From Alfred Pruden, Dayton, Ohio: A copper ax found in an Indian mound corner Fifth and Mound streets, Dayton, Ohio. (Ace. 25113.)
From Warren K. Moorehead, Xenia, Ohio: Large altar of baked clay (weight, 500 pounds), from a mound inthe Scioto Valley, on the north fork of Paint Creek, Ross County, Ohio. These altars are formed by placing a mass of clay on the surface of the ground, hollowing it out, as seen in this specimen, and burning it to a briek-like hardness. ‘The cavity usually contains relies and human bones. (Ace. 25003.)
DEPARTMENT OF PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY. 139
From M. L. Marks, Sixth Auditor’s office, Post-Oftice Department, Washington, D. C.: Five gold ornaments from ancient graves in the United States of Colombia. (Ace. 25150.)
From Edward 8S. Thompson, Thompsontown, Pa.: Large collection of aboriginal relics found along the banks of the Juniata River, between Thompsontown and Port Royal; arrow and spear heads, perforators, rude chipped implements, a chipped disk, notched sinkers, a polished hatchet, fragments of steatite and pottery vessels, pieces of clay iron- stone (slightly worked), and fossil shells; 408 specimens. (Ace. 25117.)
From A. C. Carlisle, through Charles Seidler, No. 46 Eyot Gardens, Hammersmith, London, England: A large collection of chipped imple- ments, principally flakes, knives, crescents, ete., of agate, chalcedony, jasper and chert, from caves in the Vindhya Hills, central provinces of India. Discovered and collected by A. C. Carlisle, esq., late of the Ar- chological Survey of India; 1,674 specimens. This is an interesting and valuable acquisition to the Museum. Archeological specimens from India are. hard to obtain, and previous to this occasion our repre- sentation from this locality was extremely small—less than 100 objects. The long, thin flakes and the crescent-shaped implements are the per- fection of flint chipping. (Ace. 25122.) ‘This collection is described in a Separate paper.
From De Witt Webb, M. D., St. Augustine, Fla.: A large collection from Shell Mound near St. Augustine: Perforated shells (club heads?), shells used as food, scrapers, hatchets, perforators, sinkers, spoons, ladles, ete., of shell; also bone implements, stone mortars and pestles, bones of fishes, animals and birds, fragments of pottery, and parts of two human skeletons; 435 specimens in all. (Ace. 25232.) This eol- lection to be described in a separate paper.
From the Bureau of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution (through Maj. J. W. Powell, Director of the Bureau): A collection of aboriginal objects from a mound near Linville, Rockingham County, Va: Chipped flint implements, hammer stones, polished hatchets, per- forated tablets, stone and clay pipes, implements and ornaments of shell and bone, clay vessels, fragments of pottery, and human skulls and bones. One hundred and forty-two specimens (packages of shell beads, fragments of pottery and of bone, counting as one number). The mound was explored by Mr. Gerard Fowke, and will be described in a future report of the Bureau of Ethnology. (Ace. 25306.)
From O. N. Bryan (bequest of), through George R. Bryan, Marshall Hall, Md.: Large collection, containing rude chipped implements (paleo- lithic type), leaf-shaped implements, knives, scrapers, perforators, arrow and spear heads, rude notched axes, hammer stones, pitted stones, chipped and polished hatchets, grooved axes, bowlders and slabs with mortar-like cavities, notched sinkers, drilled tablets and ceremonial objects, carved pipes of steatite, fragments of pottery, and steatite bowls. The above specimens are mostly surface finds from the Bryan plan-
140 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
tations in Charles and Prince George’s counties, Md. The materiais are principally quartz, quartzite, hornstone and rhyolite. There are also arrow and spear heads, scrapers, ete., of flint and jasper, from Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, North and South Carolina. A iumber of polished hatehets (locality not given); fragments of pottery from Massachusetts, Georgia, Florida, Kentucky, Ohio, and from the pueblo of Moqui, Ariz. 2,674 specimens in all. (Ace. 24837.)
From Edward Lovett, West Burton House, Outram Road, Croydon, England: Twenty-two rude flint implements and worked flakes (paleo- lithic), from Norfolk, Suffolk, Devon, Cheswick, [ghtham, Hanwell, and Stamford; also 44 worked flint flakes (neolithic), from the Thames River and from Capel, Sussex, England. (Ace. 25610.)
From Henry Balfour, Anthropological Museum, Oxford, England: A flint core, 4 paleolithiec implements from France, a flint scraper, and a small polished hatchet from the cavern of Les Eyzies, France; 5 flint scrapers from South Downs, Dorset County, England, and 3: stone hatchets (Carib), from the West Indies. (Ace. 24703.)
From Charles H. Russell, Bowling Green, Ohio: A bird-shaped cary- ing of banded slate from Center Township, Wood County, Ohio. Fine specimen. (Ace. 25625.)
From F. J. Johnston, New Carlisle, Clark County, Ohio: Collection from a gravel pit near New Carlisle, of bone perforators and chisels, pieces of worked bone, animal teeth, broken flint spear heads and frag- ments of ahuman skull. (Ace. 25633.) From letters received with the specimens, the following extract is taken:
“The ridge in which the pit was dug is of a glacial formation, having a southeastern anid northwestern direction. The gravel is in layers and reaches to the surface. On the top of the ridge the gravel has been removed, making a boat-shaped hole, length about 15 feet, width in center 6 feet, depth in center 4 feet. In this cavity, which was filled with red clay mixed with gravel, the specimens were found.
Nos. 1 and 2 (fragments of a human skull) were found within 1 foot of the surface, with no evidence of other bones. A piece of askull was found within 6 inches of the surface. Nos. 3, 4,5, 6, and 7 (a beaver tooth and four bone points) were taken from the southern end; also the broken spear heads and a conglomerated mass of human bones. Several ribs were found between two femurs. All the skeletons found separate (9) were lying with their heads to the west of north.”
From William 8. Thomas, Washington, D. C.: A large collection from the District of Columbia of hammer stones, rude chipped implements (principally quartzite), notched axes, chipped hatchets, partly polished arrow and spear heads of quartz, quartzite, and felsite, perforators, scrapers, grooved axes, drilled ceremonial objects, fragments of pot- tery, a small piece of steatite with groove, and parts of a human skull; also a polished stone hatchet from Duchess County, N. Y., witha hole drilled in the upper portion, and fragments of pottery from Georgia. 434 specimens. (Ace. 25675.)
from A. Stephenson, Cincinnati, Ohio: An arrowhead of quartz crystal from San Miguel Island, California. Fine specimen, (Ace. 25720.)
DEPARTMENT OF PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY. 141
From Mrs. B. D. Spencer, Brooklyn, N. Y. (through Dr. H. T. Cresson, of Philadelphia, forwarded by Prot. F. W. Putnam, of Peabody Museum): A pyrula shell with an engraving of a mastodon or grand pachyderm, human and animal teeth, shell beads, bone implements, stone arrow and spear heads, perforators and scrapers, and a piece of wood, show- ing. the cutting marks of a stone ax, from the peat and fallen forest layer and neighboring locality near Holly Oak Station, Philadelphia, Wilmington and Baltimore Railroad, Delaware. These objects were discovered by Dr. H. T. Cresson and M. Sarault in 1864. Seventy- nine specimens. (Ace. 24695.)
From R. Forrer, Strasburg, Germany: Thirty-four pieces of pottery (Samian ware) of Roman manufacture, each one having a hame stamped upon it; and 25 pieces of Coptic cloth. (Purchased.) The name given to these has been Coptic eloth, because they were made principally at the city of Coptos, which was located about halfway between the cities of Thebes and Panopolis. Thence this commerce was carried in every direction both through Egyptand Ethiopia, and these and similar cloths have been found as far northas Fayum. There are evidences of Greek, Roman and Byzantine influences. Some of the fabrics were woven in the loom with shuttles, but others were made as tapestries. They are usually of flax, though wool is interwoven. Silk was known in that day, but seemed to have been such a luxury that its use was uncommon. Some of these cloths have been described by Herodotus and Strabo. The use of this and similar fabrics made with the loom in Egypt dates from high antiquity. Many of these are tapestries and woven in the same manner as the Gobelins. They were all used as garments and were the burial dress of their owners, having been exhumed from the graves of the neighborhood. They date from the first to the seventh century, A. D. These objects will be described in a separate paper. (Ace, 24690.)
ROUTINE WORK, CLASSIFICATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF COLLECTION.
This department of the Museum, consisting, as it does, of antiquated bones, stones, and pottery, much of it in fragments, is not attractive to the ignorant visitor. Its objects have been known throughout historic times without exciting public interest. If they have been gathered, it was from curiosity. All this has been changed by the discovery of pre- historic man. Now the objects take their proper place as evidence of the antiquity of man, and are regarded with proper interest and given their true value. But this requires an understanding of the objects and their relation—man and man’s industry. This is explanatory of the statement that in my department visitors frequently eall upon me for explanations, and ask my opinion upon objects, sometimes those in the Museum, at other times those owned and brought by the visitors, and this adds much to our routine labor. I approve this idea, and have
142 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
always done what I could to satisfy this laudable scientific curiosity on the part of the public. I remember that this is a Museum for the peo- ple as well as an organization for the advancement of science.
The number of entries in the loan book during the year was 26. - Specimens entered in this book are principally sent for examination and report, sometimes with regard to purchase, but more often classifi- cation, probable use, ete., is desired. This requires more or less corre- spondence with the parties sending, and after the report is made, repack- ing and return of the specimens.
Subject to these explanations, the routine work of former years has been kept up.
DISTRIBUTION OF DUPLICATE ARCH AOLOGICAL SPECIMENS.
The following statement indicates the distribution of archeological specimens by the National Museum during the year ending June 30, 1892:
To Herbert E. Brock, Mason City, Lowa; 57 archeological specimens in exchange for fossils. (Sent July 24, 1891.)
To Mrs. D. B. Meacham, Ridgway avenue, -Amidale, Cincinnati, Ohio: 17 archeological specimens in exchange. (Sent February 11, 1892.)
To Herbert E. Brock, Mason City, Lowa: 50 specimens of arrow and spearheads, in exchange for Crinoids. (Sent March 23, 1892.)
PRESENT STATE OF THE COLLECTION.
Number of specimens in the collection as indicated in the report for the
DREGE ILRI Ras Mees SoBe eas sacar somes ae ease fist eee eee eee emer 127, 890 Number of specimens received in the department during the year ending
June 30; 1892, and entered in Vol. xxx1, Museum Catalogue ............. 9, 594
137, 484
Sjowronienemys (senth Wn CCAMEe) 88 oe bone sdo somo sce spon o55e50 0ds50 Sos 350C 312
Now jon hands 2S... se sects ee ose eee oie noe ee aice me aes oe eie eee eieeiae Saou llaity, I
CATALOGUE,
Number of last entry in June, 1SO) = esos eee a eee soot etaest 148, 133 Numberotlastientry ime Jine, ei sO2 soe cia een ete rete re span eee 149, 401
In the Bibliography (Section Tv) will be found references to several papers which have been published by the curator during the year,
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF MAMMALS IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By FREDERICK W. TRUE, Curator.
As regards the regular work of the department, the year covered by this report was less productive of results than its predecessors. The time of the Curator was occupied by other duties for one-third of the year. The preparations for the World’s Fair were in progress, and arrange- ments could not be made to secure the services of a skilled assistant to replace the assistant engaged in field work. As intimated in last year’s report, it is probable that normal conditions will not return until after the close of the work for the World’s Fair. In the meantime little can be done beyond protecting the collections from deterioration.
In number and importance the accessions will compare favorably with those of former years.* The principal accessions are here referred to:
Many foreign mammals have been obtained through the continued kindness of the friends of the Museum, and important additions to the series of American species have also been made in the same manner, and to a certain degree by purchase.
Dr. W. L. Abbott, to whom the Museum is indebted for a valuable collection of East African mammals, supplemented his donation by a collection from Central Kash- mir, including a fine series of skins of the Rhesus monkey, a Thibetan bear, and other interesting species. Mr. William Astor Chanler presented two excellent mounted heads of giraffes, a male anda female, from East Africa. A very valuable collection of skins of marsupials, including 12 species of kangaroos and wallabies, was received from the Australian Museum. Most of these were previously unrepresented in the Museum collections.
Capt. M. A. Healy, U.S. Revenue Marine, obtained for the Museum the skin of a - female walrus from Holy Cross Bay, Siberia, an excellent mate for the male obtained last year by Capt. Coulson. Through the kind offices of Dr. C. H. Merriam, of the Department of Agriculture, and Mr. C. A. Townsend, of the U.S, Fish Commission, four sea lions, Lumetopias stelleri, and two harbor seals were obtained from Monterey, Cal. Dr. Merriam also aided the Museum in obtaining from Newfoundland three gray seals, Halicharus grypus, a species rare in American collections. A fine adult male hooded seal, Cystophora cristata, was obtained by Rev. M. Harvey, of St. Johns, Newfoundland.
The Mexican Boundary Commission began field work durmeg the year. Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, U. S. Army, who was appointed surgeon to the Commission, expressed his desire to make zodlogieal collections for the Museum and was supplied with traps, preservatives, and other collecting apparatus. He has entered enthusiastically into the work and sent in from the border large collections of finely prepared specimens.
“No attention is paid at this time to the numerous specimens obtained for the World’s Fair. These will be mentioned in next year’s report, when a detailed account
of the work done for the exhibition will be submitted. 143
144 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. As the collections made in this region by the earlier Boundary Survey have largely deteriorated, this fresh material is of great interest.
Mr. P. L. Jouy, who was detailed from the department for field work, made con- siderable collections during the year in Southern Arizona, and in Sonora and San Luis Potosi, Mexico. A skin of the coati, Nasua nasica, was obtained by Lieut. John 8. Winn, U.S. Army, in the Huachuea Mountains of Arizona. This is one of the earliest evidences of the presence of this singular animal in the United States.
The Museum was permitted by Capt. W.H. Cassel to obtain in Druid Hill Park, Baltimore, four Virginia deer—two buck, a doe, and a fawn. overstocked, and it was necessary to reduce the number.
The park had become A skeleton of the white- beaked dolphin, Lagenorhynchus albirostris, was received in exchange from Prof. Robert Collett, of Christiania, Norway. >
The mounted skin of a dolphin, Delphinus delphis, trom Carmel Bay, California, was purchased.
Specimens of the rare American bats, Macrotus californicus and Promops californi- cus, were presented by Mr. George A. Allen, Indian agent in Yuma County, Ariz. Mr. E. L. Storment also presented a specimen of the latter species and one of dtala- pha cinerea.
The President deposited in the Museum an armadillo sent him by Mr. R. R. Skaggs, of Breckenridge, Tex.
A considerable collection of small mammals fromthe vicinity of Fort Snelling, Minn., was presented by Dr. Mearns. Small mammals from Texas and California, needed to fill gaps in the study series, were purchased from Mr. C. kK. Worthen, of Warsaw, III
A nnmber of skeletons of species of ruminants and other mammals previously un- represented in the collections were obtained from the Muséum D’Histoire Naturelle in exchange.
During the year more than 50 mammals, including a moose, 5 bears, 4 goats, and other large forms, were received from the National Zodlogical Park. While the loss of so many animals by the Park is to be regretted, if seems inseparable from enter- prises of this kind, and isin some degree counterbalanced by the gain to the Museum.
No important changes have taken place in the exhibition hall during the year, and no groups were added. A few skins were mounted by the taxidermists, who have had little time, however, to devote to the regular work of the Museum. The chief addition was a portion of the Abbott collection, mounted by Ward’s Natural Science Establish- ment.
The list of 1ew mounted skins is as follows:
Reed buck, Lleotragus arundinaceus. Pencil-eared oryx, Oryx callotis.
White-collared Mangabey, Cercocebus col- laris.
Common Macaque, Macacus cynomolgus. Pieg-tailed Macaque, MWacacus nemestrinus, Yaguarundi cat, Melis yaguarundi.
Gray wolf, Canis lupus (Florida). Stripedskunk, Spilogalesp.(semi-albino). Striped ichneumon,
(Abbott Coll.).
Squirrels (4 species). Tana, Tupaia tana. Hedgehog, Hrinaceus curopwus.
Crossarchus mungo
Giraffe (heads of male and female), White-maned gnu,” Connochetes tanrinus albojubatus.
Water buck, Kobus ellipsiprymus.
Bush buck, Tragelaphus scriptus roualeynit.
Coke’s hartebeeste, Alcelaphus cokii.
Pallah antelope, dsepyceros melampus.
Grant’s gazelle, Gazella qrantii.
Thomson’s gazelle, Gazella thomsonii.
Abbott’s antelope, Cephaloplus spadiv. (Type.)
Black-fronted pygmy antelope, Cephalo- phus nigrifrons.
Damara-land pygmy antelope, Neoltraqus damarensis.
*This and the succeeding antelopes are all males, from the Abbott collection.
DEPARTMENT OF MAMMALS. 145
The regular routine work of the department, identifying specimens, cataloguing, assorting, and rearranging, was carried on as usual. For the Department of Agriculture collection, 5,897 skins and 5,384 skulls were catalogued by our clerks. A large number of skulls of small mammals belonging to this collection were cleaned during the year, but Jarge numbers remain uncleaned. The Museum also made up a considerable number of skins of foxes, skunks, coatis, peccaries, bears, ete., belonging to this series.
No special report on the work of the taxidermists Gan be made with advantage at this time. Only two taxidermists were retained on the Museum roll during the year, and these were engaged for the greater part of the time in work connected with the World’s Fair exhibits. Nothing could be done to decrease the number of skins in pickle, though it is unfortunate that some of them should remain longer unmounted.
Mr. P. L. Jouy, formerly assistant in the department, was engaged | in field work during the year. The explorations of Dr. Mearns have already been referred to.
A few specimens were loaned for study or distributed during the year. These were: To Dr. J. A. Allen, New York, 3 skins and 5 skulls of Capromys, for study; to Mr. William Taylor, San Diego, Tex., 5 skulls of North American mammals, in exchange; to Dr. Harrison Allen, Philadelphia, Pa., 2 skeletons of fruit bats, for study.
Identifications of North American mammals were made tor Mr. G.S. Miller, Jr., of Cambridge, Mass. Mr. G. H. Ragsdale, of Gainesville, Tex., received information regarding the distinguishing characters of the various species of American cats.
The number of specimens in the several series, June 30, 1892, was as follows:
Numberiof mountedssiains insthe exhilbitiom series)s--- .25-.-----------4.s--5-- 838 Number of skins and alcoholic specimens in the study and reserve series .-. 9, 476 Number of skins and alcholie specimens received during the year.......---- 709
The last entries in the several catalogues June 30, 1892, were as follows: Regular series:
STAYS) FATT BIOL NCS ee Sy oy oO Sei ri oe pt Wr A eens See IS ae ny 20 hip
SA SpE Gle TOMS ic aerscteers etree aac en Se Peg Peer ae, Suet a Lee By aC Department of Agriculture deposit:
SHS 3 a5 25 fo Sets SO Re ahaa ee ge Mn ren ere cape i AL ga Berea 7 oh 34, 328
SIEM seb ts is ieee See ee RE oa ee ee Gere, ee rear se 46, 419
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2——-10
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF BIRDS IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By Ropert RIpGWay, Curator.
GENERAL REVIEW OF THE YEAR’S WORK.
In addition to the regular routine work of the department, which of itself is too complicated to admit of specific description, the following special work was accomplished during the year. It may be premised that all such work has been done at irregular intervals, or only when time could be spared from the more exacting duties of the curator.
The working up of a collection of birds from Honduras and another from Costa Rica was completed during July, and the results turned in to the editor of the ** Proceedings” for publication. Considerable work was also done, as opportunity occurred, on a revision of the genera Sittasomus and Formicarius, besides other groups, the results of which, so far as the work has been completed, are mentioned by title in the Bibliography (Section Iv).
In August, the transferring of specimens constituting the study col- lection to new trays was begun, as was also the consideration of plans for an exhibit of birds at the World’s Columbian Exposition, the cata- loguing and putting away of the Richmond collection of over 5,000 specimens, the separation of duplicates from the same, and numerous other matters.
The rearrangement of the study collection in the new cabinets was continued in September until all the cabinets in the gallery were filled.
In April, a large collection of birds from Cashmir, presented by Dr. W. L. Abbott, was worked up, involving considerable labor, since most of the material was entirely new to the Museum. Much work has also been done on a large collection of birds from the Galapagos Islands.
As time and facilities afforded, a large amount of difficult and labori- ous work was performed in the rearrangement of specimens in the west basement, where modern cabinets had been substituted for some of the various kinds of unsuitable cases in which this extremely valuable part of the collection had been stored. The work is far from finished, how- ever, and can not be completed until after the World’s Fair exhibit has
been disposed of. 147
148 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
A very considerable part of the curators time was employed in the consideration of plans and details of execution for an exhibit of birds at the World’s Columbian Exposition. This matter was embarrassed by many obstacles, the most serious of which was the extreme difficulty experienced in securing competent skilled assistants. It was also found very difficult—in some cases impossible—to obtain the necessary material; and, owing to the novel character of the work undertaken, much time was necessarily spent inexperiment. Further time was lost by illness of assistants; but, all these hindrances taken into considera- tion, the progress of the work has been satisfactory, and unless the value of the exhibit is impaired by material reduction of its extent, a highly interesting and instructive collection will be produced.
NOTES UPON THE MORE IMPORTANT ACCESSIONS RECEIVED DURING THE YEAR.
The number of specimens entered in the Museum register of birds during the year 1891-92 is 5,608 (catalogue numbers 120753 to 126349, inclusive, and 126351 to 126561, inclusive), the more important acces- sions being the following:
From Dr. W. L. Abbott, Philadelphia, Pa., 562 specimens (niumber of species unde- termined), from Cashmir, India. (Gift. )
From C.F. Adams, Champaign, Ill, 2 specimens of the American Flamingo (Phani- coplerus ruber), from the Galapagos Islands. (Purchased for the World’s Fair exhibit.)
From the American Museum of Natural History, New York City, 91 specimens (351 species), from Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil. (7 species new to the collection. ) (Exchange. )
From F. B. Armstrong, Brownsville, Tex., 2 specimens of Chachalaea (Ortalis vetula mecallii), from Texas. (Purehased for World’s Fair exhibit. )
From the Auckland Museum, Auckland, New Zealand, 58 specimens (37 species) of New Zealand birds, many new to the collection. (Exchange.)
From the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, 137 specimens (90 species), from Australia, most of the species new to the collection. (Exchange. )
From Rollo H. Beck, Berryessa, Cal., 98 specimens (58 species), from California. (Gift. )
From L. Belding, Stockton, Cal.,1 specimen Blue Goose (Chen caerulescens), from California. (Gift.) 6 Specimens (3 species), from California. (Gift.) 17 speci- mens (11 species), chiefly from California. (Gift. )
From_ Lieut, Harry G. Benson, U. S. Army, Sequoia Reservation, California, 3 speci- mens Black-chinned Humming Bird (7rochilus alexandri), from California, (Gift. )
From A. Boucard, London, England, (a) 11 specimens (11 species) birds of Para- dise (purchased for World’s Columbian Exposition); (b) 12 specimens (10 species) parrots (purchased for the Museum); (c) 24 specimens (24 species) humming birds (purchased for the World’s Columbian Exposition); (d@) 12 specimens (10 species) parrots (purchased, part for the Museum, part for World’s Fair group); (e) 3 specimens (same number of species) birds of Paradise, from New Guinea (purchased for World’s Fair exhibit).
From Walter Brett, Lakeport, Cal., 2 specimens ef Double-crested Cormorant (Pha- lacrocorax dilophus), from California. (Gift. )
From H.H.and C.8. Brimley, Raleigh, N.cC., 4 specimens (3 species), from North Carolina. (Purchased.)
DEPARTMENT OF BIRDS. 149
Fron Edward J. Brown, Washington, D.C., 4 specimens Seaside Sparrow (Ammo- dramus maritimus), from Cobb’s Island, Virginia. (Exchange. )
From O. N. Bryan (deceased), Marshall Hall, Md., 12 specimens (9 species), chietly from Marshall Hall, Md. (Bequest. This bequest contained a much larger nun- her of specimens, but nearly all were so badly moth-eaten and infected with insects that if was necessary to burn thei.)
From James C. Carter, New York City, a fine specimen of hybrid Mallard (Anas boschas) and Pintail (Dafila acuta), from Swan Island, North Carolina. Also a European Widgeon (Mareca penelope), from the same locality. (Gifts.) Two specimens of the American Merganser (Werganser americanus), in the flesh, from Chesapeake Bay. (Gift.)
From C, T. Cooke, Salem, Oregon, a pair of Steller’s Jay (Cyanocilta stelleri), from Salem, Oregon; parents of nests and eggs purchased for odlogical collection. (Gift. )
From C. B. Cory, Boston, Mass., 1 specimen of the Crocodile Bird (Pliuvianus cegyptius), from Egypt. (Gift.)
From B. L. Cunningham, Fort Klamath, Oregon, 3 specimens (2 species), from ort Klamath. (Gift.)
From 8. F. Denton, U.S. Fish Commission, 1 White-bellied Sea Eagle ( Halimetus leu- cogaster), from Queensland, Australia. (Gift. )
From Department of Agriculture (through Dr. C. Hart Merriam, chief of Division of Economic Ornithology and Mammalogy), 2 specimens Florida Bobwhite ( Colinus virginianus floridanus) and 2 of Chestnut-bellied Sealed Partridge (Callipepla squamata castanogastris).
From A. Dugés, Guanajuato, Mexico, 3 specimens (3 species), from various localities in Mexico. (Gift.)
From Bruno Geisler, Finschhaven, Dutch New Guinea, 29 specimens (7 species), chietly birds of Paradise. from New Guinea. (Purchased. )
From E. M. Hasbrouck, Washington, D. C., 1 Carolina Paroquet (Conurus carolinen- sis), from Florida. (Purchased for World’s Fair exhibit. )
From IF. H. Hitchcock, Department of Agriculture, 1 specimen Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo borealis), 2 American Sparrow-hawks (lalco sparverius), and 1 Meadow lark (Sturnella magna), in the flesh, from Sandy Spring, Md. (Gift; 3 accessions. )
From P. L. Jouy, Washington, D. C., 71 specimens (64 species), from various localities in United States. (Exchange.) 11 specimens (6 species), from Sonora, Mexico, and 11 specimens (6 species) from Arizona. (Collected for the Museum.) 55 speci- mens (85 species) from San Luis Potosi, Mexico. (Collected for the Museum.)
From Peter Lepp, East Saginaw Mich., 5specimens (5 species) of owls. (Exchange. ) 3 specimens Sereech Owl (Megascops asio). (Exchange.)
From George A. Lewis, Wickford, R.I., 1 female American Eider (Somateria dresseri), in the flesh, from Rhode Island. (Gift.)
From C. Littlejohn, Redwood City, Cal.,2 specimens, same number of species, from California. (Gift.) i
From Leverett M. Loomis, American Museum Natural History, New York City, N.Y., Ispecimens Mountain Solitary Vireo (/ireo solitarius alticola), from Cwesar’s Head, South Carolina. (Gift.) 20 specimens (6 species), from Cesar’s Head, South Caro- lina. (Gift.)
From A. W. Lord, Jacksonville, Il]., 18 specimens (11 species), from Illinois. (Ex- change for publications.) 14 specimens (10 species) from Illinois. (Exchange forpubiications ) 9 specimens (6 species) from Illinois. (Inexchange for publi- cations. )
From Dr. E. A. Mearns, U.S. Army, Fort Snelling. Minn., 140 specimens (78 species), from Minnesota. (Gift. )
From Dr. E. A. Mearns, U.S. Army (through International Boundary Commission), 101 specimens (30 species), chietly from 1] Paso, Tex.
150 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
From T.C. Mendenhall, Superintendent U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, 13 speci- mens (same number of species), from Alaska. ,
From G.Frean Morcom, Chicago, Ill, 1 Cackling Goose (Branta minima), in the
flesh, from Minnesota. (Gift.)
From the Museo Nacional de Costa Riea, San José, Costa Rica (through George K. Cherrie), type specimens of Mionectes semischistaceus Cherrie, and Ornithion sub- Jlavum Cherrie, new species. (Gift.) 4 specimens (2 species, both new to sci- ence). (Gift.)
From National Zoblogical Park, Washington, D. C., 3 specimens (in flesh) of Scarlet Ibis (Guara rubra). (Gift.)
From Ralph N. Norton, Westbrook, Me., 7 specimens Red and White-winged Cross- bills (Lowia curvirostra minor and L. leucoptera), from Westbrook, Me. (Exchange for publications. ) ‘
From J.T. Park, Warner, Tenn., 4 skins of the bronzed Grackle (Quiscalus c@neus), from Warner, Tenn.; important as showing that this form, and not Q. quiscula, breeds in that section. (Gift.)
From A. H. Parker, Westbrook, Me., 4 specimens (3 species), from Goshen and West- brook, Me. (Exchange for publications. )
From William Palmer, National Museum, 1 specimen Jendaya Paroquet (Conurus jendaya), from Brazil. (Exchange. )
From C. E. Pleas, Clinton, Ark-, 12 specimens (10 species), mounted birds, from Ar- kansas. (Exchange for publications. )
From A. G. Prill, Sweet Home, Oregon, 1 Cooper’s Hawk, downy young, from Oregon. (Git.)
From Dr. Wm. lL. Ralph, Utica, N. Y., Iskin of Flammulated Screech Ow] ( Wegascops flammeolus) and 2 skins of Saw-whet Owl (Nyctala acadica), from Colorado; parents of eggs presented by Dr. Ralph to the odlogical collection of the Mu- seum (gift; purchased for the Museum by Dr. Ralph); 14 specimens (11 species), from Florida. (Gift.)
From Jenness Richardson, New York City, 8 specimens Carolina Paroquet (Conurus carolinensis). (Purchased for World’s Fair exhibit. )
From C. W. Richmond, Blnefields, Nicaragua, 217 specimens (114 species), from vicinity of Greytown, Nicaragua, and Rio Frio, Costa Rica. (Purehased.) 13 specimens (3 species), from various localities. (Gift.) Three thousand (3,000) specimens (83b species), from the District of Columbia, Montana, California, Texas, ete. (Purchased.) 6 specimens (6 species), birds from District of Colum- bia and Maryland. (Gift.) i! specimens hawks and owls, in the flesh, from Sandy Spring, Md., two accessions. (Gifts. )
From R. Ridgway, curator department of birds, U. 8. National Museum, 29 speci- mens (17 species) bird skins, from various localities in Eastern United States—a selected lot, all the specimens showing unnsual variations of plumage. (Gift.) One young (half-grown) Turkey Buzzard, from Washington, D. C.; 1 Downy Woodpecker, from Wheatland, Ind., and 1 Yellow-bellied Sapsucker, from Laurel, Md. (Gift.)
From C. B. Riker, New York City, 399 specimens (228 species), from the Lower Ama- zon. A specially important collection, containing a large number of types of species described in the *‘ Proceedings” of the National Museum (Vol. x, pp. 516-528), and 28 species previously unrepresented in the Museum’s collections. (Purchased), °
From Frank Robinette, Washington, D. C., 45 specimens (13 species), from Chihuahua, Mexico. (Purehased.) 5 specimens (same number of species), from Chihuahua, Mexico. (Gift.) ;
“Purchased in June, but owing to part not being received, collection was not en- tered till July.
DEPARTMENT OF BIRDS. 159
From Jos. Rosenthal, New York City, 4 specimens (4 species) birds of Paradise, ete. (Purchased. )
From Fred Sauter, New York City, 6 specimens (6 species) htunming birds, from Eeua- dor. (Purehased for World’s Fair exhibit. )
From Edw. 8S. Schmid, Washington, D. C., African Gray Parrot (Psittacus erytha- eus) and 1 Festive Parrot (Amazona festiva), in the flesh; the latter (from South America) new to the collection; two accessions. (Gift.)
From the Science College Museum, Tokio, Japan (through M.M. Kikuchi), 2 speci- mens of the Japanese Ptarmigan, new to the collection. (Gift.)
From Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, Takoma, D.C., 1 specimen Wilson’s Snipe (Gallinago deli- cata), from Fort Wingate, N. Mex. (Gift.)
From Wm. G. Smith, Loveland, Colo., 2. specimens Dusky Grouse (Dendragopus obscurus) and 1 of White-tailed Ptarmigan (Lagopus leweurus), from Colorado. (Purchased for World’s Fair exhibit. )
From Southwick & Critchley, Providence, R.1I., 3 specimens American game birds. (Purchased for World’s Fair exhibit. )
From Flarold B. Stabler, Sandy Springs, Md., 4 specimens (3 species) hawks and owls in the flesh. (Gift.)
From Dr. L. Stejneger, curator department of reptiles, U.S. National Museum, 40 specimens (16 species) bird skins, from various parts of the world, including 26 specimens and 6 species of the genus Sitta. (Gift.)
From R.C. Stuart, Tampa, Fla., 1 male Ivory-billed Woodpecker (Campephilus prin- cipalis). (Purchased for World’s Fair exhibit.)
From Rey. H. B. Tristram, The College, Durham, England, 53 specimens (47 species), chiefly from New Guinea, New Caledonia, New Hebrides, &c. (Exchange). From B. P. Watrous, Washington, D. C., 4 specimens Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallo-_
pavo) in the flesh. (Purchased for World’s Fair exhibit. )
From Arthur T. Wayne, Old Town, Fla.,2 specimens Swallow-tailed Kite (lanoides Jorficatus). One specimen presented to Museum, one purchased for World’s Fair exhibit.
From Harry Gordon White, Washington, D. C.,2 specimens (2 species) hawks, from Virginia. (Gift.)
From R. 8. Williams, Great Falls, Montana, a pair of Western Flyeatchers (Empi- donax difficilis), from Belt River Canon, Montana; parents of nest and eges pur- chased for odlogical collection. (Gift.)
From Scott B. Wilson, Heatherbank, England, 1 specimen Baillon’s Grosbeak (Lowi- oides bailloni), from Hawaii. (Purchased.)
From the U. S. Fish Commission, Washington, D. C. (through Col. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner), 117 specimens (20 species), from the Galapagos Archipelago, collected by Mr. Chas. H. Townsend. Twenty-seven specimens (20 species), chiefly from Alaska.
ROUTINE WORK.
A considerable part of what might properly be included under this heading has been already mentioned.
The number of specimens mounted during the year (exclusive of those mounted for the World’s Fair exhibit) is 276,and of specimens made into skins, 35. These totals are less than for the year 189091, for the reason that a considerable portion of the taxidermist’s (Mr. Marshall’s) time was devoted to work on the World’s Fair exhibit.
152 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The following minor routine work was performed during 189192:
Official letters: written... .. 2. ...-:=-cecaee ae eiete ee Se bees seam See ae eee 486 Ofneralmemorands written! . 8. 55-6 sere ee eee eee eee eee eee 213 Onderssfor work 22.2.2 2 yc: + ses ss eee see eee mises nee eee as ae aa 62 Requisitions (house) -. 2.22. sss nse se oe cle eee ee ee me eee eee eee ee 97 VEGUMISTETONS (OUTSICME) |. 21) arc ic rere acter eit ee epee area cere eer ee 150 Memonandaof packing =. 0:24.62 nes oes ae tenis $e Soe See eee eee eee 18 Monthly Peports <. .. so. Sassen ss ite eee ae oe ere ne eee ee pages 72 Papers for publication written and turned in .-..-....-....---.----s---- (Veese (Or [imsO1CES OL SPECIMENS CNS bh Ue Cleese ee eae re ee doseeen eal? Rrootcorrected .. -s5222ece=ee see eee ee een ao Rae anos ee eee eee do.... 407% Proof. corrected, galleyse= ----- 2 ee eee ee a See ee ee eee eee ‘Osseo. = Eby! Manuscript Tevised! - 2 caa...cjscce 2 oo ace emmceisan = eee or eae ee oo ene eee Gljecaa 13 Ammuad report tor W890 Sole weriG ben seer ee oe eee BPS HeG rae. 18)
SPECIAL RESEARCHES.
Under this heading may be mentioned chiefly the curator’s work upon collections from Honduras, Costa Rica, the Galapagos Archipelago, Cashmir, ek and upon special groups, as the genus Formicarius; Dr. Stejneger’s upon collections from Japan and the Sandwich Islands; Mr. J. A. Allen’s on the genus Colaptes, and Mr. Frank M. Chapman’s upon the Genus Quiscalus. Some of these investigations have not been concluded; but the results of others have been published. (See biblio- graphy, Section rv.)
PRESENT STATE OF THE COLLECTION.
The present state of the collection is considerably improved over that of last year, ving to the far more convenient arrangement of the larger part in modern cabinets. A considerable portion (much the bulkier part, though numerically less) has yet to be rearranged, the work having been retarded by the preparation of the World’s Fair exhibit as well as by want of cases. It will, however, be resumed at as early a date as possible, and it is to be hoped that by the end of the current year the entire study collection may be putin a thoroughly systematic state, and the duplicates separated and classified, so that by next year an extensive distribution of sets can be made.
The number of specimens contained in the collection at the end of June, 1892, is shown in the following table:
| 1890-91. re 1891- ‘92. | Increase. | | | . | |
SEM YVISETIES: : 2 as2 selec esse oasis lessee eee ces see enee nee eee eee 49, 995
53, 624 | 3, 629
Exhibition ‘Series: 2.2. sceseace sacicisse wocieeee see seas Bao ot ene teste reer oer *7, 403 | *7, 884 | 481 UPL GALCISELICS eso oi iatole ecole ote are isle efor eee ae ere ane ee enol atele eeaete 5, 808 6, 908 | 1, 500 Motel ack aezs 24 2o.200Se ac oe oe been a ne | 62, 806 68, 416 5, 610
* Number ascertained by actual count.
The last entry in the catalogue for June, 1891, is 120752; that for June, 1892, is 126361.
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF OOLOGY IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892,
3y CHARLES FE. Benpire, U. 8. Army (retired), Honorary Curator,
Tam pleased to be able to state that the collection is now in excellent shape, easy of access, and reasonably safe from insects and vermin. During the past year thirty new quarter unit zinc-lined and insect- proof cases have been furnished for its accommodation, and the entire collec- tion has been carefully overhauled, rearranged, and relabeled. The inajority of the specimens now on hand in the reserve collection are in an excellent state of preservation, and as at present cared for will re- mail So.
The exhibit of nests and eggs in the main hall of the Smithsonian Institution could now be materially increased, if more. room was avail- able for this purpose.
The most important contributions to the collection -during the year are as follows:
Dr. Wm. L. Ralph, 26 Court street, Utica, N. Y., a magnificent collection, consist- ing of 444 sets of eggs, representing 194 species and 1,630 specimens. Among these are several species new to the collection; many others are very rare and have been especial desiderata for years, and all are beautifully prepared. Ac- companying these eges are 100 nests, also in an excellent state of preservation. This collection is by far the most valuable gift received since I have been in charge of the department.
Mr. R. MacFarlane, chief factor, Hudson Bay Company, Cumberland House, Sas- katchewan, Canada, an interesting collection of 59 sets of eggs represented by 225 specimens and 30 nests. This donation is of considerable scientific v alue, as it extends the breeding range of several species considerably to the northward.
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C., a valuable collection, cousist- ing of 40 sets, 113 specimens, and 17 nests, from the Death Valley region im south- ern California, Nevada, and Utah, and containing a number of rare specimens.
Interesting accessions have also been received as follows:
Mr. Guy E. Mitchell, Washington, D.C., a local collection, consisting of 59 sets and 239 specimens.
Mr. Walter F. Webb, Geneva, N. Y., 39 sets, numbering 137 specimens and 10 nests.
Assist? Surg. Edgar A. Mearns, U.S. Army, Fort Snelling, Minn., 46 sets, number- ing 177 specimens and 20 nests.
U.S. Fish Commission (Washington, D. C.), 9 sets, 29specimens, and 2 nests.
Mr. Charles Littlejohn, Redwood City, Cal., 21 sets, 42 specimens, and 1 nest.
Mr. H. P. Attwater, Rockport, Aransas County, Tex., 11 sets, 56 eggs, and 3 nests.
153
154 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Mr. Frank Robinette, Washington, D.C., 17 sets, 42 eggs, and 2 nests.
Mr. Thad. Surber, White Sulphur Spring:, W. Va., 15 sets, 52 eggs.
Mr. W.G. Smith, Loveland, Colo., 7 sets, 23 eggs, and 7 nests.
Mr. Frank Everett, Washington, D.C., 9 eggs.
Dr. A. G. Prill, Sweet Home, Oregon, 2 sets, 10 eggs, and 1 nest.
Mr. R.S. Williams, Great Falls, Mont., 2 sets, 7 eges, and 2 nests.
U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D.C., 2 sets, 8 eggs, and 1 nest.
Mr. F. B. Pattee, Valley Springs, Calaveras County, Cal., 4 sets, 23 specimens.
Mr. P. L. Jouy, Washington, D. C.. 5 sets, 16 specimens, and 1 nest.
Dr. Loverett M. Loomis, Chester, 8. C., 4 sets, 12 specimens.
Mr. R. H. Kirby Smith, Sewanee, Tenn., 5 specimens.
Mr. Fred. Fowler, Fort Huachuea, Ariz., 2 specimens.
Mr. W. B. Porter, Chicago, Ill., 6 specimens.
Lieut. Harry C. Benson, Fourth Cavalry, U.S. Army, Presidio of San Francisco, Cal., 6 sets, 13 specimens, and 3 nests.
Capt. Charles E. Bendire, Washington, D.C., 3 specimens.
Mr. H. H. Phillips, Crystal Falls, Mich., 1 specimen.
In addition to these donations 37 specimens, representing 7 species, were purchased during the year.
The routine work has consisted in recording, marking, measuring, and arranging 2,919 specimens received during the year, and placing them in their proper order in the reserve collection. Also revising and rearranging in numerical order 382 register sheets, showing the present status of the collection, and overhauling and rearranging the collection of nests.
The curator has also been engaged in reading proof of Vol. 1, Life Histories of North American Birds, ete., compiling the index for this volume, and in gathering material for another volume. Twenty-nine lots of eggs sent for identification have been reported on.
PRESENT STATE OF THE COLLECTION.
Specimens in North American series (representing 771 species and subspe-
CIES) ome Danks Ste arate te ee ale aa toe aee Shes Se es ceo cee eae ee 34, 700 Specimens in North American series, duplicates ....-...........--...------- 11, 759 One MUDTHONsS- <4 coe tie ee Sowa an eee Sn ie he Bre Bie eee eee 1,491
Pobal’sec soe aah. he el Sh ES a ie i eee 47, 950 Specimens in foreien series (representing 61) species) ----..-2---.--=--------- 4, 330 Specimens my Toreien) series, duplicates ==q= = sees aa eee eee eee a eee 231
PURO ical eis Se weyers id cof Bs a ee ee ern terre ee 9 Gee LO eee eee 4, 561 Nestsime North Auer caniteserveiSCLics) see eae se eee eee eee 2,539 OntexhMitiOnisc.4.c 252 shee tee ee cen Reet eee en eee oe 235 Wiorthlessiandvdestroyedis a2.22 facstos Sec cae eee ee eee 25
RNotulmumiberof nests now on theycollechOnteees==—eeeeeeeee see Sey PIR:
The last catalogue entry made in June, 1891, was 24336, and in June, 1892, 25176.
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By LEONHARD STEJNEGER, Curator.
The herpetological department has every reason to look upon the year 189192 with satisfaction. The number of accessions was larger than during any previous year, 1,055 specimens having been entered,* and the material was not inferior, nor were the collections of less in- terest. Several very interesting species were added to the collection, some very rare or for the first time, others hitherto undescribed. Among the latter | would call special attention to a very remarkable blind cave salamander, discovered by Mr. F. A. Sampson in the Rock House Cave, Missouri, and described by me as Typhlotriton speleus. It is related to Desmognathus, but its eyes; by disuse, have become non-functional; the eyelids closed over and grew together, and now there is only a shallow furrow and a dark spot left to designate ex- ternally the place of the eye. The Proteus, from the grottoes in Kaern- then, Austria, is the only other batrachian hitherto known to be blind in the same way, but it belongs to a different order, and Typhlotriton is so far the only known blind salamander. Of rare species [ may mention a fine specimen of Plethodon a@neus, from South Pittsburg, Tenn., transmitted by Mr. R. Morton Middleton, and several specimens of another salamander recently described, viz, Spelerpes maculicaudus, received from Dr. O. P. Hay, and from Messrs. Frederick C. Test and George E. Harris. The principal accessions will, however, be referred to further on.
The work in the department has consisted chiefly of routine work, installing, identifying, caring for, labeling, and reporting upon collec- tions as they have arrived. The curator has attempted some work upon certain groups and upon the geographical distribution of the reptiles in the southwestern portion of the country, but a consistent and steady systematic work has been out of the question.
At the beginning of the last fiscal year it was decided to take up the many collections received during the last ten years and stored in
* For comparison it may be mentioned that the number of entries in 1890-91 was 908; in 1889-’90, 705; in 1888-89, 784; 1n 1887-88, 19; in 1886-’87, 138.
155
156 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
bulk. As soon as jars and alcohol had been provided, the work of as- sorting and labeling was begun, and has continued steadily at such times as could be spared from the daily routine work. The work is slow, involving, as it does, not only the labor of handling, consulting the records, labeling, and card-cataloguing, but also a great deal of identifying.
Some time has been spent in preparations for a herpetological dis- play at the World’s Columbian Exposition. Thanks to Mr. Benedict’s experiments, a plastic and pliable substitute for plaster was obtained for making the casts of reptiles and batrachians.
By far the most valuable and interesting collection, not only of the year, but since the Wheeler Survey west of the one hundredth meridian in the seventies, and ranking with those of the famous old exploring expeditions in the West, is the material received from Dr. C. Hart Merriam, through the United States Department of Agriculture, and collected by him and his parties during the so-called “ Death Val- ley Expedition,” 1891. It consists of more than 900 specimens (only a small portion, however, having been entered on the register before the end of the year), chiefly from the desert regions of California and Nevada, but many also from Utah, and quite a number from the great interior basin of California. A special report upon this collection has been prepared by the curator.
In addition to the collections mentioned in last year’s report, as made by Mr. P. L. Jouy in southern Arizona, quite a number of specimens were received from him during the present fiscal year. The excellent quality of his collections and of his field observations are quite as inarked in the latter as in the former.
From the same source the Museum procured the only extra-limital collection worth mentioning, viz, a uumber of reptiles and batrach- ians collected by Mr. Jouy during his stay in Korea several years ago. Very little is known of the herpetology of that rather inaccessible country, and the collection is therefore one of unusual interest.
The type specimen of Typhlotriton speleus, the blind cave salaman- der, presented by Mr, F. A. Sampson, of Sedalia, Mo., has already been mentioned, but I may add that we are indebted to Mr. George KE, Harris, of Cassville, Mo., for numerous larvee of the same interesting species.
Many other valuable and interesting species have been received dur- ing the year from various correspondents, which can not be enumerated in detail in the present connection, but among the more prominent con- tributors the following deserve mention: Herbert Brown, Tucson, Ariz.; Prof. B. W. Evermann, through U. 8S. Fish Commission; J. D. Figgins, Washington, D. C.; Dr. O. P. Hay, Irvington, Ind.; H. W. Henshaw, Washington, D. C.; Julius Hurter, St. Louis, Mo.; It. Mor- ton Middleton, South Pittsburg, Tenn.; Charles W. Richmond, Wash- ington, D. C.; N. P. Scudder, Linden, Md.; Edgar Storment, Tempe, Ariz.; Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. 8. A., Fort Huachuca, Ariz.
DEPARTMENT OF REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS. 157
Facilities for studying the collections, so far as they were accessible, have been extended toseveral gentlemen not connected with the Museum, Dr. O. P. Hay spent more than a month in the department study- ing the reptiles of Indiana. Dr. G. Baur, of Clark University, Wor- cester, Mass., spent considerable time at the Museum working up the collection of chelonians for his proposed work on the tortoises of North America, to be published by the Museum.
The work on the proposed supplementary volume of the “ Nomenclator Zoologicus” has advanced satisfactorily. The genera and subgenera recorded in the Zodlogical Records for 1879-1889 have been card-cata- logued during the year, and the work of indexing the additional names contained in the Zoologische Jahresberichte has been commenced.
Mr. Frederick ©. Test has been employed as an aid to the department during the entire year. One half of his time has been devoted to work on the Nomenclator Zoologicus, the other half chiefly to routine work in the department.
During the year that part of the Museum collection which was brought home by the naturalists of the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross from the Galapagos Islands was recalled from Prof. Cope. A large quantity of material is, however, still in his possession, and an accurate census of the herpetological specimens of the Museum is there- fore as impracticable as it was last year. Like that presented a year ago, the following estimate has been prepared in this way: taking last year’s estimate as a basis, those specimens which have been disposed of by exchange, or otherwise, have been deducted, and those which have been catalogued during the fiseal year have been added. Such an estimate shows the status of the collection on June 30, 1892, to be as follows:
Specimens.
RUGS EIVGISC ICS ene ern ne, ee ep terre es ly i Sine eR sc ot Sees 15, 921 IDAN PIC ABERS CTUCS teeta se em eee ee ro ot aS ale a(S arsine [one a = Sao 8, 705 UNVASSORUGGSAIN GRE XO tN GSI Seren fees steerer ee ec Pees cheat te ese ae 6, 313
LNOW TET Se stereo ee oe me en ne Gt, Sa eae ae Re ee Te ee Oe Te 30, 939
The last catalogue entry in June, 1891, was No. 17136 and the last entry in June, 1892, is No, 18191.
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF FISHES IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892,
By TarLeron H. Brean, Honorary Curator.
The work accomplished in this department has been in many respects generally similar to that of preceding years. My own duties in con- nection with the U.S. Fish Commission have rendered 1t impossible for me to devote much time to Museum matters, and the routine work of the department has devolved almost entirely upon Mr. Barton A. Bean, assistant curator.
The curator has assisted Dr. Goode in the preparation of a bulletin upon the deep-sea fishes contained in the U.S. National Museum, and the work was pushed rapidly forward during the fall of 1891.
Several hundred skeletons of fishes were prepared for the depart- ment by Mr. E. KE. Howell. These have been turned over to Dr. Theo- dore Gill, temporarily, for study.
There has been a marked increase in the number of letters received through the Assistant Secretary’s office. These for the most part con- tain queries concerning the fishes of various portions of the country, and the questions as a rule have been promptly answered. Others bring information of much importance concerning fishes and their life histories. Intelligent correspondents are much desired, and the policy of encouragement to such is strongly recommended.
A number of students examined materials belonging to the Museum (Drs. Gill, Jordan, Gilbert, EKigenmann, Smith, and Profs. Evermann, Hay, and others). Collections and papers based upon the same were received from numerous correspondents, a list of which will be found in the Bibliography (Section Ty).
Quite a large number of drawings of deep-sea fishes have been made by Mr. A. H. Baldwin. An important addition to the sectional library was made by the purchase of four volumes of Dr. Bleeker’s ‘Atlas Ichthyologique,” which completes the set of that work.
The explorations here referred to resulted in the addition of impor- tant collections of fishes for the National Museum:
The U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross cruised in the North Pacific and Bering Sea during the summer of 1891 and the spring of 1892. During the winter of 1891 and 1892 the vessel was engaged in the survey of a cable route from California to the Sandwich Islands.
On these cruises collections of fishes were made. 159
160 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The steamer Fish Yawk was engaged in the lower Chesapeake Bay, where small collections were obtained.
The schooner Grampus did’ general collecting in the lower Chesa- peake and in the coast waters adjacent thereto.
Prot. B. W. Evermann, for the U. 8. Fish Commission, collected fishes in Montana and Wyoming during July and August, 1891,
Prots. J. T. Scovell and A. J. Woolman made some collections in northern Mexico during August, 1891. Mr. P. L. Jouy collected in Mexico (Lake Chapala, principally), in February and April, 1892.
Mr. Charles W. Richmond sent from Nicaragua collections made in February, March and April, 1892. |
The total number of packages sent out during the year, not including the sets of duplicate fishes, was twenty-four. The most important were:
Thirty-seven species of deep-sea fishes to the Royal Museum of Copenhagen, Denmark, in exchange; a large series of fishes to be skele- tohized; and seven species of Seopelids and a tile-fish to the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Cambridge, Mass.
Fifty-five sets of duplicate fishes were prepared and turned over to the registrar. The specimens were all carefully wrapped, and each set contained about 125 species, both fresh and salt water forms. A list to accompany each set was printed.
The number of specimens added to the collections of fishes during the year was 1,906. The first entry in the register was No. 43603, the last 44156, making a total of 555 entries.
The following list comprises the accessions to the department of fishes received during the year:
A small collection of fishes, made in Arizona by P.L.Jouy. 24582.
Two specimens of the shark-pilot, Yehencis naucrates. From Wrighvusville Sound, North Carolina. 24625.
One specimen of Argentina silus. From H. P. Thompson, Belfast, Me. 24684.
Two specimens of sculpin, Cottus richardsoni var., from Arkansas. Keceived from F A. Sampson, Sedalia, Mo. 24685.
Small collection of fishes, made at Guaymas, Mex., by P. L. Jouy. 24686.
Upper jawbone of Lepidosteus platystomus from strata of rock at Rocky Point, La. From 8. B. Johnson, Shreveport, La. 24704.
One specimen of Chirolophus polyactocephalus in alcohol, From Ashdown Green, Victoria, British Columbia. 24711.
Twenty-one fine specimens of lancelets, Branchiostoma lanceolatum, from San Diego Bay, Cal. Purchased from L. C. Bragg. 24728.
Small collection of fishes from Mexico. Collected by Prot, A. Duges. 24727.
A small collection from Matsoronga, Cordova, Estado Vera Cruz, From A. L. Herrera. 24769.
A small collection of fishes from the West Indies and the west coast of South America. Collected by Dr. Howard E, Ames, of the U. S. Navy. 24892.
Head and tail of Salmo salar, from the Cabbassacontie River, Maine. Sent by John T. Richards through Forest and Stream of New York. 25170.
One specimen of Chilomycterus californiensis (new species), from San Diego Bay. Purchased from lL. C. Bragg. 25173. ;
A small collection of fishes, from the west coast of Florida, made by J, C, Henderson, ir, and Charles T. Simpson. 25300.
DEPARTMENT OF FISHES. EO
One fresh specimen of squirrel fish, Serranus fascicularis. From John Sutherland, New York. 25305.
Small collection from the District of Columbia and Virginia. Received from H. W. Henshaw. 25322.
One black-nosed dace, Rhinichthys atronasus, from the hot springs at Banff, in the National Park of Canada. Received from Henry M. Ami for identification. 25326.
One specimen of the Cascadura, Hoplosternum littorale. Procured by Roger Wells, U.S. Navy, on the island of Trinidad. 25336.
Three fresh fishes from the Washington, D.C., market. From F. H. Javins. 25367.
Numerous specimens of dried fish skins from Japan. Sent by H. Loomis, Clifton Springs, N. Y. 25379.
One large example of flounder, Pseudopleuronectes americanus, taken in the beam trawl in deep water off the New England coast. From Weaver and Ihl, New York. 25389.
A collection of fishes from Fort Snelling, Minn. From Dr. E.A.Mearns, U.S. A. 25392.
Two fishes from Fort Huachuca, Ariz. Sent by Dr. T. E. Wilcox, U.S. Army. 25401.
Three fresh fishes from the Gulf of Mexico. Sent by Bartholomew & Co., New Orleans, La. 25405.
One specimen of Anoplarchus. Collected by J. E. McGrath in South Alaska. 25431.
A collection of fishes from Montana, Wyoming, and the Yellowstone Park, made by B. W. Evermann. 25434.
Hight specimens of Rhinichthys nasutus, from the warm and cold springs of the Na- tional Park of Canada. Sent by Henry. M. Ami, of Ottawa, for identification. 25440.
One specimen of Achirus lineatus and one specimen of Cyclopsettan. sp. Collected by Dr. John F. Chittenden of the Victoria Institute, Trinidad, West Indies. 25537.
Pike’s eye with fungus attached. Sent by Harlan I. Smith, of Sagimaw, Mich., for examination. 25606.
Two dried sea-horses, Hippocampus hudsonius. Sent by J. J. Dunton from Ocean City, Md. 25640.
One specimen of Azeria panamensis, in exchange, from the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. 25687.
One fresh specimen of Prionotus carolinus. Javins & Co., Washington, D. C. 25710.
One dried specimen of Monacanthus hispidus. Sent by C. A. D. Hill, of Pensacola, Fla: 25717.
One specimen of Larimus fasciatus, from Chesapeake Bay. Donated by Walter More- land. 25742.
One specimen of Chilomycterus geometricus. Donated by Douglas Taylor. 25770.
One fresh specimen of Amiacalva, from the Niagara River. Sent by V. L. Tiphaine, of Lewiston, N. Y., through Forest and Stream. 25788.
One specimen of Ctenolabrus adspersus, fromthe Lower Potomac. Donated by Walter Moreland. 25794.
Collections of fishes from the Northwest Branch, Maryland, and from Four Mile Run, Virginia. Donated by Audubon Ridgway. 25822.
Small coilection of fishes from Mexico. Collected by J. T. Scovelland A. J. Wool- man. 25859.
SPECIMENS SENT FOR EXAMINATION AND REPORT.
Seales of the gar-pike. Received from J. D. Lueas, Marion, 8S. C. (No. 1275.)
Egg-case of shark, Gyropleurodus francisci. From E. Staples, jr., Riverside, Cal. (No. 1583.)
A small collection of fishes, made in Honduras in 1892, by C.W.Richmond. (No. 1692.)
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2 11
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSKS
(INCLUDING CENOZOIC FOSSILS)
IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By WiLuiaM H. Dati, Honorary Curator.
The force of the Department of Mollusks during the past year has comprised, besides the honorary curator, Mr. Charles Torrey Simpson, aid, Mr. S. Hazen Bond, copyist, and Miss N. C. Beard, copyist. Dr. R. E. ©. Stearns, of the U. 8S. Geological Survey, honorary adjunct curator, has been absent on sick leave during nearly the whole year, so that we have not had the advantage of his valuable aid and advice in the work of the department. The three persons mentioned above have comprised the salaried force of the department. Mr. Gilbert D. Harris and Mr, Frank Burns, of the U. 8. Geological Survey, in the course of their work on the tertiary invertebrate fossils, have rendered incidental assistance on that part of the collection. The writer, with the permission of the Director of the U.S. Geological Survey, has con- tinued to act as honorary curator.
The members of the force have been diligent, faithful, and accurate in their work, and My. Simpson especially has devoted much time out- side of ordinary office hours to forwarding the work of the department and assisting its numerous correspondents.
GENERAL OPERATIONS.
The routine work of the year has made considerable progress. The number of registrations which are tabulated in another place in this report is less numerous than for some years previous, because more time has been devoted to putting the collection of duplicates in order and to other matters set forth below. As the arrears of material not admin- istered upon have been reduced, the number of duplicates has increased, and it has for some time been obvious that in order to make the ex- changes often called for, and to keep informed as to the state of duplicate material, it was urgently required that the latter should be put in order for reference. Much of the time of Mr. Simpson and Mr. Bond has been devoted to sorting, naming, cataloguing, and putting away the duplicate
163
1640" REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
shells in numbered boxes. A large proportion of the duplicates is now packed in small boxes in the storage-room, each bearing its catalogue number, the last box entry being No. 2035, while a card-catalogue, alphabetically arranged under the names of the species, makes it possi- ble to refer at a moment’s notice to any duplicates in the collection. Some few marine collections remain to be reviewed and the duplicates eliminated, but the great mass of duplicate recent and fossil shells are now arranged in orderly and accessible condition, occupying over 1,700 boxes, each plainly marked with its registration number and name.
The drawings, published and unpublished, are becoming so numer- ous that here also cataloguing and arrangement have become necessary. A list.in the form of a card-catalogue, had been made of all the wood. cuts and stereotypes of mollusks illustrated in the Smithsonian Reports and in the Proceedings and Bulletins of the Museum (with certain excep- tions). Stout manilla envelopes, of the same size as the standard library card, have been used to contain original drawings, whether published or unpublished, while in a blank form, stamped on the outside of the envelope, is noted the catalogue number of the drawing, the registra- tion number (in the Museum register), name, and provenance of the specimen from which the drawimg was made, together with the publi- cation, volume, plate, figure, number, and page reference of the engrav- ing made from the drawing, if published. The latter data are entered on library cards in cases where the engraving exists, but the drawing is notextant. These cards and envelopes are arranged together alpha- betically under the name of the species, in two series, one comprising the published and the other the unpublished drawings, so that refer- ence can be had immediately to the data relating to any species which have been drawn, or of which a figure has been published in the publi- cations of the Museum or of the Smithsonian Institution. The excep- tions to this comprise the figures which have appeared in Bulletin 37, U.S. National Museum, which contains over a thousand figures; those figures which are contained in the series of Smithsonian manuals of land and fresh-water shells in the Miscellaneous Collections of the Insti- tution, and a set of stereotype figures derived from the British Museum publications. As the cuts above named are indexed in the publications referred to, and thus easily reached, it was not thought worth while to undertake the considerable labor of adding them to the catalogue until other more pressing matters are out of the way.
The amount of labor involved in these various directions can be better appreciated if placed in tabular form as follows:
Species of duplicates registered -.----...---..----------------------+-++++--- 1, 708 Card-catalogue of the same..-.....--..---------------- ------ +--+ 222-2 ----- 1, 708 Drawings registered .....:.----------+-++- -------2-+ ---- +--+ ---- +--+ ---5 2-52. 576 Envelopes for the same filled out --....-------------------------------------- 576 Cards cataloguing published figures.--....--.-.-------------- SE cer = 603
Totalventries sa5 soem eel se ee, see ee eee oe eee ae eee Sy Abril
DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSKS. 165
Tt will be observed that this is equal to 5,171 registrations, so far as the clerical labor is concerned, and if we add to it the regular entries for the year in the Museum Register, we have a total of about 7,700 entries as against about 5,800 for 189091. As the staff, by reason of Dr. Stearns’ absence was diminished by one person, the equivalent at the lowest estimate of 25 per cent of its efficiency, this record may be regarded as satisfactory.
Besides the work above referred to, the general operations of the department comprise the preparation of special reports on collections made under governmental auspices by various organizations, such as the Fish Commission, the Navy, the Revenue Marine. the Agricultural Department, and special expeditions. In this line various papers have been printed by the writer and other members of the staff, a reference to which will be found in the Bibliography (Section Iv). Among them is a paper forming Part G of Bulletin 59 of the U.S. National Museum, containing instructions for collecting and preserving mollusks, notes on the arrangement, outfit, and cataloguing of collections, and the con- struction of dredges. This it is thought will be of use to collectors be- ginning work on the Mollusca, and will save much clerical work in writing out such instructions at short notice, as has been required fre- quently in the past on the starting of expeditions undertaking natural history work.
ACCESSIONS.
The number of accesssions during 1891~92 was 85, against 79 in 189091. Several of them comprised large series of valuable and inter- esting forms, many of which are new to the collection. Among the most interesting the following may be noted:
From Mr. C. F. Ancey were received a number of rare and peculiar species from Africa, including several of the forms found only in the south African Lake Tangan- yika.
Mr. W. G. Binney presented the blocks of figures used in his publications of the past two years, thus making them available for use in future publications of the Museum.
Mr. R. W. Brown, of Washington, has continued to present to the Museum the numerous land-snails, ete., which are found from time to time in his importations of foreign fruit, so that we have had the opportunity of observing in a living state in an improvised snailery, several of the peculiar types of Antillean pulmonates.
The heirs of the late Oliver N. Bryan, of Marshall Hall, Md., in accordance with his wish presented his collection of fossils, Indian relies, ete., to the National Mu- seum, by which quite anumber of fine and interesting fossil mollusks fell to the share of this department.
To Dr. J. C. Cox, of Sydney, New South Wales, through Mr. Charles Hedley of the Australianmuseum, weare indebted for aleoholic specimens of the remarkable Ephip- podonta Macdougallii Tate, a bivalve related to Galeomma and on which an investi- gation of its anatomy may be based.
Through Mr. Hugh Fulton, of London, by exchange and purchase a number of rari- ties not otherwise obtainable have been received, including a fine specimen of the extremely rare Voluta aulica which formerly belonged to the Barelay collection.
166 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
From Mr. I. Greegor, of Jacksonville, Fla., a number of interesting specimens have been received, mostly from Florida and the Antilles.
Mr. Simpson, of the department of mollusks, joined Mr. J. B. Henderson, jr., on an expedition to the west coast of Florida, which proved fruitful in results. A series of the specimens collected, so far as they might be useful to the Museum, was presented by Mr. Henderson.
Two large series of Japanese mollusks have been received during the year. These accessions greatly enrich that department of the collection, each containing several rarities which were not comprised in the other. One of these was the gift of the Rev. H. Loomis, of Yokohama, and the other was received in exchange for other specimens sent to Frederick Stearns, esq., of Detroit, Mich., who supplemented it by other forms from Mauritius and the Hawaiian Islands.
Another gift which is highly appreciated was a set of several hundred species from St. Helena, probably illustrating the whole of its mollusk fauna, including the curious extinct land shells. This very interesting contribution was received from Capt. W.H. Turton, of the Royal Engineers, Chatham, England. The collection of which chis isa representative set was reported on at length by Mr. E. A. Smith, of the Brit- ish Museum.
The extinct fresh-water mollusk fauna of the Colorado desert has always been of great interest. One by one the species have been found living in springs, to which they retreated on the desiccation of the ancient lake. One alone remained to be dis- covered, Tryonia clathrata of Stimpson; and among the collections of the expedition to Death Valley made by Dr. C. Hart Merriam under the auspices of the U.S. Department of Agriculture this has been at last secured, living in a spring with a water temperature of 97° F. in the Pahranagat Valley. This is certainly one of the most interesting malacological events of the year.
Through the efforts of the Hon. Rounsevelle Wildman, United States consul at Singapore, a collection representing the chief marine forms of that vicinity was obtained from native collectors.
Mr. Joseph Willcox, of Philadelphia, has continued to contribute to the collection of Tertiary fossils, and has enriched it by a number of species from the Tertiaries of the Carolinas and Florida. —
ASSISTANCE TO STUDENTS.
The work of assisting students in various parts of the country to identify their local faune, to intelligently direct their studies, and answer their numerous queries on various branches of the subject, has always been regarded as an important function of this department, and has been frequently referred to in the previous reports. Correspondence of this kind was kept up in 189091 with 160 persons, involving over 300 letters and between 600 and 700 pages of writing, besides the identifica- tion of about 1,200 species of mollusks. In 1891-’92 the number of cor- respondents was 114, and the number of pages of writing involved in the correspondence 820. The number of species identified for various students, chiefly by Mr. Simpson, under my direction, amounts to con- siderably over 3,000, for each of which a label had to be written.
SPECIAL RESEARCHES.
A reference to the Bibliography (section Iv) will indicate the direce- tion of the studies carried on during the year. The report on the later Tertiary of the United States and Mr. Simpson’s paper on Floridian
DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSKS. 167
Unios, though printed, will be issued a few days too late to appear in the Bibliography of this year. The principal labor of the year has been bestowed on the continuation of the report on the Florida Tertiary Mol- lusks, for the Wagner Institute, of Philadelphia; preliminary work on the mollusks of the Galapagos trip of the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, and also those collected by Dr. G. Baur; and on the Unionide, to which group Mr. Simpson is giving special attention.
STATE OF THE COLLECTION.
In previous reports I have explained why it is not yet possible to give the exact number of species, specimens, duplicates, ete., contained in the collection under my charge. In my last report it was estimated that the collection contained about 476,500 specimens, of which one- fourth are preserved in alcohol. During the year about 6,225 speci- mens have been received, which would make a present total of about 482,725 specimens contained in the collection. The number of entries in the register for 1891-92 was 2,546, as is shown in the accompanying table.
: Volume. From— To— Total. Remarks. | | SRST sik WON a a | 106,856 | 106,904) 48) Voiumein use. PRONGIGV ANE erent ie see tn mate ek eto 112,040 | 112,400] 360 Reserved for fossils. ROXIE ee ee sata At seo Sn Ce ap 122,524 | 124,662} 2,138 | Volume in use. PROTA O TRS Ole Oi ee ee ee ae otras) 2 steletorc eve | Pm eiene rece lee See, eee | 2,546
The total number of registrations to date, deducting all duplications and omissions in the register, is 105,113, representing about 309,000 specimens. The number of workers and their distribution in different parts of the building renders it necessary to use simultaneously several volumes of the register. This explains why the preceding table is nec- essary in order to show the total registrations for the year. The formal registrations (with the gaps alluded to) terminates June 30, 1892, with number 124,662.
REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF VERTEBRATE FOSSILS IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892,
By 0. C. Marsu, Honorary Curator.
The most important event in this department of the Museum during the past year has been the accession of a large collection of vertebrate fossils from the West, secured by the honorary curator during his official work for the U. S. Geological Survey. These specimens were prepared in New Haven, sent to the National Museum in July, 1891, and placed at once on exhibition, so as to be accessible to the members of the International Geological Congress, which met in Washington in August of that year. This collection of fossils, which is more exten- sive and important than any other hitherto received by the Museum, is arranged in a wall-case especially constructed for it, extending the entire length of the east side of the exhibition room.
These specimens, selected by the honorary curator as the first instal- ment of his official collections to be placed in the National Museum, are all of large size, and especially characteristic of three important geological horizons of the West. The ceratops beds of the upper Cre- taceous of Wyoming are here represented by three skulls and other rare remains of the gigantic horned dinosaurs recently described, and among these fossils is the type ot Triceratops elatus Marsh. From the Brontotherium beds of Nebraska and Dakota is shown a very complete series of skulls and portions of skeletons of the huge Miocene mam- mals of the family Brontotheridw. This series contains ten good skulls representing several genera, and is by far the most important collee- tion of the group ever placed on exhibition. The horizon of the Plio- cene, known as the Pliohippus beds, is likewise represented by skulls and other remains of extinct species of the Rhinoceros family, espe- cially of the genus Aceratherium, all from Phillips County, Kans. A few other Tertiary fossils and some rare casts are included in this ecol- lection, but the limited space available prevented the exhibition of a more extensive series.
This collection, when sent from New Haven in 33 boxes, weighed 6,860 pounds. It has now been catalogued and well arranged by Mr. F. A. Lucas, assistant curator, whose services in other respects have
169
170 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
been of great value to the department. The catalogue numbers em- bracing this collection extend from 1201 to 1582, as recorded in the National Museum register of vertebrate fossils. The greater part of this collection was obtained by Mr. J. B. Hatcher, and a careful record of all the localities has been preserved.
Another important collection of 72 large boxes of vertebrate fossils, sent from New Haven in 1886 by the honorary curator, still remains in storage, as there is no room for its exhibition in the National Museum The Smithsonian numbers of these boxes are 6601 to 6672.
The honorary curator of this department has recommended to the director of the Museum that other wall-cases for vertebrate fossils be constructed on the three remaining sides of the exhibition room, as this space will be needed eventually, if the specimens already secured and now under investigation are all placed on exhibition. One side could then appropriately be devoted to the extinct reptiles of the Triassic and Jurassic, another to those from the Cretaceous, while the third and fourth would be required for the vertebrate fossils of the Tertiary alone.
During the past year the honorary curator of this department has published a number of papers relating, in part, to the collections above described, but these publications belong more appropriately to his work in connection with the U. S. Geological Survey. In two memoirs now in preparation, however, he will give full descriptions of the more important specimens he has recently deposited in the National Museum.
The collection of vertebrate fossils, which has been catalogued partly with the osteological specimens and partly in a separate book, has been recatalogued during the year in a volume specially devoted to vertebrate fossils.
During the year 1,124 catalogue entries were made, and 1,061 speci- mens were added to the collection.
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF INSECTS IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By C. V. RILEY, Honorary Curator.
Although most of the time during the past fiscal year has been devoted to the study collections in the laboratory, some improvements have been made in the exhibit collections, especially in the systematic series, where numerous illustrations and specimens have been added, making it almost complete.
ACCESSIONS.
Many important accessions have been received during the year, among which the following may be mentioned:
(1) One hundred and thirty-five species in about 400 specimens of ]eteroptera, collected in various parts of the world, authoritatively named, from Prof. A. L. Mon- tandon, Buearest, Roumania (Ace. 24579, 25244, and 25520). These have in part been paid for by exchange.
(2) Series of Californian insects, collected by Mr. D. W. Coquillet, of Los Angeles, Cal., and transferred to the Museum collection by the curator, as follows: Diptera, 23 species in 182 specimens (Types); Coleoptera, about 100 species in 720 specimens; Orthoptera, 35 species in 116 specimens; Hymenoptera, 109 species in 400 specimens; Homoptera, 40 species in 200 specimens; Hemiptera, 107 species in 575 specimens; Lepidoptera, 56 species in 159 specimens; Neuroptera, 17 species in 43 specimens; includes much valuable material in all orders (Acc. 24628, 24816, 24890, 24950, 25005, 25111, 25356, 25400).
(3) From the Department of Agriculture: Collection of insects made by Mr. A. Koebele during the Death Valley Expedition from the Department of Agriculture in the spring of 1891. Contains about 636 species in 3,473 specimens. Good and excel- lently preserved material.
(4) Collection of Lepidoptera (native and exotic) from Mr. G. Beyer, of New York. Nine hundred species in about 1,900 specimens, nearly all large and showy forms, besides many North American and European species new to our collection. This is the largest acquisition of tropical butterflies ever made by the Museum. It was obtained by exchange for a corresponding number of North American Coleoptera from our duplicate series, that were new to Mr. Beyer’s collection. This one and the previous accession are the most valuable during the year. (Acc. 25378.)
(5) Collection of Aculeate Hymenoptera, about 4,000 specimens of 675 North Ameri- can species (including types of 25 species described by Mr. William Fox), and 100 exotic species from Mr. William Fox, Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Pur- chased by the Museum. (Acc. 25769.)
(6) Collection of insects of all orders, made by Mr. H. F. Wickham in the North- western States, British Columbia, and Alaska, About 1,200 specimens, transferred to the Museum collection by the curator. (Ace. 25554.)
(7) Lepidotera from Trinidad, about 15,000 specimens of 95 species, from Mr. G. Turner Wayman, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad. Purchased by the Museum. (Ace. 25335.)
171
12 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
(8) Twenty-seven species miscellaneous insects in about 200 specimens, mostly from Galapagos Islands, from the U.S. Fish Commission. (Ace. 25157.)
(9) Two hundred and twelve species of New Zealand Coleoptera in about 400 speci- mens, from Auckland Museum, New Zealand, from T, F, Cheeseman, intended for exchange. (Acc. 24957.)
(10) Sixty-six species of authoritatively named exotic Orthoptera from Prof. H. de Saussure, Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, Genéve, Suisse. This collection was obtained by the curator and by him transferred to the Museum collection, (Ace. 25271.)
(11) Types of 16 species of Muscidx, described by Prof. C. H. Tyler Townsend, Las Cruces, New Mexico, and some other insects from Prot. Townsend. (Ace. 25792.)
(12) Types of 3 new species of Odonata, from Mr. P.C. Calvert, Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. (Ace. 25609. )
(13) Types of Scudder’s articles on fossil insects in Hayden’s report of U. S. Geologi- eal Survey, Vol. x11, from Maj. J. W. Powell. (Ace. 24593.)
(14) From the curator, 100 species of Scolytidae, mostly exotic, including many types, from Dr. W. Eichhoff, Strasburg, Germany. (Ace. 25498.)
(15) Ten species in 42 specimens of Orthoptera, including some types, from Prof. L. Bruner, Lincoln, Nebr. (Acc. 24976.)
(16) Twenty-four species of North American Coleoptera, new to collection, col- lected by Mr. L. E. Ricksecker, San Diego, Cal., and transferred to the Museum col- lection by the curator. (Ace. 24940.)
(17) Two hundred specimens of various orders, collected in Texas by Mr. F. G. Schaupp, and transferred to the Museum collection by the curator. (Ace. 25110.)
(18) Twenty-four species of North American Coleoptera, new to collection, from Mr. F. C. Bowditch, Brookline, Mass. (Exchange.) (Acc. 25593.)
(19) Male specimens of Dynastes granti Horn from Mr. Ike Patrick, Crown King, Ariz. (Acc. 24915.)
Numerous valuable specimens have been added to the collections without accession numbers by the curator and his assistants.
As atemporary accession may be mentioned a large collection of West Indian Hemiptera and parasitic Hymenoptera, sent to the curator for systematic study by the West India Committee of the British Museum,
ROUTINE WORK.
This has consisted in—
(1) Making up collections for exchange, some of which are the fol- lowing:
(a) A series of 57 species of Scolytidae for Dr. Wm. Eichhoff, Stras- burg, Germany, in return for Ace, 25498.
(b) A series of 35 species of Scolytide for A. D. Hopkins, Morgan- town, W. Va.
(c) A series of 900 species of Coleoptera for Mr. G, Beyer, New York, in return for Ace. 25378.
(d) A series of Hemiptera for Prof. A. L. Montandon, Bucharest, Roumania.
(e) A series of 24 species of Coleoptera for Mr. F. C. Bowditeh, Brookline, Mass., in return for Ace. 25593.
(f) Sixty-nine species of Elateride for Mr. H.de Buysson, Chateau de Vernet, Allier, france.
(2) Reporting on accessions sent for examination and report. One hun- dred and seventy-two of these reports have been made diw:ing the year.
DEPARTMENT OF INSECTS. Lito
(3) The naming of specimens for collectors. Fifty-two larger and smaller series of insects of all orders have been identified for corre- spondents, representing about 5,000 species.
(4) The selection of material to be sent to specialists for study and determination, as here indicated:
(a) A series of Californian Hemiptera-Heteroptera has been sent to Prof. A. L. Montandon of Bucarest, Roumania.
(b) The material in the Noctuid genera Xylomiges and Cucullia was sent to Prof. J. B. Smith, New Brunswick, N. J., to assist him in his study of these groups.
(c) A series of Geometridxe, mostly collected in the Death Valley, California, was sent to Dr. A. 8. Packard, of Providence, for determina- tion.
(d) A small series of Diurnals was sent to Mr. W. H. Edwards for determination.
(e) Several smaller series and all the Odonata, collected by Dr. Ab- bott in Africa, have been sent to Dr. P. C. Calvert, Academy Natura Sciences, Philadelphia, for systematic study.
(f) A complete representation of the Museum collection in the Rhyn- chophorus Tribe Barini has been sent to Capt. T. L. Casey, New York, who has undertaken to monograph the group.
(g) A series of Geometridae bas been sent to Rev. George D. Hulst, Brooklyn, N. Y., for identification.
(h) All the material in the Hemipterous family Veliide has been borrowed by Mr. H. KE. Summers for study.
(t) The undetermined Lepidoptera collected in Africa by Dr. W. L. Abbott have been sent to Dr. W. J. Holland, Pittsburg, Pa., for study. (5) The work of arranging in permanent shape all the collections.
In the Diptera, mentioned in the last annual report as being for the most part arranged, the remaining families have been classified as far as they are studied in our fauna. In the Lepidoptera the North Ameri- can Diurnals, Sphingid, Bombyeid, and Geometrid families have been completely rearranged according to the last published classification, and the very large accessions incorporated. Of North American Diur- nals 410 species are represented, and of Geometrids about 290 North American and 162 European species. A systematic arrangement has also been made of the tropical Diurnals, and they are represented as follows:
Species. ROM BMEXICO;anaveenvral America nssss Asso se oee se 2 eee a ala ae eae oe 169 Hinnimnvwestvindies, (Outside Of Lrinidad )i <5... 22sec co ees cose eons s Ses a nis 10 HOMME Ads (alltofe Aces 25°330))-- 222 os scene io a eeee tas ete ee eee eee 95 GOMES OMMMMPATIOLI CAR et. 4 4/2 ject Screener mien twee. weer ine 255 Tira JASE 20.2 Soo SBS Sea Ser ace eee a ra nS ee Se Boek ye ae eee 42 IPiRORE AMTETRDIN SEOs eee s fo OS eae ERECT S IES ee er ree a OO ee ee 17 HrompAuntcan(OULSIde: Of Aibbovb collection)\-s--ss.ss224s5 2625-22254. 5--5-4-6-55 50
In the Orthoptera the North American collection has been rearranged, now occupying three full cabinets with sixty drawers, and containing
174 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
597 species in 5,925 specimens, besides numerous duplicates separately arranged. In the Neuwroptera the North American species have been arranged in one cabinet with twenty drawers, and count 348 species (only 211 species named) in 1,185 specimens. In the Coleoptera the exotic species have been arranged in seventy-six single and double fold- ing boxes.
The number of species represented in our collection of this order is as follows:
Coleoptera from— Species. IDUUKO Ns) So5e4= scesc24¢e55c0 - JS sore Adve Sees easton eae SIE ee Sete eee nee 3, 200 INSTA. < = 5 ssckc eesen se tees oe sfon alee Sas Sle loie = cle ee eke nee aise eie rat eevee ee 236 UBVTEIN See Ses Sec nec hecsg osasconoso posaco sesso ces accuse sees soebesccce: 63 7NOISR PW aocaeaae cashes sdscoocepebo besos: Be ol eidte) sin Pcas roiea ec eee eee 312 INiew Zealand! Sse sees See stem tetera eat eee te fe ao ote oe eee ee 310 WIEKOR ORS Os oo odoedo SSses0 bona cab oss6a06s0 bes cose obeoso Ses Se55 Sh0- ¥ 28 Ue a or eee ee ase eae eRe Sone ast oe oboe css Sobe cag Sc 450 South America... 2.22.52: oc. ct ae eels < stele eee ee ea ee = ee ee ee ee 760 Hawaii 2232920 seine cele iis See ere ee te= eet eras ee eae ere eee 81 Central Americas... 5 2227 2522 sae eee ec eee eo eee eee Peer eames 1, 200 Wrest indies: 2262.22. 2bsecs coon si oe eee eine eee eee eee 100 United States and (Canada-- 222-22 -- - <2 ccc nae yee ee ee Hea eee 7, 000
Total 4.4). 25S ances 3 eee ae ee See eee eee eee ees 13, 740
In the Hymenoptera some of the families have been studied and the accessions incorporated.
(6) Mounting, expanding, and labeling specimens for the collection. Much time is taken up by this work, as a large percentage of the acces- sions arrive unmounted and all have to be labeled before distribution in the collections.
RESEARCHES.
Most of the special researches based upon museum material are mentioned under the paragraph relating to routine work. In addi- tion to these, however, Mr. W. H. Ashmead has completed his mon- ograph of the Proctotrypide of North America, based very largely on Museum material. This is the first monograph written upon the American representations of this group.
Dr. George Marx has had at his disposal the Acarians of the family - Ixodidie, belonging to the collection, and is engaged upon a monograph of the family.
PRESENT STATE OF THE COLLECTION.
During the last year about 16,000 specimens have been added to the collection. The last catalogue entry for June, 1891, is 746, and for June, 1892, is 1,041. The whole collection was carefully examined for museum pests during the month of June, and was found to be ina highly satisfactory condition.
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By RICHARD RATHBUN, Honorary Curator.
Much progress has been made during the past year in the study of the collections belonging to this department, especially of the higher crusta- ceans, and in the preparation of reports relating to them. As the west hall of the Smithsonian Institution has remained closed during this entire period, owing to delays in the completion of the repairs, it has not been possible to take any active steps toward the improvement of the exhibition series, although a very fair display has been maintained in the temporary quarters allotted for this purpose in the fish hall ad- jacent. There has been a marked increase over the previous year in the number as well as in the aggregate extent and value of the acces- sions which have been received from many diverse sources. Much time has necessarily been required in caring for these additions, and in attending to the continued preservation of the general collections, which have now attained so large a size as to severely tax the storage accommodations assigned to them. But few changes have been made in the quarters occupied by this department, and they remain there- fore in essentially the same condition as described in the last report.
The curator has exercised only a general supervision over the affairs of the department, leaving to the assistant curator, Mr. James E. Bene- dict, and to Miss M. J. Rathbun, the burden of the work, which has been attended to, as heretofore, in the most thorough and conscientious manner.
The total number of accessions received was forty-six. The largest contribution was made by the U.S. Fish Commission and consisted mainly of crustaceans, chiefly brachyura and anomoura, represented by many species and a very large number of specimens, the same having been collected by the steamer Albatross in the North Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea; by the steamer Fish Hawk and the schooner Grampus on the Atlantic sea coast, and by Prof. B. W. Evermann in Texas. It also included a small collection of avian entozoa made by Prof. Edwin Linton in the Yellowstone National Park.
175
176 | REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The other more important accessions were the following: From the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, 24 species of Aus- tralian echini, 14 of which were new to our collection, 13 species of As- teroidea and 50 species of brachyura and anomoura; the Rev. (anon A. M. Norman, of England, 22 species of European Paguridie and Pyeno- gonidie; Mr. George S. Brady, England, a named series of British fresh- water Cyclopidze; Rey. H. Loomis, a large dried collection of erusta- ceans, echinoderms and sponges, from Japan; the Otago Museum, Dune- din, a collection of New Zealand crustaceans; Mr. John Murray, Edin- burgh, Scotland, many specimens of hermit crabs, Hupagurus, trom the Firth of Clyde; Mr. P. L. Jouy, a number of fresh-water crabs and crayfishes from Lake Chapala, Mexico, and crustaceans, echini, and worms from Guaymas; Dr. T. H. Morgan, of Bryn Mawr College, a col lection of crustaceans from Jamaica; O. F. Cook and H. R. Jaquay, a series of Oniscidie from different parts of the United States; the King- ston Exposition, Kingston, Jamaica, a large and very fine series of dried specimens of commercial sponges; J.C. Henderson, jr., and C. T. Simpson, a miscellaneous assortment of crustaceans from the west coast of Florida; Lieut. F. E. Sawyer, U. 8S. Navy, Brazilian crustaceans ob- tained during a trip in connection with the World’s Columbian Expo- sition. The remaining contributions, while of smaller size than those enumerated, have also added many valuable specimens to the collection.
Two half-unit upright cases filled with large jars of especially inter- esting alcoholic specimens, such as crinoids, deep-sea pennatule, echi- noderms, and crabs, have been added to the exhibition series in the fish hall, and Mr. Benedict has also experimented in the matter of making dried preparations of crustaceans for display purposes. This it is not generally difficult to accomplish with the brachyurans or true crabs, but the hermit crabs and shrimps are less amenable to such treatment, owing to their thinner shells and more delicate appendages. It is expected, however, that entirely satisfactory specimens can be prepared by care- ful treatment, and if the trials now being made turn out successfully it is proposed to increase the display collection. Another direction in which experimental work is being conducted by Mr. Benedict has reference to the manufacture of a plastic substance suitable for making reproduc- tions of the softer animals and sufficiently durable for exhibition pur- poses. His eftorts have already met with much success and promise im- portant results not only for this, but also for several of the other de- partments of the Museum.
The customary routine work of the department, such as the mainte- nance of the collections, the periodical overhauling of all the speci- mens to insure their preservation by the renewal of alcohol or the removal of Museum pests, the assorting of recent additions, their cata- loguing, labeling, ete., has been regularly attended to, and has occu- pied a very large amount of time. In the course of all systematic studies the specimens of each species regarded as duplicates have been
DEPARTMENT OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES. LCT
separated at once from the reserve series, and the material for prepar- ing new sets for distribution to educational institutions has therefore been gradually accumulating. Many such special sets have also been made up and disposed of as explained elsewhere. Much of the mate- rial in the line of marine invertebrates derived from the recent inves- tigations of the Fish Commission has been assorted in this department, and several of the groups which are still unassigned for study have likewise been stored here. Progress has been made with the card or reference catalogue corresponding with the work in the identification of species, and so far as the collections are determined, it forms a con- venient index to them. Collections of crustaceans borrowed from Union College and the Peabody Museum of Yale University for pur- poses of comparison have been returned to these institutions.
Some steps have been taken toward preparing an exhibition illus- trating the scope of this department for the World’s Columbian Expo- sition. These have consisted mainly in determining the family groups represented by the known American marine invertebrates and in ascer- taining our desiderata in that respect. No more instructive exhibit for the use of biological students could be planned than one contain- ing essentially all of these families, suitably displayed, and with accom- panying descriptive labels.
The amount of cataloguing done during the year is explained in the following table:
Entries to June 30—] Bntries
Group. SS —— made dur-
1891. 1892. | ing year.
(CHAR RYORRIER 6 sag sdsonsecnoccodoee de scooosocdooUSa sano baponeSDdeCcuEDEoor 10, 814 16, 987 il ayes WYOMING) so cee bai soctodod arbosoenccnapacobonsscoessenoeEcEposSeopenSsasoe 4, 935 4, 958 23 Hahinaderms and coelenterates>-~-- co. c--- secs oe secc sce seeccecee 17, 640 17, 759 119 SPON Sen ans PLOLOZOBNS ceria Aone tele oles ceivivie sells Snseie =e ce ceisineis nee | 6, 315 6, 318 3 MLO aL een: ste ta tore sine Sine ee ence sei ite as ce aaa on emo m dais cise ge Meet oest send aes ee 1,318
Mr. Benedict and Miss Rathbun have completed and published in the proceedings of the Museum a monograph upon the genus Panopeus ot crabs, which is represented in the Museum collection by 25 species, of which 6 were previously undescribed. The hermit crabs belonging to the genus Hupagurus, of which 80 species are contained in our collec- tion, have received much attention from Mr. Benedict, and a complete report upon the group is now in course of preparation. Explorations during the past few years, especially by the steamer Albatross in the North Pacific Ocean, have added 37 new species to this genus, and pre- liminary descriptions of these by Mr. Benedict have recently appeared in the Proceedings. He has also submitted for publication a paper upon the Corystoid crabs of the genera Telmessus and Primacrus, illus- trated with three plates, and has reported upon a collection of crusta-
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2——12
178 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
ceans obtained in the vicinity of Kingston, Jamaica, by Dr. T. H. Mor- gan, The latter report was printed in one of the Johns Hopkins Uni- versity circulars, and the specimens have been deposited in the National Museum.
Catalogues of the Periceridie and Maiide, families of maioid crabs, as represented in our collection, have been completed by Miss Rathbun, and she is at present at work upon the family Inachidze. She has also prepared a list of the crustaceans obtained on the coast of Texas by Prof. B. W. Evermann, during a recent fishing investigation, for pub- lication in the Bulletin of the Fish Commission. Large numbers of crustaceans belonging to other families than the above, principally the result of Fish Commission explorations, but some derived from other sources, have been identified and will be made the subject of report at a future time.
The department is indebted to Union College, Schenectady, N. Y., the Buffalo Society of Natural History, and Mr. F. A. Stearns, of Detroit, for the loan of specimens of crustaceans which were desired for exam- ination and comparison in connection with the studies above referred to; and also to Mr. J. E. Ives, of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, for assistance in comparing specimens sent from Washington with the collections of that society. Prof. S. I. Smith, of Yale Univer- sity, has returned to this Museum for study, the maioid crabs, the Paguride and Porcellanidie belonging to the earlier collections of the Fish Commission, and some Brazilian crustaceans collected by the cura- tor. Mr. ©. 8. Dolley has also returned the crustaceans obtained by the steamer Albatross in the Bahama region, and sent to him for exam- ination a few years ago.
Prof. A. E. Verrill and Miss K. J. Bush have continued Te studies upon the Fish Commission collections, the property of the National Mu- seum, now deposited under Prof. Verrill’s charge at the Peabody Mu- seum of Yale University. Prof. Walter Faxon, of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology at Harvard College, has reported upon the crayfishes received in recent accessions, including a new species obtained in Mexico by Prot. A. Dugés; and the specimens of Oniscidee have been sent for examination to Profs. O. F. Cook and H. R. Jaquay, of Syracuse Univer- sity, Syracuse, N. Y., who are proposing to monograph that family. Prof. Edwin Linton, of Washington and Jefferson College, has described a number of bird entozoa collected by Mr. P. L. Jouy, at Guaymas, Mex- ico, and by himself at the Yellowstone National Park, and a paper upon the subject has been published.
Although no regular fishery investigations were undertaken by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross during the past year, yet inci- dental dredgings were made during a cruise to Bering Sea with the United States Seal Commissioners, in the summer of 1891, and during the hydrographic survey for a cable route between California and the Hawaiian Islands the following winter. Many interesting and several
DEPARTMENT OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES. 179
new forms of deep-sea invertebrates were obtained in the course of both of these expeditions, and shore collecting was also carried on at Hono- lulu. The investigations of the steamer Fish Hawk and the schooner Grampus on the Atlantic coast have been limited to the shallow and surface waters, and while the natural history collections obtained by them are not extensive, they will eventually add some material of importance to this department.
Ten sets of duplicate marine invertebrates, belonging to series No. IV, the composition of which has been described in previous reports, have been distributed to educational institutions, as follows: Biolog- ical School, Avon-by-the-sea, N. J.; Wells College, Aurora, N. Y.; Trinity University, Durham, N. C.; Fort Worth University, Fort Worth, Tex.; State Normal School, Mankato, Minn.; Lowa State Normal School, Cedar Falls, Iowa; State Normal School, Whitewater, Wis.; Manstield Memorial Museum, Manstield, Ohio; Leland Stantord Junior University, Menlo Park, Cal,; Pennsylvania State Normal Sehool, Mil- lersville, Pa.
The following special collections have also been supplied, namely: To the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, 73 species of echinoderms; tothe University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada, 73 species of echinoderms and calenterates; to Tulane University, New Orleans, La., 13 species of corals, 27 species of echinoderms, and 25 species of erusta- ceans; tothe Royal Zodlogical Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark, a large series of radiates and crustaceans; to the National Deat-Mute College, Kendall Green, Washington, D. ©., 37 species of corals, echinoderms, hydroids, and sponges. A number of other institutions and of individ- uals have likewise been furnished with a few species each, generally for purposes of special study or to supply deficiencies in their collec- tions.
Tay ed
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By FREDERIC A. LUCAS, Assistant Curator.
The general work of the year has been, as heretofore, mainly in the preparation and arrangement of osteological material, but much has been accomplished for the department of vertebrate fossils, the work of that department being, so far as the Museum is concerned, carried on by the Department of Comparative Anatomy.
The most important accession of the year was the skeleton of a young sperm whale, obtained through the courtesy of the Life-Saving Service, from the station at Green Run Inlet, Capt. J. J. Dunton, keeper. Many fishes have been received from the U.S. Fish Commission in connec- tion with their work for the World’s Columbian Exposition, among them a fine tarpon and a specimen of the opah, Lampris luna, the latter having a special value as being the first example taken near our coast. From the Fish Commission also came an adult bastard logger- head turtle, Colpochelys kempi, one of the special desiderata in this department. A second skeleton of the rare fork-tailed gull, Creagrus fureatus, together with other desirable skeletons of birds, was procured by Mr. C. H. Townsend, of the Fish Commission steamer Albatross.
In addition to the regular routine work a new catalogue of verte- brate fossils has been commenced, and the greater part of the material in that department has been recatalogued, a task that has entailed much comparison of specimens with published figures, reference to other catalogues, and some necessary identifications.
This has taken a great deal of the time of the assistant curator, as, owing to the smallness of the force, nearly all the work, even to its simplest details, has devolved upon him. Twenty lots of recent and fossil bones have been reported on, and work has been continued on the synoptic exhibition series of invertebrates, both in the preparation of specimens and of labels. Comparatively few additions have been made to the exhibition series, as the work of the preparators has been
181
182 “REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
mainly devoted to material for the study series, and these additions have been chiefly skeletons of fishes, that class being at present rather poorly represented. It may be said, however, that a number of speci- mens were prepared for mounting, which, owing to the pressure of other work, could not be finished. A small number of Auzoux models, illustrating certain details of digestion and circulation, have been pur- chased for the exhibition series, as well as some for use in connection with the series of invertebrates.
The details of the work of the preparators are given in the report of the osteological preparator,* and it speaks well for the skill and indus- try of the assistants that so much has been accomplished in spite of the many unavoidable interruptions. .
The ever-increasing care of the collections has prevented any special researches, although the assistant curator has devoted a little time to the study of the osteology of the Steganopodes, a group of birds unusu- ally well represented in the Museum. Dr. Rk. W. Shufeldt, to whom material has been loaned, has continued his work on the osteology of North American birds. Material has been furnished to Prof. Cope, for his work on North American reptiles, and to the Bering Sea Commis- sion in connection with their inquiries concerning the fur seal.
PRESENT CONDITION OF THE COLLECTION.
The present state of the collection is good, but if time admitted and space were available, a great deal of work might be most profitably done in labeling and arranging the study series.
The exhibition series is in good shape, but some changes are needed in a few of the purchased specimens, and some of the labels should be replaced by others more descriptive in their character.
The number of specimens on exhibition at the end of the year was as follows:
Skeletons of—
Mammials:=.2. -6c 8 e2c dea 5t ool ecen eke SE eee ota Deen Ropes nee ee eee 196 BANGS) 22s 53 owe soa eae Ce eee ene ee ee ee a eee 71 Reptiles:..2= .2.45. ove fie chicat > sone tees Be Rae eo ae eee ee eee 39 Batrachilans: sc os. os c.c. Sas eee oe eee ee ne ae ee ee) Blasmobranchs. and! fishessi2.)5 2 Fee ee ee ee eee 535) Skullsiof mammalse. ..25232 36252 Pee eee ee eee ee 63 Other osteolo sical pieces > <j. 2.1 ss pees ae a sere eae ee eee 58 AAIZOUXS AN AbOMUC AL: MOdEIS: = 2256 acide eee ors Cee ee ee Oe eee ieee ee eae 25 Totalizeechiss fo ibos secs eee eee cetera 494
The number of osteological specimens on exhibition has been lessened since the report of 1891 by the transfer of some pieces to the Department of Vertebrate Fossils and the temporary withdrawal of a few others.
* See p. 65.
DEPARTMENT OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. 183
The additions to the collection as shown by entries in the catalogues are as follows:
Last number, June aa 30— ak Increase. | 1891. | 1892. VICODIN LN OEE eters, or oan = cela e Se Cenc Ss oe cadies cle aee face ee 35144 35526 382 STC) Se eet a ie en a Tea es cefa.c Se avoracieie Sala!als as wsleiere 19002 19105 103 TRE STaS GBS Gait 5 0S eee 29300 29325 25 GL RGR eee ee pare ee Pare fae acicig clays s Slain Saecws SJossa lames aeske verses 26085 26149 64 BO UA ee ea eae n= Sac sce Ms nels siae « BaisiSs Soe aha eseedins es 5c coasts meeeeeenes 574
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF FOSSIL PLANTS IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By Lester F. Warp, Honorary Curator.
The work of the year has been in general a continuation of that out- lined in the report for last year, the object in mind being the arrange- ment of the specimens in such a manner as to facilitate their consultation and study. The work of rearranging and labeling the Carboniferous specimens was continued to some extent, but the Museum assistant, Mr. Theo. Holm, has spent the larger part of his time in caring for the herbarium. Many specimens have been mounted and added to the collection, and it has in other ways been made of greater assistance in the study of fossil plants.
During the year there have been added to the collection more exten- sive and valuable accessions than ever before in the history of the de- partment of fossil plants. The first of these is the immense collection of Potomac plants turned over by the U.S. Geological Survey through Prof. William M. Fontaine, of the University of Virginia. This collece- tion, filling thirty-one large boxes, and representing several thousand specimens, embraces the entire series of types and duplicates used by Prof. Fontaine in the preparation of his elaborate Potomac or Younger Mesozoic Flera, which forms Volume xv of the Monographs of the U.S. Geological Survey. This flora is a very remarkable and interest- ing one. It embraces about 365 species, of which number 75 are dico- tyledons of peculiar and archaic types, representing perhaps the oldest dicotyledonous flora known in the world.
Atthe same time the U.S. Geological Survey, through Prof. Fon- taine, turned over the specimens representing the older Mesozoic flora, which had been used by Prof. Fontaine in the preparation of Mono- graph VI, entitled ‘‘ Contributions to the Knowledge of the Older Meso- zoic Flora of Virginia.” This collection was contained in nine boxes, and represented several hundred specimens. It is an exceedingly val- nable collection, not only because it contains most of the types de- scribed in the above work, but because it embraces many particularly fine if not unique specimens.
185
P86 = REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
No gift of greater importance to the department of fossil plants has ever been made than that by Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, Pa., under the terms of which his great collection of fossil plants is to be perma- nently deposited in the National Museum. The value of this collec: tion, one of world-wide reputation, is far greater than that of the entire amount of the collections in the department prior to the date of its gift. The task of procuring fossil plants from the older formations for use in paleontological and biological research has been prosecuted for nearly twenty years by its donor, whose liberal means and scientific and practical mining knowledge, as well as his favorable location in the heart of the northern anthracite coal field, have enabled him to bring together an invaluable body of material, of which Prof. Lesquereux remarked in one of his last publications: * “ Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pitts- ton, has procured from almost all the localities where coal is worked in the United States an immense amount of specimens, far beyond any seen, even in the largest museums of Europe.” Since the above quota- tion was written Mr. Lacoe has continued his work, having several col- lectors in his employ in various States and the Acadian provinces, a portion of the material collected having been examined by Prof. Les- quereux. Besides gathering this material in the field, he has also pur- chased a number of private collections containing many type speci- mens, So that it is perhaps safe to say that nearly one-half of the types of the American Carboniferous flora now lie within the Lacoe collee- tion. In fact, there are few outstanding American types except those resting in several State geological museums. But even the deficiency in the balance of originals has largely been compensated for by the collection of duplicates from the type localities, and these, like all other collections made prior to 1889, were examined and labeled by the orig- inal author of nine-tenths of the Paleozoic species described from the United States, Leo Lesquereux. How prominent a part this material has taken in both the biological and economic applications may be recognized at a glance in the three volumes (especially the third) of the “Coal Flora,” published with an atlas by the second geological survey of Pennsylvania in 1878-1884, Report P. It is sufficient to add in this place that within this collection the data for working out the ~ geological and geographical distribution of the Carboniferous plant species, as far as they can be worked out at the present stage of explo- ration, is probably more ample than that of all other American collec- tions combined.
It will at once be seen that the accession of this invaluable wealth of material will necessarily make this institution, as the repository of the types or authentic specimens of nearly all the American Paleozoic species, the reference center for all extensive work on the Paleozoic flora in this country in future, as well as the custodian of valuable geo- logical correlation data. But the proper installation in this Museum
“Ann. Rep. 2d Geol. Sury. Penna., 1886, Pt. 1, p. 493.
DEPARTMENT OF FOSSIL PLANTS. 187
of so great a collection, numbering about 100,000 specimens, is a matter involving much embarrassment in the way of space and study facili- ties, it being agreed in the terms of the gift that this collection, to be kept entire and known as the ‘* Lacoe Coilection,” shall, together with all future additions, either by exchange or gift of the donor, be kept in order and made accessible to scientists and students without distine- tion, under such proper rules and restrictions as may be necessary for the preservation from loss or injury of the specimens.
As constituted at present the collection consists of: (1) Types and study specimens; (2) Fine exhibition slabs and specimens; (3) Boxes containing (a) unstudied and (b) duplicate material. The area required by the first class, making no allowance either for the future accessions or for new material to be found in the boxes not yet examined, amounts to over 1,000 drawers of the size in ordinary use in the Museum. The exhibition material will occupy about 2,100 square feet. Of the bal- ance of the collection, about 80 boxes, a portion only will require drawer space, while the remainder may be labeled and made in some way accessible as exchange material.
Arrangements were made whereby, in January and February of this year, Mr. David White, assistant paleontologist in the U.S. Geological Survey, spent four weeks in Pittston engaged in work preliminary to the transfer of the collection. Among the boxes brought back was a small portion of the type and study exhibition material. Two cases of - exhibition material have been arranged and labeled by Mr. White, and they now stand in the central rotunda.
The remainder of the cases brought from Pittston include a large quantity of material more or less thoroughly studied by Prof. Lesque reux and supposed to represent species either new to science or not before found in this country. Most of these unpublished specimens examined by Prof. Lesquereux are accompanied by Ms. in various stages of completion, or notes with some illustrations. All this new matter, together with the plants in question, has been placed by Mr. Lacoe in the hands of Mr. White, who will assist him in revising, veri- fying, and completing the posthumous work for publication. Mueh time and labor will be necessary in the preparation of the Ms. and additional drawings for the publication, which should appear as soon as possible, before this portion of the collection is ready for enrollment on the Museum register. Owing largely to failing health during the last years of Prof. Lesquereux’s scientific labors a considerable time wili need to be spent in going through the collection in a serutinous review. This task, along with the identification of a large quantity of lew material, probably requiring five or six months, it is the donor’s desire to have accomplished before the entire collection is removed and enrolled on the Museum books. It can probably be best done in Pittston, where Mr. Lacoe will be at hand to furnish any needed geo- graphical or stratigraphieal information.
188 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
In the removal of so enormous a collection it will perhaps be better to transfer it by orders or groups as fast as the necessary scrutiny and completion of labels and enrollment are finished. It is therefore de- sirable that, whenever the work is renewed, cases may be ready for its reception as fast as the material arrives in Washington.
The separation of the duplicate specimens for exchange will be simul- taneous with the review and registry of the specimens. ‘These should be labeled and fully listed before placing them in an accessible storage. Several exchanges have already been engaged with American and European paleontologists, the specimens for which may be selected while the collection is being packed.
In acquiring the Lacoe collection the Museum not only receives a most important paleontological accession, but it becomes the custodian of a large mass of unelaborated correlative material, which, if rightly used, will prove of great value and aid to scientific and economic geology; and this rich possession affords just ground for national scientific pride, while the liberal public spirit with which it was given is worthy of imitation by all patrons of science.
My investigations of the local exposures of the Potomac formation, as mentioned in my last report, were continued as opportunity afforded throughout the year. In September and October I made, in company with several members of the U. 8. Geological Survey, an extended field trip to Texas and Arkansas with a view of determining the prob- able relation of the Trinity formation of those States with the Potomac formation. In April I also made another field trip, this time studying the Lower Cretaceous formations of Alabama, securing a valuable col- lection of fossil plants. Later,in May and June, I made an extensive overland journey from the Potomac to the Raritan in New Jersey for the purpose of studying the relation of the Potomac of Virginia and Maryland and the so-called ‘Amboy clays” of New Jersey. The results were in every way sasisfactory and will be published by the U. 8S. Geological Survey.
Mr. Theo. Holm was the Museum assistant for the entire year. His time was mainly spent in work on the herbarium, with a view to making it of the greatest possible value in the study of fossil plants. He mounted and placed in the cases several hundred sheets of plants, largely native trees and shrubs, and at the close of the year was engaged upon the duplicate collection in selecting such as it seemed desirable to mount for the study series. He had also begun the deter- mination of a collection of plants from Morocco, obtained during 1889 by Mr. Talcott Williams, of Philadelphia.
Prof. F. H. Knowlton continued during the year his study of the Laramie flora, and had well under way at the close a revision of the plants of this group, based on the original Lesquereux type specimens in the National Museum and large recent collections from Colorado. When this work is completed, it is hoped that the Laramie flora will be
DEPARTMENT OF FOSSIL PLANTS. 189
placed on a basis that will admit of its extensive geological use. Prof. Knowlton also identified and revised, by the aid of Museum material, a considerable collection of plants from the Bozeman (Montana) coal field and prepared a report which will soon be printed. It enumerates forty-four species, five of which are described as new to science.
The accessions of Upper Paleozoic material, with the exception of the fossil woods, have been examined by Mr. David White, who has reported on all minor transmittals. In connection with his regular survey work Mr. White has also spent a considerable time on the collections sent by Dr. J. H. Britts from the Power coal measures of Missouri, and the first collection forwarded by L. Graff from Van Buren, Ark., the speci- mens being studied by genera, together with those of the Carboniferous plant collections of the U.S. Geological Survey now in his hands. The work on the Britts collections, which include a number of new or little known forms, will probably be completed by the 1st of January. His study and other work on the Lacoe collection is mentioned in the part of this report relating to that particular collection.
Mr. Charles S. Prosser was in the field from July 1 to August 26, engaged in studying the Middle and Upper Devonian formations of Monroe, Pike, and Wayne Counties, Pa., with special reference to the flora and fauna. The collection made is of great importance in deter- mining doubtful horizons and correcting previous errors. His time in the office was largely spent on the compendium of paleobotany which has been in preparation for some years in this office.
An entirely new arrangement of the exhibition series of fossil plants was begun. Heretofore the plants had been arranged systematically, with a view to illustrating, as far as the material admitted, the origin and development of plant life, but it had been found that plants widely separated geologically were brought side by side, and it was thought best to abolish the botanical and substitute for it the geological ar- rangement. Each plan of arrangement has its advantages, but as all the other paleontological collections were arranged geologically it seemed as well to have the plants conform. The system of placing each specimen on an ebonized block was also abandoned as unsatisfae- tory.
As the exhibition series is confined to a single row of table cases in the fossil court, nothing like a complete series can be shown, but beginning with the lowest plant-bearing rocks, enough specimens were placed on exhibition to give a fairly good idea of the predominant vegetation of each period. The specimens illustrating the Devonian, a part of the Carboniferous, and all of the Potomac were put in the cases. The last-named flora, that of the Potomac, is very fully exhib- ited on account of its peculiar types of vegetation. The other forma- tions will be as fully illustrated as the space will admit.
The flora of the Dakota Group, by the late Prof. Leo Lesquereux, as announced in the last annual report, was printed during the year,
190 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
It forms Monograph xvit of the U.S. Geological Survey. The larger part of the type specimens upon which it is based is now the property of the Museum. Of these not now here, many are in the lately donated collection of Mr. R. D. Lacoe and will be brought here shortly. A few of the types are in the Museum of the University of Kansas, but by the kindness of the chancellor, Prof. F. H. Snow, duplicates, in some eases better than the originals, have been donated, so that the Museum now has probably the most complete collection extant representing this flora.
Prof. William M. Fontaine, of the University of Virginia, has worked up a small but very interesting collection of plants from the Kootanie beds at Great Falls, Mont. Several species and varieties are found to be new, and the whole collection has been described and discussed in an illustrated paper which is about to be published in the ‘ Proceed- ines of the National Museum.”
Several exceptionally fine specimens of a gigantic fossil alga (Nema- tophyton crassum), obtained by Mr. Charles S. Prosser, at Skunnemunk Mountain, near Monroe, Orange County, N. Y., have been made the basis of a special study by Prof. D. P. Penhallow, of McGill University, Montreal, Canada. His paper, illustrated by a number of photomicro- eraphs, is also about to be published in the ‘* Proceedings of the National Museum.”
In Lesquereux’s Tertiary Flora (p. 70, Pl. Lx111, Figs. 1, 1d) there was described and figured a peculiar silicified fossil plant from near Golden, Colo., under the name of Zamiostrobus mirabilis. This speci- men, No. 100 of the catalogue of fossil plants in the National Museum, was, by request, loaned to H. Graf zu Solms-Laubach, professor of bot- any in the University of Strasburg, Germany, who was making a special study of all the fossil eyeadean stems and fruits of the world. He had several large thin sections cut from the specimen and gave it a thorough microscopical study, which resulted in his changing the name to Cycadeoidea pamiostrobus. The specimen has been returned with several microscopical preparations.
In addition to the Lacoe collection, about 25,000 specimens have been added to the collection of the department during the year, making a total increase of about 125,000 specimens.
The last catalogue entry for June, 1891, is 3,503, and for June, 1892, is 3,598, an increase of 95 entries.
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF PALEOZOIC INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892,
By C. D. Waucort, Honorary Curator.
The year’s work, in its bearings upon the collections, has been very much the same as for 189091, when I reported that it was indirect rather than direct, owing to the necessity for my completing certain work for the U.S. Geological Survey. Large quantities of material have been received from the collectors of the Survey, much of which has been placed in storage awaiting an opportunity to have it elaborated and transferred to the Museum. During the month of July, 1891, the collection of Cambrian and Ordovician fossils, belonging to the exhibi- tion series, was completed and placed on exhibition and a large number of labels written for it. And at various times during the year addi- tions of individual specimens were made to the exhibition series.
In the laboratory considerable time was given to painting the record numbers on the specimens belonging to the accessions of previous years that had not been fully recorded, and in the preparation for study of a large amount of material obtained by the collectors of -the Geo- logical Survey. Owing to the crowded condition of the laboratory and the want of exhibition space, more attention was given to the prepara- tion of material for future study and exhibition than to the immediate incorporating of it into the exhibition series.
Mr. Oscar Hinrichs, jr., was employed during the year in his various duties connected with the laboratory and the exhibition series—enter- ing, numbering, and labeling the accessions, writing cards for the exhi- bition specimens, ete.
During the week of the meeting of the International Congress of Geologists (in August) many of the leading paleontologists and geol- ogists of Europe visited and examined the collections of fossils in the Museum. They commented most favorably on the Museum exhibition and also on the large amount of fine material in the various labora- tories. ;
Reference to the papers published by me during the year is made in the Bibliography (Section ty).
During the year 29 accessions were received. A list of them is here given.
191
192 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR 1891-92. Specimens. Acc. 23938. From E. A. Hauske, Bellevue, Iowa, one Crinoid and one small shell, found in Pennsylvania. (Returned toregistrar. Of little value without exact loeality): ..< /.. S222 ste 2 emeemn ce ee ae eee eee ee an ee 2 Ace, 24356. From A. W. Barker, Orlando, Fla. (Returned to registrar, to be re- ferred to Dr. W. H. Dall. ) Acc. 24597. From Australian Museum, Sydney, Australia. (Not examined. ) Ace. 24609. From Sv. Leonh. Tornquist, Lund, Sweden. (Not examined.) Acc, 24610. From D. H. Chapin, Baltimore, Md.: Hamilton group: Phacopsiman ate case see ance eee ee rere eee ee ee eee 1
Ace. 24641. From Herbert ©. Brock, Mason City, Iowa: Devonian:
S| OGRE CN aea eaten spec sedauS GeO One noob S650 Goon doasosooong soos boss 6 eCyrbinifOrmis 3. cs Jes see se eee ee eas oe eee eee eee eee 2
(URN ooae CoS onOcSe So Cosae soo ese oousddoeasa. duds Sseeascoss 2 whitneyi Hall <3. 225.0 cne tesco cee eeeee ee coe Socweeise cer 2 hungerford: Hallas se See yo. ee ee tee eter eres ie ne eet ee ee 2 Cyathophy lium sp 3: sac.) ses et een ae ee ar eee ane eee 3 Atrypa, reticularis Winnaeuse..-- = -o--eee == eee rie eee eee 3 aspera; Schlotheim: 2.45. 72.2 22. a4 -s2 Sages cee eee eee eee 2 Streptorhynchus chemungensis.....----..------.----- aps ota Shee ise ste 2 Orthisiowensis “Hall oo 5 ..eatss oree none eae oer eee eee eee 2 Gryptonella’ calvint 40. 25.7. 32.54: 22 Sars. aes eas seo ee eee ee a ees pees 3 Strophodonta\demissai@onrad 22-2. 332 ee a= eo eee eee eee eee 2 EGxiliSe cae fees ae hi oho 2 RES Boe en eee eee 3
arcuata; halla s esas ee eo wae ieee ere oe erro ere 2
Bellerophon, (?)isp: CP) nsse3 1 oc on cette eos tS. Se eee eee eee 2 Productusidissimilis) Walcottsso2o-so-- ee eee se eee een ee eee eee 2 Strophodonta'reversa Halles sso 225-2 8-3. eee ane ee eee eae 3 NaticopsisyoicanteasriallvandsVWihitheee ess ees oe eee eee eee eee. 2 45
Ace. 24652. From Charles Yale, Louisiana, Mo. One Orthoceras (purchased)-.... 1 Acc. 24837. From Geo. R. Bryan, (bequest of O. N. Bryan), Marshall Hall, Charles Co., Md. 39 species. 105 specimens.
Acc. 24855. From Joseph A. Young, Bellevue, Iowa. Pentremites sp.......----- 4 Ace. 24935. From Wille B. Tate, 1459 Florida avenue, N. W., Washington, D. C. Brachiopod \( Paleozoic) <2. cee see- tee so e oas Peete eee oe eee eee Ace. 25058. From Elmer Rambo, Lower Providence, Pa. Pentremites sp-.------- 12 Acc. 25061. From Edward S. Golson, South Saginaw, Mich. Several species of Silliman corals from driiteeeeeseee se meee eee ee Jajbaiee Re Secie eE eee oe oe 15
Ace. 25155. From Walter D. Wilcox, 127 College street, New Haven, Conn. : Middle Cambrian :
Acrotreta gemma var. depressa Waleott-.-..-..-.-.-.--.....--------4-- 3 Agnostus interstrictus Whites. - oases ee seee sees ee see cine eee 2 BAN 8 (CP) 558 Sone sed ee 2 Se oe See ee ee eee ee Oe eas See eee iL Acrothele subsidua White: .. 2-t seeps ee ee oo. «= eee 2 Hyolithes:sp-22-226.. os 525 5522 e eee eee oe ee Oe ae eee eee 2
Hy olithellusisp’ -2 2. 53 Js | 2S Re ee See eee ee Graptolite nein Scene os eau sce ee euene se eeeiewe wees Cease: een cian ame
DEPARTMENT OF PALEOZOIC INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS. 193
Ace. 25155. From Walter D. Wilcox, ete.—Continued. Middle Cambrian—Continued.
IB PPPOE GIN Sap BCS Se Scacte Se ie ten Be ae 5 20 on 25 ees eae es 3 Rertorginasikeskosterlingensis. 2... --.--6 os Jaen oe 2 hineulellagmacconnellibase- 5% <0 542-2 25s see eee eee ee eee 3 Orukismaval ber tase a een eas ccc. S (55 54GB eee ee 1 PS ROMI Cetera are neeme nea se ee. 21k. 2 sd et ee eee NUS SMGTOGS ERTS) Oil AREAS ES ale ee a eae as re Dc! en eee 3 Weyeonsies al otziy GU ee sase atone see's - seine eee ee 23 bye hoperia cordon: oo .- <n )3.< 25 32 coc 52-5 22 ee 7 3) DAA eee Anos chias Ga aRSoeSsepnaE dee onadscoce sae Bathyuriscus howelli Waleottn. SUSODO RG Cade Soe eee Boston aseche ose 5 Olenoides nevadensis Walcott-----.---.-2-.-.-.-.-- 12 AXCRANCAOMESISPINOSUS 6 442k = selesie oe ea se iin, ee ee ee ee 6 8&8
Ace. 25288. From Henry G. Bryant, 1227 Nerth Broad street, Philadelphia, Pa. : Middle Cambrian: Paradox desspennet hiss ps aan ss seis ook eyo ar is ee ke a are
Acc, 25325. From Dr. Karl Rominger, Ann Arbor, Mich. : Middle Cambrian: Opycopsis Weta OMing phe 5. <oi62 <8 235, oe eo ou Pb o eu oe ee
HAGyAEISCUS HOWElliN WALCOUL 245.2 o ben as Reta s knee eee eee 13 GIS TOMORMENGOCNSIS, MECKon seo see. oe oe nen esa s)c aos eee 5 148 Aec. 25496. From Benjamin Vail, 344 E street NE., Washington, D. C.: ick @alyimene SeMalia os sae a5. see ete stk od Seah SS = wo Moe See Ace. 25500. From Williamsburg Scientific Society, through Louis Kirsch, presi- dent, Brooklyn, N.Y. Rock specimen containing specimens of brachiopods. Ace. 25502. From F. A. Randall, Warren, Pa. Ace. 25508. From Herbert E. Brock, Mason City, lowa: PV AP HOC UUMUN ENO MLTACOSUS: font f= 72 saS ose See Sk. Se ecb we eae eee il Dichocrinus inornatus -............- fe ialate ts afole cis Cie io onal oie ae se Se i SRLOtOCEIMUS OMOPS se eee lees sso eee ce Sa cot on aededhs cess Geese 1 GEG CLINUS SP AEWUS eh tose secon. alee oak ae OL oh AS eae eee 2 IPESUNOCEINUS VEINOUT ANUS 4.7. <sy2i2 55 oan hae oad es Ges lee ee 1 SHLOLOCTUMUS DROS MIS! as Sac Sennen o'er isn cick a Sees Yo se dee oe 1 Me aA OCOCEM ESO DOLOSUS ©. las Crane eco os ek ee ee eae eae Pane ne 2 PALOCLINUS, BOUL DIA CHIBWUS 32-2. 23505 oS os laces She cess eases ee 3 12 Ace. 25514. From Dr. J. H. Lemon, New Albany, Ind. Fossil shells, mostly dupli- PalesOnete ner MiUsewmM: COlSEtON 52-24 oof acibucnsee een da deca osu eee 400 Acc. 25523. From L. C. Lane, Frankfort, Ky. Fossil shells.................--. Acc. 25590. From Williamsburgh Scientific Society, through Louis Kirse i presi- BeMPenrooe nana Y., HSrachiopoed!< 22: .acte. ges eae: ee weak Sk oes 1
Ace. 25607. From Mrs. L. M. Tucker, Ortonville, Mich. Corals (from drift) .... 14
Ace. 25617. From Frank Russell, Iowa City, Iowa. Pentamerus decussatus Desens AOS etree tore fe eee, SS c/s eet aks eee PS cate 8
Acc. 25630. From Geo, U. S. Hovey, White Church, Kans. Productus symetricus. ee ESTA errant te os eel Sd OS OS as COE Ls She Us wie So's oS Sade we oh 1
H, Mis. 114, pt. 2
194 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
ae
Acc. 25655. From Frank Russell, lowa City, lowa:
Oc) Reena Beem abode So abee osc boca acon os Goqha joes sesoseskonaos 41 IP POCOZO ASP == 5 == aa lete oatee ot Stele ms ele tel eee oe 6 47 Acc. 25670. From New York State Museum, through Prof. J. M. Clarke.
25 Acc. 25683. From Herbert E. Brock, Mason City, Iowa. Ace. 25711. From Chas. Miller, jr., Grand Rapids, Mich. The catalogue numbers taken up were from 24059 to 24153, both in- elusive; but many additional numbers will be used when the unfin- ished accessions have been prepared for record,
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF MESOZOIC INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By C. A. Wuire, Honorary Curator.
During the past year, as in preceding years, the work of this divi- sion has been done wholly by members of the U. 8S. Geological Survey ; and yet the usual routine, and much of the special work pertaining to it, has been fully attended to.
The fossil collections have continued to increase during the year, the most important accession having been received from the U.S. Geolog- ical Survey. This accession (No. 25725) embraces 10,566 specimens and includes some of the most important paleontological material which has been studied by members of the Survey. A large part of this accession is now placed in the exhibition series, and more of it will be similarly placed as soon as time for the work can be spared.
The entries in the Museum catalogue for the year range from 21752 to 22170.
195
Ae Me’ ite ay ia oft ‘pA
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY IN THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By Dr. GEORGE VASEY, Honorary Curator.
The report now presented constitutes my fourth annual report relat- ing to the National Herbarium.
The growth of the herbarium has been steady, although the per cent. of increase has not equaled that of last year. The herbarium has practically been rearranged during the past year. New genus-covers and genus-labels have been substituted for the old ones. The labels are printed either in black or red. The black label imphes that the genus belongs to North America north of Mexico; the red label implies that the genus is foreign. These are divided into two groups: Mexican and South American, and Old World. Each is placed in a separate genus-cover. The native and foreign genera are not other- wise separated. The species under each genus, as a rule, are arranged alphabetically; in some American genera of which there are recent monographs, the species are arranged systematically, with an alpha betie index to the species. The Phanerogams have been arranged according to Durand’s Index.
The Ferns are arranged by genera according to Hooker’s Species Filicum. In the case of the Mosses, Liverworts, and Lichens the gen- era are arranged alphabetically.
The Fungi are represented by 16,397 specimens and contain 6,424 species. They are now kept in the Division of Vegetable Pathology, Department of Agriculture.
The Mosses and Liverworts have all been remounted during the past two years. These are kept in tight pockets. Six of these pockets belonging to one species are glued upon a single sheet of the standard size of mounting paper and filed away, as ordinary herbarium speci- mens. The number of pockets of Mosses in the herbarium at the pres- sent time is 8,154, and of Liverworts 1,300.
The mounted specimens are almost free from all kinds of herbarium pests. Our duplicate collections, however, were threatened with destruction by what the entomologist of the Department of Agriculture considered a new genus of insects, probably introduced with specimens
197
198 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
sent from the dry regions of western Mexico. The pest is a small geometrid larva about 8™" long. In order to get rid of this larva, a wooden box with close-fitting top was prepared, of the following dimen- sions: 4 feet long by 20 inches wide and 2 feet deep. This box was then filled with bundles of plants, a cup holding about half a gill of bisulphide of carbon was placed with them, covered, and allowed to remain for twenty-four hours or more. This operation was repeated until all the duplicates had been poisoned. Our large collections are treated in this manner when they first arrive.
During the year a card catalogue of all the botanical works in the libraries to which this department has access, has been begun. Already the library of the Department of Agriculture has been catalogued, and many of the books in the Library of Congress and the library of the Smithsonian Institution.
ACCESSIONS.
The accessions received during the year ending June 30, 1892, num- ber 512 (catalogue Nos. 991 to 1505), of which 41 were received through the National Museum (as shown in the tabulated statement accompany- ing this report); the rest, mostly from collectors employed by the De- partment of Agriculture. The following are some of the more impor- tant accessions:
Two sets of Pringle’s Mexican collection, of 287 species each, one obtained by dona- tion and one by purchase.
About 50 specimens from Dr. Charles Mohr, mostly ballast plants collected about Mobile, Alabama.
A set of 47 Californian species, from J. G. Lemmon, obtained by donation.
A set of 60 species from C. V. Piper, of Washington, obtained by exchange.
A set of 33 specimens of eastern United States plants obtained by donation from William M. Canby.
A set of 107 specimens obtained by exchange from G. McCarthy.
A collection of 2,150 specimens made by Frederick V. Coville on the Death Valley Expedition.
A set of 285 species obtained by purchase from A. A. Heller.
A set of 450 species of New Zealand plants, sent by J. F. Cheeseman.
A set of 125 species of African plants obtained by donation from J. M. Wood, Natal, Africa.
A collection of 776 Californian species from S. B. Parish, obtained by exchange.
A set of 470 South American plants obtained by purchase from Thomas Morong.
A set of 1,540 specimens from C. Copineau, of Paris, obtained by exchange.
A set of 297 species from the Malay peninsula obtained by purchase from C. Curtis.
A set of 1,709 specimens, collected by G. C. Nealley in Texas and Arizona.
A set of 2,530 specimens from United States and Europe, obtained by exchange and purchase from J. M. Holzinger.
A set of 250 plants, collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns, U.S. A., in Minnesota and Texas.
A set of 3,521 specimens from Mexico and Arizona, collected by Dr. Edward Palmer.
A set of 733 plants collected in the Indian Territory by C.S. Sheldon.
A set of 615 specimens collected by F. F. Wood in Minnesota and Canada.
A set of 106 plants collected by S. M. Tracy in Mississippi.
A set of 1,793 specimens collected in Nebraska by P. A. Rydberg.
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY. - 199
A set of Canadian plants numbering 233, collected by J. M. Macoun,
A set of 425 specimens collected by T. E. Wilcox in Arizona.
A set of 28 plants collected by E. P. Sheldon in Minnesota.
A set of 1,411 specimens from Arizona, collected by D. T. McDougal.
A set of 15,191 plants collected by J. H. Sandberg and assistants in Minnesota and Idaho.
A set of 2,011 specimens collected in Florida by J. H. Simpson.
A set of 1,590 specimens collected by M. A. Carleton in Kansas, Oklahoma, and New Mexico.
A set of 93specimens from E. L. Greene, collected in California, Washington, and Alaska.
A set of 144 specimens collected by G. A. Holzinger in North Dakota.
A set of 140 plants (United States and foreign) collected by H. A. Green.
The total number of specimens received from all sources is 53,354.
The number of specimens mounted and distributed into the collec- tions is about 12,000.
The number of packages sent out from the herbariuin is 335, The number of herbarium specimens sent to college museums, experimental stations, ete., is 15,748.
The number of plants remaining in the duplicate collection is about 75,000.
The following table will show a comparison of the work with the two previous years:
Comparative statistics of the herbarium for the years 1890, 1891, 1892.
1890. | 1891. 1892. S| DETERS Ce IS ceo og eee og SBR eS Rens Oe DADOAASrEsn I aeeoce. | 21,346 40, 963 | 53, 384 Nenitomxperimental stations; @tGe-. 2-5 ssssee a8 eas yecee see anise eee | 7, 951 8, 456 | 15, 748 IND CTO 1s CCESSAONISU Serie etree rato Sa eye i ee edie sas epeieltaleiwhw sini = 370 621 512
The following list indicates the accessions to this department which were received directly by the National Museum:
cae ae Date. | Name of sender. nerat No. | | species. 1003 | 1250 July 7 | 1s CMA Me AR Gone moses aoe kosmoSneAbNne Soacc se yosodonn SoS AoAe 1 1024 2A5D ay Oly 14) Mir ss. Ce Mi WORD yaar 2 nin eset eos es ele eee 1 1038 24614 | July 21 | ©.G. Pringle.-........ Peta oth ote Seach al eee et nenemer base 287 1049 1286)) July 24) Hoareand Pelt 5->.-------.-- ain ye eR eR ee ee ] 1050 AGH LA ea tee i fe. dO 2) U3 Oe ek a Re ry ey Airy be ress 1 1051 POSSE eed OFs- 2 3) He KN O WAGR Yo: aoe aman alee cee aatcte eee 38 Be Se yrs Fe 9 1073 BRE | alanis ab gpa Oa bed OES Oe oan be ec boon seonse Sets Ais seis 1 1076 131 5a) pA ose oil Mire MiCase-.2-e0) saeeeceeeeeee BS nie ng ns aah vie = eae aaa aie 1 1077 PAGS a400) =| ernest, Walkers c-.- 5 ns estos eres sess is cite 2 1112 TSHR) Vevekniyes REGIE (O. lop ust agin aeempepeasecor nce co acesrose ong adeeGEs ae banat meaoe 1 1134 24727 | Aug. 31 | TANS UID OB =: arc :3 32 ae Se ae Sy eee Oe ees sect ae Ant pene 14 1172 Pada EOD i poon Wir Ase) soAc SS OEM Ail). i inser eee os ee tea Sew cose ses oa 404 1214 1468 Oct. 16 | M.O. Bear.... RSA ees yas Oke Ro en Cs ee enc 1 1230 PAO TAO Cia 25h | AU KIan de Museums 2.9. soonest oe ae an soso 2 ecu soos see | 450
1248 ASO MMEN OVEN Onl eAe Ge Canders)-.s2. -cu 2. ote cose oe ceo ceN cess cues cence enocee | 3
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
lage | ae Date. Name of sender. te of 0. species. 1261 1519) | Nov. 135) BaRano wiles i. -eeae-eemeee oeee eee Ee nee ee ad Sem oat Cd 9 5 1262 25035\|-. <d0 2... | (JA Chambers letsaac cee see ose ee eee eee ee eee 1 1281 25084:'| Nov..28>) SUS) Hish/Commission -- ecco soe ee eres) se eee 6 1282 25079 |...do -|-2-+-- 5 2s Sb, IEE TO Ea aT Re nr 139 1283 25080) |: =do\see-| asso OO Sans cere ee ek ee es es (eee ee 84 1285 1547 °|' Dec. $3) Ji Brockwaiysester scene cep cee een een ee ee 1 1300 156731): Dec.) 290) FDNOESto val lessee pe ee aa ee Srstenysaestc as Soe eh oe 1 1319 25267 | Jan:) 0s) GR RAGurl Oy cece 2ccen cee so ens eee eee eee ae nee eee 19 1342 25288 | Febs.e(8)|MHiGuBrvantiec cr see ae = eee ae eee eee ae eee ee eee 2 1346 1607.) Rebel dy Wie .Barratth eee se eee eer hese oe ae ee eee eee eee 1 1351 1610 || eb: 420) :GBvlartioue..- cect seccce cece nee eee he eee eer nee | 1 1352 DOLLS | AR eb! 2353 Wie Wand Oy secs cose ee oe ere ee oe aor ee ee 1 1354 25404 | Feb. 24 | Miss'M. Ji: Rath bum s255 seo ee ae eee ee eee 87 1355 15474) Heb e2on Wid BLOCK Waysereencess see eee ae Ait Sad SE Sees ae 1 1386 1633; | Mar: 197 1GeS: Thomson. cecg. eee eee eee ee ee ee 19 1391 20436),) Mar. SE OcDollin’ S965 so sncc ocmee os See ee ee ee eee ene eee 5 1399 259104 -Asprs 6. r. A Nehring bn: occ). Seance aon eee ee ee ee 1 1400 1653 | Apr. 7 | R. Forrester..---..-. EE aS HER ARES io ERE Rea aG oe a 1403 16645) Apr 1SiOU BaBashwe == sch cele: ee Sea Sele Cane ene ee 3 1415 25601 ||-A‘pr.23:||sDepartment ofsstater-s-na-s2- ere stan eee eee ee ee eee eee z 1420"|' “25578 May 4 | HA \Meatus®(02-. meai 2 see cen eee ee | 30 1449 29709) || May: C1 Bt) iJis amitley 4 tos S282 lon oe Coe oo Ge ne Be eS ee 1 1475 M255 eTune rs: Wy AWD. Moy) cS Sos seacoast eee ee ee ae ee ee 4 1479 1733.2 |oF UNE. BM BAS. Mavs somo. aie seals eee oe ee a ee 1 1480 AS23200) 2 2-8\| dc AC Ty ONS ae oe ook Jobe eta a ee I eee een 1 1481 1737 -do 2) EES MiGG TRAC asain soe Secretion oe ae PE 1
REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MINERALS IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892,
By F. W. Ciarkr, Honorary Curator.
Probably no year has been more productive of good results in the department of minerals than the one now ended. A large part of the systematic exhibition series has been remounted on ebonized blocks, replacing the former white paper trays; and soon the entire series will be so displayed. Several cases of this series have been supplied with printed specimen labels, and the work of labeling is still in progress.
A large double case has been substituted for the small single gem- case, so that now the collection of gems and semi-precious stones, num- bering 2,215 specimens, is contained in two large double mahogany cases. Of this collection 1,717 specimens are on exhibition.
Many specimens belonging to the reserve and duplicate series had accumulated in drawers stacked up in the mineral laboratory. The reserve specimens have been transferred to the eases in the exhibition hall, and the duplicates have been disposed of by restocking the cases containing the classified duplicates, and by packing and sending the remainder to storage; of these last there were 7,823 specimens. The systematic duplicate series has been thoroughly overhauled and reclas- sified, and it has been much improved by rejecting inferior specimens and adding new and _ better material. This series is now used largely for improving the collection by means of exchanges with other museums and private collectors. During the year exchanges of 371 specimens of minerals have been made with 15 different parties and 61 specimens have been sent out as gifts, making a total disbursement of 432 speci- mens.
Considerable time has been consumed in selecting and preparing the mineral and gem series to be exhibited at the World’s Columbian Expo- sition in Chicago. The scheme for this exhibit is subjoined:
1. A series of crystallized minerals to illustrate the erystal form of minerals. (a) Crystals not attached; (b) distinetive erystals on matrix; (c) erystal groups.
2. A series illustrative of the twinning of crystals.
3. A series to illustrate the irregularities of crystals.
4, A series of crystalline aggregates.
201
202 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
5. A series of mineral pseudomorphs.
6. A series to illustrate cleavage and fracture.
7. A series to illustrate diaphaneity, color and lustre. 8. A series of gems and ornamental stones.
ACCESSIONS.
Among the most important accessions, mention may be made of the following:
Twenty-live boxes of minerals from Pennsylvania, the gift of Joseph Willcox, of Philadelphia. (Acc. 24802.)
A suite of 11 specimens of minerals from Branchville, Conn.; 1 specimen from Salisbury, Conn., and 1 specimen from Brewsters, N. Y., the gift of Prof. S. L. Penfield, of Yale University. (Ace. 25202.)
Four specimens of ornamental stones and 1 specimen of churchite, the gift of Mr. Clarence 8S. Bement, of Philadelphia. (Acc. 25395.)
A erystal of spangolite from Tombstone, Ariz., the gift of Prof. S. L. Penfield, of Yale University. (Acc. 25421.)
Two cut specimens of transparent spessartite from Amelia C. H., Va., the gift of Mr. Ira R. Allen, of Fair Haven, Vt. (Acc. 25739.)
Three specimens of native gold from the Potomac Mine, Montgomery Co., Md., deposited by Mr. A. B. Russ, of Washington, D.C. (Ace. 24805.)
Twenty-nine specimens of ornamental stones from various localities, purchased of Mr. W. J. Knowlton, of Boston, for the World’s Columbian Exposition. (Ace. 24545.)
Thirty-two specimens. of minerals from various localities, nine of them for the World’s Columbian Exposition, purchased of H. A. Ward, of Rochester. (Ace. 24778 and 24779.)
Eleven gems from Maine and New Hampshire, bought of Mr. T. F. Lamb, of Port- land, for the World’s Columbian Exposition. (Ace. 24927.)
Nineteen specimens of minerals from various localities purchased of Messrs. English & Co., New York City, for the World’s Columbian Exposition. (Ace. 24849, )
In addition to the foregoing, several lots of minerals have been received from the U.S. Geological Survey.
The condition of the collection, with the exception of the study series, which is only partly classified, is very satisfactory. The sys- tematic exhibition series of minerals is displayed in twenty-two mahog- any and plate-glass double slope-top cases, arranged in rows in the exhibition hall. The series is arranged mainly according to Dana’s system, and each specimen is mounted on an ebonized wooden block, 14 inches thick, on the beveled front of which is fastened a gray card- board label, clearly printed, giving the name of the species, its variety, the locality of the specimen, the name of its donor or collector, and its satalogue number.
When the installation has been completed, the series will be provided
‘with species labels, indicating the chemical composition of each species, its crystallographic form, hardness, specific gravity, its varieties with their characteristics, and any additional information which may be of public interest.
DEPARTMENT OF MINERALS. 203
The ornamental stone collection is displayed in single specimens and in groups, on black and white plush pads, each specimen or group having a card-board label beneath it.
The meteorite collection consists at present of an exhibition series only, no attempt having yet been made to separate from it a study or a duplicate series, though many exchanges have been made by which the collection has been largely built up. It is installed in mahogany wall-cases with plate-glass fronts, each specimen occupying a black tray with a beveled front, the bottom of which is lined with dark red billiard cloth. The labels are of French gray card-board, like those of the systematic mineral series, and give similar information, the date of the fall or find being added when known.
PRESENT CONDITION OF THE COLLECTION.
The condition of the collection at present is as follows:
SpecumenspuGhe recent) accesslon.case na se s—5 ae oe ee Nese ae = aera 64 SHeCLMeN SHiNeUlleIsViSlelia bLCISe LLCS tsp rtee= een ee re eee yas eae eee 3, 395 Specimensunitinewueacollectuionvofsmilcas 22-5426 = 24-2225 ee. en ee ae 384 Specimens thease otaduplicatess. sseaeescec oaslsce asso 52.5. eee eee 57 SECHUAMS ON UL MIEIEC MKS CONN OKA S @SonnnecAro nes sce seca s> 50 sano sesoSc 187 Specimens in the Shepard collection of meteorites..--..-..-....--.--------- 447 CastepOtemeveorbesmrercee Sarin. oSaiises eee cterss es ea eee St Sees ees 9 Bedestalismecimens aye: ars ot ce es Gish ea oe ie BS oa cecum ame eee ee 10 SPecimensmnyble; wwil-Case SeLlOsa. ase ss scce oasis sees oases sc ose see ceyers 195 Specimens in the collection of gems and semi-precious stones ...-...------- Ue ale EO LO CRD Seaaetrrpes ciate ee ses ete oe Shier ae te eels ys See, Aceh ene es see ete 13
MRO tallest Seay eer Gee Sere ee rie eee Ste Goin yak ate Wes igd beni tind. Aes eee 6, 469
IN THE STUDY SERIES.
SHOSCMACINS The Wey ShySWONEn MO Ciera) eed soma aeenee ede Sanooa sococM eons coos 12, 575 Specimenspmeabne Weaicollectiouof micas s+--.4-.--26 --ss-< 925-2 soos eee 1, 052 Specimens OfmcemsamdsornamenbalustONnes se as - 2 se oo = c= seine sieiee eis 498
ARCO A | css Fe eee SR Se ea hae en ak a gs en ea eS Pr 14, 125
IN THE DUPLICATE SERIES.
Specumensiinivwe system abiciseriesi a= eee mes eae ae aes en ee eee ere 8, 153 SPEGINTONS MES UOLAG OR os anes een reine ley a ee ray eeat teers 7, 823 WAS USTO fet LE OVUUCS ac tren hcg ee tee ea yn Ee SA ag es 3 TROUEN i els ae On cen eta EAE as Fort oeko tts SaVaet 4s Sins Scio Sm Meee mee pee 15; 979 Total number of specimens in the collection. .................:-..... 36, 375
During the year 1,454 entries on the catalogue have been made, rep- resenting 4,121 specimens. Of these, 3,350 were assigned to the reserve series, 763 to the duplicate series, and 8 were rejected. Nineteen were specimens reéntered by mistake and 30 were specimens belonging to the old collection. The last catalogue entry, June 30, 1891, was 50188; June 30, 1892, 51642.
REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
By GEORGE P. MERRILL, Curator.
As during the previous year, a considerable proportion of our time has been occupied in the arrangement of the exhibition series. This work was interrupted during the months of November, December, and January by the laying of the new pavements in the south-west court and west-south range. ‘This necessitated moving all the floor-cases in both halls, and, incidentally, nearly every specimen, since specimens and labels were as a rule displaced by the jar caused by moving the cases, or else were so covered with dust as to necessitate thorough cleansing. Aside from the mere delay here involved, fully two months were actu- ally lost,so far as advance of work was concerned, in restoring the col- lections to their original conditions.
A very important work of the year has been the preparation of some two hundred sets of duplicates for gratuitous distribution. In addition to the immense quantity of duplicate matter received from the Centennial Exposition at Philadelphia in 1876, there has since accumulated much other valuable material, and the long-deferred time seemed to have actually arrived when the department could begin to respond to its many applications. In order, however, that the collections might be to some extent systematic, several collecting trips were undertaken during the late summer and fall. Mr, W. H. Newhall was thus engaged in New Jersey and Virginia in August and September, and the curator made brief trips into New Jersey, Maine, and Massachusetts on similar errands. The collections thus obtained are noted under the head of
-acecessions. The following list shows the character of the material put
into these series: 205
206
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
List of duplicate rocks and ores distributed by the Smithsonian Institution on behalf of the’ National Museum.
[NorEe.—These collections have been made systematic as far as the duplicate material was available
for the purpose.
The specimens included in this set a
re indicated by a check mark (7). With each
specimen is wrapped a label, giving its name and that of the locality in which it was obtained. ]
No. of | speci- Name. | Locality. men. 1 | Gole ore. Auriferous sulphurets.........--.---| Gilpin County, Colo. 2 | Gold ore. Auriferous sulpharsenidesin quartz - Kern County, Cal. 3 | Gold ore. Auriferous sulphurets in quartz----- | Mariposa County, Cal. 4 | Gold-silver ore. Quartz with auriferous and | Comstock Lode, Storey County, Nev. argentiferous sulphurets. 5 | Gold-silver ore. Siliceous rock with aurifer- | French District, Owyhee County, Idaho. ous and argentiferous sulphurets. 6 | Silver ore. Ruby silver and stephanite in | Reese River District, Lander County, Nev. quartz. | 7 | Silver ore. Granitic rock carrying silver chlo- | Colorado. ride. 8 | Silver ore. Hard carbonate ore.-.--...........-. | Leadville, Lake County, Colo. 9 | Silver-lead ore. Argentiferous galena ..-...-.. | Utah. 10} Eoeeee GO Sek cccten oor cocci meee cee tee ee eee | Hidden Treasure Mine, Utah. A Wee 2 COPS Sasser ee neater ale eae eA ee eee ee ae | Montana. 12 | Silver-copper ore. Argentiferous chalcopyrite . Pocahontas Mine, Fremont County, Colo. 13 | Lead-zine ore. Galena and sphalerite .-....----| Portugal. 14 | Lead-zine ore. Galena, blende and mispickel | Dona Ana County, N. Mex. in quartz. 15 | Lead-zine-copper ore. Galena, sphalerite, and Do. chaleopyrite. IG) || VAN. COMET Cast anos goseoscocesonscone Friedensville, Pa. ip |PpZincrore: ss phalenrttels--eaceee a= sete eee ae | Do. TSB ZINC Ore: OMmibhSOnbesr «sao soe ae eee Sasi ene Austria (?). 19 | Zine ore. Willemite, zincite, and franklinite...| Franklin Furnace, Sussex County, N.J. 20) \Copperore. Chaleopyrite’---=----------2-----=~ | Queensland, Australia. PN ocscae (0) bs cebcedauos ous aSas Sop Sosa mecca sasesce | Dona Ana County, N. Mex. 229 | beocoe OWicnccaccosssscadsese coats dsdecnesnostcrse | Ely, Orange County, Vt. 23 | Copperore. Native copper in feldsitic conglom- | Calumetand Hecla Mine, Lake Superior, Mich- erate. igan. 24 | Copper ore. Native copper in melaphyr. --..--- Lake Superior, Michigan. 25 | Nickel ore. Nickeliferous pyrrhotite ---..-..--. Gap Mine, Lancaster County, Pa. 26 | Nickel-copper ore. Nickeliferous pyrrhotite | Modum, Norway. and chalcopyrite. 27 | Nickelore, Oxidizedore. (Erythrite, Anaber- | Lovelocks, Churchill County, Nev. gite, etc.) | 28 | Silver-lead ore. Cerussite............--.--....- Utah and Nevada. 29 | Tinore. Cassiterite with wolfram and pyro- | Temescal, San Bernardino County, Cal. lusite. 30 | Pyrite. For making sulphuric acid..........-- Rio Tinto, Portugal. SU esac QO) 26 220. 2 eos Se meee sn eels se mae opie sel ce eee - Louisa County, Va. 32 | Pyrite and chalcopyrite. For making sul- | Do. phurie acid. | 33) || Lronjore. Red hematite ©-~------------ cen] Giles County, Va. Sib |) IbKe Gey) NileyeneG ne) —- Soe ssocosbcessascssc55c" | Essex County, N. Y. Bit Reece eee UI) Baba o Sua dex dsdadageeaSboskSooSaet | Sweden. 36 | Iron ore. Hematite, specular iron ore..-...---- | Marquette County, Mich. ff) WG ORs STONE. seine ee ececnerocaoocdos S052 Germany. SEs SLPOn Ole ye lMON tO aasel el aee ee eee eee Do. BO.\|= sor < Glee ccs Soc rSURGoSoos Scene cocsosda) sScca | Lawrence County, Ind. 40 | Iron ore. Hematite. Called fossil ore ........ | Tennessee.
DEPARTMENT OF
GEOLOGY.
207
List of duplicate rocks and ores distributed by the Smithsonian Institution on behalf of the National Museum—Continued.
No. of speci- Name. Locality men. 41 | Manganese ore. Impure wad -.-.---.-...--..--- Tennessee. ID) || WIRING OMG SE\ORE) so 5che 6 9 Sac cesoe sec see sone as ore | Do. ASL OLTO-M AN SANGSC re ce em ele elses alot Palais ici == = | Italy. 44 eS DOM ete ele ae aye ee eo aieidis ec eis «oc Austria. AB.) NAUOIHO EMU NT roreceecotoslecdads coGomen maces Rabbit Hole Mine, Humboldt County, Nev. 46 | Mercury ore. Cinnabar........---...--. ee deta California. Aya Chromiteass ©ArOMe) OM OLCl. eels <= ce Shasta County, Cal. 48 | Anthracite coal. Graphitic .-.....-...-.--- -.--| Newport, R. I. Ne eoene GO coccgsmedcsgededebecbego7 aqseotenssonest': | Schuylkill County, Pa. 50) | Bituminous coall=s- 92. --2--.- BIE treo ten NR Po | West Virginia. ED a ann elyGoaliees a5 cha: hers cloiote cate stesskisiee elo siete aes: - | Kentucky. Gp} |) (Gow gms) a5 ecb ocssossnuccocgs scares eae | Buckingham, Quebec, Canada. be} |) Wome Hy MOOS. coc ence2sespoce acoso gasy soseusser | Chester, Hampden County, Mass. al Pe noOsphabic Sans LON Ga eee eee eters ete | South Carolina. Gy |) MUG Siho Byes $5 sbcore sconce ceeacaseesnae- Canada. 56 | oe acce LOM se sees ae ante ae creteicisietes Borers stort Norway. SUM MROCK A alibhraee eicece ores etcens sa oae + veSeiescuer Petite Anse, La. Gs || Uisewihit 2. 352 shee Jeanne pocademececeoreoeEoseu: Lawrence County, Ind. 59 TRGRNIGY (EFM. = SF Soe aoa cic eroor seas scsue Woodstock, Md. GN) | Baeeee Oats One cee eat HSS RE eee ae | Red Beach, near Calais, Me. Gate sen G03 3-seGhee ao eG SS 6 on eA ed AS oo ee ae | 62 | Biotite muscovite granite. .-.-..--.-.-----.-.... | West Concord, N. H. GSR ROnpiCUlal oral lOn syae sae ete sae etter: Craftsbury, Vt. 64 | Hornblendaisyentte (Gritt)! s-- s22ses- asa — -c a - | Cape Elizabeth, Me. GaP Mleolite ay eUitenc--2-v.0-.240207 55-200. 1: _...| Litchfield, Me. cl eee Reece es een gre lee arte OE hal 8 | Libertyville, N. J. G7. | IDFA Ose. cc eS aes ere Beenie CHAR E ee eee | York, Pa. ($3) lbs 5ace G\)\o- 5 sccaretcuccecenaqogdosscaccoseeesanne : GOR ROlivineidiabase cre: -ca-- 2 c-scea-- sooriemis esse Mine La Motte, Mo. OMIA Crab DLOMe eee eee no Sneed sae. at one t | Wil |) IONE. 5 = fee's0s ssesn od snob oencore asc spun eonaee (OE SSG) 5 Sac Cenetde aor so cebombes oy deems eo aoeoee | Keeseville, N. Y. TDmlEKCorsamtives tenes seem oe ae ee ee Franklin Furnace, Sussex County, N. J. UO ORT Ree es Se ceea cos oue es sheee lIcsebe aeanee | Lewiston, Me. ~ Pon pQuartaporpbiyc yess eects: sles = -lajoie r= eee eer | Ironton, Mo. To |) METRE (GAOT) 6 cco conceoe paoncone oSenaues | Yellowstone National Park. Tif|\socmne Ghia sab oe car cqbeccmedocou cen euOes ae sosee Zacatecas, Mexico. T3ielaparite (Obsidian). - =. s-csssne nee ane ee Yellowstone National Park. 79 (Bsduen OVereraeraistsctevan)s cfelneie spe eotecsee paiodeee ate Seals Mono Craters, Cal. Gti) || MEO ett oe Soee cee doce caer ee ot os some a SocBrance Silver Cliff, Colo. Sime NON OMbO cats taps ic) So cle mst em eelemels eae Black Hills, Dak. SpieHornblende andesite. «-.-----+ sce nearer eects Yellowstone National Park. So5|pHornmblende andesitey--— === --- 22 -— = Madison County, Mont. is || SERRE oc orp sonss ocbanseseecbasar se cnsocceoacns Yellowstone National Park. BHM deoned (este asec Geo 5 CER OD ORB OES = Sener eor ace AB || MUGIEI Sate Soles gcoess SoObea per eggoSocsese sence Brighton, Mass. Sia PReridovite (prerive)) <2. -eeee.t.< <0 e ee = =e eee Se Little Deer Isle, Me. 88 | Peridotite (hornblende picrite) ...............-. Stoney Point, N. Y. Soi lpeeridotiten(dunite)! o-2.4eee ace eces «. se ce o- eee Cullasaja, N.C. SOA EN TORIMIGC eater = eects nicicie eee = = aS, fae Webster, N. C. Om esheraliibeyserree ste scar ceteris creme 2S c/Acoe sien Se niSk Crazy Mountain, Mont. O2h Pm PUTNEY SELPOMbING) ice le oler= oe oe aint = Sloe == stevie = ais Chester County, Pa. OST I ESOLTPONUING§ = - ce <- alors cise cisions oes sacle cise oclee wel cele Deer Isle, Me. PAR POCEP CMU Grereaietersine sini giceiewivie visinwwy vicicisincts tivisiem cel Montville, N. J.
208 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
List of duplicate rocks and ores distributed by the Smithsonian Institution on behalf of the National Museum—Continued.
No. ot speci- Name. Locality. men. GS |) Saree ee ooo 5 86 sbocecses ace seus dAcessocens Easton, Pa. 96 | Serpentine (variety Williamsite) -.....--....--- Fulton, Laneaster County, Pa. 97) (Glaucophane Tock. Senasesee 2a eee ee oe Sonoma County, Cal. 98) |(Guneiss with cordieriters--ssse-s4- +2 eee oe aee Guilford County, Conn. O99 MGNeISS 2.225 s-5see eects eee ee tenance Montgomery County, Md. 100 | Amphibolite.-...........---.--..--.---+----..--- Hanover, N. H. 101 | Mica schist -....-....------2.---+--++---.2+---. West Washington, D. C. 102 | (MIE THVARE 5 joscos scares sede ssdonadeneraesossoe Potsdam, N. Y. 103%) Steatitel(SOapstONe) ten tere eee ase a eee emer Grafton, Vt. 104 | Crystalline limestone (marble). ..-..-.......... West Rutland, Vt. 105 | Crystalline dolomite (marble)-..-----.-.-.--...-. Westchester, N. Y. 1OGh | Eeeeee (Ns Sostacé eooncce ss od seneeodtecassssc500 Lee, Mass. 107) || Ophiolite ~= = 53cm a ne le re Essex County, N. Y. 108 | Limestone (fossiliferous) -.-.-..--..--.--...... Rochester, N. Y. 169)}|Lamestone) (Oolitic) eecees=--emR eee eee eee Indiana. OY eee (lj ee Goaec decreas sou caucsusussoceoaascecaor Kentucky. 11 bimestonel (coral) i. 22. e2cs— sem ees wee eee Bermuda. PLOWS lates etee ee ee ane eee eee one eee Buckingham, Quebec, Canada. TIG39| (CAyvnsititel Sano eonos Soscsocoe ss ssocqnoseasasoes sen Saltville, Va. AN (CaleiSinter «=e ecsseess tee cease eee ee see eee Yellowstone National Park. 1 See SiliceousOolihele = esses ee eee ee eee Center County, Pa. BIGH|i@hert spc oe ee see ees ot eee eet Mee ae ee eee Licking County, Ohio. L179 Sandstone (riassic)ete-c--)s--e sens eeeeeeees Seneca Creek, Md. 118 | Sandstone (Subcarboniferous) ....-.---......... Berea, Ohio. 119 | Calcareous conglomerate. ......--..--.....-.--.- Loudoun County, Va. ZOU ER hy. Ole wet bee ee ae lee ee Douglas County, Colo. 121 |-----* (i (ean ee INRA E Se coo a aoe GEaoaasar Zacatecas, Mexico. 122 | IGM HORM GHAI soooHo sodas sso ncpaSagssédoosaccce Pope’s Creek. Md. V8): Baenee GO) 12 soe wn Saints cise ciecheweicoecee esses eee Nevada. Nod Oolitic Sando poccace cece otnc ee ecco ees eee Slee Salt Lake, Utah. HOF MNSHellcs andes sce c oe secresecmcte ce ee ee Reet ..| Hawaiian Islands. TAH || Taye, oc cccoceanss-cdesses Sop secpnasssassssso5 Mono Craters, Cal.
Unfortunately it was impossible to make the sets all alike either in kind ornumber. The following list shows the full number included in each set as boxed ready for shipment:
| Speci- | Speci
Numbers. | mens, | Numbers. mens,
/ each. || each
Rh ee = : | a
A Cean gee cae tacos a eee | 404 || ey eee ean eee 2 i 82 PR sj os oe nde re 103 |, WOR S55 seedee cd ee eee 81 62s NOTAe eee eee ce ee Seer 102) !||) 1263to 1282 eeoee cee eece Cee ae eee 80 GS Rice oe oe eilone ema nas err 101 : 129). AS eee eee tea eee tee eens 79 GO Tle See ee eee a QO"||(A32) (T4022 See aaa ets 78 | ee bie SAS ce ee ent ne Sere 86 RA » Sucks Sey ee metre er Ree a 77 BO p er NON) oa cc ne ee ad oe EP O6y|| 146" — 150se ste se reese as ett toe aN 76 Qoie nts | Oar en eras eee QO || abi O50: peeee sees tate cata ee ee Ti 03 eee Ode ee Soon ee A ee ne O39) L6G aie sds EES RANI SE. 16 (it i eet) We paneer weary Snr Nae ae = Seat Bee PE Pp ayPae Iie he Aceerandue sect: Seonc kee 75 DO el ODS ee ce area onic vata tors ats orate ctersnspeioere e/a | | os WEBS Seer arse stare toe. ace son ne See 74 LOG Sesl09: Saws Nose h ceut- cee teres e eee eee 90) || Sain 8 Tsetse Sean si Gc2sga cee 73 ALO WeRLISS ec te ans ah ee ee ee 89 UT Re ae ane ems SRY eee 3 72 Nd ae eee Tie ae Meee SBE e ip | Pali aye Saas J ch lcndi seen | 71 AS. cad Geese tee ea Pete ays at 87/1 PLOR me OB Resse nS. Sohal al eee ee 70 VD Gee ee ee ee Rae 86 5 OY URS MEAs Soeeie ae ee ee 68 alt: eames ©: ea TM a ae Nis ee acy 85 AOD so Cayarae sioeeee cee e eee | 67 120° 22s 8. Soccer ere eee eee eee eee RV Rls AOS Soc aconqeackogoddcaacodcorescsec| 66
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 209
The work of preparing an exhibit for the World’s Columbian Expo- sition was entered upon late in September. It was decided that the department should, so far as the limited appropriations permitted, make an exhibit illustrative of the various phenomena grouped under the heads of I, Vulcanology; II, Glaciers and Glaciation, and III, Caves and Cave Deposits.
The general character of the exhibit, as planned, may be understood by reference to the outline given below:
I. Vuleanology.
(1) Map showing distribution of active volcanoes.
(2) Map showing areas of volcanic rocks in the United States.
(3) Photographs and other illustrations of active and extinct voleanoes.
(4) Diagrams and models showing shape of volcanic cones and lava flows, crater lakes, hot springs and geysers, natural scenery as modified by volcanic action.
(5) Specimens showing voleanic products; (a) Characteristic forms, as columnar, slaggy, pumiceous and glassy lavas, bombs, lapilli, sand, and dust. (b) Kinds of lavas, both ancient and modern. (c) Kinds ejected by same voleano at different periods of activity.
(6) Contact phenomena and secondary minerals.
(7) Economy of volcanoes and allied phenomena (Hot Springs, ete.), as shown by chemical products, pozzuolana, building-stone, travertines, ‘‘ onyx” mar- bles, ete.
(8) Destructive effects as shown at Pompeii, ete.
Il. Glaciers and Glaciation.
(1) Views illustrating living glaciers, icebergs, ete.
(2) Relief map of the United States, showing the ice sheet of the glacial epoch in its lobate stage.
(3) Illustrations of glacial phenomena, as fields covered by drift bowlders; large stranded bowlders illustrating direction of drift and transporting power of ice sheet; kames, drumlins, ete.
(4) Specimensshowing grooving, striation, and polishing; drift clays, sands, gravels, and bowlders; scratched bowlders from till.
(5) Economy of glaciers: View of glaciated landscapes, showing how denudation has rendered accessible deeply buried materials; leda clays and their utiliza- tion; drift bowlders for building material.
(6) Destructive effects: Fields covered by bowlders; forests destroyed. [Shown by illustrations only. ]
Ill. Caves and Cave Deposits.
(1) Theoretical sketch showing method of formation by solvent action of water.
(2) Actual plans and sections of caves.
(3) Cave interiors. Shown by photographs and transparencies,
(4) Cave deposits (stalactites, stalagmites, ete.). Shown by specimens. These in part cut and polished to show color and structural variations.
(5) The economy of caves. Shown by blocks and slabs of cave marble (stalagmite) ; nitrous earths and other salts.
(6) Cave life. Shown by bats, eyeless fish, craytish, insects, ete.
(7) Caves as dwellings.
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2——14
210 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The work of obtaining materials illustrative of glacial action in the eastern United States was placed in the hands of Prof. W.O. Crosby. As the work is still in progress at time of writing, nothing more need now be said regarding it.
For the purpose of collecting materials for this exhibit the curator left Washington October 27 for Arizona and New Mexico, returning December 16. A large amount of voleanic and cave material was col- lected during this time, which will be noted under the head of acces- sions. May 17 the curator again left on a similar errand, visiting ‘aves in Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, Indiana and Missouri. The material obtained during this trip was exceptionally good, as well as varied in character, but owing to the fact that his absence was pro- longed beyond the end of the fiscal year, it cannot here be reported on in detail.
NOTES UPON THE MORE IMPORTANT ACCESSIONS RECEIVED DURING THE YEAR.
One hundred and sixteen regular and 135 temporary accessions were received during the year, the regular accessions Comprising upwards ot 4,000 specimens. The more important of these are mentioned below. It should be stated that a large share of these materials are designed for the duplicate series or for the World’s Columbian Exposition.
Gold and silver ores from Marquette County, Mich. Gift of J. Ropes. 24521. .
Fossiliferous marble from Tennessee. Gift of T.S. Godfrey. 24522.
Rocks and ores from the quicksilver district of Almaden, Spain. Collected by G. F. Becker.
Silver ore, Colorado. Gift of A. Sadtler. 24546.
Rock salt, Livingston County, N.Y. Gift of Retsof Mining Company. 24554.
Crude petroleum, Santa Clara, Cuba. Giftof C. W. Cunningham, U.S. Geological Survey. 24580.
Gneiss with cordierite, Guilford, Conn. Collected by O. C. Farrington. 24581, 24639.
Volcanic rocks, Lower California. Received from Dr. Ed. Palmer. 24600,
Manganese ore, Tennessee. Gift of H. Claiborne. 24605.
Kaolin, Bloomfield, Fla. Gift of Alex. Lynch. 24604.
Ores and minerals from Utah and Scotland. Gift of R. Forrester, Schofield, Utah. 24611.
Crude nitrate of soda, Iquiaue, Chili. Gift of C.H. White. 24619.
Silver ore, San Bernardino County, Cal. Gift of W. H. Gould. 24638,
Tron ore, Llauo County, Tex. Gift of R.T. Hill. 24642.
Thirty-four specimens phosphate rock, Florida. Gift of E. Willis. 24640.
Twenty-four specimens phosphate rock, Florida. Gift of Florida Phosphate Com- pany. 24676.
Zine ore and barite, Virginia. Collected by G. P. Merrill. 24734.
Feldspar, New York, Maine, and Delaware. Gift of Golding and Sons. 24720,
Silver ore, El Pas», Tex. Gift of W.H. Von Streeruwitz. 24725.
Stalagmite marble, Washington County, Va. Collected by G.P. Merrill. 24729.
Copper ores, Huntington, Oregon. Gift of Phillip A. Markson. 24735.
Asbestus, Knights Ferry, Cal. Gift of James H. Lowe. 24723.
Magnetic iron ore, Green County, Ga. Gift of John C. Hart, 24741.
Granite, with native copper, Butte, Mont, Gift of C.H, Hand. 24797.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. ye Ik
Two hundred specimens gypsum, Saltville, Va. Gift of W.B. Robertson. 24820. Photograph of sandstone dike, Chadron, Nebr. Gift of Prof. Robert Hay. 24881. Feldspar, South Glastonbury, Conn. Gift of Charles H. Hall. 24895.
Eleolite syenite, Beemerville, N. J. Collected by W. H. Newhall. 24903.
Zine ores, Franklin, N.J. Collected by W.H. Newhall. 24912.
Forty-seven specimens ores, England. Received from R.N. Worth. 24794.
Five hundred specimens calcareous breccia, Loudoun County, Va. Collected by W.H.Newhall. 25002.
Eleven specimens silver ores, New South Wales. Gift of Walter J. Koehler. 24503.
Contorted rock, Sugar Loaf Mountain, Maryland. Received from George H. Williams. 25057.
Copper ore, Washington County, Idaho. Gift of C.F. Drake. 25081.
One hundred specimens melaphyr, Brighton, Mass. Received from George H. Barton. 25101.
Two hundred specimens siliceous odlite, State College, Center County, Pa. Re- ceived from George R. Wieland. 25106.
Twenty-three specimens ores and rocks, El Paso County, Tex. Gift of W.A. von Streeruwitz. 25059.
Silver ore, Sonora, Mex. Gift of John Alexander. 25189.
Zine ore and barite, Union County, Tenn. Gift of Philip A. Markson. 25147.
Thirteen specimens eruptive rocks, etc., Chatham Island, Galapagos. Received from U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross. 25157.
Silver ores, Mexico. Gift of W.J.MeGee. 25195.
One hundred and sixty-one specimens rocks and ores from Arizona and New Mexico. Collected by G. P. Merrill. 25198.
(In part) a fine specimen of native silver from the Black Hawk district, near Sil- ver City, N. Mex. Gift of E.M.Hand. 25198.
Onyx, Yavapai County, Ariz. Collected by G.P. Merrill. 25199.
Augite rocks, New Haven, Conn. Received from 8. Ward Loper. 25200.
Rocks, Texas. Gift of W.H. von Streeruwitz. 25206.
Contorted slate, Rutland County, Vt. Received from U.S. Geological Survey. 25207.
Yellow ochre, Monroe County, Ala. Gift of Claiborne Ochre Company. 25208.
Kaolin, Langley, S.C. Gift of T. S. Lamar & Co. 25211.
Rock salt, Kanopolis, Kans. Gift of Royal Salt Company, James Cowie, super- intendent. 25213. :
Silver ore, Charcas, Mexico. Collected by P. L. Jouy. 25212.
Tin ore and pig tin, Temescal Mine, San Bernardino County, Cal. Gift of Hon. W.W.Bowers. 25183.
Fifteen specimens rocks, Massachusetts. Received from William North Rice. 25210.
A large series of volcanic materials, Arizona and New Mexico. Collected byGek Merrill. (25226), 25231.
Fifty-seven specimens ores and rocks, Arkansas. Received from W. P. Jenney. 25253.
Two hundred and ninety-three specimens ores and rocks, Texas, Oregon, New Mexico, Cedros Island, Nevada, California, and Colorado. Collected by F. W. Crosby. 24810.
Thirty-seven specimens ores and minerals, various localities. Received from E. E, Howell. 25277.
Zine ores, Jasper County, Miss. Collected by W.P.Jenney. 25276.
Forty-six specimens ores, etc., England. Received from R.N. Worth. 25233.
Wurtzillite, Emery County, Utah. Gift of Robert Forrester. 25324.
Volcanic rocks, Peru and Mexico. Gift of Otto P. Pfordte, 25278,
212 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Red sandstone, Pecos City, Tex. Gift of Pecos Red Sandstone Co, 25351.
Eleolite syenite, from New Hampshire, and gold ore and coal from Maine. Gift of W.S. Bayley. 25366.
Ores and rocks, Labrador and Newfoundland. Gift of Henry G. Bryant. 25288.
Ores and rocks, New Mexico. Collected by G. P. Merrill. 25384.
Hornblende schist with free gold, Pennington County, 8.Dak. Gift of H. John Ainley. 25396.
Shale with rain prints, Durham, Conn. Gift of S. Ward Loper. 25428.
Granite (4-inch cube), South Brookville, Me. Gift of A. F. Eells. 25430.
Ore and rocks, Texas. Gift of W.H.von Streeruwitz. 25482.
Silver and zine ores, Aspen, Col. Gift of S.L. Penfield. 25261.
Silver ore, British Columbia and Loess Formation, China. Gift of R. Hitchcock. 25499.
A large series of stalactites and stalagmites, Luray, Va. Collected for World’s Fair exhibit by James H. Morrison. 25517.
Clays and molding sand, Devonshire, England. Received from R. N. Worth. 25527.
Banded argillite, Canyon, Col. Gift of S. Ward Loper, 25546.
Quartz, Topsham, Me. Gift of Wilson Manufacturing Company. 25585. | Salt, Lake ‘“‘E] Sal del Rey,” Texas. Gift of John G. Bourke. 25619.
Rocks, New Mexico. Received from W. Lindgren. 25622.
Magnetite containing native gold, Carroll County, Md. Gift of J. W. Tyson. 25648.
Rocks, District of Columbia. Gift of J.W. Langdale. 25673.
Tron ore, Marquette, Mich. Gift of G.J. Northrup. 25802.
Tron ore, Siqua iron mines, Santiago de Cuba. Gift of John Vallance, superin- tendent. 25803.
CHARACTER OF ROUTINE WORK.
The character of the routine work has varied but little from that of preceding years. The work of preparing the duplicate series neces- sitated the overhauling and breaking up of many of the large ore piles that have hitherto cumbered the west front; 36 boxes were also with- drawn from storage, and their contents utilized. In process of this work some 15,057 specimens of rocks and ores were broken up, trimmed, labeled and wrapped ready for packing. The final work of packing these 200 sets, though scarcely completed at the end of the fiscal year, was so nearly done as to be properly comprehended in this report.
A large amount of time was devoted to the installation of the economic series in the southwest court and which may now for the first time claim to be in a condition approximately satisfactory.
Duplicates have been sent out, mainly in the way of exchanges, as follows:
July 9, 1891, to James Allen, 3 specimens of rocks.
July 25, 1891, to A. T. Odeneal, 1 specimen of rock.
August 31, 1891, to M. Mali, Belgian consul, 17 specimens of coal.
September 3, 1891, to R. N. Worth, 152 specimens of ores.
September 7, 1891, to C. E. Vawter, 3 boxes (150 pounds).
September 9, 1891, to George H. Barton, 5 boxes (1,235 pounds).
September 9, 1891, to E. E. Howell, 183 specimens of rocks.
September 15, 1891, to E. E. Howell, 300 pounds of ores and 3 specimens of slab marbles.
*
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 213
October 9, 1891, to E. E. Howell, 59 specimens of ores.
October 15, 1891, to R. Forrester, 6 specimens of minerals. December 22, 1891, to H.S. Williams, 24 specimens of rocks. December 30, 1891, to George R. Wieland, 57 specimens of rocks. December 30, 1891, to V. F. Marsters, 51 specimens of rocks. February 3, 1892, to W. O. Crosby, 598 specimens of ores.
March 9, 1892, to U.S. Commissioner of Patents, 34 specimens of petroleum. March 21, 1892, to H. S. Williams, 48 specimens of rocks.
April 2, 1892, to Arizona Onyx Company, 7 specimens of onyx slabs. April 4, 1892, to H. T. A. Lemon, 35 specimens of ore fragments. April 4, 1892, to Prof. Bigelow, 100 pounds of ore fragments.
April 9, 1892, to E. E. Howell, 2,600 pounds of rocks and ores.
April 20, 1892, to Maine State College, 115 specimens of ores.
April 27, 1892, to 8S. Ward Loper, 1 specimen of onyx.
May 17, 1892, to E. E. Howell, 6 specimens of rocks and ores.
Total, 4,385 pounds and 1,398 specimens of rocks, ete.
This list does not include the 200 boxes comprising 17,924 specimens above referred to.
The work of identifying materials sent in by those not connected with the Museum continues, as heretofore, to consume its full share of time. The following list of special reports will serve to give some idea of the extent of this practice. As stated previously, the department can not make assays or analyses on such occasions, but whenever possible with- out too great an outlay of time, the mineralogical nature of the mate- rial has been ascertained and the applicant referred elsewhere for infor- mation not obtainable here. These reports were made as follows:
Pyrite. Sent by Cover Orndorff, Mount Olive, Florida. 1248.
Material tor assay. Sent by J. Goldsmith, Carlisle, N. Mex. 1251.
Material for assay. From James Palmer, Grantsville, Utah. 1257.
Material for assay. From Michael Keenan, Springer, N. Mex. 1265. Material for determination. Sent by Frank Cook, Huston, Idaho. 1272. Material for determination. Sent by J.H.Pisor, Horr, Mont. 1276.
Tron ore. Sent by L. K. Yeatts, Elva, Va. 1283.
Rocks for determination. Sent by Mrs. M. L. Narrin, Goodrich, Mich. 1288. Fire clays. Sent by Miss L. A. B. Cornuck, Genito, Va. 1287.
Pyrite. Sent by H. Warren & Son, Oregon, Lincoln County, Tenn. 1292. Clay. Sent by F.G. King, 60 Park avenue, Rochester, N. Y. 1297.
Material for assay. Sent by Geo. W. Bullene, Seattle, Wash. 1301. Supposed tin ore. Sent by Emil Wilvert, Sunbury, Pa. 1310.
Phosphates. Sent by C.D. Galvin, New York City. 1324.
Material for assay. Sent by Jones Taylor, of San Bernardino, Cal. 1325. Rocks for determination. Sent by William Nelson, of Columbia, Va. 1339. Quartz. Sent by J.B. Copeland, of Harrisburg, Pa. 1341.
Material for assay. Sent by M. A. Geiger, Silver, Wash. 1343.
Pyrite. Sent by Abram Brown, Rohrerstown, Pa. 1345.
Material for assay. Sent by C.D. Galvin, New York. 1351.
Clays. Sent by S. E. Wilkes, Charlie Hope, Va. 1354.
Iron ore and bituminous shales. Sent by John Somers, Cle-Elum, Wash. 1360. Ocherous clay. Sent by J.C. Chesney, Northumberland, Pa. 1361.
Ancient marbles. Sent for identification by Hermann Jaske, Dayton, Ohio, 1368, Manganese and iron ores. Sent by B.S. Belcher, Ada, W.Va, 1369.
214. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Material for assay. Sent by M. V. Harris, Cherry Creek, Miss. 1371.
Material for assay. Sent by W.B. Gibbs, Jackson, W.Va. 1380.
Material for assay. Sent by Cassady Linthicum, Hyattsville,Md. 1376.
Material for assay. Sent by E. H. Stewart, Little Rock Creek, North Carolina. 1383. =
Material for determination. Sent by Geo. H. Babcock, Phillipsburg, Mont. 1386.
Supposed aluminum ore. Sent by W. A.C. Bryan, Nephi City, Utah. 1389.
Pyrite. Sent by Levi Frye, Rinkerton, Va. 1390.
Volcanic glass. Sent by A. F. Canter, Jordan Valley, Oregon. 1391.
Material for determination. Sent by R.F. Eller, Kenterville, Idaho. 1401.
Ore. Sent by W.G. Mercier, Washington. 1403.
Rocks for examination. Sent by Prof. W.O. Crosby, Boston, Mass. 1408.
Material for assay. Sent by M. J. Bailey, Chester, N.Dak. 1410.
Rock. Sent by J. H. Chase, Wenatchee, Wash. 1419.
Materials for determination. Sent by Frank Burk, Nephi City, Utah. 1422.
Materials for determination. Sent by B.S. Belcher, Ada, W.Va. 1423.
Limonite and slag. Sent by F.H. Moyers, Clapp’s Ford, Tenn. 1426.
Pyrrhotite. Sent by John Long, Sand Point Station, Idaho. 1432.
Material for identification. Sent by Ed. Hassatt, Atoka, Choctaw Nation, Ind. T. 1433.
Material for determination. Sent by N. D. Holmes, Toledo, Ark. 1435.
Supposed tin ore. Sent by W.E.Stevens, Wenatchee, Wash. 1436.
Material for determination. Sent by J. E. Luce, Cisco, Tex. 1452.
Material for determination. Sent by J. B. Rosenborough, Aransas Pass, Tex, 1453.
Material for assay. Returned to sender. 1456.
Limonite. Sent by Stanley M. Crites, Pipestone, Mich. 1458.
Copper ore for determination. Sent by Alex. Clark, Port Angeles, Wash. 1461.
Supposed silver ore. Sent by Mrs. A. M. Finney, St. James Hotel, Washineton, D.C. 1462.
Material for determination. Sent by J.O. Flack, Atoka, Ind.T. 1463.
Material for determination. Sent by Miss Sarah Hollingsworth, Dogwood P. O., Douglas County, Mo. 1472.
Material for assay. Sent by J. W. Wentworth, Payson, Ariz. 1475.
Micaceous hematite. Sent by J. W. Craig, Muchet, Augusta County, Va. 1476.
Quartz and feldspar. Sent by A. W. Shaffer, Raleigh, N.C. 1479.
Material for determination. Sent by E. A. Hanske, Bellevue, Iowa. 1498.
Material for assay. Sent by W. E. Stevens, Wenatchee, Wash. 1509.
Pyrite and pyrrhotite. Sent by H.C. Wallace, Alta City, Utah. 1510.
Galena. Sent by A. Block, Bowling Green, Ky. 1516.
Quartz. Sent by George W. Malone, Hornbeak, Tenn. 1532.
Clay. Sent by E. E. Vail, St. Augustine, Fla. 1533.
Supposed lead ore. Sent by J. V. Surprenant, Anaconda, Mont. 1537.
Clay. Sent by B. Stinson, Paoli, Ind. 1540.
Siliceous sand. Sent by W.P. Hobson, Pueblo, Colo. 1541.
Pyrite. Sent by John G. Steele, Rock Hill,S.C. 1538.
Material for assay. Sent by A.C. Trump, Lake Valley, N. Mex. 1551.
Material for assay. Sent by D.S. Heron, Globe, Ariz. 1553.
Pyrite. Sent by Milo Winters, Crown Point Center, N.Y. 1556.
Material for determination. Sent by A. Devereaux, Decatur, Tex. 1559.
Material for assay. Sent by Charles Faulk, East Liverpool, Ohio. 1560.
Material for assay. Sent by S.O. Remington, Phillipsburg, Mont. 1563.
Material for determination. Sent by Richard Bennett, Eureka Springs, Ark. 1564.
Material for assay. Sent by A. H. Bracken, Hensley, Yancey County, N.C. 1565.
Material for determination. Sent by Geo. H. Vickers, Lame Deer, Custer County, Mont. 1568.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 215
Quartz porphyry. Sent by Dr. Scott Hill, Augusta, Me. 1569.
Minerals for determination. Sent by Sarah Hollingsworth, Dogwood P. 0., Mo. 1570.
Biotite granite. Sent by A. F. Eells, Boston, Mass. 1571.
Material for determination. Sent by Chas. A. Raber, South Riverside, Cal. 1573.
Material for determination. Sent by P. P. Player, Bledsoe, Ala. 1574.
Pyrite. Sent by S. Heymann, Fayetteville, Tenn. 1576.
Material for determination. Sent by C. W. McAlarney, Plymouth, Pa, 1578.
Pyrrhotite. Sent by Leonard D. Siver, Spokane, Wash. 1579.
Bituminous limestone. Sent by Benson Lewis, Thurber, Pinte County, Utah. 1580.
Magnetite, supposed tin ore. Sent by 8. I. Gaskill, Salesville, Gallatin County, Mont. 1586. .,
Phosphatic limestone. Sent by C. G. Fancher, Flagstaff, Ariz. 1592.
Material for assay. Sent by J. Stouffer, Wooddale, Pa. 1593. .
Supposed ore for determination. Sent by J.S. Lee, Roswell, N. Mex. 1595.
Micaceous schist carrying graphite. Sent by J. A. Navarre, Chelan, Wash. 1596.
Material for assay. Sent by Wm. McVay, Prineville, Oregon. 1598.
Material for identification. Sent by J. Stouffer, Wooddale, Pa. 1599.
Material for determination. Sent by Hunt Bros., Sturgis, Miss. 1601.
Supposed ore, for determination. Sent by Geo. Kenney, Elf, Clay County, N. C. 1604.
Clay, for analysis. Sent by R. F. Thorne, Iuka, Tishomingo County, Miss. 1606.
Sand for determination. Sent by Robert Goudie, Nashville, 8. Dak. 1609.
Minerals for determination. Sent by R.T. Ford, Naillon, Tenn. 1612.
Minerals for analysis. Sent by Geo. Bonnell, Tooele City, Utah. 1615.
Ore for determination. Sent by W. L. Detrick, Julian, San Diego County, Cal. 1616.
Clay for analysis. Sent by A. D. Merick, The Portland, Washington, D.C. 1618.
Supposed ore. Sent by C. H. Campfield, Dulzura, San Diego County, Cal. 1620.
Material for determination. Sent by B.S. Belcher, Ada, Mercer County, W. Va. 1622.
Material for determination. Sent by C.H. Campftield, Dulzura, San Diego County, Cal. 1625.
Material for assay. Sent by George H. Buchanan, Tannersville, N.Y. 1631.
Material for assay. Sent by H. E. Stufflebeam, Delaney, Ark. 1636.
Clay, supposed aluminum ore. Sent by R. E. Cook, Nottingham, Ala. 1637.
Pitchstone. Sent by Paul Murn, Boulder, Mont. 1638.
Metal for determination. Sent by J. Stouffer, Wooddale, Fayette County, Pa. 1639.
Material for assay. Sent by J. Ebaugh, Carrollton, Carroll County, Md. 1640.
Alloy for determination. Sent by J. R. Hunt, jr., Sturgis, Miss. 1641.
Supposed gold ore. Sent by Gen. P.N. Hagner, Washington, D.C. 1642.
Stalagmitic limestone. Sent by C. E. Van Deren, Cottonwood, Ariz. 1645.
Material for assay. Sent by G. W. Chambers, Egger, Ark. 1647.
Voleanie dust. Sent by Levi Allen, Salubria, Idaho. 1648.
Eruptive rock. Sent by Dr. W. 8. Newlon, Oswego, Kans. 1649.
Material for assay. Sent by H. A. James, Oklahoma. 1652.
Clay. Sent by T.S. Harris, New York, N. Y. 1655.
Decomposed asbestos. Sent by L. F. Cooper, Crescent City, Cal. 1657.
Material for assay. Sent by L. A. Rawlins, Box Elder, Colo. 1661.
Material for assay. Sent by H. W. Flagg, Martinsburg, W.Va. 1662.
Quartz stained by oxide of iron. Sent by J. Ebaugh, Hamilton, Carroll County, Md. 1666.
216 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Supposed silver ore. Sent by Henry Clouse, Phebe, Tenn. 1668.
Rock for analysis. Sent by Theo. 8. Harris, New York, N.Y. 1669.
Phosphatic rock. Sent by L. Haskell, Fort Meade, Fla. 1671.
Material for assay. Sent by H. W. Miles, Salt Lake City, Utah. 1673.
Material for determination. Sent by E. Spencer, Big Pine, Inyo County, Cal. 1677.
Eruptive Rock for determination. Sent by Robert Forrester, Scofield, Utah. 1678.
Material for analysis. Sent by S. Hummel, Gloversville, N.Y. 1679.
Supposed tin ore. Sent by Emil Wilvert, Sunbury, Pa. 1680.
Tron ore. Sent by W. W. Wotherspoon, Mount Vernon Barracks, Mount Vernon, Ala. 1681.
Material for analysis. Sent by P. F. Shumaker, Flat Creek, Winn Parish, La. 1683.
Building stone. Sent by Porter and Butler, Baker City, Oregon. 1684.
Material for examination. Sent by R. C. Stout, Caddo, Stephens County, Tex. 1686.
Supposed tin ore. Sent by Levi Allen, Salubria, Idaho. 1689.
Supposed onyx. Sent by 8. Fletcher, Phebe, Tenn. 1691.
Material for examination. Sent by E.C. Kitchen, Brownwood, Tex. 1696.
Gypsum. Sent by Mrs. E. L.Smith, La Plata, N. Mex. 1699.
Ferruginous concretion. Sent by Geo. U. 8. Hovey, White Church, Wyandotte County, Kans. 1790.
Voleanie dust. Sent by Sam’ Price and Thos. Finnegan, Dunlap, Graham County, Ariz. 1702.
Clay for analysis. Sent by H. Hopkins, La Fayette, Oregon. 1710.
Clay. Sent by Otto A. Benkendorf, Wilmot, Cowley County, Kans. 1711.
Conglomerate. Sent by Stewart Simpson, Ruthburg, Washington County, Idaho. IW Alsy
Pyrite.- Sent by C. J. Hyatt, Iuka, Miss. 1728.
Supposed ore. Sent by J. 8. Miller, Chewlah, Stevens County, Wash. 1722.
Minerals for determination. Sent by J. H. Pisor, Horr, Mont. 1726.
A supposed gold ore. Sent by Cassady Linthicum, Hyattstown, Montgomery County, Md. 1734.
Supposed ozocerite. Sent by Geo. 8. Luce, Galesville, Wis. 1739.
Material for analysis. Sent by A. H. Bracken, Hensley, Yancey County, N.C. 1742.
Galena. Sent by H. W. Diggins, Springfield, Mo. 1747.
Material for assay. Sent by H. J. Hasbrouck, Idaho Falls, Idaho. 1752.
Sand and ore for examination. Sent by O.B. Bloom, Harrisburg, Ariz. 1756.
Material for analysis. Sent by E. B. Hassett, St. Paul, Madison County, Ark. 1758.
Minerals for determination. Sent by A. E. Lee, Alpowa, Garfield County, Wash. 1765.
Red Hematite. Sent by W.J. Stump, Hartmonsville, Mineral County, W. Va. 1767.
Material for assay. Sent by W. 8S. Rynearson, Indian Valley, Idaho, 1777.
SPECIAL RESEARCHES.
Little time has been at our command for special research. The De- partment has no chemist, and the entire determinative work falls upon the curator, who even makes a large proportion of his own analyses.
The titles of such papers as have appeared during the year are given in the Bibliography (SEC. Iv).
PLATE III.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Merrill.
on!
g th 1 Ch 1 oh > Sh tb Of ' 2h 1 Ber $3 ‘6 BE 4 dg LJ S) ARNOD OAS: dal oh Lt eouvauq ag ali = ») Oo Y) - Y) LJ s
\j
menor ain Pl EMMONS)
AV (297 z > worl se e Boe ° e2uvaqUq Zo s 13 Ear Som a > P 2 aca ge et) i w
eK
AU
A
UU
AI
DIAGRAM SHOWING ARRANGEMENT OF CASES IN DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY,
1892
JUNE 30,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE Ill.
"DIAGRAM SHOWING ARRANGEMENT OF CASES IN DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY, JUNE 30, 1892.
WEST-SOUTH RANGE.—NO.1, wall-case containing collection of elements of rock-forming minerals, color, structure, and fracture series; Nos, 2 to 10, inclusive, table-cases with slope-top cases contain- ing systematic series of rocks; No. 11, table-case with slope-top case containing volcanic mate- rials; No. 12, floor-upright case with calcareous and siliceous deposits, from hot springs, gey- sers, and extinct lakes; No. 13, half unit table-case with model of Vesuvius; No. 14, table-case with slope-top case containing lavas from Ice Spring Buttes, Utah; No. 15, table-case with special top containing collections illustrating stratification and its accompaniments; No. i6, door-screen case with type collections of rocks of Comstock, Lode and Washoe district, Nevada; No. 17, door-screen case with collections illustrating the geology and mineralogy of the District of Columbia; No. 18, special base with large concretions from Cannon Ball River, Dakota; No. 19, table-case with large masses of obsidian; No. 20, half unit table-case with blocks of glacial polished and striated limestone; No. 21, wall-case containing series illustrating joints, faults, veins, and pressure effects; No. 22, wall-case containing concretions; No. 23, wall-case containing collections illustrating (a) formation of pebbles by wave action on a beach, (b) the drifting power of water, (c) effects of lightning (fulgurites), (d) rock decomposition and the formation of soils, (e) contact metamorphism; Nos. 24, 25, and 26, door-screen cases with build- ing and ornamental stones; No. 27, special case with large geyser cone; No. 28, floor-upright case with stalactite and stalagmites; Nos. 29and 30, table-case with relief maps; Nos. 31, 32, and 33, door-screen cases with building and ornamental stones; Nos. 34 aes 35, table-cases with building and ornamental stones showing style of dressing; Nos. 36,37, and 38, door-screen
vases with building and ornamental stones ; Nos. 39, 40, 41, and 42, ae with ripple marks, mud cracks, foot-prints, ete.; Nos. 43 to 48, inclusive, door-screen cases with building and ornamental stones; No. 49, large block of glaciated limestone; No. 50, table-case with slope-top case containing glacial exhibits; No. 51, relief map of Grand Canon District; No. 52, table-case with wing-frames for pictures; Nos. 53 and 54, relief-maps of the Uinta and Wasatch moun- tains. Yellowstone Park, high plateaus of Utah, and Mount Taylor, New Mexico; Nos. 55 and 56, pier-cases with foreign building and ornamental stones; No. 57, pier-cases with col- lections showing reproductive and constructive effects of plant and animal life, the geology
of Bermuda; No. 58, pier-cases with collection illustrating the origin of serpentinous rocks: No. 59, wall-case with rocks of New Hampshire: No. 60, wall-case with historical series includ- ing type series of rocks of Canada; Nos. 61 and 62, columns of grindstones; No. 63, table with books for reference
SOUTH-WEsT CouURT.— Wall-cases: Nos. 1 to 54, inclusive, geographic series of ores and useful mineral
substances Floor-cases and tables: No.1, table with books for reference; Nos.2 to 4, gold ores of
systematic series; Nos. 5and 6, silverores; Nos. 7and8, silverlead ores; Nos. 9 and 10, lead ores; Nos. 11 to 16, copper ores; Nos. 17 to 20, Tenth Census collection of iron ores; Nos. 21 to 23, iron ores; No. 24, manganese ores; Nos. 25 to 27, zine ores; No. 28, antimony ores; Nos. 29 and 30, tin ores; Nos. 31 and 32, nickel and cobalt ores; Nos. 33 and 34, mercury ores; No. 35, aluminum ores; No. 36, miscellaneous; Nos. 37 and 38, silver and its extraction; No. 39, lead and its extraction; Nos. 40 to 42, copper and its extraction; Nos. 43 and 44, the manufacture of steel; No. 45, iron and its extraction; Nos. 46 and 47, zinc and itsextraction; No.48. mineral pigments, detergents, and lubricators; Nos. 49 and 50, alloys and their manufacture ; No. 51, coke and its manufacture; fluxes; Nos. 52 to 56, economie collections from Mexico; No. 57, economic collections from Central iAcnerie a; No. 58, economic collections from South Ameri ica; Nos. 59 and 60, economic collections from British America; Nos. 61 to 64, coals: Nos. 65 to 67, hydrocarbon compounds; Nos. 70 to 72, economic collections from Austria: No. 73, economic collections from New Zealand; Nos.74 to 76, economic collections from Sweden; No. 77, economic collections from Norway; Nos. 78 and 79, graphite and its applications; Nos. 80 and 81, fictile materials; Nos. 82 to 85, asbestos and its applications; Nos. 86 and 87, not perma- nently oceupied; Nos. 88 and 89, economic collections from Russia; Nos. 90 to 93, polishing and abrading materials; Nos. 94 to 100, salts used in chemical manufacture: No. 101, economie collections from Japan; Nos. 102 and 103, economie collections from Germany; Nos. 104 and 105, economie collections from Austria; Nos. 106 and 107, economic collections from Portugal; Nos. 108 and 109, economic collections from Spain; No. 110, lar ge mass of anthracite coal; No. 111, economic collection of kerosene and shale from Australia: Nos. 112 and 113, Vermont marbles; No.114, model of the Eureka District, Nevada: No. 115. pedestal; No. 116, table- case and wing-frames with photographs.
aes ha iy ie ad |
A
Mo e 1 hua ,
oa 70 ae rie FO, Cad es |
9 ae 2 epi TAY aly eg
ne We ait | a i oe
eval HS) ’ Ve fo jbs
— a — a.
i
+= = bend)
ie ’ ive ® ‘ 1 s
DEFARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. DAN | PRESENT STATE OF COLLECTION.
The present state of the collections may be best comprehended by reference to the accompanying plan of the exhibition halls (Plate 11) and the figures given below:
A.—Systematic geology.
(GD PEMD NbIONTSeLIGSee ee fens oe Soe ria Sec bheet fone eee eee 6, 250 (aye Gta: SG OE) oe ae Bae ete eee a ee a rn Te aS 12, 000 b.—Economic geology.
GO) PE xcbibition) SOLles= sees se oe eee ae ees ae ee aos 1 se ee 1183 ysi7l Cipsludyiserless seer se eee ae tee ee eg be os BRE AS ooo 4, 000
SOC) Rese eer a Series eee ae ane rene sey ee Se 35, 787 HTS ticataloguerenthyxd bys Sole seers eee ees = ee ee 67, 005 asticabalocue entry, JUNC 1892 ieee ee see eee ne eyee ee ee 68, 049
It will be observed that the figures for the study series are the same as in my last report. This does not mean that there have in reality been no additions to this series, but rather that these additions, of which there are several very important, are not as yet properly installed. As heretofore, no attempt is made at estimating the number of speci- mens in the storage sheds, or of duplicate materials.
The need of additional exhibition space is even greater than at the time of my last report, and it is hoped that before the close of another year steps may be taken towards the erection of a balcony around the south-west court which will afford space for the building-stone collee- tion. The necessity for this change was sufficiently dwelt upon in my last report.
The regular working force of the department for the year, aside from the curator, has been as follows: Mr. W. H. Newhall, aid; Miss C. Hurlburt, copyist; and Mr. J. C. Neale, preparator. Thomas Reese, laborer, has also served for a large portion of the year. Prof. R. L. Packard, who has availed himself of the opportunities offered for study during a considerable portion of the year, has rendered the departinent on sundry occasions, great service in determinative and analytical work.
es, Wf ’ W
Eocene ih Ame at ae
Ma a Ta a, W a ee i
aa 2 cor aa Py de pees
o Pi . nine ries oan - ‘ ? i wl z€: : ! z ‘ heme 4 ie at 7 =>, ins -: ae — Cee sy ohh, Rey caren Tia i a a Te eee ee SE wae ‘ j ya oA he ban eS y : Ve yore du awe es «ar Ca a : 7 +s ' » od ne Ree aay, COA rel a4 ee ee ied es De aay , A —— he ny Malin: ip id : * ; v! i. =< s a ® i é 7 Ae r . / Ga : } : : of a : A : é Stes ale a
one aes | i
2 ene US aa arg ahet zi} betel pia ‘
* ( SOE PPO? “tinsde Ory feu ae eng ris aera: hc ee ie a : i) ships. cH ER llth: Fel dani: Att cole pranae Lane vile a ; : : MiP ee ¥ 4 pital titers ew: é 4 nay ty ai ERR TE a | . aichoitien i Aaalice wn hisliee ab iste cont heey ei
ci seopay Gora tenity Ty hpi Sorin eds ube
: MANS Mak) cath Peat wv oe yap wigan Heieat yA AAR ba: vs rt va : tered) fey Cape) Jabs posite kets ac a a Arte Pune wally thy a , AMAA UT SSSA a Gy ilies Hien EAS ean ale vine ‘ RB itedlits vies Sil" ah air a TA eri heel 7 a COG Os is amy ee eee ea D vad oy ae if ne
re ae Hee : . emmy Petr FD ti) ini malta a sr dsanaae peers Fi el , he a byt L fagae Man ted . aan 13 pati ~~ Witte pee i ran teal “vaiteehaee Rie i
ee peri, Sentient Naka a alos FW ke Se oie aa
a ok | a GP WS pret ice trae Te teh, Gee rene eee : wate (i faveriey eal aa Aas hi TD ieteP ii devant on we mee 7 : Tati meek al > Dee eae, PAT sie arts mG, sf tobe tenets suv A, Ha fii ‘The: VehiGla ah it ti y ies Tals Al Oa ore :
~—_ s —
erat fart bh
AO >
. Japanese Wood-cutting and Wood-eut Printing Communicated by Mr. T.
SE Cero IN; OE:
PAPERS DESCRIBING AND ILLUSTRATING COLLECTIONS IN THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Page.
r
TONG, BinGl Erelnsevel OW? Mh 1k IMO NG pean US con eo scadHs Joscededeccor 221 . The Relation of Biology to Geological Investigation. By Dr. Charles A.
NW alii Cieperpeese eer ere eee reve ee pea ed rs eR ee ices AUN Se ai ae 245 . Scientific Taxidermy for Museums. Based on a Study of the United States
Government Collection, By Dr Row. Shufeldit=222-- 2222222. -2222. 22: 369 whe Shotar—Its Use and Origin, By Dr. Cyrus Adler. -2--.-22-2 2-2.---2-- 137 ehheCrump ybunialiCave. By: Wranks ButnSe-c- = 2. 2 =e eit eal ia = 451 . Minute Stone Implements from India. By Thomas Wilson...-...----.---- * 455 . Comparative Odlogy of North American Birds. By Dr. R. W. Shufeldt... 461
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING,
Communicated by J. TokUNo,
Chief of Insetsu-Kioku (Bureau of Engraving and Printing) of the Ministry of Finance, Tokio, Japan.
Edited and annotated by S. R. KOEHLER,
Curator of the Section of Graphic Arts, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Through the kindness of Mr. T. Tokuno, Chief of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing of the Ministry of Finance, Tokio, Japan, the U.S. National Museum has received as a gift from the Imperial Gov- ernment of Japan the complete outfit of a Japanese wood-cutting and wood-cut printing establishment, accompanied by illustrated de- scriptions of all the tools and materials sent and of the processes used by Japanese engravers and printers. The original statements made by Mr. Tokuno were supplemented by answers to questions ad- dressed to him by me, and the patience and courtesy shown by this well-informed official can not be too highly appreciated and too warmly acknowledged. The publication of the information thus elicited will be welcomed by those who are interested in the art of the wood-cutter and in the arts of Japan, more especially as Mr. Tokuno’s communica- tion is, so far as I know, the first authoritative statement on this sub- ject made by a native of Japan thoroughly qualified for the task. As the information which follows is scattered through a number of letters and memoranda, it will not be possible to give it absolutely in the shape in which it was received, but care will be taken to adhere as closely as possible to Mr. Tokuno’s own statements. Occasional ob- securities which still remain must be charged to the necessity of corre- sponding in English and to the great distance between the correspond- ents. The illustrations which accompany this paper, so far as they relate to Japanese wood-cutting and printing, were all made either from the objects themselves or from drawings by Japanese artists fur- nished by Mr. Tokuno. Such remarks as suggest themselves upon a comparison of our own methods, past and present, with those of Japan will be given as an appendix to Mr. Tokuno’s communication.
The tools and specimens alluded to in the following pages have been placed on exhibition in the Hall of Graphic Arts, eastern side, alcove 2, in the square case on the floor of the alcove, and in frames 28 to 34.
221
Dee REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. MR. T. TOKUNO’S COMMUNICATION,
THE WOODS USED AND THEIR PREPARATION. Although “tsuge,” a variety of Buxus Japonica, or ‘‘adsusa,” Catalpa Kampferti var. Ja- ponica, are employed, according to the degree of fineness of the written characters or pictures to be reproduced, the wood most generally used is “sakura,” a variety of cherry. In all cases, however, the texture must be very fine and hard.
The wood is first cut into planks, and these are planed until they are perfectly level and smooth, free froin all traces of the plane, and show some luster on the surface. Both sides are finished alike, as the woodcutter utilizes both of them.
Cut planks which are to be printed in black only are usually mounted between strips nailed to each end. There are several reasons for this. It prevents the warping of the planks; it gives free access to the air between them, when a number are stored on top of one another, and provides the best means of keeping them dry and guarding against damage by insects; it prevents immediate contact of the blocks, and, finally, it is sometimes very convenient, as it facilitates the drawing out of such planks as may be needed from among many stored away together, the planks being marked or numbered on the sides of the strips. For color-printing, however, the same plank often has two or three designs upon it for different tints, and consequently has register- ing marks on different parts. In that case the end strips would be in the way, and are, therefore, omitted.
THE TOOLS OF THE ENGRAVER. For engraving, knives and chisels of the best quality are required. All the tools needed by the engraver are represented on Plates Iv (1-18) and v (19-25), and with the following explanations their uses will be readily understood:
1. Ruler for cutting straight lines and for fixing the registering marks on the planks used in color-printing.
2, Brush for removing from the plank the chips thrown out by the cutting tools.
3. Engraving knife, for cutting out the design. Only one knife, always of the same pattern and size, is used by the Japanese wood- cutters, and with this one knife they perform all grades of work, from the coarsest to the finest, the execution depending entirely on the skill of the engraver. |See Fig. 1 for a Japanese wood-cutter’s knife, actual size, seen from both sides. |
4-9, Chisels for removing smaller portions of wood between the lines of the design. They are used exactly like the engraving knife.
10,11, Chisels for correcting unsatisfactory parts |7. e., removing parts for “plugging” ].
2. Saw for cutting small pieces of wood to be inserted in the plank where corrections have to be made.
15-16, Chisels for removing larger portions of wood.
17,18. Semicircular chisels, used for the same purpose as 13-16.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Koehler. PLATE IV.
7 y My SS Sr | Pe iy ; io 74.7 | | 726. > 20. 4 Nite ay, _ 710.0 7.9 ise
wien neni sate theresa pe me ©
A Oe oe eT ' '
4 See PTE DD We PSP os epg reall
BIO. 1K FU./5-
LO, /3
TOOLS USED BY JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTERS. (From a drawing in the U. S. National Museum by a Japanese artist.)
“7 ah ; oo sage A we gator eae
- cs
<
i “ee
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Koehler. PLATE V.
TOOLS USED BY JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTERS. (From a drawing in the U. S. National Museum by a Japanese artist.)
sia JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 223
19. A special kind of grinding stone, for leveling the surface of the grinding stone, No, 20.
20. Grinding stone for taking off the somewhat roughened edges of the knives and chisels, after they have been sharpened on the stone, No, 21.
21. Grinding stone, |See No. 20. |*
22. Oil pot, in which oil of Sesamum orientale is kept, for rubbing the portions of the plank to be cut, so as to soften the wood and make the cutting easier and cleaner.
23. Oil brush for the oil just spoken of.
24,25. Wooden mallets for driving the chisels, Nos. 15-18.
THE ORIGINALS FURNISHED TO THE WOOD-CUTTERS, AND THE METHOD OF TRANSFER- RING THEM TO THE PLANKS. Written characters or pict- ures to be cut on wood are drawn upon a certain kind of Japanese paper, “ minogami” or ** gampishi,” and the draw- ings thus made are pasted [face downward] upon a pre- pared plank, by means of starch paste. The plank is now ready for the engraver. This applies to prints in black only. Tor color-printing, the outlines of the design are first eut and printed in black ink (Indian ink mixed with a solution of glue) upon mino- gami,” and the designer of the picture then marks the parts to be colored fon differ- ent sheets]. These sheets are then pasted down on the CL ce eee ee p’ ‘ks, as before stated, and (From the specimen in the U. $, National Musuem.) the -*ngraving also proceeds as before.
Fig. 1. JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTER S$ KNIFE.
* Mr. Geo. P. Merrill, curator of the Department of Geology, to whom these stones were submitted, has kindly supplied the following information concerning them:
None of them correspond exactly to the stones used for similar purposes with us.
No, 19 isa dark blue-gray, fine-grained argillaceous rock, impregnated with lime,
224 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 4
AIM OF JAPANESE WOODCUTTING. The important point to be kept in view in characteristic Japanese wood-cutting is to show the direction of the brush in painting, so as not to destroy the features of an original picture or of written characters. The direction in which the knife is moved might be said to be almost identical with the direction of the brush, and wood-cuts by skillful hands therefore show the exact fea- tures of the originals, while, at the same time, they have a special ar- tistic character of their own.
MANNER OF HANDLING THE ENGRAVING TOOLS. The tools, having been put into good order and well sharpened, are laid on one side of the engraving table, and upon the latter is placed the plank to be eut. The wood-cutter, holding his knife in his right hand and pushing the back of it with the middle finger of the left hand, first cuts around all the lines of the design, and then removes the wood between them by means of the chisels, so as to leave the lines in relief. He then, with a small brush, cleans and washes the plank, and has a proof taken, after which he makes corrections, if necessary.
Plate Vi shows a wood-cutter at work. <A is the plank; B, a grinding stone for sharpening the knives and chisels; C is a box containing engraver’s tools.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN OLD AND MODERN JAPANESE METHODS OF WOOD-CUTTING. Although the method of cutting on wood differs slightly at present from the ancient method, the principal points are, nevertheless, the same. :
All ancient wood-cuts are comparatively deeper than those of the present day. The shallowness of modern cutting is due, probably, to the ability to do much finer work.
In the ancient style the outer boundaries of letters or pictures were cut away deeply before they were properly engraved. At present the stages are reversed. The latter method takes less labor and time, and it is probably one of the causes of the shallow cutting at present in vogue.
Formerly the paper bearing the original design, after it had been pasted down on the plank, was oiled, so as to make it transparent, and to enable the wood-cutter to see the design quite distinctly. This is not necessary now, as it is easy to get paper sufficiently thin and transparent in itself.
Semicircular chisels are now in use for removing some of the parts between the lines of the design. There were no such chisels formerly,
somewhat resembling our ordinary roofing slate, but softer and less finely fis- siled.
No. 20 is a soft, buff-colored argillaceous rock, more like the German razor hone than anything we use.
No. 21 is a whitish, somewhat decomposed siliceous rock, rather coarse for a whet- stone, giving, when breathed upon, a distinct clayey odor, indicating the presence of free argillaceous matter.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Koehler. PLATE VI.
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTER AT WORK. (From a drawing in the U. 8. National Museum by a Japanese artist.)
puedl iaepaal ae ‘in
it Y
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. rape
and hence much more time and labor was spent on this part of the work than at present.
PAPERS USED FOR PRINTING, AND THEIR TREATMENT. The papers used, whatever their quality, should be sized with a thin animal size. Among the prints sent to the U.S. National Museum are impressions on three different kinds of paper:—a special Japanese paper, made at the Insetsu-Kioku paper mills [known in America as Imperial Japanese paper], a Chinese paper, and ** masa” paper.
The sheets are moistened with water before the printing begins, the degree of moisture differing according to the quality of the paper, the proper degree being determined by the judgment of the printer. ‘“Masa” paper, for instance, on which the progressive proofs of one of the pictures (“* Yinaka genji”) sent to the U.S. National Museum are printed, should be very slightly moistened by means of a brush. Ex- periment has shown the amount of moisture in this case to be 13.86 per cent. <A single wet sheet is put between every three or four dry sheets, until a suitable layer is formed, which is pressed between two wooden press-boards. When all the sheets have the proper degree of moisture they are ready for printing.
As the printing on this moist paper is done with water colors, it can be well done only by an experienced printer. The following points are to be noted: A. The paper should rather be under than overmoistened. If it is overmoistened the water colors will spread beyond their limits? If the paper dries during the progress of the work, wet sheets are put between the sheets to be printed, and the heap is allowed to lie until the proper degree of moisture has been obtained. If the paper is thick and strong it should be slightly moistened from the back by means of a brush. 6. Great care must be taken not to put an exces- sive quantity of color on the plank. Rice paste serves well to prevent the water colors from spreading, and it ought to be used for every im- pression.
The printed sheets, in the interval between two printings, are laid on top of one another, to the number of many hundred sheets. If the water colors have been properly applied there is no fear of offsetting on the backs of the sheets.
A backing sheet is not generally used, but if it is desired to avoid all traces of the “‘baren” on the back of the printed sheets, a sheet of thin paper is used for backing. ;
PRINTING ON SILK.—Silk is occasionally used for printing instead of paper, and one of the specimens sent to the U.S. National Museum -is on this material It is usually found necessary to mount the silk on paper, but some experts can print without this device. The silk on which one of the impressions of ‘“ Nandina domestica” is printed {in 33 colors| was mounted on paper, but only along the edge which was laid against the registering marks. When the printing was finished this edge was trimmed off.
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2 15
226 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
PIGMENTS AND VEHICLES USED FOR PRINTING.—Five colors or pigments only [black, white, red, yellow, blue] are generally used for the most characteristic Japanese printing, such as the picture called “Yinaka genji,”* sent to the U.S. National Museum. They are all mixed with the necessary quantity of water, when about to be used, and the various hues, shades, and tints required are obtained by mixing the proper pigments together. These pigments, of which samples were sent to the U. S. National Museum, are the following:
a. Black, ‘tstike-zumi,” is generally prepared by macerating Japan- ese ink (a kind of India ink) in water for a few days, until the glue con- tained in it is dissolved, and the ink is sufficiently softened. It is then ground by means of pestle and mortar. As, however, the “tsike- zumi” so made is very liable to deterioration, a sample of a lampblack obtained from a Japanese ink macerated in water so as to remove the glue, was sent to the U.S. National Museum. Consequently when this lampblack is to be used, and after it has been mixed with water, glue solution, or rice paste (according to the judgment of the printer) will have to be added. If glue solution is used it should be mixed with the lampblack in a basin, but if rice paste is used, that is mixed with the pigment on the plank itself by means of the brush.
b. White, “to-no-tsuchi,” is white lead. It is used either alone, for prints of flowers, birds, etc., or mixed with other colors, if light tints or body colors are wanted.
*«YVinaka genji” is a design in black outlines with color washes. It is printed on three sheets, intended to be pasted together, each sheet measuring about 9} inches in breadth by 14 inches in height, printed surface, or the three sheets, when pasted together, about 29 inches in breadth by 14 inches in height. It represents a hilly landscape, in the middle ground of which agricultural operations are being carried on. Six larger figures occupy the foreground, as follows: On the first sheet are represented two richly dressed ladies, the one to the left kneeling, turned to- wards the right, and holding a parcel in her left hand. The one to the right stands, with the body turned towards the right, but looking down upon the kneeling figure on the left, and holding in her left hand a vessel suspended by a string. In the second or middle sheet there is another richly dressed lady, kneeling, with her body nearly fronting the spectator, while her face, shaded by the left hand, is turned up towards the group in the third sheet. In her right hand she holds a fan. On the third sheet there is a group of three figures. A man, likewise richly dressed, wearing a sword in his belt, and holding a pipe in his left hand, stands, turned somewhat towards the left, but looking back upon a Jady who kneels to the right of him and makes an appealing gesture with her left hand. To the right of the kneeling lady, somewhat back of and bending down towards her, is a second lady, standing, who makes a gesture of astonishment with her left hand. Both are richly dressed. The coloring is brilliant, mostly in flat masses, with little modeling or gradation, except in the sky. The first sheet has 25 printings, the second 26, the third 23, including a ‘‘blind” impression, which produces an embossed pattern in the garment of one of the figures.
‘“Yinaka genji” is the title of a Japanese novel, of which this picture is an illus- tration, /
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 227
c. Red, ‘“yo-k6,” a kind of scarlet (imported), probably carmine. Formerly the best kind of safflower, called “ki-jo-mi,” was used, but on account of its present high price the use of ‘“yo-kO” has become quite popular.
d. Blue, “bero-ai,” is Prussian blue. Formerly ‘ai-ro” paste, ob- tained by extraction from blue threads or rags dyed with indigo, or from “ai-gami,” a paper saturated with indigo, was used. But since the introduction of Prussian blue from Europe its use has become quite general.
e. Yellow, *ki-w6,” is orpiment. Formerly ‘+zumi,” extracted from a particular yellow wood; turmeric, “wukon-ko;” and a yellow ocher, ““wo-do,” were used, but orpiment has now taken their place.
For mixing these colors water only is used, but never any sizing, such as glue, except with lampblack, as before stated. A small quan- tity of rice paste is, however, mixed with the colors on the block or plank when color prints are to be made.
By mixing these pigments the various hues desired can be obtained, but the results will be as bright as those shown in ‘‘ Yinaka genji” only in the hands of a skilled workman. There is, however, no particular method of producing these colors; the result depends entirely on the practical experience of the printer, who can judge the exact proportions of the pigments to be mixed, without using either balances or measur- ing glass, and who does the mixing either in his color dishes or upon the blocks themselves. Rice paste gives a peculiar luster to the colors, and much of their beauty depends upon the time and care devoted to grinding them with water. It is a fact well known to Japanese printers that skilled hands produce much finer colors with the same pigments than unskilled hands.
There is a brilliant purple [violet] in ‘¢ Yinaka genji” which has been taken for an aniline color, although no aniline color has been used in the printing of this picture. The color in question was obtained by boiling a certain quantity of red (scarlet) and blue (Prussian blue), such as those just described, with water, and with proper treatment a bright purple [violet] can be obtained, almost the same as an aniline purple. This latter purple, however, has now come more generally into use, owing to the ease with which it can be managed. <A brown color, formerly made by mixing red, yellow, and black, has now also been replaced by ‘“‘bengara,” which is a kind of red ocher.
The pigments used for printing “‘Nandina domestica”* are quite different from those so far spoken of, but the method of using them is the same. Following is a description of these pigments:
a. Black, “sumi,” the best kind of India ink made in China or Japan
*This picture represents a stalk with leaves and a cluster of the fruit of ‘‘ Nandina domestica,” a plant belonging to the Barberry family, printed on a sheet measuring 6 inches in breadth by 9% inches in height. It is without a background and with- out outlines, broadly and effectively modeled, but without any attempt at realistic rendering, :
228 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
(the particular place is Nara). Itis prepared for use by rubbing it with water upon the surface of a stone vessel called “ suzuri,” familiar to every Japanese,
b. White, * gofun,” calcium carbonate {white chalk]. For use it is put in a color dish, and a few drops of glue solution are added. It is then rubbed with the finger in contact with the dish, until it becomes a wet mass and somewhat pasty. A little glue solution is again added, and the rubbing repeated, and so on several times. When the mass has become sufficiently pasty to be made into a pudding, it is beaten several times against a plank, and then reduced to a thin paste by di- luting with water.
c. Pink, “sho-yen-ji.” This is apparently cochineal, but its chemicai nature has not yet been ascertained. It is imported from China, in the form of cotton felt dyed red. To prepare it for use this felt is put into water and gently pressed. The resulting pink water is poured into a color dish, and evaporated nearly to dryness in a water bath, or over a very Slow fire, care being taken not to let it dry completely, as other- wise its brilliancy would be destroyed. It is then kept in a cool place, and protected from dust by putting a cover on the dish or by placing it upside down in a box.
d. Blue, ‘*ai-bo,” a dark blue, hard stick made of indigo. For use it is ground, like ** sumi,” in a color dish, with a few drops of glue solu- tion. When a sufficiently deep blue color has been obtained, it is well rubbed with the finger in contact with the dish, and then evaporated to dryness over a slow fire. A few drops of water are now added, the dish is again placed over a slow fire, the rubbing with the finger gone through with as before, and water is added gradually, until the proper shade of color has been obtained. If these directions are not strictly followed, the pigment is not well diffused in the water, and the result- ing color, as a matter of course, is not satisfactory. The treatment of the pigments gofun, shoyen-ji, ai-bo, ete., requires great caution, and the Japanese printers and painters consider it one of the difficulties of their art.
e, Yellow, * shi-6.” This is gamboge, and is imported. For use it is diffused in water, and no glue whatever is added.
ft. Brown, *tai-sha-bo,” a hard, brown stick made of ared ocher. For use it is treated exactly like “ ai-b0.”
g. Red, “shu,” vermilion, Tor use it is well mixed with a few drops of glue solution, ground thoroughly with the finger, and then diluted with water to the proper consistency.
The following pigments are also used in printing, and samples of them have been sent to the U. S. National Museum:
Red, “ki-jo-mi,” safflower. This color, in solution, is very apt to suf: fer on exposure to sunlight, and the bottle in which it is sent is, there- fore, wrapped up in black paper. After it has dried on the paper, it is not so fugitive as to make it undesirable for printing.
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 229
Red ocher, “ ben-gara.”
Turmeric, **wakon-ko.”
Yellow ocher, ‘*w0-do.”
Yellow, “zumi,” extract from a particular yellow wood.
Blue, “ai-gami.” Paper saturated with a solution of indigo.
Blue, “ai-r6.” Indigo paste.
Of the vehicles used by the printer in the manipulation of his colors, the following is to be said:
Glue solution. The strength of this solution differs according to the different pigments, printing papers, silks, etc., to be used,* About one- third of an ounce of glue to about three-fourths of a pint of water is, however, an approximate proportion.
Rice paste. This is used for both of the classes of pigments described. It is made by boiling rice flour with a certain quantity of water, and is kept in a suitable vessel. Newly made paste is preferable; old and rotten paste should not be used. The pigment to be used is put on the block or plank, and some of the paste is then added, care being taken to mix the two well and evenly by means of a brush. If the printing brushes are not charged with this paste, the brilliancy of the colors is much lessened.
THE TOOLS OF THE PRINTER. The use of these tools will be understood from the examination of Plates vir (1-4), virt (5-17), and IX, in connection with the following explanations:
1. Bow, tor keeping all the tools and materials required for printing. The rack on top is used to hang the brushes on, and can be removed and packed in the box. The paper is kept on the shelf, so as to pre- vent its drying and being carried away by the draft. The colors are placed into the lower compartment. The box also serves to keep the dust and dirt from the paper and the colors.
2. Boards, tor pressing wet paper.
3. Small box, for keeping colors, color dishes, ete. This is stored in the box No. 1, when not in use.
4. Printing table, which, when not in use, serves to close the front of box No. 1.
5-7. Brushes, for charging the eut planks with the printing colors, one particular brush being used for each color. When not in use, they are hung on the rack on top of box No. 1.
8. Brush, for wetting paper.
9, Oil of Sesamum orientale, contained in a bottle. (See No. 10.)
10. Baren, a little shield which answers the purposes of the Euro. pean press. After the sheet has been laid down on the plank charged with color, it is rubbed on the back with the ‘‘ baren,” so as to make it take the impression. The face of the *‘ baren” in contact with the paper is occasionally rubbed with oil of Sesamum orientale.
11-13. Chisels and a knife, used to correct the registering marks, il’ that should be necessary.
230 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
14. Agitator, for mixing colors in the basin, No. 17.
15. Pads of cotton cloth, to be placed under the four corners of the planks, while printing, to keep them from moving.
16. The five dry colors described above as used in the printing of “ Yinaka genji,” put up in bottles.
17. Basin, for mixing colors.
THE PRINTER AND PRINTING. The method of taking-impressions is illustrated on Plate 1x. The printer seats himself, and arranges all the tools and materials required, in good order, as shown. The plank to be printed is placed on the printer’s table A, and the required color is laid on with the brush B. The paper being ready for printing, and having been placed upon the shelf C of the box D, a sheet of it is laid down upon the plank, and is rubbed lightly with the ‘‘baren” EK. The printed sheet is then placed on a board which rests upon the box F, used for keeping colors, color dishes, etc., and when the required num. ber of sheets has been printed, they are put back on the shelf C. An- other plank is now taken, the second impression is made upon the sheets bearing the first, and this is followed by the third, fourth, ete., until the printing is completed.
Charging the block with color. {‘ Inking” the block.| As before stated, the pigment to be used is put on the block or plank, and some rice paste is then sprinkled upon it. It is well, also, to soak the brush properly with this paste, so as to mix it thoroughly with the pigment. This increases the brillianey of the colors, and also fixes them more completely.
Dry impression. |Embossing.| There is a special kind of printing, called ‘dry impression.” This is used when it is desired to represent designs of the same color as the ground, but differing in brilliancy. It is executed after the printing has been finished, and the paper has be- come quite dry. The sheet is then laid upon a plank specially eut for the purpose, but not charged with color, and is rubbed with the ‘¢ baren.”’ *
The “ baren” and the method of using it. The “baren” (see Plate x a-d) is a little hard shield, d, consisting of a stiff disk a, made of layers of paper pasted together, and turned up at the edge so as to form a very shallow receptacle, and covered with cotton cloth on the outside. A second disk b, formed of twisted cord, fits into this shallow receptacle, and is held in place by the bamboo sheath c, made of the ribbed leaf of the bamboo, which is drawn tightly over it and twisted together on the back, so as to forma handle. This latter is made more convenient for the hand to grasp it by a strip of paper wound around it and so arranged as to assume the shape of a rectangular pad.t The
*Some specimens in the U. 8S. National Museum show, however, that this emboss- ing is occasionally done before the printing is finished.
tThis description is based upon the object itself, rather than upon Mr. Tokuno’s notes.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Koehler. PLATE VII.
aa 71
TOOLS AND APPLIANCES USED BY JAPANESE WOOD-CUT PRINTERS. (From a drawing in the U. S. National Museum by a Japanese artist.)
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Koehler PLATE VIII.
Fae | |
jas maasaaon winanennne enn Se cin hacecmmacesonm acne
nemitisimcae
TOOLS AND APPLIANCES USED BY JAPANESE WOOD-CUT PRINTERS.
(From a drawing in the U. S. National Museum by a Japanese artist.)
PLATE IX.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Koehler.
/
if
~
on,
Li “ep
“A
A JAPANESE WOOD-CUT PRINTER AT WORK.
U.S. National Museum by a Japanese artist.)
(From a drawing in the
Report of National Museum, 1892,.—Koehler, PLATE X.
BAREN AND ITS PARTS. (Reduced in size. Actual size, 51 inches diameter.)
a. The stiff rimmed dise, which holds the corded dise ; 6b, the dise of twisted cord; c, the bamboo sheath; d, baren complete, seen from the back, showing the handle, with the strip of paper wound around it.
(From specimens in the U. 8. National Museum.)
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 231
reason why it is made so hard, besides making the filling of twisted cord, is to prevent its bending during use. Moreover, if it were not so hard and rigid, the full stretching of the bamboo sheath would be im- possible. The ribbed surface of the bamboo serves not only to get a sharper impression, by limiting the contact to the ribs, but it also pre- vents the adhesion of the wet paper to the * baren,” which would occur, to the spoiling of the paper, if the covering were smooth. The con- tacting surface should be applied only to those parts of the plank which have been left standing in relief. If this precaution is neglected, there is the possibility of smearing from the depressed parts of the block. The direction in the movement of the “baren” should be zigzag, as shown on Plate x1, but if a very small and isolated part of the design is to be printed, it is better to give a lighter rub with the edge of the in- strument. On Plate x11 the dotted line shows the direction of the “baren,” while the solid curved lines mark the outlines of the design. The rib of the bamboo sheath should be kept as nearly as possible at a right angle to the direction. of the ‘* baren.”
Smearing from the depressions of the block. As the depressions of the eut planks—that is to say, those parts which have been cut away be- tween the lines and masses of the design—are rather shallow, and at the same time in many cases quite extensive, it would seem almost im- possible to prevent the sinking of the sheet into the depressions and taking the color in these places, more especially when the method of applying the printing color with a brush is considered, which makes it impossible to keep the depressions clean. Experienced printers, never- theless, work without fear of smearing, and no pbee ial precautions are used eh guard against it.
Registeri ing. As each color requires a separate cut, each plank must have certain fixed marks [registering marks], so that all the sheets may be laid down in exactly the same position, to insure the fitting of each color upon the others. No mechanical means whatever are used, either in placing the sheet, or for holding it in position after it has been placed. The Japanese printer, in these matters as in all others, depends simply upon experience. The manner of placing the sheet on the block is shown on Plate x11. The same figure shows also the registering marks on the block or plank, which consist of a rectangular notch | at the right, and a straight notch at the left.
General remarks about printing. The printing may differ in quality, but the method employed is abyays about the same. The printing of a picture like ** Nandina domestica ” [which is an imitation of a water- color painting without outlines| requires, of course, greater skill than the printing of “ Yinaka genji” [which is a drawing in outlines, with color washes]. The aim in this case is to produce impressions which an inexperienced eye can hardly distinguish from the original. But there is no special way of treating either class of prints. The difference between the best and the less good is due entirely to the skill of the
232 - REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 18992.
printer in producing the various hues, tints, and shades with printing brushes, in precisely the same way as the water-color painter. This holds good also ot the engraver. ‘The arts of engraving and of printing are practiced in Japan according to the dictates of experience, with no, or at the most but very slight, mechanical assistance.
Cost OF DESIGNS. The original design of “ Yinaka genji,” by Kuni- teru, called also Yichiyusai, cost 10 yen (about $7.60).
That of **Nandina domestica,” by Chinzan, Tsubaki, cost the same sum.
COST OF ENGRAVING. ‘“ Yinaka genji,” engraved by Kokichiro, Mo- rikawa, cost 16 yen (about $12.30), and took the engraver about 20 days. [The three sheets, executed respectively in 25, 26, and 23 printings, or in all 74 printings, required the cutting of 37 blocks. See the notes by the editor, p. 240, concerning the discrepancy between number of print- ings and number of blocks. |
‘‘Nandina domestica,” engraved by Kotaré, Kido, cost 8.4 yen (about $6.38), and took about seven days in the doing. [There are 33 print- ings, but the number of blocks used is not stated. |
COST OF PRINTING. The printer of ‘‘ Yinaka genji,” Tsurisabro, Nakamura, received 70 sen (about 54 cents) per day. He printed 3,000 sheets per day from the black block, and 700 to 800 sheets per day trom the color blocks.
The printer of ** Nandina domestica,” Yiwakichi, Yamamoto, received one yen (about 76 cents) per day. He finished about 200 sheets per week.
The people engaged in home industries do not generally take a rest on Sunday. The week, therefore, has seven days of about eight hours each. As *‘ Nandina domestica” has 35 printings, 200 finished sheets are equal to 6,600 impressions per week, or 943 per day. The numbers differ, however, according to the different nature of the blocks. Of the Se for instance, such as a uniform green for the leaves, 1,200 to
1,800 sheets can be printed in a day, while of the most difficult ones, such as those giving the half-tints in the fruit, only 600 to 700 sheets
‘an be printed.
NOTES BY THE EDITOR.
To any one familiar with the history of the technique of relief engrav- ing, the reading of Mr. Tokuno’s communication makes it evident that the methods used by the Japanese engravers of to-day, so far as they have not been influenced by European precept, are precisely those used in Europe in the 15th, 16th and 17th centuries. In other words, these artists are not, correctly speaking, wood-engravers, but wood-cutters. This is apparent from the material and the tools used by them.
The material is wood cut in the direction of the fiber, i. e., planks, for which, since Bewick’s time, blocks cut across the fiber or grain have been substituted with us.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Koehler,
eens
~ eS eee
PLATE X\l
METHOD OF USING BAREN.
apanese artist.)
Ta Jé
vtional Museum by
€
(From a drawing in the U.S. N
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Koehler.
PLATE XIl.
° Pam nertttAtttann,
3
- Pt odin
4 fr,
ver ¢ "er erecertt
,
METHOD OF USING BAREN.
(From a drawing in the U. 8. National Museum by a Japanese artist.)
ge ae “eae b =
a
eae —y
es? >
Me, i owt
te ed ;
rua A
PLATE XIll.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Koehler.
(4suav osourdes ve Aq UNesny]y [VPUOeN ‘§ ‘ 9 Ul SuULMeAIp B W014) “ONIYSALSIOSY
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 235
The tools are knives, which with us have been displaced by gravers
It is interesting to compare the representation of a Japanese wood- eutter (Pl. v1) with the oldest known representation of a European wood-cutter (Fig. 2), here reproduced from Jost Amman’s “ Beschrei- bung aller Stiinde” (generally, although not quite correctly, called ‘‘Book of Trades”), published in Frankfort-on-the-Main in the year 1568. As Jost Amman was a very prolific designer for wood-cutters, he must have been thoroughly familiar with the craft, and his repre- sentation may theretore be accepted as reliable. At first sight the way of hold- ing the tool adopted by Am- man’s ‘ Formschneider ” (form-cutter, 7%. ¢., wood- cutter) impresses one as peculiar, and perhaps un- warranted. A glance at PI. VI, however, shows a strik- ing analogy between the manner of holding the tool of the Japanese *‘ Form- schneider” of to-day and that of his European prede- cessor of the sixteenth cen- tury, 7? e., they both hold the tool perpendicularly, the only difference being that the Asiatic uses also the left hand in guiding it. The modern Japanese docu- Fig. 2. ment may therefore serve A EUROPEAN WOOD-CUTTER OF 'THE XVI. CENTURY. to confirm the correctness a> ft he eee of Jost Amman’s delineation.
Of the shape of the knife used by the old wood-cutters of Europe and of the way of grinding it, we have no positive knowledge, as the representations of tools which often accompany the monograms of the “FRormschneider” on sixteenth century wood-cuts are too small, and oftentimes too fantastic, to be of any use for information. The knives or “engraving points,” as he called them, used by J. M. Papillon, the well-known French wood-cutter of the eighteenth century, are figured and fully described in his ‘Traité de la Gravure en Bois,” 2 volumes, Paris, 1766. The blades were made of clock springs mounted in split wooden handles, in which they were fastened by means ef a piece of string wound around them. Fig. 3 shows one of these knives, actual size, reproduced from Pl. 1v in Papillon’s second volume. It is flat on the side not shown in the illustration, beveled on the side shown, and
mT
234
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
cut off obliquely at the extremity. The straight edge is the cutting edge. The Japanese knife (see Fig. 1) at first sight seems to be simi- larly constructed. Its blade is, indeed, heavier, but it is mounted in a somewhat similar handle, not split, however, but with only a slit
THE KNIFE USED BY PAPILLON,
From: his “* Traite,”’
1766. )
in it, into which the blade is wedged, and in which it is held in place by a ferrule.* It is furthermore beveled on one side like Papillon’s knife; but the bevel is on the opposite side, and there is a bevel also along the edge which forms an angle with the long edge of the knife. This is necessary, because the cutting edge is the short oblique one and not the long edge. That this is so is apparent from the way in which the Japa- nese wood-cutter holds the knife on PI. v1.
It is worth remarking that Papillon’s way of hold- ing the knife differed radically from that of his Euro- pean predecessors and of the Japanese wood-cutters of to-day. Fig. 4, also taken from Papillon’s second volume, illustrates this point.
In the method of transferring the design to the plank, we again find a close analogy; for although the early wood-cut draftsmen of Europe in most cases, probably, drew their designs directly on the wood with pen and ink, it is well known also that some- times the drawing was made on a sheet of paper and pasted on the plank, face downward, in precisely the way which is practiced in Japan at present.
Still more curious, however, is the similarity be- tween the instrument, ‘‘baren,” used by the printers of Japan, and the earliest contrivance for taking im- pressions from cut blocks, of which mention is made, so far as at present known, in a European book. The “baren” has the form of a little shield. In the treatise on painting, written by Cennino Cennini da Colle di Valdelse, towards the close of the fourteenth century, chapter 173, entitled “* How to paint on cloth with a form,” the following directions are given: A wood block upon which the design has been cut is to be charged with color. For this purpose a glove is to be worn on the left hand, the color to be used is to be spread on the palm of the hand, and the block is then to be charged with the color, “carefully, so that the parts eut out do not fill up,” the gloved hand doing the office of a printer’s ball. The cloth is now to be
laid on the block charged with color, and then, continues Cennini, “take
* Papillon also describes this arrangement, but prefers the one shown in Fig. 3.
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 235
a Shield of wood in the right and press with the back upon the surface, so far as the eut plank will bear it.”* It is, however, apparent from this most summary description that Cennini’s rude contrivance is not to be compared for efficiency with the Japanese “baren,” with its twisted cord packing and ribbed bamboo sheath. Nor does the print-
yates
AN
pel I A
Fig 4. PAPILLON S MANNER OF HOLDING THE KNIFE,
From Ins * Traité,’’ 1766.
ing shield mentioned by Cennini seem to have come largely into use, for the instruments generally supposed to have been employed in Europe for taking impressions previous to the introduction of the press are rubbers (which, however, might have been shield-shaped) _and rollers, of which the latter remained in use for the taking of
*Quoted from Ilg’s translation, in Quellenschriften der Kunstgeschichte, Vol. 1, Vienna, 1871, p. 122.
236 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
proofs down to the time of Papillon, who deseribes and figures them in the book before cited.
That the method of plugging practiced by the Japanese wood-cut- ters—evidently by square instead of rotind plugs—is the same as the old European method is not to be wondered at in view of the identity of the materials used.
With these elementary factors of materials, tools, and ajpliances, the similarity between Japanese and sixteenth century European wood. cutting ends, however, and further examination discloses differences of a very marked kind.
It is well-known that the work of the old Huropean wood-cutters is essentially black-line facsimile, 7. e., the reproduction, more or less faithfally, of drawings in black lines, generally pen-and-ink drawings, on alight ground. It was this limitation which threw the wood-cut out of the race with the other reproductive arts, until it was enabled to enter the lists again after it had been transformed into wood-en- graving. The wood-cutters and printers of Europe did, indeed, attempt to produce color effects as early as 1457, this being the year in which appeared Fust and Schoefter’s Psalter, the first dated printed book, so far as we know, and at the same time the first dated piece of color- printing. This, however, was merely work of a decorative character. The first pictures really printed in colors are Cranach’s chiaroscuros, the oldest of which are dated 1506, and, of works printed in positive colors, Jost de Negker’s portrait of Teves Fugger, about 1512, and Altdorfer’s Beautiful Maria of Ratisbonne, about 1519. sut of these two kinds of productions, only the first, the chiaroscuros (clairobseurs, Helldunkel)—that is to say, imitations of India ink and sepia drawings and other monochromes—came largely into use during the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries, while the attempts to introduce printing from relief blocks in positive colors, although renewed from time to time, never succeeded to any extent, so that it may be said even to-day that chromoxylography is practiced only occasionally, except for such coarse work as advertisements, show bills, ete.*
The Japanese, as a matter of course, have also produced and. still produce facsimiles of drawings in black lines, but owing, possibly, to the fact that their artists use the brush instead of the pen or some still more unyielding point, they were soon led to attempt the repro- duction of washed drawings, not only in black and grays, but also in positive colors. Their earliest productions of this kind do not, indeed, according to Prof. Fenollosa, go back uey ond about the year 1745, t but
“As aneee, notes treat only of Tine wae no account is etalen here of chromo- chaleography and chromolithography. tThere is considerable variation in the statements found in books concerning the oldest specimens of Japanese color-printing. From Dr. Justus Brinckmann’s Kunst und Handwerk in Japan (Berlin, 1889, p. 222), we learn that these specimens, accord- ing to a Japanese author, Sakakiwara, date from the year 1695, although on p. 237
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 237
they made up for their later appearance in the field by a prodigious ac- tivity and a superb facility of execution—within the limitations of their art—that far outstripped the isolated achievements of their earlier Kuro- pean colleagues.
We have seen that, according to Mr. Tokuno, the highest aim of Japanese chromoxylography is the imitation of the original, even to the sweep of the brush, so close that an inexperienced eye shall find it difficult to tell the printed counterfeit from the painting made by the hand of the artist, and it must be admitted that the wood eutters and printers of Japan have been wonderfully successful in their efforts, not only in the reproduction of black-and-whites, for which, also, several printings are generally used, but quite as much with designs in color, It is true, certainly, that Japanese painting lends itself more easily to deceptive imitation than Kuropean painting; but there is still another cause to be assigned for the success of Japanese color-printing in this respect, and that is the method of printing practiced by the Japanese, or, more correctly speaking, their method of charging (‘inking”) the block.*
the first painter who had his designs reproduced by color-printing. According to Theodore Duret (see Chronik fiir vervielfiiltigende Kunst, 1889, No. 6), the first color- prints with two or three tints were produced between 1710 and 1720. Finally, ae- cording to Dr. Wm. Anderson, the author of the Catalogue of Prints and Books illustrating the History of Engraving in Japan, issued by the Burlington Fine Arts Club in 1888, the date is about the year 1700 (see p. xvi1 of the catalogue named). Prof. Fenollosa, however, is of opinion that these earlier specimens were not color- prints, but colored prints, i. e., prints tinted by hand.
* Dr. Brineckmann, p. 230 of the book previously quoted, says that in Japan ‘we look in vain for the painted types of the color-prints, since the artist who work3 for color-printing creates independent works of art by its means,” while, on the con- trary, he says of us that we claim triumphantly to have reached our aim in repro- duction ‘‘when it becomes impossible to tell the original from the copy without ’ Dr. Brinckmann, indeed, contradicts himself, when, on p. 288, he speaks of the publication of the paintings of Korin and of his brother Kenzan, a celebrated ceramic artist, by Hoitsu, about a century after the death of these artists, and Mr. Tokuno’s statement that the highest aim of Japanese printing ‘is to pro- duce impressions which an inexperienced eye can hardly distinguish from the origi- nal,” certainly shows that the first statement made by the author named, however broadly it may apply to certain kinds of printing, is not true absolutely. More- over, among the specimens sent to the U.S. National Museum by Mr. Tokuno, there are several reproductions of paintings, including a book in two volumes, “Shu bi gwa kan,” or reduced copies of pictures drawn by eminent old artists of the Kioto or Shijo school.
Color-prints made without painted originals to work from are also found among our own productions, although they are of a subordinate rank and do not aspire to rival the brilliant productions of the Japanese color-printers. Sketches in color are rarely made for the colored pictures in the comic journals like ‘‘ Puck.” These pic- tures are printed from four stones, one giving the design and modelling in black or brown, the other three supplying the coloring by means of Iris tints, two running in one direction, the third at right angles to it, and these Iris tints are mostly ad- justed on the press under the direction of the designer, without an original by
close investigation.’
238 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The old printers of Europe, down to the beginning of this century, inked their blocks with printer’s balls, such as are shown in Fig. 5, reproduced from Jost Amman’s ‘¢Charta Lusoria,” published at Nurem- berg inthe year 1588. The custom of the present day is to use elastic Tollers, made of amass consisting of glue, molasses, etc. On our steam presses the inking is also done by rollers. The ink used in all cases
is linseed-oil varnish, with which the pigment has been fF ground up. Water - colors } have, indeed, been tried for i printing occasionally, but A practically without Success, f except for the printing of wall papers. The Japanese print- ers, on the contrary, so far as they have not been affected by European methods, use nothing but water-colors, and instead of balls or rollers they employ brushes, that is to say, they paint their blocks. There is a very obvious advantage in the use of water-colors by the Japanese printers, as all the originals to be imitated by them are painted in water- colors. Itis evident that the brillianey and quality of the pigments are the same in orig- inal and copy, while the pig- ments which we use for our chromoxylographie and chro- molithographic printing, be-
¥
¥ = e NA dininin
Wy "WY
I
—<——.
|
Fig. 5. Two or PRINTERS’ BALLS. ing mixed with linseed-oil From Jost Anman’s ‘‘ Charta Lusoria,’’ 1588 varnish, are affected by it in
their purity as well as in their surface quality. The use of a brush instead of a roller for inking the blocks is also a factor of great im- portance. The brush is a pliable instrument, capable of expression in
which to be guided. A small specimen of this kind is shown in Frame 67 A, on the eastern side of the Hall of Graphie Arts. Much more brilliant work has, however, been done by the same means. The old chiaroscuro printers were also in a measure independent of the artist, not only sometimes adding tints to designs by artists long dead, but varying these tints for the same picture. The tint blocks for Diirer’s por- trait of Varnbuler, for instance, were added after his death, and there are impressions in brownish and in greenish tints. In this case the liberties taken by the printer were permissible, from the same cause which favors the Japanese color-printers, that is to say, because the coloring and lighting of the old chiaroscuros are purely con- ventional.
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 239
the hands of an intelligent being. The roller, on the contrary, even in the hands of the most skilled printer, is much less pliable, and on the steam press it is without any pliancy. This quality has, indeed, be- come a merit in the steam press, so that it is now looked upon as more reliable than the hand press. But this is true only in so far as uni- formity of result in the impressions is concerned. The artist can do nothing with it, while with a bare block or plate and a brush full of color he can do wonders. We have seen this of late years in the re- newed development of the monotype, and it may, indeed, be said of Japanese printing that it involves, at least in its best productions, the principle of the monotype. It follows from this that the Japanese printer must be something of an artist. In the words of Mr. Tokuno, he must have the skill to produce “the various hues and shades with printing brushes, in precisely the same way as the water-color painters do.” ©
As the color is laid on the block with the brush, the facilities offered by this tool can, as a matter of course, be utilized, and are utilized to their fullest extent, by the Japanese printer. He can deposit more or less pigment on the block, according as he may need a stronger or a more delicate tint, and he can even produce gradations on it quite inde- pendent of the wood-cutter; that is to say, on a perfectly flat block. All the gradations from light to dark seen in Japanese color-prints are the result of the printer’s brush used on the block, assisted sometimes, it is said, by wiping with the finger. The roller which we use for inking our blocks is not capable of producing such gradations,* as it deposits a uniform film of ink all over the surface. The consequence is that with us the gradations are produced by the engraver, who cuts away more and more of the wood, either in lines or in dots, as he proceeds from dark through lighter tints to white, while the Japanese wood- cutter furnishes to the printer blocks which are solid even in those parts which in the impression are to be gradated. It follows that what we call “engraved tints,” either flat or gradated, are never seen in purely Japanese wood-cuts. The blocks offer nothing but flat masses, and such lines as appear in them serve merely to bring out the forms, patterns of stuffs, textures, etc. Whenever a European engraver has to render a sky gradated simply from a darker blue, through lighter tints downward, and finally merging into a tint so light that he must express it by white, he cuts a series of white lines, narrower and farther apart where the color is to be strongest, and gradually increasing in width and nearness as it decreases in strength, until, where the white paper is to show, he cuts away all the wood. His Japanese colleague, on the contrary, gives the printer a flat block, on which those parts merely are cut away which correspond to objects seen against the sky, such as trees, mountains, houses, etc., and which, therefore, must be kept free from the blue of the sky behind them. On this block the
* Except in “Iris printing,” which, however, need not be considered here.
240 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
printer paints the gradations needed, and if he can not get a satistac- tory result with one printing, he uses the same block twice, only vary- ing the “inking.” In the picture “ Yinaka genji,” for instance, the sky is printed once with a gradation reaching from the top of the picture to about the middle of the sky, and again a second time with a grada- tion reaching considerably farther down. It is evident that the upper part of the sky may thus be strengthened, and the gradual shading- off into the white along the horizon made still more gradual.
From what has just been said, it is apparent that the same block may be used twice on the same picture. This is true not only of the printing of skies, but the same device is resorted to also in other parts of the design. A block may be printed in a flat tint or color the first time, and it may then be charged a second time with another color, say a gray, but gradated, and printed on top of the first color to pro- duce modulations. The number of planks cut for a Japanese color- print, therefore, is very far from corresponding to the number of print- ings. It is, moreover, reduced still further by painting the same block with different colors in different parts. These colors may, indeed, be printed at the same time,* but it happens frequently that they are used separately; that is to say, that the block is painted and printed in part only, and then laid aside, to be taken up again later and painted on those parts which were left uninked before. Thus of the three sheets which together make up the picture ‘“‘Yinaka genji,” the first has 25 impressions, the second 26, the third 23. Of blocks used, however, there are only 13 for the first, 10 for the second, and 14 for the third, or 37 cuts, executed on 21 planks, for 74 printings.
It is seen from the number of impressions needed for the completion of the picture just alluded to, that the Japanese printers are not bent on saving labor in this respect. a fact which is occasionally shown in a most curious manner, aS when a single pair of red lips is printed by itself in a flat red, although several other red blocks are used for the same picture. From 23 to 26 impressions for a print like ‘‘ Yinaka genji,” seems to us an excessive number. Even for a refined, although brilliant fruit piece, like “Nandina domestica,” 33 printings impresses us as extraordinary, in spite of the fact that the use of flat blocks makes it necessary to multiply them so as to produce the desired gradations. With our means of producing gradations by either wood-engraving
*According to Dr. Brinckmann (p. 228), the inking of one block with several colors is occasionally carried so far as to produce a complete picture inseveral colors at one impression. Among other prints, he describes one of a gray grasshopper feeding on the reddish meat of a piece of watermelon, the green rind and the black seeds of which are also seen. The four colors named are applied, each separately, to dif- ferent parts of the block. We have here the principle of rubbing in a plate in different colors, used so extensively by the printers of the colored stipples produced in the eighteenth century and now again popular. The principle has not, however, been applied to relief printing among us, except by Wm. Blake, and even by him only to a very limited extent.
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 24]
or lithographing, 8 to 10 printings would be considered a large number for the reproduction of an original of similar character. But even 33 is not the highest number of impressions used. I am informed by Prof. Fenollosa that as many as 120 impressions were used lately on a reproduction of a Japanese water-color painting, although the number was considerably reduced in the printing of a subsequent edition of the same picture by a different manipulation of the blocks.* It may be of interest to state here, for the sake of comparison, that the highest num- ber of printings used on our most complicated chromolithographs is about fifty.
From the statement by Mr. Tokuno concerning the pigments used in
characteristically Japanese color-printing, 7. ¢., blue, yellow, and red, besides black and white, it would seem as if the whole system of this kind of printing were based upon the old three-color theory, which pre- railed also with the early chromochaleographie and chromolithographic printers of Europe. It is nevertheless true that the Japanese print- ers do not, at present at least, produce the so-called secondary colors, green, orange, violet, by printing the so-called primaries, 7. e., blue and yellow for green, yellow and red for orange, and red and blue for violet, over one another. Wherever these ‘‘secondaries” are needed— and the same observation holds good also for the ‘*tertiaries ”—they are printed by themselves, although the “primaries” which enter into them may occur in the same picture. I amagain indebted to Prof. Fenolloss for having called my attention to the fact that the printing of the “primaries” over one another to produce the “secondaries” does, in- deed, occur in the earlier work of the Japanese printers, but it is evi- dent that it has now been abandoned. As subdued and broken colors were mainly used in the earlier Japanese color-prints, while the modern show a decided preference for brilliant and even glaring coloring, it is quite likely that this printing of the “primaries” over one another, which with us is considered a decided advantage, more especially in cheaper and simpler grades of work, as it saves time and money, was given up, even in such work as the printing of pictures for fans, for the sake of the more brilliant effects which can be produced by mixing the pigments themselves.
This brings us to another point of great importance, and that is the little care had by the Japanese wood-cutters and printers for labor-saving devices and mechanical aids. ** Our arts of engraving and printing,” says Mr. Tokuno in one of his letters, ‘‘ rely entirely upon experience, with no, or very slight mechanical assistance.” The manual skill, which has grown outof this reliance upon experience and disdain for mechan- ical aids, is truly marvelous. It is difficult to believe that all Japan-
“The earliest attempts at color-printing made by the Japanese, were, of course, much simpler, beginning with from two to four blocks. See Dr. Anderson’s cata- logue, before quoted, p. Xvit; also Brinckmann.
H. Mis. 114, pt. 216
242 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
ese wood-cutting, even to the finest lines in the most delicate black- and-white erie work, is done with the one clumsy knife repre- sented in Fig. 1. We know from Papillon’s book that he found it nee- essary to use three grades of knives, according to the grade of work to be executed, and we naturally arrive at the conclusion that the Japan- ese wood-cutter alsoac commodates his knife to his work. Neverthe- less, Mr. Tokuno replies to a direct question on this point: ‘ Our engraving on wood depends wholly on the skill of the engravers. With only one knife, such as that sent you, they can execute all grades of work, from the roughest to the finest. We therefore have no other kind of knife.”
The answers given to questions regarding the difficulties which con- front the Japanese printer, and which to us would seem insurmounta- ble, are of the same tenor. It seems impossible to prevent smearing, with blocks having great shallow hollows, inked with a brush, and therefore charged with color, not only on the parts left standing in relief, but also in the depressions, and with the thin moist paper used, held down on the plank with one hand, while the other guides the “baren.” To the question whether any special precautions are adopted to prevent smearing, Mr. Tokuno replies: ‘+ Although smearing from the depressions in the block seems almost unavoidable, experienced printers, nevertheless, work without fear of it, and there is no special way of preventing it.” Again, to the question whether mechanical means are not used for registering, the reply is: ‘* Our printers use no mechanical means whatever, depending simply upon experience.” To illustrate this point, a water-color drawing was sent, of which Plate x11 is a reproduction. To the inquiry, how it is possible to print with water-colors on moist paper, keep the paper moist to prevent contrac- tion, and lay the sheets on top of one another without offsetting, the answer given is: ‘This can only be done well by an experienced printer,” to which laconic statement a few technical points are added, which have already been given in Mr. Tokuno’s communication.
A visitor to the U.S. National Museum, who sees, forthe first time, and without explanation, the exhibit of Japanese wood-cutting and wood-cut printing, the whole (except the printed specimens and the drawings ilus- trating tools, ete.) crowded into a case measuring about 4 by 34 by 25 feet, will most probably take it for granted that he has before hima Renechion of miniature models. In this assumption he would, however, be grossly mistaken. Considerably more room would, of course, be needed to arrange the tools, ete., for practical working use, but both the tools and the materials shown are actually those employed by the wood-cutters and printers of Japan. It needs only to think of the heavy machinery used by our printers, even by those who confine themselves to taking proofs for wood-engravers, to realize the contrast between the methods of Japan and our own. Other occasions for comparing these methods have been brought out by the questions addressed to Mr. Tokuno, as
JAPANESE WOOD-CUTTING AND WOOD-CUT PRINTING. 243
given above, and the answers returned by him. The contrast becomes still more marked when we recall, for instance, the methods of prepar- ing colors described by Mr. Tokuno. It is true, no doubt, that, influ- enced by us, the Japanese are coming to depend more and more on machinery, but it is also true that by their old and simple methods, trusting to their experience, their skill, and their artistic feeling, they have produced the best of their work, in which their national charac- teristics have found their most original expression. Nor have they, ac- cording to Mr. Tokuno’s statements, suffered in productiveness in con- sequence of their methods. The short time spent in eutting the 37 planks needed for the printing of ‘ Yinaka genji,” 7. e., twenty days, is astonishing enough in spite of the simplicity of the blocks, but our as- tonishment increases to wonder when we read of the number of im- pressions made per day by the Japanese printers, and consider at the same time the tedious methods employed in charging the block with color. As I feared a misunderstanding on my part of the figures given by Mr. Tokuno, I asked him to consider my interpretation of his statements, and in reply the original figures were confirmed, viz., 3,000 sheets per day of about eight hours from the black block, and 700 to 800 sheets per day from the color blocks of ‘* Yinaka genji,” and on an average 943 sheets per day of ‘‘ Nandina domestica,” the number varying from 1,800 for the simplest to 600 for the most diffi- cult blocks. It is impossible to make a direct comparison between the productivity of the Japanese and our own printers, as the methods differ too radically, and as long editions of wood-engravings are but very rarely printed nowadays on the hand-press. The following figures will nevertheless be of some interest: Mr. Thos. H. Brennan, wood- engraving proof-printer, of Boston, assures me that 250 impressions from a block measuring 11 by 14 inches and 350 from one measuring 5 by 7 inches is a fair average for a working day of nine hours. his is, of course, for first-class work and for first-class engraving. Messrs. L. Prang & Co., the well known chromolithographers, also of Boston, write me that the number of impressions which a lithographic printer prints on the hand-press, whether it be from a crayon stone or a pen- and-ink stone, in black or in colors, varies from 175 to-250 per day of nine hours, and that 200 would be considered a good average.
It goes without saying that the Japanese methods described above are not suitable for application to our art. A complicated sky, for in- stance, with all its wealth of delicate tints, such as we find it in the works of our best landscape painters, or the human countenanee, ex- pressive of the deepest emotions of the soul, as our best figure painters set it up before us, can be interpreted for us by the skill of our wood engravers, and even their coloring can be successfully approached by our color-printing processes in their most refined development, but they can never be rendered by means of flat blocks, even when painted in delicate gradations by the most skilled of Japanese printers. In try-
244 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
ing to arrive at an estimate of Japanese color-printing, it must not be forgotten, therefore, that problems like those just alluded to are never otfered to the Japanese reproductive artists. The originals which they are asked, not to interpret, but rather to imitate, or the original color- prints which they produce, are, indeed, exceedingly beautiful, and worthy of attentive study as giving embodiment to the ideals of a highly gifted people, moving in an intellectual atmosphere quite differ- ent from our own, but it remains true, nevertheless, that they are purely and frankly conventional. Looking at the technical side of the question only, it may be said that it is this fact which has enabled the Japanese wood-cutters and printers to find methods answering their wants almost to perfection. In amore searching study of Japanese art, other con- ditions would, indeed, also have to be considered, but their discussion would be out of place in a report like the present, which is of necessity limited to a statement of facts.
THE RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION,
A SERIES OF ESSAYS DISCUSSING THE NATURE AND SCIENTIFIC USES OF FOSSIL REMAINS AND THE NECESSITY FOR THEIR SYS- TEMATIC COLLECTION AND PERMANENT CONSER-
VATION IN PUBLIC MUSEUMS.
By CHARLES A. WHITE.
245
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page.
|PRB BCC so acd DOODDD ADDONS DO RSG dSOOGSS 6d0 4056 So00 HobA CooOoe ohopeNade Seqosan CHT i ihe character and oricimeot -fossiliremains) = ose eee eee eee eee 251
II. Sedimentary formations, their character and limitation..--..-..---.-.. 268 III. ‘The relation of fossil remains to structural geology.---. ets eres Se iio 1V. The relation of biology to systematic and historical geology.-..-..----. 284 V. The relative chronological value of fossil remains....-...-...--..-.... 302 Vie Correlativerceolocy andatsieritetatesseem saeco eee see -- vl VII. The criteria of past aqueous conditions............- ASB CU SHEA Ga eB Boa be 328
VIII. The claims of geological science upon investigators, museums, etc----. 362
246
Pure iseAl © E..
In the preparation of these essays I have had several objects in view, among which are a further presentation of elementary matter pertaining to biological geology than has before been published, the defense of biology as an indispensable aid in geological investigation and the repudiation of certain untenable claims that have been made in its favor, an application of the principles discussed to the practical work of the geologist, and the demonstration of the necessity of the preservation of fossil remains in public museums as storehouses of evidence upon geological questions. These essays are therefore con- fined mainly to a discussion of questions pertaining to bioiogical geology, including both its structural and systematic branches, only incidental reference being made to other important branches of geo- logieal science, such as mineralogy, lithology, dynamic geology, ete.
I have intended an approximately full statement of the subjects selected for discussion as well as scientific accuracy in my conclusions, but in the manner of their presentation | have chosen to address gen- eral readers and students of geology as well as special investigators. Ihave accordingly presented a more detailed and methodical state- ment of the principal facts upon which biological geology is based than otherwise would have been thought desirable. Every working geologist is necessarily more or less familiar with the principles and criteria which are based upon these facts, but a comprehensive knowl- edge of them is not yet accessible to the student except by personal experience or didactic instruction; that is, because these principles and -eriteria have not yet been systematically and fully stated in pub- lished works the greater part of accessible knowledge concerning them is traditional.
It is true that some of the knowledge referred to has been briefly and more or less clearly presented in text-books, but the elements of biological geology are too comprehensive to allow of a satisfactory summary in even the largest of them. All discussions of principles and criteria pertaining to that subject are also usually omitted by authors of other works, evidently upon the reasonable ground that scientific writings ought not to be encumbered by a repetition of ele- mentary principles, and upon the less reasonable assumption that the
247
248 | REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
reader is familiar with and accepts as trustworthy those which they have adopted for their own guidance.
If it were not for my evident need of frequent reference to such elementary matter the desirability of publishing it in this connection might perhaps be questioned by those who are already familiar with it and with the range of its applicability. Still, the working geologist needs only to recall his early embarrassments and later experiences to be assured that the time has not yet passed when even the frequent enunciation of elementary truths is of material benefit to the student. I not oniy have not hesitated to adopt such a treatment of the subjects of these essays, but I have not sought to avoid numerous trite remarks and commonplace statements. These, however, are employed not so much for the purpose of conveying information as for that of giving logical continuity to the statement of my own ideas and of leaving the least possible room for doubt as to my meaning.
The relation of biology to geological investigation is so fundamental and the facts pertaining to it are so conerete and so accordant with both biological and physical laws, that the prevalence of any opposition to its legitimate claims seems unnatural. It is also unnatural that claims should still be made in favor of that relation which are not sup- ported by the principles of modern biology. Of late years, however, such wide differences of opinion have become prominent, some of them being especially so among American geologists. In their writings some of these authors either entirely ignore biological evidence as furnished by fossil remains or treat the best of it as being of little importance in the investigation of structural geology. Others have taken quite opposite ground, not only making the just claim that biological evidence is indispensable in structural geology, but the untenable one that it is absolute and exclusive in systematic geology. Notwithstanding the prevalence of these extreme views, I have ab- stained from a controversial attitude in the treatment of the subjects to which they pertain, preferring to attempt their statement in such a way that the reader will necessarily reach correct conclusions.
Because it is necessary to discuss those differences of opinion in these essays, it is desirable to refer briefly to their origin and the causes of their perpetuation. Doubtless some of the causes of their existence are remote or obscure, but it is apparent that they are largely due to the broadening of the field of geological investigation, making it neces- sary that it should be divided into numerous specialties. In such cases it is natural that differences of opinion should be greatest between those investigators whose chosen studies are most diverse in character. Another cause is doubtless one of inheritance from the early condition of both geological and biological science.
A special cause of ‘the perpetuation of these extreme views evi- dently exists in the form of personal domination by such of those who entertain them as happen to possess unusual opportunities for their
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 249
enforcement. It is well known that such influence has at various times and in various ways retarded the progress of geological science and that there is danger of its being exercised in all cases when the per- sonal judgment of an observer is liable to be modified or controlled by official or other temporary authority.
The opinions which have been referred to as the result of inherited errors are mainly those which relate to the application of biology to systematic geology. They are evidently due to the ditference of ability or of inclination among the authors who have written upon those sub- jects, to adjust the early methods of thought which they have adopted to those which were made necessary by the great revolution in the views of naturalists upon the subject of evolution, which took place after standards for both biology and geology had been formulated and generally adopted. I regard this cause as being so important that I have arranged the discussions of the geological scale now in use so that they embrace references to the condition of thought among pro- moters of geological science from about 25 years before the revolution to the present time.
It is apparent, however, that, besides, the tendency to follow estab- lished channels of thought, which has just been referred to the contin- uance of these differences of opinion, and the consequent differences in practice among geologists, are largely due to the fact that the princi- ples and criteria which are necessary to constitute a standard or series of standards which shall accord with modern views of biology have never been conventionally formulated and published. It is very desir- able that concerted attempts toward such formulation should be made, but it is nevertheless true that the necessity for a special exercise of personal judgment in every act of geological investigation renders exact formulation peculiarly difficult.
The attempts toward enunciating principles and formulating criteria which are made in these essays have been suggested by those of my own geological investigations which have been prosecuted mainly trom a biological standpoint. Among the incentives to these attempts has been a desire to give to the readers of my published writings upon the subjects referred to a more explicit statement of the grounds of cer- tain opinions therein expressed than it was practicable to make in those writings. Indeed I believe the present general condition of geological science in all its departments demands from its active investigators some more definite public exposition of principles, and even of certain elements, than has yet been published. It is at least apparent that such publications for each subordinate branch of geology would be of great service to students because it would give them greater facility in comprehending the meaning of authors, aud it would enable the latter to write more concisely and intelligibly, as well as more accurately, upon the results of their investigations. It would also give authors in the different branches of geology an opportunity to become better
250 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
acquainted with the character and value of the work done by their colleagues. .
The differences of opinion which have been referred to have neces- sarily produced corresponding differences in practice among geologists, and I have therefore found it necessary to consider them in connection with the application of the principles discussed in these essays to the practical work of the geologist. in doing so I have taken occasion to show that both extremes have had the effect not only to retard the progress of geological science, but to diminish the practical value of geological investigation. Furthermore, I have taken every oppor- tunity to insist that notwithstanding the paramount value of fossil remains in structural and systematic geology the geologist, when in- vestigating these subjects will be without excuse if he should fail to avail himself of every attainable relevant fact, whether biological or physical.
Finally, | have undertaken to point out some of the legitimate claims which geological science may make, not only upon individual investi- gators, but upon museums, and scientific organizations, and to show that these claims are based upon the necessities of science and not upon a sentimental idea.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 251
I. THE CHARACTER AND ORIGIN OF FOSSIL REMAINS.
In prosecuting the study of the fossil remains of animals and plants, the investigator may have either one or the other of its two leading objects in view, but each being so closely related to the other it is al- ways essential that they should be pursued with direct relation to each other. In the first case, the leading object to be attained is the exten- sion of our knowledge of the animal and vegetable kingdoms far beyond that which may be acquired by the study of living animals and plants, and in the second case itis to apply that knowledge to the study of structural and systematic geology. The object in the first case is purely paleontological; in the second it is not only to acquire paleonto- logical knowledge, but to apply it to various branches of geological in- vestigation.
This essay, like the others which follow it, is written with imme- diate reference to the latter object, but the facts presented in it are of equal importance to the former. My principal purpose in writing it is the presentation of such facts as indicate the true significance and value of fossil remains in geological investigation that the references which are made in the following chapters may be the better understood. While I endeavor to point out clearly those facts which show the paramount value of fossil remains in geological investigation, I do not hesitate to also point out their imperfection as representatives of formerly existing faunas and floras as well as of separate members of the same. This candid treatment of the subject is not only proper in itself, but it is necessary in view of the fact that in the following essays I oppose certain views which are shown by geological literature to be held by many authors, especially those which indicate an under- estimation of the value of all fossil remains on the one hand and the relative overestimation of the value of certain kinds on the other. A large part of this essay is of the most elementary character, but the necessity for having such elementary matter at hand for reference has already been pointed out, and it will further appear in the following essays.
The substance of the bodies of animals considered with reference to the subject of fossilization may conveniently be divided into soft and hard parts. The soft parts are those constituting the organs by which the physiological functions of the body are performed, together with their connecting tissues, while the hard parts are skeletal and protee- tive in their character. Some animals are destitute of either skeletal or hard protective parts, and their bodies are therefore wholly soft or fleshy.
The soft parts of animals are always so soon and so completely de- composed after death that they are never really fossilized, but in rare
20n REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
cases the form of some of them has been preserved in fine sediments in the condition of imprints and molds.* Therefore in the study of fossil zoology we are, with the rare exceptions just indicated, confined to an investigation of the skeletal and protective parts of animals, be- cause these parts alone are capable of true fossilization.
Those parts of the living animal are largely composed of mineral substances, and they are of various kinds and character, some being chitinous and some corneous, but the greater part are composed of lime compounds, the most common of which are bones and shells. They often are of different composition in different families or other divisions of the animal kingdom, and often thus different in different parts of the same animal. Being originally composed of mineral substances in inti- mate association with a smali proportion of animal matter, and being usually still further mineralized by replacement of the animal by min- eral matter in the process of fossilization, they become nearly or quite as indestructible as are inorganic minerals. It is, however, true that all kinds of hard parts of animals, even those originally containing the greatest proportion of mineral substance, if exposed continuously to the atmosphere after the death of the animal, will, within a few years at most, become as completely decomposed as will the soft parts. That is, the hard parts of animals may become permanently fossilized under favorable conditions, or they may become as completely decomposed under those that are unfavorable as will the soft parts under all con- ditions.
Compared with animals, the proportion of the component substance of plants, except that of a few kinds which quickly decompose after death, is very small. Much the greater proportion of the substance of all of them, aside from water, is carbonaceous and comparatively slow to decompose, but none of it resists decomposition so fully as does most of the skeletal and protective parts of animals. Still, the complete decom- position of all plants is certain unless they fall under conditions which are specially favorable to their preservation. Therefore in the study of fossil botany we are confined to an investigation of imprints, mostly of leaves, and of such of the woody parts as may have become antiseptically changed by saturation with certain acids or with soluble salts, or com- pletely mineralized by a process to which I have applied the term histo- metabasist. Immense quantities of vegetable substance have in past geological time been accumulated and reduced to the fixed condition of carbon and thus permanently preserved in the form of coal, but this substance has seldom been found of material use in the study of fossil botany.
ditions in which fossils are found and the different methods by which they have reached those conditions and acquired those forms. +See remarks on conditions of fossilization at the close of this essay.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 253
Because even the hardest and most enduring of the component sub- stances of animalsand plants become entirely decomposed if continuously exposed to the atmosphere after death, it is necessary to their permanent preservation that they should fall under such conditions as exclude the atmosphere. Almost the only way in which this can be accomplished in a natural manner is by their subaqueous intombment in the con- stantly accumulating sediments which are deposited at the bottom of all bodies of water. In the cases of aquatic animals such intombment of their remains is a necessary result of the nature of their habitat, but the remains of land animals and plants must reach such intombment accidentally if at all. The manner in which remains of land animals reach the waters, in the sediments of which they become intombed, is by accidentally falling into those waters and sinking there, or into tribu- tary streams which transport them to the intombing sediments, their transportation being sometimes facilitated by buoyant gases which accumulate in recently dead bodies. Furthermore, the annual freshets which sweep the flood plains of rivers transport to such a sedimentary intombment remains of the various animals which at other times safely dwell there. Plant remains reach such intombment in similar ways, and also by the action of the winds. In the latter class of cases they are in the form of leaves and small fragments of the plants which grew in the vicinity of bodies of water. Besides the methods just mentioned remains of both animals and plants not unfrequently become intombed in the slime and flood accretions of marshes.
It will be shown on following pages that the difference in the condi- tions under which the various kinds of fossil remains have been pre- served has much significance to the geologist, but it is proper to remark here that the more quiet the prevailing physical conditions and the less the necessity for the transportation of those remains to reach sediment- ary intombment the more likely were they to become fossilized and pre- served in a favorable condition for study. The conditions presented by an open seacoast were specially unfavorable because ef the constant triturating action of the waves. It is doubtless mainly for this reason that so few remains of land animals and plants are found in marine deposits, notwithstanding the comparatively abundant opportunity that such remains must have had of being cast into marine waters.
It is of such aqueous sediments as have just beenreferred to that the stratified formations of the earth are composed, and it is such remains of animals and plants as have just been mentioned that constitute the fossils which are found to characterize them.
The statements which have just been made indicate that some kinds of the animals and plants which existed in former geological epochs could not have become represented by fossil remains in the sedimentary formations, because no part of their bodies was fossilizable. They also indicate that of those which might have become thus represented the representation of some of them is necessarily less complete than is that
254 REPOKT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
of others, because their fossilizable parts were less indestructible in some cases and the conditions necessary to their fossilization were less favorable in others. Furthermore, they show that while the preserva- tion of the remains of some animals was a natural result of the condi- tions under which they lived, that of the remains of other animals and of plants was in all cases the result of accidental or unusual conditions.
The following brief review of the animal and vegetable kingdoms is presented for the purpose of further applying the general statements that have just been made to the subject of this essay and of com- paring our presumably obtainable knowledge of extinct animal and vegetable forms with our more definite knowledge of those which now exist. The legitimate methods of this comparison have to some extent just been indicated and they will be further shown on subsequent pages. In the following remarks it will be necessary also to make some com- parisons of the now living land and aquatic animals, respectively, with those which lived in past geological epochs.
If such a comparison could be made of all living with all extinet animals, the proportion of now living land animals would doubtless be shown to be much greater as a whole than it was during past geological time, because in the earlier geological periods there were probably no land animals in existence, and their proportional numbers have since grad- ually increased. In discussing certain of the higher classes, however, mammals and birds for example, I assume that the proportion of extinct aquatic to land denizens was not far from the same that it now is, because the latter animals lived only in later geological time, dur- ing which time their general conditions of life have probably suffered comparatively little essential change.
Vertebrata.—Excluding some of the lowest and also some coubtful or exceptional forms, all vertebrates possess either well developed teeth ora bony skeleton, and much the greater part of them possess both. Under favorable conditions the fossilization of these animal substances is complete. Therefore, having fallen under such conditions, aimost any vertebrate animal which existed in former geological time is likely to have left fossii remains. The epidermal structures, such as horns, hoofs, feathers, ete., which cover either the whole or portions of the bodies of certain vertebrates, being more destructible than bones and teeth, are not often preserved in a fossil condition except as imprints or casts. This remark, however, does not apply to the scales of teleost fishes, which, although epidermal in their character, are nearly or quite as indestructible as are the bones and teeth of those animals.
Although the members of the orders Cetacea and Sirenia, and of the family Phocidee* of the order Carnivora, are very numerous, they con- stitute only a small proportion of the whole class Mammalia, and it is these families alone every member of which is fully adapted to an aquatic
*The small family to which the walruses belong should also be included here.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 255
life. A considerable number of other mammals, such as various car- nivores, rodents, ete., are amphibious in their habits, but far the greater part of thisimportant class are dwellers upon the land. Therefore, while remains of the extinct representatives of the aquatie animals just mentioned would naturally have become intombed in the sediments of the waters in which they lived, and have there become fossilized, remains of representatives of the strictly land mammals could have reached a similar intombment only in the indirect manner that has already been explained. That is, the intombment of the remains of the aquatic mammals was almost a matter of course, while that of the remains of all others was the result of the exceptional and accidental falling or conveyance of their bodies into the water after death, or of their miring and dying in the slime of ponds and marshes. —
The greater part of the remarks which have just been made con- cerning mammals is applicable to birds, and perhaps in some respects with even greater force, for it is doubtful if so large a proportion of formerly existing birds as of mammals have become represented by fossilremains. Only asmall proportion of now existing birds habitually live upon the water, and these, like all others, nest upon the land. The remains of at least a portion of those which habitually resort to the
yater are of course likely to become quickly intombed in its sediments, while remains of all strictly land birds must reach such intombment, if at all, by indirect or accidental means. Therefore, fossil remains of aquatic birds are more likely to be discovered in sedimentary rocks than are those of any others, although if is quite probable that the terrestrial kinds as greatly preponderated over aquatic kinds in former geological times as they now do.
While all reptiles are air-breathers many of them habitually live in the water and in adjoining swamps and marshes. Many of this class, howeyer, are not only confined to the land, but some of them abound in arid districts. The preservation of reptilian remains is, of course, sub- ject to conditions similar to those under which mammalian and avian remains are preserved, and it is therefore evident that while remains of aquatic and palustral reptiles may readily find sedimentary or slimy intombment those of strictly land reptiles are less likely to become thus preserved. Itis doubtless in part for this reason that fossil remains of representatives of now living upland reptiles are so rare as compared with those of representatives of other living forms. It is true that alarge proportion of the great extinct subclass of Dinosauria were vegetable feeders, as is shown by their skeletal structure and especially by the character of their teeth, but most of those whose remains have been discovered were probably of lowland or palustral rather than of upland habitat. Their remains were therefore more likely to have undergone intombment than were thoseof the upland reptiles which may have been contemporary with them. That is, besides the usual methods in the case of land animals, their remains were liable to intombment by miring
256 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
in the slime of marshes and shallow waters or by receiving a covering of such sediments as river floods usually carry.
A few of the living Batrachia pass their whole lives in the water, but the greater proportion of them are, in their adult state, air-breathing palustral animals. A smaller proportion of them live upon dry land, but these, like all the others, have aqueous respiration during their larval condition. Besides this, as a rule, those which are strictly land animals in their adult state seek the water at the breeding season. Therefore, a larger proportion of batrachian remains are likely to find palustral, than other sedimentary, intombment. The living Batrachia do not constitute so conspicuous a class as do the other vertebrates, and fossil batrachian remains are also comparatively rare, but among -the reasons for this rarity is doubtless the fact that few of the class inhabit the larger bodies of water, such as those in which the more im- portant formations were deposited.
Beeause all fishes are of aquatic habitat the intombment of their remains in the sediments of the waters in which they lived is more ¢ matter of course than it is in the case of any of the other vertebrates. It is true, however, that fossil fish remains are,as a rule, less abundant in the sedimentary formations than might be expected in view of the comparative abundance of fishes in now existing waters. This is diffi- cult to explain, even if it were now necessary to do so, butitis perhaps due in part to the entire destruction of their bodies in many cases by predatory enemies, in part to the large proportion of animal matter in their bones, and in part to other destructive causes acting upon the usually but not always fragile ichthyic skeleton. The absence of a true skeleton in many fishes ought also to be taken into consideration in this connection, extinct fishes of this kind being represented only, or mainly, by teetl and spines.
- Mollusea.—The hard parts of mollusks, those which are preservable by sedimentary intombment, consist mainly of lime carbonate with a smaller proportion of animal matter than the hard parts of vertebrates contain. They are sometimes internal; but these, strictly speaking, are not skeletal in the sense that the bones of vertebrates are so. Usually they form a protective shell which envelopes the whole, or the greater part, of the animal. Much the greater proportion of the members of this branch of the animal kingdom have aqueous respiration, and these consequently live only in the water. The others are air-breathers and live either upon the land or at the water’s edge. Many species and genera and some whole families of both aquatic and land mollusks have no hard parts, and their bodies are therefore immediately and com- pletely decomposed after death, leaving no trace of their former exist- ence. The hard parts of aquatic mollusks find speedy intombment in the sediments at the bottom of the waters in which they lived, while those of land mollusks are liable to complete atmospheric decomposi-
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 257
tion, or if thus intombed they must reach those sediments in the acei- dental manner which has been described on preceding pages.
tis reasonable to assume that at least as great a proportion of ex- tinct, as of living mollusks were destitute of protective shells, and that as great a proportion were provided with ouly internal or other imperfect shelly parts. This having been the case it is plain that a large part of formerly existing mollusks can have no representation among fossil remains, and that a large proportion of the others must have failed of such representation. Still, mollusks as a class are so generally provided with a complete sheily protection for their bodies that these objects are among the most abundant and valuable fossil remains of which the geologist makes use in his investigations. Their value is enhanced above that of the remains of any other class as a - whole by the fact that so large proportion of them were denizens of the waters in which were deposited the sedimentary formations which are now characterized by them.
Annuloida.—The existence in former geological time of others of the Annuloida than those which constitute the class Echinodermata has never been satisfactorily proved by the discovery of their fossil remains, but there seems to be no reason for doubt that some such animals really existed during at least a portion of that time. If such were the case their failure to be represented by fossil remains was doubtless due to the absence or imperfection of hard or fossilizable portions of their bodies. On the contrary, only a few of all the living Echinodermata are destitute of protective hard parts, which generally consist of a nearly or quite complete calcareous spinous test that under favorable condi- tions preserves the form of the animal after death. Most of them are pro- vided with certain small internal hard parts, but no true skeletal frame.
The abundance of discovered fossil remains of Echinodermata show that the plan of their anatomical structure was essentially the same as that of their living representatives. The living Echinodermata are dwellers in marine waters, and it is presumable that the class has always been confined to a marine habitat. In former geological ages their representatives were abundant and varied, as is shown by their often abundant calcareous remains which are found in many formations, where they readily became intombed when those formations were in the condition of sediments in the waters in which those Eehinodermata lived.
Annulosa.—Ot the five classes constituting the Annulosa remains of the Crustacea are more likely than those of the others to be preserved by sedimentary intombment, because all the members of this class are provided with a more or less firm chitinous or ecaleareous covering for their bodies, and because with few and comparatively inconspicuous exceptions they are all of aqueous respiration and aquatic habitat. Being of aquatic habitat the Crustacea of former geological periods are
HB. Mis, 114, pt, 2——17
258 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
likely to have become quite completely represented by fossil remains, because their crustaceous coverings would have found ready intomb- ment in the sediments of the waters in which they lived. It is never- theless true that while crustacean remains are by no means rare in paleozoic strata, in mesozoic and later formations remains of this class have rarely or never been found abundant, and often they do not appear among fossil fannas, the members of which would seem to have been their natural associates. This is all the more noteworthy because of the frequent molting of the mature shell by these animals, each indi- vidual of which would thus produce many fossilizable counterparts of itself.
The Myriapoda, Arachnida, and Insecta are so generally dwellers upon the land, that, as a rule, their remains can reach sedimentary intombment only by such accidental means as have been mentioned in preceding paragraphs when referring to other land animals. ‘The pres- ervation of such remains of these Annulosa, however, as may undergo sedimentary intombment is favored by the fact that they are generally provided with a covering of chitine, a substance which resists decom- position more effectually than do most other hard parts of animals, not excepting bones, teeth, and calcareous shells.
These three classes, especially the Insecta, are now represented by myriads of mostly minute animals presenting the greatest diversity of form and of habits of life. It cannot be doubted that at least the Insecta were abundantly represented among the faunas of former geo- logical periods, although fossil remains of them are comparatively rare. This rarity is doubtless due to the fact already indicated that their remains could have reached sedimentary intombment only by acciden- tal means, and also in part to the fragile character of the chitinous coy- ering of a large proportion of them. In short, it seems necessary to conclude that comparatively little can ever be known concerning the probably great abundance of Insect, Arachnid, and Myriapodal life of former geological time.
Only the aquatie Annelida need be considered in this connection, because no satisfactory remains of extinct representatives of the others are likely to be found among any of the fossil faunas. ~ Even the aquatie Annelida are of less importance as regards the subject of this essay than are most of the other classes of animals, because, with the ex- ception of the Tubicola, few of them possess such hard parts as instructively represent their different forms after the death of the ani- mal. It is true that some of these are provided with a more or less delicate chitinous covering which sometimes approximately preserves the form of the animal after the decomposition of the soft parts, and some of them also possess minute teeth. Traces of forms similar to these are sometimes discovered in stratified rocks,as are also such minute teeth as compare with those of some living annelids.
The living Tubicola, however, secrete an external shell, usually cal-
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 259
careous and much like that of the Gasteropoda, and such shells as these in considerable variety are found among fossil faunas. Many aquatic annelids burrow in the mud or sand at the bottom of the water in which they live, and similar burrows are not unfrequently found in sediment- ary strata, which were doubtless made by extinet annelid species.
Celenterata.—The Coelenterata consist of somewhat numerous orders and families, all of which are aquatic animals and all except a few in- conspicuous forms are denizens of saline waters. Therefore if all the living members of this branch of the animal kingdom were possessed of such hard parts as would resist decomposition after death, we would be justified not only in inferring that the bodies of their extinct repre- sentatives were similar in structure, but in assuming that all of them have been more or less completely represented by fossil remains. A large part of the living Coelenterata, however, are entirely destitute of even the most delicate hard parts, while others secrete a more or less massive calcareous or corneous skeleton, or sometimes an external tube, such as the well-known corals, sea fans, ete. It is therefore necessary to infer that while a very large proportion of the Caelen- terata which have existed during past geological time secreted coral- line skeletons and tubes in infinite variety, another large proportion have left no material proof of their existence. It is true that casts and impressions in fine sedimentary strata of certain extinct forms of jelly fishes have been discovered;* but this is a rare and remarkable exception to the rule just referred to, the purport of which is that none of the extinet animals whose bodies consisted only of soft parts could have left any satisfactory evidence of their existence. Fossil corals are often so well preserved that they may be as completely studied as the now living forms, but still much of the structure of the extinct polyps must forever remain unknown.
Protozoa.—All the Protozoa to which reference need be made in this connection are of aquatic habitat, most of them living in marine waters. These are the Foraminifera, Radiolaria, and Spongida, and only these secrete such hard parts as resist decomposition. Their hard parts are sometimes in the form of minute complex calcareous or siliceous shells, sometimes of calcareous or siliceous masses, and they sometimes consist of the well-known substance which constitutes sponges.
Much of protozoan life has no known connection with such hard parts as have just been mentioned, and it is presumable that the proportion of protozoan forms which secrete no hard parts was similar in past geolog- ical epochs to that which now obtains. If so, there must have been an abundant representation of such life in the past of which no trace has been left.
Plants.—The natural method by which plants or portions of them may be preserved from decay, and the conditions that during the geo-
* See remarks on conditions of fossilization at the end of this essay,
260 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
ogical epochs have been necessary to their fossilization, have already been referred to, but it is desirable to consider to what extent remains of extinct floras may have been so preserved and fossilized.
The true aquatic plants or algve, except those belonging to the family Corallinacee, are usually so sueculent that they decompose almost as quickly as do the soft parts of animals, and they are therefore repre- sented in sediments only as casts or impressions. Although the diatoms are represented by abundant remains in both marine and nonmarine waters, comparatively little use has been made of them in the systematic study of fossil remains.
With few and comparatively unimportant exceptions it is only such plants as grow upon marshes which are subject to periodical overflow and sedimentary accretion, and such portions of others as may be cast into adjacent waters by the winds or carried into them by river freshets, that are likely to undergo such sedimentary intombment as would insure their preservation in a condition for satisfactory study. No up- land plants, except portions of those which grow in the neighborhood of bodies of water, are likely to become so intombed, and herbaceous plants, most of which wither and remain attached to their roots, as well as the foliage of evergreen trees, are also not likely to be cast into the water together with autumn leaves of deciduous trees. Again, the fruits of deciduous trees, being usually more compact than their leaves, are not likely to be transported by winds to a sedimentary burial.
It is therefore apparent that the representation by fossil remains of every formerly existing flora is necessarily very incomplete, not only because of the accidental character of even the most favorable condi- tions for their preservation, but because a large, and apparently the larger, part of every flora existed under conditions which rendered the preservation of any portions of it impossible. Furthermore, the process of intombment, as well as of being detached and conveyed to it, neces- sarily reduced every plant so preserved to a fragmentary condition, and breaking up the rocks in which they are now found they are una- voidably still further injured and often destroyed by even the most careful collector.
The incompleteness of representation of extinct animals and plants by fossil remains when they are considered with reference to the entire bodies of living animals and plants has already been referred to. It has also been shown that a large proportion of the animals which lived in the various geological epochs could have left no recognizable trace of their existence because of the perishable nature of all parts of their bodies. From these and other facts which have been stated the conelu- sion is necessary that a very large proportion of those extinct animals and plants which possessed fossilizable parts have never been repre- sented by fossil remains, because those parts, not having fallen under conditions favorable to their preservation, have been as completely decomposed and destroyed as have the soft parts of the same bodies,
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION, 261
Besides the facts already indicated the following have special signifi- cance in this connection. All fossil remains are more or less imperfect as such because of the destructive natural conditions to which they inevitably have been subjected, and the firm consolidation of most of the rocks containing them has rendered impossible the recovery of the greater part of those which have really been preserved. The successive displacements which have taken place in the crust of the earth have so exposed the sedimentary formations to erosion that during the succes- sive epochs large portions of all of them have been destroyed, together with their fossil contents, thus reducing the paleontological record to that extent. Other large portions of those formations have been so completely covered by succeeding deposits, by debris resulting from their erosion, and by the waters of present lakes and seas that they are inaccessible for study, and the available paleontological record has been thereby still further reduced.
An additional reduction has doubtless been accomplished by meta- morphism—that is, in view of many important facts, both physical and biological, it is not unreasonable to conclude that the various series of pre-Cambrian stratified formations which are found in different parts of the world were once fossiliferous, and that the fossils they then con- tained have been destroyed as such by the metamorphic action which changed the mineral character of the strata.
If fossils were to be treated only as mere tokens of the respective formations in which they are found, their biological classification would be a matter of little consequence, but their broad significance in his- torical geology as well as in systematic biology renders it necessary that they should be classified as nearly as possible in the same manner that living animals and plants are classified. Considering the imperfection of all fossil remains, the question arises, Can they be classified upon the same general plans and by the same systematic methods that are used for living animals and plants? The answer is mainly in the aflirmative, because structural characteristics are possessed by the fossilizable parts of animals and plants which are cognate, coincident, and of a similar classificatory character with those of the unfossilizable parts, although the latter, being more complete and convenient, are mainly relied upon in the classification of living forms.
As regards the classification of animal fossil remains, precisely the same system is available that is used for living animals, the former classification being in fact only an extension of the latter. In the former case, however, the methods and details depend more fully than in the latter upon the well established principles of comparative anat- omy, because the direct and complete anatomical study of fossil animals is for obvious reasons impracticable. Indeed, it is upon comparative anatomy that most of the real scientific value of fossils depends, and without its aid they would always remain little more than mere curios-
262 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
ities or arbitrary. tokens of the formations, in which they are found. With the aid of comparative anatomy and systematic taxonomy these fossils, notwithstanding their imperfection and faunal incompleteness, become not only indispensable in geological investigations, but real rep- resentatives of the grand succession of animai life that has existed upon the earth.
Jn the case of fossil Vertebrata it is the skeleton and teeth almost alone that are used in classification, but so distinctly were the classifi- catory characteristics of those animals impressed upon the hard parts of their bodies that the nearly or quite complete structure of the whole animal may legitimately be inferred from them. Furthermore, these characteristics are so distinetly impressed upon the teeth and upon cer- tain essential parts of the skeleton that legitimate classification of extinct forms can often be established upon no more than a few scat- tered teeth or fragmentary portions of the skeleton.
The extinet Mollusea, as has already been shown, are represented by their fossil shells, and these are classified precisely as are the shells of living members of that class.* Moreover, the classification of the fossil mollusean forms accords more completely with that of the living than is the case with the Vertebrata because living mollusks are largely classi- tied by their shells alone, even when the soft parts of the animal are available.
As in the case of the Mollusea the fossil Echinodermata are classified in the same manner and by the same means as are the living forms, because the classification of the latter is based mainly upon those which in the extinct forms become fossilized.
The method of classification of all the fossil Annulosa is essentially the same as that which is used for the living forms, the difference, if any, being mainly due to the usual incompleteness of the fossil speci- mens. In such cases, as well as in those of the greater part of other fossil remains, more attention is given to certain characteristics of the hard parts than is found necessary when the whole animal is available for study.
While the classification of those living Celenterata which have no hard parts is necessarily based wholly upon the structure of their soft bodies, that of those living forms which possess skeletal or protective parts is largely based upon them. In this latter respect the extinct Coelenterata are classified in the same manner as are their living rep- resentatives, namely, by means of their coralline hard parts.
Because the soft bodies of the living Protozoa are so nearly struc- tureless that they can not furnish a satisfactory basis for classification it is necessarily based upon the structure and character of the hard parts in the case of those which secrete them. Therefore the classifica-
*The elaborate classification of the fossil cephalopods by means of their septal flexures may be taken as an exception to this statement.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION 263
tion of the fossil Protozoa has precisely the same basis as las that of the living forms.
The classification of fossil plants is, in a general way, similar to that of living plants, and so far as the recognition of the great classes and subclasses is concerned it is the same—that is, each of these higher divisions of the vegetable kingdom is recognizable among fossil-plant remains by its peculiar histological structure and the characteristic plan of its foliage venation; but the method of discrimination of species and genera of fossil plants is wholly different from that which is em- ployed in the study of living plants, the latter method being impractica- ble because of the imperfection of the fossil material. In the case of living plants the detailed structure of the flower and fruit together with the general structure of the whole plant forms the basis of classi- fication. ‘In the case of fossil plants, however, classification is based almost wholly upon foliage, the main reliance for the discrimination of species being upon the venation of leaves the imprints of which are found upon the riven surfaces of stratified rocks, while their form or marginal outline is the principal reliance for the discrimination of genera. Other data are sometimes-used for classification, such as the general form of the plant so far as it may be determinable, the micro- scopic woody structure, etc.; but these are rarely available and are generally less satisfactory than are those which are furnished by foliage.
In presenting the foregoing statements concerning the character of fossil remains I have taken occasion to indicate their high biological value not only when considered as fossils, but even in comparison with living forms as a standard, especially when studies and comparisons of them are made with reference to the principles of comparative anatomy ; and I have also asserted their paramount value in geological investiga- tions. Still, 1 have not hesitated to call attention to their imperfection and their faunal and floral incompleteness—that is, [ have thought it necessary to indicate how incompletely any of the faunas and floras which have formerly existed upon the earth are, or can be, represented by them, and also how imperfect, even as fossils, are a majority of the specimens which reach the geologist’s hands. My object in doing this is to show that the boundaries of possible knowledge with reference to the life which has formerly existed upon the earth lie within the limit which some authors have seemed disposed to assign to it, and in the same connection I have called attention to certain other facts wheh in- dicate that at least portions of the knowledge which is legitimately at- tainable may be overestimated or misapplied.
This treatment of the subject would be unfair if it were not accom- panied by statements of facts and principles showing the paramount importance of fossil remains in the prosecution of geological investi- gation. Such ashowing will be made in the following essays, and in the same connection the true value and teaching of fossils will also be dis- cussed.
264 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The following explanation of the different conditions in which fossil remains are found will supplement the preceding discussions and add to the description of their character which has already been given.
There are seven different natural conditions in which fossil remains are recognizable, three of which relate to substance, three to form, and one to both. To those relating to substance I have applied the terms permineralization, histometabasis, and carbonization: to those relating to form, the terms molds, imprints, and casts; and to the one relating to both form and substance, the term pseudomorphism.
The term permineralization applies to that condition of fossil remains of animals which differs least from their original condition as parts of living animals, such, for example, as bones of vertebrates, shells of mollusks, tests of crustaceans, ete. It is in this condition that the greater part of all fossil remains are found. In their original condition they were all composed of both mineral and animal matter. Mineral matter greatly preponderated in allof them, but the proportions differed much in the case of different branches of the animal kingdom. For example, the proportion of animal matter is much greater in bones, even in their most solid portions, than in shells of mollusks or tests of most crustaceans. In all cases, however, the proportion of mineral mat- ter was sufficient to perfectly preserve the original form ot each specimen during the process of fossilization. Their only material change in this process was the removal by decomposition of the animal matter and its replacement by mineral matter, the latter having been added as a precipitate from its solution in the waters in which the fossilization took place. This baving been continued until all the minute inter- stices originally occupied by the animal matter were filled, the fossils became wholly mineralized and as indestructible as are other minerals of like compesition. Indestructibility of these fully mineralized fos- sils, however, is not in all cases absolute, as will appear by remarks in following paragraphs.
The term histometabasis* is applied to that condition of fossilization in which an entire exchange of the original substance for another has occurred in such a manner as to retain or reproduce the minute and even the microscopic texture of the original. It is especially applicable to silicified wood. In such cases of fossilization the exchange has been made by destructive decomposition, molecule by molecule, of the woody tissues and their immediate replacement by precipitated mole- cules of the silex held in solution in the water in which the wood was immersed. By this remarkable process not only the original cell strue- ture of various kinds of wood but the characteristic cell markings of sach kind are often found to have been so perfectly preserved in the solid agate-like mass that it may be as completely studied as if the specimens were taken from living trees.
* Etym. : ioroc, tissue; yetaBaow, exchange.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 265
Pseudomorphism of fossils is so nearly like that of mineral crystals that this term is equally applicable to both. It consists in the replace- ment of the original substance of the fossil by a erystallizable or erys- tallized mineral, such, for example, as calcite, pyrite, quartz in the form of chalcedony, etc., the original form of the fossil being perfectly retained. It is evident that at least a part of the crystallized pseudomorphs were formed by the precipitation of the component mineral from its solution within such cavities as are deseribed as molds in another paragraph. In such cases they differ from casts as described on the next page only in being crystallized, but crystallization is one of the dis- tinguishing characteristics of pseudomorphs. In many cases pseu- domorphs were evidently formed by molecular replacement. All those chalcedonic pseudomorphs of shells which sometimes occur in lime- stone, and from which they often may be freed in a complete condition by acids, have doubtless been produced by molecular replacement.
The term carbonization is applied in this connection only or mainly to such masses of vegetal remains as coal, lignite, and peat. While such remains are of great economic value and often of great importance in structural geology, they are of little paleontological importance, be- cause the organic structure of the plants from which they were de- rived has been so completely obliterated as to render them useless for such a purpose. Occasionally, however, fruits and other separate parts of plants are found to have acquired a carbonized condition in which their botanical character may be approximately determined.
Molds are cavities in sedimentary rocks which were originally occu- pied by fossils, the latter having been subsequently removed by the percolation of water containing a solvent of the fossils but not of the rock. Such solvents, while completely removing certain kinds of fos- sils sometimes left others unaffected, and sometimes they acted un- equally upon fossils of essentially the same chemical composition. For example, the shells of the Ostreidz almost always have resisted such solvents more than have most other shells. The original surface features and markings of fossils are often minutely preserved in molds, but they are frequently obscured in different ways; for example, by com- pression of the mold after it was formed, or by its having received a drusy lining.
Imprints do not differ materially in character from molds, the former term being usually applied to impressions left in the rock by thin sub- stances like leaves of plants, wings of insects, ete., after their removal by decomposition. Sometimes, however, the molds of shells and other fossils have been reduced to the character of imprints by the extreme pressure to which the strata containing them have been subjected. The details of imprints have often been obscured by pressure, as in the case of molds, but they are often preserved with the greatest degree ot minuteness.
266% REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Casts are counterparts of fossils, having been produced by the filling of molds with a substance other than that of the original fossil. It may have been by the injection, caused by pressure or otherwise, of substance derived from the matrix or inclosing rock, or by the precipi- tation of substances brought into the cavity suspended in percolating water. If in the latter case the cast is composed of a crystallized mineral, the teri pseudomorph is applied to it, as already stated. Natural stony casts of the interior of shells and other fossils are often found within the molds which were formed by the solution and re- moval of the fossil itself, and they are also often found filling permineral- ized shells. The student of fossils often finds it desirable to take ar- tificial casts of natural molds, especially in case he can obtain no other representation of the species he desires to study. By such a cast the original form and surface features are often reproduced with the great- est accuracy.
In the foregoing paragraphs are described the principal conditions in which fossils occur or by which they are represented, but one occa- sionally finds specimens which indicate certain conditions that are not fully recognized in the foregoing descriptions.
These cases, however, are less important than are those which have been considered, and they need not be further mentioned, but it is desirable to refer to certain conditions under which the soft parts of animals have sometimes been represented by impressions in sedimentary rocks, or under which they have been preserved from ordinary decay for an unusual length of time.
The fact was referred to on page 252, that although the soft parts of animals could never have become really fossilized, cases have occurred of the preservation in fine sediments of their form and even parts of their structure, in the condition of imprints or casts. A most remark- able and exceptional case of this kind is that of the jelly-fishes of the Jurassic slates of Solenhofen, where, in the fine sediments of which the slates were originally composed, not only their shape but the essential parts of their structure are preserved. Impressions, presuinably of similar animals, have been found in older rocks, but these are less per- fect than the Solenhofen specimens.
Fossilization or petrefaction of human bodies is often popularly re- ported to have occurred, but these are only cases of the change of the adipose and muscular tissues of the body to the wax-like substance adipocere, which process only delays but does not prevent final and complete decomposition. This change frequently occurs in other ani- mal bodies that have become buried in wet or constantly damp earth, and packages of pork recovered from old river wrecks have often been found to have undergone the same change.
Every specimen of fossilized man is really only a skeleton, but the wonderful cases of preservation of the human form in the partially hardened volcanic ash of Pompeii are worthy of mention in this con-
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 267
nection as illustrating more than one of the facts that have been stated in the foregoing paragraphs. While excavating the buried city the workmen came upon molds of the bodies of persons who were sufto- cated by, and buried beneath, the shower of ashes from Vesuvius. The body, even including the bones, long ago decomposed and was removed by the percolation of water which fell from the clouds. Casts of these molds, when discovered, were made by pouring them full of plaster, and when the comparatively soft inclosing matrix was removed an exact counterpart of the body was disclosed just as it fell in death well nigh two thousand years ago.
268 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
II. SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS, THEIR CHARACTER AND LIMITATION.
It is apparent from statements made in the preceding essay that, as arule, to which there are no geologically important exceptions, fossils have been preserved only in those accumulations of aqueous sediments which are now known as the sedimentary or stratified rocks of the earth, and that it is therefore these rocks only which furnish biological data for geological investigation. Furthermore, it is upon the general classification of these rocks, based upon both their physical and -bio- logical characteristies, that the whole system of historical geology depends, and it is their fossil contents that furnish the most efficient aid in the study of structural geology. The following essay will be devoted to discussions of these subjects, and it is therefore desirable first to present some remarks upon the stratified rocks with reference to the origin and limitation of the formations into which they are natu- rally divided. These remarks will necessarily include both the physi- cal and paleontological definition of formations, and a reference to their use as units of stratigraphic classification.
There has been much difference of custom among geologists as re- gards the use of the term formation, some applying it to the smallest assemblages of strata which possess common characteristics, while others designate by the same term those series of formations to which the term system has been generally applied. That is, some apply the term formation to local or limited developments of strata, while others apply it to such systems as the Devonian, Carboniferous, Cre- taceous, etc. This term has generally been confined to the stratified rocks, but by a few authors it has been applied to the eruptive, and also to the great crystalline rock masses. In these essays, however, the use of the term formation is not only confined to the stratified rocks, but it is restricted to those assemblages of strata which have common distinguishing characteristics, whether they have little or great geo- graphical extent, or whether they aggregate a few feet or thousands of feet in thickness. That is, the use of the term is herein confined to. those assemblages of stratified rocks of sedimentary origin* to which many authors have applied the term group, and others the term ter- raine.
A formation of this kind consists of an assemblage of strata which bears evidence of having been deposited by continuous sedimentation in a broad body of water, the sediments in different formations and
*To avoid frequent repetition, the terms sedimentary formation and stratified for- mation are used interchangeably when applied to formations as defined in this essay. The terms sedimentary rocks, stratified rocks, and fossiliferous rocks are also used interchangeably, but with a somewhat more general meaning than is intended by the two former terms.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 269
sometimes in different parts of the same formation having varied in condition from that of impalpable fineness to that of sand and gravel. They are composed of calcareous, argillaceous, or siliceous materials which in process of time have become more or less completely hardened into rock and which in their separate condition are limestones, sand- stones, and shales, respectively. These materials may, and often do, occur thus separately, not only in different formations, but in different parts of the same formation. Besides this, the different materials are often mechanically commingled, producing rocks of a mixed character ; and sometimes the character of all kinds of stratified rocks is found to have been materially changed by metamorphism.
Formations differ greatly in thickness because the rate of acecumu- lation of sediments was necessarily very variable and because their upper and lower limitation was coincident with, and due to, accidental changes of physical conditions which occurred at irregular intervals of time. That is, their limitation was caused by such movements of the earth’s crust, including both land and sea bottom, as produced a more or less complete interruption of sedimentation, or change in the char- acter of the same, and consequently a more or less complete extinction, or geographical transference, of the life that existed in the water in which the sediments were deposited. This is an almost invariable rule, but in rare cases the faunal and physical delimitations were not fully coincident. Insuch eases an abrupt faunal change has occurred within the vertical range, or at the upper limit, of a formation where sedimen- tation seems to have been unbroken between it and the next succeed- ing one. Such cases plainly resulted from a change in the character of the water as a faunal habitat, which was not accompanied by a corre- sponding arrest of, or even by a material change in, the character of the sedimentation.*
Formations may sometimes be continuously traced by the eye for considerable distances, especially if the débris of erosion has been well removed by denudation. In such cases no question can be raised as to their identity. Sometimes also a formation may be satisfactorily ree- ognized at separate but not distant localities by means of its litholog- ical characteristics alone when actual continuity is obscured or hidden from view by succeeding formations or other overlying material. In their greater geographical extension, however, formations undergo such changes of lithological character, and they often so closely simulate some one or more associated formations, that their lithological identifi- cation is uncertain or impracticable. Therefore, with the minor excep- tions mentioned, the only known means by which a formation may be certainly identified at any other than its originally discovered locality is that which is afforded by its contained fossil remains.
*Reference is here made particularly to conditions that are observable among the Upper Cretaceous formations of the interior portion of North America,
270 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Because of the frequent displacements of portions of the earth crust which have occurred during geological time, and also because of the resulting great erosion of the materials of which formations are com- posed, none of them now exists in its original entirety, but it is desirable to consider them with reference to their origin a8 well as to their pres- ent condition, the better to understand their character.
Every formation originally consisted of sediments, which, within a portion of geological time of limited but uncertain duration, were de- posited in any broad body of water, whether inland or marine, during all of which time both the body of water and the surrounding or ad- jacent land remained comparatively unaffected by displacements of the earth’s crust or by any other adverse physical changes. Under favor- able conditions every such body of water was the congenial habitat of aquatic animals, remains of which became fossilized in the constantly accumulating sediments. These animals constituted more or less dis- tinct faunas, the geographical range of each of which was, in the case of inland waters, throughout the whole area occupied by each, and in the case of oceanic waters, throughout each of such large portions as were circumscribed by natural intramarine limits to faunal distribu- tion, these limits having been in a general way barriers between faunal areas, although they were never sharply defined and were usually indefinite.
Within these more or less indefinite intramarine barriers the various forms of aquatic life constituted a separately recognizable fauna, and the sedimentary deposits became a separately recognizable formation. Still, those barriers are properly designated as indefinite because it is evident that the sedimentary deposits of any one of those ancient oceanic areas always blended to a greater or less degree with those of adjacent areas, and that certain members of every fauna ranged into adjacent faunal areas, just as certain species of every living marine fauna have a much wider geographical range than have most of their associates.
Much the greater part of the sedimentary formations of the earth were deposited in marine waters, as is shown by the character of their contained fossils, and most of those waters were then, as now, of oceanic extent. The character of the contained fossils of a compara- tively small but important part of the sedimentary formations, how- ever, show that they were deposited in inland bodies of water, some of which were fresh and some brackish. Some of those inland bodies of water were comparatively small, but others were of such extent that their deposits rival marine formations in that respect.
Every formation resulting from deposits in inland waters hay- ing had practically the same geographical extent as the body of water in which it was deposited, the original boundary of the whole forma. tion was coincident with the shore line, but this can not be assumed with regard to the formations which were deposited in waters of
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 271
oceanic extent. These, like existing marine waters, notwithstanding their extensive continental and island shore lines, which became in part original limits to formations, had world-wide continuity, but it is evident to every geologist that the most extensive of the marine formations in their separate physical and biological identity have rarely exceeded a few hundred miles in extent, and they are often much less. The variable physical limits to the areas of sedimentation within which were produced the separately recognizable formations were coincident with the indefinite intra-marine faunal barriers just mentioned, and all marine formations more or less completely merged both their physical and faunal identity into that of those which were de- posited in adjacent waters. It is to be inferred that climatic influences, or rather those of temperature, had much to do with faunal limitation, but temperature was doubtless in large part equalized by the currents which conveyed the sediments that produced the formations.
The geographical definition of marine sedimentary and faunal areas, and consequently that of the resulting formations, was mainly or wholly due to the various and shifting conditions of land and sea bottom, which in different parts of the world and dtring successive geological epochs modified or changed the distribution of sediments within the great areas into which the oceanic waters were thus divided, and it was generally accomplished without affecting the aqueous continuity between them. In a large proportion of cases these shifting conditions did not affect the continuity of those waters, and they were sometimes so slight as to leave the resulting formation with illy defined upper and lower limitations, as well as with their usual indefinite: geographical boundaries. They were often so great, however, as to elevate and long retain the former ocean bottom above the water level, and to thus pro- duce a greater or less unconformity of, or a longer or shorter time hiatus between formations.
While shifting conditions of sea bottom constituted the principal factor in limiting areas of sedimentation, they sometimes caused the partial overlapping of the borders of contemporary formations by having alternately shifted those of adjacent sedimentary areas, thus adding to the usual indefiniteness of such boundaries. :
The upper and lower limits of formations weve sometimes produced by the elevation of sea bottom above water level and its resubmergence, in which case those limits were sharply defined. In other cases the movements of elevation and depression were too slight to entirely interrupt sedimentation, and those or other physical changes were too slight to prevent the survival of certain members of the earlier fauna as members of the later one. Indeed, it is through such survivals that continuity of life has been preserved during the whole range of geo- logical time. In such cases the physical difference between the forma- tions is usually slight. This, added to the partial commingling of their faunas, sometimes renders it difficult to fix upon a dividing line between
/
Pad REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. ’
them, and makes it especially necessary in determining the character- istics of each formation to study their respective faunas each as a whole. Still, it is usually the case that the vertical range of a large proportion of the species is not found to pass beyond the vertical limits of the for- mation in which they occur.
The beginning and ending of the sedimentation which produced each formation having been dependent upon the unstable conditions of the earth’s crust, the occurrence of the displacements of which were irreg- ular in time and variable in extent, formations are necessarily not only very unequal as regards their geographical extension, but also as regards their relative value in stratigraphical classification. For these, among other causes, they are also unequal in their relative importance as representing stages in biological development.
The foregoing remarks apply especially to marine formations, and they are of general applicability. The manner, however, in which oceurred the upper and lower delimitation of the series of fresh water formations in the interior region of North America was evidently some- whatexceptional. These deposits took place in waters which rested above ocean level, and their differentiation into formations was evidently largely due to the shifting level of the waters in which they were respectively laid down, as well as to the shifting of the areas of denu- dation from which their sediments were derived. The latter was doubt- less also the cause of the differences in lithological charactistices of those formations.
Because both the time and areal limits of marine faunas were always indefinite, especially as regards both the time and geographical range of certain species, it is plain that it is the fauna as a whole, and not separate members of it, that must be regarded as characterizing a formation, although a single species is often sufficient for its identifica- tion within a limited district or region after its characterization has been determined by means of its fauna, aided by its physical features.
The remains of aquatic faunas only have been considered in connec- tion with the foregoing discussions of the origin and limitation of the sedimentary formations, because the life history of those faunas only was intimately connected with their production. The greater part of the fossiliferous formations of the earth contain no other remains than those of aquatic faunas, but in many formations remains of members of contemporary land faunas and floras are found commingled with those of aquatic faunas. The latter were intombed where they origi- nated, but the others reached their intombment by the indirect way that
yas described in the preceding essay. It is therefore plain that the remains of denizens of the waters in which a given formation was de- posited are more characteristic of it than those of contemporaneous land animals and plants could be, because the aquatic fauna which they rep- resent, Whatever may be its value as representing a stage of biological development, was dependent for its existence upon the same conditions which were necessary to the production of the formation,
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 273
It is true that fossil remains of certain species of land animals and plants may be, and often are, found only within the limits of a certain formation. In that respect they may be regarded aS among its char- acteristic fossils, but the time range of a land fauna or flora is likely to have fallen short of, or to have exeeeded that of an aquatic fauna whose own duration is known to have been at least in part contempo- raneous, because the physical conditions which were the principal fac- tors in establishing and extinguishing an aquatic fauna would not nec- essarily have materially affected the existence of adjacent and contem- poraneous land faunas and floras. These questions, however, will be more fully referred to in following essays.
The foregoing remarks concerning the characterization of formations have been made with special reference to those which are more or less fossiliterous. It sometimes happens, however, that fossils do not exist, or are not discovered, in certain formations which are evidently of sed- imentary origin. This may have been due in some cases to the uncon- geniality as a faunal habitat of the waters in which the formation was deposited, and in others to their failure to receive any fossilizable re- mains of animals and plants from the land. In other cases the absence of fossils may have been due to their destruction or obliteration. The latter has probably been the case with many metamorphic rocks and with the great pre-Cambrian series of stratified rocks generally. In all these cases the formations, while they may possess more or less dis- tinct physical characteristics, lack the chief characteristics of sedi- mentary formations, namely, the biological.
The occurrence of an unfossiliferous sedimentary formation as a member of an otherwise fossiliferous series is unusual, but in such a case its definition and limitation would be effectually accomplished by the underlying and overlying formations. In the case, however, of a great unfossiliferous series of stratified rocks like the pre-Cam brian it is necessary to adopt a method for their study and classifi- ‘ation based wholly upon physical data, after the fact that they are pre-Cambrian has been determined from biological data. Such a method of classifying and characterizing those unfossiliferous stratified rocks as they occur in North America has been proposed by Prof. R. D. Irving* and afterward elaborated by others. This great series of rocks as it is developed on this continent has such distinguishing gen- eral characteristics and such magnitude and geographical extent that some geologists have thought it worthy of being assigned to a special division of study, but because no certain traces of organic forms have been discovered in them they have, so far as itis now known, only the indirect relation to biological geology that has just been referred to. Still I regard it as not improbable that those strata were once fos-
*TIrving, R. D.: Classification of the Early Cambrian and pre-Cambrian forma- tions. Seventh Ann. Rep. U. 8S. Geol. Survey, pp. 371-399,
Hi: Mis. 114, pt. 2—18
274 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
siliferous and that the great series was once made up of formations similar to those which have been defined on preceding pages, but it does not necessarily follow that the divisions which are now recogniz- able by physical characteristics correspond to those formations, It is probable that they more nearly correspond to systems or to the larger divisions of systems as they are recognized in the great scale of the fossiliferous rocks of the earth. Therefore the discussion of formations in this essay does not necessarily apply to the pre-Cambrian stratified rocks.
The following conclusions concerning formations are deducible from the facts which are stated in the foregoing paragraphs:
While they are physical objects and have only a physical existence their proper characterization is chiefly biological.
They are characterizable mainly by the fossil remains of aquatic faunas.
Neither their physical nor biological limits are sharply defined except as a result of accidental causes.
Their geographical limitations are indefinite except those which were occasioned by shore lines.
They do not necessarily bear any close relation to one another as to geographical area, thickness, or the duration of tithe in their accumnu- lation.
Although they are thus unequal to one another they constitute the only available physical units for local or regional stratigraphic classi- fication.
Because of their limited geographical extent they can not be used as units of the universal classification of the stratified rocks.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 275
III.—THE RELATION OF FOSSIL REMAINS TO STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY.
The character and origin of fossil remains and the character and limitation of the sedimentary formations, as well as the manner in which the latter originated and became fossiliferous, have been dis- cussed in the preceding essays. It is necessary that such discussions should have preceded those which are embraced in this and following essays, because they contain numerous statements of faet which it will be constantly necessary to refer to or to bear in mind in connection with the subjects now to be discussed and without which those sub- jects could not be intelligibly presented.
There are two methods by which the study of fossils may legitimately be applied to geological investigation, the following statement of the character of which is in part explanatory of the results that may be obtained by their aid. For convenience one of them may be termed empirical and the other philosophical, because in the one case results are obtained by experience and in the other by reasoning upon the various results thus obtained. Still, discrimination between these two methods can not usually be sharply drawn, because while all geological investigation is largely empirical it is always more or less philosophical. Such a division of the subject, however, besides being a present con- venience, gives me an opportunity to emphasize the fact that a large proportion of the work that is done in structural geology is based mainly upon the empirical observation and collection of biological data.
Both these methods are not only important but indispensable, the one not less so than the other. Both may be, and often are, used together, but the empirical method is more largely used in practical field studies than in others, because in such studies fossils’ are to a large extent treated as characteristic tokens of formations or as arbi- trary means of identifying them and distinguishing them from one another. Such identification necessarily constitutes one of the first steps in the practical study of structural geology, but the subsequent study of the fossils thus empirically used is necessarily more philo- sophical.
Furthermore, in the prosecution of field studies it is often necessary to make special philosophical use of fossils, not only with reference to questions which are discussed in following essays, but to some of those which relate more particularly to the subject of this. Among such questions are those which relate to the conditions of origin of formations, the character and quality of the waters in which they were deposited, and the various conditions of habitat of the faunas and floras whose remains characterize them.
The philosophical method of treating fossil remains, however, is largely applicable to systematic geology or those branches which per-
276 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
tain to the universal chronological classification of the sedimentary formations and to their correlation in different parts of the world. The naturalist studies fossil remains as representatives of the long succes- sion of progressively and differentially developed organic forms which during geological time have existed and become extinct and of which succession the now existing forms of life constitute only the terminal portion. It is the results of such studies as these that the geologist uses in the philosophical studies referred to. While these questions are discussed in following essays this one is devoted more especially to questions pertaining to the practical study of geology in the field.
The idea of using fossils as characteristic tokens of formations by means of which they may be distinguished from one another and iden- tified in their geographical extension began to prevail with the earliest studies of structural geology. Originally they were apparently re- garded as of little or no more value in the identification of formations than was their lithological composition, to which, indeed, their use seems at first to have been merely auxiliary. Although the use of fossils soon came to be recognized as indispensable in the characteriza- tion and identification of formations, and their investigation came to constitute a leading feature in geological research, it was long before they began to be studied in a philosophical rather than in an empirical manner.
That increase in their philosophical use did not diminish their value in other respects, as is apparent from the fact that a large propor- tion of the practical field work of to-day is necessarily based upon the empirical use of fossils as tokens of formations. That is, a large propor- tion of all the field work in structural geology depends upon the specific identification of fossil remains with, necessarily, only incidental refer- ence to their systematic biological classification, and with no necessry reference to their value in other respects. Therefore the empirical use of fossils is even now held to terms as simple as those which were em- ployed by the early geologists. Although it is essential that geological observations of all kinds should always be made with reference to all related physical as well as biological facts which may be available, it is not to be expected or desired that this primitive empirical use of fossil remains will ever be either discarded or diminished,
The foregoing remarks are made in defense of even the simple use of fossils just indicated, because it is evident that their value in that re- spect, as well as in others, is often underestimated, even by some geologists. The full measure of their usefulness, however, even in the identification and characterization of formations, can be attained only by a thorough investigation of comprehensive collections, prosecuted with direct reference to, and a rational interpretation of, the biological laws that governed the existence of the respective faunas and floras which they represent, and with equally direct reference to the physical laws which governed the production of the formations which they characterize.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 277
It was shown inthe preceding essay that although formations as they are there defined are not, and cannot be, the units of a universal classi- fication of the stratified rocks they are the true units of local or regional classification of those rocks, and their use as such is indispensable in field studies of structural geology. Therefore the accurate identifi- cation of formations is indispensable, and because of this the means of correctly identifying them is of prime importance. It is true, as already stated, that formations have really only a physical existence, but their biological characteristics become in fact a part of their iden- tity, and these characteristics constitute the principal, and in most cases the only criteria of identification. The criteria of identification of for- mations will be specially discussed in Essay vi, but it is necessary to consider them briefly in this connection.
Of the two ways in which formations are naturally charaterizable one is physical and the other biological. Physical characterization may be direct or general, that is, it may be by identity of kind or kinds of rock of which the formation is composed or by its possession of that more general or indefinite property or condition which indicates homogeny.
The physical or, more specially, the lithological, characteristics of any given formation may be so different from those of an underlying or overlying one that the contrast may be an efficient aid in its identifi- cation, but this is too seldom the case to be generally relied upon, the physical difference between them being usually no greater than that which may occur between different parts of one and the same forma- tion in its geographical extension. Again the physical identification of an unfossiliferous formation may sometimes be satisfactorily deter- mined from its position with relation to overlying or underlying forma- tions whose biological characteristics are known, but such methods are usually too indefinite to meet the requirements of practical field studies.
It is true that in certain regions where erosion, corrasion, and denu- dation have been especially active, the field geologist may trace forma- tions continuously and completely for many miles by means of their lithological and other physical characteristics and without the aid of fossils, but usually they have become so obscured by the overlapping of one upon another, or by being overlain by glacial or other drift or the débris resulting from their own erosion, that they are exposed to view only at wide intervals, and then incompletely. It is also true, that as a result of along series of observations at such limited exposures of formations as those just referred to, one may obtain an approximately clear idea of the identity of a formation from the physical evidence which it presents of its homogenesis. Although in late years it has become the custom of some geologists in seeking to identify formations to rely upon these indications to the exclusion of others, a careful con- sideration of all available relevant facts will make it plain that the
278 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
principal value of these indications consists in their availability as accessories to biological evidence. These physical indications of the identity of formations are further discussed in Essay vi. They are mentioned here only for the purpose of comparing them with biological indications.
Formations are biologically characterized only by the fossil remains of animals and plants which lived while they were in process of depo- sition, and the more intimate the natural relation of any of those animals and plants to the physical conditions which produced a forma- tion, the more characteristic of it are their remains. This implies that while no kind of fossil remains is to be rejected in practical studies of structural geology, there is much difference in the value of the different kinds for this purpose. These differences in value will be specially discussed in following essays.
In the preceding essay it was shown that there was an intimate relation between the geographical boundaries of each aqueous area within which the sedimentation took place that resulted in the produc- tion of a formation and those of the habitat of the aquatic fauna the remains of which are now found to characterize it. Also that each aquatic fauna began its existence as such with the beginning of the deposition of the formation and ended its faunal existence with the completion of that deposition, although, as a rule there was some ge- netic connection with both the preceding and succeeding faunas. Again it was shown that the conditions which attended the establish- ment of those boundaries and controlled the deposition of the sediments also constituted each area a congenial habitat for its aquatic fauna and that consequently the whole life history of each of those faunas was intimately connected with the production of the formation in which its remains are found, while contemporary land faunas and floras bore no ‘such direct relation to it. furthermore, reasons were given why it may be accepted as a fact that as a necessary consequence of the con- ditions of their habitat, every species of every aquatic fauna which possessed fossilizable parts, was originally fully represented in the for- mation to which the fauna pertained, while all other kinds of fossil re- mains have always very imperfectly represented the faunas and floras to which they belonged. Besides this, their presence in any formation was always the result of accident.
Although these are sufficient reasons why remains of aquatic faunas are always of greater value than any other in the identification of for- mations, that fact does not imply that other kinds are not of the high- est value for other purposes nor that they are valueless for this purpose. For example, although land faunas and floras bore no direct relation to the production of a formation, it is evident that the effects of the physical changes which respectively inaugurated and closed its depo- sition would in each case have been of such a character, and that they would have been so extended upon the land, as to cause important
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 279
changes in the contemporaneous land fauna and flora. Therefore it is to- be assumed that such faunas and floras in their entirety bore an important indirect relation to the respective formations with the pro- duction of which they were contemporaneous, and that such of their remains as found intombment in their sediments would be largely characteristic of them.
Still, the incongruity of the biological relation and of the physical conditions of existence of land faunas and floras to aquatic faunas, and the accidental relation of such of the remains of the former as became fossilized to the sediments in which they were intombed render it difficult to treat the evidence afforded by fossils of terrestrial origin as concurrent with that which is afforded by aquatic fossil faunas. This difficulty is increased by the incompleteness of representation by fossil remains of land animals as entire faunas, and that of plants not only as entire floras but as individual members of them.
Furthermore, remains of land animals and plants have never been found in any of the fossiliferous formations of the earlier geological ages, and in the marine formations of the later ages* they are rarely, and usually never, found.t Therefore their study, except in cases of doubt- ful value, is confined to the nonmarine formations of the carboniferous and later ages. The restricted range of such studies as compared with that of the study of other fossils is the more apparent when it is remem- bered how small is the proportion of non marine to marine formations. These remarks are by no means to be understood as suggesting the rejection of any kind of evidence in any case or as calling in question the general paleontological, and the purely biological, value of fossil remains of terrestrial origin. It is only claimed that their value in the characterization, identification, and limitation of formations is below that of remains of aquatic faunas.
It was also méntioned in the preceding essay that the biological characterization of any formation is fully recognizable only by means of its fossil fauna or flora, each as a whole, and not by separate mem- bers of either, although separate members, especially of an aquatic fauna, because of their limited vertical range, are often sufficient for its identification after its characterization has been fully established. This fact is of importance in every estimate of the true value of fossil remains in practical geology, because, notwithstanding their paramount value as evidence in the cases referred to, no evidence in such cases is ever so complete as to be beyond the need of accessory support.
The foregoing remarks apply to that direct practical use of fossils which is necessary from the beginning to the close of every investiga- tion of structural geology. ‘The following apply to their more indirect use in reaching conclusions of a general character, but which are also
*See table on Plate xiv, showing time ranges of animals and plants. t Diatomaceous remains are not considered in connection with this statement.
230 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
of practicalimportance in all such investigations. Besides other appli- cations that may be made of the facts mentioned in those remarks, they show the necessity for the study of the different kinds of aquatic faunas with relation to one another, and make it evident that so great a differ- ence in their kinds and in the conditions of their origin implies a wide range of practical applicability to geological studies.
Comparative studies of this kind are prosecuted mainly by the philo- sophical method and require a consideration of various biological and physical facts. Among them are those which relate to the various gen- eral conditions under which sedimentary formations were produced and the more special conditions under which the aquatic faunas lived whose remains now characterize them. The general conditions referred to are largely of a geographical character, while the more special relate to the quality of the water in which the respective faunas lived as the element of their habitation.
The fact that the fossil remains of aquatic animals generally possess inherent and unmistakable evidence as to the character and quality of the respective bodies of water in which were deposited the sedimentary rocks which are now found to contain them was recognized at an early date, and the character of that evidence is such that there never has been any important disagreement among geologists as to its trust- worthiness.* Indeed they usually and properly assume that there is as little room for reasonable doubt as to the quality of the water in whieh each fossil aquatic fauna lived as would be the case if those waters were still subject to a gustatory test or to chemical analysis.t Admis- sible evidence as to the quality of the water relates only or mainly to the presence and comparative proportion of salt in, or to its absence from, the various bodies of water which have existed during geological time, and in which sedimentary deposits were made. In other words, it is the kind of evidence that indicates whether those waters were fresh, brackish, or of marine saltness. Such evidence indicates whether the water in which a given formation was deposited was marine, estuarine, lacustrine, or fluviatile, and all this evidence, although relating to physical Mea rests upon comparisons of fossil remains of aquatic faunas with corresponding parts of members of now living faunas whose structural characteristics and restrictions of habitat are known. The marine so greatly preponderate over all other kinds of aquatie faunas that it is convenient in discussing the sedimentary formations to make the general distinction of marine and nonmarine, the former term not
“The criteria of the character of formerly existing bodias of water are discussed in Essay vil, but they are briefly referred to here in discussing the subject of this essay.
tIt is probable that the earliest oceanic waters were much less salt than are those of the present day because the earth has ever since been subjected to a process of leaching, with the oceans as a reservoir, but the comparisons here made apply mainly to comparatively late portions of geological time.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 281
needing definition, the latter being applied to all faunas that are re- garded as having lived in either brackish or fresh waters.
In making practical application of the evidence which has been re- ferred to, it is the general conditions which are indicated by the special that will most need to, be considered. For example, the marine char- acter of a fauna having been ascertained, the conclusion is legitimate, in the absence of conflicting evidence, that the area which constituted its habitat was bordered wholly or mainly by other marine areas, and that their sediments and faunas blended to a greater or less extent with one another. In other words, sucha fauna indicates that its habitat was part of a great oceanic expanse which was occupied by other more or less similar faunas.
In case a fossil aquatic fauna should present intrinsic evidence of its brackish water origin the inference would be legitimate that its habitat
yas either an estuary or an inland sea, and in ease the fauna should prove to be of fresh water origin we must conclude that the habitat was either a riveroralake. Inall of these nonmarine cases the habitat had more definite boundaries than could have been the case with that of any marine fauna, and usually, but not necessarily always, a non- marine formation has a less geographical extent than have marine for- mations. It is true that an estuary fauna blends in part with the adjacent marine fauna on the one hand and with the fluviatile fauna on the other, but its other limits are shore lines such as alone constitute the faunal boundaries of all other nonmarine bodies of water.
The estuarine, fluviatile, or lacustrine origin of a deposit or formation having been ascertained by means of the character of its fossil remains, aided by the accompanying physical indications, important inferences are to be drawn as to the geographical conditions which prevailed in that region at the time of its deposition. For example, the existence of an estuary deposit implies that contemporaneously with its deposi- tion there was an adjacent body of marine water, and also a large land, if not a continental, area which was drained by the inflowing river.* Again, every lake or inland sea, the former existence of which may be determined by the character of the fossil aquatic fauna which the for- mation representing it contains, was necessarily surrounded by a broad land area.
The foregoing remarks apply to methods of distinguishing between formations of marine and nonmarine origin, and to the legitimate inferences that may be drawn from them, respectively, as to the physical conditions which prevailed while they were accumulating. In closing this essay it is desirable to present some remarks upon the relative value in practical geological field work of the fossils found in marine and nonmarine formations, respectively.
That the fossil remains of marine faunas are far more valuable as in-
* There are, of course, estuaries at the mouths of those rivers which flow into lakes, but brackish water estuaries only are here referred to
282 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
dicators of the chronological divisions of the geological scale and of the correlation of its divisions in different parts of the world than are those of nonmarine faunas is apparent to everyone who is familiar with even the general facts of biological geology, but it does not follow, and it is not true, that the latter are intrinsically less valuable than are the for- mer in field studies of practical geology. For this practical work both marine and nonmarine fossils are treated by the empirical method already explained, and both are found to characterize the respective formations in the same manner.
Certain conditions, however, give each an advantage over the other under different circumstances. For example, the geographical range of the nonmarine invertebrate fossil faunas, especially those of fresh water, having been sharply defined by shore lines, the species which constituted them are to that extent more characteristic of the forma- tions in which they occur than is the case with marine faunas. Cer- tain species of the latter faunas, as already shown, usually ranged beyond the limits of the area which was occupied by each fauna as a whole.
Nonmarine formations as a rule occur singly in a series of marine formations, in which case the vertical as well as the geographical range of their invertebrate species is sharply defined. It is true that in the interior portion of North America there is a continuous series of fresh water formations and that certain of the species range from one into another. These, however, are notable exceptions to the rule referred to, and they at most only make such nonmarine faunas equal to the average marine fauna as regards exceptional vertical range of species. Again, nonmarine formations usually have the advantage of the pres- ence of remains of plants and of land vertebrates and invertebrates, which in marine formations are usually so extremely rare as to be unavailable.
On the other hand, marine faunas embrace such a wide diversity of forms as compared with the nonmarine, and their progressive and dif- ferential evolution from epoch to epoch has been so much greater that they offer as faunas much more abundant means for the characteriza- tion and identification of formations. It is clear, however, that the opinion which some geologists have expressed or implied that the fos- sil contents of nonmarine formations are of little value in practical geological investigation is not well founded. The following are the principal conclusions reached in the foregoing discussions:
Formations being the only true units of local or regional strati- graphic classification, their correct identification is the first, and an in- dispensable, step in the practical field work of structural geology.
Although formations as such have only a physical existence, their biological characteristics are always the best, and often the only, means of their identification, and therefore the exhaustive study of fossils is
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 283
of paramount importance in connection with all practical investiga- tions of that kind.
The value of fossils in this respect is as purely practical as is that of any other aid to geological investigation, and it may be made ayail- able without reference to their great value in other respects.
Although all fossil remains are valuable for this practical use, those of aquatic faunas are more valuable than any others.
Remains of nonmarine faunas are of similar value for this purpose to those of marine origin.
284 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
IV. THE RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO SYSTEMATIC AND HISTORICAL GEOLOGY,
The preceding essay wes devoted to discussions showing the im- portance of all fossil remains as well as the interrelative value of the different kinds of the same in the prosecution of geological field work. A leading object of that essay was to show that fossils constitute the most important of the distinguishing characteristics of all sedi- ‘mentary formations and also the principal means of their identifica- tion as physical units of stratigraphic classification within any district or region. This essay is devoted to discussions of the more general relation of fossil remains to geological investigation; that is, to general discussions of the relation of biology, the science which they, together with living animals and plants, represent, to certain of the broader subjects of geological study. These subjects embrace systematic ge- olgy, or the general classification of the stratified rocks of the earth, historical geology, or the establishment of that classification upon a chronological basis, and correlative geology, or the adjustment to one another of the full chronological series of stratified rocks which oceur on each continent or large division of the same. The latter subject, however, will be more specially discussed in Essay VI.
It has been made apparent in the preceding essays that each case of structural classification of stratified rocks based upon formations as physical units is independent of all others, and thatits application is necessarily of limited geographical extent, because formations are them- selves thus limited. It therefore follows that the structural geology of any district or region, embracing even an extensive series of forma- tions, may be practically and thoroughly investigated, as regards both scientific accuracy and economic requirements, independently of that of any other district or region, especially of those regions which are not adjacent. It is now to be shown how the multitude of series of for- mations thus locally classified throughout the world have been grouped into a universal system of classification In connection with a scale hay- ing its divisions arranged in chronological order.
The grandest and most comprehensive of the ideas which were con- ceived and developed by the early geologists relates to the construc- tion of this seale and the consequent reduction of geology to a univer- sal system; but it is remarkable that although this idea is now known to have an almost exclusively biological basis, its original conception was not the result of correct biological knowledge as now understood, but of empirical observation of physical and biological facts and a sagacious perception of their interrelation.
It is true that while the early geologists relied mainly upon fossils as indicators of the relative age of formations, the belief was at first
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 285
somewhat general among them that the consolidation of the sedimen- tary rocks, and also in part their displacements, were secularly accom- plished and therefore that such conditions are to that extent indicators of their relative age; but these views did not long survive.
When the fossil faunas and floras which characterize each of a given series of sedimentary formations are compared with those which sey- erally characterize the formations of the next preceding and suc- ceeding series, and the whole are systematically compared with living faunas and floras, there is to be observed among those fossil forms, when studied in connection with an unbroken vertical range of formations, an order of successive changes and modifications indicative of a general advance in biological rank and also an indication of structural relation- ship. Furthermore, when the faunas and floras of a given series of formations are compared with those of other series in other parts of the world, it frequently appears that there is a close similarity between those of a certain portion of each series which indicates their correla- tion. In such cases an order of biological rank is to be observed sim- ilar to that which was observed in the original case. It also frequently occurs that the range of rank is found to be greater in one or both diree- tions than is to be observed in other cases. By such means a knowl- edge of the order of faunal and floral, as well as of stratigraphieal, suc- cessiou far beyond that which could be obtained in any one region, has been acquired.
It is upon such empirical facts as these that the early geologists based their investigations concerning the chronological arrangement of the sedimentary formations of the earth, the grand result of which was the adoption of a general scheme and the construction of a corre- sponding scale for their classification. This scale, which in its present condition is a masterpiece of inductive reasoning, necessarily originated in Europe, because it was there that geology was first systematically studied, and it is there also that its adaptation is more complete than elsewhere. The first of the two following tables, the one to which, for the sake of convenience, the date 1840 is given, represents the scale in a condensed form as it was recognized and approved by leading geolo- gists at, and a few years both prior and subsequent to, the date men- tioned,!
The second table, the one bearing the date 1890, has been compiled
Tt is not my purpose to discuss historicallyany of the questions referred to in these essays, but it is proper to remark that Cuvier and Brongniart seem to have been the first to apply paleontology to the study of structural geology (1800-1812), and that William Smith did the same, apparently independently of the two authors just named, in 1816,1817. In 1819 Bronegniart advanced the idea of correlating dis- tinetly separated formations by means of fossils. After the latter date these ideas rapidly gained acceptance, and the first steps toward the construction of a general geological scale soon followed,
286 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
from European text-books of geology, and is intended to represent the scale as it is now generally accepted and approved by geologists. It will of course be understood that only a general outline of the great scale which has been established by the concurrent labors of European geologists is represented by these tables, but they are deemed sufficient for illustrating the following remarks and discussions.
Condensed scale of the fossiliferous rocks, No. 1, 1840.*
Recent and Postpliocene,
Pliocene: 3 eee ae a eee Mi0CenG sak ses ee es Ps Se ons Nears Ee ee ee eee Tertiary. IE OGeNe:).-2 eee eee eee a woes Maestrichts.2 5. oo5 she ee ee eee Weltiter:Cihallika eet te Pe ee ee Chioritice: Series 5 =e ae eee Cretaceous) -<--5= --see ea Gall tis 22 Bek Ca eee ewe ge ee INGO COMMTAN: Ses aas. cee nee ee ee ee Wealden’ 2225 tS! 25 ye Br eee Ee nS ee ee Rorbeck (Beds) 3-0 eens erence eee Portland. Stones. eae eee eee ; rs : - sec ary. Kimmeoridge: Clays 225.2222: 28 Seca Coral Rapes ee eke Parks eal eee eee me oe 5 UP ASSIC Bee sete cree eiete ater Oxtord: Clay... e042 2 eu oe cee nee Jie GreatiOoliles 5 soe2 =o eee ree eee Infervor Oolitenssss 4c eee wee eee ee TGA Seta tee ree ered Ad ea TS Bene UppersNewehed/ Sandstone ss e.se4- ee = 1 aSal Cease eee Lower New Red Sandstone ...-........--. Permian 224-354 eee eee } Coal Measures 2.) 058eF 2 sie eee ” Carbonif : : arboniterouss.-<- esses Mountain Limestone .... ...........-.--§ | OldGRediSandstones=ss2-- 5422s. eee Devonian ese ee eee Primary. UppexiSiluriany sae eee ee eee ote ower Silurigne oe see eee " Silurian. .----..---......- OF HII MCHA ee yey Sa AN Tm seg Sad Cambrian?=-—- ae eee Condensed scale of the fossiliferous rocks, No. 2, 1890, Recent and Postpliocene. Pljocene. . 5422 Resa eh ie eee ) Miocene. 2. 6.0 eee: 2. ee ee pete ‘ Olnccane Rertiany 86 Gees oe aoe: Cenozoic MOCONE: hos ote cee ae ee ee MOCeN es. 222.525 258 ot tee ee ee
method of dividing the scale. This table is intended to represent the leading opinion, mainly as expressed by Lyell.
‘RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION, 287
Condensed scale of the fossiliferous rochs, No. 2, 1890—Continued.
DMantan’: 2/2 -eaeecer ees toss s es Unless hoes } SONOMA Sareea saat Sci e's sit wei pikecle
ry CO TITONUSN Ee oss = Se tlecane tes : e @rétaceous' .-. eas eee ee
Rortlandiiante =. 2s ase ecs oss oases aS | OcLOndd ane mae see ee area clase sc cess Mesozoie. TERS FL SVG EU OY GSS oie ae RE Se |e Oo
tas, OF SChwalzen JURA... 222-2 --- oo = }
TRIPE Ee: oe Se Re are Se ee eee INGUPORe sete ate hoe ee pe sian Mirch eliicallcrnss ners ete eae ine et eps IBUNbEn er) she Soko coe esis ee Soe Cee
SRTVANSIG se a sere octet eterna
Permian On Wl as esses = o's eee = ie =i DoS SH RSee ram gE Cascqeac
@oaleMeasuress 450 eee oan | Mulistome Gates ces seers eisias = clos orerere SCaArboniterouseeesceee sees Carboniferous Limestone ...-.--.--: ---- |
Wipper Devo nianle sees eee eee ser a= Middle Devoniantess=- esse ---.5- =
Devonian cer ease eee - oes Paleozoic. WO WELL De VOllalina sen eect ee cee ee
Wopew Silumianrtess= sso ots es core WO WwerSMUMEaN eee rt= eo ta Se koe ose 4
Ojo aeie (Chri ye enVe oS ees Bae ean ooo ase ? : ‘ . AG imibriamgecremcers epee ae WewerMamMbTiAan 2-32). sls se ee = 2 \
It was the intention of the founders of this scale, as it is and has been of all other geologists, that it should represent the whole of geo- logical time from the beginning of life upon the earth until the begin- ning of the epoch of human history,* and that its divisions in the order in which they are named in the tables should represent consecutive portions of that time. It is necessarily assumed that each of these time divisions was represented by sedimentary deposits wherever dur- ing its continuance bodies-of water existed upon the earth, and where they did not exist the passage of time was not recorded at all, or that it was not so recorded as to be understood without reference to the aqueous record as represented by the scale. That is, it is necessarily assumed that although during every epoch of geological time there were portions of the earth’s surface upon which no sedimentary de- posits were made because they were then above water level, there were during every epoch large portions of it beneath waters which were constantly depositing sediments. Thus, contemporaneously with such breaks in sedimentation within certain regions as have just been men-
use of which term no direct reference is made torsiderial time.
288 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
tioned, sedimentation was continuous and comparatively undisturbed inothers. Therefore, notwithstanding the occurrence of numerous and extensive breaks, there has been an abundant and continuous sedimen- tary record made for the whole earth. It is to this continuous record that the great geological scale is applied. Although the statement that sedimentation has been continuous upon the larger part of the earth’s surface during every epoch of geological time now accords with the views of all geologists, it will be seen by proposition 3, on page 291 that in certain particulars it does not agree with those of the early geolo- gists; but this matter will be discussed on following pages.
In dividing and subdividing the scale geologists have generally ree- ognized three grades of divisions, as is shown by the three columns of names in each of the two preceding tables, the second grade being subordinate to the first, and the third to the second. The divisions of the first grade are general, only three in number, and evidently very unequal as to the actual duration of time represented by each. Those of the second grade are more, and those of the third still more special. The divisions of the third grade may each be locally represented by a single formation or by more than one. That is, formations are not the natural units of this seale.
The different divisions of each of these three grades are unequal to one another, but for convenience of classification they are treated as of similar rank in each grade. It is not, however, to be understood that the different divisions of the same grade represent at best more than a remote approximation to equal portions of time or to equal average advances of animals and plants in biographical rank Besides this, the sedimentary accumulations which represent any one of the divisions of the respective grades may be many times greater than those of another division of the same grade, but the bulk of formations is not an index of the relative length of time within which each was accumulated, because the rate of sedimentary accumultion was always extremely variable.
In discussing the divisions of such a classification as these tables represent it is desirable that for the sake of clearness of statement each of them should have both a structural and chronological designation. That is, the general designation given to each of the assemblages of strata which constitutes a division or subdivision in such a classification ought, if practicable, to have a time correlative. The general failure of authors to agree upon such a plan is doubtless due to the natural dif- culty of correlating a chronological idea with physical objects which among themselves are of unequal quantity and, to a certain extent, of
variable quality. In my own writings, however, I have generally used
the term epoch as a time correlative of formation, and the term age as a
time correlative of system,* but for present convenience I shall vary my
custom in the latter respeet which will be the less objectionable because y
“See for example, Geology of Iowa, White, 1870, vol. 1, p. 25.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 289
the custom of geologists has not been uniform as to the general desig- nation given to each of the three grades represented by the three col- umns of the tables. In referring to and discussing these tables I shall therefore apply the time term stage instead of age to systems or divisions of the second grade or middle column of the tables and the term sub- stage to the divisions of the third grade or left hand column.
It will be seen by the foregoing statements that although the great scale in its entirety is comprehensive and trustworthy it is indefinite and unequal in its divisions and subdivisions, respectively. The sig- nificance of this indefiniteness and inequality is made more or less apparent in the discussions which are recorded on following pages.
Although the purpose of this scale is the classification of the sedi- mentary rocks of the earth its real units are not physical but chronc- logical. That is, formations are not the units in this case as they are in the structural geology of districts or limited regions, but these units are such divisions of time as are indicated by the successive changes in the structure and character of the animals and plants which have existed upon the earth from the beginning of life until now. It is true, as has already been shown, that the chronological order of succession of afew formations may sometimes be deterinined within limited regions by means of their actually observed superposition, without reference to the fossil remains which they may contain. Such a method of de- termining that order, however, is wholly inadequate for general pur- poses because opportunities for observing successive cases of super- position are comparatively rare and because formations never possess any other than biological characteristics which originally could have suggested the idea of their age with reference to the full course of geological time. Theretore,a rational scheme of universal stratigraphic classification can have no other than a biological basis. That is, its real basis must be the evidence which fossils afford of the progressive evolution of organic forms during the progress of geological time and the various divisions and subdivisions of a resulting scale, while they must of necessity be locally recognized with reference to formations and systems, must coincide with widely recognizable secular stages in the progress of the evolution. In short, the true basis of such a scheme of classification is essentially a great biological idea to which material expression is given by its application to the successive accumulations of sedimentary deposits which now constitute the stratified rocks of the earth.
A comparison of the two preceding tables, although they represent only an abridgment of the great scale, will show at a glance how well the early geologists accomplished the work of constructing it. It will be observed that after more than fifty years of active scieutific investi- gation the only essential changes that have been found necessary are the filling of afew gaps and the more complete definition of the Cambrian
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2——19
290 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
system at its base. Still, it is a fact that those pioneers of geological science builded better than they knew, for they accomplished their work at atime when the views of naturalists upon the vital principles of biology were radically ditterent from those which now prevail.* They. therefore, misconceived the true character of the basis of the scheme upon which they constructed their scale, and yet their structure remains without need of material change after a revolution in the methods of thought upon the subjects to which its fundamental idea pertains. the equal of which has never been known in the history of scientific inves- tigation.t That is, the scale, notwithstanding their misconception of its underlying principles, was constructed in accordance with certain immutable facts which they used wisely in their structure but inter- preted wrongly as to the relation to those principles of the facts which they so clearly perceived. It is to their erroneous interpretation of facts and the influence which that interpretation has had upon later investigators that I now desire to call special attention.
Although the seale now in use was established before the truth of the progressive evolution of organic forms was accepted by naturalists and when all differences between those forms was believed to be due to special creations, general progression in average biological rank dur- ing geological time was perceived by the early geologists as well as by those of the present day, but with them it was the perception of a progres- Sive succession in rank of faunal and floral groups of great assemblages of organic forms, and not the recognition of the principle of evolution. Therefore they sought methods of explaining the facts and conditions which they observed with reference to the geological scale which they had established that should accord with the biological views which then prevailed, and which were largely of a supernatural character. Indeed, in the absence of the now prevalent natural method of explain- ing these facts the supernatural method of the early geologists seems to have been necessary.
The following deductive propositions which now remind a naturalist of the articles of a creed more than of a statement of scientific princi- ples, are presented as indicating the fundamental ideas held by the arly geologists in connection with the construction of the geological scale and as illustrating the state of prevalent opinion among leading geologists upon biologicai subjects in their time. It is true that no one
“It is true that during those early years of geological investigation there were a few advanced thinkers who held a belief in the progressive evolution of all organic forms, but their views were then at best only tolerated by the great body of naturalists.
+ This revolution occurred about midway of the time that is discussed with refer- ence to the two preceding tables—that is, about midway between 1840 and 1893. The fact that this time embraces nearly the whole history of really scientific geolog- ical investigation is suggestive of a hope that within less than a like number of years all the inherited effects of the erroneous views of the pioneers upon biological geology will have been eliminated.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 291
author has ever published these propositions in the exact form in which they are here presented, but I have formulated them from the published utterances of numerous authors and from my personal recol- lections of an active participation in geological work during a number of years immediately preceding the great revolution in methods of bio logical thought and investigation which has been referred to. In stat- ing these propositions reference is necessarily made to the divisions and subdivisions of the table on page 286, representing the geological scale for 1840, and to the paragraphs preceding and following it. These propositions are:
(1) That every species of animals and plants, both living and extinet, was specially created, and that they are, and always have been, immutable. That genera, and also the higher groups into which both the animal and vegetable kingdoms are sys- tematically divisible, are categories of creative thought, and that they also are im- mutable.
(2) 'That although secular extinction of certain species, and even genera, occurred during every stage of the geological scale, at the close of each stage, except the Tertiary, all life upon the earth was simultaneously destroyed, and that at the close of each substage life was at least in large part destroyed. ‘
(3) That, at the close of each stage coincidently with, and the divinely ordained instrument of, the complete extinction of lire there was a universal physical catas- trophe, and that the close of each substage was, at least in part, physically catastro- phic.
(4) That all life for each successive stage was created anew.
(5) That the life of each stage embraced specially ordained generic, or more gen- eral, types which were distinctive of and peculiar to it, and that the‘r distribution was world-wide.
(6) That there was a special ordination of characteristic types for each substage, which received world-wide and simultaneous distribution within its narrow time limits.
(7) That no identical and few similar, specific forms were created for any two or more stages.
(8) That the world-wide distribution of the distinctive types of animals and plants which were ordained to characterize any stage or substage was effected in connec- tion with the act by which their respective faunas and floras were created; or that in the case of species not having a world-wide distribution the typical integrity of faunas and floras was preserved by the introduction of representative, that is, closely similar, but distinct species.
(9) That by creative design the average biological rank of each new creation was higher than that of the next preceding one.
(10) That upon the fossilizable parts of the animals and plants which were cre- ated for each stage, and upon those designed to characterize each substage, was impressed not only their own structural features, but recognizable evidence of their chronological ordination.
These propositions represent only those views of the pioneer geolo- gists which pertain to biological geology. Other views which were held by them are unassailable, eyen in the light of the present advance of science, and their biological views are not introduced here for the purpose of disparagement, but to show that they gave origin to certain erroneous methods which are in part retained as an inheritance by
292 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
some paleontologists * even though they ostensibly accept the princi- ples of modern biology. : .
It is evident from these propositions that the methods adopted by the early geologists of explaining the phenomena with which they had to deal, when any explanation was attempted, were based upon a belief in the supernatural origin and direct divine ordination of those phe- nomena, and not upon what is now accepted as a correct knowledge of natural laws. It will also be seen that among their leading ideas was that of sharp definition, not only of all the forms of animal and vege- table life, but of the divisions of the geological scale, and consequently of all the divisions of geological time. Of all the ideas which they conceived and held, to which proper exception can be taken, the influ- ence of the one just mentioned, notwithstanding its Inconsistency with natural laws, has evidently produced the most lasting influence upon modern geology. Some of the effects of this influence will be shown in the following propositions and in the remarks which follow them respectively.
The foregoing propositions relate to what were regarded by the early geologists as fundamental ideas in the construction of the geological scale, while the following relate to those ideas which are now held to constitute its true basis because they only accord with natural laws. These are therefore essentially a counter statement of the preceding propositions, but the principal object of their ‘preparation is to point out the true relation of biology to systematic, historical and correlative geology. They consist largely of the statement of certain of the prin- ciples involved in the theory of organic evolution, but they are by no means intended as a full statement of those principles, nor are they presented for the purpose of either discussing or defining them as such. That is, the statements are made not for the purpose of formally enun- ciating these principles, but for the purpose of making practical appli- cation of them to the subject in hand. I have selected forsstatement and comment such of them as [ believe to be accepted by all naturalists who admit the truth of organic evolution, and I make such application of them as I believe will necessarily commend itself to all geologists who admit that truth and its applicability to biological geology.
These propositions are not intended to embrace the whole range of biological geology, but only such ofits leading principles as are discussed
“As a rule I do not use the term paleontologist to indicate a geologist who prose- cutes his investigations mainly from a biological standpoint. He has no more need of a special designation than one who devotes himself to geological dynamics or to stratigraphy, and much less than one who rejects the aid of fossil remains in the lat- ter branch of geological investigation. In the present instance, however, I refer to those who regard paleontological evidence not merely as essential in systematic geology, but as independent of physical evidence. The latter claim will on follow- ing pages be shown to be without rational foundation.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 293
in these essays. Therefore, a certain lack of immediate relevancy will appear in the order in which they are stated.
(1) All species of animals and plants have originated genetically from preéxisting forms, and therefore all are more or less mutable as regards their reproduction. These, together with the various divisions higher than species into which the animal and vegetable kingdoms are divisible, have respectively acquired their distinguishing characteristics by differential and gradually progressive evolution. The extinction of all species and other divisions of the animal and vegetable kingdoms which has taken place during geological time has always been by natural means and in accord- ance with natural laws. It has generally been secular and gradual, but in many eases locally or regionally accidental. No wniversal extinction has ever occurred.
‘This proposition is presented mainly as a countercheck to those por- tions of the preceding series of propositions which assert the special creation and periodically universal extinction of species, and also as ¢ necessary concomitant of the propositions which follow. It is proper in this connection, however, to make some general remarks concerning species.
It was comparatively easy to define a species in accordance with the views of the early naturalists, but it is more difficult to do so in aecord- ance with the principles of modern biology. Because of this, and doubt- less in part because of the lingering influence of those early views, there is much difference of opinion as to what constitutes a species. This is especially observable among those who describe and publish fossil re- mains. Some treat every form which is describably different from another as a distinct species, while others treat these closely similar forms, especially if they evidently belong to the same fauna, as varieties, and apply the term species in a more comprehensive manner.
I adopt the latter method in these essays, and regard as belonging to one and the same species all assemblages of individual forms, even if they are very variable, which occur in strata of the same stage, or if they oceur in adjacent or other stages, which there is reason to believe freely interbred and were capable of producing the same kind with its
varieties,—that is, | regard species as being variable as well as muta: ble. Still, although species are more or less variable, they have a recognizable entity, for while they are mutable they possess a certain tendeney to stability of characteristics which has remained through long lines of reproduction or until gradually overcome by evolutional change.
(2) Coincident with the progress of evolution, notwithstanding the retardation, inertion, and even degradation that have occurred along certain lines, there has heen during geological time a general average advancement in biological rank of ani- mal and vegetable torms, evidence of which is afforded by certain characteristics of their fossil remains. The evidence of this general advancement constitutes the ulti- mate standard of measures of geological time as a whole and the principal means
of ascertaining the order of full succession of the events which attended the Baa: duction of the stratified rocks of the earth.
It is true, as was brietly mentioned in Essay 11, that the practic: il geologist finds numerous local indieations of the relative age of for-
294 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
mations and of the order of occurrence of geological events, such as the resting of one formation upon another, lava overflows, faults and other displacements, subaerial erosion, etc. All such indications, however, are of service only in local, or at best in regional, investigations, and although they may be numerous and of great local value, they are always so disconnected that they can never be reduced to a general system of chronological classification, or even to a part of it, without the aid of fossilremains. It, therefore, can not be too earnestly asserted that the general advancement which has occurred during geological time in the biological rank of organic forms, notwithstanding its varia- tions and numerous discrepancies, together with their multifarious dif- ferentiation, constitutes the only means of measuring that time as a whole or of any considerable portions of it. It is to this abstract meas- ure of time that material form has been given in the construction of the geological scale.
Notwithstanding the indispensability and general trustworthiness of this time-measure in the study of historical geology, it can not be denied that it is not comparable in precision with the standard of sidereal time, because the latter is mathematically definable, while the former is based upon past biological conditions which were subject to infinite and often great variation.
(3) The chronological features which fossils possess are not of a special character as such, but they are among those upon which their biological classification is based, all of which features have resulted from both progressive and differential evolution.
Progressive, and differential evolution were more or less completely
‘concurrent, but it was sometimes the case that the latter was greatly in excess of the former. From progressive evolution we have successive stages in biological rank, and from differential evolution the infinite variety of forms which occur in approximately the same rank. Both are often exemplified by one and the same series of fossil forms, but in the study of historical geology the results obtained from each are of different applicability. Those of progressive evolution are directly chronological in character, and therefore of broader significance, than are those of differential evolution, the results of the latter being only indirectly chronological in character and of empirical applicability m geological studies.
Progressive evolution has produced from the great mass of life which has continuously existed upon the earth variously connected genetic lines of organie forms, the aggregate of which lines extended through the whole of geological time. The varying structure of these forms exhibits grades of biological rank, which, by their continuity and their relation to one another, become chronological in character as well as constituting the basis of their biological classification.
Differential evolution has produced a great diversity of forms in each of the principal grades of biological rank which have successively ex- isted during geological time, and these are found by empirical study to
RELATION OF BIOLOGY.TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 29D
characterize the respective stages and substages of the geological scale. While the principal evidence of the full chronological order of the stages and substages of the scale has been derived from results of pro- gressive evolution alone, the results of the empirical studies just men tioned are of the utmost importance in systematic geology as well as in all practical geological investigations. Indeed, not only the first steps in the construction of the geological scale, but the working out of all its details, are the result of empirical study, while the result of the philo- sophical study of all its fossil forms followed and completed it as a chronological standard.
(4) The average rate of progessive evolution for the different branches or divi- sions of both the animal and vegetable kingdoms has not been the same for each in all parts of the world, nor the same for all in any one part of the world, during all the time they have coexisted.
While the various divisions of geological time as expressed in the construction of the great geological scale are satisfactorilygrecognizable by their respective fossil faunas and floras, each as a whole, their limits are often obscured not only by the ranging of certain specific forms from one to another, but by the relative acceleration and retardation of the rate of progressive evolution of certain of the types which are dis- tinetive of the divisions of the scale. Such retardation and accelera- tion have occurred in various divisions of both the animal and vegeta- ble kingdoms, which has not only resulted in obscuring the limits of the recognized divisions of the seale, but in imparing to some extent the relative chronological value of the characteristics possessed by fossil remains belonging to different branches respectively of the animal and vegetable kingdoms.
These differences in rate were no doubt largely due to inherent differ- ences between those great groups of organic forms respectively, but they were also largely due to differences in the effects of the same environing conditions upon different groups; that is, the conditions which were congenial to the existence of marine, fresh water, and land faunas and land floras, respectively, or, in short, the conditions under which marine and continental life, each as a whole existed, have been so different and in Many Cases so incongruous that their relative rate of advancement in progressive evolution was necessarily unequal even under similar climatic and hydrographic conditions, and much more unequal when these conditions were different.
For example, in Europe a certain progressive grade was reached for the whole of animal and vegetable life which all geologists recognize as Cretaceous. In North America remains of invertebrate life, and im part those of vertebrate life, exhibit evidence of essentially the same Cretaceous grade, but associated remaims of vegetable life show a much more advanced grade, while a few vertebrate types show an earlier or retarded grade, all being judged by the European standard,
The foregoing remarks apply particularly to the first part of propo-
296 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
sition 4. The second part finds abundant illustration in the great dis- parity of advancement in rank between molluscan and mammalian life during Tertiary time and between molluscan and dinosaurian life dur- ing Mesozoic time. ‘The disparity is seen to be all the greater if only the fresh water mollusca are considered, the slight differential develop- ment of which during successive epochs of geological time is mentioned and referred to in following paragraphs.
In these essays the term type* is usually employed with reference to the chronological significance of the forms or groups of forms thus des- ignated. Their succession in time was not necessarily coincident with progressive evolution, but they were always the result of differential evolution. Their chronological value to the geologist depends upon the definiteness of the limits of their time range. Usually their time range was comparatively short, but sometimes they continued their existence through long periods of time. A considerable number of types are specially characteristic of each stage of the geological scale, but any of them were liable to range beyond its limits.
(5) The rate of differential evolution among the forms constituting certain divisions of the animal and vegetable kingdoms was greater than that among those constituting other divisions; and it was greater for some of the members of a given
division under certain conditions than it was for other members of the same divi- sion under other conditions.
The truth of this proposition may be more clearly shown by exam- ples than by explanation. Some of the most remarkable examples of shght differential evolution during a succession of geological periods being furnished by fresh water and land molluscan faunas, these may first be mentioned.
Fossil remains of numerous fresh water gill-bearing molluscan fau- nas have been found in North American strata belonging to nearly every geological period from the Jurassic to the post-Tertiary, inclu- sive, each fauna consisting of members most, and sometimes all, of which belong to genera that are abundantly represented by living species; that is, only a small proportion at most of extinct genera, and no extinct families are known to have been included in any of these faunas. In short, the differential evolution of the North Ameri- can fresh water mollusca during the Mesozoic and Cenozoic eras seems -
Because the term ‘‘ type” is used in theseessays in a special and also asomewhat variable sense, it requires explanatory definition. It is herein used to indicate groups of animal or vegetable forms which have certain recognizable but often difficultly describable, characteristics in common. Such groups are sometimes identical with genera, but they are sometimes less, and often more comprehensive, even embracing families and, in rare cases, orders. They usually have only an incidental relation to the groups which are recognized as divisions of the systematic classification of animals and plants, but they sometimes coincide with them or constitute accessory features of such classification. Types thus designated are recognizable by general form, peculiar details of essential parts of strueture, accessory features, or a g@eneral summary of peculiarities of structure or biological characteristics.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 297
to have been confined mainly to specific variation, and im many cases this also was slight. These remarks apply equally to the gasteropods and lamellibranechiates. Furthermore, the land and palustral pulmo- nate mollusks whieh were contemporary with those just mentioned seem as a whole to have been subject to little if any greater degree of differential evolution than were the others. It is true that progressive evolution in the case of all these mollusks was also very slight, but that does not explain the cause of the shght differential evolution.
During the time that all those fresh water and land mollusks were so slightly affected by evolutional change marine mollusks were not only extremely differentiated, but many genera and soine families sue- cessively becaine extinct and many others were introduced. During that time also some of the most important advances were made in both progressive and differential evolution of animal and vegetable forms that have ever occurred upon the earth. So far as is pow known all exogenous plants began their existence since those mollusks began theirs, and the earlier ones mentioned were contemporaneous with the most flourishing period of the dinosaurs. That great reptilian sub- class passed its climax of development and became extinct, and yet those mollusks were meantime but little changed.
An example of extreme differential evolution is afforded by the Tri- lobites, which in the early geological ages became greatly differenti- ated, but from the time the order became established to that of its ex- tinction there was comparatively little advancement in biological rank. A somewhat similar example is aftorded by the dinosaurs. While their rank among reptiles was the highest the difference in average rank between the earliest and latest known forms belonging to that subelass is comparatively small and little, if any, in favor of the latter forms. The Mammalia afford a notable example of both progressive and differential evolution, ranging in time from the early Tertiary and in rank ending with man.
(6) The succession of gradual mutations in the development of the leading classi- ficatory features which characterize certain groups of fossil forms was not neces- sarily concurrent with consecutive portions of time.
Tor example, the mutations of the flexures of the dental sae which produced the various structural features of the teeth by which the dift ferent groups ofthe mamimalia were characterized, or those of the mantle in the production of the lobes and saddles of the septa of chambered cephalopods, did not in either case occur along a single line of progres- sive evolution, but along numerous differential lines coincident with each of which the rate of biological progress was different from that of others. Therefore advanced stages of progress must necessarily have been reached on certain of those lines contemporaneously with much retarded stages on others, and similar stages of progress were reached at more or less widely separated intervals of time.
This statement concerning the dental features of the Mammalia and
298 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
the septal features of the chambered cephalopods* is only intended to show that while they really have a good degree of chronological value they can not be relied upon to indicate consecutive portions of time, nor as absolute tokens of substages of the geological seale.
(7) The progress of secular extinction of species and other divisions of the animal and vegetable kingdoms, including the types which specially characterize the various Stages and substages of the geological scale, was accelerated by adverse changes of environing conditions and were retarded by a continuance of congenial conditions. The final consummation of the extinction of the types was naturally often, and perhaps usually, caused by catastrophic changes of conditions which occurred within the limited areas to which they were reduced by approaching secular extinction.
Secular extinction of all of these forms would naturally begin in those localities which first became uncongenial and would be longest deferred where congenial conditions lingered longest. It has thus happened that certain of the types which specially characterized a given stage or substage of the geological scale have survived in some parts of the world long after they became extinct in other parts, and indeed after the close of the stage or substage which they and their associates had specially characterized. In such cases the surviving types are found associated with those which characterize a later stage or substage than the one in which they originated.
In this way, for example, it is possible that a given assemblage of strata in one region which upon ex parte paleontological evidence would beassigned to the Cretaceous was actually contemporaneous with another assemblage elsewhere, which, upon other ex parte evidence would be assigned to the Tertiary. A similar statement may be made concerning any of the other systems or stages of the geological scale with reference to those which adjoin them respectively.
It is not necessary to infer that the locally catastrophic changes which completed the final act of extinction of species -and types were always, or even generally, due to violent physical movements of the earth’s crust. Such physical changes as would diminish food supply, increase the number and relative strength of enemies, alter climatic conditions, or affect the quality of habitable waters were doubtless the usual immediate causes of final extinction.
(8) The geographical distribution of species within the time limits of the stages and substages of the geological scale, and consequently that of the distinguishing types which the species constitute, has been effected by natural means. Such means included not only locomotory and mechanical dispersion within those time-limits from one original center which was then the terminus of an evolutional line, but, at least in the same cases, survival in various regions by separate evolutional lines from the faunas of preceding stages and substages was also included.
* Because these septal features were extraneous to the bodily structure and bore no known relation to that structure or to any animal function it may well be questioned whether a classification based upon them is accordant with that which their anato- mical structure might have furnished. Indeed the philosophical naturalist can not be entirely satisfied with such a classification. The case is different, however, as regards mammalian dentition, which has direct relation to essential structure and bodily functions.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 299
It can not be reasonably doubted that as a rule the specific forms which constitute the fossil aquatic fauna of any stage or substage of the geological scale reached the localities where they are found by geographical dispersion from a single genetic center, even in cases of unusually great dispersion. Still,it seems impossible that all the fossil forms which geologists usually feel obliged to regard as representing separate species could have originated and become dispersed in that manner. It therefore may be reasonably assumed that each of the really or apparently identical forms which occur in different regions, but which belong to one certain stage or substage, may have reached their respective geographical stations within that stage or substage by separate evolutional lines from a common ancestral form which existed ina preceding stage, which lines were too slightly differentiated to produce new specific characteristics. In short, paleontological evidence seems to warrant the conclusion that in many cases, at least, both generic and specific forms have originated independently in different parts of the world, not only contemporaneously, but at successive inter-
vals of time.
If species and genera really had such a diversity of origin as has been suggested, the various types which they constitute and which are held to characterize the various stages and substages of the geological scale may be assumed to have originated in a similarly diverse manner. . Furthermore, the variable rate of differential evolution suggests a rea- son why certain of the characteristic types of a given stage or substage might naturally have survived the others and continued their existence into the next substage, as indicated in the paragraph following propo- sition 9.
(9) The animal and vegetable life of each stage of the geological scale was in the ageregate different as to its forms from that of all others, and each stage and sub- stage was further specially characterized by certain generic, and also more general, types or peculiar groups of species. These types, however, were not necessarily confined within absolute time-limits.
So distinctive are the assemblages of types of organic forms which characterize each of the stages or systems of stratified rocks that, not- withstanding the exceptions mentioned in preceding paragraphs, the experienced geologist upon such evidence alone readily assigus to its proper stage of the great geological scale comprehensive collections of fossil remains from any given series of stratified rocks in any part of the world. Eor example, the great Carboniferous system has been by means of its fossils as distinetly recognized in Asia and in North and South America as in Europe where it was first studied, and in all those parts of the world it has been supposed to be sharply definable and wholly distinct, as to its fossil forms, from the Triassic above and the Devonian beneath. Later investigations, however, have shown that Devonian and Carboniferous types are often commingled upon the lower, and Carboniferous and Triassic types upon the upper, confines of the Carboniferous system.
300 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Such a commingling of types is known to occur upon the confines of other systems as well as the Corboniferous, and the discovery of similar faunal conditions is to be expected in the case of any of them in all regions where the successive series of stratified rocks is complete. That is, where there is a sharply defined boundary between any two systems it has been due to such physical changes as broke the conti- hnuity of sedimentation and of life for the region in whieh it occurred.
(10) Although movements and displacements of the earth’s crust have from time to time occurred over large portions of its surface, arresting sedimentation or chang- ing its character and causing great destruction of life, there has never been a uni- versal catastrophe'of that kind. On the contrary, during all the time that disastrous conditions prevailed in any given area, conditions congenial to the existence and perpetuity of life prevailed in other and greater areas.
It is this persistence of congenial physical conditions over large por- tions of the earth’s surface while smaller portions were disastrously affected that has not only insured the perpetuity of life in general, but that has insured the survival of certain chronological types of living forms in some parts of the earth after their complete extinction in other parts. Furthermore it is the evidence of the unbroken continuity of sedimentation attending those congenial conditions, as well as that of the unbroken continuity of life, which renders it difficult and often impracticable to draw distinet physical, as well as biological, lines of de- marcation between contiguous stages and substages of the geological seale, especially when attempting to determine the correlation of the divisions of the scale for different parts of the world.
The second of the two sets of propositions, together with the accom- panying remarks, which are recorded on the preceding pages, show that certain of the views held by the early geologists, notably those which assumed the universally sharp definition of all the divisions of the geological scale, were radically wrong. Still, it is evident to every one who is familiar with modern geological literature that those views have continued to exert an adverse influence upon the biological branch of geological investigation long after they have been formally rejected, even by those who continued to be influenced by them. The early geologists adopted methods of investigation which were consis- tent with their biological views, but I have shown that from the pres- ent standpoint of biology certain of those views were so fundamentally wrong that the methods which were based upon them are quite out of place in modern investigation. Still, those methods of our energetic predecessors have come down to the present time with such force and with such evidence of the general correctness of the scale which they had established by them that it has been difficult for their successors to adopt the modification of methods which has been necessitated by the great subsequent revolution in biological thought and methods of investigation.
The facts which have been presented on the preceding pages show that, while the scale which the early geologists established is a wonder-
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION, 301
ful production of human reasoning and the best possible general stand- ard which can be adopted before a comparatively full investigation of the geology of the whole earth has been made, it is not, and can not be except in a general way, of universal applicability. That is, while the respective stages and substages of the scale are recognizable only by means of their characteristic fossil remains, it has been shown that any of those characteristic forms are so liable to range from one stage or substage to another that it is impossible to sharply define the limits of stages, and often impossible to distinguish substages in one part of the world as they are known in another part.
The facts and principles which are enunciated and explained in this essay are of great importance in discussions of the relative chronologi- sal value of the different kinds of fossil remains and of the correlation of series of strata in separate regions of the earth, both of which sub- jects will, however, be specially discussed in following essays.
There is another subject which, if more data were available, might be profitably discussed at length in this connection. This subject re- lates to what may be designated as paleoclimatic conditions,* that is, to formerly existing conditions,which in certain parts of the earth were more or less materially different from those which now exist in the same parts. The evidence thatsuch climatic changes have occurred upon the earth’s surface consists of the presence of the fossil remains of kinds of animals and plants the living congeners of which could not exist in such a climate as now prevails there. For example, abundant fossil remains of arboreal floras are found in Greenland far north of the present northern-limit of trees, and fossil corals are found at various localities in similar latitudes which are still farther beyond the northern limit of living coral-forming polyps.
These and similar cases must be taken as positive proof that great changes of climate have occurred upon the earth, but there are other cases which are frequently accepted as evidence of such changes that are of a more doubtful character. That is, there is much reason to believe that certain kinds of animals and plants formerly lived under chmatie conditions which their nearest living congeners seem incapable of enduring. For example, the natural range of living elephants, rhinoceroses, and palms does not reach beyond a warm-temperature climate, but remains of certain species of those animals have been found where arctic winters prevail, and they are known to have been pro- vided with a hairy protection against the cold. Remains of palms have also been found associated with those of fossil floras that indicate at least a cool temperate, if not a more severe, climate.
There is a multitude of other facts which bear upon this subject, but only these references to it are introduced here to indicate it as one of those which the geologist needs to bear in mind in all his biological investigations, especially those which pertain to correlation.
* ITA ares, ancient; KAiua, climate.
5027 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
V. THE RELATIVE CHRONOLOGICAL VALUE OF FOSSIL REMAINS.
The discussions in the preceding essay of the positive value of fossil remains in systematic and historical geology have made it apparent that there is much difference in their relative value, especially as regards their use in characterizing the different stages of the geological scale and in determining the geological age of the strata in which-they may be dis- covered. it is this subject, the relative chronological value of fossil remains, which I propose to discuss in this essay.
The basis of comparison of such values is a matter of much impor- tance. The early geologists believed that all kinds of animals and plants were specially endowed at their creation with a certain chrono- logical impress, but that this impress, being more distinctly recogniz- able in the fossil remains of some kinds than in those of others, they are consequently of greater chronological value. According to this idea the relative value of fossil remains consists only in the greater or less distinctness with which that impress can be recognized. The accept- ance of the theory of the evolutional development of organic forms necessitates the rejection of this idea of the early geologists, which
vas one of the strongest influences in shaping their views of historical geology, but as already intimated its adverse influence is still observ- able in the practice of certain modern authors, even though they may theoretically disavow it.
Rejecting the idea of special endowment just referred to, we must consider the relative chronological value of fossil remains with refer- ence to thenatural laws which have produced their characteristics and governed the various conditions of their origin. Much may profitably be said concerning the comparative chronological value of the different genera, families, etc., belonging to one and the same class of any branch of either the animal or vegetable kingdom, or to different classes, but I propose to discuss only the broader relations to one another of the more general kinds of fossil remains. These discussions will re- late to the time range of each of those general kinds, the various con- ditions under which they have been preserved, the various conditions of habitat of the animals and plants which they represent, the relative rate of evolutional development of the different kinds and their differ- ences of reciprocal relation to one another.
No fact in historical geology is more conspicuous than that of the ereat differences in time range of the various kinds of organic forms, some of them having ranged through the whole of the time represented by the geological scale, while others, and among them some of the bio- logically most important kinds, ranged through only a comparatively small part of it.
The various conditions under which the different kinds of fossil re-
Bouman!
Report of National Museum, 1892,—White. PLATE XIV.
A B Cc D EB F G
RECENT; iE
TABLE SHOWING THE TIME-RANGE OF CERTAIN KINDS OF ANIMALS AND PLANTS.
A. Marine invertebrates. KE. Birds. B. Non-marine and land invertebrates. F. Mammals. G. Land plants.
C. Fishes. D. Batrachians and reptiles.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 303
mains have been preserved is also of great importance in this connec- tion. Someof them have been preserved only in marine deposits and others only in nonmarine. Marine deposits have been continuous through the whole of geological time, while nonmarine deposits are not known among the older formations, and those which are known have necessarily been isolated and have had little or no direct relation either to one another or to marine deposits. The various conditions of habi- tat of the animals and plants which have furnished fossil remains also have much significance with reference to these discussions because of their essential relation to the differences between the kinds and to their differences of relation to one another.
It was shown in the preceding essay that while the general ad- vancement in biological rank of organic forms which has occurred dur- ing geological time constitutes the ultimate standard of measure for that time, there has not been a uniform secular advancement for all kinds, but that there has been much difference in the rate of evolu- tional advancement for the various kinds of both animals and plants. Again, the differences of reciprocal relation between the various kinds of animals and plants which have furnished fossil remains are inti- mately connected with the causes which have produced the differences of chronological value of those remains. That is, certain kinds were not only radically different from others, but they lived under such wide differences of condition and were so nearly free from reciprocal rela- tion to others, that they could not have produced a closely similar chro- nological record.
The facts thus briefly stated are of themselves clearly suggestive of the subject of this essay, that is, of wide difference in the relative value of the different kinds of fossil remains as means of characterizing the different stages of the geological scale and of determining the geo- logical age of the strata in which they are found. These differences, however, will be discussed at some length on the following pages, but it is proper to say at the outset that while certain of the kinds men- tioned are much more valuable for the purpose indicated than are others, it is inexcusable in any geologist, in attempting to determine the geological age of formations, to reject any kind as valueless, or to fail to give due weight to every accessible relevant fact, whether bio- logical or physical.
A special grouping of the different kinds of fossil remains is more appropriate for these discussions than is a strictly systematic one, and I have therefore adopted the following: (a) marine invertebrates, ()) nonmarine and land invertebrates, (c) fishes, (d) batrachians and rep- tiles, (e) birds, (f) mammals, and (g) land plants. For convenience of reference our present knowledge of the time-range of these kinds may be presented in tabular form. The accompanying table, Plate xrv, rep- resenting the whole of geological time by its height, indicates in a general way by perpendicular lines the time range of the kinds just
304 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
mentioned, and remarks in following paragraphs further explain the known range of some of the subordinate, as well as that of the princi- pal kinds. .
The horizontal spaces of the table represent the systems or stages of the geological scale. The proportionate width of the spaces which contain the names of those systems or stages is not intended to indi-
‘ate the actual ratio of geological time for each, but it may be stated as the general opinion of competent investigators that the portion of the scale from the Cambrian to the Carboniferous inclusive represents a much greater length of time than does the portion from the Trias to the Tertiary inclusive. In other words, it is generally believed that the Paleozoic portion of the geological scale was of much longer dura- tion than was that of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic portions together.
The perpendicular lines in the table, which are placed singly or in pairs or groups under letters of the alphabet from A to G inclusive, represent the time range of the kinds of animals and plants which ~ have already been mentioned, and which for convenience of reference are again recorded opposite corresponding letters at the foot of the table. This method of grouping the different kinds of animals and plants, as already intimated, is adopted only for present convenience in making comparisons of chronological values. All the principal kinds which are designated in the usual systematic classification are, how- ever, included in these special groups, the few that are omitted being regarded as of little or no importance in this connection. The dotted portion of certain of the lines indicates uncertainty as to the real ex- tent of the time range which is shown by them because of imperfect or doubtful representation of those kinds by discovered fossil remains.
Of all the animals which have existed upon the earth whose remains have been discovered only those of marine invertebrates have been found to range through the whole geological scale. The time range of these important portions of the animal kingdom is represented by the eroup of five perpendicular lines under the letter A. The marine in- vertebrate life thus represented includes the Protozoa, Coelenterata, Annuloida, Annulosa, and Mollusea, the latter including the Mollus- coida. That is, it includes five of the six subkingdoms or branches of the animal kingdom.
The nonmarine and land invertebrates whose time range is intended to be represented in the table by the two perpendicular lines under the letter B are only insects and fresh-water, brackish-water, and land mollusks. The discovered fossil remains of all other nonmarine and land invertebrates are regarded as either too rare or too unimportant to be profitably considered in the comparisons which are to follow. The longer of the two lines may be taken as representing the known time range of insects and the shorter that of land and nonmarine mollusea.
The pair of perpendicular lines in the table under the letter C shows the approximate time range of all the various kinds of animal remains
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 305
~which have been referred to the fishes. The shorter of the two lines in- dicates the known range of the teliost fishes and the longer which of the other kinds, the latter including certain forms that differ materially from any living fishes.
The time range of Batrachians and reptiles, so far as it is known, is shown by the three perpendicular lines in the table under the letter D, that of the dinosaurs alone being represented by the shortest line of the three.
The known time range of birds is represented by the single line under the letter KE. It is here assumed that most, if not all, the fossil tracks found in Triassic strata and formerly referred to birds are those of dinosaurs.
The two lines in the table under the letter F represent the known time range of mammals, the longer line representing that of the non- placental and the shorter that of the placental mammals.
The known time range of land plants is represented by the two lines under the letter G. The shorter line represents the range of the dicoty- ledons and palms and the longer one that of all other kinds. The alge and diatoms are omitted from the table as being of little or no impor- tance in the comparisons and discussions which are to follow.
The earlier portion of the time-range for each of the kinds of animals and plants as shown by the perpendicular lines in the table is naturally more incompletely and indefinitely represented by fossil remains than is the later portion, because of the smaller variety and greater rarity of those earlier remains and also in most cases because of the increasing difference in character from living forms which is observable from later to earlier formations. In sume cases, however, the early portion of the time range as it is now known begins so suddenly and with forms of such high biological rank as to make it evident that its real beginning was mucn earlier than it aas yet been proved to be by actual discovery of fossil remains. Lhe tast-mentioned fact is of great importance in many respects, but iv Goes not necessarily affect the. question under consideration, because all estimates of the relative chronological value of fossil remains must be confined to the kinds already known, and the application of such estimates must be confined to those portions of the geological scale in the strata pertaining to which the remains are known to oceur.
Although much the greater part of all the known fossil remains of the earth are of marine origin, tt 1s a significant fact that most of the general kinds represented in the table are either of noumarine or land origin. The extreme diversity ot these conditions of habitat implies a wide diversity of character and suggests a wide difference of values. It is this diversity which makes it necessary to discuss the different kinds of tossil remams with reference to both habitat aud conditions of preservation.
H. Mis. 114, pt, 2——20
306 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
While a greater or less number of other kinds of animals, such as the Cetacea, Sirenia, birds, reptiles, etc., resort to or live in marine waters, only invertebrates and fishes have marine aqueous respiration. It is therefore evident that with the forementioned exceptions, together with that of their ancient representatives, these kinds of animals only have ever been denizens of marine waters, and it is also evident that with the exception of a few migratory kinds the remains of denizens of. marine waters found intombment in no other than marine sedimentary deposits.
The character of the physiological functions of all the other animals which are represented by fossil remains made them denizens either of the land or of nonmarine waters. In view of this fact and of others which have been mentioned in Essay 1, it is apparent that with few and mostly accidental exceptions their remains became fossilized only in nonmarine sedimentary deposits.
The land in the vicinity of inland bodies of water naturally consti- tuted a more congenial habitat for such plants as have in part become fossilized than did open seacoasts, and, as shown in Essay 1, plant re- mains were much more likely to have become preserved in nonmarine than in marine sediments. This statement is supported by the fact that, with rare exceptions, all discovered plant remains, especially such as are preserved in a classifiable condition, are found in noumarine deposits, which are shown to be such by the character of the accompanying re- mains of aquatic faunas. Among the apparent exceptions to this rule are the beds of coal, and of shale containing plant remains, which are found to alternate with other beds bearing remains of unmistakably marine animals. These cases, however, are regarded as representing alternate subsidence and slight emergence of marshy land with relation to the level of shallow marine waters. Such conditions are accordant with the forementioned alternation of the remains of land plants with those of marine animals, and also with the fact that the actual com- mingling in one and the same bed of the two kinds of remains has very rarely been discovered.
The foregoing facts make it evident that as a rule, having only the exceptions just indicated, strata of marine origin contain no other fos- sil remains than those of invertebrates and fishes. It should also be remarked in this connection that fish remains are often absent from strata that contain invertebrate remains in great abundance, and that in all other cases the proportion of the former to the latter is very small as regards both numbers and variety—that is, as a rule, fish remains are Comparatively so rare that a large proportion of the marine forma- tions are found to contain no other fossil remains than those of inver- tebrates. Those facts also make it evident that with few and compar- atively unimportant exceptions the remains of all land animals, as well as those of all land plants, are found only in sedimentary deposits of nommarine origin.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 307
By referring to the table on Plate xiv it will be seen that the time range of none of the nonmarine kinds of fossil remains extends much beyond the estimated later half of geological time, and that the range of a part of them is much less. It will also be observed that the time. range of marine invertebrates is from the beginning to the end of the time represented by the geological scale. Therefore, there is 10 possi- bility of making comparisons between remains of marine animals and those of all other animals as well as those of land plants for a very large early part of the geological scale, because none of the latter kinds have been discovered there. Indeed, opportunities for any such com- parisons tor the whole Paleozoic portion of the scale, besides those which are practicable between remains of the marine animals and those of the Jand plants of the Carboniferous system, are very few and com- paratively unimportant. It is probable that many and important non- marine deposits were formed during Paleozoic time and that they con- tained the remains of nonmarine faunas, but reference is here made only to the present extent of our knowledge in that direction.
For the Mesozoic and Cenozoic portions of the geological scale oppor- tunities are much more numerous for comparing fossil remains of ma- rine with those of nonmarine origin than they are for the Paleozoic portion. This is because nonmarine formations are of more frequent occurrence among the sedimentary rocks of the two later eras than among those of Paleozoic era, and also because of the greater abun- dance and variety of the remains of nonmarine and land faunas and of land floras iin those later formations. It is, however, a fact of great importance in this connection that the aggregate proportion of non- marine formations to those of marine origin, even for the Mesozoic and Cenozois portions of the scale, is very small.
It is thus apparent that for the Paleozoie portion of the seale it is marine formatious almost exclusively with which the geologist has to deal, and that for the remainder of the scale marine formations are far in excess of the nonmarine. Indeed, they are so far in excess that, with the exception of a few regions like the interior portion of North America, for example, the occurrence of nonmarine formations is quite exceptional.
The absence of marine deposits among the formations of the earlier part of the geological scale and the great excess of the marine over the nonmarine among those of the later part, even where the latter are most abundant, is a great impediment to the comparisons which it is desirable to make between them and their fossil contents respectively. Still, this is not a greater impediment to such comparisons than is the incongruity or want of reciprocal relation not only between the marine and nonmarine, but between the different kinds of the latter.*
*Dr. Theodore Gill has clearly pointed out the incongruity between land and marine faunas from the standpoint of recent biology. See Proc. Biolog. Soe., Wash- ington, Vol. 2, p. 32, 1885; and The Nation, Vol. 24, p. 43, 1877.
308 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The physical incongruity between marine and noumarine formations is manifest in the fact that the presence of one or more of the latter in a series of the former kind of formations always implies that there have been such disturbances of physical conditions as to cause at least ~alocal break in the continuity of marine sedimentation as well as in that of faunal succession. Such breaks also imply a greater or less interruption of the chronological record, the extent and character of which can be determined, if at all, only by indirect means. It is, how- ever, the want of reciprocal relation between marine faunas on the one hand and nonmarine and land faunas and land floras on the other that more concerns the question of the relative value of the different kinds of fossil remains in characterizing the time divisions of the geological scale than does a similar want with reference to other kinds.
The biological contrast between marine faunas and land floras and between their respective conditions of existence is so complete that it is unreasonable to assume that the evolutional changes which have taken place in each during geological time were chronologically concur- rent. Therefore, whatever of intrinsic value in the characterization of the divisions of the scale the fossil remains of the one series may possess, it is quite independent of that of the other.
Itis true that the biological contrast between marine faunas and land faunas is not so complete as 16 is between marine faunas and land floras, but as regards interdependence and common conditions of ex- istence the want of reciprocal relation between marine faunas and a large proportion of the members of all the land faunas is well nigh complete. Real or appareat exceptions to such completeness are ob- servablein the exclusively marine habitat, or marine resort for subsist- ence, of certain trammals, reptiles, and birds, but these are cases of adaptation to conditions which ave abnormal or exceptional for the respective classes to which they belong.
Notwithstanding these exceptions it is evident that during geological time there has been no necessary concurrence of rate or degree of pro- gressive evolution between marine and land faunas, and therefore that the chronological value of the one series of faunas has in no case a necessary relation to that of the other, or no other than a common sec- war relation,* which is at best obscure.
The relation of the marine to the nonmarine aquatic faunas is less incongruous than it is in the case of the land faunas already noticed, the respective members of nonmarine faunas having much in common with corresponding members of marine faunas as regards zoological affinity. Such a relation, however, does not make nonmarine fossil faunas of concurrent chronological value with the marine, because of the conspicuous fact that the rate of both progressive and differential evolution has been remarkably slow in the case of nonmarine, especially
©The difficulty or impossibility of correlating marine deposits with those of non- marine origin 1s discussed at the close of Essay v1.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 309
fresh-water, faunas. Among illustrations of this tardiness of evolution may be mentioned the close similarity to one another of the Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and recent fresh-water mollascan faunas, and also the fact that much the greater part of the ancient ichthyie types which have survived to the present day are found among the fresh-water fishes.
The foregoing comparisons have been made between marine faunas cn the one hand and all other faunas and the land floras on the other. When we come to compare the various kinds of land animals with one another, and with land plants, we find that while reciprocal biological rejation between them 1s more or less intimate in certain respects, there is no such relation as would necessarily have produced a coneurrent rate of progressive evolution in all of them. On the contrary, when we come to examine the fossil land faunas and floras we find that there has been a great difference among them as to the rate of progressive evo- lution for each, and also a marked difference in the relative extent of differential evolution.
For example, the earliest known dinosaurs were introduced before the earliest known dicotyledonous plants. The former, after a wonder- fully differentiated development, became extinct, together with the enaliosaurs, about the time of the introduction of the earliest known of the placental mammals. Other reptilian families, and even closely related genera, which were contemporary with the dinosaurs and enal- iosaurs, have survived to the present day. Long before the extinetion of the dinosaurs, and before the introduction of the earliest known pla- cental mammals, a dicotyledonous flora prevailed, composed largely of families which are well represented by living plants, several of which families contain genera that are common among living floras.*
Up to the close of the Cretaceous the general rate of progressive evolution of land plants was, as shown in the preceding essay, more rapid for North America than for Europe; but it was afterward much less rapid on this continent than was that of the contemporary placen- tal mamials.
For the time that the dinosaurs are known to have existed their rate of progressive evolution was very slow and their differential evolution very great. That is, while their differential evolution resulted in an infinite variety of forms and their adaptation to the greatest extremes in methods of locomotion and of dietetic subsistence, the average bio- logical rank of the Jurassic and Cretaceous dinosaurs seems not to have been appreciably higher than is that of their Triassic predecessors. Indeed, it is an admitted fact that many of the latest known North American dinosaurs have strong Jurassic affinities; and it may also be remarked that the affinities of their associated nonplacental mamma- lian remaius are similar in this respect.
“All these comparisons are made with special reference to North American paleon tology.
310 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Two extremes of rate of evolution are exemplified by the fresh-water mollusea on the one hand and the placental mammals on the other. The evolution of the former has been slower than that of any other animals of equal biological rank, and the evolution of the latter more rapid than that of any others, even among their contemporary forms of life.
Applying the foregoing statements to the methods which have been adopted in the construction of the geological scale and in the recogni- tion of its divisions, we observe that for the portion which may reason- ably be assumed to represent fully the first half of geological time the work has been accomplished entirely by means of marine invertebrate fossils. These only were available for that purpose, but they were sufficient. We further find that the remainder of the Paleozoic portion of the scale was constructed by means of marine invertebrate remains with only the auxiliary aid of plant and fish remains. The latter aid was not really necessary, because the succession and completeness of Paleozoic marine life was unbroken, and the remains which those forms of life afforded constitute of themselves abundant material for charac- terizing consecutive divisions of the seale.
The opinion formerly prevailed among geologists that at the close of Paleozoic time there was a material and general break in the succes- sion of marine life coincident with that which was assumed to have taken place in the case of land plants, and which was also assumed to have been at least approximately coincident with the introduction of dinosaurs, birds, and nonplacental mammals.
It is now known, however, that the succession of marine invertebrate life was as complete from Paleozoic to Mesozoic time and from Mesozoic to Cenozoic time as it was for any other portions of the geclogical scale. Furthermore the remains of Mesozoic and Cenozoic marine inverte- brates are as sufficient for the characterization of those divisions of the scale as are remains of marine invertebrates for the Paleozoic por- tion.
It is thus apparent that there has been a continuous and full succes- sion of marine invertebrate life through the whole time range of the geo- logical scale, and that its remains are as sufficient as any fossil remains can be for the characterization of every one of its divisions wherever they are represented by fossiliferous rocks of marine origin. Further- more, from the beginning to the end of geological time, there has been a good degree of uniformity of the rate of development of marine inver- tebrates, and the reciprocal relation of the various kinds to one another, so faras concerns its bearing upon geological questions, has always been intimate and of a comparatively uniform character. Therefore, the paleontological record which they have produced is to a great degree complete in itself and harmonious in all its parts.
On the other hand it is apparent that the longest known time range of the fossil remains of any of the other kinds of animals or of land
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 311
plants falls very far short of the full range of the scale, while the range of each of the more important of these kinds is at best through only a portion of the later half of the scale. Besides this, the ineongruity which has been shown to have existed between the different kinds of these nonmarine and land animals and land plants respectively, and the difference in the rate of evolution of each, were such that their respec- tive time ranges could not have been so complemental of one another as to constitute of themselves a consecutive and harmonious paleonto- logical record for that portion of the geological scale in which they oc- eur. At least a record thus produced could not have been so complete as is that which has been produced for the whole scale by the combined ranges of the different kinds of marine invertebrates.
If the fossil remains of the nonmarine and land faunas and land floras can not be used conjointly as a standard for the characterization and recognition of the divisions of the geological scale it is evident that none of the kinds which they embrace can be separately so used, It has been claimed by some authors that, although their complexity of structure was the predisposing cause, the exciting cause of the re- markably rapid progressive, and the wide differential, evolution of the placental mammals was their sensitiveness to physical changes which were so slight that they produced little or no effeet upon associated faunas. They further claim that this sensitiveness to slight physical changes has made the remains of those animals more valuable as indi- eators of the divisions of geological time than are any other fossil remains.
Whatever may have been the cause of the rapid changes which took place among those mammals it is true that their remains are often valuable for distinguishing subordinate horizons which other fossils do not clearly indicate. It is plain, however, that a chronological classi- fication based upon such rapidly changing forms alone will not har- monize with that which we are obliged to use for all that great earlier portion of the scale in the strata of which such remains do not oceur, nor with the continuation of that classification which is necessarily used for the remaining portion of the seale.
If the remains which the placental mammals have left had shown any such approach to a direct succession of faunas as have the marine, and especially the nonmarine, invertebrates they would be much more valuable in the way just mentioned than they are now found to be. That is, there are great faunal breaks among themselves so far as their sue- cession is known, and an especially wide faunal hiatus between the ear- liest of them and the nonplacental mammals and the dinosaurs which preceded them, while the known succession or continuous existence of species of gill-bearing mollusks show that the stratigraphic record is continuous.
For example, certain species of gill-bearing fresh water mollusks are found associated with dinosaurian remains in the interior region of
312 REPORT OF, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
North America, and the same species have been found in an overlying formation which is characterized by an abundant placental mammalian fauna. Such a survival of gill-bearing mollusks implies the continna- tion of a congenial aquatic habitat, continuous sedimentation, and a continuous record of time. In this way specific mollusean forms are found to have bridged the gap between characteristic mesozoic, and equally characteristic cenozoic vertebrate forms so far as the existence of the latter has been proved by the discovery of fossil remains. — It is, therefore, evident that neither the exceptionally rapid rate of evolution like that of the placental mammals, nor the exceptionally slow rate, like that of the fresh water mollusca, can be used independently as a standard of geological time.
It has been shown on preceding pages that it is the general advance- ment in biological rank for all organic forms and for the whole of geo- logical time that constitutes the ideal ultimate standard of measure for that time. It does not necessarily follow, however, that the geo- logical scale is actually based upon the combined average rate of advancement of all those forms because this is a factor which can not be definitely ascertained. Still, in all cases it is necessary to apply that idea so far as is practicable.
In view of the facts recorded in the preceding paragraphs we must necessarily place the highest estimate of chronological value upon the fossil remains of those kinds which have existed under the most nearly uniform conditions through the whole of geological time, and which give evidence of the most nearly uniform advancement in biological rank. Accordingly the remains of marine invertebrates possess legit- imate claims to a higher estimate of chronological value than do those of any other kinds of animals or of plants.
It is true that the rate of development in biological rank of marine invertebrates does not embrace the entire advance for the whole animal kingdom because it begins in the scale as it is now known with many highly organized forms and ends without including the vertebrates, ‘but this fact does not affect any of the necessary elements of their superior chronological value which have just been mentioned. The fol- lowing summary of facts relating to the marine invertebrates show their principal claims to the highest estimate of value in characterizing the divisions of the geological scale and in determining the geological age of the strata in which their remains are found.
The marine invertebrates embrace five of the six subkingdoms or branches of the animal kingdom.
They have coexisted in every stage of geological time while the known time-range of other animals, as well as of land plants, has been very much less.
The preservation of their remains having been a natural consequence of the character of their habitat they are faunally more complete than are those of any land animals, and for the same reason they are florally ore complete than are remains of land plants.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. . ane
They all lived under the same or closely similar conditions, and those conditions were more nearly uniform throughout all geological time than were those under which any other forms of life existed. Their remains have, therefore, produced a more nearly uniform chronological record,
Their relations to one another were wholly congruous, while the rela- tions of all of them to all nonmarine faunas and land floras was more or less incongruous, and i many cases extremely so,
The tormations containing their remains are for the whole world and the whole of the geological scale far in excess of those which contain the remains of any other forms of life, especially the remains of land plants and land animals.
314 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
VI.—CORRELATIVE GEOLOGY AND ITS CRITERIA.
The term correlative geology is not in common use but if is adopted as a present convenience in discussing the correlation of assemblages of strata as divisions or subdivisions of the geological scale as it is developed in separate regions, and the identification of formations within one and the same district or region. As here used the term correlation refers to geological systems or other comprehensive series of stratified rocks which occur in different and more or less widely sep- arated parts of the world between which parts there is no physical continuity of strata, or none that it is possible to discover. Correla- tion applies to general geology, identification to local or regional inves- tigations.
The latter may be discussed under two heads, direct and relative. Direct identification applies to formations the characteristics of which at one or more localities have been ascertained, and as these are naturally of limited geographical extent* the application is similarly restricted.
If a formation were exposed at the surface throughout its whole geographical extent its identity at all points would be self-evident, but all formations being more or less covered from view by one another or by surface débris, they are usually accessible for study only where they have been corraded by drainage streams or brought to the sur- face by movements of the earth’s crust where their exposure has been effected by subaerial erosion and denudation. It is at such localities only that they can be satisfactorily identified, but such iden- tification implies the actual or original continuity of the formation between all the localities at which the identification has been made.
It is the identification of formations and not their characterization which is here discussed, The latter, as indicated in Essay 11, must be determined by original studies at one or more localities from a variety of data, chief among which are the biological, although the physical are always indispensable, while identification refers to a recognition of those characteristics else where.
Specific identity of fossils affords the surest test of the direct identity of a formation at localities between which its physical continuity can not be traced, but lithological similarity, general evidence of homogeny and other physical indications are often efficient aids in such identifica- tion, and in case of failure of biological evidence they are often in a good degree satisfactory.
By the term relative identification is meant the recognition of the proper place of a given formation in a series the taxonomic order of
*The term formation is herein used in accordance with the restricted definition and the characterization which are given in Essay I.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 315
which has been determined by the previous study of formations which have been directly identified. Therefore, while direct ielentification is confined to the geological limits of separate formations, relative identi- fication may extend throughout a large region by the overlapping of formations. Such a recognition of the taxonomic position of formations is usually the direct result of empirical study of a given series within a limited region, but it is often the result of those philosophical studies which have been made in connection with the construction of the great geological scale, especially in cases where a wide time-hiatus exists between formations.* The latter, however, approaches correlation in character.
Identification, except in the relative cases just mentioned, is always the result of empirical studies; but correlation is more philosophically deter- mined. The latter not only implies the existence of closely similar biological characteristics in systems or series of formations in different and widely separated parts of the world, but in each case it has refer- ence to a similarity of relation to preceding and succeeding series of formations respectively. That is, correlation relates to the serial recog- nition of the various divisions of the geological scale in more or less widely separated parts of the world, and is based wholly upon biology, those divisions coinciding with stages in the evolutional progress of development of organic forms which has occurred during geological time.
In the practical study of the structural geology of a region the prin- cipal use of correlation is to apply universally acceptable names to the different groups of formation. That is, the structural geology of great regions, or even of the greater part if not the whole of continents, may be minutely and comprehensively studied and all the stratified rocks accurately classified in chronological order by means of direct and rela- tive identification of formations and without necessary reference to their correlation with those of any other part of the world except as a means of detecting such cases of wide time-hiatus between formations as are not otherwise clearly revealed.
Because fossil remains constitute the principal criteria in the practi- cal identification of formations it is desirable in this connection to con- sider the relative value of the different kinds for this purpose, although the subject has been briefly discussed and frequently referred to in the preceding essays.
Fossils being the remains of animals and plants most of the princi- pal kinds of which lived under different physical conditions, some of them have a more direct relation than others to the formations in which they are found. Therefore they differ materially as to their
“What I have here designated as relative identification has often been by authors included under the head of correlation, I also have done so in Bulletin U. 8. Geo- logical Survey, No. 82, pp 17-25, but the more clearly to state the principles involved I herein restrict the use of that term as indicated in preceding paragraphs.
O16 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
relative value in the identification of formations. Naturally the re- mains of aquatic faunas exceed all others in value for this purpose because the faunas not only found a congenial habitat in the waters in which were deposited the formations that now contain their fossil remains, but they could have existed in no other. Their whole life history, with the minor exception of migratory fishes, especially such as entered nonmarine waters, was therefore intimately and wholly con- nected with the production of those formations.
A large proportion of all the formations which are characterized by the remains of aquatic faunas contain none of land faunas and floras, but in other formations remains of the latter kind are found com- mingled with those of aquatic faunas. In all such cases the remains of land faunas and floras reached their intombment by accidental means while the intombment of the remains of aquatic faunas was a natural result of the character of their habitat. Moreover, all the mem. bers of extinct aquatic faunas which possessed fossilizable parts are likely to have been represented by fossil remains, because in their in- tombment they were not separated from their habitat, while the intomb- ment of all remains of land faunas and floras was not enly accidental but necessarily partial as regards the faunas and floras from which they were derived.*
Again, the existence of every extinct aquatic fauna had not only an intimate connection with the conditions which produced the formation in which the remains are found, but it began its existence as a fauna with the establishment of those conditions and was extinguished as such when the conditions were changed, and largely or wholly in conse- quence of the change. It might easily, and evidently often did, happen that changes of physical conditions which caused the extinction of one aquatic fauna and the introduction of a succeeding one would not mate- rially affect the continued existence of the fauna and flora of the adja- cent land which were contemporary with the extinguished fauna. In such a case the land fauna or flora began its existence before, or con- tinued it after, that of the aquatic fauna, or its existence may have extended continuously from the epoch before to that after the one in whéch the aquatic fauna lived. In such a case also. while the aquatic fauna was characteristic of only one formation and one epoch, the land fauna and flora may have characterized two or three formations and as many epochs. Furthermore, geologists sometimes find evidence from the association of their remains with those of aquatic faunas that land faunas and floras were repeatedly and materially changed during a period within which aquatie faunas of the same region suffered com- paratively little change.
It is true, as mentioned in those paragraphs of essay LI, in which methods of defining and characterizing formations are discussed, that
“See pages 254-261.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 317
fossil remains of certain kinds of land animals and plants may be and often are found only within the limits of a given formation, and in that respect they may be regarded as characteristic of it; but that does not atfect the accuracy of the foregoing statements.
The foregoing comparisons of the relative value of fossil remains of aquatic and terrestrial animals can not be of unlimited application be- cause no remains of terrestrial animals have been found in the forma- tions of the earlier geological periods, and it is generally believed that none existed then. Indeed, such comparisons are of little applicability in the case of any formations earlier than the Mesozoic, and they mainly pertain to the Cenozoic. ;
The facts mentioned in the foregoing paragraphs have far-reaching significance other than that which directly relates to the identification of formations. They are to be again mentioned, but only for the pur- pose of showing that whatever of value fossil remains of land animals and plants may possess other than that which has been referred to, they are, as a rule, of much less value in identifying and characterizing formations than are those of aquatic animals.
Marine waters having always been of world-wide extent, and marine conditions more nearly uniform or subject to far less vicissitude than either nonmarine or terrestrial conditions, the fossil remains of the marine faunas naturally constitute a better medium for a continous chronological record by organic evolution than do those of terrestrial faunas and floras or those of fresh-water faunas. This fact, however, does not make the tossil remains of fresh-water faunas any less trust- worthy than are those of marine faunas for the identification of the formations which they characterize.*
With the exception of fishes and a few mammals and reptiles verte- brates of the kinds whose remains are available in geological studies are mostly land animals, while those of invertebrates of the kinds whose remains are thus available are mostly aquatic animals. The superior value of the latter has already been pointed out; butit should be added that remains of fishes, in case of equally complete faunal representation, are of no less value than are those of aquatic invertebrates. The migra- tory habits of a greater or less proportion of fishes, however, has in some cases caused their remains to be commingled with those of more than one fauna and to be deposited in more than one formation.
The remains of other vertebrate aquatic animals are sometimes avail- able in the identification of formations, but they are generally of less value than are the remains of fishes, because the aerial respiration and amphibious habits of most of them generally restricted their range within harrower limits. Furthermore, their range in geological time is even less extended than that of fishes. That is, air-breathing vertebrates are not yet known to have existed earlier than the Carboniferous, and
* Por discussions of this subject see pages 281-283.
318 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
during that age they were comparatively unimportant. Although-fishes existed earlier than other vertebrates, their remains aftord little material for comparison with those of invertebrates in earlier rocks than those of Devonian age. Therefore the identification of all those earlier forma- tions, comprising a large part of the whole geological series, must be made by means of invertebrate remains alone.
When considering the relative value of fossil remains of animals and plants in the identification of formations, only terrestrial plants* are worthy of notice, because of the low grade of aquatic plants proper, and because our definite knowledge of terrestrial plants extends no farther back in geological time than the Devonian. Furthermore, their remains being very rare in rocks of that age, a satisfactory comparison of plant remains with those of animals is necessarily restricted to formations of the Carboniferous and ijater ages.
Again, the disparity of value between the remains of aquatic and terrestrial faunas, which has already been mentioned, is not only equally great between those aquatic faunas and land floras, but for reasons stated in Essay It plant remains in all cases much less com- pletely represent the floras from which they were derived than do the remains of aquatic animals the faunas in which they originated.
From the foregoing statements it is seen that, although fossils in all cases constitute not only much the most, but usually the only, trust- worthy criteria for such identification of formations as is indispensable in the study of structural geology, the various kinds differ materially as to their relative value. This value, however, has no necessary rela- tion to that which they may possess as indicators of geological time or of the correlation of the strata containing them with those of other parts of the world. The two values are distinct, although one kind of fossil remains may often possess both.
Other criteria of identification than those of fossil remains were briefly referred to in a preceding paragraph as being chiefly homogeny and lithological similarity, both of which are valuable aids when pale- ontological criteria are deficient, and both may often be relied upon in
vases of the absence of those criteria. [xcept in the more or less con- stant use of lithological characteristics, that ought always to be made in connection with the biological identification of formations, those characteristics are at best of limited applicability as criteria, and they are available only in either direct or indirect relation to biological eri- teria. Their indirect availability is that which has just been referred to. Their direct availability is mainly in connection with what in a preceding paragraph has been designated as relative identification, be- cause it can be made only with reference to some one or more of already known biological horizons.
Sometimes the relative stratigraphical position of a single unfossilifer- ous sedimentary formation may be determined by means of its relation to
~ Palustral plants are included in this designation.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 319
those which underlie and overlie it and which have been biologically identified, or therelative age of a formation of volcanic origin intercalated between known fossiliferous formations may be thus determined. Again, there may be a great series of unfossiliferous stratified rocks, such as is the pre-Cambrian, the divisions of which are identifiable by means of lithological criteria aided by the general evidence of homogeny.
In the ease of single unfossiliferous sedimentary formations such as have just been referred to, their relative identity is determinable by the underlying and overlying fossiliferous formations. The same is true in case of the formations of voleanie origin which have also been referred to, the claim formerly made that the geological age of this kind of rocks can be determined by the mineral composition having been generally abandoned. The geological age of the pre-Cambrian formations also have not been determined by any inherent evidence, but only by their ascertained stratigraphic relation to the fossiliferous Cambrian rocks. That is, their geological age or relative identification could be ascer- tained only by reterence to biological criteria.
While fossil remains unquestionably afford the most trustworthy and often the only means of either direct or indirect identification of forma- tions, in the absence of these means the geologist often reaches conclu- sions in this respect by methods of reasoning that it would be diffieult even for himself to formulate, and these conelusions are valuable in proportion to hisacquirements and experience. Among these less clearly definable methods is that which takes cognizance of homogeny; that is, of a method in connection with which certain inherent lithological and stratigraphical characteristics, which are possessed by a formation or series of strata in one part of a given region under investigation, are accepted as evidence that it had a common origin with a formation or series presenting similar characteristics in another part of the same region. Such a conclusion necessarily implies that originally there was physical continuity of similar strata between such localities, and that it has either been destroyed or obscured.
This method of identifying tormations is one of minor importance as compared with that which is based upon fossil remains, but unfortu- nately it has, especially within the last few years, been adopted by cer- tain geologists in charge of important works almost to the entire exclu- sion of paleontological considerations. Although it can not be denied that in the hands of an experienced and broad-minded investigator this method of identifying formations is of great value, the fact remains that some of the most grievous mistakes that have ever thrown discredit upon geological investigation have occurred by its adoption to the exclusion of paleontological evidence.
The term correlation, as restricted by the preceding definition and distinguished from identification, is applied to a comparison of the Stages and substages of the geological scale as they are respectively recognizable in distinctly separate regions. Such regions as are referred
320 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
to are now separated from one another by intervening broad bodies of water beneath which there may or may not have ever been strati- graphical continuity, or by terrestrial conditions which have made it impossible to trace such continuity if it ever existed.
Thus, while correlation in this restricted sense is usually confined to a comparison of great series of stratified rocks as they occur on sepa- rate continents, it is sometimes quite as applicable to different parts of one and the same continent as is the case, for example, with the east- ern and western portions of North America.
In considering the subject of correlation as thus restricted, we find that it not only depends quite as fully upon the study of fossil remains as does the identification of formations, but having reference to regions too distinctly separate from one another to have recognizable strati- graphical continuity between them, such questions as those pertaining to physical characteristics and identity are eliminated. We also find that the manner of dependence upon fossil remains in the two classes of cases is different; that is, in the one case it is mainly specific iden- tification that is relied upon, and in the other reliance is placed only upon the recognition of various general faunal and floral types, such as are referred to on pages 296-300.
As was stated in Essay I, formations being physical units of local, but not universal, stratigraphic classification, the term identification is especially appropriate when referring to studies of their relation to one another in the field. The determination of correlation is also in some sense an act of identification; that is, it is the identification, or, more properly speaking, the recognition of the divisions or subdivisions of the great geological scale in different and distinctly separate parts of the world. The fact that the divisions and subdivisions of the scale may thus be more or less completely recognized being fully admitted by all geologists, the only question that need be discussed in that con- nection relates to the manner of their characterization, the distinctness of their limitation, the completeness of their representation, and to synehronism or contemporaneity and homotaxy.
The idea of correlation presupposes a standard, and as every standard must be either absolute or conventional it is necessary to consider what must be the character of one by which correlation as herein defined may be recognized, because upon this depends an intelligible discussion of the subiect. If the standard of correlation is an absolute one, there can be no question as to the definiteness and completeness of its appli- sability mn all cases and in all parts of the world where the necessary observations can be made. If, however, the standard is a conventional one, its recognition as such implies more or less uncertainty as to the definiteness and completeness of its universal applicability, but a con- ventional standard may be based upon such an array of admissible facts that in all cases where those facts are recognizable uncertainty and indefiniteness in its practical application are reduced to comparatively
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 321
narrow limits. This, briefly, is my conception of the true character of the only standard of correlation that may legitimately be used, because it is the only one that agrees with a rational interpretation of natural laws.
It has, however, been the custom of a large proportion of geologists to regard the geological scale as it has been established in Europe as the absolute standard for the whole earth. A necessary consequence of this view is their assumption that the systems which physically con- stitute that scale, and at least most of the divisions of those systems, may not only be recognized, but as clearly defined in all parts of the earth as they are in Europe, if in those parts contemporaneous deposits were made and still remain intact.
While fully accepting the fact of the existence of a rational standard of correlation and of its great practical value, it is my purpose to oppose the idea of its absoluteness which is still entertained by many geolo- gists, and which was formerly entertained by all. Before proceeding with those remarks, however, it is desirable to inquire briefly as to the origin of that idea and the probable reason of its survival, and to refer to other ideas which were entertained by the early geologists but whieh have long been abandoned.
One of the abandoned ideas referred to relates to the recognition of lithological identity as a criterion of correlation. This idea is indicated in various ways by.the writings of those early authors and to some extent by their application of names to the divisions of the scale—such, for example, as Old Red Sandstone and New Red Sandstone* for the Devonian and Triassic systems, respectively. Another relates to the degree of consolidation or compactness that sedimentary rocks have acquired, and still another to the degree of general disturbance which they have suffered. As already stated, those pioneers regarded these conditions as indicating relative age and also as being an aid to litho- logical identification as a criterion of correlation.
These ideas were abandoned because they were found to be untenable even from the standpoint of their originators, and yet they are scarcely less rational than is that which ascribes absoluteness te the European scale as a standard of correlation. The only cause that I can suggest for the survival of the latter idea while the former ideas have been abandoned is a general conservative disinclination of the mind to adjust itself to new methods of thought, especially if the old methods have been rendered plausible by artificial adjustment to indisputable facts, and are intricate by the complex nature of the subject. The idea of the chronological value in the study of systematic geology of litholog- ical character and conditions seems to have been abandoned not ouly because it was fallacious but because the portion of the subject to
~The Permian was by the early geologists sometimes included with the Triassic under the name New Red Sandstone.
H, Mis. 114, pt. 2 21
322 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
which it pertains not being complex the idea was readily dismissed. The idea of the absoluteness of the geological scale now in general use as a Standard for the whole earth pertains to an unusually complex subject, involving various concurrent lines of systematic thought. It was probably for this reason that it was not fully dislodged even by the great biological revolution which has been referred to in the last essay, notwithstanding the fact that its subject is essentially a bio- logical one.
Originally the idea of correlation involved that of actual and com- plete contemporaneity. That is, in accordance with their belief in special creations the early geologists assumed that every faunal and floral type, as well as every species, having been specially created* each one of those types which characterize any given stage or substage of the geological scale was simultaneously deposited. They also believed that all the divisions and subdivisions of the geological scale were divinely ordained and sharply definable, and their acceptance of that seale as an absolute universal standard of correlation was a necessary result of that belief. Notwithstanding the great revolution in methods of biological thought and practice which has been referred to, paleon- tological literature abounds with proof that the idea of absoluteness of correlation is still held even by authors who ostensibly reject all the beliefs which alone could have given origin to such an idea.
Sufficient reasons have been given why formations as such can not be considered in discussing correlation, but I again refer to the fact for the purpose of emphasizing the statements that true correlation is es- sentially a biological and not a physical matter, that its application is necessarily restricted to divisions of the geological scale that are more comprehensive than those which may be represented by even the great- est of the formations as they are defined in Essay 11, and that in the determination of such correlation specific identity of fossils can rarely be considered. It is therefore necessary to consider what divisions of the scale may be satisfactorily correlated and what are the character and attributes of the biological forms that constitute the criteria of their correlation.
Naturally the larger divisions-of the scale are more readily recogniz- ‘able than are the smaller, because, besides other reasons, the faunal and floral characteristics of the former are more general than are those of the latter, and their vertical range also is greater. Thus the sys- tems, or stages, as I have designated them on preceding pages when discussing the geological scale, are readily recognizable in widely sep- arated parts of the world by means of more or less numerous general types of fossil forms, while the characteristic types of their divisions are fewer and more special. By means of those more general indications the whole series of systems from the Cambrian to the Tertiary, inelu-
*See pages 291-299.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 323
sive, are recognizable in North America with as much certainty as they are in Europe, although some of them, the Triassic and Jurassic, for example, have not been so completely recognized.
On the other hand the recognition of the substages, or division of systems, which are more or less clearly definable in Europe, has in no case been made with rational satisfaction in North America, although many geologists have attempted their full recognition on this conti- nent, and some have even attempted that of secondary divisions of systems not only in North America but in other parts of the world, by means of their European characteristics.
I do not mean to say that at least some of the more general divisions of systems are not distinguishable in North America as well as in Europe, such for example as the Upper, Middle and Lower Devonian, Upper and Lower Cretaceous, ete. I also do not mean to say that cer- tain of the faunal and floral types which characterize divisions or sub- stages, such as those of the European Cretaceous from the Neocomian to the Danian, inclusive, as well as similar divisions of other systems, have not been discovered in North American strata and in those of other parts of the world.*
I claim, however, that while the systems are satisfactorily recogniz- able as already stated, their upper and lower limits are often illy de- finable, and that they often do not accord with the recognized limits in Europe, and that the same is also the case with the large general divi- sions of systems referred to. Furthermore, I claim that in case of the presence in North American strata of types which characterize any of those divisions of the European Cretaceous and other systems just referred to they are so often commingled with certain of those types which characterize one or more other divisions of the same system there that they can not have the same cbronological significance on the two continents. That is, types which are characteristic of different divisions of a system in Europe, and which oceur there in a certain order of succession, are known to occur in American divisions of the same system 1n a different order of succession. It 1s therefore evident that the presence in a group of American strata of any one, or even more, of the types which characterize a given division of a system in Europe does not prove the absolute identity of that division in Amer- ica.
Although, as before stated, all the systems of the European scale have been satisfactorily recognized in North America, their upper and lower limits are not only often illy definable and sometimes discordant with those of corresponding systems in Europe, but those limits have been designated as occurring ai different horizons by those geologists re- spectively who rely upon different kinds of fossil remains. For exam-
“Although I more particularly compare North American strata with those of Eu- rope, and oftener refer to the Cretaceous system than to others, I assume that the facts and principles involved are of world-wide application,
324 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
ple, abundant remains of a flora, consisting of types which in Europe are characteristically Tertiary, are found in American strata, which are Shown by all other known evidence, which is abundant, to be of Cretaceous age. Again nonplacental mammalian remains of generally accepted Jurassic types are found in American strata which other evidence shows can not be of earlier age than the uppermost Creta- ceous, if, indeed, they are not of Tertiary age. Associated with these mammalian remains are those of dinosaurs which are so characteristic of that great subelass in its prime, and show so little evidence of its decadence that when they were first discovered they were believed to be of Jurassic age.
The cause of this association of types in the strata of certain sys- tems, or in those of certain of its divisions as they occur in some parts of the world with those which characterize other systems or others of their divisions in another part, must be sought in the facts and princi- ples stated in the propositions and remarks on pages 293 to 300, whieh propositions have been presented for the purpose of such reference. From the facts thus stated and referred to it may be seen that such a commingling of types, so far from being an abnormal condition, is wholly natural and what ought to be expected. It is thus shown that the average rate of progressive evolution which produced the types that characterize the different systems and their respective divisions was not the same in all parts of the world for each of the different branches of the animal and vegetable kingdoms, nor the same for the same part of the world during all the time those branches have coexisted.
In view of the foregoing statements of facts and principles the idea held by the early geologists, as well as by some of those now living, that identity of fossil types proves synchronism or exact contempora- neity of origin of any two or more series of strata containing them, is quite untenable. The facts which have been presented also suggest that the term homotaxy must be used with some degree of latitude as to its application to the subdivisions of systems, because the order of sequence in the occurrence ot the types which characterize them, respectively, in one part of the world is in another part sometimes par- tially reversed or partially interchanged. That is, the taxonomy of those subdivisions as biologically indicated is not the same forall parts of the world.
Although the toregoing statements contain expressions of earnest dissent from certain views which have been more or less prevalent, it is not to be inferred that I discard any of the legitimate principles upon which correlative and historical geology are based. Indeed, the evidence is incontestable that the successive stages of the geological scale were 1n a general but an effective way characterized by peculiar secularly developed groups of organic types, and that those types have wonderfully wide distribution within their respective stages. With
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 325
reference to such characterization it is the adequacy of those types to sharply define the limits of stages or to clearly identify substages in widely separated parts of the world that I deny. This denial, of course, implies what has before been stated, that the geological scale now in general use is not an absolute standard for the correlation of the strati- fied rocks of the whole earth, but I repeat what was said in connection with that statement, that this scale is unquestionably the best that it has been possible to devise, and make the additional statement that it needs adjustment rather than material change.*
The foregoing discussions having required frequent reference to cer- tain erroneous views which have prevailed upon the subject of corre- lation that subject has necessarily been somewhat antagonistically presented. That is, its scope has been to a large extent negatively rather than positively indicated.
It has been shown that the presence in widely separated parts of the world of all the systems of the geological scale, as well as of some of their larger divisions, has been demonstrated by the labors of a multi- tude of geologists and that the fact of correlation is therefore not to be called in question. The principal questions which have been raised concern the scope of correlation or the limitation of the assemblages of strata the relation of which to respective divisions of the scale is more or less obvious. These questions are of practical application in the study of the structural geology of any part of the world other than that in which the geological scale was established, but they are of such a character that they must be conventionally rather than arbi- trarily determined.
For example, in discussing the questions which have arisen concern- ing the earlier and later limits of the systems of the geological scale in North America the difference of opinion as to those limits have been wider and more various with regard to the later systems than to the earlier. This is because of the greater number and variety of the kinds of fossil remains to be considered in such discussions of the later sys- tems, their difference from the earlier in this respect being plainly indicated by the table on Plate xv, and by the accompanying statements relating toit. It is therefore evident that in reaching a conclusion as to the limitation of any of these systems, or of any of their subdivisions, it is necessary to take into consideration all available facts, physical as well as well biological. It is equally evident that it is the duty of every American geologist to hold in abeyance any final decision as to the correlation of the groups of strata which he may study with divisions of the European scale until all such facts have been duly and
*Although the views concerning correlation which are enunciated in this essay are opposed to those which were generally held by the early geologists, some of those pioneers held views which are much in accord with those herein advocated. See, for example, de la Beche, Henry T.: Sketch of a Classification of the Huropean Rocks. Am. Jour. Sci., Ist ser. Vol. x vin, pp. 26-37, 18380.
526 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
justly considered. In short, the idea of absoluteness in such cases is as much out of place as is the assertion or recognition of personal authority.
Although the remarks in the last paragraph refer directly to North American geology and geologists, they are equally applicable to other parts of the world when reference is made to the scale as represented by the European rocks.
Notwithstanding the great excellence of the scale now in general use and the fact that so little change has been made in it since it was first devised by the early geologists, the future progress of geological science will demand modifications the necessity for which will be especially urgent when the true character of correlation for all the principal parts of the earth has been ascertained. Hitherto correlation has been inves- tigated with the single purpose of adjusting the series of formations which occur in each of the various parts of the world to the scale now in use, but although its general applicability to that purpose is not to be questioned the ultimate result of the study of correlation will be to modify this scale and adjust it to the systematic geology of the whole earth. That is, the scheme of stratigraphic classification which has been the main factor in adjusting the elements of systematic geology, must in turn be itself adjusted to the great system which it will have been the principal agent in producing.
There is another subject which properly pertains to correlative geology, but which does not come under the head of identification of formations and only in part under that of correlation as the term has been defined and the subject discussed on preceding pages. It relates to the great obscurity or absence of evidence of chronological relation between the marine and fresh water deposits which may occur upon one and the same continent, and also to the equally great uncertainty as to the correlation with one another of the nonmarine deposits of widely separated parts of the earth.
When the geologist is seeking to systematically classify the forma- tions of a continent or region which consist of both marine and fresh water deposits, among the physical facts with which he is confronted is that in no case can a formation of one of these kinds be .econtinuous with one of the other kind because they were necessarily deposited in separate bodies of water. Therefore there can in no case be any direct physical proof of contemporaneity of a fresh-water with a marine-forma-- tion, and there can be no physical indication of chronological relation between them except in case of observable superposition. These re- marks are made with special reference to intracontinental fresh-water deposits on the one hand and border-region marine deposits on the other.
He is also confronted with the biological fact stated on preceding pages that the fossil faunas pertaining to fresh-water formations are so different from those pertaining to mari 2 formations, and the two kinds are so incongruous in their respective characters, even in case
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 327
of actual contemporaneity of origin, that they can not be used as con- current chronological evidence.
The latter statement applies chiefly to the remains of aquatic faunas, but the case is little if any changed by the association with them of remains of land faunas and floras unless such faunas and floras should be represented in the fresh-water as well as the marine formation. Such association and identity are to be regarded as the only direct evi- dence of contemporaneity of a fresh-water and marine deposit. All other evidence is indirect and of more or less uncertain value.
Such a dual commingling of remains of a land fauna and flora with those of aquatic faunas implies that the two bodies of water in which the commingling took place were separated by a land area, the whole breadth of which was occupied by the fauna and flora represented by the remains. It also implies that those remains reached their intomb- ment in the sediments of both bodies of water in the manner described in Essay I. It is a fact, however, as already pointed out, that re- mains of land animals and plants are very rarely found in marine de- posits, even in case there is reason to believe they lived abundantly in the vicinity of the waters in which those deposits were made. This circumstance greatly lessens the chances of discovering direct proof of contemporaneity of fresh water and marine formations.
The indirect evidence of contemporaneity of fresh water and marine formations which may occur upon one and the same continent is in part that which is afforded by the position of each in their order of succes- sion in a series of formations of known geological age, and in part that which pertains to the general subject of correlation. I have already shown that the best of the evidence which pertains to that subject, especially when applied to so small a portion of the geological scale as is represented by even the greatest of the fresh water formations or series of deposits, is of very uncertain value. I may now add that sueh evidence is still less valuable when it rests upon the remains of fresh- water faunas alone, because of their remarkably slow evolution, both progressive and differential, during the whole of that portion of geo- logical time in which they are known to have existed. It should also be stated that whatever of accuracy may have been attained in assign- ing the fresh water formations of Europe to their respective taxonomic positions in the geological scale it does not necessarily follow that fresh water formations upon other continents bearing closely similar faunal and floral fossil remains can be assigned upon such evidence alone to exactly the same taxonomic positions. Therefore, in attempting to cor- relate interior fresh-water formations with border region marine forma- tions, such as those which occur in North America, for example, the geologist must, as a rule, to which no exceptions are yet known, rely upon general indications and cumulative evidence.
328 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
VII. CRITERIA OF PAST AQUEOUS CONDITIONS.
Among the more conspicuous facts in geology are some of those which relate to the manner of origin as well as to the original and present condition of the sedimentary formations. These subjects have been discussed at some length in Essay 1, and among those discussions are some references to the character of the water in which each formation was deposited. Studies of the sedimentary formations, especially those made from a biological standpoint, have demonstrated that the bodies of water in which they were deposited were of the various kinds that are now known; that is, some were marine, some fresh, and some brack: ish.
[tis by no meaus for biological reasons alone that it is desirable to obtain a knowledge of the character of formerly existing bodies of water and of the character of their respective aquatic faunas. On the con- trary, such knowledge conveys important information concerning vari- ous subjects in general geology, notably concerning formerly existing physical conditions and many of the physical changes which took place from epoch to epoch of geological time. For example, the presence of a marine formation within any given geographical area shows that when it was deposited that area was beneath ocean level, and consequently that marine waters prevailed there. The presence of a nonmarine formation shows that land areas surrounded the body of water in which it was deposited and separated it more or less completely from marine waters. Therefore, an extensive nonmarine formation necessarily im- plies that a large land area, which may have been of continental ex- tent, surrounded the body of water in which it was deposited.
In the present advanced state of geological knowledge the distin- guishing characteristics of marine formations are well understood, because they have been exhaustively studied by geologists, and found to agree in general character with the faunas and deposits of existing seas, and because opportunities for the study of these formations are abundant in almost all parts of the world. For various reasons the distinguishing characteristics of nonmarine formations are generally not so thoroughly understood as are those of marine origin, among which reasons are their comparative rarity and usually their compara- tively small geographical extent. Usually, also, they are not so abun- dantly fossiliferous as are marine formations, and, therefore, the prin- cipal means for their characterization are often not available. More- over, these formations require some modification of the usual methods of investigation because they are themselves of different kinds, as is shown by inherent evidence possessed by each, and because they have in Common certain characteristics which distinguish them from those of marine origin.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 329
The facts which constitute the evidence as to the variety and char- acter of the nonmarine formations, and that of their distinetion from tlose of marine origin, are usually well understood by those geologists who are also naturalists because the subject to which they relate is mainly biological, but they are often not so well understood by the general reader, nor by those who pursue their geological studies wholly upon physical grounds. For these reasons the following statements and discussions, while they are in some respects necessarily technical, are, so far as practicable, expressed in an elementary manner.
The evidence that the greater part of the sedimentary rocks of the earth, those which constitute the formations containing the records of its past biological history, are of marine origin is based almost wholly upon the character of their contained fossil remains, and is, as has just been intimated, so abundant and complete that it can not be seriously questioned, That is, it is evident that they were deposited either in oceanic waters or in those of similar saltness whose geographical extent were more restricted by land areas, such, for example, as the present oceans on the one hand, and the Mediterranean and Red seas on the other. All these are designated as marine deposits, and the waters in which they were formed are understood to have rested at that world- wide level which is usually termed sea level, but which is herein written ocean level, because in this essay the term sea is used in a somewhat restricted sense.
The other sedimentary rocks were deposited in other than oceanic waters. Most of them so much resemble marine formations in litho- logical and stratigraphical character, that it is only by means of the peculiar character of their fossil remains that it is known that their deposition took place either in fresh waters or in those which contained salt in less proportion than it is contained in oceanic waters. All these are designated as nonmarine deposits. They usually oceupy smaller districts than do marine deposits but a few of them rival the latter in thickness and geographical extent.
Nonmarine (leposits are more varied in both character and origin than is indicated by the mere evidence which they may afford that salt was present in, or absent from, the waters in which they were accumu- lated, because the physical conditions were in each class of cases con- siderably different. Under the head of nonmarine sedimentary depos- its are placed those which, from the inherent evidence they respectively afford, are assumed to have been formed in fluviatile, estuarine or lacus- trine waters, or in the waters of lagoons, bays, or inland seas. The first three terms just mentioned are of themselves sufficient to indicate that the deposits to which they are applied were laid down in formerly existing rivers, estuaries or lakes. There are certain other nonmarine deposits with which the geologist sometimes comes in contact, namely, those of littoral and of palustral origin. The former are produced along the shores of broad bodies of water and the latter in the swamps and shoals which frequently border the same.
330 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
The terms lagoons and bays as here used are applied to such par- tially landlocked bodies of water as now exist along oceanic borders but which are often, at least in part, of less than marine saltness be- cause of inflowing streams. The restricted use in this essay of the terms lake and inland sea is indicated in the following paragraphs:
In accordance with the elementary nature of these remarks it is thought desirable to brietly characterize the various kinds of existing bodies of water in which sediments similar to those which constitute the various sedimentary formations are now in process of deposition. Such a characterization is made to consist in part of an explanation of the special terms just referred to.
The term lake is properly applied, and ought to. be restricted, to in- land bodies of fresh water. It will be so used in this essay except in those cases where a contrary practice has resulted in a public recog- nition of such proper names as Great Salt lake, ete.
The source of the water supply of lakes is rainfall, which is drained into them from the surrounding land. It is therefore fresh in the ordi- nary acceptation of that term, but as it enters the lake it aiways con- tains at least a minute proportion of soluble salts derived from their . original home, the land, by leaching. The amount of salts in such sases being inappreciable by gustatory test, lacustrine waters are prop- erly Gesignated as fresh, but to remain fresh a lake must have free out- flow and not excessive evaporation from its surface. Otherwise it will become distinctly saline by the gradual accumulation of soluble salts which inflowing streams constantly bring from the land.
The term inland sea, as used in connection with the terms indicating other bodies of water and with reference to certain formations with which the geologist sometimes has to deal, is applied to any body of water more or less completely surrounded by land which holds in solu- tion a sufficient proportion of saline matter to modify or characterize its aquatic fauna, or which holds a so much greater proportion as to be sufficient to prevent the existence in it of such a fauna. Therefore an inland sea, especially one that has an outlet, differs physically from a lake only by the presence of at least a readily appreciable amount of soluble salts in its waters. This restricted use of the term sea is war- ranted by prevalent custom with reference to the Black, Caspian, Dead, and other existing seas.
While the difference between inland seas and lakes is important as regards their respective aquatic faunas the distinguishing character of both is subject to change because in both cases it depends upon physi- sal conditions the stability of which is uncertain, and because any con- siderable change of those conditions will result in a change of charac- ter. For example such a change in the physical conditions which sur- round a lake as would reduce the proportion of outflow to influx of water and increase evaporation from its surface would, according to the definition just given, change it to an inland sea. That is, soluble
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 331
salts would accumulate in its waters to such an extent and of sucha character as to modify or destroy its aquatic fauna. A reversal of such conditions would change an inland sea to a lake, because soluble salts would cease to accumulate inits waters and the previous surplus would gradually be removed by the free outflow which would result from such a change.
Inland seas may hold either more or less saline matter in solution than does the ocean. In those which by reason of having no outlet hold more, or hold a large proportion of other salts than sodium chlo- ride, little or no gill-bearing animal life exists. Such seas may le above ocean level, as does Great Salt lake, in Utah, or below it, as does the Dead sea.
But the waters of some existing inland seas which have no outlet have not yet become so impregnated with soluble salts as to destrey, or to prevent the accession of aquatic life.- This is at present the con- dition of the Caspian sea, excepting some of its bays where from exces- sive evaporation the water contains an excess of saline matter, but if surrounding physical conditions continue the same as they now are the present average degree of saltness of this sea will continually increase. Its surface being more than 80 feet below ocean level it can of course have no outlet. The land area which is drained into it, being very large there is a considerable and constant accession of saline matter to its waters. Therefore it can not be doubted thatif surrounding con- ditions should remain unchanged the natural increase of soluble saline matter will ultimately destroy all aquatic life in this sea.
The Black sea is an example of an inland sea lying nearly at ocean level, the difference between its level and that of the Mediterranean
-and of the ocean really amounting to little or no more than the short
and slight river slope of the Bosphorus and of the Hellespont. The proportion of soluble salts in the waters of this sea, like those of the Caspian, Baltic, and other seas, differs greatly in different parts and at different depths, the average proportion being less than that of the oceans; but any cause which should diminish or increase its supply of drainage water would increase or diminish its average saltness, as already explained; and such inerease or diminution would correspond- ingly affect the character of its aquatic fauna. _ The general statements contained in the last three paragraphs con- cerning the conditions which prevail in connection with existing lakes and inland seas, and the circumstances upon which those conditions depend, are introduced here for the purpose already indicated, and also that they may be referred to in connection with the eriteria which are discussed in the following paragraphs:
Because the waters in which even the latest of the ‘sedimentary for- mations of the earth were deposited have long ago passed away, and their beds changed to dry land, the grounds upon which geologists assume that of the formations which they have to investigate, some
382 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
were deposited in marine, and others in nonmarine waters, and that some of the latter deposits were formed in inland seas, some in lakes, and some in estuaries or rivers, are necessarily inferential in character. Still, the former existence of those previous conditions is held to be demonstrated by means of certain accepted criteria.
The only criteria of this kind which may be vegarded as trustworthy are based upon conditions which are observable with reference to now existing oceanic and inland waters, and upon the character of the organic forms which inhabit those waters respectively. They are there- fore of two kinds, physical and biological. The physical criteria pertain to conditions surrounding, or prevailing in the region adjacent to, each of such bodies of water. The biological criteria pertain to the organic forms for which any given body of water constitutes a congenial hab- itat. As used in geological investigation, physical criteria are applied mainly to the stratigraphieal and lithological character of sedimentary formations or deposits, to the method of their accumulation and to the action of those natural forces which have characterized them or con- trolled their production. Biological criteria are applied to the fossil remains of animals and plants which the formations respectively are found to contain. In some instances, however, the character of the fossil remains is such as to imply the coexistence of certain physical conditions which may not otherwise be plainly indicated.
The distinguishing physical characteristics of fluviatile deposits, be- sides the narrowness of their limits and the effects of self-corrasion of their valleys, which are shown in terraces and bluffs, are the preva- valence of shingle and sand in their channels, and of silt upon their flood plains, and the absence of such regular stratification of any of these materials as is to be observed in those which constitute marine and lacustrine deposits. These characteristics are more or less plainly apparent in the few ancient fluviatile deposits which have been diseov- ered in association with formations which have been deposited in broad bodies of water. It is true, however, that shingle and silt sometimes accumulate in the marine waters of narrow straits or channels in sueh a manner as to resemble fluviatile deposits, and that their wave-worn bluffs often resemble some of those which have been produced by river corrasion. While therefore it is sometimes practicable to recognize among geological formations such fluviatile deposits as these by means of physical data alone, it is always difficult and often impracticable to do so, especially if their true character has become obscured by dis- placement and erosion, or by the overlapping of other formations.
These remarks are made with particular reference to those ancient river channels which have been corraded out of sedimentary forma- tions and covered by others of a similar kind, and not to those later channels, some of which have become covered by glacial drift and others by lava outflows. The earlier are usually less distinet and char- acteristic than are some of the later ones, doubtless because the effects
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 393
of a receding and encroaching shore line, and other results of the ele- vation and depression of the land surface upon which they were formed, generally were of a destructive character. It is of course only portions of any of these ancient fluviatile deposits that have been discovered, but portions of some of the later ones have fallen under unusually pre servative conditions.
Those narrow bodies of water, usually called lagoons, which are sepa- cated from the open ocean only bysand reefs, often partake of the charac- ter of estuaries as regards both their aquatic life and their varying pro- portion of soluble salts. Their deposits also so often resemble those of estuaries that upon physical grounds alone it probably will always be difficultand generally impracticable to distinguish from each other the ancient deposits of these two kinds which may exist among geological formations.
The extent of an estuarine deposit of course depends largely upon the size of the inflowing river, the largest sometimes rivaling in ex- tent the deposits of lakes and inland seas. In some respects their physical characteristics resemble those of fluviatile deposits. That is, like the latter, they contain accumulations of silt and shingle, and they generally are wanting in that regularity of stratification which charae- terizes the deposits of broad bodies of water. This irregularity is usu- ally apparent even upon the outer border of an estuary, where it shows the effects of the litoral wash of the great body of water between which and the inflowing river it holds an intermediate place. Estuaries exist upon the borders of both lacustrine and marine waters, but the physi- eal character of their deposits is essentially the same in both cases. It therefore is impracticable upon physical grounds alone to distin- guish an estuary deposit made upon the border of marine waters from one made upon a lake border.
The physical characteristics of those sedimentary deposits which are made in lakes and inland seas are similar in all essential respects to those made in marine waters, except that, as a rule, calcareous mate- rial is more prevalent among marine deposits than any other. The materials of which they are composed, like those of marine deposits, are more or less evenly bedded, and they constitute characteristic members of that great class of sedimentary deposits to which the term stratified rocks is applied. Because of this uniformity of general characteristies it is always difficult, and generally impossible, to demonstrate by means of physical data alone whether a given forination was deposited in marine waters or in those of a lake or an inland sea. Still, a geologist who has much experience in the application of all available evidence may often approximate a correct judgment in such cases by means of physical data, but the almost certain presence in such strata of bio- logical data leaves him without excuse for relying only upon the physical.
J04 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
It is apparent from the foregoing remarks that upon physical evi- dence alone it is not practicable to satisfactorily classify the sedimen- tary formations of the earth in such a manner as to serve the purpose of thorough geological investigation, Therefore such data are in this, as in most other cases, chiefly valuable as being accessory to the evidence afforded by biological data.
The biological criteria which are relied upon by geologists to distin- guish from one another the sedimentary formations which have been produced in marine waters, or in those of inland seas, lakes, rivers, or estuaries, relate to the characteristics of faunas which now inhabit those waters respectively, and to the differences from one another of such faunas. That is, the conclusions which geologists reach concern- ing the questions just indicated are based upon now-existing phys- ical conditions, upon the known character, structure, and habits of animals with relation to those conditions, and upon the assumption that in past geological epochs animals of a given character and strue- ture had similar habits, and lived under conditions similar to those which are congenial to their living congeners.
To aid in defining these criteria it is necessary to review the animal kingdom as it now exists, and to select for consideration those portions of it which furnish data upon which to base the necessary definitions. This selection is based mainly upon the function of aqueous respiration, because it is only animals possessing this function that have a direct relation to the character of the water in the sediments of which their remains may become intombed, and because these sediments and their organic contents are similar in their origin to those which constitute the fossiliferous formations with which the geologist has to deal. Land animals are only briefly referred to in this review because they have at best only incidental relation to the character of the respective bodies of water near which they live and to the sediments which are depos- ited in them, and for a similar reason plants also will be only briefly considered. Still, remains of land animals and plants have an indirect
value in this connection, For example, it is obvious that such remains
are more likely to find intombment in inland than in marine waters. We also may assume that they rarely reach those of the open ocean or that they quickly become destroyed by the triturating action of the waves if they reach oceanic waters.
All those aquatic animals whose bodies possess no internal or exter- nal skeleton, or such portions as resist decomposition after death, are also excluded or only incidentally mentioned, because it is those parts only that really become fossilized, as has already been explained ir Essay 1, and also because in the appheation to paleontological inves- tigation of the facts to be presented in this review reference can be made only to the fossil remains of animals similar to those now living. All extinct animals are also excluded from this review because it is these to which the criteria based upon living forms are to be applied.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 335 VERTEBRATA.
Although the Vertebrata constitute the highest division of the animal kingdom, for the reasons just mentioned, comparatively few of them except the fishes have a direct bearing upon any inquiry concerning the character of formerly existing bodies of water. That is, much the greater part of all the other vertebrates consist of land animals the natural habitats of which have at best only an indirect relation to the character of the waters in the sediments of which their remains may find intombment.
Mammatlia.—The Mammalia are so generally dwellers upon the dry land that while a few are amphibious in their habits only the orders Cetacea and Sirenia and the Phocidie and Odobenide of the order Car- nivora are confined to an aquatic habitat, at least so far as concerns their locomotion. Besides this, all these animals being air-breathers their aquatic habitat may be regarded as a matter of special adapta- tion.
Fossil remains of any of the larger Cetacea may be taken as presump- tive evidence of the marine origin of the deposits in which they may be found, but so many of the smaller members of that order live in estua- ries that other evidence is usually required to determine the character of the deposits in which fossil remains of such animals occur. Because, the structure and habits of the Sirenia restrict them to an estuarine or littoral habitat, fossil remains of such animals have much significance as to the character of the deposits in which they may occur, and as to the proximity of the land to the place where such deposits were made. Although the Phocidie and Odobeenidie usually inhabit marine waters, they often range into estuaries and occasionally, but rarely, some of the former inhabit fresh waters. Therefore, fossil remains of such animals is strong presumptive, but not positive, evidence of the marine origin of the formations in which they may be found.
The foregoing remarks apply to those mammals which live in, or habitually resort to the water, but the larger part of all discovered fos- sil mammalian remains are those of strictly land animals. The manner in which such remains have found intombment in aqueous sediments, and the probable reasons why they are much oftener found in nonma- rine than in marine formations have been indicated on preceding pages.
Aves.—As a class, birds have little bearing upon the subject of this review, because their respiration is aerial, and comparatively few of them habitually live in the water as a permanent habitat. Further- more, with apparently the exception of the Spheniscidze and some of the Laride, those which resort to an aquatic habitat find saline and fresh waters equally congenial. Avian fossil remains are therefore of comparatively little value as indicating the character of the water in which any given formation was deposited. Still, as is the case with the mammals and other land animals, avian remains are more likely to be found in the sediments of inland than of marine waters.
336 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Reptilia.—All reptiles are air-breathers, and a large part of them are strictly land animals. Many are amphibious, and some are habitually aquatic in their habits. Among aquatic reptiles are the Hydrophide and some of the Chelonia, which live in marine waters, and others ot the latter order which live in fresh waters. The Crocodilia also usually inhabit fresh waters and the shores of the same, but they frequently ‘range into the saline waters of estuaries and lagoons. The greater part of all living reptiles of aquatic habits, however, are found in fresh waters, and therefore fossil reptilian remains referable to living fami- lies are regarded as more likely to indicate a nonmarine than a marine origin for the formation containing them.
The abundance and great variety of known fossil reptiles show that the class is only partially represented by all those now living. Fur- thermore, most of the extinct reptiles differed so much from any living kinds that comparatively little inference may be drawn as to the char- acter of their respective habitats by a consideration of those of living reptiles. The character of the habitat of those of extinct reptiles must be learned mainly from their osseous structure and their dentition; but in the case of those whose aquatic habitat is thus determined, the marine or nonmarine character of the waters in which they lived is rarely indicated. Therefore, while a great, and doubtless the greater, part of the preserved remains of extinct reptiles were intombed in non- marine sediments, whether those sediments were deposited in brackish or fresh waters must usually be learned, if learned at all, from other evidence than that which is furnished by the remains themselves.
Batrachia.—In their larval, gill-bearing condition all Batrachians are denizens of fresh waters, usually those of pools amd marshes. A few of them retain their gills and fresh-water habitat during life, but most of them become air-breathers. A part of these become denizens of the dry land, but the remainder continue to live in the palustral habitat in which their larval stage was passed. Therefore itis assumed that batrachian fossil remains are much more likely to be found in strata of fresh, than of marine, or even of brackish, water origin.
Pisces.*—Because all fishes have aqueous respiration it is desirable for the present purpose to review the whole class by families. The general facts concerning the habitat of each family are well exhibited by the following tabular arrangement of their names, the three columns of the table representing marine, brackish, and fresh waters, respec- tively. The occurrence of the name of a family only in the left hand column indicates that no representative of it is known in any other than marine waters; and in case the name occurs only in the right
* The classification here used is that of Dr. Theodore Gill in his arrangement of the families of fishes as published in Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections No. 247, pp. 1-25 and personally revised by him for this essay. Dr. Gill has long had in hand an elaborate revision of this classification; but that which is here presented is deemed sufficient for the illustration of these discussions,
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 337
hand column an exclusively fresh-water habitat is indicated for that family. The occurrence of the name of a family in more than one of the columns indicates that it has representatives in more than one of the three kinds of habitat. The two kinds of cases first mentioned need no further explanation, but a variety of facts connected with the latter kind need to be considered. These will be briefly stated in the series of explanatory notes following the table, and certain other facts and considerations will be presented in the closing paragraphs of this
review. TELEOSTEI.
Marine. Brackish. Fresh.
OP NOE THES 6 conccopcessesssesuseses) SE eo scscoo rece SaSo Se So oecede ee nese de |esose see aoe decse : Tetrodontidces ee eee eee Soot | aS Sb eke oe a Snor ir ae ee eee cone Tetrodontida. Jue NAG ERR esas ee tos cspopcescer isles cokes eon SOCS ESE HERE SBOE a SEeae Saree ome eR oe (OO OMS UEY poe os so cen stesoced Sones se oSebiccsceu sence Eanee cA =B ae sssedoobes Soe Re Saris acer Sees JEP USAGES seme copbcomsce sa 0sc scone Sace] b= -sek nese coe seer kat. Ese en pecoeceseus We asete ome EB creo keeles
IED pOCann p10 see ee 18 bid KOT NET ORS. oo cee been goceresseoee Bsoessen sas Veeenines ee ae Siva Ou aid cee ee ee eee ee Symenathidw:]-o4. Acer Sse sceee cs Syngnathide. Solenostomide .....--..-- SSST SOS Coa SHEL GO cdge Tr cecMOObAs SAeseE eter HAAS AR Re Rlewoeoeea pone Aol E Mal thei geese sete ernetee eerie ic. a1all alas ee oe ein cinieen Sides a Soe eens tellnice ste SEP Cee Foe JOGTIMEG A) eee car onecsncsehooecoseonecse |p ceetatecncmormercaac Secs cconeeceee ss Seskessesesesaceudcoeoee: (CHUTES Cencoedcotcehoss so Sen COO OSES Pe RDOC aC Ooceo SSE Seen Bare Meese We ets Pane Se Pes a A JASUNAS Sen 26 6 Concecoeoeaeeiees see ae dese Spesac BoC mee FOpEAmCnanedeec Fae ee
SU G0G Ol eae teed oe ee oe ee ese omc HOO Segre SPA Coe me baw soe aeHOn SS Soleidz.
Pleuronectid@ -..-.--..-----.----------- leuroneciid cose eee ee Plenronectida. NiRyYOUTe GC pe Scm cecmespsnac onesies So5) benoes ContenD cESeEip Cone EUs ne cM Ss Sasd aemosok nocsecce pe See CHR ERT ERG IGIED - 05 sco ccomoessescsesecen|/Ssceees cesarce se sas soe do cogs ce ecuoeue eeeecose filet pe Sere eee Hierasferide-----------= ees econ see boinc Sheer DOO SBE S As B ee are sree Serta se See ea eonancercke Seo OPEN RGE? oer concletoase Seccocecige sce Secon Gece decd SGeuROs Gen OS ee BAeeaE Soto oaosee peel Eassasee 1S HUNG oe ace oo pencondobecsacbones<|dssobesogr sobsendr ben bonpae sere essence ' Brotulide.
TRO Taye NOG Eee co Seo c case ene cossecod| lsssdeesSsososc5kaee BIO OSC e COE See Aa oer EE or Sencar oe J Se MAGE NGED tcencecceerseSdences ea Web sOSuS canoe GoD GUC ECTS Be EO eEeE ESC oereEOReSmCeBeocE oe Sem eenacc
RET CO Ibid som ee temeneeeas Seca errata meter aren ake ere a2 (acu oui a aa aaNet Ae ns oe eee ee Ga Ea eee Seta eee IE See ee soos cies Sateen Seay oee tus cee a nods | Gadida.
WGI Es on son Saor ne tesSscsagesececan| bscoseecopunemic CaO CREEE Ecole cbatc DATOS EEN AnH Scoot ceeds Lycodide at Qoerescap sogsseesocesodsecn Vatwinty) wieymim mimlelmiaiaiele (miele /@) ahem io) yinl> wiqie/=\o)= eal=|mi = tel aPaye sim fae oto hee eee ore ANDRO CGN Fie -cooene Seg caeeaaqods £dce| Bseasane cum Se AGO OUaN a cRpe COMA oaeE ene caso Soon eb ocatoat eens Xenocephalidwe REE POOR SECO U OO SEING BAB EO AIC OCC OOOO LAY DRPIS EE ap Se CECE ECORI A HORE mete ae ae oe PAYINRYVA OC SCLC Ra te pae sere cn eta a ee ee He fe See a om Ct rere ae, SO a Pera rte cll ee we a cee ee ee ie a ol Comp Lacan UNI Green = msae oc aw net cece el) Sele raeeere ie errata pom oie ne eels 1 Deas ee eae ee ISTIC RCE GSS oe eo eee Cie A Ah [ Sore Se cis eRe RE I ein Mey (are Ce ae oll oe STP TUTOR Ge Os coc pep eR IPEaEEE sees bation coasts ced Smee CaN nem R OE eE ALOE Een ERE eee cote aati ae PeePRET FEMI abstr Ses oe oni n ote. = 0 ia = A ea| Peek ee eee ey Pe ree see oe Sen Ae eee (CIPS Ry OSes 2 Ee Oe a ee SpaboqeDot or Baad cases >See nce. aeen Gace rt Mat BEsaehre eee b ane ee Nemophidids ...........-.-. FERRER ES Ie pnic tric Shc SoGSC ot 285 Ga Raene aaa cad ACE nBe GOSHE AC ASE aee MEE eer ANTIETAM OT OTE See hs Sa ee Pein fence Sc 2 8 al a a ee Ss ae CeO IIG RU hiya comme pre ef eos Soe ee alls oe ime oes en Ee See ee hess BENNING oie ee atc e cise spo aes oe | Blenniideopece.. sasersemeee yas cote S Blenniide.
Pate Cl cee eee hore =o sine Sig ic Se [sis ava cla at [eee rate eR ee EY et ok ee Batrachidee. ssseea ace =e 6h Sore Batrachid@i.<4-- seer eae} ae Batrachida. iheptoscopidcesa-e-e-e eae. 3 =e tar Stato same ssse s oe AC
Wactyloscopidie-soss-s-—..---.. - | BOC eee Eee GCE Rees ae eee Se ee eee baer :
His Mis tad: pt. 9-99
338
TELEOSTEI—Continued.
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Marine.
Brackish.
WmanOsCOpld ses aa-0- enn e eee Prachimidee ; (2-26 ocd etas ee ee ee Trichodontide
Gobiesocidze
Weipanidid? =.= 222-3 ee eee cee
Cyclopteridie Platypterida
Callionymidees---ee eee cee ee lizidao Ses eee seein eeeee eee eee [ees Bee ne en a ee
yobiidzae
AbotACR TES Sa Sc eass sheceet sc saeesag= INXS WOR ASS * sehen Roneneodceso doeauase Cottidee. 2.2525c25- seece sane ee oeee Platy cephalad aaeeeee seen eta ee Mermitripteridecea-eses eae ea cee eee ee Scorpenidx Chiride. .... we dihn Sere neues te sebee st Scaridzess =< ou sete cece eae eee sees Siphonognathidx Labride
Pomacentridx
Polynemidz
Acanthuridee FA phacanthidee=-ss. = ase eee eae ee Toxotide
Xiphiide Trichiuride SCOMbrIdw ss-ss eee esem eee eo area eer
@arangid@ ects ase cca ese ena seee IDrepanid eee ecco eae ee ieee elena Cony phrenid ets seer are eee eee Nematistiidee Stromateidie
Lampridide Dianide
Kaurtide
Capride
Nomeidze Sillaginide Chenichthyide Manpagitenida-s 2 .--=- sees ae eee No tobheniidee. 2 aoc sccee as. oe ee ee ee Bovichthyida Latilide
| Cichlid. Embiotocide.
Anabantide. Osphromenide.
ewer eee ye ce esac = =a ees
wut
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION, 339
TELEOSTEI—Continued.
Marine.
Polyimisciid ee sse=. ci - ore -- ~~~ IMONOGEM LEIS: cone ase elon were =o
Spanid a eee ele = amos eeee mee IPimelepLerid rece se eon eee WigentaltG hip ses geasaee sec Abr oemecpecos PPIs UP OMA an = 2 sa aise ata eielaimim = ==) = |
SHURE IR Soo sc ccotade sts seSsse50 55. MH Cheneidid se setseesa se rs ee <r (OBI GH GE ees aa eseapsyeopscouSSok. Trachypteride --.--- eh er Sea Se seas ILO PRONE: .ostasgsicoteesposescuenecuss
OS TONGRD apo nde cecocncos orn enseaoseeane Tey nmolkigni hes oop ome peoecns noeaoeee PACH ETN es ese satis ace reis asset
Alorbynonid2.s=—=- sem = oe = Saenid2 *Avnlostomideey <2 226 eae oa ase cass ea Mistulaniid lcs sscaok = ccos <= esse cc eess Centriscidae wer nse soos ceases oseic PAC NISC 28ers ee == ase oe 15133 (0) 806 Ee ee SS ee ee ers ee Scomberesocid® ------.----...--.--.-.-
Halosauridesa= foes 1222 34s. 3o00-s @hanliodontidterseencmes a-.c le aec cons
Sternopty chideecees—= teesss-c- 05s os
Brackish. Fresh. Scisenid ae cra os sae ee soe ao oe eee | Scienidee. SP SRIG eee a= oases ayo he wien S| ee ee a Pristipomatide -...-..--- shoseuacos: | Pristipomatide. | eae Ri RR eee gy Ne tee Nayar reece SSC | Centrarchide. Sem RD S Soha 55 sacSsenccomsEorerce Serranide. Jo Semieho=soeo S oseee se ogee saceeeeseeer Percide. Gentro pond pesca =o eee Centropomide. wane cence scene trees ee eerste ects Nandide. Belo Ssocap ese bscncasasSegneecssengetc Polycentride. Joo sepidan=c caseaoreccesenqaotoseaesae Aphredoderide. dobnas \gckorSdsbo meas oma ues Saaancsane Comephoride. SHR OCB Sets SA SE eee SRE Ror oe OOH REE Luciocephalide. segecerodocaccosseeacgseSeconecsceagur Ophiocephalide. AG ROrINI d Derm one e assoc es Atherinide. Se See Oise Sore a CEO EB PPROE Berane GeorEecenasesea a acesa se Mig oli gsc tet rae a one eae ae Mugilidex. InGasterosteid sea == see ees aaa eae Gasterosteide. A nlorhymehidio 2 se -eensioeiseaeese lee + cock See eee Belonid jake cae.ck esther aoe erase Belonide. Scomberesocidiee 2-2 oe ose ees | Scomberesocide, eee ee eee itemise sei- ee See Amblyopside. Bog Adee BSS Se Caer esis eee eR eEE Denes Esocide. SOS Oe oO ACS eS CCA ae eee | Umbridee. Cyprinodtmtidesrs-=--4------ - --4225- | Cyprinodontide.
Characinidx. Percopside.
_ Haplochitonide, Galaxiide. Osteoglosside. Notopteride.
340
TELEOSTEI—Continued.
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Marine.
Stomiatidze
Seopelidses 252-5 oa -sase ee ee eee Aulopide
Synodontide
Microstomidz Salmonide
Salangide
Alepidosauride
‘Paralepididtesss-eeeeneee etn eee = ‘Allepocephalittteepceces se = ener canes Gonorhynchide
A Dulide tice ncesccsc ese essence se |
Elopidee
Chanoidie
Dussumieride
Clupeide
Dorosomidx Bnpraulididlweessaes eee eee eee kere ae @lirocentuid eeceeen socom cee Secs ee Congrid ess s2accr <6 Re einer AM OM tie ye ose ae ee rece aire ene eee aac
Rataburide
Chilobranchide
pNemichthyideer: 4.58 oe eee SiwMapouranchidae aster ase eee ee eee NAccophany Neidio. i= ee eee a
Brackish.
Microstomidx. Salmonide.
Clupeide. Dorosomide.
| Catastomide. Cyprinide. Cobitide. Homalopteride. Kneriidie. Sternopygide. Electrophoride. Mormyride.
| Gymunarchide. Hypophthalmide. | Trichomycteride. | Siluride.
| Chacide.
| Plotosidie.
| Clariide.
| Callichthyide. | Argiide. Loricariide. Sisoride. Aspredinide. Monopterid. Symbrachidx. Amphipnoidx.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 341
GANOIDEIT.
Brackish. Fresh. | Amiidax. Lepidosteidie.
Polypteridie. | Lepidosirenidie.
Polyodontidie.
AtCipenseridse:---.--24s—- 22-5 - n= NCIPONSELIG= sem = cae as <a es ies | Acipenserida.
ELASMOBRANCHII.
Brackish.
Chimeridse Myliobatida Cephalopteridie
Ey PON.) 22 eee eer eos tee Sy DOM desea eee at aer ee See
AUN A RUC ieee tess cbon kaso uesee <6 See |HOo Se oaes So ose se Boe Sen are ae 650 8ha pcan SEURnEamen came sec,
Ralida.e2--5. 8 cee ete ere eee ae ATT GEE eee es a eee eRe Dee aa | Raiide.
368s 62 Sop Oe Se Se ee 25 COS bes DoS SO SO OOS Seo oto oo Se OO br enc tt Note ot Ste cate ee ey
Squatinide
Heterodontide Notidanide. -- Rhinodontidee Cetorhinides Lamnide Odontaspidide Alopeciide Sphyrnide Galeorhinide Seylliide
Ginglymostomatid#
Crossorhbimidw@iesssoe eee cene ea ee eo aS as COS aa EAE aS OP GUE ee
SPINA CIO erate seein ea a es ee oA PR se > Sree seteene qo netic bie ale S52 | Se ciaea at be seated wrens sc
Seymnide
Oxynotidz
Pristiophoride
SSI Ie ie ieee (et en See ric Sere ei io i ee er re ca)
The following remarks apply only to those families which have repre- sentatives in more than one of the three kinds of aquatic habitat which are indicated in the foregoing table. The presence of the name of a family in only oneof the three columns is alone a complete expression of the fact that no representative of it is known in any other habitat than the one thus indicated. It must be remembered, however, that almost any fish whose habitat ranges along the seacoast may occasionally run up into brackish water. Consequently the families enumerated under the head of “brackish” are such only as have representatives habitu- ally living in brackish waters.
Although the Tetrodontid are a typically marine family, one species of it is known in South American fresh waters.
342 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Most of the Syngnathide inhabit marine waters, but some of them ‘ange into estuaries, and a few are found in fresh waters.
As arule the Soleide are marine fishes, but representatives of the family are known in South American and other fresh waters.
The Pleuronectid are also typically marine, but some species range into estuaries, and some of these range into adjacent fresh waters.
The Brotulide are mainly marine, many being found in abyssal depths; but two blind species, representing two genera, are found in the fresh waters of Cuban caves.
The Gadidie, with the known exception of only one species, are marine fishes. ‘This species is common to Europe and North America and is confined to fresh waters.
One species of the Blenniidz in Europe inhabits fresh waters. Most of the known representatives of the family are marine, but some, espe- cially in Australia, range into estuaries and fresh water.
Three South American species of the Batrachide range from marine and brackish into fresh waters. Almost all other known members of the family are denizens of marine waters.
The greater part of the Gobiidie inhabit marine waters exclusively, but several species range into estuaries and “adjacent fresh waters. Some species are confined to fresh waters.
A majority of the Cottid are confined to marine waters, but certain genera are of exclusively fresh-water habitat.
The Cichlid are a typically fresh-water family, but one genus usu- ally referred to it is found in marine and estuarine waters.
The Embiotocide are mostly marine, but one genus is confined to fresh waters.
Most of the Gerridw are of exclusively marine habitat, but some species range into estuaries and some even into adjacent fresh waters.
The Polynemidie are typically marine, but some species range into estuaries.
The Scizenidze are mainly of estuarine habitat; some range into fresh waters, and one North American genus is confined to fresh waters.
The Pristipomatidee are mostly marine fishes, but certain Australian forms are known to range into brackish and fresh waters.
The Serranidie are also mostly marine fishes, but some species occur in brackish waters, and a few North American forms live almost exelu- sively in fresh waters.
The Percidie are a fresh-water family, but some species range down into mildly brackish waters.
Most of the Centropomidve are denizens of marine waters, but some species find a congenial habitat in estuarine, and even in adjacent fresh waters.
The Atherinidze are mainly marine, but some range into fresh waters, and one genus is confined to fresh waters.
The Mugilidee are mostly of marine habitat, but some range into estu- aries, and several species are confined to fresh water.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 343
Some of the Gasterosteidie are confined to marine waters and others to fresh. Most species are found in brackish waters.
The Belonidze are mostly marine, some of them ranging into estt- aries and even into fresh water. One genus is of exclusively fresh-
yater habitat.
The Scomberesocidie are also mostly marine, some ranging into estu- aries and even into the adjacent fresh waters.
The Cyprinodontidie are mainly fresh-water fishes, but some range into estuaries and some are denizens of salt waters.
The Microstomidie are mainly marine, but one species occurs also in fresh waters.
Some of the Salmonidie have an exclusively fresh-water habitat, never migrating to salt waters. A large proportion of them migrate from marine to fresh waters for reproduction, but none of the family is wholly confined to marine waters.
The Salangidve are typically marine, but some range into estuaries.
The Elopidw are mostly marine, but some range into estuaries, and one species is found in the fresh waters of Lake Nicaragua.
Some of the Clupeide are confined to marine waters, and at least one species is known only in fresh waters. A large proportion of them, however, range from marine into fresh waters for reproduction.
The range of habitat of the Dorosomid is similar to that of the Clupeidie. .
The Siluridie are mainly denizens of fresh waters, but one section of the family is confined to marine waters.
The Plotosidee are mostly marine, but some species range into brackish waters and in some cases into fresh waters also.
The Anguillidze all range from marine to fresh waters, returning to marine waters for reproduction.
The Acipenseridze are usually found in fresh waters, but some of them range down into estuaries and even into waters of full marine saltness.
The Trygonidie are mainly confined to marine waters, but one see- tion of the family is peculiar to South American fresh waters.
The Raiide are almost exclusively of marine habitat, but some range into estuaries, and they have occasionally been found in waters that are nearly or quite fresh.
All the Pristide, with very few known exceptions, are confined to marine waters. One species is found in the fresh waters of Lake Nica- ragua and another in the Philippine islands ranges from marine into fresh waters.
One species of the Galeorhinide is also found in Lake Nicaragua and another ranges from marine to fresh waters in the Philippine islands. All other known species are confined to marine waters.
Of the thirty-nine families mentioned in the foregoing notes as hay- ing representatives in more than one of the three kinds of habitat designated in the table, 28 of them are so generally confined to marine
344 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
waters that geologists usually regard the discovery of remains of simi- lar fishes in any given geological formation as evidence of its marine origin, Still, members of certain of these families present remarkable exceptions to the general rule thus indicated; such, for example, as the presence of Selachians in Lake Nicaragua and other fresh waters. Therefore, in case the fossils associated with such fish remains should distinctly indieate the fresh-water origin of the strata containing them, their presence may be held as not necessarily constituting conflicting evidence because of the known exceptions to the rule that their living congeners have a marine habitat.
Of the remaining eleven families mentioned in the foregoing notes three are more abundantly represented in fresh. than in saline waters. To these the converse of the foregoing remarks will apply. Because of the varying range of habitat of the remaining eight families mentioned in the foregoing notes the discovery of remains referable to any of them in a given formation would be of little value as evidence in deter-. mining the character of the water in which it was deposited unless supported by other and more definite evidence.
The Marsipobranchii and Leptocardii are by some authors included in the class of fishes proper, but Dr. Gill and others regard them as separate classes codrdinate with fishes, reptiles, ete.
Two of the three families belonging to the Marsipobranchii are known only in marine waters. Most of the members of the other family, namely, the Petromyzontidie, range from marine into brackish and fresh waters, as is well known in the case of the lampreys.
No representation of the Leptocardii are known in other than marine - waters.
This review of the fishes is confined to those families which have living representatives, and the eriteria relating to the different kinds of aquatic habitat of fossil fishes which may be based upon this review apply directly only to the families here named.
Fossil remains of a large number of kinds of fishes have been dis- covered, especially in the paleozoic formations, which differ so much from all living kinds that they can be referred to no tamily, and some- times to no order, which has living representatives.
The character of the water in which such fishes lived might be con- jectured by reference to their most nearly related forms, but the most reliable indication is furnished by such other fossil remains as may be found associated with them.
MOLLUSCA. ~
The Mollusea are of peculiar importance in connection with the sub- ject of this review, because the greater part of the members of this sub- kingdom have aqueous respiration, and because in the matter of
“The classification of the Mollusca used in this review is that of Dr. Theodore Gill’s “Arrangement of the Families of Mollusks.” See Smithsonian Miscellaneous Publications, No. 227, 1871.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 345
distinguishing marine from noumarine formations and the latter from one another it is with their often abundant fossil remains that the geol- ogist has more frequently to deal than with those of any other animals.
Cephalopoda.—Every known member of all the families of this class is exclusively marine, therefore the presence of fossil remains referable to any member of the class in any formation is regarded as sufficient evidence of its marine origin, provided that its character and condition indicate that the animals thus represented were denizens of the waters in which the formation was deposited.
Gasteropoda.—The following table, constructed upon the same plan as that of the fishes, is intended to give asynoptical view of the aquatic habitat of each of the families of living gasteropods which have direct relation to the subject of this review. For obvious reasons all those families are omitted which include only air-breathers as well as those families all the members of which possess no shell, either internal or external. As in the case of the preceding table, this one is followed by explanatory notes setting forth certain facts which are not clearly expressed by means of such a tabular arrangement:
Diweca.
ORDER PECTINIBRANCHIATA.
Marine. Brackish. Fresh.
COT Cope ee ee tate meta 2 epee ela Serene earetate hse ais c/Sesats Bape ee Mee Siacleiciel] oacewa.ee okoaie Sea ee ete PUM OTOTN Ge aie toi ane oe ain oi slors = se re ol aaa alae scm sm ara lain ale arora] ain Slat yalaioles sie els [Zoe ie ARLE? oo eee IMEC ATOMI Ce he eee sels osm le Ro ersas ane bee aoeaceaws pocedt socceetdo ccs al ceuliea ones cece cedece ate nfare EL alii cement eae ae eens ee acepell eieiaeie See ee eee Nee eee Sek Ao ese eo ees 20 aie res MRERGDI aires ae ee ec eee as eee seas see ne eee sds oe et etiot deta soca Oe lew acea dt os clesie ss eee eee Wancelkarid serene Seer earl a seek ae Se eee oie ee eS Ss ete aioe Be S| Do eniaeienes s/s Cee eee PACINO LIC Eee eee Le Meme cee ch Seite ceo e sos ek cisco ss se aeosk lee atl. Sees cate ee Cystiscidier 3255-222. oes Je 2 es [Ecrtstneees cis te eee eet ws eee time |[~2n nen cee e eo see es scraee Mancinellid perce a= see sone =e |jeraimmtnjeletan ofa ola athewieceimie a sica ss seerone tz ole ee ares ences em eseeee VGIRnt Eis Sea ee se eeetedsaed Coes CeSHOE Seta een a aes ae See pee ee |---------2-2-----22222--- HAS CIOLALIIG SS tse ae Se ae Sars tle ais Serce ts te Rees eestor mek Oe oe. A ain Sha wige ie ceisioe |S SAE See Eee ey eee meaner Rene MMi bnidwe treme <essceesesctoaeats essence emetic epee tae tis = eters Sem Sours S Se SEAS ns|| ane Sars ae eel ee Oee er Melon genidterm=sseeeee acess ee eee Nas nee O_5 Spann Os Ba hee MOS SDcadactnonedsecunos SICCIN IG Beenteee sae chen ee eeeeeeeciee SUC CINN Sees nae ok eee wees Succinide. EN ASSIGS Sto = so ccmaawre Socicbisie a nawarmaais ore UN SESS CL espera he w eater ee ee ete ol eee ae ee, a eee Cymodontid eye 228. nee ee see eee | Saree ni eta = ea eit ae ele ee Ne chron Saree Sao ene oStiomeeeeeee AR CEUG TWAS) POE Oy sence eet ee ere sere Sed 3 ao a he a eee Rees ee Jhii elit eae saeepeecer Se ror ee ne ere N LR 95 Eee Le Pe eet Rea eee inward Beers <= Soh es ccc cshins ces cee Wan oo ACO SOS BAO SUE RE CORO SOC TEC EER eOr COCR OSS OCmnGSOtc
MA DIC wereees ooh s Saas eistac ent see se Se eters ityetacteys See cere sans Sere Wescye i ao tentaees sassehe Se
at ALAC HULSE eee yno A emi a.s seats eyo oo ere Senne ee ree oer ene ane Wee eee cocccdea mee cise = cases Muricidie
occ mnogo] 2 Wego Co DOT Oe ene Sires oe ee en) ae Ampullariidse. Sod C6 Bbtien sit Gace aS SORES BOSD ED BEE BEEBE BEE AOR SHA ence Sens Oo eee Valvatidiv. Baatets es lee eee Ree ise cease e tote st adie sa eee eee sobs al) WIVIpaRide:,
aaa See ete einen eae acc 2] ASSIMINGMUS sos eeec ee cee. coker. co ASSIMIDINGL.
346
Dieca—Continued.
ORDER PECTINIBRANCHIA TA—Continued.
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Marine.
Brackish.
Fresh.
BISHOL Ber = oie ows hie. s Oe eee eee SIKONGIUGRE S22 s)he ss =o ce eee eerie Fossaridax Littorinidx
Pyramidellidze
MTN 225 pr oe nee eee ees Cenithiopside2 9) seas ae eee ener Cerithiide IPlanaxid te 2 se accion ieee Se ee Pe
Crecidee
Werme@ tid shea. ee soccer men tein Tenagodide Turritellide
Trichotropidze
Hipponicids
Capulide
Calyptreidie Neritopsid
Onustidée
Strombida
| |
Rissoid @ic... 255. et coe eee
PA onTb a dae ects sees se se = oleic a| Seat = te ea oe Se eee ,
Pediculariide Amphiperasidee
(CK DEENGES 36 sao acborendeseeaad Seabee BTSs C1 60/2 c= ws Ss arala le eintacs oereyssejeeiereere eisai Pyrulide IIe Sosesoeecscesaooosssessonesseee
Cassidide
Ranellide Tritonide Tanthinide Solariidze Sealariida
Atlantida Carinariidee Pterotracheide
Rissoide.
Ceriphastide. Melanopsidee. Melaniidz.
© Olea mie elne'= wo =e A asain Ole ISRO als pe SI) HL amc e eee sb das beseaae Sood SSR ODS OODOOSSSDe AS
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 347
Diewca—Continued.
ORDER R HIPHIDOG LOSS A—Continued.
Marine. Brackish.
Aa Dimi dl eee tela iacieis cies hers esi i aes COOP Ba aadiGn GEESE esa ee oA OSE GAO Uhl erent rarer ian ate net eeeie pate otal ciate sie iniaig, ise ais o,0/e Me aenerale aves aS a ee ADTOCIIO See ee sce seine ce a.scie ete inc oie Soca eo aS GOCE COS a SRE EEC re Eee acc! Sti@mm@uGiNGba. 4. -scassassocesansoseacs We earatayniels Siar inetleh ince cmos si eens cciajsermjate PIGUTGCOMALL Bisse ems pena seat eer S| aise nee opie oe eine Sine Nc Se cic soesee Scissnrellidae ....-....... 200-202-222 2| 20-2 nee ee ee ene eee eee | UNMIOL IA eeeec 8-02 ease ee ae. oe Sete eee Serpe ie A ORay ts 2 O. | TOTS Sra UGE Ne ao et ee Si ae ee ee ers TIA MMM HO sas ost oc tae ok ee mersceult sates we ate mses esmeceeanseacee ctasae
Fresh
ORDER DOCOGLOSSA.
Acmivide.
(OW MN EE esse aot a desinoaaudasdaascccd bauconiesossdonadotdsan sc aechrenEaonds (Christ toe Siss Sop Basan aaaennnae locos chesmees BRS escies Seep ese oats
Pulmonifera.
ORDER PULMONATA.
= Coote ceo etie Chods botigSsot cose er DORR ORIISSD OOO OOEOTIO RE tones OSU OOO OOo EaOS
Obin ide tres eet e eee eee eae ne @binidee wees. : Ge casa see anes oe ees
PSTIELCWNG 88 see se ease cass este PAIPIG UL Ocean nae ene eo Siphonarildscererert arc cee seers NilpPhonaniidassssassate see ese ee GAGINIG eraser e eas vote tee ele Gadiniida S33 tetas see ke ee aioe Atmpnibolidaetessccisnso eee ae cata eee. AA til OG GER arise as ROBBEN aA OREO Roe |
Chilinide. Physide. Ancylide. Limneide.
Opisthobranchiata.
ORDER TECTIBRANCHIATA.
PHU 52 Sos ass secees2 assis, wees ce JN O72) 0000 Be Aa ea oe an eae
ie Cmlad eyo. 5 2 ee sein). ce sees Se
JAE OGD — Jn Shoot Ca eRe CRATE oats ELD aac re SRC Ae en aae wen Ete e ae
Amplustride
Wbophocercid ey seer. ssccss eects sa | PA OED sane Sooo SoCo ESCO BBE EEE En Cini eee eee eee ee ances oe ne eee Oni cop erenereeere es: «ses tees bh SC Ee eee EON.
Umbrellide | |
Pleurebran chi dessa sey aise eee
ence eens wen woraacasiad
348 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Pteropoda.
ORDER THECOSOMATA.
Marine. Brackish. Fresh.
IDE ODI 1 eee sD SA oe SOD loccnooons es Suaco oie gus nagtoe so Sc oss cs|lSSensoseseasscssedsscesos iv alidaa:-.- 2-2-6 Sener eee ree eee eee eee err Ie ec yaee cee ee eee Gynt) 1 he = oe ree aw ew nla ee nae teers Cree eee
Prosocephala.
ORDER SOLENOCONCH.E.
Wentuliidita sees eee eerie eee eae ae eer Se A er nto Se eG oc IS
The foregoing table of the families of living Gasteropoda is, as already stated, constructed upon the same plan as that of the fishes, an explanation of which plan and its significance is given on page 33, The list ineludes the names of only those families at least some mem- bers of which possess shelly or skeletal parts that are likely to resist decomposition after the death ot the animal. Other families are not included, because it is only by means of those hard parts that the liv- ing can be compared with fossil forms. The significance or placing the name of a family in only one of the three columns of the table is so ap- parent as to need little, if any, explanation, but there are certain facts relating to members of others of these families which such a table can not distinctly show. Mention of such of these and kindred facts as is deemed necessary for the present purpose is made in the following supplementary notes.
The greater part of the Buecinide inhabit marine waters,.but they not unfrequently range into estuaries, and certain species are sometimes found in waters that are nearly or quite fresh.
While a majority of the species of the Assiminiide find a fresh-water habitat congenial, some live upon the borders of saline water, at river mouths or in estuaries.
Of the living forms referable to‘the Rissoidw some inhabit marine, some brackish, and others fresh waters, but no species is known to range from one of these kinds of habitat into another, although it is probable that some may do so. Because the fossil species referable to this family may, as a rule, be regarded as distinet from all living spe- cies, the presence of fossil shells referable to this family in any forma- tion does not necessarily give any definite indication as to whether it was of marine, brackish, or fresh water origin. In such cases the char- acter of the habitat must be determined by means of their faunal asso- ciliates.
The Littorinidie usually inhabit the margins of marine waters, but some species have a brackish-water habitat.
The Melanopsidwe usually inhabit fresh waters, but some of them are ound in waters that are more or less saline.
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 349
Allliving forms of the Melaniide areregarded as fresh-water mollusks, but a few species appear to be able to live in waters which are in some degree saline. Certain fossil members of this family have been found in such association with other molluscan remains as to indicate that they were capable of living in saline waters.
Much the greater part of the Cerithiide inhabit marine waters, but some species are known to find a congenial habitat in brackish waters, and a few are known to range into adjacent fresh waters.
As a rule, the Neritidie are found ineither marine or brackish waters, but a few species are known to live in fresh water.
The Trochus-like shells which have been found in Lake Tanganyika probably do not belong to the Trochide. The trochids are therefore regarded as distinctly marine.
A few of the Acmeid limpets found in Borneo are reported to pass from saline waters into fresh. The Acmeidze are not uncommon in brackish waters, but members of the family are most abundant in ma- rine waters.
The Otinide, Auriculide, Siphonariide, and Gadinidie, are air- breathing moliusks living upon the margins of both marine and brack- ish waters. The Amphibolidie also usually inhabit the sea margin, but some of them appear to find waters of less than marine saltness not
-uncongenial.
Although the Bullidwe are, as a rule, strictly marine, two genera, namely, Haminea and Tornatella, have been found in the mud of brack- ish water lagoons.
As indicated in the paragraph preceding this table, all the members of the Gasteropod order Nudibranchiata, together with all those of the Pteropod order Gymnosomata are omitted from it because none of the species possess more than a minute embryonic shell, and therefore no identifiable fossil remains of any members of these orders are likely to be discovered. All the Tunicata and land Pulmonata also are omitted, the former because the character of the body is always such that re- mains of it are not likely to be found fossilized, and the latter, because they have no direct relation to an aquatic habitat.
Of the twelve families mentioned in the foregoing notes as having representatives in more than one of the three kinds of habitat indicated in the table, fully one-half of them are so generally found only in marine waters that geologists usually are inclined, in the absence of contrary evidence, to regard fossil representatives of them as indicating a marine origin for the strata in which they may occur. Three of the other fam- ies are so generally found only in fresh waters that the converse of the foregoing remarks would apply to them. Representatives of the others are so often found in both marine and nonmarine waters that in the case of fossil representatives it is always necessary to have cor- roborative evidence as to the probable character of the water in which they lived.
350 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Conchifera.—The following table of the families of the Conchifera is coustructed in the same form as that of the Gasteropoda, and the gen- eral remarks preceding that table are applicable to this:
4
ORDER DIMYARIA.
Marine. Brackish. Fresh.
Aspergillidae -..-----------------220-2}or nso eer n ne rere ce nen ences e eect lane nn e ween eee enn Gastrochenide -....-------------------- NEN ARSE STS HAE OSS, AG ee eee ene ey Merodinide -os: os oes eee ee = ee | Teredinidee ...--- Be Sea mn ‘Teredinide. ye Pholadid& ...-.--------------+-+---+---- Hetslerbe wJaleye ye, = te rintwinn salam w)olsba(elayete’=) == lets iniml le fe eel Vetalstal te ease eat SUScvideo «« ced vote Mech Lecce NO Sel ot Ole oye Ug Radha ee Sclecurtidaa sysee teste oe eee eee Solecuntid ase. -eer oo esee see sear [echamneiaes Sota Saxicavide .----------- +--+ -- sees enn e nnn ns nee ene on ree ee |e ee eee ee wee Myide.......--------=--2- 2-22 eee eceee | bocweamae als season sees seeeeee- |peseboscossed-ioae Gonbitlidse seeeer esate ease eae Conbulidweers asset see. eee eee Goxbelitie 4 eae Pandorid2®..-.--------------- 2-22-22 2] eee eee eee ee eee ee eee eee 3 afail vhs aye tevarslon [ae akgeeie eee aoe Anatinide .--.-------------- 2222 e erent] etn eee ene ee eee ee ee eee eee ee |e ee eee eee Myochamide Re PRRNES seeds Pa cc lant Hlin Sie ecco. sr Sal bages zs eae ace MEAs Sched swinlssciK acess A vel OO ee ae em ct ae Mesodesmid@...-...--------------+--+-]----- +--+ - 2-2 eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee ea nro ee Amphidesmid@....------------- 222-2 0c}- 22-0202 ene een neem seen ee nan PAN ena Tellinide .-.--..--------------- +2 cet rr| eee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee renee eee _ eb ee Psammobiidie.-2 oss ene eee Paadimabiidie. 2 biets4. ae boats earn ee
Pon acide. =. ccc <~ ae = slew eens lnle a nl ose isin le (ol ielnfoimiaiwininls =)eln)n= ss sommelier [elm Petricolide .---------------------------|---+---+------+---- ei ye ies arg Veneride@ .:...-------------------------- procorsscse iss sse se ecce eres cree eee “| eA eae Glauconomid@.., --------------------- Glauconomid@.......----------- Pee ae lt ts Cyrenide ...--------------+-+----++--~- Cymenid eee ec ee eee eee raeeeaee Ginsnideeh te eee een cee isle rein ool cla weir ini= wie vin wiete' a) allele nim wil mimjalmint te lmim enim iniviniw wisw (aim = =) =\wiv la\wie inlet e(miaveue | Pisidiidwe. Cyrenoidide...------------------------ Gyrenoldide- ero seers eee Dreissenide -.--- SE Ppa asTeeanoOt ba ee Dreissonidwe ---- eens eee eee
| Cyrenoidide.
| . .
| Dreissenidez. TGC Ee ooo ROS ooo g esos 0G. ROGUE SC Se Soo Se SPS aoa OCOD OI SS 2068 |anoec Gan oosoos- GOsSId®. - ~~. 20 = on ew ee oe |e ne eee ew ww en ee wenn
(Gigi itis) pageee Oboe oo Code ee oSopersesad bc coccoreTESC SS pOp Ee DCO SSsoCOSSEO0s000|hincamonmoe donc cosfe Sto
(Olin nb tee pec asoeceoSebEescoche.0 6 90os Be SrcSoDeOnbos= Nokes seonocce cng cee Sees sooo assotncoonee WUMCINid @:- -- -san =e Se Se SS Sate ree wee late | amine ele ele lon inte mina tas) iofe a cnieinelie =faleinlat= =) eta | oleh ee ee eet eee Ungulinide....-.---------- +2222 2e eee ee |e ee ee eee nee renee ee eee eee eee eee eee cence ee ee Erycinide .-------------------------- Be es See ee Aa eR SOS SNCS Ao aans ee oe Cyamiide@ -.-------------- 2-2-2 eee eee fee cee eee e een ct net e renner etter lee e eee cee cece eee eee Leptonidée ..---.---------- +202 22-222 eee |e ee ee eee ee eee ne ee ee eee e cones Loe Ra SAE Ee es ah oe Galeommide#.-..-------- ne aSayald 2,5 wis oie cleie | atetereale Selareale se eieaaimiaete es aarere eae beta iats |e ee Solemyida.-..-.-.-------------- 2-2-2 -l eee ee eee rete eee eee rere eee eee re eee eee eee ee (Ohimeirelitihey se sae onnassoessed= sG00n8css |i aes pele chess esac Ris ore oie erase SITS SPT Oe ee seer (Ohhh be Aen ee Reo ooSoeemetc do seo cen Ma Eas pSb GD AdOs ae acoco ssoS sno nedosGa70\|s aepysscaocaScomesebEdadon Oe ee AE PRA ROE a BO eae asa enetn cosdcdon aoprsemMe baer sag secaee obo codonic Unionide.
ale baoe setioe Shee sD eUO CoSao aa ebopesoare |. ooeteeiisinenes s.cceee seca cones sane eeees | mlnldind dee.
DE re tn ne ie So aias ein ole a esoleinleies o ateiniecnin nie eel all stale iain mine te| atm atone eee lee | Mycetopodide. Be RS Se cee ooo Seo deam dosed ae saad on Saaconccapedoce sony Snacahesac AAtheriide. New citic rer eae b eale ela etete 2 tee ell etnte eters mlere eeeeke etneet ho ete tatareetaielaretere Muelleriide.
To@lid Bunce oe coc cscs c:os ascii wie c:ds 1c ecto elo e cre es tee ee es a Ptah aCe ttf he "aw mtn] wn ie te G0 Ub ition eneane canoes saosSeeseodsaos | Arcidesieece aman see ae siete cles asi Aveidte'. = ceeeese store
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 351
ORDER METARRHIPT#.
Marine. | Brackish. Fresh.
SLA CHG Eee erratic cmieisin wie vicie slloseciee oe cic sleweiRc, occ cos ccc ou web moete Mellow emma oaio ora ccc os eee awe ORDER HETEROMYARIA. Maer iasteete ae cee kero i cru ta ts: Movihilad ee ees Rees | <1 2? cena Ee ae eae stesso ORDER MONOMYARIA. le ES Goss Hank baSBe eee aco ses GSdOOU BD OoO CC OSS Soo Sa UC el. ESS USEC eer Earansecoccene. contecsstc BE Ticats Cl Oe ree tte are rctexe miosis cei stel eke els ee etiotell easiest ere aie wi chetwrbis Situs Sie oe cele seas siellsinee bis. uate meee eee eet tere MARUI a4 pos oSaubee cob so asbooracbs noose conecone tee eee SosEaoneter Bosra s ates sonGamacetn STHEM TRIG -- “asocdesooe scoecenseeassa5| sos Sos cedoecoqecesnsageEna jae cnaeedced bdoseacs0sdcerc dosgscsdue SIG AINYT CLEC ee a rota aeta cierareroee a aie ele wine lotern, = areyel| istetsle eros Re clare vce nice scaejeis aiia bmi os winisis orc.ca seis cles ss sieineielowies wise. = GC TIA hose erates siete eis rice rorcic feiss sinial [eit te he cis|siais ciciete see aa cals eb escis oe eos |lfens skye Res ee oe ES Tee Tel Soe rater artes ec oleae rates cle med ee eee te Ae eat RUNS oye one oA eeiale a elle acral tots oe are Bla oe reine eae VACHO TNL eeiecrete a oe ae Sincere 2a Be cr AMOMTLO cosa cis wie ilaizicrorevsc'o ayaie's SSO eee eee Eseid}e mate aees Ostretlesnnes cates bao eels Eyawhetsetcteaate ee Ostrerd Bee cetera. Nese ene la oe eee pore ee wee crise = Seer eee
The following remarks are confined to those families which are known to have representatives in more than one of the three kinds of aquatic habitat indicated in the foregoing table.
The Teredinidw are properly regarded as a marine family, but at least one living species is known in a fresh-water habitat, namely, in the lower Ganges. Therefore the discovery of a fossil member of this family is not of itself positive, although presumptive, proof of the marine origin of the formation containing it.
A similar remark may be made concerning the Solecurtide, a few species of which have been found in brackish waters, and in rare cases some have been known to range into fresh waters.
The Corbulide are common in both marine and brackish waters, and they are occasionally found to have passed into adjacent fresh waters or to have survived the freshening of the saline waters in which they formerly lived. Fossil members of this family are often found with only marine associates, quite as often with brackish water associates, and in rare cases all associated species are fresh-water forms.
Some species of both the Psammobiide and Glauconomide have been found in estuarine waters of considerably less than marine saltness. Therefore fossil species referable to either of these families are likely to be found associated with an estuarine fauna.
The Cyrenid like the Corbulidie, are represented in marine, brack- ish, and purely fresh waters, and the paleontological significance of both families is similar.
The range of habitat of the Cyrenoidide is similar to that of the Cyrenide, except that none of them are known to inhabit purely tresh waters.
The Dreissenide as a family appear to find marine, brackish, and
352 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
fresh waters equally congenial, and some species appear to range into both brackish and fresh water. This family, however, is represented by a greater number of species in nonmarine than in marine waters.
The Adacnid are seldom or never found in waters of full marine saltness, but they are found in such waters as those of the fresher por- tions of the Black sea, in estuarine waters, and in those which are quite fresh. Therefore fossil members of this family are regarded as indicat- ing a nonmarine origin for the deposits containing them.
One feels so fully warranted in regarding the living Arcidie as a marine family that he expects to find no exception among its fossil members, but the case of the living fresh-water Scaphula gangetica shows that this rule is not absolute. Therefore it is possible, if not probable, that fossil members of this family may be discovered in non- marine formations.
While the Mytilide all thrive in waters of full marine saltness, some of them also thrive in brackish waters. Entirely fresh waters, however, seem to be uncongenial to all of them.
All the Ostreide thrive in waters of full marine saltness. They thrive equally well in the less saline waters of estuaries and bays, but never in entirely fresh waters. Therefore the presence of fossil representa- tives of this family in any formation is taken to indicate that the water in which it was deposited was at least in some degree saline.
The Anomiidée are far more abundant in marine than in any other waters, but they are frequently found in the less saline waters of bays and lagoons. They are not known to occur in fresh waters, and it is therefore inferred that no fossil members of this family had a fresh- water habitat.
Brachiopoda.—Every known member of all the families of this class is exclusively marine. Therefore geologists regard the presence in any formation of Brachiopod remains as. sufficient evidence of its marine origin, in case there is no indication of its accidental presence.
Polyzoa.—With the exception of the three fresh-water families, Pec- tinatellidee, Cristatellidee, and Plumatellidie, all the Polyzoa inhabit Saline waters, most of them living in those of full marine saltness. A few of them range into brackish waters, but as a class they are so gen- erally marine in their habits that the geologist rarely hesitates to con- clude that any formation is of marine origin which contains fossil polyzoan remains. This conclusion is supported by the fact that the living fresh-water representatives of the class are rarely provided with skeletal, protective, or supporting parts which resist decomposition after the death of the colonies of minute animals.
ANNULOIDA.
The Annuloida are divisible into two classes, the Scolecida and Eeh- inodermata. All the Scolecida are omitted from this review because the remains of no representative of any of its families is likely to be discovered in a fossil state,
RELATION OF RIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 353
Every known member of all the families of the class Echinodermata is a denizen of marine waters. Therefore the discovery in any forma- tion of fossil remains referable to this class is accepted as proof of its marine origin.
3 ANNULOSA.
The classes Myriapoda and Arachnida are omitted from this review because they are all land animals except the few that find a congenial habitat in more or less direct contact with water.
In their adult state the Insecta are generally land animals, but some of them resort to at least a partially aquatic habitat. In their larval state, however, many insects are true aquatic animals, usually living in fresh waters. In this state some of them possess no such skeletal or protec- tive parts as are likely to resist decomposition, but many of them, like the adult Insecta, Arachnida and Myriapoda, are provided with a chi- tinous covering which retains more or less completely the bodily form of the animal after its death and decomposition. Therefore such forms are not unfrequently found preserved in a fossil state, but because all, or nearly all the members of those three classes had either a land or fresh-water habitat their remains are much more likely to find intomb- mentin the sediments of fresh waters than in those of either brackish or marine waters. Indeed no such remains are known to have been found in any deposits which are unmistakably of marine origin.
Crustacea.—All the Crustacea being provided with gills or other organs suited to aqueous respiration have a peculiarly direct relation to the subject of these discussions. <All of them also being provided with a more or less complete dermal skeleton or outer covering which resists decomposition and retains the form of the animal after its death, necessarily are of great paleontological importance. It is, however, true that their practical value in the present discussion is much less than that of the Mollusca not because of any inferiority, but because crustacean remains are comparatively very rare, especially in all North American strata which represent that portion of geological time during which were deposited the principal unmistakably nonmarine forma- tions. For this and other reasons a tabulation of the families of the living Crustacea like that of the fishes and mollusks on preceding pages has been omitted. Some of the more important facts concerning the range of habitat of certain of the various groups which constitute this class are, however, recorded in the following paragraphs.
This review of the Crustacea is, therefore, somewhat more general than that of the fishes and mollusks. That is, no regular classification of the Crustacea is attempted, but the remarks are ranged under the head of the general divisions of the class, and direct reference is made only to those families or other subdivisions representatives of which are found in either fresh or brackish waters or both. All those sub- divisions, which are not specially mentioned, are not known to live in other than marine waters.
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2 23
354 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Members of many of the families of the large subclass Malacostraca range beyond the limits of marine waters, but most of them are con- fined to a marine habitat.
The living Brachyurans are so generally of marine habitat that in the absence of any conflicting evidence geologists are usually disposed to regard all those strata as of marine origin which contain fossil remains referable to this division of the Crustacea, but the following facts show that this exclusive view is not admissible. The greater part, if not all of one subfamily, the Thelphusinia, are either denizens of tresh waters or live a large part of the time upon the land in the vicinity of fresh waters. Some species of the Grapsoidea, although most of them are marine, also have a similar range and peculiarity of habitat while others are apparently confined to brackish waters. Many of the marine as well as of the fresh-water species of the Grapsoidea range more or less upon the land.
Although it is well to emphasize the fact that most of the species and genera of the Brachyurans are typically marine animals, many of them besides those already referred to, such, for example, as the genera Callinectes and Panopeus, range into estuaries and bays, some of them going into adjacent fresh waters without apparent inconvenience. It is also a Significant fact that of the Brachyurans, as well as of the Macrurans which inhabit fresh waters, many more are found in fluvia- tile and palustral than in lacustrine waters.
The range of habitat of the Anomoura is similar to that of the Brach- yura. Most of them live in waters of full marine saltness, some inhabit brackish waters, some wander inland, and one genus, AZglea, is nearly or quite confined to fresh waters. It is thus apparent that the discovery of fossil remains of a representative of this group of Crus- taceans in a given formation would not necessarily be proof of its marine origin.
The Macrura as a whole have a wide range of aquatic habitat, most of them living in marine waters, many in fresh waters, and some of them venturing occasionally upon the land.
The family Astacide proper, or crayfish, are all denizens of fresh water, while those similar genera which were formerly referred to this family are confined to a marine habitat, with the probable exception that some of them range into brackish waters. Although many of the Astacide burrow in wet earth at considerable distances from any body of water, few or none of them wander so far upon the land as do some of the Brachyura or even some of the Anomoura.
The Crangonid are generally of marine habitat, but some range into brackish waters.
Most if not all the Atyide inhabit fresh waters.
Many of the Palemonide are restricte i to marine waters, many live in brackish waters, and several genera are confined to fresh waters, some of them living in rivers far from the sea,
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 355
As arule the Penzidie inhabit marine waters, but some of the spe- cies are known to range into fluviatile waters.
The Stomatopoda have considerable range of habitat. Some of the Myside range from marine into brackish waters, and at least one spe- cies is found in inland fresh waters.
The Squillide are, as a rule, marine forms, but some of them range into brackish waters.
The greater part of the Isopoda inhabit marine waters, but many genera are confined to fresh waters, while all the members of one family, the Oniscidie, are of terrestrial habitat. A considerable number of genera also range into brackish water.
All known members of the Anisopoda are denizens of marine waters.
A considerable proportion of the species and many genera of the Amphipoda are denizens of fresh water while most of the others are confined to a marine habitat, many ranging into brackish waters.
The subclass Entomostraca embraces a greater proportion of denizens of nonmarine waters than does the subclass Malacostraca. They are also of special interest to the geologist because representatives of at least one suborder are found in much earlier formations than are any members of the other subclass.
The Cirripedia are so generally regarded by geologists as being ex- clusively denizens of marine waters, or of those which are of nearly full marine saltness, that they rarely hesitate to accept the presence of fossil remains of any crustacean referable to this order in auy forma- tion as evidence of its marine origin. One species of Balanus, how- ever, has been found in comparative abundance ranging from marine waters far up the St. John’s river in Florida, and thriving there in fresh water. This case is apparently as exceptional as that, for exam- ple, of the Teredinoid and Arcoid mollusks in the lower Ganges and of Selachian fishes in Lake Nicaragua, but it may be that other similar cases will be found among the Cirripedia. Still, in the absence of con- flicting evidence geologists are probably justified in regarding Cirriped remains as indicating marine conditions.
The Copepoda are mostly minute animals, and inhabit both fresh and salt waters. They are usually provided with a chitinous or membra- nous covering which, with few exceptions, is too delicate to be well preserved in sediments after the death of the animal. It is probable, therefore, that few fossil remains of these animals have ever become fossilized, and these are likely to escape discovery because of their minuteness and delicacy.
Various forms of the bivalve Crustacea constituting the Ostracoda are found in both fresh and marine waters, and also in the brackish water of estuaries. They are often gregarious, immense numbers being often found together. Their former abundance was also great, as is shown by the multitudes of fossil forms that are sometimes found in the sedimentary rocks of various ages. .
356 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Most of the Phyllopoda inhabit fresh waters, but some live in marine, and some in brackish waters. They ave mostly small or minute Crus- taceans but being gregarious they are often found together in great numbers. Their paleontological value is similar to that of the Ostra- coda except that the latter are more prevalent in the paleozoic forma- tions.
Nearly or quite all the Crustacea of the earlier geological ages are referable to the subclass Gigantostraca, but its living representatives are only the Xiphosura, and these are confined to two species of the gepus Limulus. Although the Malacostraca are more conspicuously abundant than all other living Crustaceans, fossil remains referable to any divisions of this subclass are comparatively rare in strata of any age and none have been found in rocks of earlier than Carboniferous age. On the contrary, the Gigantostraca, which are represented by only two known living species, existed in great abundance in the Cain- brian, Silurian and Devonian ages, when they were represented by numerous genera and families, especially of the trilobites.
It is therefore evident that a knowledge of the different kinds of aquatic habitat of living crustaceans affords little direct information concerning that of those which lived during the three earlier geological ages just mentioned. Consequently all the obtainable evidence of this kind is derived from the remains of their faunal associates. Much the greater proportion of all those ancient crustaceans, including all of the trilobites, are thus assumed to have lived in marine waters, but the usual absence of immediately associated forms that can be with cer- tainty assigned to either a marine or nonmarine origin has left in doubt the question as to the character of the water in which others of the Gigantostraca lived.
Annelida.—The members of this class which possess such skeletal or protective parts as are most likely to resist decomposition are the Tubi- cola, all of which secrete a shell, usually calcareous, much resembling the shells of gasteropod mollusks. They are all denizens of saline waters, mostly those of the open ocean. By means of the partly chiti- nous covering of certain of the Errantia or roving worms, their bodily form may occasionally be preserved after the death of the animal in the sediments which formed its habitat while living; and their presence in such sediments is often indicated by their burrows when the animals themselves are not discovered.
So generally are the Annelida denizens of marine waters that the presence of the remains or burrows of any of them in a geological for- mation is regarded by geologists as indicating its marine orig n.
CAQELENTERATA,.
The Hydrozoa only of the somewhat numerous orders embraced in this subkingdom are represented in fresh waters. These fresh-water representatives are all minute, and are not furnished with skeletal parts
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 357
such as would be likely to be preserved in a fossil state. Therefore it is not to be expected that fossil remains referable to the Ca@lenterata will be found in any formation of fresh-water origin.
The marine subclasses Siphonophora, Discophora, and Lucernarida, as well as many members of the class Actinozoa, are also all destitute of such skeletal parts as are likely to long resist decomposition after the death of the animal. It is an interesting fact that unmistakable imprints of the bodies of Coelenterata belonging or related to the jelly- fishes have been found in certain geological strata composed of ex- tremely fine sediments; but, as a rule, the geologists can not hope to discover any fossil traces of animals which in life were not furnished with such skeletal or integumentary parts as would resist the decompo- sition of their soft parts after death. While the bodies of many of the Coelenterata are wholly of this soft character, a large proportion of them are furnished with stony skeletal parts, the most conspicuous examples of which are the numerous kinds of corals. Others are furnished with corneous or chitinous coverings or supports which are sometimes found fossilized. So characteristic are these Actinozoa of marine waters that the geologist does not hesitate to accept as of marine origin any forma- tion containing fossil corals, which are the skeletal parts of such
animals. PROTOZOA,
Of the Protozoa only the orders Foraminifera, Radiolaria, and Spon- gida need be mentioned in this review, because only representatives of these orders secrete such hard parts as are likely to be preserved in a fossil state. Much the greater portion of the Protozoa are microscopic- ally minute, but the sponges and some other forms are frequently of large size. The Protozoa live in both fresh and marine waters, but they are so very much more abundant in the latter that the discovery of their remains in a geological formation is usually taken as indicat- ing its marine origin.
PLANTS,
Compared with the fossil remains of animals very little direct infor- mation can be obtained from those of plants as to the character of the water in which the formations containing them were deposited.
The siliceous remains of diatoms often constitute layers of consider- able thickness among the sedimentary rocks, but because they are found in both marine and nonmarine deposits, and because of the special character of their classification, they are not definitely referred to in these discussions.
All seaweeds or marine plants are far more simple in structure than land plants and their composition is such as to insure their rapid de- composition. This character has prevented their fossilization in the sediments of formerly existing seas in such a condition as to be of any considerable value in paleontological study. The case is. somewhat
358 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
different as regards palustral plants, the character of most of which may usually be accepted as trustworthy evidence of their nonmarine habitat. Still, the remains of land plants, like those of land animals, are far more likely to have found the quiet entombment necessary to their preservation in the sediments of nonmarine than in those of marine waters, because the former waters were surrounded by the land upon which the plants grew, and because the nonmarine sediments receiving such remains are, as a rule, not subject to the destructive littoral wash which usually prevails along sea borders.
The following faets and assumptions have a direct bearing upon the foregoing statements and discussions and upon their practical applica- tion to geological investigation.
The various bodies of water which existed during geological time, and which constituted the habitat of aquatic animals, were of the same kinds that now exist, namely, marine and fresh, together with those of the various intervening grades of saltness. Although it is probable that the marine waters of early geological time were not so salt as those of the present oceans, it is believed that this difference in salt- ness has not been so great as to make any appreciable difference as to legitimate conclusions of the kind that have been indicated on pre- ceding pages. It seems to be especially evident that this difference has been thus inappreciable since the close of paleozoie time, since which time the greater part of the known unmistakably nonmarine formations were deposited.
Existing bodies of water are constantly depositing materials similar to those of which the sedimentary rocks are composed.
In past geological epochs the habits of animals of a given character and structure were the same as those of similar now living animals, and they lived under conditions similar to those which are congenial and necessary to their now living congeners. Also in those epochs plants of a given character lived under conditions similar to those which are necessary to the corresponding kinds of now living plants.
Those animals alone which are furnished with organs for aqueous respiration can be confidently relied upon as indicating the character of the water in which they respectively lived.
Thus, if all the known now living members of a given family are con- fined to marine, cr to fresh waters, as the case may be, it is assumed that the habitat of the extinct members of such families were similarly restricted, and that the presence of fossil remains of such animals in a given formation is, in the absence of conflicting facts, sufficient evi- dence of its marine origin on the one hand or of its fresh-water origin on the other. Again, if a given family is known to have representa- tives now living in marine, brackish, and fresh waters, respectively, it is assumed that it had a similar range of habitat during past geolog- ical epochs. Therefore, the discovery in a given formation of fossil re- mains of a single representative of a family having such a varied range
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 359
of habitat is not of itself sufficient to enable one to decide whether it was of marine, brackish, or fresh water origin, and other evidence must be sought. :
The evidence upon which criteria of the character of formerly exist- ing bodies of water are based is usually more or less direct, but it is sometimes cumulative and concurrent in its character. Still, when properly applied, the latter kind of evidence is ustially nearly or quite as valuable as if it were absolute and direct.
The criteria of past aqueous conditions which are discussed in this essay are of course only such as may be derived from sedimentary formations and their contents. It can not be said that there are any fully trustworthy physical criteria because a nonmarine formation rarely presents any condition of stratification, or any lithological character, which is not observable in some marine formations. Still, there are many more or less valuable indications which may be ob- served and to some degree relied upon in the absence of fossil remains.
For example, although considerable accumulations of calcareous strata are sometimes found among the generally arenaceous strata of fresh-water formations they have never been found to contain any im- portant accumulations of regularly bedded limestones. Furthermore, estuarine deposits are often still more of a detrital character than are fresh-water formations and also they more rarely contain calcareous layers. Therefore if one should encounter a series of regularly bedded limestones, either magnesian or fully caleareous, he will rarely, if ever, be at fault in regarding them as of marine origin even without biologi- cal evidence.
In a large proportion of the nonmarine formations the stratification is less regular than is usually the case with marine formations. Still, this by no means is a certain criterion, and in some cases nonmarine formations are found to rest so conformably upon the marine and to be so conformably overlain by them as to give little indication of the
great difference in the condition of their origin.
The foregoing examples show how indefinite is the character of physi- cal evidence as to the past aqueous conditions under which the various sedimentary formations have been produced, but they serve to empha- size a statement of the fact that almost entire reliance must be placed upon the evidence furnished by fossil remains.
With reference to general indications of difference between marine and nonmarine formations which are furnished by their fossil remains we observe that a conspicuous difference lies in the comparative abun- dance and variety of forms of life which the fossil faunas of the for- mations respectively represent. Marine waters have always teemed with life in a wonderful variety of forms, and their fossil remains are proportionally abundant. The variety is less in brackish waters and least of all in lacustrine waters. It is true that ichthyie life is abun- dant in some fresh waters, but never so generally abundant or so
360 ’ REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
various aS in marine waters. It is also true that molluscan life is often locally abundant in shallow fresh waters, but, as already several times mentioned, the variety is extremely meager. AJ] these peculiar- ities are distinctly observable among the fossil faunas of the non- marine formations. .
Other general indications of difference between marine and non- marine formations are furnished by remains of land plants and animals. Open-sea formations are naturally free from any vegetal remains de- rived from the land, although coal and other materials of vegetal origin are not unfrequently found alternating with layers containing marine fossil remains. ‘These, however, as explained on a preceding page, are regarded as cases of emergence of the bottom of shallow sea waters and the subsequent subsidence of the same as plant laden marshy land. It is a matter of fact, the reason for which has been suggested in preced- ing essays, that plant remains of any kind, especially such as are in a classifiable condition, have so rarely been found associated with re- mains of denizens of marine waters that the discovery of fossil plants in any formation is of itself presumptive evidence of its nonmarine origin.
It has already been shown on preceding pages that the remains of land animals have so seldom reached marine waters or, having reached them, they were probably so generally destroyed by the triturating action of coast waves that the discovery of any of this kind of fossil remains in any formation may also be regarded as presumptive evidence of its nonmarine origin.
The foregoing statements have been made with reference to indica- tions which are either of a general character or without direct relation to the quality of the waters in which sedimentary formations have been deposited. All the direct evidence, as already has been fully stated, is derivable trom the fossil remains of the denizens, especially the gill- bearing kinds, ot the waters in which were deposited the formations: under investigation.
Referring to the foregoing review of the animal kingdom, including: the tables which it embraces, it will be seen that a large number of families of both fishes and invertebrates are confined to a marine hab: itat, and that every member of even some of the higher divisions is: similarly restricted. For example, every known member of the classes: Cephalopoda and Brachiopoda is confined to a marine habitat, It willl also be seen that a certain small number of families, especially of the: mollusca, are equally restricted to fresh waters. The significance of: such cases as these has already been pointed out, but it is desirable to refer to them again.
Fossil remains representing any one of these kinds of animals may: be taken as positive evidence of the quality of the water in which was deposited the formation containing them, provided there shall be no room for reasonable doubt that the animals were really denizens of:
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 361
that water. That is, caution is necessary even in these more positive cases, especially when the amount of discovered fossil material is mea- gre.
Not only caution but the exercise of careful judgment is necessary in other cases. For example, it will also be seen by referring to the foregoing review that certain families, while most of its members are confined to one kind of water, may have one or more representatives in other kinds, and again that certain families may have representa- tives in all the known kinds of habitable waters. In such cases as these it is plain that all evidence afforded by fossil remains to be of any value must be corroborated by other evidence.
Still, the cases are very few in which serious doubt need be enter- tained as to the true character of the water in which a given formation was deposited. This is especially true if the fossil remains are suffi- cient in quantity and perfection to approximately represent the whole fauna that lived in those waters. Indeed, if the facts which are re- corded on the preceding pages are borne in mind there need be no more doubt as to what was the quality of the water in which any given for- mation was deposited than might arise concerning any other geological observation.
362 : REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM 1892.
VIII. THE CLAIMS OF GEOLOGICAL SCIENCE UPON INVESTIGATORS, MUSEUMS, ETC.
With reference to the ordinary pursuits of life it can hardly be said that, aside from a natural demand for respectable emulation, one’s occupation has any claims upon him other than those which are either conventionally or legally imposed by society upon every one of its members. The geological investigator, however, is not only amenable to all such claims but to others of a different nature which, although not enforceable by legal, and unfortunately not yet by conventional, penalties are not less imperative in their character.
These claims upon the investigator will be presented in the following paragraphs, but it is well to remark here that they are by no means an abridgement of his rights as an individual, because he has no rights with relation to science which the latter does not confer. It is true that the legal right of personal ownership of scientific material and the abstract right of independent investigation can not be questioned from the standpoint of the ordinary affairs of life, but it is my purpose to show that the individual investigator owes an allegiance to science which demands at least a modification of the privilege of asserting those rights. That is, I propose to show that because the general advancement of geological science must be accomplished and its integ- rity maintained by the coéperation of a multitude of workers in the various branches of investigation, its claims are superior to those of the individual, and that he can not exclusively assert the rights referred. to without material disadvantage to science. Indeed, he can not do so without lessening, and to some extent destroying, the value of his own labors.
Much might be said in favor of the demands which may be made in the name of science upon the individual on the ground of justice and of moral and social ethics, but I shall omit all considerations of this kind and refer only to those claims which are supported by the urgent neces- sities of science itself. Claims of the kind referred to might be made in favor of all the various divisions of science, but I shall on the pres- ent occasion confine my discussions to those which pertain to biological geology, including both its structural and systematic branches. With reference to the manner in which the subject of this essay is pre- sented it is proper to say that the homilitic form has not been adopted merely from personal preference, but because I believe it to be in the present case a proper and effective, if an indirect, method of calling attention to prevalent errors, and of suggesting necessary improve- ments in certain prevalent methods.
These claims of science will be considered not only with reference to the individual investigator, but to associations, museums, and geolog-
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 363
ical organizations. Those which may be’ made upon the individual investigator relate to the manner of prosecuting his work and of pub- lishing its results, and also to his final disposition of the evidence upon which his conclusions are based. Claims upon associations or societies relate to the character and methods of publication; those upon muse- ums, to the conservation and installation of fossil remains and of the records pertaining to them; and those upon organizations, to the pres- ervation of the integrity of geological science.
Among the necessities of geological science which require the enforce- ment of these claims are those which arise from its extensive range, the interrelation of its various branches, and the cumulative character of the evidence upon which it is based. Its extensive range makes it impossible that any one investigator should compass more than a small part of the whole field, the interrelation of its branches requires that each branch should be investigated with direct reference to all the others, and the cumulative character of the evidence which constitutes its foundation requires that every item of that evidence should be con- ventionally judged. These conditions show that it is the publie and not the individual that must be the final arbiter of all questions per- taining to the results of investigation. It is, therefore, essential that the public should be furnished with all the evidence upon which the individual reaches his conclusions, and that this evidence should be so preserved as to be accéssible to all investigators.
In all such arbitrations a clear distinction must necessarily be made between evidence and testimony. The former rests upon facts and is therefore intrinsically infallible. The latter rests only upon individual judgment and is in every case liable to be modified even by its authors, and to be questioned, if not opposed, by others. Facts observed and recorded, and material collected and preserved, constitute a perpetual source of evidence, but personal authority can have no permanently exclusive or dominant place with relation to geological science, and acceptable personal responsibility for published conclusions and an- nouncements of discovery must be contined to those which are sup- ported by tangible evidence and by reference to all obtainable funda- mental and relevant facts.
In biological geology the principal evidence necessary to be obtained is of two kinds, biological material in the form of fossil remains, and stratigraphic conditions with relation to geological structure and gen- eral stratigraphic classification. The fossil remains must necessarily be collected for study, and science justly demands that they should be placed where they will ever after be accessible to all investigators. It is also essential that observations of stratigraphieal conditions should be made in immediate connection with the collection of fossil remains, and that such observations and collections should in all cases be so recorded and published that every locality may be readily revisited and identified, and every observation repeated by any other observer,
‘364 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
In short, it is essential that the public should be furnished with the same means of judging of the significance of all the facts and condi- tions that may be reported by an original, or any other, observer that they have themselves employed. It is largely with reference to the collection and conservation of the kinds of evidence referred to that the claims of biological geology are here presented.
In considering the claims of science upon the individual it is desir- able to make some reference to the amateur as well as to the special investigator. This recognition of nonprofessional work is desirable because the general subject of geology has acquired such a hold upon the popular mind and the opportunities for making observations with relation to it are everywhere so common that in every civilized coun- try there is a multitude of persons who are in the habit of making more or less critical observations. Notwithstanding the usually limited and desultory character ‘of such observations, they have often contributed materially to the general fund of geological knowledge, especially when accompanied by a faithful record and preservation of evidence. Indeed some of the most valuable facts in geology have been brought out by amateur observers, whothemselves were hardly conscious that they had made their way alone to the frontier of acquired knowledge; and from the ranks of such observers have arisen many of the leaders in geologi- cal investigation.
Although only a small proportion of amateur observers can hope to accomplish so much as this, it is proper to assume that a very large pro- portion of them desire to contribute all they can to the advancement of science. These will therefore be included with other individual in- vestigators in presenting the claims of science upon them, but for obvious reasons no reference need be made to those whose attention is directed to geology by mere curiosity or the desire for pecuniary gain. In the following remarks concerning the claims of science upon the in- dividual the amateur will readily perceive what portions of them are applicable to himself.
It has been shown in the preceding essays that systematic geology could have no existence without the use of fossil remains. and also that without their use structural geology would be reduced to mere local and disconnected studies. It has also been shown that to arrive at a just estimate of the value of fossil remains in these branches of geology they must be thoroughly and systematically studied as representatives of faunas and floras as well as tokens of the formations in which they are found. The proper collection and preservation of fossil remains is therefore a subject of the greatest importance. In view of these facts it is the plain duty of every geologist upon beginning a piece of field work in structural geology to accompany every step of his examina- tion of the strata by as full a collection as possible of the contained fossils and to preserve them, together with notes recording the results of his observations and a statement of all the facts relevant thereto,
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 365
If it were practicable to obtain from these fossils at sight all the infor- mation which they are capable of conveying, and if the judgment of every collector were so infallible that no codperation by other observers and no final arbitration by the scientific public were necessary, it would not be essential to the successful prosecution of field work that fossils should be collected and preserved. But this is only a negative method of stating the imperative necessity of making full collections of fossils in the prosecution of investigations in structural geology and of preserving them for future reference.
Fossils thus collected and the facts concerning them recorded become invested with a value which differs materially from that which is pos- sessed by ordinary property, and the claims of science upon them and upon the investigator with relation to them at once begin. These claims, as just intimated, require that a careful descriptive record be made of the stratigraphical conditions under which the fossils are found, including a directive record of the locality and designation of the stratum from which they were obtained. They also require that these records should be inviolably preserved and made inseparable from every specimen by indices that shall be as intelligible to other investigators as to the original observer.
Aside from the claims of science such precaution is necessary, because reliance upon memory alone is always unsafe in the most favorable cases, and it can at best give rise only to such oral traditions as are out of place in scientific work. The immediate preparation of the records and indices just mentioned is also necessary, because, while every specimen is at all times competent to impart to an investigator all obtainable knowledge of its own character, it can of itself convey no information as to its original locality and stratigraphic position. With this information secured for a collection of fossils they may be made at all times available as aids to scientific research not only by the collector, but by all other investigators.
The claims of science also require that immediately upon the com- pletion of the original study of fossils thus collected and recorded they shall be placed where they will be freely accessible to the scien- tific public, and that reference to their place of deposit shall be made in connection with their publication. It is needless to say that the only suitable places for such deposit are public museums. It is only when this indispensable evidence is thus made accessible that the publie van exercise that arbitration over the accumulated results of the labors of investigators which has been shown to be imperative.
The preparation and publication of complete records concerning the locality and strata from which fossil remains are obtained are necessary even from a biological point of view alone, especially when those remains are studied with reference to the range of organic forms in time, and without such records fossil remains are comparatively worthless as aids in geological investigation, It is unfortunately true that a not unimpor-
366 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
tant proportion of the paleontological material contained in our best museums is without these essential records, and that many of the publi- cations containing descriptions and illustrations of fossil remains give no satisfactory information as to the localities and strata from which they were obtained or of the final disposition of the specimens. In such cases those authors and collectors have evidently assumed to decide for themselves and for science the exact taxonomic position in the geolog- ical scale of the strata from which their fossils came. In omitting such records as have been referred to they seem to have considered any information unnecessary that would enable the scientific public to repeat their observations upon their specimens or those which they may have made in the field, or to learn the biological characteristics of the formations from which their collections were obtained other than those which may be suggested by their own partial collections and their necessarily imperfect descriptions. It is doubtless true that such omis- sions have been largely due to an honest lack of appreciation on the part of authors and collectors of the importance of preserving such records, but it is to be feared that in some important cases the omis- sions or suppressions have been intentional. In the former class of cases the fact can only be deplored, but in the latter every geologist is justified in feeling that a crime has been committed against science.
The claims of geological science upon associations and societies are so generally and justly recognized that only the one which relates to the manner of publishing the results of investigation need be referred to in this connection, and this reference will be confined to the necessity of enforcing the claims upon individual investigators which have al- ready been discussed. This claim may be sufficiently indicated by ref- erence to those last mentioned, and by the remark that if it is the duty of individuals to publish records of their observations in the manner that has been stated, it is plainly the duty of those persons who may be in charge of the means of publication to refuse to publish the writings of those authors who do not conform to that requirement.
The facts and principles which have been stated in the preceding essays fully warrant the statements made on foregoing pages of this one, that individual authority can have no existence with relation to geological science, that the public must be the final arbiter of all ques- tions concerning the value of proposed contributions to its advance- ment, and that a public exposition should be made of the evidence upon which any contribution to biological geology is based. In accordance with the last-named requirement it is necessary to consider the claims of this branch of science upon museums, the force of which is apparent when it is remembered that the material pertaining to it therein stored constitutes the vital evidence of the value of all contributions to its advancement, and that without such evidence this branch of science would be reduced to a mass of personal testimony.
in view of the great scientific value of fossil remains the following
RELATION OF BIOLOGY TO GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 367
remarks are offered concerning the precautions which are necessary in their preservation. It is true that most if not all these precautions are observed in a large part of the principal scientific museums of the world, but it is also true that much remissness in this respect has occurred in others. Besides the propriety of referring to the jatter fact, these remarks are necessary to complete my statement of the claims of science which constitute the subject of this essay.
Three general classes of specimens of fossil remains should be rec- ognized in musewn collections, namely, typical, authenticated, and unauthenticated. Under the head of typical or type specimens are ineluded not only those which have been described and figured in any publheation, whether original or otherwise, but those which have in any public manner been so used or referred to. While all such specimens as these should at all times be accessible to any competent investiga- tor, the risk of loss or injury is so great that they should in no case be allowed to be taken from the museum building in which they are in- stalled. Such specimens are in a peculiar sense unique, and there can be no substitution and no equivalent in value. Their loss greatly re- duces the value of every publication any part of which is based upon them, and to that extent retards the advancement of science. It is not enough that other, and even better, specimens of presumably the same species may be discovered; the former constitute the original, the latter only supposititious evidence. Besides the risk of loss or injury to type specimens by removal from the place of their installment their absence is a disadvantage to science. That is, no one investigator should be allowed their use to the exclusion of any other.
The term “authenticated specimens” is here applied to such as have been studied and annotated by competent investigators and properly installed. Such material constitutes the bulk of every important mu- seum collection, and next to the type specimens already mentioned they are most valuable. Their increased value is due to the scientific labor that has been bestowed upon them, and it needs only the addi- tional labor of publication to. constitute them type specimens and to make them of like value. Authenticated specimens when installed are ready aids to all investigators of such value that even the temporary removal of any of them from a public museum is, to say the least, of doubtful expediency.
Unauthenticated specimens are, of course, those which have not been studied and installed, and they constitute the great mass of material from which authenticated and type specimens are drawn. Among them are those which constitute the material evidence upon which original observations in biological geology are based. If these are accompanied by the records and descriptive notes which ona preceding page have been shown to be essential to their value, they constitute proper material for acceptance by museum authorities, but if not their installment should be refused, whatever their character may be. That
368 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
is, to apply a statement made in another connection, no specimen of fossil remains should be admitted to permanent installation in any pub- lic museum which is not accompanied by such a record of the locality and stratum from which it was obtained as will enable any investiga- tor to revisit the same. In every case of installment such records should be so connected with every specimen as to be readily accessi- ble, and so arranged that the danger of loss or disconnection shall be reduced to a minimum.
The foregoing discussion of the claims of science upon museums is intended to embrace reterence only to those which are devoted to the preservation of material pertaining to biological geology, but they are of more or less general applicability. These partial claims alone dem- onstrate the important relation that museums hold to science and to civilization as centers of learning and conservatories of the evidence concerning acquired knowledge. Museums should not only be made safe treasure-houses of science, but they should be what their name implies—temples of study—perpetually open to all investigators.
The claims of science upon geological organizations can not be dis- cussed at length in this essay, but because the ratio of power for the advancement or retardation of science possessed by such organizations is so much greater than that of individuals working independently, it is desirable to make this brief reference to them. That power increases also with the ratio of the extent of the organization, and it is largely centered in the director. His responsibility, especially if his organi- zation is a large one, is peculiar, and, to himself, of an unfortunate character. That is, while all or nearly all the advancement of science that may be accomplished by the organization is the work of his subor- dinates, retardation, if it Should occur, is mainly due to his failure to require that each branch of investigation should be prosecuted in ac- cord with all others, and the case would be little less than disastrous should he himself favor er parte methods or fail to require a symmetrical development of the work in his charge. The claims of science upon geological organizations are therefore really claims upon their directors, and they are more responsible than any other class of persons for the preservation of the integrity of geological science.
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS.
(BASED ON A STUDY OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT COLLEC- TIONS.)
By R. W. SHUFELDT, M. D.
In a valued communication, dated January 16, 1893, the present writer was honored by a request from the United States National Museum to furnish to it a paper upon what may briefly be termed “scientific taxidermy” in its widest sense. My attention was espe- cially invited to the progress that had been made in the art of taxi- dermy, as exemplified on the part of the various methods used in the preparation of, and the modes of mounting resorted to, in the case of all kinds of animals for museum exhibition. It was proposed that in a general way this study should review the field, in so far as the collections contained in the U. 8. National Museum and Smith- sonian Institution were concerned, from those times when specimens of mounted animals were first being made by those institutions to the day when the opening of the World’s Columbian Exposition at Chicago per- mitted people to see, in the varied groups and single examples of pre- served animals from nearly every department in nature sent there, what could be accomplished in such matters through the operations of skilled moderns in the taxidermic art. What was expected of me was further definitely defined, in the letter to which reference is made above, in the following words: ‘ We should like to have your unbiased opinion of the different pieces and kinds of work, whether favorable or unfavor- able, and should be glad to have you indicate, so far as you feel dis- posed to do so, what lines of work, in your opinion, promise the best results if carried further, and what you think should be abandoned.” This injunction, when faithfully performed in the case of any art what- soever, is the only proper test of our progress in it, and it is through comparison alone of early accomplishments, work recently performed, and what is being done in the particular line at the moment, that we can inform ourselves precisely where we stand. Very soon it became possible for me to direct my attention to this matter, and a preliminary overlook of the field convinced me that my chief duty lay in making just criticism of the results attained on: the part of the artist in tax- idermy, rather than an enumeration and description of all the details of
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2
D4. 369
370 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
technique of that art. Much that refers to the last-named class of work has been and will be shortly still more thoroughly set forth in certain papers and reports published by the National Museum. Some valuable instructions of that kind, I understand, are in press at the present writing, and ere long the scientific taxidermist will have before him all that refers to correct methods of the mounting of animals, as well as plastic modeling and everything that has any bearing thereupon.
The present paper, then, will have little or nothing to do with what might properly be called the chemistry and mechanics of taxidermy, but will rather deal with it from the standpoint of the art student and biologist. At some points these two lines, however, converge, but never distinctly intersect each other; and my chief object will have been attained, if this paper proves itself to be a useful adjunct to the others upon kindred lines of inquiry. Properly, it will fill the place of the last of the series, for the reasons that have just been stated.
History goes to show that there has been just as much of an evolu- lution, of progressive advancement, in the science and art of taxidermy as there has been in the case of the necessity for, the growth and im- provement in the building of, the stocking, and the management of museums. To a very large extent these two developments have been pari passu in nature, and, in one sense, they are quite dependent upon each other. To instance my meaning, it may be said that a handsome, instructive, and scientifically preserved group of animals may utterly fail of a useful purpose by being placed upon exhibition in some poorly lighted, indifferently ventilated, and otherwise unsuitable museum-hall; while on the other hand no amount of architectural beauty and _perfect- ness in the latter will ever serve to shield a group of animals that have been mounted by a person ignorant in all the departments of scientific taxidermy, from the criticism that work of that kind is sure to have continually poured down upon it by the intelligent natural historian.
It can be shown, then, that the taxidermie art, as in the case of all the arts and sciences, has had its dawn, having been nursed in a cradle of crude beginnings, far back in history, and since which time it has enjoyed a very remarkable career of development. To me there is no doubt but what it came into being with such pristine pursuits as pre- historic tanning, the embalming of the human body, and those of cer- tain domestic animals as the cats and dogs found in prehistoric remains of Egypt and elsewhere. Sure it is that Hanno, the very ancient Car- thaginian navigator, in the record that he has left us of his African ex- plorations, made five centuries before Christ, gives an account of his discovery of the gorilla, and “having killed and flayed them, we con- veyed their skins to Carthage.” There they were preserved for many generations, and are, no doubt, the Gorgones described by Pliny (146 iba):
Our own Pueblan Indians, as the Zunians and others, make very good “flat skins” of small birds to-day, an art no doubt traceable in
“SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. OL
them to the Mexicans, and the latter have probably practiced it for ages.
Montezuma, as stated by Cortez, possessed ee covered with the skins of the Trogan and other brilliantly plumaged birds. From the making of these flat skins for personal ornament to the desire to pre- serve in their natural appearance similar forms, as well as other small animals of all kinds, for the ornamentation of habitations, is both easy to be imagined, and very probable what took place. Gradually there was a demand for that kind of work, and it fell to the hands of those most skilled in its performance. They were the early taxidermists. Before specialization was ever dreamed of for the early arts of whatso- ever kind, there always, so history teaches, existed a kind of an aftinity bonding more or less closely together, the naturalist, the medical man, and the conservator of the curious in nature. Sikesneuns S portrayal of the London apothecary is illustrative of this, within whose
Needy shop a tortoise hung, An alligator stuffed, and other skins Of ill-shaped fishes.
Complete differentiation in certain quarters, in these days of the manhood of those sciences, has not as yet been thoroughly brought about, and even in some of the old German cities of the present time we yet hear of organizations known as “ The Society of Naturalists and Physicians,” and in some of our own late expeditions made under the auspices of the Government, the duties of ‘surgeon and naturalist” are relegated to one individual.
Now, although the mere preserving the skins of animals is an opera. tion to be easily traced back through nearly all races of people to the dawn of history, this does not altogether hold true with the ‘ mount- ing” of animals.*
Taxidermists are quite agreed that this phase of the art is of com- paratively quite modern origin. For instance, Montagu Browne has remarked that—
Little is known of the beginnings of the practice of the ‘‘stuffing” or ‘setting up” of animals for ornament or for scientific purposes; and it is highly probable, from what we gather from old works of travel or natural history, that the art is not more than some three hundred years old. It was practiced in England towards the end of the seventeenth century, as is proved by the Sloane collection. which in 1725 formed the nucleus of the collection of natural history now lodged in the galleries at South Kensington.
It was not until the middle of last century that any treatise devoted to the prin- ciples of the then little-understood art was published in France, Réaumer’s treatise (1749) being probably the first. This was followed at intervals by others in France and Com until the beginning of the ayes century, when the English began
* Probably, as Mr. Goode oi me, ine eee museum specimen in existence is a rhinoceros still preserved in the Royal Museum of Vertebrates in Florence. This was for a long time a feature of the Medicean Museum in Florence, and was origi- nally mounted for the museum of Ulysses Aldrovandus in Bologna. It dates from the sixteenth century.
372 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
to move in the matter, and several works were published, notably those by E. Don- ovan,* W. Swainson,t Capt. Thomas Brown,{ and others. These works, however, are now inadequate, and since the Great Exhibition of 1851, when the Germans and French taught British taxidermists the rudiments of scientific treatment of natural objects, several works have appeared upon the subject from the pens of American and English authors, sueh as J. H. Batty,§ R. Ward,|| and Montagu Browne.
That the art is recent was also held by Dr. Holder, who, in an able address given before the Society of American Taxidermists, said that the—
First authentic examples in this comparatively new art with which we are familiar are those produced through the patronage of the Prince Maximilian, of Nieu Wied, Germany. This distinguished naturalist had spent several years in exploring the bird region of North and South America. Equipped with every needful «ppliance for successful research, he included in the personnel of his staff a practical taxider- mist, and the numerous species of American birds and mammals, embracing many types of great value, testify to the thorough exploration which the Prince accom- plished in these regions. It was the good fortune of the American Museum of Nat- ural History to come into possession of the entire collection of natural objects which formed the well-known museum of this naturalist, and thus, through this collection, we have representations of the earliest period of the art.
Among the numerous examples contained in the Maximilian collection are a num- ber that yet bear the original label in the handwriting of the Prince. The frequent occurrence of Meiner Reiser (my journey), accompanied by dates from 1812 upwards, a period comprising a full three score years and ten, is recorded testimony of great historical value. Unscathed as those specimens are by museum pests, they preseut a most satisfactory evidence of the reliability of arsenical treatment as a means of perpetuation well nigh indefinite. How much earlier the art was practiced we have no definite knowledge. The numerous stuffed skins of reptiles, or rather mummies, found in Egyptian tombs naturally claim our notice as perhaps the earliest exam- ples.**
Extending over a very considerable period of duration we next find the art of taxidermy passing through a stage of its development, of which no end of examples quite parallel with it might be cited from
* Instructions for Collecting and Preserving Various Subjects of N London, 1794.
tThe Naturalist’s Guide for Collecting and Preserving Subjects of Natural History and Botany, London, 1822.
} Taxidermist’s Manual, Glascow, 1833.
§ Practical Taxidermy and Home Decoration, New York, 1880.
| Sportsman’s Handbook of Practical Collecting and Preserving, London, 1880.
q Practical Taxidermy, London, 1879, second edition, 1884; also, article Taxidermy, Encycl. Brit., ninth edition, vol, xxin, p. 89, from which the above quotation is made.
** J. B. Holder, Dr. Third Annual Report of the Society of American Taxidermists, Washington, 1884, p.40. In this connection it is well worthy of notice that in the same report Mr. L. M. McCormick (then of the U. 8S. National Museum) presents us with a most valuable and useful Bibliography of Taxidermy (pp. 91-112), wherein the earliest work cited on the art is that of Johann Daniel Geire, which consists of merely two pages from the Miscell. Acad. Nat. Curios, entitled ‘‘ De vernice ad con- servanda insecta et animalia,” being published December 2, 1689. Nothing of any importance, however, appearing between that date and the well known work of Ferchault de Réaum, which was given to the world in 1748.
atural History,
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. oho
the early histories of other arts and sciences. Photography and chem- istry are excellent instances of it. During the times to which I refer, taxidermists both in this country and Europe, with but rare excep- tions, could be grouped in two classes—the first, and by far the most numerous, was chiefly represented by men coming from the lower planes of society, who endeavored to throw as much mystery about their operations as possible; in fact, to keep their art a secret one, and if divulged at all, only done so at a high figure. The second class, as a rule better men socially, consisted of those who seemed to think that to either be a taxidermist or even to publish anything on the subject, required an humble apology to society. My private library contains works illustrative of both these classes. The first is a miserable little volume of some thirty pages published by its author, Mr. 8. H. Sylves- ter, at Middleboro, Mass., in 1865, and entitled ‘“*The Taxidermist’s Manual, giving full instructions in mounting and preserving birds [ete. ], sec. ed. (Price, $1.).”. Apart from the ridiculous meagreness of the information it affords, a single leading page 1s entirely devoted to the following ‘‘suggestion: ”
As common things lose their charm, so is it more particularly in this art. A person having this vork should not leave it exposed to the eyes of the curious. The same caution should be used in the practice. Work by yourself that none may know the mysteries of the art, unless they are willing to pay for the information as you your- self have done.
No less a book than the one published by Capt. Brown illustrates the second class to which we have referred.* In his preface this author remarks that—
In the following treatise it has been my object to attend more to rendering the meaning clear than to elegance of language; and, besides, to get the work up in a style at once creditable and moderate in price, so that it might be generally useful. At the same time I have preferred avowing myself the author to publishing the work anonymously, being firmly of opinion that no man should publish on a subject which he is ashamed to acknowledge. (p. VI.)
Such a “suggestion” as has been given us by Mr. Sylvester will never again appear upon the page of any standard work devoted to the art of taxidermy and published by a civilized nation any more than Capt. Brown’s thought of apologizing for the admirable little treatise which he has given us on the subject will ever be repeated in a similar work. Capt. Brown had the less to be “ashamed” of in his book, for in his introduction he places himself upon the record by his observa- tions as being one of the very first to sound the keynote, which, swell. ing through the last quarter of a century, has had its due influence in lifting taxidermy from the realm of an ignoble pursuit to the broad
“Thomas Brown (Capt.), F. L. 8., late president of the Royal Physical Society, ete. The Taxidermist’s Manual; or, The Art of Collecting, Preparing, and Presery- ing Objects of Natural History, designed for the use of Travelers, Conservators of Museums, and Private Collectors. London and Edinburgh, 1870. (Plates v1, pp. 150.)
374 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
platform of one of the most important and exact of all the sciences. I refer to the paragraph in which he has said:
Although considerable advances have been made of late years in the art of taxi- dermy, it is still far from perfection. This is to be attributed, in a great measure, to the education of the persons who practice this art; for among all I have met with employed in the preservation of animals, none have had the advantage of anatomical study, which is quite indispensable to the perfection of stuffing. One or two individuals, it is true, have attended to the structure of the skeleton of man and a few of the more common animals, but this is far from the information which they ought to possess; for nothing short of a general and extensive knowledge of comparative anatomy can qualify them sufficiently for an art which is so compre- hensive and varied in its application (pp. 2, 3).
Prophetic words, indeed, and not in a few quarters has the prophecy of this distinguished authority been largely fulfilled. More light, how- ever, is needed in other places, and in many of our museums of the very highest standing the examples of taxidermy they offer us are far, very far from our ideal of what they should be.
Charles Waterton is another worthy name that must not be forgotten here, and fully seventy years ago, m his Wanderings in South America, he wrote,in his quaint and impressive old style, yet pregnant with truth:
Were you to pay as much attention to birds as the sculptor does to the human frame, you would immediately see on entering a museum that the specimens are not well done. This remark will not be thought severe, when you reflect that that which was once alive has probably been stretched, stuffed, stiffened, and wired by the hand of a common clown. Consider, likewise, how the plumage must have been disordered by too much stretching or drying, and, perhaps, sullied, or at least deranged, by the pressure of a coarse and heavy hand—plumage which, ere life had fled within it, was accustomed to be touched by nothing rougher than the dew of heaven and the pure and gentle breath of air.
These are potent words as coming from the pen of a man who wrote them within a year or two of three-quarters of a century ago. Espe- cially is this the case when that ingenious naturalist in the same work enjoins that—
If you wish to be in ornithology what Angelo was in sculpture, you must apply to profound study and your own genius to assist you.
You must have a complete knowledge of ornithological anatomy. You must pay close attention to the form and attitude of the bird, and know exactly the propor- tion each curve, or extension, or contraction, or expansion of any particular part bears to the rest of the body. In a word you must possess Promethean boldness, and bring down fire and animation, as it were, into your preserved specimen.
“Repair to the haunts of birds on plains and mountains, forests, swamps, and lakes, and give up your time to examine the economy of the different orders of birds,” is also the kind of study Waterton recommended in 1825 to those who desired to preserve birds in their strictly natural attitudes as they assumed them in life and in nature.
Standing almost alone as he did as a sound instructor of the tax- idermic art in the first quarter of the present century, he is represented
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 375
at this writing, or in the very last part of the century’s last quarter, by scores of teachers in Europe and America who entertain precisely similar opinions. Not only this, but recruits are rapidly coming to the ranks as time hastens on, and it is quite safe to predict that in another century, or even less, the old-time ‘bird-stuffer” will cease to be found ‘in the flesh” among us,
Already I have given above, in the words of Montagu Browne, who have been the chief promoters of this art in Great Britain; other na- tions also have in this way powerfully contributed to the material prog- ress of taxidermy. In France the immortal names of Verreaux, Verdey, and others had a most beneficial influence; and our own country has been by no means backward in this particular.
Within the past ten years or more the published opinions of a num- ber of these writers are the best evidences upon the substantial nature of the progress of this science that we can here adduce, and by quot- ing some of them I resort to the most effective means in my power to illustrate what taxidermy has attained to in those places where its standard is now considered to be at the highest plane of its present development.
Turning again to the article Taxidermy, by Mr. Montagu Browne, already referred to above, we find him concluding it thus:
A new school of taxidermy, with new methods, whose aim is to combine knowl- edge of anatomy and modeling with taxidermic technique, are now coming to the front, and the next generation will discard all processes of ‘‘ stuffing” in favor of modeling. Within the limits of an article like the present it is impossible to do more than glance at the intricate processes involved in this. In the case of mam- mals, after the skin has been completely removed, even to the toes, a copy is made of the body, posed as in life, and from this an accurate representation of form, ineluding delineation of muscles, ete., is built up in light materials; the model is then covered with the skin, which is damped and pinned in to follow every depres- sion and prominence; the study is then suffered to dry, and, models having been made, in the case of large animals, of the mucous membrane of the jaws, palate, tongue, and lips, these are truthfully reproduced in plastic material. The ordinary glass eyes are discarded, and hollow globes, specially made, are hand-painted from nature, and are fixed in the head so as to convey the exact expression which the pose of the body demands. Birds, if of any size, can be modeled in lke manner, and fishes are treated by a nearly identical process, being finally colored as in a ‘‘still- life” painting.
To give a life-like appearance, attention is also paid to artistic “mounting.” By this is meant the surrounding of specimens with appropriate accessories, and it is well exemplified by the new work shown in the natural history museum at South Kensington, where, for example, birds are arranged as in a state of nature, feeding, or flying to their young, sitting on their eggs, swimming in miniature pools, or preening their feathers whilst perched lovingly side by side, and surrounded by exquisitely modeled foliage and flowers. This, with correct modeling of the speci- mens, which, except in rare instances, is not quite so striking in the new groups, indicates the future of the art, the hope of which lies in the better education of tax- idermists as designers, artists, and modelers.
Not only should they be better instructed in designing, in art, and in modeling, but, what is quite as important, they should be trained espe-
376 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
cially in the power of correct observation in animal morphology, and in other matters which will be enumerated further along.
Dr. Sharpe has given us a very able article touching upon the ques- tion of artistic taxidermy.* He says:
At Leyden, where a staff of trained taxidermists is kept in the museum, some attempt has been made to vary the usual mode of stuffing animals by representing them in varied and active positions, and thus the general effect is never monotonous. But this was never done in the British Museum, and the constrained attitudes of many of the specimens exhibited at Kensington form part of a legacy from the pa- rent institution, the bad influence of which it will take many years to efface. Thou- sands of specimens have been unmounted already or have been transferred to the duplicates and distributed to such provincial museums as prefer to tread in the old paths, and will accept specimens belonging to the bad old times.
The credit of having broken away from time-honored tradition, in the mode of mounting animals in this country is certainly due to Mr. John Hancock, who taught how to combine scientific accuracy and artistic feeling. Mr. Hancock’s name is at Password throughout England wherever taxidermy is mentioned, and in London his ablest representative has probably been Mr. A. D. Bartlett, the well-known superintendent of the zodlogical gardens, to whom we owe many of our most beauti- fully mounted specimens in the bird gallery. But the first to suggest this combina- tion of art and taxidermy for an entire museum, was undoubtedly Mr. E. T. Booth, of Brighton, whose collection of British birds in the Dyke Road Museum, still remains one of the sights of England, and is not surpassed in interest by any natural history exhibition in the whole world. Here may actually be seen our native birds in their haunts, every species being represented as in a wild state, with corresponding nat- ural accessories, reproducing as nearly as possible the surroundings as they were when the birds were alive, and representing the scenes sketched by the collector at the time of eapture. Many years before we actually saw Mr. Booth’s collection, its fame had reached our ears, and the idea seemed to us to indicate what the museum of the future, ought to be; thus we lost no opportunity of advocating this system of artistic taxidermy in all our public lectures. At Leicester the notion was well received, and some groups of British birds were mounted under the auspices of the natural history committee of the town musewn, until by the appointment of Mr. Montague Brown, as the curator of the museum, Leicester obtained the services of a taxidermist as skilled as he is energetic, and the result has been that the system of natural mounting has been extended to the entire collection of birds, so that not only Pritish, but foreign species are represeuted with their familiar surroundings in a state of nature. The Leicester Museum is the only one which has applied the principle in its entirety with the utmost suecess and public appreciation, ~*~ ~* *
And further along in his article, and referring to the series of the groups of British small birds and their nests in the South Kensington Museum, Dr. Sharpe adds:
In this corridor are placed most of the smaller perching birds, some of the artistic work being very satisfactory. The mounting of the specimens has been done by Mr. Pickhardt, who, when he exercises his full powers, is probably without a rival as a bird-stuffer, and the majority of the plants have been reproduced by Messrs. Min- torn, of Soho Square, but a great deal of the arrangement of the cases is done in the
taxidermist’s room of the museum by Mr. James West, one of the staff. And here it
ieee R. sowdler: Oeics at South Kensington. “The English [lustrated Magazine, No.51, December, 1887. London: Macmillan & Co., pp. 165-175. Tlus- trated.
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 377
must be explained that the groups of British birds exhibited are absolutely true to nature, the birds being in every case the actual ones which built the nest in the identical situation reproduced in the case.
So wonderfully interesting is Sharpe’s article that the writer would fain republish here every word of it, but we must hasten on to the expression of opinions of others.
When commenting upon the “Common Faults in the Mounting of Quadrupeds,” our veteran taxidermist, Mr. William T. Hornaday, has said:
The task of the taxidermist, if properly appreciated, is a grave and serious one. It is not to depict the mere outline of an animal on paper or canvas and represent its covering of hair, feathers, or scales; nor is it to build up a figure of yielding clay and east it in plaster. It is to impart to a shapeless skin the exact size, the form, the attitude, the look of life. It is to recreate the animal, or at least so much of it as appeals to the eye; to give it all that nature gave it except the vital spark. It should be an exact copy, as if it were a cast of the animal as fashioned by nature’s cunning hand. It must stand the crucial test of being viewed from all points—from the side, the front, from behind, above, and below.
More than all this, the animal must be prepared to stand the test of time. It must not swerve from its poise; it must not shrink nor change its form; it must retain its smoothness and resist the ravages of destroying insects. *
Mr. Hornaday, it will be remembered, was at one time in charge of the taxidermical department of the U. S. National Museum, and many of his most successful accomplishments, grand groups of our larger mammals, preserved in the most masterly style, are in the cases of that institution—silent attests to the durabflity and thoroughness of his work. A number of these will be noticed further on in the present paper.
There was much in Mr. Hornaday’s studio at the National Museum that reminded me of the workshop of that giant among American taxidermists of his time, the late John G. Bell, of New York. There IT met him over a quarter of a century ago. His place was some- where down upon Broadway, and his room upon the second or third story of the building. At the entrance door downstairs was a small vase containing a mounted searlet ibis and a few other birds, to invite attention to those in search of his rooms above. At that time, about 1868, | was a student of one of Mr. Bell’s best graduates, Mr. James W. Jenkins, now of Madison, Il., and very well do I remember my first introduction to that Broadway establishment. I had been engaged by Prof. Albert S. Bickmore to accompany, as naturalist, one of the Polar expeditions, then organizing, to make collections for the American Museum of Natural History, and had been sent with specimens of my bird-skins to Mr. Bell to have him pronounce upon them and my work generally, with the view of having his opinion on my fitness for the position. As I entered the room I observed an old red fox chained to a bolt in the wall, but lying down with
* Third Ann. Rep. of the Soc, Amer. Taxidermists, p. 67. 188283.
378 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
his head between his forepaws and eyes upturned in my direction. On the floor in his immediate neighborhood were a number of beauti- fuliy mounted birds on stands, and fearing lest the animal should suddenly arise if I came farther into the apartment, and do some dam- age, I started to pass round and give him as wide a berth as possibie. The room was small, and Mr. Bell was engaged with a couple of stu- dents at a window opposite where I entered, but he turned in time to see my detour around the fox, and did not spare me in his merriment at my thinking the animal was alive. To some extent, however, he mitigated my chagrin by saying he had deceived over a hundred vis- itors with that fox during the five years it had lain there. I could not help but admire his tall and well-knit frame, his piercing blue eyes, and general bearing. His specimens too, which I examined, were per- fect works of art, and, as all know who have ever had a similar oppor- tunity to study them, were the admiration and the envy of the taxi- dermists of those days, now long gone by.
Of all the taxidermical institutions, however, that this country has developed none can in any way compare with the natural science estab- lishment of Prof. H. A. Ward, of Rochester, N. Y. Not only has Prof. Ward powerfully influenced for good the growth of the art in America, or wemay truthfully say throughout the civilized world, but he has by inspiring others with his enthusiasm and energy built up a school of advanced taxidermists that are worthy emulators of his skill, and who have with marked ability passed the torch in many directions. There is not a museum in our land at all entitled to bear the name that is not in some way, whether directly or indirectly, indebted to him for im- provements of all kinds in its taxidermic methods, and the proper modes of exhibiting materials illustrative of the kindred arts and sciences.
Mr. F. A. Lueas, who has done so much to develop the exhibiting of osteological subjects, and models and specimens of both vertebrates and invertebrates at the U.S. National Museum owes much of his sue- cess to his early training under Prof. Ward, and the art is not only under lasting obligations to him, but through his wise teaching it has been firmly and permanently placed in that quarter upon a safe and lasting basis. That Mr. Lucas appreciates “The scope and needs of taxidermy” in their truest sense no one can doubt who has ever read his article of that title in the Third Annual Report of the Society of American Taxidermists.
Mr. Frederic S. Webster is another of whose writings and produc- tions the country has every reason to be proud, and the high standard of work so constantly put forth by that artist has always had a most beneficial effect upon the younger aspirants in the United States.
Attention of American and European students has also been drawn from the old-time museum models in taxidermy and directed to a closer
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 879
copying of nature through the far-reaching works of Dr. Elliott Coues, who has said, in his Key to North American Birds:
Faultless mounting [of birds] is an art really difficult, acquired by few; the aver- age work done in this line shows something of caricature, ludicrous or repulsive, as the case may be. To copy nature faithfully by taxidermy requires not only long and close study, but an artistic sense; and this last is a rare gift. Unless you have at least the germs of the faculty in your composition, your taxidermical success will be incommensurate with the time and trouble you bestow. My own taxidermical art is of a low order, decidedly not above average. Although I have mounted a great many birds that would compare very favorably with ordinary museum work, few of them have entirely answered my ideas. A live bird is to me such a beautiful object that the slightest taxidermical flaw in the effort to represent it is painfully offensive. Perhaps this makes me place the standard of excellence too high for practical purposes (p. 40, 2d ed., 1884).
Powerful impulses of the best kind have often been instilled into the art through the patronage and guidance of those who have at different times in their careers been either directors of, or curators in, our larger museums. I speak especially in this country of the Smithsonian Insti- tution and the National Museum.
Through the wise and ever-operative influence of our great Nestor of all the sciences zoological, Prof. Spencer F. Baird, he so directed the management of those institutions when under his administration that their workshops came to be the great drill ground for many of the most deserving who possessed the evidences of success in skillfully preserv- ing all manner of objects illustrative of the various classes of the animal kingdom. :
What has been the outcome of much of his wisdom we hope to por- tray, however faintly, in the following pages. Most ably has Prof. Baird’s influence been fostered and furthered by the succeeding efforts along similar lines of those who are his suecessors in the administration of the Museum and who at the present time are doing so much to give actual shape and form to what before was simply in outline and erude beginnings. Where such influence tells the best is in the directing of the skilled efforts of the taxidermie artist in those cases where the lat- ter, through lack of opportunity, fails to possess the requisite knowledge of the forms and habits of many of the world’s rarer animals. Indeed, frequently some of the best group pieces of mounted mammals, birds, and others, have resulted from the combined knowledge and skill of the capable zoblogist on the one hand and the trained taxidermist upon the other. Nota few of such groups are to be found in the collections of the Government museums.
Very often it will be seen, then, in the future, I think, that fine, realistie groups of mounted animals will be produced that will be composites; in other words, will be the resultant of the combined labors of the biologist, the taxidermist, the modeler, and the designer and artist. Rarely will all these prerequisites be found in one man, though oceasion- ally undoubtedly it will be so; then the museum which can claim his services will be very fortunate.
380) REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Among many others who have been more or less influential in insist- ing upon the highest standard for the art, in each and all of its branches, we must not forget the distinguished names of Joseph H. Batty, the author of a number of works upon practical taxidermy; C. J. Maynard, the well-known writer of the The Naturalist’s Guide; Prof. J. W. P. Jenks, who, through a long and honorable career, has never ceased his efforts in not only doing much for taxidermy, but in the introduction of study series of animals in the public sehools in New England and elsewhere; and a host of other worthy promoters,
At the National Museum, at Washington, in recent times, in addition to the fine group pieces of Hornaday and of Lucas, there has been some masterly work done in the taxidermic art by Mr. Joseph Palmer, and his son, Mr. William Palmer; also by Mr. Nelson R. Wood and Mr. Henry Denslow, the nature of which I have already noticed in a popular article published in The Great Divide, of Denver, Colo., for December, 1892, and which will be referred to again in the present connection.
From the opinions, then, of the European and American taxidermists as I have thus far quoted them, it is evident that the general develop- ment of the art shows at this time very marked improvement, and the tendency among its votaries is to raise it to the highest possible stand- ard of excellence. With such a movement the writer is in the most hearty sympathy, and I ain of the opinion that the day is not far dis- tant when taxidermy will find its lawful place on the platform of the most highly cultivated of the arts. Asa matter of fact it has every right in reason to stand side by side with painting and with sculpture, and its students need have no fears in claiming such a station for it.
To be a scientific taxidermist requires, or should require, in the first instance, a very thorough education, quite equal to that given by our best colieges. He should have a complete training in biology, with especial emphasis having been placed upon his studies in comparative morphology, so as to be familiar, as far as possible, with the vertebrate skeleton and topographical anatomy, to include more particularly the study of the superficial muscles of vertebrates. He should have such a conception of physics as to be able to decide upon the possible and the impossible in animal postures. In a way, he should be a good ar- tist, be enabled to use the photographic camera, and make intelligent sketches of animals of all kinds and their natural haunts. He should be fully abreast of the times in all taxidermic technique per se, and possess fine mechanical skill.
As full a knowledge as can be attained of the habits of animals from personal observations should be added, as well as a constitutional de- sire to become familiar through current literature of ail advances made from time to time in his art, anda healthy ambition to ever utilize them and improve upon the same.
So far as human ability is concerned, were I at this moment called
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 381
upon to decide as to the relative merits of the talent required to paint a life-size elephant, to sculpture one in stone, or to properly preserve one in a natural position and color so it would safely resist the ravages of time and all else that might injure it, I should not hesitate a moment in rendering an opinion, for I should say it lay with the scientific tax- idermic artist.. Mind you, when I do thus decide I have had in my life- time, with specimens of smaller animals, experience with all. At the best, however, the difference is but of very small degree, and yet the taxidermist, in a way, should be master of both the art of the painter and the art of the sculptor, for frequently he has to use the brush with great fidelity to nature, and the time is fast coming on when he must be able to build up, in clay at least, the entire forms of the larger aui- mals which he aims to preserve.
Next, it may be asked, Why a collegiate education? Simply because I believe a man in any calling is a better man in every way for having received the four years’ training which a university gives him. And surely neither the taxidermist, nor the artist, nor the sculptor offer any exception to the rule. Moreover, everything that the skilled taxider- mist would acquire in a college course would materially assist him in his profession in his subsequent career. Whatever may have been written, and whatever may have been said on the broad question of the college man versus the self-made man, it has been my experience that the kind of inen that bring our country the most desirable recog- nition from other nations are those who have received a liberal educa- tion. A taxidermist should be a good ge eral biologist, and he should pay especial attention to the habits of all animals in nature; the geo- graphical ranges of faunwe; breeding habits; the peculiar habits in- dulged in by various kinds of animals; their naturalresorts during times of feeding, amusement, or conducting their young. Plants of all kinds should with scrupulous care be studied from the taxidermist’s stand- point, as well as the localities where they grow, nature of surfaces of the ground, and all else presented on the part of field, ocean, stream, and forest. Nothing should escape his constant study of such matters, and, above all else, he should cultivate the faculty of patience. An impatient man, it may be safely said, can never attain to the highest position the art has in its power of giving him.
In comparative morphology, as [have said, he should devote a great deal of time to the skeleton and to topographical anatomy. The study of the skeleton is of the very highest importance, as without a knowl- edge of it there is no hope at all of a man being a perfect taxidermist in all its varied departments. Normal movements of the articulations and the ligaments that control them should receive most careful consid- eration, and no opportunity lost to study such matters scientifically upon all kinds of animal cadavers. Special drawings made by the taxidermist should record special points observed and worked out—the possibilities in normal movements and postures as exhibited by the
382 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
osseous system. In its entirety, however, this can not be fully appre- ciated without a full knowledge of the muscular system, for there are possible movements that the skeleton, when cleaned and dried, is capa- ble of making, which, in life, become impossible from the operation of muscles and tendons. So myology must be systematically studied pari passu with the subject of skeletology, and with the aim constantly in view of acquiring a clear insight into the normal postures of animals.
This leads to the consideration of the question of correct form, and to acquire that requires prolonged research and study upon the entire subject of topographical anatomy. Muscles extended; muscles con- tracted; muscles at rest; contours formed by the normal deposit of adi- pose tissue; contours formed by parts of the skeleton that are merely subcutaneous; contours formed by the presence of glands of all kinds, of sesamoidal bones, cartilages, and every other structure that may in any way affect the normal contour of an animal. To this must be added the careful study of all external characters proper, as the hair and analogous parts, throughout the animal kingdom—the eyes and their surroundings, the nasal structures, the mouth of all vertebrates and invertebrates. Indeed, there is not a point properly falling within the range of topographical anatomy in its very widest sense that should be beneath the special notice of the taxidermist.
Colors of parts should also receive marked attention; and the taxi- dermist should keep a notebook devoted to that one branch alone. Never should an opportunity be lost to record by actual painted sketches the colors of every external anatomical character presented onthe part of any animal whatsoever. Zoology itself would be far freer from gross errors of the color descriptions of animals were naturalists, as arule, more careful in such matters. This is marked by the case in ichthyology and in the naked skin-tracks of mammals and birds. We, then, are naturally led to the question of drawing and painting; and no one will doubt the necessity of a taxidermist being more or less pro- ficient in all these branches. But none of them will be of any service to him unless the power be supplemented by the more important fac- ulty of being a correct observer, and to be a correct observer is to see and appreciate things as they really exist. Taxidermists should have a knowledge of not only making correct sketches of all kinds of animals and their haunts and of plants and coloring them correctly, but they should be enabled to use such instruments as are demanded in making reduced drawings correctly from large subjects. Coloring in oil is also of great value in restoring the tints in some cases on the skins of pre- served animals, and the student in this art should constantly aim to cultivate his sense of color appreciation and of the matching of all the various shades.
More or less pertinent to this question, Capt. Thomas Brown has said: *
*Taxidermist’s Manual, pp. 3, 4.
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 383
A knowledge of drawing and modeling are also indispensable qualifications, to enable the stuffer to place his subject in a position both natural and striking. It is the too-frequent practice for the stuffer to set about preserving the animal without having determined in what attitude he is to place it, so that it will appear to most advantage and bein character with the ordinary habits of the creature. This he leaves to the last efforts of finishing his work, and, consequently, its proportions and character are likely to be devoid of all appearance of animation.
The first thing, therefore to be attended to in all great national natural history establishments 1s to choose young persons who are yet in their boyhood to be in- structed in this art most important to science. Their studies should be commenced by deep attention to drawing, modeling, anatomy, chemistry, while they at the same time proceed with the practical part of their art. Every opportunity of ex- amining the habits and actions of the living subject should be embraced and its atti- tudes and general aspect carefully noted. Without strict attention to these points, so manifestly obvious, the art of preserving animals never will attain that degree of perfection which its importance demands. On the other hand, if this art is pursued in the manner here recommended, artists may be produced who will fulfill the ob- jects of their profession with honor to themselves and advantage to their country. Would any person expect to arrive at eminence as a sculptor if he were unacquainted with the established preliminaries of his art, namely, drawing and anatomy? The thing is soself-evident, that I am only surprised it has not longago been acted upon. Upwards of twelve years have elapsed since I pointed out these facts to the profes- sor of natural history in the University of Edinburgh, but things continue as they were before that time.
Since Capt. Brown wrote these words, and very true ones they are, another art and the accessories to it have enormously developed. L _ refer to the art of photography. Now, if there be one thing more use- ful to the scientific taxidermie artist than another it is a full practical knowledge of the use of the photographic camera and all that directly pertains thereto. Its application is most varied, and is greatly en- hanced by the use of the time and instantaneous shutters. By the use of the camera the taxidermist can secure subjects that the unaided eye and pencilcan never give him, and these are all kinds of animals in rapid motion, and they may be obtained, after a due amount of practice, by the use of the photographic camera. One has but to study the superb series of photographs obtained through the indefatigable Eadwuard Muybridge to appreciate my meaning here. No taxidermist who has any regard for an attainment of excellence in his calling should neglect to make good photographs of all the living animals that he can, and that upon every possible opportunity. This should not be confined to wild animals alone, but to all the domestic ones in their most common atti- tudes.
Horses, cows, dogs, cats, pigs, and all the barnyard fowls should by no means be beneath his notice. They should also be taken from many points of view, I might say from every possible point of view, and then be nearer what the taxidermist really needs in his work. He should carefully keep a series of large-sized and suitable scrapbooks wherein all his photographs should be carefully inserted, together with his sketches, and everything of the kind, with their full histories and notes,
384 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
ete., recorded upon opposite pages. Photographs should be made also of plants of all kinds directly in the places where they occur in nature; also the resorts of animals of every description; birds’ nests; and, in short, every possible natural subject and creature and locality that the taxidermist may be called upon to reproduce in his workshop. He should also make photographs of dissections, the skeletons of animals, models, and designs, and of dead animals. Ever should it be promi- nently before his mind that one of the greatest of all taxidermieal de- siderata is the obtaining of good models of all kinds and deseriptions, and models true to nature in every sense of the word. Frequently artists who are correct observers and portrayers of animals make fine illustrations of them, either in the form of célored or uncolored prints, and these the taxidermist should secure for his ‘‘*note book” when- ever he possibly can. On this point Mr. Staebner has very truly remarked :*
It would seem almost superfluous to insist on the value, nay the absolute neces- sity, of good illustrations as aids to the taxidernists, were it not that the impor- tance of the subject appears to be hardly yet fully appreciated by many of the very ones to be most benefited.
There was a time, now happily past, as the work exhibited by this association abundantly proves, when individuals who mounted birds and animiuls (as their cards set forth) were content to ram a hide full of packing material, sew it up, and call the effigy by this or that name, according as this or that animal was desired. The degree of monstrosity, if it may be so termed, thus produced, was in inverse ratio to the care of the workman for his art and his knowledge (often scant enough) of the external appearance of the animal he was attempting to reproduce. These mon- strosities of taxidermy are still to be seen in many of our public museums, where, let us hope, they at least serve the purpose of teaching the younger generation, how not to do it.
As in all other departments of human activity, so in this is the skilled workman plainly superseding the unskilled, and the class of work thus becoming more and more a source of pride and satisfaction. The man with a love for his art, necessa- rily something of a naturalist and with a naturalist’s care, anxious about the correct- ness of all the details of his work, must utilize all the aids at his command, and of these aids accurate drawings and paintings occupy the chief place. These are the taxidermist’s works of reference to which he goes for information precisely as an- other goes to his encyclopedia, since the ability is given to no man to carry all the minute points of an animal’s external appearance in his mind. That the representa- tions for this purpose should be what are strictly understood as works of art is obvi- ously unnecessary.
The objects to be secured, however, and which they should possess to meet the requirements of the case are: (1) accuracy of outline; (2) truthfulness of attitude, and (3) in order of importance, correctness of coloring, and in so far as they conform to these things are they already, by just so much, works of art. What is technically known as artistic effect should here be a secondary consideration. Having secured the first three essential points, attention may be given to the lasts
In the case of rare animals such representations as 1s well known are the sole reli- ance of the taxidermist. That they have a value even in the case of more familiar animals may be instanced by the case of the walrus. The pictures of this mammal
*Staebner, F. W.: Note on the value of animal illustrations to taxidermists. Third Ann. Rep. Society of American Taxidermists, 1882-’83, pp. 72-74.
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 385
in all the professed works on zoélogy and natural history, even in so good and gen- erally correct a work as Brehm, are glaringly false, and it is only within the last few years that anything approaching truthful representations—figures drawn from observation instead of copies of previous drawings originally evolved from the artist’s “inner consciousness ’—have been given us, and so it happens that of mounted speci- mens of the walrus showing the true appearance of the animal almost the only ones at the present time are the one at Cambridge, and that other at the United States National Museum mounted by Mr. Hornaday. *
How often has a painstaking taxidermist wished for a means of refreshing his ree- ollection on some little matter of detail concerning a creature’s anatomy, and been obliged to finally guess at it because of the lack of adequate illustrations. Let me not be understood as descrying the assistance afforded by zéological gardens. It is just here that they come into play, and as it is better for the taxidermist to observe at first hand, so these are even better than drawings for reference; but the fact is they are far from being readily accessible at best in this country, and in the few instances in which this objection does not apply the variety of specimens which they contain is too limited, so that we are still compelled to supplement them by a more ready source of information, and thus we fall back upon pictorial representa- tions as on the whole most convenient. As above implied, however, these represen- tations must be taken from life by skillful hands, and must give us the animals as they look, and not as the artist thinks they ought to look.
But in order that we may have such we must encourage those who work in this line—the Landseers, the Baryes, the Wolfs, the Spechts, ete., whom, under a change of name, we have in this country in the Beards, the Kemeyses, etc. We must make it profitable for them to undertake the work we so much need, and if we have the good of taxidermy at heart, if we have faith in its capabilities as an art we will do this, for in so doing we are helping it and ourselves as well as them.
In The Auk for April, 1891, the present writer published a letter en- titled ‘Camera notes for ornithologists,” which, not being of very great length and quite in line with the views just quoted above, will, I think, bear repeating here, and enlarging upon a little further along. I said:
At the last congress of the American Ornithologists’ Union there were exhibited many photographs of allsorts of ornithological subjects, and the majority of them were examined by the writer with great care.
For one, I was disappointed in the results arrived at by the authors of the most of them, as there appeared to be such a total absence of any practical result attained. Among the best that I saw were some taken by Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, but even those, the work of a most painstaking naturalist, did not come up to what the camera is capable of performing for practical ornithology. Little or nothing is to be gained in this latter direction by photographing bunches of game or badly mounted speci- mens and similar subjects. Any tyro can accomplish as much as that, and orni- thology not be called upon to thank him for it.
In the present communication it is the writer’s object to relate some personal experiences which may be of assistance to those interested in this line of work.
Now, in the first place, as to some of the objects to be attained: There are a num- ber of these. We may desire, for example, a sharp, clear photograph, which either may be natural size or may present the subject reduced, for the use of the lithog- rapher, in order to place in the latter’s hands an accurate figure to be copied on to stone, and the plates printed therefrom to be used for illustrative purposes. The
*In this connection see the various figures of the walrus illustrating the present report, Plates LXXXV, LXXXVI.
H. Mis. 114, pt. 225
86 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
subject may be a bird, its young, or its nest, or a dissection of a bird, or its skele- ton, or its eggs, and so on indefinitely. Owls present to many artists difficult sub- jects to draw satisfactorily, but there is no reason why we should not, by the aid of the camera and a 5-by-8 plate, for a small sum, and in very short order, have ready for the lithographer «a life-size figure, and a perfectly accurate one, of such a species as Nyctala acadica, or upon a similar plate a handsomely reduced figure of Bubo vir- ginianus. Again, by varying our material, colored figures are easily obtained for like purposes. Photographs of this character may also be used to make wood cuts from, or they may be reproduced by some of the various styles of ‘‘ process work.” Yet another object: We may desire to produce by the aid of a camera an accurate figure of any of the above-mentioned subjects from which an electrotype can be directly made. This also is now easy of accomplishment, and such illustrations meet a vast variety of needs in descriptive ornithology. These, then, are some of the principal objects to be attained, viz, clear, accurate figures, either life size or reduced to any desired size, and either plain or colored, which (by the use of difter- ent materials) can be used at once by either the lithographer, the wood engraver, the ‘‘ process worker,” or the electrotyper.
Your material must be the best in all particulars. TIuse a large, first-class, quick- working lens; a Blair’s camera for the 5 by 8 plate; the iron and oxalate developer, using the chemically pure material (filtered); bichloride of mercury and ammonia for intensifying, etc.
Our method of procedure can best be illustrated by a few examples. Say we wish to reproduce, life size, a hawk’s egg. Suspend on the wall opposite and under the strong sunlight, a smooth, half-inch pine board; cover this with white blotting paper, held on with some half dozen artists’ thumb tacks. Of course your egg is to be blown and not show the opening. Next you decide whether or no you desire it to throw a shadow; if you do, you simply fasten it to the blotting paper with a small piece of soft wax, exposing to the camera the side you wish represented; if you do not, you insert a piece of wire afew inches long into the board and perpendicular to it, and fasten the egg to the end of it with a soft piece of wax. Place a bucket of water on the floor under the egg, in case the specimen should accidentally drop off. Focus the egg natural size and sharp on the ground glass of your camera; this may be ascertained by a pair of calipers, comparing the actual length of the egg with its image upon the ground glass. Insert your smallest diaphragm and expose, the time of exposure being governed by your former experiences. I prefer Seed’s dry plates. They give excellent results. After developing, unless you get a very strong negative it is always best to intensify your plate, and this is done by the usual mereury and ammonia process. Now, if you wish an uncolored figure to be lithographed, or woodcut, or for some of the special processes, you must print on the best ready sensitized albumen paper, toning the print handsomely afterwards. On the other hand, if you desire a colored figure, you must print on plain, 7. e., non- albumenized, sensitized paper, and afterwards color the print by hand with New- ton’s water-colors from the specimen. Pure white eggs stand out well when pho- tographed against black velvet or crape; this also applies to some skulls and other osteological specimens, when they are cleaned to a state of glistening whiteness.
Such a procedure defines the outlines well for the engraver.
When we come to the photographing of birds, living birds, for the purpose of obtaining the proper kind of figures that can be used for the various methods of reproduction now in vogue, we enter upon a field where one can display no end of patience, tact, and ingenuity. It will be a long day before the writer will forget his experience in obtaining a photograph of a live screech owl. Three times I walked half a mile from the house where I could get a sky background for him on the summit of a hill, where an old natural stump was also to be found to serve as a perch for him. Justas good a result can be obtained by photographing your bird™ in your studio with a sheet for a background, and then you may choose any kind of
©
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 387
perch you desire, from a museum T to the limb of a rugged old pine with the cones and spines on.
Right here, however, I desire to mention a process, no doubt already known to many, for which there is no end of use. Say you have obtained a fine, intensified negative, the subject being a bird caught in the act of some habit peculiar toit. You wish to obtain a good, strong, accurate outline figure of if, from which an electro- type can at once be made, to serve as an illustration for some article upon which you may beengaged. Make a print from the plate upon plain, nonalbuminized, sensi- tized paper. Remove the print to the dark-room and wash out the silver from it thoroughly. You may tone, but it is not absolutely necessary unless there is very considerable detail im your figure. Dry the print in the dark, and keep in a perfectly dark place until evening. When evening comes complete your work under a good lamp where the direct rays do not fall upon your print. Pin this lat- ter out on a small drawing-board with artists’ thumb tacks, and then with a map- ping-pen (No. 291, Gillott’s) and Higgins’ American drawing ink carefully ink over by lines and otherwise the outlines of your figure. In doing this you will have the opportunity of making it appear justas you desire your outline ink sketch to appear when it comes to be finally printed from the electrotype. Having carefully com- pleted your work, immerse the print flat in a tray containing a saturated solution of bichloride of mercury. This in a moment takes out all of the print except the ink outline you have traced, and this latter 1t leaves upon a pure white sheet of paper. Next dry the print thoroughly and mount upon a suitable card. At a small cost, a good electrotype can be made from this figure. Photographing against a sheet, of course, takes out a great deal that you do not want in your reproduced figure, but by the process just described you need not have a single point or line more than you want. It works admirably where we wish to reduce the subject to any required size; in osteological subjects and in dissections; in deformities of birds; and indeed in dozens of other cases. To naturalists in general I would say that the process just described is absolutely invaluable; by its means ready and accurate sketches are made of characters of country; of all sorts of ethnological subjects, as pottery and native arts, sometimes so difficult to draw; of complicated skeletons; of living ani- mals of all kinds, and thousands of other subjects too numerous for enumeration.
With some live birds the following plan will be found to work well: Suspend a shelf, at the proper height, from the wall of your studio and in the proper light. This shelf, as usual, is to be entirely covered with white blotting paper, and upon its horizontal part is to be firmly fixed the limb, trunk, or rock, or turf upon which you desire your specimen to appear. Set up your camera and focus this perch sharply on your ground-glass; next putin your smaliest diaphragm and attach your ‘pneumatic shutter” ready for instant use. Gently take your living bird in your hand, smooth its feathers, caress it for a moment or two, then quietly place its head under its wing, and by beginning slowly soon rapidly whirl your specimen in a cir- cle. This, as it were, ‘‘putit asleep,” butit will seize the perch with its feet, or rest quietly on rock or turf. Place it as near as possible in the position you desire, and stand ready for a semi-instantaneous picture. Be perfectly quiet. Inafew moments your bird gradually comes to, rights himself, preens up a little, looks around, steadies himself into a natural attitude, finally looks himself, and then more or less animated. This is your chance, puff the snap on him!
Upon reading this over I find few, if any, alterations to make, and since 1t was written I have succeeded in obtaining not a few good tig- ures according to its directions, some of which are republished as illus- trations in the present paper and will be described a little later. There 1s one thing, however, that needs notice, and in order to get a good electrotype or stereotype, it is not necessary to proceed as above
388 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
given, for we can simply make a blue print; that, as we know, ean be done in a few moments, and is a finished picture, 7. ¢., does not require toning and fixing. Then trace what you desire to appear on your blue print as directed, and bleach out with a saturated solution of bicarbo nate of potash. This gives you a black and white drawing of any finish, according to the labor you may desire to put upon it, and is the working drawing now so commonly used for newspaper cuts; but when printed upon the best paper, for the resulting electrotype or stereotype fur- nishes an excellent drawing for a variety of purposes, and a very useful one for the working naturalist and practical taxidermist.
Blotting paper in large sheets makes a far better background than a sheet, and you may use it pure white, or blue, or gray, according to the effect you desire to produce. Your subject should be well in front of the background, and, if possible, so far in front as to avoid a shadow being thrown upon it. Pictures thus taken out of doors, on clear, bright days, are generally excellent.
Returning now to the requirements of the skilled taxidermist, I have said, and Capt. Brown supports me in it, he should have such a knowl edge of physics and chemistry as will assist him in the case of the first in deciding upon the possible and impossible in the matter of the atti- tudes of animals, and to some extent in the surroundings, as m the rock work, etc., now extensively used in reproducing large groups, With respect to chemistry he should be so much master of its general principles as to be enabled to practically apply it to the action ana composition of preservatives for the preservation of every description of animal tissue. Not only that, but such a knowledge will be useful to him in experimenting with the preservation of many kinds of plant growths and kindred structures. For instance, I have recently been shown specimens of the leaves of some varieties of trees that had been gathered in nature and so perfectly restored that there was no very ereat depreciation in them, either of form or color, and the effeet when ~ properly done is most excellent.
Fruits are now frequently reproduced by the methods of the plastic cast, and are so perfect as to absolutely deceive the most critical of observers. The persimmons in the Raccoon Group in the National Museum were manufactured in that way, and it is by no means an easy task, aided by the eye alone, to distinguish them from the originals.
This brings us to the question of the various modes of modeling, and here is one of the branches of the taxidermic art, upon which too great an amount of skill and ingenuity can not well be expended. Here all the acquirements of the art student in taxidermy can be applied and nothing lost by the labor. It involves the application of all his knowl- edge of anatomy, his technique, his taste, and indeed, nearly everything which it has been recommended above tor him to prepare himself in. He should be able to make easts of both vertebrates and invertebrates in plaster-of- Paris; he should be familiar with the various methods now
PLATE XV.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
‘poonpad '48R9 oUulvlesd B ULOALT
‘(snwmbyna sndojz9Q) SAdOLIO
ae Ps
a a i i ae h ts
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XVI.
—
TESTE EAT RE in
ComMMON Squip (Sepia officinalis, ov).
From a gelatine cast; reduced.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XVII.
HISTIOTEUTHIS BONELLIANA,
From a gelatine cast: reduced.
I bak | ae siete ici esas ice Sere . - a ve — 7
“ose
4 - 7 . ~ : a eT
‘Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLaTe XVIII.
be —— (CUE al
Fig. 1. Polynoé leucohyba. Fig 2. Gastrolepidia clavigera. ANNELIDS.
From gelatine casts; somewhat enlarged.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XIX.
A MARINE Worm (Bonellia viridis).
From a gelatine cast; greatly enlarged
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 389
so generally in use, of the reproduction of many of the smaller animals in the different.kinds of plastic material; he should be an adept in the use of clays, wax, wood, and other materials for the restoration of parts. In short, now that taxidermy is a rapidly progressing art, the advanced students and representatives of it, require, I think, no word from me here to stimulate them to keep abreast of the many improve- ments taking place in it. Among other things it should be the aim of taxidermists to establish in this country at least several good soci- eties, where from time to time they could meet and exhibit the most recent successes in their art. Where papers could be read, and the work of individuals generally compared. Organization, in other words, I must believe, would at the present stage of the art’s development, be a benefit.
The writer of this paper has ever been a strong advocate of the establishment of large, thoroughly equipped Government institutions of learning or universities, and of the nation’s duty to educate in the best possible manner her aspirants in the dinerent departments of science and art. What a national safeguard it would be in such a profession, for example, as medicine; what a source of stimulation to such an art as taxidermy? I weigh my words well, when I say that if such an institution could annually graduate in this country 50 thor- oughly educated and skilled taxidermists, it would in time, far more heavily redound to our national credit than much else I could name which our Government indulges in. Apply it to all the arts and sciences, and we would command the respect of every nation of the globe, and, better than this, it would be that kind of respect which skill, knowledge, and culture always brings, and which brilliant dis- play of warships. guns and warism can never inspire.
Let us pass next to the consideration of the question of some of the results now attained to by modern taxidermists in the preserving of animals for museum exhibition. Here we meet with at the very out- start, a phase of the art in which the workers at the U.S. National Museum have kept themselves fully abreast with the advances made jn it. Recently some beautiful work has been turned out here, espe- cially in the line of single specimens, as well as groups, of marine in- vertebrates for the World’s Columbian Exposition at Chicago.
Take, for example, such an elegant reproduction of an Octopus as is shown in Plate xv (0. vulgaris). This triumph in the matter of an exact model. perfectly preserved, of a large soft invertebrate animal is ae- complished through the use of the plaster mold, and gelatine cast, how so successfully brought to such perfection. Under the careful supervision of Mr. F. A, Lucas, whom I must thank here for the selec- tion of the six specimens illustrating this department, the proper speci- mens are first picked out from the collection or are chosen from plates, and pass next in order to the most skilled modellers, casters, and color- ers. Of the series I here present, Mr. A. H. Baldwin has made the
% 390 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
models after the drawings of various artists which will be hereinafter mentioned. After a model has been made, a mold is next taken, and from it a gelatine cast is secured which later is finally trimmed to life, and faithfully colored to nature. Mr. J. W. Scollick is responsible for the delicate manipulation required in securing accurate molds and vastings from the models, and then they once more pass to. Mr. Bald- win’s hands to be colored. After this operation and when perfectly dry, they may either be tastefully mounted upon properly tinted pieces of small boards of a suitable kind of wood, dressed down to a right thick- ness, or they may play their part in a group, wherein all the natural surroundings of such creatures are reproduced, save the element in which they exist. This specimen of Octopus vulgaris was based on the figure given by Verany, as was also the models of Sepia officinalis, shown in Plate xvi and in one of Histioteuthis bonelliana, shown in Plate xvi, and so may be relied upon as being more or less true to nature.
Unless one has seen one of these finished gelatine casts of such an animal as an Octopus, it is hard to realize what a perfect represen- tation it gives us of the living animal; and, the cast being perfectly pliable, much as is the best of good rubber, it still further enhances the resemblance to the original. But to produce this, requires skill and art of a very high order at nearly every step of the process. In the first place, if we are to model from a drawing, that drawing must be known to be accurate; if we model from a specimen, we must be~ sure about placing it in a posture that the animal is known to habitu- ally assume. Great skill is next required in making a perfect model or copy of the design or specimen, and then it goes without saying thatit isonly through long experience and care that the necessary molds and casts are obtained. Much depends at last upon the ability of the artist to faithfully color the result of all the previous efforts; that is, the trimmed cast. Hornaday has said in his work on Taxidermy:
For irregular objects, the working of a gelatine mold is perfection itself. It yields gracefully in coming out of the undercuts and around corners, takes every detail perfectly, and in the jacket its shape is always the same. A careful operator can make from twenty to fifty copies of a cast in a single mold before its loss of sharpness necessitates its abandonment (p. 267).
Hornaday’s brief chapter on the making of molds and casts in the volume just quoted is one of the most useful and valuable in the book.
In passing, I am tempted to say here that the Cuttlefishes to which this Octopus belongs are the most highly organized members of the class of animals constituting the Cephalopoda. — As the Malakia, they were fully recognized by Aristotle over three hundred years before Christ. Of their distribution, Nicholson has said that—
They are all marine, active, rapacious, and carnivorous in their habits, swimming vigorously by means of the jets of water emitted from the funnel, or inan opposite di-
rection by means of fins, and creeping about the sea bottom by means of the prehensile arms. Some forms (suchas the Octopodidw and Sepia) are essentially littoral animals,
# SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 391 frequenting shallow seas, living in the vicinity of the land, and specially affecting rocky bottoms. Others (such as Tremoctopus, Sepiola, Argonauta, Spirula, Architeu- this, Onychoteuthis, etc.) are pelagic animals, living in the open ocean, often far from land, and swimming at or near the surface. Though more varied as regards their specific and generic types in the warmer seas of the globe, cuttlefishes are found in almost all seas, and are sometimes extremely numerous individually even in the colder oceans. It seems also certain that our present knowledge as to the pelagic forms is only very imperfect. As to their dimensions, none are extremely minute, and some attain truly gigantic dimensions. Not to speak of the fabulous accounts of colossal cuttlefishes given by many of the older writers, such as Pon- toppidan and Olaus Magnus, we are now acquainted through the observations and descriptions of scientific witnesses, such as Banks and Solander, Quoy, and Gaim- ard, Steenstrup, Verrill, ete., with various huge cuttlefishes, inhabiting both the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. Some of these, though only known by imperfect spec- imens, certainly attain a length of 15 feet or upwards to the body and head, and from 30 to 40 feet or upwards in the jong tentacles. All these giant cuttletishes appear to belong to the suborder of the Decapoda.*
These gelatine casts are not only accurate and beautiful objects to be placed in the cases of any museum, but they, by being kept under the protection of glass doors, will last for almost an indefinite length of time, unaltered in color or form. The range of the applicability of the gelatine cast is well-nigh infinite. I have seen fish, frogs, ser- pents, lizards, and similar animals thus reproduced, and so perfectly that their faithful portrayal of the original subjects was truly marvelous. As to fruit of all kinds, it can be imitated so closely that sometimes, by the aid of the eye alone, one can not correctly decide between the original and the copy thus made.
For the presentation of form, color, and general character, such reproductions of animals as the common Squid, shown in Plate xvi, and the Histioteuthis, shown in Fig. 4, leaves but little to be desired along such lines. No one can fora moment doubt but what a great deal is to be hoped for from this department of animal preservation, and the en- couragement of it is to be most highly recommended.
Other fine successes in this direction are shown in Plate xvin, Fig. 1, Plate xvii, Fig. 2, and Plate x1x. Plate xv111, Fig. 1, of a specimen of Polynoé leucohyba (somewhat enlarged), and likewise the Gastrolepidia clavigera, Shown in Plate xvii, Fig. 2 (somewhat enlarged), are from Schinarda, both being very instructive representations of the originals. As is known, these low forms belong to the Annelida, each being genera in the order Polycheta of that group.
Another beautiful reproduction of an interesting annelid is shown in Plate x1x. This is also from a photograph of the gelatine cast in the collections of the U.S. National Museum and represents a specimen of Bonellia viridis of the Mediterranean Sea. It is greatly enlarged, and the model based upon the drawing given us of this form by Lacaze- Duthiers, who has rendered an account of this marine worm in a paper
“Nicholson, H.A. Art. “Cuttlefish.” Eneyl. Brit. 9th ed. vol. v1., pp. 739, 740.
aoe REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
entitled “ Recherches sur La Bonella (Bonellia viridis).” (Ann. Scien. Nat., tom. x, Paris, 1858, pp. 49-110, Pls. 1-4.)
Such annelida as Bonellia represents belong to the order Gephyrea, and, according to W.C. MeIntosh, “seem to approach the Echino- derms through the Holothuroidea.” They are all marine types, being very widely distributed throughout nature, specially in muddy regions, some being frequently found in univalve shells.
By such representativus as these, and by the judicious use of ex- planatory tables, surelx fie museum of the future has a fine field to look forward to, for such an art as this is capable of classifying in cases, according to natural taxonomical schemes, whole groups of animals, that heretofore have been studies only from the specimens and from plates and drawings. It also admits of similar casts, duly colored, of the anatomical structure of these little popularly known types, and, as I have already said above, of placing many of them in their cases sur- rounded by reproductions of the objects of their several environments in nature.
Passing next to the art of taxidermy as applied to crustaceans we are confrouted with an entirely different problem than the one of which we have just been speaking. And, as the writer has had no personal experience of the kind, it is with no little pleasure that I find a brief but able article on this subject by my friend Mr. F. A. Lueas, and from it I here quote such parts as are in keeping with the present paper, by which I mean that the outstanding difficulties will be indicated while the technique of the art will be omitted.
Lucas has said:
Mounting of crabs, lobsters, and other crustaceans is somewhat of a thankless task, requiring an outlay of considerable time and trouble to arrive at results at all satis- factory. At first sight it would seem an easy matter to mount an animal whose form is determined beforehand, but a little trial develops the fact that, like bringing up children, it is much easier in theory than in practice. As crustaceans dry they be- come very brittle, and the small legs and delicate feelers break only too readily. Worse than all, the beantiful colors with which these creatures are adorned while living fade rapidly, and the only way in which they can be renewed is by a dex- trous use of paint. Therefore the great requisites for mounting crustaceans are a careful touch, a good eye for colors, and some knowledge of the proper methods of applying them. The preparation of crustaceans is a little peculiar, inasmuch as, in- stead of the skin being removed from the body, the body is removed piecemeal {from
the skin. e3 * Crustaceans may be mounted either on plain pedestals or on artificial rock work, according to the purpose they are to serve, and in any case they should be kept ont of the dust as far as possible, since, owing to their fragile nature, they are very difficult to clean.* x
“On the Mounting of Crustaceans. Third Annual Report of the Society of Ameri- can Taxidermists, pp. 74-77, 1882-83. As it is a fact quite as well known to every one interested in the matter as it is unfortunate, that The Society of American Taxi- - dermists no longer has any existence, I will here make a bibliographical note of the two former reports of that society for the benetit of those who may desire to con-
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 396
In time we must believe that the plastic method as described above for invertebrates will come to be generally used for crustaceans as well. There is no reason that I can at present see that it should not, and every reason that it should. No specimens of the group preserved in that way have come to my attention in the collections of the National Museum or elsewhere, and so I have no plates of the same to offer here. Those prepared by the methods recommended by Mr. Lucas are so well done, and differ so little or not at all from those animals as they are recognized by us in nature, that nothing would be gained by reproduc- ing photographs of them as illustrations to the present report; there- fore the idea was not entertained.
This fact has also influenced in regard to insects; moreover, in the case with that group our Government has already published very full instructions upon their mounting and preservation for museum pur- poses, and that taxidermist who aspires to be a master of every depart- ment of his art can do no better than consult the admirable treatises of Prof. C. V. Riley, and of Prof. A. 8S. Packard, and others in the same field.
When we come to fishes, however, we at once enter upon the bor- derland of the taxidermy of the great realm of the vertebrata, and for it there exists a not inextensive literature, and methods and instrue- tions are found almost without end.
Fishes seem to have constituted the béte noir of the museum collee- tor and the taxidermist for ages past, and until the use of the gelatine cast came into vogue their natural preservation seemed almost hopeless. In alcohol many of them become shrunken, and a large percentage part with their natural colors entirely. Moreover, the usual cylindrical jars used to exhibit them in, onthe museum shelves, so distort their forms to the eye of the casual observer who thus views them through the glass, that another serious disadvantage is added. To a large extent, this has recently been overcome by Mr. J. E. Benedict, of the National Museum, who, by indefatigable patience and thought, has devised very neat appearing glass receptacles, with plane surface sides, and a few ingenious devices for sustaining the contained specimens in more natu- ral positions, thus largely doing away with the aforesaid disadvantage.
are works of no little interest. They are as follows:
First Annual Report | of the | Society | of | American Taxidermists. | — | Mareh 24th, 1880, to March 25th, 1881. | — | Rochester, N. Y. | Daily Democrat and Chronicle Book and Job Print, 3 West Main st. | 1881. &vo., pp. 36. 3 process plates.
Second Annual Report | of the | Society | of | American Taxidermists. | — | March 25th, 1881, to March 24th, 1882. | — | Compiled by the secretary. | — | Rochester, N. Y. | Judson J. Withall, Book and Job Printer, 39 N. Union street. | 1882. &vo., pp. 56, with an announcement and index. 2 plates.
It is very much to be desired that this society should be reorganized, and that upon a basis of organization of some one of our Yest societies in the arts or sciences. The need for such a society is great.
394 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Still, where alcohol is the preservative used, there yet remain ‘the loss of color and the distortion due to shrinkage. Many authors in- the art of taxidermy have suggested in their works from time to time various plans for the skinning of fishes, and “ stuffing” them much in the same way that birds and mammals are done. But asarule, failure of greater or less degree is generally the outcome of all such attempts. I have studied collections of stuffed fishes in many parts of this country and elsewhere, and I yet have to meet with one in any museum or private collection, that comes up to what it ought to be. We turn from the cases of such objects with feelings of anything but a pleasurable nature. We hear a great deal said about the beauty of birds, and they are beau- tiful, but I, for one, see a beauty that is quite equal to it in the vast majority of fishes. Where has nature a lovelier object to offer for our admiration than a finely marked adult speckled trout just as the fellow is pulled out of his natural element and lies in the bright rays of the sun, panting upon a grassy bank? And, do we ever see anything that very much resembles his incomparable charms in our miserable dried-up collections of ‘* stufted” fishes? Hornaday has said:
Certain it is that in nearly every large zodlogical museum the stuffed fishes are the least attractive, and the least lifelike of all the vertebrates, In many instances the reptiles are not far behind in unsightliness, although, as a ruie, they are a little more lifelike than the fishes. In only one natural history museum eut of twenty- seven have I found a collection of stuffed fishes which surpassed in number and quality of specimens the collection of birds and mammals, and formed the most attractive feature of the entire museum. That fish collection is to be seen in the Government museum at Madras, India, and I have reason to believe it is at present the finest of its kind in existence. The collection consists of a very general assort- ment of specimens from the Indian Ocean, and particularly from the Coromandel coast, and besides a large number of small specimens it also contains as many large sharks, Rhinobatide, and rays as the authorities have been able to obtain without duplicating the species.
The specimens were all mounted while fresh from the ocean, which, of course, has been a great advantage to the taxidermist. I was somewhat surprised to learn that the taxidermist in question was an Indian native named P. Anthony Pillay, because
Jast Indian natives of all classes are almost without exception very bad taxider- mists. Upon being introduced to Mr. Pillay, an old Mohammedan gentleman with a long white beard, dressed in the style of his class, he very obligingly explained to me his method of mounting fish of all kinds. *
Personally, I have but little or no confidence in cultivating the art along on these lines, notwithstanding the measure of success attained to by the Indian taxidermist just mentioned. For all large zoélogical museums I believe that experimentation should proceed in the direc- tion of discovering, if possible, some clear, transparent, preservative fluid that will not change the form or color of the specimens, and then exhibiting them in such positions as we would see them in aquaria and such tanks containing living fishes as are to be seen at the exhibi-
* Hornaday, Ww. T.: A New ea Haey Me fnod of Wignnea ish Med: ilrene Sec- ond Ann. Rept. Amer. Taxidermist, 1881-’82, p. 38.
PLATE XX.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
CIN 'N ‘SA ‘80G91 ‘ON “9¥D) “poonpa.t A[Qvars S4ysvo0 Jeqse[d v ULOAT CYIIDUIA DIDY) ALVAS
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 395
tion room, the grottos, of the U.S. Fish Commission at Washington, D.C. Mr. Benedict, no doubt, has the correct idea in regard to the form of the receptacles that should contain them, and that is a very important step in advance. Added to this, the taxidermic artist has a beautiful field open to him in his method of making plaster casts and casts of gelatine, upon both of which he may exert his utinost powers and ability to color so as to have them resemble the natural fish as closely as possible, and I mean the natural fish immediately after he has been removed from the water and wiped dry. The study of the proper colors alone is in itself a vast subject, for they must not only counterpart the natural shades of the specimens, but they must be selected with the view to their permanency and general effect. Vari- ous methods of gilding and silvering upon plaster-of-Paris, gelatine ‘asts, and papier-maché ones require careful research and considera- tion, as by their use many admirable results are to be obtained.
As to the large cartilaginous fishes, as the rays, sharks, and their kin, we must believe that the processes just referred to are at present the only ones known to us by which the living specimens can be reproduced with any marked fidelity to nature and fit for a first-class museum.
By the old fashion “‘stuffing” method, it seems quite out of the ques- tion, even for the most skilled taxidermists among us, to succeed in thus preserving a shark’s skin, or that tissue in the troublesome ray. They will not resist the effects of time. They shrink, become distorted, and finally burst, and bring only failure and disrepute upon the art. One may as well try and stuff a soap bubble, and fortunately there is no necessity for either experiment.
In his usual vigorous style, the artist I have last quoted, remarks:
Rays are the meanest of all subjects that vex the soul of the taxidermist. Shun them as you would the smallpox or the devil. Such abominable animated pancakes, with razor edges that taper out to infinite nothingness, were never made to be mounted by any process known to mortal man. To mount the skin of a vile ray, and make it really perfect and lifelike, is to invite infinite shrinkage, rips, tears, warps, defeat, and humiliation at the hands of your envious rivals. If you must mount a ray, by all means get square with it at the start. Stuff his miserable old skin with tow or straw, the more the better. Ram him, cram him, “full to the very jaws,” like the famous rattlesnake skin that taxidermist Miles Standish stuffed “with powder and bullets.” If you can burst him wide open from head to tail, by all means do so, and you may call me your slave for the rest of my life. Make him nice and round, like a balloon, and then no matter what he does afterward to mor- tify and disgrace you, and to drag your fair standard in the dust, you will always have the satisfaction of knowing you are square with him.
Once when I was young and innocent, I encountered an enormous ray. He was not thrust upon me, for I achieved him—and my own ruin also—at one fell stroke. I mounted him willingly, nay, eagerly, as Phaeton mounted his chariot, to show the rest of the world how all rays should be done. I mounted his vast, expansive skin over a clay-covered manikin that had edges like a Damascus razor, and I made him flat. He was flat enough to navigate the Platte River at low water, which even a thick shingle can not do. He was lifelike and likewise was a great triumph. But almost the moment my back was turned upon him forever, he went back upon me.
396 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Thad put him up to stay put, so far as my part was concerned, so he just got mad and literally tore himself to tatters. He became almost a total wreck, and to make my defeat a more genuine and unmitigated crusher, Prof. Ward sent word tome, all the way from Washington, that he would sell me that large ray for $5. I never forgave him for that.
The best way to mount a ray is to make a nice plaster cast of it, paint it, and then bury the accursed ray in a compost heap. As a class these fishes areremarkable, and highly interesting, and there is a far greater variety of them than anyone who is not an ichthyologist might suppose. ‘To me there is no other group of fishes more inter- esting, and, I may add, there is no other group that is, as a general thing, so poorly represented in musewmn collections. They exhibit all possible intermediate forms between the ordinary shark and the perfectly round, flat ray. The intermediate forms, Rhinobatui and Rhamphobatis, are naturally really the most interesting. *
Some very fine plaster-of-Paris casts of fishes of all kinds are to be found in the collections of the U. S. National Museum, but as has just been remarked, for some reason or other the rays are but meagerly rep-
resented. These fishes, however, cast beautifully in plaster, and their colors are not difficult to imitate. It would be hard, for example, to find a more fitting specimen for museum exhibition than the plaster cast of the skate shown in Plate xx of the present paper. The plastic method also reproduces them with even greater fidelity, and it has the advantage of not being near so easily injured orbroken. So perfect are these two methods that I will warrant that were we to take the living skate, the gelatine and plaster casts, make photographs of them all of the same scale and under the same conditions as the one seen in my plate, we could only with the greatest difficulty distinguish among them.
Not only is it possible to reproduce life-like representations of living fishes by means of the plaster-of- Paris cast, but to a certain degree we can also, by the same means, show some of the habits of this interest- ing group of vertebrates. A fine example of this is seenin Plate xxt of this report, wherein we are presented with a most excellent cast of a shark (Carcharhinus obscurus) to whose left side has attached itself a
temora (Hcheneis naucrates), a habit this parasitic fish is habitually addicted to, as is well-known. This fine piece of work, done by Mr. Joseph Palmer, of the museum, has been colored very closely to imitate life, and is not only a most interesting and instructive object to have on exhibition in any zodlogical museum, but leaves but little to be desired in the matter of conveying a correct idea of the form and general appear- ance of these fishes, and in a method at once practical and, with care, enduring. The mode of mounting such specimens is also seen in the figures in the plates, and it probably can not very well be improved upon, consisting as it does of two strong metal upright standards of the proper length, and which are embedded below in the horizontal base or stand of wood. This latter may be either plain pine, painted black and heavily varnished, or it may be of any of the dark, hard
* Taxidermy, pp. 215, 216.
PLATE XXI.
Report of National Museum, 1892.— Shufeldt.
CIN 'N SD 02091 ON “9¥)) “pooupeat AT Bats 24sB0d Jeqysvid v ULOA (SAPVLINDU STAUAYIT ) VAOWAY ANV (S7LISgoO snUL YIDYONDO) TYVAS
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XXII.
Nurse SHARK (Ginglymostoma cirratum), From a plaster cast: greatly reduced, (Cat. No. 16909. U.S. N. M.
PLATE XXIII.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
“qsvo aaqseid & UOL ‘(SNULCDUL SNQUOYY) LOTMA,
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. aoe
woods highly polished. In any event the aim should be to have it all of a pattern and kind throughout the museum for subjects of one class, as these fishes. It admits placing the label adopted by the museum in front and in the center below, which may be attached in various ways, or simply fastened to an obliquely cut block of wood, finished in the same style as the base, and left to rest free upon it. It is important that the base should be as long, or nearly as long, as the specimen it supports, for that net only lends an appearance of good balance and symmetry to the whole, but it also is a great safeguard against the cast being accidentally tipped over and broken, or broken by the specimen pro- jecting out beyond it too far, and so not properly protecting it.
The Remora shown in Plate XXx1 is at once recognized by the black stripes down its side and the white corners to the caudal fin. It seems to attach itself principally to the sharks, thus differing with its congener of the ocean (Remora squalipeta) so frequently found adhering to the sides and bottoms of ships at sea, well below their water line.
Another fine cast of a shark (Ginglymostoma cirratum) also in plaster, is seen in Plate xxi, and viewed upon superior aspect. This not only gives an absolutely correct idea of the animal it was taken from, but shows very well the peculiar lateral corrugations of the skin, so charac- teristic of this and other species.
Of the Teleosteans [ am enabled to present in my plates quite a num- ber of interesting and well-known forms, and if the methods of casting in plaster-of-Paris and plastic compounds be so successful in the case of the cartilaginous fishes, it requires nothing to be said that it is equally applicable to them.
All of the casts of the specimens here offered are from the collections of the National Museum, and the perfect manner in which they are done is well exemplified in the specimen of the turbot shown in Plate xxii (Rhombus maximus). Most, if not all of them, were executed by Mr. Joseph Palmer with the assistance of his son, Mr. William Palmer, under the supervision and direction of some ichthyologist of the muse- um’s staff, and skillfully colored by Mr. A. Z. Shindler. Among the principal points to be looked to in making such casts is (1) the selee- tion of as perfect specimens as possible, especially in the matter of unmutilated parts, as fins and tail, and structures of the head; (2) the parts should be exhibited in a natural manner or properly spread out; (3) the cast so made as to exhibit special characers; it should be colored true to nature in a way already indicated; and, (5) finally, they should be well mounted, labeled, and exhibited in a closed glass case.
Later on we shall see that fish do not require in these matters quite as much knowledge, care, and study asdo the reptiles; still they require a good deal, and it should invariably be bestowed upon them.
More or less uniformly colored, and comparatively smooth fishes, show up fully as well as those with many salient characters, and this
398 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1392.
is well seen in such an example as the common Pompano (Trachynotus carolinus) of Plate XXxIv, Fig. 2, which gives a most complete idea of this interesting species. In most of these specimens the ventral fins, it will be seen, have, before casting, been brought up so as to be in contact with the body of the fish. This is done with the view of giving them the support of the latter and thus greatly decreasing the danger of having them broken off either through subsequent handling of the cast or otherwise.
Plaster casts of fishes also admit, in some cases only, of having the proper kinds of glass eyes inserted in them after the cast is made; or some special structures added, as the barbels of certain species, or spines of great delicacy, or hair-like appendages—these structures being composed of Some other material than plaster, and being painted and made to naturally harmonize with the specimen as in life. This is rarely, if ever, necessary in the case of those fishes cast in gelatine or similar plastic compounds. This feature of the work admits of no lit- tle skill and knowledge on the part of the caster and painter of these vertebrates. Nothing should in any event be omitted that will lend a true and life-like appearance of the original specimen, and very encour- aging progress is being made along such lines.
Another excellent plaster cast of a fish is seen in Plate xxv,taken from a specimen of the Mirror carp (Cyprinus carpio), a fish with an inter. esting history in this country now,and which, among other characters, is at once recognized by having “extraordinarily large scales which run along the sides of the body in three or four rows, the rest of the body being bare.”
A fine east is also shown in Plate xxv, fig. 2, it being the Buffalo fish (Itiobus urus).
It is needless almost to invite attention here once more to the fact of how well these casts here represent the forms as they appear in life. The red fish or bass of. the Southern States (Sciwna ocellata) has also been cast, and a fine example of it exists in the collections of the Museum. Where a fish has strong and pronounced external charac- ters, such as large scales, large projecting rays to the tail or fins, and marked characters of mouth or operculum, they are sure to constitute one of the most favorable varieties of fish to cast in plaster, and they, when skillfully painted, make some of the most striking specimens among a collection of such objects. This may be appreciated by an examina. tion of the cast of the Parrot fish (Scarus sp.?), Shown in Plate XXIv, or to nearly an equal extent in the one of the Trigger fish (Balistes capri- sens), a specimen of which is to be found in the Museum’s collections; and as for the reproduction of color markings, we see a good example in the cast of the well-known Mud fish (Amia calva), to which Plate XxVI, Fig. 2, of this paper is devoted.
We have already alluded to the use of the plastic method of casting for fishes, and so far as my personal investigations have been directed
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XXIV.
Fig. 1. PARRoT-FISH (Scarus sp. ?).
From a plaster cast.
Fig. 2. Common Pompano (Trachynotus carolinus). From a plaster cast. (Cat. No. 23351, U.S. N. M.)
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. aug
they have been concerned principally with the work of that nature done by the U.S. Fish Commission, much of which was accomplished with the view of having it exhibited at the World’s Columbian Exposition. In this connection my thanks are due Dr. Tarleton H. Bean for the use of a series of photographs of the results of such methods and other processes. These, unfortunately, with the single exception of the Opah, were taken too small to be used here, and as the originals had been for-
rarded to Chicago, it was too late to have them photographed of a larger size. My thanks are also due to Mr. Denton for his kindness in showing me his method of reproducing specimens of fish and reptiles by the plastic method from casts made in plaster, and for submitting to me for examination specimens of his work after they had been painted and prepared for final exhibition. It would be ditficult to overestimate the value of this kind of work, and the field is a broad one, full of importance and interest to the art student in taxidermy.
Specimens of many species of fish made according to such processes bear very close resemblance to the living types, so much so that pho- tographs of the two are scarcely to be distinguished. This may best be appreciated by an examination of the specimen in the U.S, Fish Commission, or the reduced photograph which that institution has of the plastic cast of the Opah, from a specimen taken upon our own coasts. Its peculiar form and high coloring rendered it a specially fine subject for the skill of the person who reproduced it. Ichthyologists have always expressed great interest in this member of the finny king- dom, and if the digression be not considered too great, I will quote here what Mr. Goode has said of it in The Fishery Industries of the United States (p. 335). According to this distinguished authority, the Opah family, or the Lampridida, “is represented in the Atlantic by a single species, Lampris guttatus, a pelagic fish, which appears to be more abundant in the deep waters of northern seas than elsewhere. — It has been observed at many points upon the Norwegian coast, about Iceland and Madeira, as well as in the Mediterranean, but is of unusual occurrence everywhere, except perhaps about Madeira. On the coast of England it is one of the great rarities, and is much sought for by col- lectors on account of its beauty. It is said to be one of the most bril- liantly colored fishes known—‘red and.green, with tints of purple and gold dotted over with silvery round spots. Iris of the eye is scarlet, and fins of lively red.’ A specimen was obtained years ago near Sable Island, Nova Scotia, and the species will doubtless be found still nearer our shores. It is said that no young specimens have yet been seen. The species attains the length of 4 feet and more, and is said to be very excellent eating.”
Everything that has been said above in regard to the various methods employed in times past, as well as at present, for the preservation of fishes for exhibition in zodlogical museums and elsewhere applies with equal truth to reptiles. The day has apparently fully arrived when
400 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
the advanced student of taxidermy will no more think of employing. the old time-honored methods of stuffing a frog or a snake or a tortoise than he would of mummifying a bird—a practice that was formerly recommended, it is said, to avoid the apparent difficulty of removing the skin. Of all the effigies, I think, in the forms of bad taxidermy that have figured in such nightmares I have suffered from, or in my waking dreams, the various stuffed snakes I have seen certainly take the palm. They have been enough to frighten clean out of existence one laboring under an attack of mania a potu, as well as the reptiles one claims to see upon such an occasion. It is almost impossible to remove the skin from any kind of an ordinary snake without disastrously disturbing its delicate scales and their beautiful arrangement. And, as for the “stuf- fing” of frogs, why that may be left to those lovers of the “ grotesque in taxidermy,” for surely such feats have no place in a scientific ma- seum, and it has always been a wonder to me how they ever could claim even a smile from a thorough naturalist, let alone words of praise.
My meaning in these premises will be made perfectly clear by turning to Plate xx1x, Fig.2, which is from an excellent photograph of a specimen of Gould’s monitor (Monitor gould’) now in the collections of the U.S. National Museum.* This favored representative of the taxidermy of a past decade, formed a part of the South Austrahan exhibit sent to the Centennial Exhibition, at Philadelphia, in 1876, and subsequently, pre- sented to the Institution, where it now is. To the enlightened taxider- mist my saying itis a stuffed lizard would be all sufficient, but I fain would invite attention to the absolutely impossible attitude it has been compelled to assume. It is nailed to the base with coarse pins, whose heads show on the top of every individual foot. The hind feet are rammed to a bursting point—the forefeet are empty. To save length of stand the tail has been forced round to the side, and the toes are alternately pointing to the four quarters of the globe. We do not pass favorably upon that kind of work any more, and the only interest it has for me is the stage it represents in the growth and development of the art of taxidermy, though it is a comfort to know that the day for such ridiculous productions is rapidly passing into history.
By whatever method done, the casting of most reptiles has one great advantage over the casting of most fishes—an advantage to the extent of exercising a greater skill and knowledge on the part of the operator, for it must be easy for one to realize that to make a plaster nold of a flounder and a plaster mold of a frog are two very dif- ferent matters. The first, beyond a spreading of tail and fins, requires but little arrangement, whereas in the case of the second I have met with many a person who could not for the life of him place a dead frog in a natural attitude, to say nothing of making one ready and obtaining a plaster mold of it. Lizards are sometimes still worse. It is now, then, that we come to a point where good photographs, good
*Catalogue No, &896.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XXV.
Fig. 1. Mirror Carp (Cyprinus carpio). From a plaster cast; greatly reduced. (Cat. No. 25257, U.S. N. M.)
Fig. 2. Burrato-FisH (Ictiobus urus). From a plaster cast; greatly reduced. (Cat. No. 28558, U.S. N, M.)
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XXVI.
THe Mup-FisH (Amia calva). Plaster cast. (Cat. No. 20776, U. S. N. M.)
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 401
models, and good illustrations in the vertebrate series really first come into play. It is only the exception among fishes that such necessary adjuncts elsewhere will be found useful. One would hardly think of looking for a model to make a cast of a ‘+ Needle Gar,” for instance; he might in the case of such a form as the Goosefish (Lophius piscatorius); whereas in the case of .an attacking Cobra, or some of the winged or frilled lizards models would soon be in demand, or at least very much more so. Snakes form no exception to these remarks, for the attitudes assumed by them in nature are not only various in the extreme, but in some cases downright peculiar. And, in good groups of reptiles peculiar, characters and habits should be exhibited by showing them or exhibiting them by a duplication of the species composing the group. The blowing viper (Heterodon) should not only be preserved and shown with expanded and flattened fore parts, but at a State of rest likewise. Take another example in the little lizard Anolis, the American chameleon; we would by no means gain a full idea of its form and appearance from one specimen, colored bright pea- green, and the flaming red ornament at the throat retracted; but we should have a group of at least four or five of them, showing all such remarkable characters, as well as the various tints it may assume when it exerts it chameleonic powers. With many lizards and with many snakes this is not always necessary, and with them one good, faithfully colored cast will be quite sufficient.
Of course, the very large reptiles, as large Iguanas, Alligators, and even such large snakes as Anacondas and Pythons, admit of being skill- fully mounted by the manufacture of bodies made of tow—that is, a manakin, with internal wire supports and a final clay covering; but, as I have said, it would appear that the time has come when all small rep- tiles will no longer be so preserved, and the tendency to cast them is on the increase. An ingenious method of preserving small reptiles in al- cohol is resorted to by Mr. Samuel Garman at the Museum of Com- parative Zoélogy at Harvard College, but I have never had the personal opportunity of investigating it, though the fact that so able an herpi- tologist recommends it as is Mr. Garman is enough to say that it pos- sesses its merits for museum purposes. He claims that by its means he “can give the specimens life-like attitudes, or arrange them in groups, as if playing, courting, or fighting; and the liquid heightens their beauty, as the water does that of the pebble at the seashore, while ravages of insects are entirely out of the question.”
The larger Chelonia, as the Hawksbill, the Green turtle, the Leather- back, and the Loggerhead, can also be mounted by the processes usually recommended by the best taxidermists and successfully, and Mr. Lucas has pointed out an admirable way for mounting the smaller turtles,*
*“Lueas, F. A.: On the mounting of turtles. Third Ann. Rep. Soc. Amer. Taxider- mists, 188283, pp. 84-90, 2 figs.
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2
26
402 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
but even this does not convince me but what such mounts will finally be superseded by the plastic methods and subsequent artistic painting. I speak especially for the large scientific institutions where a full series of alcoholics can be maintained in alcohol, and the exhibition series are intended simply to faithfully present the external characters and ap- pearances of the specimens.
The National Museum possesses at least one very elegantly preserved crocodile. Mounted much in the manner pointed out above, it has been placed in an attitude of rest, with very simple surroundings, but made the more interesting from the fact that the taxidermist has placed upon its back one or two specimens of that small Black-headed Plover (Charadrius melanocephalus), which in nature may often be seen perched there, attracted as it is by the insects which occur in numbers upon that part of the huge reptile.
Here we not only get a fine and naturally preserved specimen of an important and widely known animal, but we likewise have represented in the most striking manner one of the most engaging chapters in its history.
In alluding to groups of reptiles, Hornaday, after all his long experi- ence, has said that—
I know of but one good group of reptiles, and that is a group of turtles which was prepared by Mr. F. A. Lucas, and displayed at the exhibition of the 8. A. T. in New York in 1883, where it received a medal, and afterwards was presented by him to the National Museum. This altogether unique and pretty group teaches one very important lesson, viz, that even the most commonplace animals are interesting when they are well mourted and grouped with a setting which represents their natural haunts. Some of the specimens in this group are represented above water, and some beneath it, while one enterprising individual is caught in the act of diving, with half of his body under water and the other half out. The situation represents the successful accomplishment of a very neat mechanical feat and is of itself an illustra- tion of the possibilities in such matters.”
But progress of the most substantial nature, thanks to Mr, Goode, is now being made along such lines in his collections of the U.S. National Museum, and I believe that in a very few years hence the exhibition series of this institution will stand among the very finest in the world. The consummate skill of the Palmers, Mr. Lucas, and a large trained staff of many others of the first ability in designing, painting, and cast- ing, is sure to make it so. Dr. Stejneger has been kind enough to place at my disposition a number of the casts of his department (Reptiles), for which and other courtesies my thanks are here tendered hin.
With regard to the attitudes assumed by snakes, we may say that they are exceedingly numerous and many of them very interesting to behold. To secure figures of these for the use of modelers and casters we have a host of fine illustrations throughout the literature of reptiles, but Iam more and more inclined to believe that a work devoted to a earfully prepared series of photographs of snakes taken directly in
*Taxidermy, pp. 249, 250.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XXVII.
COMMON GARTER SNAKE (EHuteenia sirtalis).
From a photograph of a living specimen by the author.
PLATE XXVIII.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
(:
]
A
“N
$0
‘
1066 "ON 98D) “poonpedr AYQvors '48R9 z984se{d eB WHOA
(SNAZUDUDPD SNIDIOMD ) AMVNSATILLVY
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 403
their natural haunts is in reality what is now most in demand. At zoological gardens, at least here at Washington, they are usually kept in wire cages, often huddled together, and rarely assume the animated attitudes most natural to them, and so, even if photographs could be obtained of them there, they would hardly meet the endin view. That they are easily obtained in nature I have recently demonstrated in one instance for illustrationinthe present connection, though I am confident with just a little more practice in that way the results can be made all that is to be desired. About a month ago on my premises I secured a good-sized Garter snake, uninjured in the jeast degree, and at once placed him in a large glass jar. Immediately | cut out, on the bank of a stream on my place, a suitable piece of ground, with plants grow- ing on it, for my ** base.” This | placed out of doors on a large box about the height of my camera, and for a background behind it I placed a large sheet of common white blotting paper. My snake was then removed from his jar and placed on the base. By tapping him on the head he at once threw himself in the position [ secured him in in the photograph, of which Plate XXVII is a good copy.
Now, this operation altogether took less than an hour, and a fairly good figure was the result. But it may be accomplished very easily in another way; for all we have to dois to ‘go afield” armed with our ‘amera and a necessary number of plates, and a thin board covered with white blotting paper for our background, to be used for cutting off superfluous foliage, ete. On meeting with a snake, or indeed any small animal, he may in 50 per cent of the cases be obtained by the methods above indicated. Recently I have even succeeded in get- ting them on the ground by placing the camera right down in front of them, putting up my background, then assuming a prone position myself, focused and got my figure.
Such a photograph of the Helodermas was obtained by me in New Mexico. The specimens represented in it were my own; they were healthy and vigorous, and had been disporting themselves in the sun, when, becoming tired, they sought the shade of some plants, and as they assumed positions of rest I there photographed them.
All the figures of snakes given in the present report are from plaster- of-Paris casts in the collections of the National Museum. They were all made, I believe, by Mr. Joseph Palmer, and most naturally colored. They are wonderfully fine things, and a credit to any museum in exist- ence. But what is still more to the point they faithfully represent the originals, and that is what we want. Not only are these snakes in plaster, but so are the tasteful bases of rock, ete., upon which they have been placed. Take, for example, the rattlesnake shown in east 950. With tail elevated, and the reptile thrown into natural coils, partly within the recess of the spreading roots of a large tree, we have an accomplishment in plaster the equal of which for that particular snake I do not believe to be extant.
404 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Quite as good is the young Ancistrodon in the collection, for here, too, the snake is partly within a recess and fully the anterior fourth of the animal free.
Hrrors can sometimes occur, however, even in apparently such a sim- ple procedure as properly coiling up a snake for a plaster cast, and as fine a work of art as it is in other respects, I am inclined to think that in nature a snake never so abruptly bends the neck as close to the head as has been done for the one in Plate xxx. A dead snake may be placed ina great many postures which in nature it never assumes, and these dead attitudes must be guarded against; and it is just here where the results of good photographs of snakes In nature come in most advan- tageously.
In the coloring of snakes and other reptiles we should rely solely upon specimens that are alive, and taken as subjects if possible just after the “shed.” It is almost needless to add that a cast should only be painted from the snake from which the cast was made, and not another specimen of the same species. Frogs, for some reason or other, are not always well drawn and colored, and, as I have before re- marked, some of the most abominable stuffed specimens and casts of them are in existence. Those in some of our museums bear no closer resemblance to the original animal than a camel does to a chestnut burr. They are simply horrid. This is often the case, too, in many departments of decorative art. Even our Indians, who occasionally make pretty good hits, crude as they are, at pictorial decoration with some of the animals they happen to be most familiar with, miss it when they try the frog. Attempts made by the Japanese in such mat- ters are often very much better than the results turned out by the brushes and implements of our own artists and designers. There is one very life-like plaster-of-Paris cast, colored, of this Batrachian in the collections of the National Museum, and it is reproduced in Plate XxXxt of the present paper. It shows the animal in one of its most common poses, and may well serve as a model for anyone who desires to copy it for any purpose whatsoever.
Some grand results in the matter of the casting of turtles, both large and small ones, have been accomplished in the workshops of the Museum, These are either in plaster-of-Paris like all the specimens here figured, or in some few cases the natural shell of the animal has been retained, and the exposed external parts, as head, legs, and tail, ‘ast in the usual plastic material used, and subsequently fitted to the former. When cast in plaster-of- Paris, they of course have to be painted, as in the case of all animals so reproduced. When photographed, these tints do not show, and consequently my figures, with the par- tial exception of the box tortoise (Cistudo), exhibit only the form of the specimen. ;
Especial attention is invited to the beautiful cast of Aspidonectes Plate Xxx, which is not more than one-sixth the linear length of the
PLATE XXIX.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
CW 'N ‘Sf ‘88F0T “ON 98D) “SOUOAIOSId
‘poonpal A[JBols 248Bd 194sV[q NOGOULSIONY
3 = .% wy
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt PLATE XXIX(a).
MonrrorR GOULDI. Stuffed specimen; old style, faulty mounting. (Cat. No. 8896, U. S. N. M.)
PLATE XXX.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
CW 'N ‘S ‘1 ‘9966 ‘ON 98)) ‘peonpet ATVvous “SOIMVITIN SQUDULSIG
4ysvo
teysei[d B
WOd
PLATE XXXI.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
‘poonpat $ysvo aeqseyd vB ULOAST
‘pouy TAG
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 405
original. So far as external form is concerned it simply stands as good as the original, as offering to the naturalists of all ages an abso- lutely correct idea of this interesting chelonian. Lizards are more difficult to cast than are turtles, as in many of their details of external structure they are more delicately formed, and, upon the whole, I do not think an equal success has been attained at the Museum in the plaster casting of saurians as has in the case of the chelonians. Nevertheless the plaster casts of some of the larger lizards leave us nothing to be desired in that art. A truly magnificent thing is seen in _ the plaster cast of Tupinambis (Plate xxxv). It would seem to be per- fect in every particular, and by all odds is the finest result of the kind that I have ever had the pleasure of examining.
Just here this is all 1 have to say in regard to the preservation of reptiles for museum exhibition, but the subject, in a general way, will be reverted to again before closing this paper.
We next pass to a consideration of the preservation of birds. Upon entering this department, after passing fish and reptiles in review, we seem almost to come into entirely new fields. Zodlogically birds are not one bit more important than either fishes or reptiles, but from a popular standpoint they have probably received, as every biologist knows, fully fifty times the attention. Ornithological literature, taken by and large, is a hundred fold more voluminous than that of the two other groups just mentioned put together. Thousands of birds have been preserved by one method or another (not including alcoholies), to one fish. When one alludes to the art of taxidermy in the presence of the laity the idea that first comes up is, that the taxidermy of birds only is intended ; mammals are far less frequently thought of by such people; and fish and reptiles rarely or never. Plates, figures, drawings, and illustrations of this group are far more numerous; and, notwithstanding my sincere efforts to equalize the illustrations for the various departments in this paper, somehow or other the plates of birds constitute nearly one-half of them. Many taxidermists devote themselves to birds alone, and it is only those in this country who are really finished adepts in the art that ean skillfully handle the preservation of any kind of an animal what- ever, birds included,
Taking all this into consideration, one would naturally think that that department of taxidermy had made far greater progress than any other; but I hasten to say this is by no means the case. If we take the col- lections of such an institution as the National Museum for example, we find upon examination that there is quite as much bad taxidermy among birds as there is among mammals, and when it is bad it-is very bad. On the other hand, from the host of “ terrifics” that still linger in the cases of the ornithological department there has been growing out of it of recent years a most satisfactory and most encouraging progress. Both individual specimens as well as groups of birds are now being produced which bear every evidence of the highest accomplishments
406 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
attained to by taxidermists anywhere in the world. There are two great reasons for this: First, taxidermy itself has only recently been raised from the plane of mere cheap jobbery to the place it long ago should have oceupied—that is, to a school of living art; and, second, the selec- tion from that school foremployment in the Museum of at least a rep- resentation.
Everything I have thus far said in the foregoing pages in the matter of models, of grouping, and, indeed, of reproducing nature in the Museum with respect to fishes and reptiles, applies with equal force to birds. With regard to the photography of birds in their native haunts and elsewhere, for the purpose of securing models as guides to natural atti- tudes of this class of vertebrates for the taxidermic artist, it would seem to be far more important here than with either reptiles or fish. This is so from the fact that in the case with the last two the specimens are now most frequently cast, while, as we well know, with birds it is differ- ent; they being skinned, the artist must have a model to go by for the restoration of form.
Where models are not followed, especially in those cases where the taxidermist may never have seen the bird either alive or even a good figure of it, the most pitiable results follow. This is well seen in PI. XXXVI, showing two king penguins—birds of the same species. The taller of the two was mounted by one of the old sechool-men taxider- mists years ago, and it is so bad that I consider it quite beyond the pale of criticism. The second and more upright bird, recently done at the Museum, although in some particulars not everything it should be, is such an advance upon the first, that comparison becomes quite unnec- essary. Bad mounting of the kind just referred to is still more disas- trous when it has been done in the case of a bird of great rarity, and consequently of almost priceless value. This was unfortunately the case in regard to the specimen of the Great Auk (Plautus impennis) owned by the National Museum. A figure of this as first mounted by some ancient bungler is shown on PI. xxxvil, Fig. 1. No living auk in good health ever stood in that position; but thanks to what art can sometimes accomplish in these days, this outraged bird was not des- tined for all eternity to stand as a drum-major at dress parade.
It was determined to have it remounted; an operation, owing to the age of the specimen and a lack of knowledge as to what condition the skin might be in, that required a full measure of judgment relative to what taxidermy could hope for in such premises. The work of remod- eling was accomplished by Mr. Wood, of the National Museum, and the result is shown in Plate xxxvil, Fig. 2, and this now probably extinet fowl], one of the treasures of the department, presents a far more respect- able appearance, and is certainly posed in a far more natural attitude, though judging from Audubon’s plate of it, I believe it still to be not a posture this auk was wont to assume. Still, it was most assuredly the
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XXXII.
SOFT-SHELLED TURTLE (Aspidonectes ferox, ad.). From a plaster cast; greatly reduced. (Cat. No. 8899, U. S. N. M.)
we i) ‘
eae
PLATE XXXIIl.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892
os
‘ON “4RD)
‘poonpead $4svo 1oqseid & UOT,
PLATE XXXIV.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
CIN NS ‘O ‘@IFOL ‘ON 9¥O) “peonper :4sv0 JoysvTd vB WOT
‘Qzisspbp sniaydoy)) AXHAOY)
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XXXV.,
i ee Fanlle - A decetoe N = :
TUPINAMBIS TEGUIXIN. From a plaster cast ; reduced. (Cat. No. 20790, U.§. N. M.)
oP "7 7
be _ 6 - can Te 7
a yy *¥
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XXXVI.
OLD AND ImMpRoveD MerHops oF MountTING A PENGUIN. From specimens in the National Museum. (Cat. Nos. 124684 and 15686, U. S. N. M.)
. . ee . CIN NS “ 8&&29 “ON “9%))) POOAA “UH WOSTON “Ay AQ pepepowWlat SY °% oly i ‘paAdoseld Jsdy SV “T SlL
“(szuuadur SUNY] qd) WAY LVANY) AH,
PLATE XXXVII.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
>
oe a fe peg
a _
_
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. AQT
very best that could have been done under the cireumstances; for when birds’ necks are stretched out of all proportion, and then allowed to remain that way for years, it is by no means an easy matter to even partially restore them again to their normal lengths. Even among the more common birds there still linger numerous examples of old-style bird stuffing in the cases of the National Museum. Some of these abso- lutely violate every correct principle of taxidermy, and it is devoutly to be hoped that the time is not far distant when they can be presented to some fourth-rate museum or college “in the provinces.” Surely both this Museum and the people have outgrown such scarecrows. I allude to such looking affairs as we have represented in Plate XXXVIII of this report, a specimen of Larus occidentalis. Now, gulls make espe- cially beautiful subjects when they are well mounted; for in nature they are graceful in the extreme, and their plumages, so simple and so harmo- niously blended, are very attractive. Plate xxxIx,a mounted specimen of Creagrus furcatus in the national collection, is in my opinion an ab- solutely lifelike reproduction of the bird as it appeared when it was alive. It is nature and simplicity itself, and, with its neat stand, leaves nothing to be desired in the way of mounting a single individual in an attitude of rest.*
There is no class of vertebrates that admit of grouping for museum exhibition that can exceed birds. Most of the species are small, which is an advantage, inasmuch it allows us to increase the amount of nat- ural surroundings; then a great many birds have very peculiar habits and construct a great variety of nests, and these may often be repro- duced with the greatest possible interest. t
One of the most lifelike groups of birds known to me is the pair of Black Ducks (Anas obscura) and young, which form a part of the ornithological mounted collection of the American Museum of Natural History of New York City. Through the kindness of Dr. J. A. Allen,
*This gull was the work of Mr. Nelson R. Wood, one of the taxidermists employed in the National Museum, who also prepared all the mounted domestic fowls and pigeons here shown with the exception of the white-faced black Spanish cock (Plate LXIX, Fig. 2); the Parrot (Plate xiv, Figs. 1, 2); the Baltimore oriole (Plate Lxxm1) ; the turkey (Plate xLvul,); and the great horned owl (Plate Lxxir1). Mr. Wood has cheerfully tendered his assistance to me in several ways during my examination of specimens, for which he fully deserves my thanks, as he does for the loan of his living specimen of Gambel’s partridge and Black Sumatra cock, both of which by photography have been secured for plates for this paper.
tAccording to Mr. Goode: ‘‘The mounting of animals in picturesque and lifelike groups in the midst of accessories taken from their natural haunts appears to have been first attempted by Prof. Paolo Savi in the early part of the present century. In the museum of the University of Pisa nearly one hundred of these are still pre- served. One of these, a group of starlings upon the head of a dead sheep, is as fine as anything since produced anywhere; and a pair of boar hounds attacking a boar is, for action, the best piece of mammal mounting I have ever seen. The collection is a wonderful one, and is still perfectly preserved.”
A408 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
of that institution, | am enabled to present that group here as one of my illustrations. It is shown in Plate XL.*
The subjects shown in Plate xLuL, Parrot; Plate Lx1, California Partridge; Plate LX11, Massena Partridge; Plate Lx11, Quail; Plate 11x, Fig.2, Quail; Plate LxrIv, English Pheasant; Plate Lxv, Moor Cock; Plate LXVH, Rutfiled Grouse; Plate LXV, Fig. 1, Dusky Grouse; Plate Lxvu, Fig. 2, Richardson’s Grouse, and the well-mounted turkey head in Plate Lx1x, are all examples of Mr. Densiow’s style of mounting. — My thanks are due him for the loan of the drawing from which the figure of the Great Horned Owl, shown in Plate LXx11, was made. Itis from his well-filled “ note- book” of drawings and photographs of all kinds of animals from life and good illustrations—just such a book as every taxidermist should compile. Mr. Denslow was at one time employed by the National Museum and is in my opinion a taxider- mist of the highest order of merit.
Great simplicity may characterize groups of birds, or they may be gotten up with every refinement of detail. A beautiful piece of work representing the former style is to be found in the collection, where two flamingoes and their nests are represented; while of the latter kind, it would be difficult to find a group anywhere that would present so many interesting features, and such wonderful harmony in detail, as is seen in the group of jacanas, which, together with the flamingoes, were senton tothe World’s Columbian Exposition. The piece of pond work in this latter, including the flowers and their leaves, and the handling of the bottom, are simply exquisite. Such work is an adornment to any museum, and a whole chapter in zodlogical science to any visitor who may chance to give it any study whatever. The artist, I regret to say, is not known to me, but there is no question that he knew a jacana.t I have seen the birds alive in nature, and the way he has rendered the peculiar habit the males have of vertically erecting their wings, in a manner similar to our Solitary sandpiper, is capital. This delicate case, as I have just said, was sent on to the World’s Fair at Chicago, and it is to be hoped that no misfortune will befall it either in going there or having it returned here.
Perhaps some of the finest groupsin the world are at South Kensing- ton of the British Museum, and at the commencement of this paper I quite extensively quoted from Dr. Sharpe’s article upon the nature of many of them. That distinguished ornithologist, who is in charge of the department of ornithology there, has kindly sent me, as I have before said, two beautiful photographs of their method of mounting specimens of the diurnal Raptores. Those photographs, unfortunately, I had to have very much reduced, but still they show very well the
“This group was eee Ga prep: Hel ie Mr. Jenness Richardson, at the Ameri- can Museum of Natural History, in 1890; the studies being made from life at Gar- diner’s Island, New York, in May, 1889. The accessories were made by Mrs. E. S. Mogridge, under the supervision of Mr. Richardson, and are actual facsimiles from nature.
iThe group was mounted by Henry Marshall, for many years the principal bird taxidermist in the National Museum. —Ep1ror.
Report of National Museum, 1892 —Shufeldt.
PLAVE XXXVIII.
RING-BILLED GULL (Larus occidentalis, juv.).
N. M.)
No. 6474, U.S.
(Cat.
xample of an incorrectly mounted (
} y)
kK
PLATE XXXIX.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
(
vi
NS ‘O'R96SIL ON 98D) ‘[[ND pequnout ATJOeAI109 Jo adie xy
(snpnowng sndbnadg) TID GWILVL-MOTIVMG
i a Ra Na i
PLATE XL.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
«ADV OWL, JO 1OJIpo “UeTTV'V “fC “Ad Jo uorsstused Aq poonpoadoy YIOK MON *A1OISIH [BANIVN JO TuNasNy], UBoLIEULW 94 JO WOMdaT[oo eu4 ur dnoas v jo .“yny ey, ,, ul peystyqnd aInsy B ULL
‘(DANISQO SMUP) ONNOX ANY sYOAG MOVIg
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 409
grandeur of the scale upon which such work isexecuted. Their copies are faithfully rendered in Plates XLI and XLIt, and to study them simply means to excite our fullest admiration for such bold and truthful ren- dering. In Plate xLI one of the birds is exhibited in full flight, and yet the rocky wall behind him seems to be in contact with his tail, and, in- asmuch as thereis no perch for him to have pitched off of in full flight, the question might naturally arise, going at the rate he apparently is, whence did he come? The defect so apparent is probably due to the picture itself, which does not represent the actual and necessary space that exists between the sailing bird and the rocky cliff behind him.
Such illustrations bring up to my mind the great question of the amount of activity permissible in birds mounted for museum exhibi- tion. My opinion in these premises can be briefly put. Thegreat bulk of individual specimens of small birds exhibited in the cases of a large scientific zodlogical museum should be mounted up on the T of the perch in one of the most common attitudes of the species; a slight dip- ping forwards, cr slight inclination of the head in some direction, being alone permissible. But this would give rise to great monotony, and to break that we would advise a certain amount of activity in single spece- imens. This should be accorded to those birds which normally are very active in nature. With respect to groups of birds we may to a greater extent indulge in arranging birds in different attitudes. At the best this is what we would naturally look for anyway, for in groups of birds the individuals composing 1t are more frequently mounted in the act of performing something, either feeding their young or flying, or nest- building, or some other avocation. Even violent action, as fighting each other, or capturing their prey, may be introduced in a limited number of groups.
The scolding parrot, shownin Plate xLit, which, by the way, isamas- terly piece of work, is an excellent example of activity shown ina single specimen, and this one subject would give relief to a dozen quiet par- rots in the same case; or, for example, the other species, equally as well rendered, shown in two views in Plate xLIv, Figs.1 and 2. For ordinary small birds the style shown for the female oriole in Plate LX xXItr is some- times desirable, especially when a bird is selected having such active hab- its as the oriole has, and where the artist can succeed in reproducing one of its more usual postures as well as has been done in the ease of this specimen. Otherwise it most certainly should not be attempted. But the acme of all activity and of all grouping is reached when such artis- tic pieces of work, so faithfully executed, so full of interest and all that is natural, are set forth as the piece shown in Plate xy. Mr, Adams, who both collected and mounted this most attractive thing, would cer- tainly have “capped the climax” had he been able to have brought home the very section of the tree in which that identical Hornbill built her nest. This part is artificial, having been built up of fine papier- mache; butitisonly fairly well done. Itrepresents the maleof one of the
410 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
species of Hornbills feeding the female, whom he has imprisoned during — the period of incubation in a hollow tree. I never pass it that I do not think of what Wallace has said of the habit in his Malay Archipelago (p. 147):
I had sent my hunters to shoot and while I was at breakfast they returned, bring- ing me a fine large male of the Buceros bicornis, which one of them assured me he had shot while feeding the female, which was shut up in a hole in a tree. I had often read of this curions habit, and immediately returned to the place, accompa- nied by several of the natives. After crossing a stream and a bog, we found a large tree leaning over some water, and on its lower side, at a height of about 20 feet, appeared a small hole, and what looked like a quantity of mud, which I was assured had been used in stopping up the large hole. After a while we heard the harsh cry of a bird inside, and could see the white extremity of its beak put out. I offered a rupee to anyone who would go up and get out the bird, with the egg or young one, but they all declared it was too difficult and they were afraid to try. I therefore very reluctantly came away. In about an hour afterward, much to my surprise, a tremendous loud, hoarse screaming was heard, and the bird was brought me, to- gether with a young one which had been found in the hole. This was a most curi- ous object, as large as a pigeon, but without a pa: ticle of plumage on any part of it. It was exceedingly plump and soft, and with a semitransparent skin, so that it looked more like a bag of jelly with head and feet stuck on than like a real bird.
The extraordinary habit of the male in plastering up the female with her egg and feeding her during the whole time of incubation and till the young one is fledged, is common to several of the large hornbills, and is one of those strange facts in natural history which are ‘‘ stranger than fiction.”
A very favorable commencement has been made at the National Museum of illustrating our own native birds by similar methods, and it would not be easy to overestimate the value and interest that attach to so important a step. We have already in one handsome single case a pair of shrikes with their nest and young in a thorn-apple bush, while upon several of the spines of the latter are suspended vari- ous insects and a small mammal, showing the habit of those interesting birds in nature of thus impaling such creatures. Others are in the course of making, and still othersin contemplation. A pair of Wood Ducks with their real nest, taken from some lofty tree, is a good sub- ject for some enterprising artist, and many others suggest themselves tous. There were magnificent groups of our birds sent on to the Columbian Exposition at Chicago, and when these are returned, as they will be, it will form a fine basis for such a collection to be added to in the future. I fear I must leave a great deal unsaid here that I would like to say, but it is to be devoutly hoped that the wide interest our people are taking in such matters, and the national desire of build- ing up a National Museum at our fair capital, will induce our Govern- ment to open the public purse to the extent of bestowing the room required for the proper exhibition of this series, even to the giving of a large and suitable building, now so much needed through the rapid increase and accumulation of such treasures.
This will be the more necessary inasmuch as within a few years past, through the wise foresight of Mr. Goode, another very important de- °
PLATE XLI.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
‘taMesny], USVI
Ig, ‘ASOpOyyIU wouds
1Q Jo quewy VW HSLiUug
I
kd
AHL NI GHAOIdN
x aya JO
adaoy
‘
ode
US sepaMog “‘Yy “ud Aq que, yde
A SAUOLdVY TVYNUIIT YNILNNOW wo ae
asojoyd vB HLA [A
Wlody pooupoadaryy
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XLII.
MeEtTHOD OF MountTING DiuRNAL RAPTORES EMPLOYED IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
Reproduced from a photograph lent by Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, keeper of the Department of Ornithology, British Museum.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XLIII.
ai ; i H | t i k I i | ie } | es i ft A | , } | } | | i | | : | | i i 4 1 ; i ot 2 | | j a i { j / 4 { i | | : j | f { i I i i : =| Pe cea cay
a SCOLDING PARROT. From photograph of a specimen in the U. S. National Museum. (Cat. No. 126612, U. S. N. M.)
PLATE XLIV.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
‘MOIA QUOT °@ “OTT
CIN ‘S “fl ‘A86FSE “ON 980)
“HAISNHMAC(, MAL NO LOWNV
“MOIA TBO ‘T
BI
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XLV.
Mate HoRNBILL FEEDING IMPRISONED FEMALE. (Cat. No. 116621, U.S. N. M. Collected and mounted by Mr. C. F. Adams.)
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 411
partment is growing up at the Government museums, and this in the field we now have under consideration, and it is the exhibition of the finest possible specimens of all our domesticated fowls, especially pigeons, chickens, and the like. So far as the art has applied itself to the preservation and representation of these lately, it has been most satisfactory, and many masterpieces of this kind now adorn the series.
The style in which the fowls are being done is well exemplified in
Plates xLviand xtvu. Mr. C. A. Sharp, of Lockport, N. Y., imported the birds there shown from England. They are both prize-winners, and both splendid samples of Indian game fowl, cock and hen. At their death they were presented by Mr. Sharp to the National Museum. ‘Lady Whitfield,” the hen, is an hundred-dollar bird, while her consort brought $350. From an ‘artistic point of view, in so far as taxidermy is concerned, they are markedly superior pieces of workmanship and in every particular—pose, topographical anatomy, coloring, spirit, and all. To appreciate their beauty, we have but to compare them with some of the taxidermy that was done during the old régime of the Museums history. 1! mean such types of it as I am enabled to show in Plate xLix, Fig. 2—a White-faced black Spanish cock—a relic I ex- humed from the vaults of the specimens now being discarded. Whata beauty (?)—saddle-backed, tail thrown up like a toucan’s, wires show- ing everywhere, most all of his body in front of his legs, stepping off with both feet flat on the ground, and such a weird, grotesque, con- ‘sequential, lop-sided aspect anyway—this fright with no form of a fowl known to me is only fit to grace the front window of a fourth-class cheap bird “stuffer’s” shop. A few more such “spooks” as this still linger on exhibition, as if by courtesy to the past, but they will shortly have to make way before the work now coming in.
Sometimes these game cocks are “ undubbed,” that is their wattles and comb are not trimmed off. In preserving these parts in a bird like this they are cast from the original and restored in a plastic material, that will keep indefinitely without change of form or color. After the bird is mounted, these are properly attached in their places on the head, and the suture lines colored over. The effect is absolutely per- fect, and to show how perfect it is I have introduced two additional figures, nearly life size, of the head of a game cock (Plate xLv1ml1, Figs. 1,2). They will bear the minutest inspection from every critical point known to taxidermists. In Fig. 2 the eye is unfortunately marred by the light refraction, but we can not avoid that in photography. Thor- oughly lifelike again is the pretty specimen shown in Plate L, a Silver- spangled Hamburg hen. The artist who mounted this specimen is a close student at all times of the various attitudes assumed not only by fowls and pigeons of all kinds, but of the feathered creation at large, and in this instance has happily hit the appearance of a hen feeding as she walks along or regarding some small object on tne ground that has attracted her attention.
412 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Another worthy subject is seen in Plate xLrx, Fig. 1, a proud old black Sumatra cock, that comes from a line of fowls unsurpassed by any in beauty or from. Mr. Wood, of the Museum, owns one or more of the grandsons of the rooster here portrayed, and through the skill and patience of Mr. T. W. Smillie, in charge of the photographie gallery of the National Museum, I am enabled to present figures from photo- graphs of this cock, taken from the live bird. |
They are valuable as models, going to show the disposition of plun- age, the contour of general form, its attitudes, and general appear- ance. These fowls are black all over, with strong blue and green reflections in every changing light. Special attention is invited to the elegant manner in which the superb tail is horizontally carried and the proud carriage of the bird in Plate Lx1. Oye artists of the pen and block who diligently illustrate for our thousand and one agricultural periodicals all over this country, and sometimes do not quite hit in your efforts the galline form divine, pray look upon these portraits before getting down to your easeis again, and profit thereby !
Other remarkably fine pieces of work of this kind are seen in Plates LU,LIV,and Lv. They are all equally good and deserving of the highest compliment that I can give them, and that is they are absolutely true to nature. My only regret is that they are not colored as well, for they would then be still more lifelike and their real beauties greatly enhanced. This factor is not so much missed in the good old light Brahma hen in Plate LV, for she is largely black and white. She was presented to the National Museum by Mr. Charles Griffin, of Shelter Island—with the cock that goes with her they constitute a pair of fowls of great beauty. (Plate LIv and LV.)
Many of the domestic pigeons have also been treated at the Museum quite as artistically as have the fowls. No opportunities have been lost to catch these in their every mood, and reproduce them in preserved specimens of the individuals themselves. One of the prettiest subjects sent on to the Chicago fair by the National Museum was a large pigeon- cot covered with many varieties of our tame pigeons, both the common and the rarer kinds. It was gotten up by Mr. Lucas in a manner that admitted of no improvement, bearing as it did a true likeness to an original. Two of the pigeons that were upon it are shown in Plate LvI and Lyi. When one thinks of the stiff and uncouth things that so many taxidermists give us and call them pigeons, it is positively grate- ful to turn to these here shown, and observe the eminently natural atti- tudes in which these gentle creatures have been thrown. One of the prettiest pieces of taxidermy that I have ever had the pleasure of study- ing is the dozing dovecot pigeon, depicted in Plate Lv1. We hope that this collection, now so well advanced, will continue to grow both nu- merically and in the variety ot the species. Were it possible to obtain some of the steps in Mr. Darwin’s numerous experiments with pigeons, and all that he demonstrated thereby, and the corresponding forms and
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XLVI.
InpIAN GAME Hen, ‘‘ LApyY WHITFIELD.’ (Cat. No. 106057, U.S. N. M.)
ns A eee?) 8
SRLS ee i 7
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XLVII
INDIAN GAME Cock (dubbed). (Cat. No. 106079, U. S. N. M.)
PLATE XLVIII.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
*MOIA [B109U'T
‘se
CG
ral
CW 'N ‘SA ‘08090 ‘ON “9°%D) ‘AZIQ AAT ATUVAN (GadqNaGNn) NOOM ANVY) NVIGNT JO avayyT
*MOIA QUOT ‘TST
PLATE XLIX.
Shufeldt
Report of National Museum, 1892.
(AULIEprxe} peq Jo ojduexe uy)
‘MOOD HSINVdS MOVIG: GHOVA-ALIA AY
tw +Q Ga
WW
CT “N ‘S ‘fA ‘SFO90T ‘ON “9°8D) ‘MOOD VULVNNAYG WOVIg ‘T ‘sy
Report of National Museum, 1892.— Shufeldt. PLATE L.
R-SPANGLED HamBurG HEN,
(Cat. N
SILVE
PLATE LI
1892,—Shufeldt.
Ut
Report of National Museur
(pooAy ‘Y UOSTON “ayy Aq guey ‘uetttoeds Suraly
jo ydeasojoyd uo
Coamysod yoorg) “MoO VULVWAg WoWIg
1)
PLATE LIl.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
Cuay ory Sue)
‘NOD NYOHDAT NMOUG
PLATE LIII.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
(‘poOA\ “YT TOSTON ‘ayy Aq yuay ‘uetutoods Surat, Jo ydevrs0j0qd 10.17) (-jooy at0 TO 4YSad JO OpNgIggy) ‘“M90D VuLvWaAg woyTg
I
Btn Se Ue Se
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 413
crosses could be obtained, the plan would not be a bad one to devote a few cases to illustrate so important a subject.
When we come to study the collection of mounted specimens of the Gallinz in the ornithological cases of the Smithsonian Institution in the large hall where all the mounted birds are exhibited, we find the same condition of affairs presented to us, as has been deseribed for the . other avian groups. Inferiority of work, as a rule, characterizes the older specimens, while real merit marks the most of those that have appeared within comparatively recent times. This appears to have been the case, in so far as the latter kind are concerned, during a period extending over perhaps a twelve month prior to the opening of the World’s Columbian Exposition. Some fine work began to make its appearance just then, due apparently to that cause, which was having a Similar stimulating influence in all quarters, no art or industry being exempt from it. The advances in methods and results was being silently watched by me with a keen interest and appreciation, not to say a feeling of pride and exultation at the genuine gain that was being made ii such matters.
My attention, among other things, was especially drawn towards the group to which allusion has just been made, particularly the American partridges and grouse and their allies. Some of the species of par- tridges that were being mounted and placed in the cases struck me as be- ing more life-like than was common, and I mentally compared them with my recollections of the living species in nature, as well as all the figures I knew of them. As the present paper began to take on form I deter- mined, if possible, to introduce copies of a few photographs of living partridges, and, as has been mentioned on a previous page, the opportu- nity was duly presented. Mr. Smillie was good enough in my presence to make several exposures upon a living specimen of Gambel’s partridge, and some of those results are well worthy of publication. They are presented in Plate Lix, Fig. 1, and Plate Lx. In the first figure the bird had elevated all his feathers just prior to preening himself. This in a way should be compared with the quail shown in Fig. 2, recollect- ing, however, that the living bird is not on the ground and that the mounted one is done with the act of preening and is just about to shake herself.
In Plate Lx the bird was taken as it sat quietly upon a perch, and slightly elevated the feathers at the neck and forepart of the body. It shows that one of the feathers of its plume was broken and hung down below the others and is not a shadow, as might by some be supposed. This figure is a fine model for those whe may desire to mount a par- tridge in this attitude. Although of a different genus, it is interesting to compare this with the partridge shown in Plate Lx111, which is one of the best mounted specimens of a Colinus with which I am acquainted. It will be noticed that the slight flatness that naturally exists over the pectoral region is apparent in both the living bird and in the specimen
414 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
‘shown in Plate Lx1. This feature should also be compared with what we see in Plate LX.
Some excellent judges of the taxidermy of birds have spoken very highly of the California partridge shown in Plate Lx1, and though ap- parently in all essential respects faultless in workmanship, design, and execution, it is to me not as pleasing a result as the Cyrtonyx seen in Plate Lxul. Birds of the latter species I have seen in New Mexico, and in nature they exactly have the form here shown. The model used in this case, however, was from the figure in Gould’s monograph on the Odon- tophorina, while in the case of the California partridge it was from life.
Of the larger game birds the Museum has quite a number of a char- acter not to be excelled by any institution in the world, and probably not fully equaled by any other in this country. They must excite even the admiration of those who care ever so little for either ornithology or for the feats of pure art in taxidermy. But such people, fortunately, Tam not now dealing with and care less for. But tell me, where is the naturalist, or the sportsman, or the taxidermist, or the cultured any- where who can not see the extreme beauty and excellence in such specimens as I have been permitted to present in such a piece as the Pheasant portrayed in Plate Lxtv, or the moor cock shown in the next plate following, or Plate Lxy. It is too bad we can not show the color in such a specimen as this, for it is surely a gorgeous fowl. There is another specimen of the moor cock in the collection and the taxider- mist has attempted to mount it in an attitude of strutting on a log, or a large bough, { do not remember which now, for I only remember the unpleasant sensation left upon me after having seen the bird itself. It has the appearance as though it was about to have a spasm. It is an excellent example of—very bad taxidermy.
Wolf’s superb drawings form almost an inexhaustible supply of grace- ful and accurate postures and positions of all kinds of vertebrates, and it was from that work that the artist secured his model for the Ruffed grouse reproduced in Plate Lxvi. In placing this, however, before the camera I gave it a front view rather than a lateral one, this being, as is well known, one of the severest tests to which you can submit the artist’s work, especially in a piece of this kind. How well it stands it others must be left to judge; for my own part and in my humble opinion it represents to a line, to a feather, a startled grouse as he regards from the bough of atree the object that has alarmed him. The balance, with upper wing slightly lowered, with tail flatly outspread, raised ruffs, and eager look, the position of the feet—indeed the entire poise is admirable throughout.
In order to show how wellsome of the other species of our grouse have been preserved [chose the two shown in Plate Lxvu, Figs. 1, 2, either of which are as good as they can be made. It would have been an easy matter here to have selected a dozen or more mounted specimens of grouse from the collection that would have shown how bad these birds
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LIV.
LicHT BRAHMA Cock, (Cat. No. 106043, U. S. N. M.)
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LV.
LicghHt BrauMA HEN. (Cat. No. 106044, U. S. N. M.)
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 415
can be mounted when they fall into the hands of the unskilled. It is better, however, [ think to forget and forgive all that has been done in the past, provided we continually strive to copy nature as closely as possible in the future. To this end I reproduced as many good models as possible, and have given only a few showing how taxidermy ought not tobe done. Examples of the ‘‘ how-not-to-do-it” kind have been in- troduced here and there only as warnings.
Our wild turkey seems always to have given trouble to the old-time taxidermists, and some perfect frights are made to do duty for that noble fowl in the collection. Some of these are so badly prepared that they are downright hideous, while in some respects they fail to give any idea of the bird or its appearance in nature. The taxidermy of the turkey, moreover, presents difficulties that are to be encountered only in a lim- ited number of birds in any avifauna. Chief among these problems is the proper preservation of the practically featherless head. ‘This is not only without feathers, as we know, but in life is highly colored, corru- gated, and wattled below. Whoever it was that prepared the turkeys in former times that now disgrace the cases of the ornithological depart- ment I do not pretend to know, any more than I know the reason why such miserable fifth-class pieces of work are retained there, unless it be something after the order. of Chinese ancestry worship, and an op- posing of the methods of the moderns.
To condemn the bad and to recommend every result that reproduces nature is my object here, and this thought was uppermost in my mind when the comparison made in Plate LXTx was undertaken. As one looks at this plate the left-hand head shows how wretchedly bad meleagrine taxidermy may be done sometimes: The wattle-like comb has had no pains whatever taken with it, and appears more like a curved, semi- erect, filamentous horn than anything else; the skin of the head has been stretched down an inch lower than it belongs, rendered possible by the “stuffer” eliminating all the corrugations that naturally occur in it; then the feathers that belong on the back of the neck are twisted round to the front. After it was dry he further insulted the poor bird by blotching his neck all over with red, white, and blue paint—patriotic, but a villainous practice notwithstanding.
Compare this with the second head in the same plate. In the first place it is perfect in form, and all the parts are naturally disposed. This bird’s head is restored in wax—that, is the skin of it is, together with the comb and antero-inferior wattles. In this the proper colors have been so adroitly incorporated that the effect produced is life-like in the highest degree. Even the little hair-like feathers have been by a process of the art normally scattered in their places over the head. The remainder of the bird is prepared quite in keeping with this truly beautifully preserved specimen. Anold gobbler of this species is shown in Plate Lxvill. He is mounted in the act of strutting, and the models for it have been furnished principally by the act as it is performed by
416 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
the domesticated bird. I consider this to be one of the finest pieces of modern taxidermy, so far as birds are concerned, in the museum. The arrangement of the exceedingly profuse plumage is perfect; the mark- edly oblique tilting of the spread tail, a feature that it is difficult to appreciate in the plate, is most truthfully rendered. This bird’s head was prepared after the usual methods, but I understand it is contem- plated to model it in wax, like the one just described above. When this is done I believe the National Museum will possess the finest specimen of a mounted wild turkey in existence.
Owls have not only given a great many artists infinite trouble to correctly portray, but they have likewise been placed upon the black list of a perfect host of taxidermists. Literature illumed by plates of birds goes to show that many an ornithologist who could draw and paint nearly every other kind of bird failed when owls were essayed. So, too, there are taxidermists who can mount most all birds correctly, who fail to a large extent when they take any of the Striges in hand. Wilson, the American ornithologist, used to complain bitterly of his in- ability to figure any of these birds exactly to his liking, and even the master, Audubon, shows a little weakness sometimes in such directions. Now, in my first attempts at the photography of birds, owls were the subjects, and one might think, inasmuch as they quietly roost and doze nearly all day, that is, the strictly nocturnal species, they would be easy subjects, but this is by no means always the case. A number ot years ago, in New Mexico, | frequently tried specimens of Aiken’s Screech owl (Megascops asio aikeni), but the results obtained were never entirely satisfactory to me. I have kept many kinds of American owls alive in my lifetime, and these screech owls have a habit, com- mon to some other species during their dozing hours during the day, of drawing themselves up in an erect attitude, with all the feathers compressed against the body, and with the plumicorns erected to their fullest extent. But when we come to try and photograph one in such a desirable attitude, we must, to get him anything like life size, get the camera within a very few inches of his owlship, and this almost invariably alarms him, and he will flatten out his plumicorns, puff him- self up, and then, after a second’s idiotic stare, fly to some other part of the room. Photographing them at a longer distance makes the figure of him too small.
I was once a whole day here at Takoma endeavoring to secure a pho- tographof oneof ourCommon Screech owls (Megascops asio) in my room— and then failed. He would jump up on top of my camera, emit a loud, rolling whistling note of disapproval of the procedure, dash off and finally nearly brain himself by bumping into the mirror of my wardrobe. Vd hypnotize him, stand him on the perch, and disappear for half an hour, and on my return he would be standing up as straight as a rocket in just the position I wanted him, but all my efforts to sneak up to the camera and remove the cap and make the necessary exposure failed
PLATE LVI.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
ssencinuantionte sage ie oak ie The ee
(‘Sutzoq)
‘NOMDI MLOO-AAOCT NOWNWOD
PLATE LVII.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
‘NODDIG ALOO-AAOd NOWNWO/D
h a ; va La
nN ¢
; 7 f eee Re
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. Plate LVIII.
Fig. 1. Piazon. Buack OUTSIDE TUMBLER, <’. (Cat. No. 106100, U.S. N. M.)
Fig. 2. Dove-coTeE Pickton. (Act of preening.)
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. Ae?
utterly, for he would reénact the same performance I have just described. Finally I tied a piece of strong pack thread to his leg and took him out of doors, took him in the broiling glare of the sun, and giving him a blotting-paper background and a pretty perch, i went at him again. After numerous attempts I secured the fairly good result shown in Plate Lxx. When obtained he was staring his eyes out at a chicken that was making a disturbance not far away, and with a pin-hole diaphragm in, I gave him an exposure of at least ten seconds, during which time he never moved. His right foot exhibited an old dislocation, and its twisted position is evident in his picture. I am indebted to Master Richard Lay, of Takoma, D. C., for the loan of this bird, for which and for his trouble in capturing it for me I desire here to express my grate- ful acknowledgments. It is my intention to experiment with the pho- tography of owls until I succeed in getting a fine series of them in all possible poses, with the hope that when duly published they will prove useful to both artist and taxidermist. On a former page I have invited attention to the picture of the owl shown in Plate Lxx1. It is a plate made from a photograph of a drawing that was accurately copied from the original photograph of the bird, and is a good result and ought to prove useful both to the artist and to the taxidermist. This pluffing up of the feathers in Bubo is common practice with them, and the act, to a moderate degree, has been well rendered in the exceptionally fine mount of one of the bubonine owls. which I offer in Plate Lxxt. It shows the bird in what might be called the first stage of observant defiance, or when something, evidently not of a pleasing nature, has attracted his attention and he is “getting on a ready” to repel it. The original has but to be seen to be admired, for it is remarkably well done.
There is not much encouragement to the taxidermist if the ever pres- ent fact is before him that the work with which he has taken so much pains, and given so much of his labor, is at last to be but poorly exhib- ited; that is, his birds are to be huddled together in small and unsuit- able cases, and those in an illy-lighted hall. Unfortunately this is just what exists in the ornithological department now in the old Smithson- ian Institution building, where certainly 50 per cent of the room space is. particularly not of the proper kind wherein to exhibit birds. This subject, though not altogether foreign to the present report, is in reality one that should be far more extensively dealt with than I will be ena- bled to do in this connection.
Of all the departments of the art of taxidermy none can exceed, and I doubt any can quite equal, the talent required to properly preserve mammals. This is due to the fact that in a vast majority of them the hair is sufficiently short to exhibit the anatomical contours of the body, head, and limbs, while in some the hair is practically entirely absent, and this very much increases the difficulty. The proper handling of the mouth and associated structures, of certain special organs, and of
H. Mis, 114, pt. 2——27
418 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
the feet and ears, etc., all conduces to this. And so, of a consequence, it especially devolves upon the taxidermist of the class of the vertebrata to provide himself with accurate drawings and with photographs of mammals, also with casts and figures of the skinned bodies and parts of bodies of his subjects. This is just what the sculptor is obliged to do in his art, and I remember very well, years ago, when I enjoyed the rare opportunity of watching Mr. John Rodgers at work in his studio. IT have known hin to carefully measure as many as thirty well-formed horses and take the average of those measurements so as to get at the data to model a handsome animal for a statuette of Washington. Not content with this, he had also in his room a complete series of plaster casts of the superficial muscles and other structures demonstrating equine morphology. E
Further, all the principles I have referred to in the taxidermy of birds apply, almost without exception, to the class now to be consid- ered. Groups are of especial interest where mammals are the subjects, and the National Museum has some of the grandest of them now on exhibition as a partof her mammalian series known to any institution of the present time. Take, for example, the group of American opos- sums in the collection. This was mounted by Mr. Hornaday, who has described it in the following words in his work ontaxidermy. He says:
The case which incloses the entire group is 4 feet long, 3 feet wide, and 3 feet high. The frame of the case is as light as possible, and all four sides and the top are of glass. On the side of a sloping bank stands the base of a small gum tree, with the roots on the lower side exposed by the crumbling away of the bark. Of course the trunk rises to the top of the case, where it is cut squarely off. At the bottom of the sloping bank between two of the roots is an opening, which is recog- nized at once as the doorway to the opossum’s home. The burrow winds upward between the roots of the tree, and finally turns off to the left into the bank, where, after running through a passageway of 2 or 3 feet in length, the nest itself is found. Tt is ina pocket-like excavation, and a circular section is cut out of the front of the bank so as to make an opening through which the nest can be seen. *
The nest is lined with dead leaves, in which lies an opossum curled up and sound asleep. At the back of the case a sectional view of the bank is represented, and by means of an opening cut here and there the course of the burrow is plainly seen. In the foreground is an old mother opossum with several young ones riding on her back, clinging to her gray coat, while the head of another protrudes from her pouch. This represents the manner in which the opossum carries her young after they have reached a certain age. From a small branch hangs another opossum, sus- pended by its prehensile tail, sprawling in midair. This specimen is a female, and shows the size and location of the wonderful marsupial pouch.t Another individual
* This I take to be the only real defect in this otherwise masterly piece of taxi- dermic art. That cut, subcireular as it is, is constantly being mistaken for the real entrance made by the animal to its burrow, and what is the true opening between the roots of the tree often overlooked. The false cut should have been made on the end of the bank, where the side glass covers its supposed section, and we could have seen into the burrow through it. This can easily be remedied.
t This individual does not appear in the greup as it is now exhibited. but forms a separate piece,
=
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LIX,
Fig. 1. GAMBEL’S PARTRIDGE (C. gambeli, “). Act of preening and elevating of plumage. (From photograph of living bird.)
Fig. 2. Quart (Colinus, 9). Elevation of feathers prior to shaking herself. (Cat. No. 112923, U.S. N. M.)
Report of Nationa] Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE exe
GAMBEL’S PARTRIDGE (Callipepla gambeli, &).
(From photograph of living bird.)
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LX\I.
CALIFORNIA PARTRIDGE (Callipepla californica, 2). Reduced. (Cat. No. 107407, U. S. N. M.)
Report of National Museum, 1892,—Shufeldt.
re
PLATE LXII.
MASSENA PARTRIDGE (Cytonyx montezume, +).
Reduced.
(Cat. No. 126502, U.S. N. M.)
In act of walking.
PLATE LXIIll.
Shufeidt.
Report of National Museum, 1892
(WN 'S ‘0
6IQ ‘ON "9VO) “SUTLYTBA JO JoR UT (P “ds snuij0y) TIvay
‘poonpat ATITESIS
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LXIV.
ENGLISH PHEASANT.
On elevated station, surveying objects below. (Cat. No. 116855, U.S. N. M.)
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
Sosiaieiie
Moor Cock (T. tetria, ¢). Reduced. (Cat. No. 126574, U. S. N, M.)
PLATE LXV.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LXVI.
RUFFED GROUSE (Bonasa umbellus). On bough. Reduced. (Cat. No. 87097, U. S. N.M.)
*% Af
Se
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LXVII.
Fig. 1. Dusky Grouse (Dendragapus obscurus). Reduced. (Cat. No. 112682, U. S. N. M.)
Fig. 2. RICHARDSON’s GROUSE (Dendragapus canadensis richardsoni). Reduced. (Cat. No. 126345, U. S. N. M.)
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LXVIII.
Wivp Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo). Reduced. (Cat. No. 117389, U. S. N. M.)
La
sac bine
ae ah aaa a N y a " CPF, i ( ae ce Ley iy blah Lee eee
i
PLATE LXIX.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
(WN 'S
1) 0GF89 PuUVe EI
[ ‘SONL “9B,)) ‘(oandO] Hb sisbva]a;y ) SKAMMAT,
By peq puBw poos
GLA fo Sdvayy
yO sop dure xg
un
a a
im Co
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 419
is climbing up the trunk of the tree. A fourth specimen, which has been disturbed by another, is pausing to protest with widely opened mouth, while in the act of creeping into the mouth of the burrow.
Please notice the number of facts that are taught by this simple little group. It shows that the opossum is a marsupial, and the female carries her young in a pouch in her own body; that when the young reach a certain age they ride upon the mother’s back, clinging to her fur; that the animal is arboreal in habit and has a prehensile tail, by which it is capable of suspending itself; that it burrows in banks in dry situations, and sleeps curled up like a ball in a bed of dry leaves. It also shows the full size of the adult, the young of the previous year, and the recent brood. But for an unfortunate accident, which has yet to be repaired, it would also show the number born at one birth. Of course in this group the grass and moss are properly represented, and there are artificial leaves on the tree branches which enter the group (pp. 240, 241).
Very truly Mr. Hornaday further remarks in the succeeding para- graph:
Groups of this class can easily be made to show the ordinary nesting and breeding habits of the animals represented. Now it happens that animals of some species make a variety of nests, according to circumstances or caprice. In 1889 we prepared a group in three sections, each of which shows one of the habits of the gray squirrel in nesting. Each is composed of an actual nest, and in the identical tree in which it was built by Bunny himself. One represents a nest in a hollow beech tree, in which a pair of gray squirrels bred for years. Another is what might be called a summer nest, made of cedar bark, in the top of a cedar tree. The third section represents an outside nest of green oak leaves, placed on a branch of an oak tree. These three groups are exhibited in one case, but while each is separated from the others by a plate of heavy tinted glass, it is made apparent that they all illustrate the habits of the same animal. The specimens composing the three groups were all collected within a radius of 10 miles of the city of Washington. Besides teaching what the nesting habits of the gray squirrel are, it also impresses upon the observer the very important fact that the habits of different individuals of a given species are capable of wide variation.* They show how dangerous it is for a student or scientific investigator to generalize too freely from one or two facts, and that it is dangerous for anyone to say what an animal will not do (p. 242).
Another scientifically mounted marsupial in the collection is seen 1m the single specimen of the great Rock Kangaroo (Macropus robustus) (Plate Lxxtv). This piece of work was done by Mr. Jenness Richardson, then holding the position of taxidermist of the American Museum of Nat- ural Historyof New York City, N. Y., where he produced some avian and mammalian groups quite worthy of his distinguished instructor, the artist from whom I have just been quoting. This large and thoroughly life-like specimen, place din an attitude so natural to it, and with every structural detail so perfectly preserved, is decidedly the best kangaroo in the museum, and being so good, it has the effect of still further depreciating’ the pueeipens of bad tue of quel of the same
*And ra is ne as SORIA the species, as it occupies a very hina geo- graphical area. Had the place where these squirrels were collected been in an unknown locality, and recently explored, one naturalist might have come away with specimens and one set of notes on breeding habits, and another, and a third, come away with different accounts, none of the three of which would have agreed in this particular.
420 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
family kept in its proximity in the mammal hall. Some of these are so bad that they have been ordered into the workshops for remodeling. Such a one is shown in Plate LXxv, and it is a.very good example of how kangaroos ought not to be mounted.
About as near perfect as mammalian groups can be made is another one in the collection seen in the armadilloes (Plate Lxxvi). This has three animals preserved in it, all in different positions, while the sur- roundings, as plants, cacti, ete., are originals that have been collected in the section where these interesting animals are found. So far as its tax1- dermy is concerned, it may be said that the form of the armadillo is more or less fixed, yet it presents problems to the taxidermist which are quite as difficult to deal with as is the fitting the skin of a hairy mammal to its manakin. If £ remember (for the group has at the present writing gone on to the World’s Fair at Chicago), some of the accessories in it, as the cacti, are casts, but their reproduction is so perfect, spines and all, that it is simply impossible to distinguish them from the plants as they occur in‘ nature. Speaking of cacti and this group of armadilloes reminds me of a conversation that I had with Mr. William Palmer, who is now doing such admirable work in the taxidermy of mammalian groups at the Museum, in regard to the reproducing in some group a specimen of the giant cactus of our extreme southwestern territorial districts. It may be introduced with great effect in some one of a variety of ways, either in the mammal or the ornithological department, and it is to be hoped that that will be done some time in the near future. Mr. H.W. Henshaw once remarked to me that he found a species of our pigmy owls breeding in holes in the giant cactus, and a group embodying this idea would certainly be one of great value and interest.
A group of mammals requiring an entirely different kind of handling from any we have thus far noticed is seen in the Cetaceaus. Papier- maché is here the material to reproduce its various species in the most satisfactory manner, and a very fine example of this is seen in the cast of Prodelphinus plagiodon (Cope), shown in Plate Lxxvia. Here much depends upon the skill of the colorist, and the smooth surface of the material used offers a beautiful ground to him whereupon to reproduce the exact natural tints of the animal as it is seen in nature. Mr. Shin- dler, of the Museum, is an adept at much of this, and examples of his skill are best shown in some of the fishes which were noticed upon a preceding page of this report. Incidentally it may be said that to the zoologist this species of Dolphin is a very interesting one, and its char- acteristics and relationships have been set forth by Mr. F. W. True in Bulletin No. 36 of the U. S. National Museum publications, entitled “Contributions to the Natural History of the Cetaceans, a Review of the Family Delphinide” (p. 66). By all odds the papier-maché cast is the most effective way in which to reproduce the cetaceans for museum exhibitions.
I desire now, at this point, to invite attention to one of the larger
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. Byars (LOO.
ScrREECH OwL (Megascops asio). Reduced. (From a photograph of a living specimen by the author.)
Report of National Museum, 1892,—Shufeldt PLATE LXXI,
Great Hornep Own (Bubo virginianus). Greatly reduced. (Cat. No. 119367, U. S. N. M.)
"7 a0} rl ie To a
? au my Diet
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufelct. PLATE LXXIl.
GREAT HorNED Owt (Bubo virginianus).
Reduced. (Reproduction of a drawing from a photograph of a living specimen.)
>=
aan stay ell om pee oe ae ‘ on , : : q Wd
i
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
BALTIMORE ORIOLE (/cterus galbula, 2). Somewhat reduced. (Cat. No. 1038212, U. S. N. M.)
PLATE LXXIII.
Bice
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 41
groups of mammals on exhibition at the Museum, and I will select that magnificent piece of taxidermic work seen in the moose group. A number of these massive cervidine animals have actually been mounted with the most perfect surroundings of their natural habitat in one great interesting collection, all under a single glass case. They are, probably without exception, altogether the finest series of mounted moose in this or any other country.
The act of the young buck riding down a sapling has been questioned by some, but I believe that the practice of the animal to accomplish that feat in order to reach the delicate foliage of the tree can be well sub- stantiated.
Hornaday has said of this piece in his Taxidermy (pp. 246, 247):
The setting represents a section of the moose woods of upper Canada, in which the larger animals are browsing on the tender twigs of the white birch. The animals have come together at the edge of a bog, which is growing full of a gigantic species of grayish moss peculiar to that locality. The time represented is the middle of autumn. The few leaves that remain on the maple saplings have been painted with October’s most gorgeous tints of crimson and yellow, mixed with green, and the leaves of the white birch have turned paie yellow. The ground is plentifully strewn with leaves of bright tints, through which the green moss of moist banks shows in patches here and there.
Of the animals, the three largest—and huge beasts they are, truly—are feeding npon the birch twigs. A yearling calf is licking the head of a tiny brown-coated younger brother, while a two-year-old bull is in the act of ‘riding down” a stout birch sapling in order to get at the branches of its top, which would otherwise be beyond his reach.
Three of these fine specimens were collected by Col. Cecil Clay, of Washington, and by him presented to the Museum for this group, together with the trees, moss, and other accessories, which he collected with infinite labor and care in the moose woods. He also furnished us with field notes and critical advice throughout, which had much to do in making the group what it is—a monument to Col. Clay’s skill and prowess as a sportsman, and to his deep interest in Alces malchis. It is to be sincerely hoped that other sportsmen will follow the colonel’s admirable example, and aid the museums in which they are most inter- ested to secure some attractive groups. There can be no doubt what- ever as to the perfectness in which these animals are mounted and pre- served, and they are apparently in their external forms very true to nature. While we have the taxidermy of the Cervide under consid- eration, however, it would appear to be as well to refer to one great common defect that we have frequently observed made by taxidermists in them, and that is the lack of care that is sometimes evident in the proper handling of the lacrymal depression in these animals, or in other words, the pit which occurs in so many of them just anterior to the distal canthus of the eye. I have seen plenty of deer heads which, from an artistic standpoint were otherwise very creditable pieces of work, but in which this fossa had been almost or quite obliterated. It
422 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
is to the strict attention to such anatomical details that very often the success and reputation of a taxidermist depends, and he can do no better than to see well to it that no such fiaws creep into his perform- ances.
This group of moose is about the only notable thing of the kind that the National Museum has for the Cervide at present, but this does not mean to imply that a general poverty exists in so far as that fam- ily is concerned. There are a goodly number of individual pieces of deer, some of which, however, are deplorable-looking objects, and fitting relics of those days when taxidermy had not reached to what it can do so well in these times. Among the better specimens we observe a fine piece in that representative of the antelope group known as Thomson’s Gazelle (Gazella thomsonii), Plate Lxxvill. It has been entered as No, 18964 of the collection of the Museum, and has been recently described by Mr. True in his “An Annotated Catalogue of the Animals Collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott in the Kilima-Njaro Region, East Africa.” (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. v, Xv, p. 473., Pl. LXXvVII, 1892). The faults in the mounting of this specimen are of so trivial a nature that it is not worth my while to enumerate them here, and were all the deer and their kin preserved as well as this specimen is, it would be far more of a pleasure to the sensitiye naturalist to gaze upon them, who is now pardonably often shocked upon viewing some of his favor- ites in the museum cases.
But to return to the groups, we have now to notice perhaps one of the very finest accomplishments that the art of taxidermy has produced in this country. I refer to the case containing the several specimens of our now nearly extinct bison or American buffalo. This triumph in the preservation of mammals of ponderous proportions is almost entirely due to the consummate skill and perseverance of Hornaday, who has popuiarly described it in many places. This latter fact, taken in connection with the fine Plate (LXx1x) I have been permitted to give of it, renders it obviously unnecessary for me to dwell upon the general appearance of this life-like herd of bovines. They are all true to the life, preserved by all the most efficient methods of modern taxidermy, and, what is not generally known by people who are, or have been, priv- ileged to see this ease, that the very sod upon which these animals now stand was brought for the purpose all the way from Montana, being shipped direct from the buffalo ranges of that territory to Washington. This applies also to the sage-brush which is made to appear to be actu- ally growing therein; and the broom-sedge, and the cacti. The skulls and other bones of the buffalo lying about were gathered in the same place; indeed, as a whole, it is a‘strip of a Moana prairie of an old range of these animals, picked up piecemeal, and now again unfolded in the case at the Museum just as it occurred in nature. Even the very buffalo tracks seen about the pool of water in the case were made by using a real buffalo’s hoof for the stamp to make the impressions. No
PLATE LXXIV.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
Ss
Seca peamaarte rre eN t Ta TNMHET srry
CIN ‘S ‘f “G6ecr “ON 98D)
SNySNGOL SNAOLIV]) OOUVONVY, MOOY LVMH
*\Report of National Museum, 1892,—Shufeldt.
PLATE
LXXV.
YTED KANGAROO,
NS, INCLUDING A BADLY Mou
SPECIME
CTIVE
CFE
DE
*(9]9U290-1UWAQAOU YISNINT,) SOTIIAVNUY TO anowy
PLATE LXXVI.
Se :
Shufeldt.
4 i
Report of National Museum, 1892.
- tl
PLATE LXXVI (a).
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892
CW ‘NS ‘A ‘2102S ON “9%D) ‘psonpea ATIveIS Sqsv0 gyovm-raided & woody ‘(uopon)d snurydjapoig) IsIoduog GALLodg
Es as Pi ne den yarns enn gry domi vnasiasenmates ree
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LXXVII.
ot
FLyinc Lemur, or CoivuGo (Galeopithecus volans).
An example of bad taxidermy. (Cat. No. 3946, U. S. N. M.)
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 423
art known to me has ever accomplished a grander feat than this, and it is as fully worthy of our unstinted admiration as is any form that has ever materialized beneath the chisel of an Angelo or a Hiram Powers. And were I to choose between being the author of Paul Potter’s bull and these buffalo, I should without a moment’s hesitation decide in favor of the latter.
They will be standing in as good order as they are at this writing, long after the former has faded away from off its canvas.
Many fine groups of mammals were by the National Museum sent on to the World’s Columbian Exposition at Chicago to form a part of the Smithsonian exhibit. Most of these were as fine things of the kind as have ever been seen in this country, and the writer of this report en- joyed the unusual privilege of seeing many of these in the course of their mounting. This was accomplished by a corps of skillful work- men, including such men as Mr. Joseph Palmer, William Palmer, George Marshall, and others, the whole being under the direction of Mr. F. W. True, curator of mammals.
it would be quite out of the question to even enumerate, not to say describe, all of the: groups or single pieces of mammals that now enrich the collections of the U. S. National Museum. We can at the best put in a word here and there about the most notable of them and the good or bad points they offer us. Among those as yet unnoticed is the fine case containing’ the three specimens of Ovibos moschatus, the musk oxen, and I have heard various criticisms in regard to the forms that were bestowed upon those animals by the taxidermist who preserved them. Never having seen the animal alive, I hardly feel competent to judge in the matter, but that the group is a most pleasing one there can be no question. They are represented standing upon barren rock which has recently been overlain by a light fallof snow. This last has been admi- rably rendered by a composition compounded of starch, the pulp of white blotting paper, and plaster-of-Paris—an invention of Mr. Joseph Pal- mer’s that has produced a very realistic effect.
Perhaps the best mounted specimen of a Musk Ox now extant is the one in the possession of E. V. Skinner, esq., of the Canadian Pacific
tailroad Company, and valued at*$2,500.
Mr. Frederic S. Webster published an account of this animal in Forest and Stream, of New York, in its issue of January 26, 1893, and gave a figure of the Ox. Through the kindness of Mr. Skinner for the waiving of copyright and loan of the electro of that figure we are enabled to reproduce it here in Plate Lxxx. Mr. Webster’s article in Forest and Stream was entitled “ An Arctic Rover,” and ran as fol- lows:
The musk ox (Ovibos moschatus) is considered by naturalists one of the rarest of our North American mammalia. In aclime of almost perpetual winter, within the
Aretic Cirele, this animal lives and thrives. In a land which has been so faseina- ting and so fatal to the many explorers who have sought to solve the mysteries of
424 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
these desolate rocky ice-bound fields, in which no animal, it would seem, could exist, the hardy musk ox roams at will during the entire year. The ability to stand the rigors of such a climate is a striking feature of its interesting life history.
The musk ox is at present found only in the most northern parts of North America, where it ranges in small bands on the barren grounds between the sixtieth parallel and the shores of the Arctic Sea. Its southern range is gradually contracting, and it is no longer met with west of the Mackenzie River. It is found through the Parry Islands and Grinnell Land to North Greenland, reaching on the west coast as far south as Mellvile Bay. It was met with by all the polar exploring expeditions, including the De Long, Hall, and Greely parties. Lieut. R. E. Peary in his late Greenland journey secured several specimens of various ages, and reports it com- paratively abundant. The German polar expedition of 1869-70 found it at Sabine Island on the east coast. In former times the musk ox roamed in other parts of the world. Its fossil remains, or those of an allied species, have been found in northern Siberia and the plains of Germany and France. It has also been found in the gravel beds in several parts of England, as Bromley, Bath, and Freshfield, and also in the brick earth of the Thames Valley at Crayford, Kent.
in size the musk ox equals the smaller varieties of Scotch and Welsh cattle, but in structure and habits it is more like the sheep; and the combination of character- istics is well expressed by its generic name, Ovibos. It is gregarious in habit, going in herds of 20 or 30 head, and sometimes 90 or 100 have been observed. The bands contain one or two full-grown bulls. Notwithstanding their short legs, they run with considerable speed. When frightened, they gather together like a flock of sheep, and follow a leader as sheep do an old ram. This habit makes the total extermination of a herd an easy task, when it is the desire of its destroyers to accomplish it. When thoroughly alarmed they easily ascend precipitous slopes, their curved, sharp-edged hoofs greatly aiding them in gaining a foothold.
The name of musk ox is given on account of the musky odor exhaled by the ani- mal. The odor does not proceed from any special gland, as in the case of the musk deer and other animals which secrete a musky odor. The cause of this peculiar odor has not been satisfactorily explained.
According to Sir John Richardson, ‘‘ when the animal is fat its flesh is well tasted and resembles that of caribou, but has a coarser grain.” According to other author- ities the flesh of the bulls is highly flavored, and both bulls and cows, when lean, smell strongly of musk. This odor does not seem to be confined to either sex, or to any particular season of the year. At times the flesh of some of the animals is said to be tender and very well flavored.
The carcass of a good-sized male will weigh 300 to 350 pounds. In summer they accumulate considerable fat, and during winter use up this fatty tissue. The males are considerably larger than the females. The cows calve about June 1, giving birth to one young one. The animal is also known as musk buffalo and musk sheep, both very expressive names. Y
The animal has a very prominent tendency to a hump. The dorsal processes of the vertebral column, as shown in the skeleton, indicate this. The dense, long, and somewhat stiff bunch of hair over the shoulders plainly proves that the animal pos- sesses a hump. All specimens which have been heretofore mounted do not show this feature of the animal. The head is large and broad. The horns in the old males are extremely broad at the base, meeting in the median line and covering the whole top of the head. They are directed, at first, slightly outward, and then suddenly downward by the side of the head, and then they turn upward with a graceful curve, and forward, ending in the same plane as the eye. The horns at the base are rough, put gradually grow smooth from the center to the tips, which are reund, glossy, and black. At the base they are a dull white. The horns of the females are much smaller, and at their base the space between them is much broader in the middle of the forehead. The ears are small and are concealed in the hair. The space between the nostrils and the upper lip is covered with a short, close hair, as in goats and
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
PLATE LXXVIII,
THOMSON’S GAZELLE (Gazella thomsonii, Giinther),
(Cat. No. 18964, U. S. N. M.)
LXXIX.
PLATE
Shufe!dt
Report of National Museum, 1892.
CTI ‘N 'S ‘A ‘PE9ST ‘oR9ET ‘agocr ‘¢
GT “L69ST “SON "98D)
‘(SNUDIAWY UWOSIZ) NOSIG NVOIMANWW JO anowrsy
PLATE LXXX,
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
(Aurdwop) prorley oylorg uvipeury aq jo ‘bse ‘LOUULYS "A
‘(SnpMYIsSOW SOgIag) XO Asa
| | |
(pis Salas Lar she
wn tik eles
inst tlh
@ jo uorsstur
tad Aq paystiqnd
HIS ALHE HI L HAM MW BS aT ae A steed ae
A Ah th SL aes aL ALIN a
Poa
PLATE LXXXI.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
CIN N 'S ‘A ‘O@TST ‘ON “9%D) ‘(Q2jayoung snubs) VuaHZ AO AVAL
fe anna 7 oe ane Ure tr satmemnentnaadesmarantmoe wa ieirereet ae cebereatrsn
Reali |
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 425
sheep, and has no trace of the bare ‘‘mufile” of oxen. The general color of the hair is a rich brown, shading into black. It is long, matted, and rather curly at the neck and shoulders. On the back and hips the hair is long and straight, on the sides of the body exceedingly long, so long as to hang below the middle of the legs. In some specimens which we have measured the .ongest hairs have been 20 inches long. In the center of the back there is a patch of soiled brownish white, termed the saddle.
There is a closely-matted short under wool, exceedingly soft and fine of texture, and so dense that it is impervious to snow and rain. On the chest the hair is long and straight, and hangs down gracefully like fringe. The tail is short and hidden in the long hair on the hips. On the legs the hair is short, stiff, and without any underwool. The hoofs are much curved and larger than those of the caribou, which they resemble in shape, and the eye of a skilled hunter would be taxed to detect the difference between the tracks of the two species in the snow. The bones of the ani- mal are very dense; those of the legs have the weight and appearance of ivory.
The food of the musk ox is similar to that of the caribou, and consists of grass at one season and lichen atanother. The curved hoofs enable the animal to scrape away the deep snows which cover their scanty food. Their sense of smell is very acute. The illustration of the musk ox here given represents the character of the animal. The specimen from which it is taken is the largest in this country or Europe. The skin of this specimen was obtained by E. V. Skinner, esq., of the Canadian Pacifie Railroad, and placed in the hands of Messrs. Sowdon and Webster, of 14 East Forty- second street, this city, who have prepared it, as faithfully represented by the plate. Through the kindness and by the permission of Mr. Skinner we have the pleasure of placing before our readers this handsome likeness.
This specimen was sledded by natives over 1,400 miles near Fort Franklin, and was received here in fine condition. The order for it was given three years since and the specimen has been in transit most of this time. The few measurements may serve to impress the reader with the proportions of this particular specimen. The animal stands at the shoulder 4 feet 5 inches; the length from nose to stern is 6 feet 7 inches; height at the rump, 3 feet 10 inches; length of head from base of skull to end of nose, 24 inches; length of horn from median line, following the outside curve to tip, 24 inches; width of both horns at base, 12 inches; diameter of horns at base, 93 inches; breadth of muzzle, 42 inches; circumference of muzzle, 14 inches; cir- cumference of hoof of front leg, 17 inches; circumference of hoof of hind leg, 13 inches.
There are but four other mounted specimens of the musk ox in this country. One is at Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass., and three compose a group at the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Of these, one is a male, one a female, and one a two-year-old, none of them superior specimens.
Among themounted species of the Hquide at the National Museum none can, in my estimation, in any way approach the specimen of Burchell’s zebra (Plate LXxxi).. The animal has been given an attitude indicative of moderate movement, with the evident idea in its mind of making an attack or standing at bay, in which he will use his teeth to bite—a habit so familiar to us in some cases of vicious horses. The short mane is semierect, the ears are thrown.back, the eye looks the owner’s intent, while the quivering and nearly rigid lips drawn apart show the glisten- ing upper “ nippers” and the crowns of the lower ones; the nostrils are somewhat closed by the elevation of the superior lip; finally, the entire rendering of the whole animal is most perfect in all particulars. I am enabled to present herewith the left lateral view of the head of this zebra, so its excellence may be the better appreciated.
426 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
But the climax of the taxidermist’s ambition is reached when he can mount a hairless mammal, large or small, that is at once a perfect reproduction of the original, and will keep indefinitely uninjured by the ordinary ravages of time and pests. Of this kind of work the Museum has several notabie examples, and none of these can exceed in beauty of design, and consummate skill and knowledge in workmanship thenow famous African elephant “ Mungo” (Plate LXxx11). Chiefamong the factors of suecess. in mounting an animal of this kind is the fact that the skin is laid over a thick coat of clay, which latter overspreads the manikin. Through this ingenious device, after the skin is on and _the taxidermist essays to model the form to copy the live animal in every particular, it is seen that all the depressions, wrinkles, lines, and pits, and protuberances can be exactly reproduced by the proper sim- ple instruments by working them on the skin through the agency of the yielding clay beneath it. Ll have compared most critically this specimen “Mungo” with photographs of living elephants in my collee-_ tion, and find that in each and every particular it is anatomically cor- rect, and that the attitude is mest perfect. Another piece which shows equally well the master hand is the specimen of the hairless Mexican terrier (Plate xc). This dog had no hair at all apparently, and his skin was as thin as ordinary writing paper, but through the aid of a plaster cast of his entire body as a model and the use of the clay- covered manikin, a most remarkably fine thing has been produced. This specimen has also been delicately tinted where it became necessary, and as now preserved wiil last without change for an indefinite length of years. Hornaday mounted both ‘“ Mungo” and this terrier. The first received the silver specialty medal awarded ‘“ for the best piece in entire exhibition” at the New York exhibition of the Society of American Taxidermists in 1883, which prize was nearly wrested from it -by the judges and given to the terrier, which had been entered in competition against it. This process of using clay has also been employed by its introducer in mounting the bison, polar bear, Burehell’s zebra, the tiger, and the puma, figures of each of which illustrate this paper and are the work of the same illustrious taxidermist.
Speaking of comparing “Mungo” with photographs of living ele- phants brings up the use of the camera again as applied to mammals. Now, I entirely dissent from Mr. Hornaday’s opinion as to the necessity of taking photographs of all the mammals we can. Tf believe in photo- eraphing them in all positions, every possible species, wild and domes- ticated, living and dead. In his Taxidermy (pp. 21, 22) he remarks:
To the taxidermist and collector, photographs of dead animals are of very little value, unless it be a large picture of the head of a large specimen, such as a moose, but that photographs of live animals, taken ‘broadside on,” as the sailors say, are extremely valuable aids in mounting; but these you get only in the zodlog- ical gardens. I never took a camera into the field with me, and have always been glad of it, for it would not have repaid the trouble it would have involved.
PLATE LXXXII.
eum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
= Ss
Report of National Mu
CIN "N ‘S “1 ‘8TFST ‘ON “9%9)
‘Cant ‘snunofp snydapiy )
OOND],, INVHdIRIQ NVOINAVY
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LXXXIII.
(Cynonys columbianus,
— gy = < < ~~ ie] — A 3 a] ND = =
(From photographs.)
(Cynomys columbianus,
ie
PLATE LXXXIV.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
callotis, +).
is
K Rapsit (Lepus callot (From a photograph by Dr. R. W. Shufeldt.)
JAC
- wu
. ; wee “eerie
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. Af
When a person writes in such a strain as this I am convinced he has not made himself master of the instrument, and knows but very little about its capabilities. Why, even my very earliest attempts in this line, in the photography of living and dead mammals in the field, I still claim are of some use, while others of them are highly suggestive. Take the Cynomys or Prairie dog, shown in Plate LXxx1i, Figs. 1 and 2. I made that photograph while the animal stood at the very entrance of his burrow. It was in New Mexico. The relative position of the eye, the ear, and the nose are well shown in Fig. 1, while the prominent cheeks are clearly defined in Fig. 2. Whoever it was that mounted the group of these animals at the National Museum I do not now just remember. It may have been Mr. Hornaday, but whoever it was he did not appreci- ate this prominence of the cheeks in Cynomys, and I must believe that such a figure as here given would have enlightened him on the subject.
There is another structure that I have noticed that is rarely well preserved, and that is the ears of large hares. These appendages, as I have studied them in most museum specimens of Lepus, always to me appear to be more or less shrunken. This especially applies to the ears of the American Jackass Rabbits (Plate LXxxtTv), and the proper preser- vation of the form, size, and coloration of these is, of course, very impor- tant. All these particulars are well shown in the plate, although it is only a dead animal, it being a photograph I made of one of those hares immediately after I shot it. Another example of the kind is seen in ny photograph of a dead Badger (Plate LXxxxvi11). The attitude here shown corresponds exactly with one which, among others, it assumes while in the act of burrowing, and many a person whom I have shown this picture has been deceived by it to the extent of mistaking it for a live specimen. It gives a first-rate idea of the form of the badger’s head, position of ears, ete. Hada full series of even such photographs as these been available, or had it been possible for the explorers in foreign climes to have taken with them one of the many highly convenient forms of cameras now manufactured, and used it intelligently, I am quite confident that, had the older taxidermists the ability to avail themselves of the pictures obtained in this way, we should not have had so many abominable things to look at in the cases of our museums, and be told on the labels that this represented that animal, and that this, and so on. Things, for example, like the fying lemur, shown in Plate LXXVII. Horrid is not the name for such work as it represents, and it is a pity that that taxidermist did not have a good photograph of the head of a Galeopithecus, living or dead, when he started in on the specimen. Apart from the head, we see feet that seize nothing, shriveled ears, protruding wires, distorted form—and those eyes!
There is still another class of cases wherein the camera can be made to do great service, and this is where we meet with an animal given to building for its home a large and cumbersome nest, such as is seen in the Neotoma group in the collection. With the enterprise now exhibited
A428 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
upon the part of museum collectors and taxidermists, the feat of trans- porting such a structure from the wilds of the Southwest to the mammal hall of the National Museum would be considered perfectly feasible. But before disturbing such a nest in any way where the rats had orig- inally built it, it would most assuredly be the thing to do to make a good photograph of it, so that, in the event of having to restore or arrange parts of it after its transportation and arrival, we would have the photograph as a model, and the best that could be procured. In- deed, with the material at hand the entire nest could be again rebuilt by it, as for the matter of that.
From the standpoint of the introduction of groups of mammals, illustrating habits, etc., such a nest as this presents the problem of devoting a large piece of valuable space to a very small animal. But we contend here, most emphatically, that the lesson it teaches is fully worthy of it, and these are the very kinds of objects that we should devote our very best pains to introduce, with a strict fidelity to nature, into our zodlogical museums. I would go farther; I would go to the extent of giving many square feet of museum space, and faithfully illustrate in the very best possible manner, a group of beavers and the dam they build. These animals are now being rapidly exterminated in our country, and ere they are gone entirely it is surely our bounden duty to entertain such an idea with the view of carrying it out. Typ- ical beaver dams are quite as scarce as the builders of them, but one should be sought at an early date, photographed from various points of view, and, cost what it may, reproduced at the National Museum.
Few, at the best, realize how rapidly many of our mammals in this country are being forever’ swept away.. We are fortunate at the National Museum in having preserved, in the very best manner, a nui- ber of them, but there yet remain a great many more demanding our attention, aa in some cases, our immediate attention. It is the Gov- ernment’s first duty to see to this matter, and Government aid should not be withheld for a moment where such enterprises are on foot, but should, on the contrary, not only propose them, but encourage the under-
taking in every possible way. I have always entertained the idea that
the education of the people of any country is one of the best, if not the best investment that that country can make, and: surely none of us will question but what zodlogical and other museums are great educators. We stand very much in need of a zodlogical museum in connection with our other Government museums, one large building devoted exclusively to everything in the animal series below man. We have no such building at present. We have been very generous to ourselves in these matters on a number of occasions in the past, but the income from it has well repaid us each time, and the benefit there- from as a whole is simply incalculable. The time is near at hand again when we should think of repeating one of those wise acts, one of those well-put investments.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
PLATE LXXXV.
re ears
AR (Thala
WHITE OR PoLaR Bt
arctos maritimus),
1, U.S. N. M,)
36
G
(Cat, No, 18
LAP gl ee Fis
* < a
> = a io ose. —— ad
a.
7 a
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 429
There is another, and now exceedingly rare animal, it being on the very verge of extinction, which our museum is exceptionably fortunate in obtaining a specimen, before the destructive and thoughtless hand of man eliminated it entirely. I refer tothe walrus. This animal’s status is now pretty well known to the reading public, through the publications of the National Museum, those of Mr. H. W. Elliot, of William Palmer, and the daily press incidentally to the general question of the seal-fish- ery problem. The Museum walrus was mounted in the light of all the improvements and skill modern taxidermy could bring to bear upon the undertaking, and the success was complete. It constituted when finished one of the grandest subjects the Smithsonian sent on to the Government exhibit at the Columbian Exposition, where at the pres- ent writing it is. On Plates LxxxvI, Figs. land 2, and Lxxxvit lam permitted to give a series of figures from photographs taken at various times during the preservation of this colossal mammal. These so clearly represent what I intend they should that special explanation of any one of them becomes unnecessary. The series are destined to be illustrations of the very highest interest for ages to come, and ere another century rolls by, people will regard them with wonder, and that men actually preserved such a brute, in the flesh, will read far more like fiction than a reality. At a far remote period it will be classed with such ideal scenes as prehistoric man engaged in slaying a mammoth or rudely carving upon the tusks of one.
Some of the seals and other marine mammals in the Museum are very fine in every particular, while, on the other hand, some of them sadly need reduplicating, as they, too, are soon to be exterminated. This applies also to the bears, of which there are some very handsome repre- sentatives, but none more so than the Polar Bear (Plate LXxxv), of which there is not a finer mounted specimen in the world. He is rep- resented as walking up an ice floe at a slight incline, and from the free upper margins of which hang many icicles. Ice is often wonderfully well counterfeited by using a moderate coat of paraffin over sheet glass, or even wood, and we gain the proper effect through its transparency. The icicles are of glass, of course, and made especially for the purpose, while the tout ensemble of the effect is perfect.
When another commodious zoédlogical building is added to the pres- ent group of Government institutions, | am of the opinion that the correct idea is to not only show groups of animals composed of one species, but to a certain extent faunal groups, wherein can be worked with the greatest advantage many other natural productions of the country where the animals occur, as plants, topography, etc. Now these large groups, if arranged round the wall space, with a varying depth of 5 to 25 feet, may in some cases be made to advantageously merge into each other—that is, to a certain extent, show regional groups and their mergences. For instance, one large case might be con-
430 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
structed to represent an arctic realm, carried down in the foreground and to one side to the seashore, and upon another rocks, glacial ice, sheet ice, and what not, as representing the higher land. Then the foreground should be merged with the background by a skillful artist, so as to carry with it great depth, and offer the opportunity to show peculiarities of a sky perhaps, and the effect of distance, as well as to add other accessories, as a distant shore covered with seals, or, higher up, a herd of caribou. Such acase could be made to contain an entire marine mammalian fauna, and be made far more instructive and impos- ing than single specimens uncomfortably huddled or scattered through the various cases, absolutely ignoring any zodlogical arrangement.
We have the power and the understanding now to carry out such bold designs, and it is high time that we were about it. The whole tendency is in just such directions, and all it requires is skillful hand- ling. What an object lesson or lessons such groups would be, and this broad and deep country of ows, including every kind of a fauna and flora from.Alaska to Florida, thriving in every variety of climate, includes the very series of zones, realms, and areas that should by just such means be illustrated. It would represent ideas and groups of ideas, and ideas are what we want. It would powerfully illustrate literature as the biologist now makes it for us, and in an orderly man- ner show our people what we mean by faunal areas, Arctic realms, geographical ranges, variations of animals under varying conditions of altitude, desert areas, and shore lines. Museums, among other things, are made to educate the people of a nation; but a favored few of the people can study such things in nature. So it is the business of the museum to bring whole living sections of nature within its walls, where it can be studied and where books and labels are displayed in abun- dance to help show how it ought to be studied.
When we can make such animals and groups of animals as those shown in Plates LXXXIX, or LXXIX, or LXXXIJ, there can be no question in the world but what the more extensive groups can be combined with more telling effect. But to be successful in the highest sense of the word there must be no cheap designers , cheap modelers, cheap artists, or cheap anything employed; all must be of the very-best that the United States affords—and we have it in both talent and material. Especially for the painted backgrounds should an artist of the very highest ability be employed, wit'. a staff of others to assist in the intro- duction of distant animals, forests, or marine effects. If refinement, knowledge, science, and art are wholesomely combined in such efforts there is not one bit of danger of either producing a cheap museum effect, much less anything that savors of the scenery of the theatrical stage. Jn one sense it would be far more economical, in the same pro- portion that it is far more so to make one large case of animals than it is to build up six or eight small ones.
Then the space throughout the Museum halls, apart from the regional
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE LXXXVI.
Tyrese. Bass ahead REN o.
Fig. 1. MANIKIN FOR A WALRUS.
(Partly completed.)
eel ae ens hee
Fig. 2. WALRUS (Odobenus obesus, 3). Nearly completed. (Cat. No. 19245, U. S. N. M.)
Plate LXXXVII.
Report of Nationa! Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
(
‘WN ‘S ‘0 ‘SE6I ‘ON 98D) ‘uore[dur0d Jo (p ‘snsaqo SNUMDQOPO) SAYTIVA
asanod ut
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 431
groups occupying the walls, could be advantageously devoted to cases of the smaller species groups, single pieces, and other specimens.
Coming to the Felide in the collection of the Museum we find it repre- sented by specimens similar to those in the other groups, in other words by the good, by the bad, and by the indifferent, and these are the most undoubted examples of every genus of this provisional classification. We see a specimen of. the last-mentioned kind in the lynx shown in Plate xc, wherein faults about the mouth, slightly wrinkled ears, and some minor points debar it from the category of the best specimens of taxidermy. While on the other hand the grand specimen of a tiger, the head and fore part of whichis given in Plate xc1, has not its peer for that species in any public museum in the United States. The Puma is also another admirable preserved specimen of this group.
Of this group Hornaday has said that the “large Felidae (tiger, lion, leopard, etc.) are the finest subjects for the taxidermist that the whole animal kingdom can produce. They offer the finest opportunities for the development of muscular anatomy, and the expression of the various higher passions.” (Taxidermy, p.171.) This may be very true, but in my opinion the pieces left by this talented artist to commemorate his name after his connection with the Museum was severed, and the ones which will most surely pass his name down into history as a most masterly taxidermist of his time, are the group of American bison, and “Mungo” the African elephant, though his Bengal tiger, to gain a sim- ilar place, be stepping in the very footprints of the latter as he leaves them.
One who has not seen the feat performed in one of our larger museums can have but little conception of the skill required in handling the facial expression and all the structures that enter into thé mouth parts. The skinning of a tiger’s tongue and preserving it so as to make that organ resemble the original as it appeared in the living subject; ihe cleaning of the teeth; the blending of the black part of the lips with the delicate pink gums inside; to make the animal grin and not smile, and to lend to the eyes the flash of anger, are all accomplishments that demand of the artist his best judgment, knowledge, skill, and, what is more, his infinite patience.
IT agree with him when he says:
Some of the old-fashioned taxidermists have the habit of smearing a lot of nasty lampblack in the eyes of every mounted mammal [and a variety of birds, too], for what purpose no one knows, but possibly in imitation of actresses, some of whom have the same unaccountable trick, and a*hideous one in its results in both eases. There is only one point in its favor: it is the easiest way in the world to give an animal a black eye. (Jbid., pp. 177, 178.)
Many groups of monkeys and the higher apes now adorn the cases in the mammal department of the U.S. National Museum. Some of these are among the best groups of the kind in the hands of the insti- tution. Among them is the now famous group of Orang-utans, too
432 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
well known to require description in this place; and there are others of equal beauty and interest. '
Of recent years a great deal of well-directed energy and skill has been brought to bear to reproduce various races of men, and these attired in their native costumes and represented in the pursuit of various employments. They are, as arule, the size of life, and so real in the majority of instances as to excite the wonder and admiration of all who chance to behold them for the first time. But this subject has been found too extensive to handle in the present connection, and it will no doubt furnish the material for another writer at some time in the near future. If ever the Museum indulge in the mounting of such groups, the propriety of which seems to be questionable, as Jules Ver- reaux’s “Arab courier attacked by lions,” or John Wallace’s famous “Horseman attacked by tigers,” and similar efforts, why this would appear to be the more proper place for them, rather than any depart- ment of zodlogy. If not showing too much or great activity, or other. wise not too sensational, some such compositions are quite instructive, and to the public always interesting.
So far as I am aware at present, the Museum has never undertaken to preserve man, by any other process than the ones now employed, of clothed manikins, the faces and heads being obtained by casts or other means. That the direct preservation of man’s body intact has been elsewhere attempted, however, there can be no doubt, and with some measure. of success; On page 14 of Capt. Brown’s little work on taxidermy, I read:
Numerous have been the attempts of mankind to preserve the skin of their fellow- creatures. The very best of these have been most disgusting deformities, and so totally unlike the “ human form divine” that none of them have found a place in collections, with the exception of some parts of man, which form part of the Euro- pean anatomical collections. In the museum of the Jardin du Roi, at Paris, there is one ot the best things of this kind which we have seen, a human head injected and pre- served in spirits of turpentine. This curious preparation was the production of Rintch, a Dutch physician, highly celebrated for his pathological skill. The precise manner this interesting preparation was originally preserved is not known. However, it retains to the present day, all the original and natural colors. In winter, the cold affects the spirit so much, in which it is preserved, that the head can not be distin- guished, until the return of warm weather, which dispels its cloudy appearance. The New Zealanders have a method of drying and preserving the heads of their chiefs, with the flesh entire. Many of these are to be found in museums; but they are of little use, and by no means calculated to produce pleasurable sensations.
We may safely predict that no method will ever be discovered, by which man can be preserved so as to be fit for placing in a museum. (1870. )
Could Capt. Brown but see the host of thoroughly lifelike Indians, Africans, Japanese, Sainoan, Aino, Esquimau, and Caucasian figures, of all ages, and both sexes, that Prof. O. T. Mason now marshals in his department, he could have but one opinion about it, and that is that the necessity therefor had gone by.
As I closed upon a former page of this paper what I had to say about the taxidermy of birds, I passed a few brief remarks upon the
PLATE LXXXVIII.
(Cueuttoeds peep 8 Jo ydeasojoyd & UL0.)T) ‘(QUeppog snuUund2.4aUWY “YD YapIeNy) UIDAV NVOIMANY
Th Na ae IS SIS URL ELT I MR aT As a ADE SIT o
oa
ae Ta oe Ba a
Baa
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
re Ss aes "eae
PLATE LXXXIX.
Report of National Museum, 1892.- -Shufeldt.
CTX (N ‘S “ ‘80LGT “LOLST. ‘T6PST “SON “98O)
(KEG SUDAZD)] SLUD)) SALOAOY) FO dNOUy) VW
srr omy Nm ee
Ren.
Stale,
eee
Saray 2 y
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XC.
Fig. 1. HAtRLESS MEXICAN TERRIER. (Cat. No. 116718, U. S. N. M.)
Fig. 2. Lynx (Lynx rufus).
CT N ‘S01 ‘86ST “ON “98D) (S262) SAH) HADIT, 0 AvayT
PLATE XCI.
Report of Nationa! Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt.
ee Sr ES nc aaah Leia RE Biase IS = $e | pr ip i gl
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. 433
hall in which their cases were exhibited. In this particular the mam- mal department is far better off. It being in the National Museum building proper, a comparatively more modern structure, it is both well lighted and well ventilated. The casings are of the most recent improved kinds, and set off their subjects very satisfactorily. An object of great interest, and suspended from the roof, is the vertical mid-section of a hollow papier maché whale, into which has been placed a skeleton of the same species in situ. It renders a fine idea of the position of the osseous framework of this huge marine mammal,
CONCLUSIONS.
In writing out the account of my observations and in giving my opin- ions for this report on the present status of the art of taxidermy, and what may be hoped for it in the future, I have been very largely influ- enced by what I have seen and been enabled to study in the collections of the U.S. National Museum and Smithsonian Institution at Wash- ington, D.C. When my labors were first undertaken it was the inten- tion to incorporate herein descriptions of methods and work, with the appropriate plates illustrating it, of many other museums, both here andin Europe. In some few instances this has been accomplished, while from one reason or another it has failed in others. Often institutions of the kind we speak are more or less sensitive on the point of submit- ting their work for an impartial criticism, and so withheld it; while in others such a very large proportion of the work was so far below the standard of what taxidermy ought to be in these days, that for very obvious reasons it has been placed aside without notice. Looking broadly over the field and taking the subject as a whole, I am of the opinion that there is, even in many of our first-class museums, very wide room for improvement in such matters. My aim has been through- out this entire paper to accord full praise where it appeared to be justly merited, and in those cases where the work was below what it ought to be I have endeavored to keep myself above mere fault-finding by simply indicating the only too apparent errors. We are to be congrat- wated that the art is making such very satisfactory progress among us, and that at the present writing, in our most advanced institutions, Government and otherwise, there is to be found so much to be praised and recommended and so little to be condemned.
Much might be said here on the subject of suitable museums for the exhibition of scientific collections of preserved animals, but this phase of the question will be, as has been said, dealt with in another place. Be it enough to say here in passing that our Government museums are as yet very faulty in this particular and far behind some of the better institutions in, for example, England and elsewhere. The old ornithological hall in the Smithsonian building is already crowded to overflowing, and is at the best but illy suited for the purpose, a large
H. Mis. 124, pt. 2——28
A434 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
proportion of the recesses being so very dark that the specimens can not be properly seen, much less studied. The National Museum build- ing is better fitted for the exhibition of ethnological and other material than it is for zodlogical. We stand in need, very much in need, of a scientifically constructed zodlogical museum, for, in the first place, to properly exhibit the superb collections that have within compara- tively recent times grown up here, and, second, to relieve the buildings already in use. As the British Museum threw off its South Kensington Department of Natural History, so has, and from like causes, the time come for us to make a similar step.
Thave called attention to the fact that taxidermists should be thor- oughly educated men, fully trained in all the technique of their art in its broadest sense, as pointed out in the body of the paper; that with respect to the art itself, the main factors of success to be observed are the using of every means at our command to reproduce nature in every particular, not only in the case of the specimens themselves, but in the accessories used in connection with them; that they should be so prepared as to resist in every way the ravages of time, or the attacks of pests; that they should, in addition, not only show the appearance of the animal itself, but aim to give a chapter in its life history, drawing therefor either upon its habits or its habitat; that everything that in any way whatever partaking of the grotesque or fanciful or extravagant innovations should be promptly and forever discountenanced.
My studies have led me to believe that the art of taxidermy has had a singular evolutionary growth peculiarly its own, the various phases of which have, in one place or another, been pointed out in the forego- ing pages, and that of recent years the strong tendency in our leading museuins has been to group animals, and for a variety of purposes. I am convineed that in the future museums will carry this idea still fur- ther, and that these groups will. be so combined as not only to exhibit single species, showing some of their habits and surrounding in their natural haunts, but also to a very large extent to show faunal regions, and the animaland plant life of various geographical areas. When thus presented in the museums of large cities, and showing in that way the distribution of the animal and plant life of the region wherein the par- ticular city may be situated, or for the country at large in our Govern- ment museums, the ever-present lesson they will present for study to the thousands of men, women, and children who may see such an exhi- bition during the course of a year will in its practicable value be sim- ply beyond all calculation. By such arrangements the eye will be enabled to take in and the mind appreciate the aspect and the biologic forms of any particular region of the United States almost at a glance.
For the sake of economy, both for the present and the future, we should employ only the very best materials in our work, and, what is quite as important, secure the services of only.the most skillful and advanced artists in the country. Not mere plodders for pay, but men thoroughly
SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY FOR MUSEUMS. A435
in love with their work and possessing talents fully capable of improve- ment and desirous of seizing upon each and every advance made in the art. To this end, whenever proper opportunity offers, facilities to Anform themselves in all that directly relates to their work should be extended to them.
In closing, I but acquit myself of a duty and a pleasure at once when I extend my thanks to Prof. G. Brown Goode, long in charge of the National Museum, not only for the advantages that have come to me in the way of studying the material for this paper but for the pleasure it has been for ne to write it, and for the many courtesies I have received at his hands.
To Mr. F. W. True I am especially indebted tor the assistance hehas so freely given me upon every occasion. As the curator-in-charge of the Museum. it has lain within his power to further my iabors in numer- ous ways, and this throughout has been done with such marked kind- ness, promptitude, and cheerfulness that I find it difficult for me to ex- press to him the gratitude I experience for it and so thoroughly feel.
My own work will have been amply repaid if it result in the further encouragement and stimulation of the progress of the art of taxidermy, now so firmly placed on foot in so many quarters of the civilized world.
APPENDIX.
After the manuscript of this paper had been completed, and had been transmitted to the Museum for publication, there were received for incorporation in it, through the kindness of Dr. J. A. Allen, of the American Museum of Natural History, New York City, five photo- graphs for plates, These photographs represent groups in the collee- tions of the American Museum of Natural History, in which institu- tion Dr. Allen has charge of the departments of ornithology and mam- malogy. They came too late to be inserted in the body of this paper, but owing to their general excellence and interest, and to the great courtesy of their sender in submitting them, as well as to the trouble which he had taken to write out their histories, it was decided to have them engraved and placed together at the end of the paper. The first of these added plates (Plate xct1) represents a group of Pied Ducks (Camptolaimus labradorius) which were designed and prepared by Jenness Richardson in 1889 at the American Museum of Natural His- tory. The birds were mounted by Mr. H. C. Denslow.
The group which is represented in the second plate of this series (Plate XcrrIt) is a more or less elaborate piece of work, also designed and prepared by Mr, Richardson at the American Museum of Natural His. tory in 1886. It represents very faithfully the side elevation of a bank, part way down in which a pair of Louisiana water thrushes (Siurus
436 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
motacilla) have built their nest. The male and female birds are seen approaching it, as they leisurely hop along the roots and twigs of plants which protrude from the side of the bank.
Of all the specimens on exhibition in the collections of the American Museum, none have a greater attraction for the observer and visitor there than the admirable series of bird groups, and one of the most life-like of these is the beautiful subject of the third plate in this series (Plate xcrv). It represents a pair of robins (Merula migratoria) with their nest in an apple tree, the latter being in full bloom of early sum- mer. :
The fourth plate in the supplemental series (Plate XCV) represents a eroup of opossums (Didelphis virginiana), male, female, and a number of young ones. In many respects it resembles the similar groups of these animals which are to be seen in the U. S. National Museum, and which have been described in the body of this paper. The group rep- reseuted in this plate was prepared and designed by Mr. Jenness Rich- ardson at the American Museum of Naturak History in 1891. It is an especially fine piece of work, and although it does not contain as many specimens as the National Museum group, it is hardly the less instrue- tive on that account.
In so far as the larger mammals are concerned, there is probably not a piece. in the entire collection of the American Museum of Natural History that ean in any particular compare with the superb specimen of the huge pachyderm shown in Plate xcvi. It is the Indian rhinoceros ‘““Bombi” (Rhinoceros unicornis L.), This specimen was mounted at the American Museum of Natural History in 1890 by Mr. Richardson and his assistants. The data for the work consisted in measurements taken from the animal when alive, and also from a photograph obtained at the same time. After having been mounted, it was properly colored after a living specimen in the Zodlogical Gardens of Philadelphia. It is probably one of the best mounted specimens of this species in the United States.
PLATE XCIl.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
(AIK) YAIOK MON ‘ALOISTH [BAN YBN JO 1
iA, UBOLIeUTy ey) AG 4
y PACIOLOe]o UV I
(SNIMOPVAQD] SRULDIOPA UD) SMOAG, MOGVUHW' | AO aNOUWy
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XCIll.
A Parr oF LovIsIANA WATER THRUSHES (Siurus motacilla) AND NEsT.
(From a group in the American Museum of Natural History, New York City.)
PLATE XCIV.
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
“ALI
»
) MUO
DX
AA
a
N ‘AYO
iL
SIH
TVYUOL
Vv
N
TO W
asa
NYOIY
any
WH
L NI SNIHO3Y
HO dhouUy)
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Shufeldt. PLATE XCV.
GROuP OF OPOSSsUMS.
(From an electrotype lent by the American Museum of Natural History, New York City.)
PLATE XC
Shufeldt.
Report of National Museum, 1892.
Aq pequnoyy “AO 440
COGRT Ul sqURySISse
K MON ‘ALOIST [RANQBNY JO win
CTT ‘S2wsoovUn SOLav0ULYe)
pue wospavy
ol}
OSN] UBOLLAULY
| SSouuos*
ayy ul WeuDeds
« IANO ,, SOUTOONIHY NVIGNT
ayy jo ydea
ojoyd B
uO,
iT)
THE SHOFAR—ITS USE AND ORIGIN.*
By Cyrus ADLER, Assistant Curator of Oriental Antiquities.
The modern Jewish synagogue has preserved in its ceremonial, among other customs, the use of the shofar, translated in the English version of the Bible “cornet.” Several times during the service on New Year’s day, or Rosh hashanah, at the conclusion of the Day of Atonement, on the seventh day of the festival of Tabernacles or Sukkoth, Hosh'ana Raba, and during the entire month of Ellul, after the recital of the supplications or Selichoth, the shofar is sounded. Its use on all these occasions is not general and probably never was, but it still survives in many places. For the New Year’s service it is the characteristic feature.
The shofar is usually made of a ram’s horn, straightened and flat- tened by heat. All natural horns can be shaped either by heat or by cooking in oil.t
The bore of the instrument is a cylindrical tube of very small caliber, which opens into a kind of bell of parabolic form.
It is not only the solitary ancient musical instrument actually pre- served in the Mosaic ritual, but is the oldest form of wind instrument known to be retained in use in the world. §
In the discussion of Wetzstein’s paper, cited below, Prof. Steinthal pointed out that this was an instrument no doubt used in prehistoric times.
*In the abstract of this paper published in the proceedings of the American Ori- ental Society, October, 1889, p. CLXX1, fi., I made the request for the communication of additional information on the subject, and I have been favored with some valuable snggestions from the late Prof. Paul de Lagarde, of Géttingen.
tI have recently met a curious survival of the use and manufacture of a musical in- strument made of natural horn. While walking on Pennsylvania avenue, Washing- ton, August 22, 1890, I saw a negro boy about 10 years of age with a cow horn in his hand. He told me that he had eut off the end, shaped the mouthpiece with a hot poker, and then scraped it with a knife. On being urged, he blewit quite easily. I endeavored to secure possession of it, but the boy declined to part with his handi- work.
{Musical Instruments Historic, Rare, and Unique, by A. J. Hipkins, Edinburgh, Black, 1888, p. 12.
§ Ibid., p. 1, and South Kensington Museum Art Books, edited by William Maskell; Musical Instruments, by Carl Engel, London, 1875: Chapman & Hall, p. 24.
437
438 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
There seems to be little doubt that it has been continuously used in the Mosaic service from the time it was established until now. (Hip- kins, XII.)
FORM.
The shape of the instrument varies considerably. The modern ex- amples are usually flat (Pl. xcvir, Fig. 1). Two Italian specimens of the seventeenth century preserve the form of the natural horn; the first of these is in possession of the Rey. Dr. 8. Morais, of Philadelphia; it was procured for him from Venice by Dr. Isaiah Luzzatto, of Padua. The second Italian specimen (Pl. xcvil, Fig. 2) was collected by Dr. H. Friedenwald, and belongs to the National Museum collect-ons. The same shape is exhibited in a beautiful example figured by Hipkins (Pl. xcvit, Fig. 1), preserved in the Great Synagogue, Aldgate, Lon- don. A number of excellent specimens were brought together at the Anglo-Jewish Historical Exhibition, held in London in 1887. They are figured in the accompanying plates and brietly described in the list of illustrations. Occasionally the instruments contain Hebrew inscriptions. Such an one, found near Dessau, was exhibited before the Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgesehichte, at the meeting of March 20, 1880, and formed the subject of a valuable paper by T. G. Wetzstein (pp. 63-73. See Pl. xcvit, Fig. 3). A similarly carved and inscribed instrument is in possession of a lady in New York (PI. 6, Vig. 1). The inscription reads: ‘‘ Happy are the people who know the sound (of the shofar),” and on the reverse, ‘‘In the light of Thy coun- tenance shall they walk.” The inscription on the Dessau instrument consists of Isaiah xxvii, 13 (quoted below), and the two blessings recited by the person who blows the instrument: ‘“ Blessed art Thou, O Lord, our God, King of the Universe, who has sanctified us with His commandments and commanded us to hear the sound of the shofar;” ‘Blessed art Thou, O Lord, our God, King of the Universe, who has caused us to live, and preserved us, and caused us to reach this time.” (Wetzstein, p. 65.)
The shofar was not the only natural horn used by the Israelites as a musical instrument, but no copies or representations of the other instru- ments have come down to us.
Some commentators are of the opinion that the instrument known in the Bible by the generic name of qeren, was also made of ram’s horn, and was very nearly identical with the shofar, the only difference being that the latter was more curved than the former. (Engel., p. 24.)
METHOD OF SOUNDING.
The method of sounding the shofar has been handed down by tradi- tion, though it varies slightly in different communities. Three sounds are employed: the shortest, or teqi‘a, a broken or interrupted sound,
wr why pe
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XCVII.
SHOFARS AND OTHER HORNS.
. Modern shofar, ordinary form. (Cat. No. 154402.)
Shofar, Italian form. (Cat. No. 95142.)
African war horn (antelope). (Cat. No. 4960.)
Shringa. (Cat. No. 92709. India.)
Siamese copper horn. (Cat. No. 27293.)
. Large African war horn of ivory, from plaster cast in National Museum. (Original in museum of Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut. ) (Cat. No. 94892. )
. Small African war horn of ivory, from plaster cast in National Museum.
(Original in museum of Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut. ) (Cat. No. 94893.)
. Ivory war horn. (Cat. No.127193. Byanzi, Africa.) . African war horn. (Cat. No. 5412.) . Embuchi; Ivory war horn. (Cat. No. 4793. Pala Ballas, Africa.)
. Ivory war horn. (Cat. No. 4793. West coast of Africa.)
. Ivory war horn. (Cat. No. 127195. Byanzi, Africa.)
Report of National Museum, 1892. —Adler.
PLaTeE XCVII.
SHOFARS AND OTHER HORNS,
THE SHOFAR. 439
shebarim, consisting in the teqia, given three times, and terwa, which is simply a prolongation of the teqia. Teruwa gedola, or the great teru‘a, is merely an exaggeration of the simple sound of that name. ‘The Ger- man Jews sound the tegia gedola or great teqia. (Hipkins, p. xiii.)
The sound is produced by the ejection of a volume of air into the trumpet through the lips, which act as a reed, pressed against the ori- fice of the trumpet.
According to Hipkins the embouchure of the shofar is very difficult, and but three proper tones are usually obtained from it, although in some instances higher notes can be got. The short rythmie flourishes are common, with unimportant differences, to both the German and Portuguese Jews, and consequently date from before their separation. These flourishes, as used in the ritual, are teqi a CG shebarim© | GC | GC { Gand terwa CCC | CCCC | CCCC | G usually a tongued vibrato of the lower note. The gedola is the great teqi a concluding the flourishes (p. xiii). ‘The notes here given are those usually produced, but from the empirical formation of the embouchure, and a peculiarity of the player’s lips, an octave is occasionally produced instead of the normal fifth.” My own observation has led me to the conclusion that the production of the octave is quite common. The fundamental, if obtained, is not re- garded as a true shofar note.
Wetzstein gives the following musical notation.
Teaia. Shebarim. Terwa. Teqi'a gedola.
ea Bee Bir Ea
According to Mishna Rosh hashana (1v, 9) the order of sounding the shofar is as follows: the sounds are aay thrice, the time of the dura. tion of the teqia is equal to that of three terwas, and that of each terwa is equal to three disconnected notes.
From this it would appear that the interrupted sound or shebarim was not known when this Mishna was written. This conclusion, how- ever, can not be drawn with certainty.
THE SHOFAR IN THE LITURGY.
Portions of the liturgy for New Year’s Day have especial reference to the sounding of the shofar. First among these is the hymn, Adonai beqol shofar, by an unknown author: “ With the sound of the, trumpet will the Lord publish salvation, to assemble the scattered sheep at the coming (accomplishment) of the vision of salvation. God is exalted with a triumphal shout.”
‘With the sound of the trumpet God causes a voice to be heard from heaven, on the holy mountain, and on Jerusalem; then shall the place be established, by Thy right hand shall be restored to its primi- tive state. God is exalted with a triumphal shout.”
440 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
‘“ With the sound of the trumpet the Lord will reveal the period and appointed time, when He will blow the trumpet and go in the whirl- winds of the south; then shall the wicked kingdom of Edom be de- stroyed. God is exalted with a triumphal shout.”
“O Lord, with the sound of the trumpet wilt Thou blow upon the holy mountain; the beautiful dwelling of Zion wilt Thou expand; Mount Seir shall be rent; the fixed stake shall be plucked up and removed. God is exalted with a triumphal shout.”
This is followed by a hymn composed of the various passages (to be discussed later on) in the Bible, in which the use of the shofar is mentioned. The sounding of the cornet thereupon follows.
The liturgy of the German and Polish Jews contains the ten reasons for sounding the shofar stated by Saadia Gaon.*
Rabbi Saadia observes that God commanded us to sound the cornet as alluding to the following subjects:
First. Because this day is the beginning of the creation on which God created the world and thus began to reign over it; and as it is customary at the coronation of kings to sound the trumpets and cornets to proclaim the commencement of their reign, we, in like manner, pub- licly proclaim, by the sound of the cornet, that the Creator is our king, and thus says David, “* With trumpets and the sound of the cornet shout ye before the Lord.”
Second. As the New Year is the first of the ten penitential days, we sound the cornet as a proclamation to admonish all to return and re- pent, which if they do not, they cannot plead ignorance, as having been fully informed. Thus also we find earthly kings publish their decrees that none may plead ignorance thereof.
Third. To remind us of the law given on Mount Sinai, as it is said, Exodus x1x, 16, “and the voice of the cornet was exceedingly loud,” and that we ought to bind ourselves to the performance thereof, as our ancestors did, when they said, ‘All that the Lord has said, will we do, and be obedient.”
Fourth. To remind us of the prophets who are compared to wateh- men blowing the trumpets as mentioned in Ezekiel xxx, 4, ‘* Whoso- ever heareth the sound of the cornet and taketh not warning, and the sword cometh and taketh him away, his blood shall be upon his own head, but he that taketh warning shall save his life.”
Fifth. Toremind us of the destruction of the Holy Temple, and the ter- rifying alarm of the enemy’s warriors shouting to battle as mentioned in Jeremiah tv, 19, because thou hast heard, oh my soul, the sound of the trumpet, the alarm of war,” and therefore, when we hear the sound of the cornet, we ought to beseech the Almighty to rebuild the Holy Temple.
*Saadia ben Joseph, 892-942, one of the great Jewish scholars of the middle ages. He translated the Bible into Arabie and wrote many important works. :
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XCVIII.
SHOFARS.
Fig. 1. *~Shofar, of the Great Synagogue, Aldgate, London.
(Photograph trom Hip- kins. ) 2, *Shofar, exhibited at Anglo-Jewish exhibition. Supposed to belong to the
pre-expulsion period (1290) of the English Jews. (From a photograph. ) 3. Shofar, carved and with inscription. (Photographed from Wetzstein’s paper. )
* This figure is illustrated in the catalogue of the Anglo-Jewish exhibition.
PLate XCVIII.
Report of National Museum, 1892,—Adler.
‘@))
= eat BS ese peee : ‘pou SAG D ote Quttes Quake SF sts Sie YA AY care “¥5 SS LEG
3 SHOFARS.
THE SHOFAR. 44]
Sixth. To remind us of the binding of Lsaaeé who willingly submitted himself to the will of Heaven; thus ought we also willingly submit even to death itself, for the sanctification of the unity of His holy name.
- Seventh. That when we hear the sounding of the cornet we may, by the dread thereof, be induced to humble ourselves before the Su- preme Being, for it is the nature of these martial wind instruments to produce dread and terror. As the prophet Amos observes, “shall a trumpet be blown in a city and the people not be terrified?”
Eighth. To remind us of the great and awful day of judgment on which the trumpet is to be sounded as mentioned, Zephaniah 1, 14-16: “The great day of the Lord is near, it is near and hasteneth much, a day of the trumpet and of shouting.”
Ninth. To remind us to pray for the time when the outeasts of Is- rael are to be gathered together, as mentioned, Isaiah xxvu, 13, “and it shall come to pass in that day, the great trumpet shall be sounded and those shall come who were perishing in the land of Assyria.”
Tenth. To remind us of the resurrection of the dead and the firm belief thereof, as the prophet Isaiah saith “ Yea, all ye that inhabit the world, and that dwell on the earth, when the standard is lifted up on ihe mountain, ye shall behold when the trumpet is sounded, ye shall hear.”
The Biblical passages relating to the trumpet are again employed in the additional service or Musaf, which is read on Sabbaths and holi- days in place of the additional sacrifice commanded for those days.
In Mishna Rosh hashana (iv, 5) minute directions are given as to the nature of the Biblical passages to be employed.
The order of the blessings is as follows: Aboth (relating to the fore- fathers), gedushath hashem (relating to the holiness of God), and gebu- roth (relating to the greatness of God), and joined with them are the malkiyoth (relating to God as king), and the shofar is not sounded; then come texts concerning the holiness of the day, after which the shofar is sounded; then follow the z’kronoth (memorials), after which the shofar is again sounded. Next follow the shofaroth (relating to the shofar), and the shofar is sounded; he then says abodah (worship), hodwah (thanksgiving) and birkath kohanim (the priestly blessing). Such is the opinion of Rabbi Jochanan ben Nourrie; but Rabbi Aqiba objected saying to him: “If the shofar is not to be sounded after the reading of the malkiyoth why are they to be mentioned?” But the proper order is the following: Aboth, geburoth, and qgedushath hashem are said with which the malkiyoth are to be combined; after which the shofar is to be sounded, then the zihronoth are to be read, and the shofar sounded; next shofaroth and the shofar is again sounded; after which abodah, hodwah aud birkath kohanim are said. Mishna Rosh hashana (IV, 6) provides that no less than ten texts relative to malkiyoth, zikvo- noth, and shofaroth must be said.
Part of the Bible lesson of the day consists of a recitation of the sacrifice of Isaac, and there is a hymn in the service which dwells on
442 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
the incident. It is possible that it was sought to establish a basis for the sacredness of the Ram’s horn from the fact that it was a ram or ’ayil which was caught in the thickets by its horns and which served as an offering instead of Isaac. In Talmud Rosh hashana we read ‘““ Ye shall blow before me with a shofar of a ram, in order that ye may be reminded of the sacrifice of Isaac, the son of Abraham.”
The hymn referred to above contains the acrostic Abbas, Judah, Samuel: 7. e., Judah ben Samuel ibn Abbas, a poet of the twelfth cen- tury, who traveled from Spain to the Orient, and afterward became Rabbi of Fez.*
MISHNIC REGULATIONS.
The Mishna permitted the use of any horn. In Rosh hashana 1, 3, we read: ‘“¢ Every kind of horn may be used because it is a qeren.” Rabbi Jose remarked, are not all shofars called qeren (horn)? (Joshua VI, 6.)
The shofar of New Year’s day was usually the straight horn of a yaal, a kind of antelope or wild goat (chamois), the mouthpiece of which was covered with gold; while the shofar of fast days was a ram’s horn whose mouthpiece was covered with silver.
The statute is found in Mishnah Rosh hashana 1, 3: “The shofar of the New Year was the straight horn. of a ya al, the mouth- piece of which was covered with gold, and two trumpets were placed on either side. The sound of the shofar was prolonged and that of the trumpets made short, because the command of the day is for the shofar; (IV) and on fast days crooked ram’s horns were used, whose mouth- pieces were covered with silver and two trumpets were stationed be- tween them. The sound of the shofar was made short and that of the trumpets prolonged, because the command of the day is with reference to the trumpets (Vv). The year of the jubilee is like the New Year with respect to the sounding and the blessings. Rabbi Jehudah, on the con- trary, says: ‘‘On New Year they sound with the horns of rams, and at the Jubilee with chamois.”
The instrument used in the modern synagoge has no adornments. It probably represeuts a more ancient form than the instrument described in the Mishna.
A shofar, which had been broken and joined together could not be employed, though its use was admissible, if it contained a hole which had been closed so as not to interfere with the sound.t
In the modern synagogue the shofar is not sounded on New Year's day when it occurs on the Sabbath. This seems to have been the
*Karpeles, Geschichte der Judischen Literatur, p. 496.
t*‘It is unlawful to use a shofar which had been rent and afterwards joined to- gether; also one composed of several pieces joined together. If a shofar had a hole which had been closed, if it hinders the proper sound, it may not be used; but if it does not affect the proper sound it may be used.”—Mishna Rosh hashana, Ul, 6.
Fig.
EXPLANATION OF PEATE xX Ci x>-
SHOFARS.
Shofar of the eighteenth century, from Bagdad. Exhibited at the Anglo- Jewish exhibition. (Enlarged ‘rom a photograph. )
Shofar exhibited at the Anelo-Jewish exhibition. (Enlarged from a pho- tograph.)
Shofar (black from age) belonging to the Great Synagogue, London. Exhibited at the Anglo-Jewish exhibition. (From a photograph. )
Shofar exhibited at the Anglo-Jewish exhibition. (Enlarged from a pho- tograph. )
Shofar used by the Bene-Israel, a colony of Jews settled in Bombay and neighborhood. It was brought from Aden, and is said to be made of the horn of an animal called the ‘‘cudoo.” Exhibited at the Anglo-Jewish exhibition. (Enlarged from a photograph. )
* These figures are illustrated in the catalogue of the Anglo-Jewish exhibition.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Adler. PLATE XCIX,
Maan
POET TENTION BERS
SHOFARS.
THE SHOFAR. 443
ancient rule after the destruction of the temple, though it was subject to some modification.*
Mishna Rosh hashana, 1v, provides that some person other than the reader of the prayers shall sound the shofar.t
BIBLICAL PASSAGES.
We will now proceed to examine the biblical passages with reference to the shofar. Its use for religious exercise is prefaced by the presence of its sound at the giving of the law. (Exodus, xrx, 19; xx, 18.)
It is mentioned with other instruments as a fitting announcement of the new moon. The solemn feasts were similarly announced. New Year’s day was a “memorial of blowing,” though it will be noticed that the passages in the Pentateuch which refer to this day, both use the word “terwah,” or blowing, without expressly mentioning the shofar itself.
“Speak to the children of Israel as follows: In the seventh month, on the first day of the nonth, there shall be to youa Sabbath, a memorial of blowing, a holy convocation” (Ley., xx111, 24), while in another pas- sage it is simply ealled ‘a day of blowing” (Numbers, XX1X, 1).
Special feasts or solemn assemblies for particular purposes were announced by the blowing of the shofar. (Joel, 11, 15.)
The great year of release, which occurred after the enumeration of seven times seven years, was announced by the sounding of the shofar, not at the beginning of the year, on New Year’s day, as might be expected, but ten days thereafter, on the Day of Atonement. (Leviticus, XXV, 9.)
In Isaiah’s vision of the great day of judgment the shofar is blown
*«“ When the feast of the New Year happened on the Sabbath they used to sound the shofar in the sanctuary, but not out of it. After the destruction of the temple, Rabban Jochanan, son of Zaccai, ordained that they should sound (on the Sabbath) in every place where there is a tribunal of justice (Peth Din). Rabbi Eleazar says: “He only issued this order in respect to Jamnia,” but they (the other sages) said unto him, ‘‘it was the same for Jamnia as for any other place in which there is a permanent tribunal of justice.”
‘And in this respect also was Jerusalem privileged above Jamnia, viz, that every city from whence Jerusalem could be seen and the sounding heard, which was near enough, and to which it was allowed to go on the Sabbath, might sound; but in Jamnia it was only permitted to sound before the tribunal of justice.—Mishna Rosh hashana, Iv, 2.
t‘*It was not permitted for the purpose of sounding the shofar on the feast of New Year, to go beyond the Sabbatical limits, to remove a heap of stones under which a shofar is buried, mount a tree, ride on any animal, or swim over the waters to get a shofar, nor may he cut it with anything that may not be used, on account of transgression against the Sabbatical rest, nor disobey on its account any nega- tive precept of the law; but a person may, if he choose, pour water or wine into the shofar to improve its sound. Children should not be prevented from sounding, but on the contrary it is lawful to be occupied in teaching them to sound.”—Mishna Rosh hashana, iv, 8.
444 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
to assemble ‘those who are lost in the land of Asshur and those who are outcasts in the land of Egypt.” (XXvII, 13.)
When David removed the ark to Jerusalem the sound of the shofar was heard in the procession. (II Samuel, v1, 15; I Chron., xv, 28.)
It is mentioned along with other musical instruments as a proper accompaniment of psalmody. ‘ Praise Him with the blowing of the sho- far, praise Him with the psaltry and the harp.” (Ps., CL, 3; ef. also MC VEEL, 6:
Some years ago I was informed it had been introduced into opera by an Italian composer, with what success I do not know.
WAR HORN.
The most ancient use of signals of any sort was no doubt to apprise a tribe of the coming of an enemy and to call together the clansmen for defense. Possibly the earliest, certainly the most frequent use of the | shofar in Israel, was for military purposes.
The ancient Egyptians used a trumpet for military purposes, but it was a long, straight metallic instrument like the Hebrew hagogera. (Wilkinson, T, 104f.)
The troops seemed to have marched to its notes. (Lbid., woodcut 289, and Rawlinson, History of Ancient Egypt, Vol. 1, p. 491.)
The shofar could be heard ata great distance. There is an allusion to its loudness in Isaiah (Lyi, 1): “Cry with a full throat, spare not, like the shofar lift up thy voice, and declare unto my people their transgression, and to the house of Jacob their sins.” :
It played an important part in the imposing demonstration made before the walls of Jericho. (Joshua, V1, 4, 5, 6, 8,9, 13, 16, 20.)
When Gideon was filled with the spirit of the Lord he assembled the outlaws who composed his army by blowing the shofar (Judges vi, 54). Hach man carried one of the instruments and the noise thereof very materially contributed to the surprise of the Midianite army. (Judges, Vil, 8, 16, 18, 19, 20, 22.)
In the actual narrative itself, the shofar is not as frequently men- tioned as the constancy of its use for certain purposes might lead us to expect. The infrequency of its mention is in a way, however, a sort of evidence of the frequency of its use. The blowing of the bugle is as regular a part of a charge as the horses on which the cavalry is mounted. Its picturesqueness would naturally strike the mind of a poet and so the references to the shofar in the prophetical books are numerous.
In the following nineteen passages from the prophets, the shofar symbolizes war:
“Tell ye in Judah, and publish in Jerusalem, and say, Blow ye the shofar in the land: call out, gather together, and say, Assemble your- selves, and let us go into the fortified cities.” (Jeremiah, Iv, 5.)
‘‘My bowels, my bowels! I am shaken, at the very chambers of my
EXPAN ATION Ole PS AniiEmGr
SHOFARS.
Fig. 1. Shofar in possession of Miss Elizabeth F. Aaron, New York. (From a photo- graph of the original drawing, through the courtesy of the Century Com- pany, New York.)
2. Shofar belonging to the Great Svnagogue, London. Exhibited at the Anglo-Jewish exhibition. (From a photograph.) (Inseribed. )
PLATE C.
Report of National Museum, 1892,—Adler.
“SUVAOHY
THE SHOFAR. 445
heart; my heart beateth tumultuously in me; I can not remain silent; because the sound of the shofar hast thou heard, O my soul, the alarm of war.” (Jeremiah, Iv, 19.)
‘““How long shall I see the standard, hear the sound of the shofar?” (Jeremiah, Iv, 21.) :
‘“ Assemble, O ye children of Benjamin, to flee out of the midst of Jerusalem, and in Thekoa, blow the shofar and on Bethhakkerem set set up a fire signal; for evil is seen (coming) out of the north, and great havoc.” (Jeremiah, VI, 1.)
“Then did I set watchmen over you, (saying) Listen to the sound of the shofar. But they said, We will not listen.” (Jeremiah, v1, 17.)
‘Saying, No; butinto the land of Egypt will we go, that we may not see war, nor hear the sound of the shofar, and that we may not have hunger for bread; and there will we dwell.” (Jeremiah, xu, 14.)
‘Lift ye up a standard in the land, blow ye the shofar among the nations.” (Jeremiah, LI, 27.)
“ And if he see the sword coming over the land, and blow the shofar and warn the people.” (Ezekiel, XxxIII, 3.)
‘*And whosoever heareth the sound of the shofar and taketh no warning; and the sword cometh, and taketh him away, his blood shall be upon his own head.” (Ezekiel, xxxtmt, 4.)
“The sound of the shofar hath he heard, and he hath taken no warn- ing; his blood shall be upon him. But had he taken warning he would have delivered his soul.” (Ezekiel, xxx, 5.)
‘“‘ But if the watchman see the sword coming, and blow not the shofar so that the people be not warned, and the sword cometh, and taketh away from among them some person, this one is taken away for his iniquity; but his blood will I require from the watchman’s hand. (Ezekiel, xxxitt, 6.) ;
‘‘ Blow ye the shofar in Gib’ah, the trumpetin Ramah; blow the alarm at Beth-aven. (The enemy is) after thee, O Benjamin.” (Hosea, v, 8.)
“Set the shofar to thy mouth. (Let the enemy come) like the eagle against the bouse of the Lord; because they have transgressed my covenant, and against my law have they trespassed.” (Hosea, vu, 1.)
‘‘ Blow ye the shofar in Zion, and sound an alarm on my Holy Mount; let all the inhabitants of the land tremble; for the day of the Lord cometh, for itis nigh.” (Joel, 11, 1.)
“And I will send a fire against Moab, which shall devour the palaces of Keriyoth; and Moab shall die in the tumult, in the shouting, amidst the sound of the shofar.” (Amos, u, 2.
“Shall a shofar be blown in a city and the people not become afraid ? Shall there be evil in a city, and the Lord have not done it.” (Amos, Iii, 6.)
“A day of the shofar and alarm, against the fenced cities, and against the high battlements.” (Zephaniah, 1, 16.)
“With impatient noise and rage he holloweth (with his hoof) the
446 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
ground, and keepeth not quiet when the shofar’s voice (is neard).” (Job, XXXIX, 24.)
OTHER USES.
From the Talmud we learn that the use of the shofar as a note of alarm of war was transferred to other seasons of danger and distress. Famine, plague of locusts, and drought (Mishna Taanith, 1, 6) occasioned the blowing of the shofar.
The shofar was employed at the public ceremony of excommunica- tion.* (Wetzstein, p. 67.)
A very curious use of the shofar in later times was in funeral cere- monies (Wetzstein, p. 67). I agree with Wetzstein that this use of the instrument is quite apart from the usual Semitic custom and was probably borrowed.
As a signal instrument of war it had various uses, possibly accord- ing to the note that was blown. It was the signal for going out to battle, for the announcement of a victory, and fora recall of the troops.
It was with the shofar that Ehud assembled the people. ‘And it came to pass, when he was come, that he blew the shofar on the moun- tain of Ephraim, and the children of Israel went down with him from the mountain and he before them.” (Judges, 111, 27.)
“And again there happened to be a worthless man, whose name was Sheba, the son of Bichri, a Benjamite, and he blew the shofar and said, ‘We have no partin David, nor have we any inheritance in the son of Jesse; every man to his tents, O Israel.” (IT Samuel, xx, 1.)
Isaiah refers to this use (XVIII, 3):+ “All ye inhabitants of the world, and dwellers on the earth, when the ensign is lifted upon the moun- tains, see ye; and when the shofar is blown, hear ye.”
When Jonathan had defeated the Philistines in Geba, “ Saul blew the shofar throughout all the land, saying, Let the Hebrews hear,” (I Samuel x11, 3,), and thus become acquainted with the victory.
It announced the end of the struggle between Abner and Joab which succeeded the death of Saul. (II Samuel, 1, 28.)
Atter the death of Absalom, which really ended the revolt against David, Joab blew the shofar and the people returned from pursuing after Israel. (II Samuel, xvirt, 16, cf. also IT Samuel, xx, 22.)
The shofar was employed to announce the coronation of a king. This may be considered but a feature of its use for military purposes, since, as some of the passages about to be quoted show, the coronation
“In Gan 7»., weread: § ‘Rab Huna when about to hold court was accustomed to ask for the fiiananic of his trade: a rod, astrap, a shofar, and a sandal.” The shofar, remarks Rashi, was for use at an excommunication.
tNakdreh Khéneh, a rock near Bandamir, in Persia, is so called (according to tra- dition) because at the sound of drums and trumpets the workmen engaged on the walls and dikes in the neighborhood assembled there to receive their wages and provision. (Ousely, U1, 186.)
THE SHOFAR. 447
of the king and the announcement of his victory over some other tribe or faetion were one and the same event.
When Absalom was engaged in the revolt against his father he sent spies among all the tribes of Israel announcing his intentions and in- forming them that when they heard the shofar sounded they might say that he had become king. (II Samuel xv, 10.)
In the directions given with regard to the coronation of Solomon the use of the shofar is expressly mentioned (I Kings, 1, 54 and 39), and its sound affrighted Adonijah and guests at their banquet. (I Kings, 1, 41.)
The overthrow of the house of Ahab and the coronation of Jehu were proclaimed in the same way. (II Kings, Ix, 13.)
ETYMOLOGY.
The etymology of shofar is not at all clear. Gesenius derived it from the stem shafar “to be bright, clear, beautiful—possibly on ae- count of its clear sound,” but this is hardly satisfactory. The editors of the eleventh edition of Gesenius retain the same explanation. *
Nothing can be learned from Arabic sabbir.t This is simply bor- rowed from the Talmudic form sippira or sippir, the b in Arabic repre- senting the Hebrew p, as the Arabic possesses no p, but only f.t
The trumpet now used by the Arabs of Asia Minor, which they call seifur, is a metallic instrument. It is possible, however, that the word was originally applied by the Arabs to an instrument of horn.§
The Arabian Jews called the shofar saafar. We may, however, get some light from Assyrian.
According to Stade (Grammar, par. 218a) the Hebrew shofar stands for a form sappar, and exactly this form has been found in Assyrian. Tn a cuneiform list of animals (If Rawlinson, v1, 6 cd) we find, following atudu, “he goat,” the word sapparu, which is accordingly the name of an animal, possibly of the goat order. The word also occurs in a
*They say parenthetically that the shofar was the shape of a horn and possibly made of horn.
tWetzstein, p. 73, proposes an Arabic etymology; sufra and safir in Arabic mean edge or corner, and it is probably his idea that they bear the same relation to shofar that corner bears to Latin cornu. The late Prof. de Lagarde compared shofar with Armenian shifora (Armer ische Studien, p. 117, No. 16931).
+Cf. Siegmund Fraenkel, Die Aramaischen Fremdworter im Arabischen, Leyden, 1888, p. 24.
§See Musical Instruments and their Homes, by Mary E. Brown and William Adams Brown (New York, 1888), p. 196. It is principally interesting because it resembles the trumpet played by an Assyrian warrior on a bas-relief of Nineveh and the Hebrew trumpet represented on the arch of Titus at Rome. This latter is not identical with the shofar; it is the straight metallic trumpet or hagogera whieh is represented on the arch of Titus (Engel, p. 24).
|| Fr. Delitzsch, Prolegomena eines newen Hebraisch-Aramaischen Worterbuches zum Alten Testament, Leipzig, 1886, p. 125,
448 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
bilingual incantation (V Rawlinson, 50, 47-49) describing the action of ‘the disease called asakku. The passage reads: turdha ina qaqqadisu u qarnisu igcabit, atuda sappar sadi Sappartasunu i¢gabit, “the mountain ‘goat by its head and horns it seizes, the he goat, the Sappar of the mountain, by its Sippartu jt seizes.” Here sappartu undoubtedly means “horn,” being the feminine form used in Semitic to denote lifeless objects ((Gesenius, Grammar, par. 107, 3, a); the conclusion would, therefore, be that the shofar is so called because it was originally made of the horn of the species of goat called sappar.* The Hebrew shofar corresponds to Assyrian sappartu, it being worthy of notice that shofar, although not possessing the feminine termination in the singular, always makes a feminine plural.
In the discussion on the Wetzstein paper Mr. Hartmann suggested that the peculiar shape of the horn given to it artificially was intended to imitate the shape of the horn of some wild animal, possibly the wild sheep (Ovis cyprias); not that Ll apprehend that the suggestion is exactly correct, Since, as will be seen, the shape is not uniform. The suggestion, however, that the horn was not that of a domesticated animal, but of an animal more difficult to get, seems to have a certain inherent probability.
Wetzstein is of the opinion that the use of the ram’s horn may have been borrowed by the Israelites and goes back to a people who were engaged solely in the care of sheep. By these it was used as a signal of alarm.
SIMILAR INSTRUMENTS.
Various ancient and modern nations have used the horns of animals for wind instruments. The fellowing specimens are preserved in the collection of musical instruments in the U. 8. National Museum.
At the time of the Festival of the Prophet the Berbers use a horn which consists of two rams’ horns joined at the ends and provided with metal mouth-pieces. This instrument is now called zamr. The speci- men belongs to the National Museum and was collected by Mr. Talcott Williams.
The Shringa, “an ancient outdoor wind instrument of the horn species. It is commonly known as the Indian horn. It was the favor- ite instrument of the Hindu god Siva.” It is a common ox or buffalo horn of dark color, scraped and polished, the tip cut off and the em- bouchure enlarged and shaped with a hot ivon. It is 124 inches in length and the diameter varies from five-eighths to 24 inches. In form it differs in nowise from the shofar. (Pl. xcvu, Fig. 4.)
The Embuchi, also known as the Ponza, Apunza, and Oukpwe, an Afri- ean trumpet or war horn made of an elephant’s tusk, the natural cavity
*Baron von Kort, in the discussion of Wetzstein’s paper, asserted that the goat horn was still used for making shofars by the Jews of Poland. If this statement be correct it would point to a tradition more ancient than that contained in the Jewish liturgy.
THE SHOFAR. 449
forming the bore of the horn. (PI. xcvu, Fig. 10.) The embouchure is formed on the inner or concave side of the tusk, theivory being worked away So as to leave a projecting mouthpiece 52 inches long, 1$ inches wide and one-half inch high. The instrument itself is 214 inches long; the diameter tapers from 34 by 33 to three-fourths of anineh. © It is made by the Palla Balla negroes of the Lower Congo, ;
African war horn made of elephant’s tusk, rudely carved about the mouth hole and smaller end. It issuspended by a cord of human hair sennit. The natural cavity forms the bore of the horn. The embouch- ure is made in the concave side of the horn and is elliptie in shape. The instrument is 20 inches long, the diameter of the bell being 34 inches. There are four other war horns of elephant’s tusks, made in various parts of Africa, which do not differ in form from the specimens described above.
The natives of Sumatra use a trumpet made of the horn of a cow.*
The earliest metal trumpets were constructed on the same principle as the shofar, and in some cases the form of the instrument is plainly a copy of some natural horn.t
In one of the smaller mounds at Tello, M. de Sarzec discovered a fragment of a large bronze statue. ‘It was,” he says, “a life-sized bull’s horn of bronze plating, mounted on a wooden frame, but the wood was carbonized by the action of fire.”
There is a Siamese engraved copper horn in the U. 8. National Museum shaped like a buffalo horn. (PI. xcvur, Fig. 5.) The British Museum possesses a bronze Etruscan cornu (engraved), constructed on the same principle (Engel, p..33). Of similar pattern was the tuba. Both the cornu and the tuba were employed in war to convey signals (tbid., p. 36).
The Greeks had a curved horn, keras, made of brass, and a straight horn, salpinx, exclusively used in war (ibid., p. 32). Trumpets are often mentioned by writers who have recorded the manners and cus: toms of the Indians at the time of the discovery of America (ibid., p. 67). No specimen of such trumpets have so far been discovered among North American aboriginal remains. A wooden wind instru. ment is in use among the Carvadoo, an Indian tribe in Brazil. ‘‘ With this people it is the custom for the chief to give on his war trumpet the signal for battle, and to continue blowing as long as he wishes the battle to last” (ibid., p. 69).
The metallic descendant of the Indian buffalo horn, the shringa, men- tioned above, is the rana shringa, an outdoor instrument made of cop- per, formerly used in military and now wniversally in religious pro- cessions throughout India, both by Hindus and Mohammedans, the
* Indonesien, oder die Inseln des malayischen Archipel, von A. Bastian. 1. Lieferung. Sumatra und Nachbarschaft. Berlin, 1886, Pl. 11, No. 5.
+t Babelon: Manual of Oriental Antiquities, p. 37; Revue archéologique, 1883 (3° BOLIC SU, ID) le ek
H, Mis. 114, pt. 2 29
450 ; REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
performers usually being Hindus of the lower caste. In the villages of southern and central India the watchmen blow it at sunset and at certain hours of the night, like the German nachtiwichter. In large cities a horn-blower is always attached to the police. There is seldom a guard or detachment of native irregular troops without one. It is employed in all processions, temple services, marriages, and other festive occasions, and at funerals.*
Another trumpet of the same class is the kurna, used chiefly in reli- gious processions, or in festivals in honor of local divinities. Only Brahmins and persons of a certain rank are permitted to use the kurna. It is esteemed by all Brahmins to be the most ancient instrument of music in existence, and the sound of it to be especially pleasing to the gods in various particular ceremonies and at solemn parts of the sacri- fices (Cf. Ibid. loc. cit.).
CONCLUSIONS.
In conclusion, the following deductions, which seem to be legitimate, are drawn, though all are not advanced with equal confidence:
(1) The oldest wind instrument used by inland peoples was the horn of an animal, witha natural cavity, and a mouthpiece formed by cutting off the end. Horns which required hollowing came later into use.
(2) These horns were originally used as signals in time of danger and for making announcements in general.
(3) Many of these important announcements had a religious charac- ter. The antiquity of the instrument caused its permanent adoption for sacred purposes.
(4) The shofar, speaking especially of the instrument of that name, was originally a wind instrument, made of the horn of a wild goat. Its sacred character may be connected with sacrificial use made of the goat.
(5) The etymology of the word is to be sought in the Assyrian sappar, a species of wild goat; Ssappartu (the feminine form) meant originally the horn of the sappar, and it may afterwards have been used for horn in general.
Tribes dwelling near the sea used shells for the same purpose. Bib- lical Hebrew possesses two other words for the horn of some special animal, geren and yobel, which were originally applied to animals. It is interesting in this connection that Hebrew qeren, Latin cornu, and English horn are all used both for a wind instrument and for the horn of an animal.
*Cf. Capt. Meadows Taylor. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, Vol. ror, Jeals aly os 1aloy
THE CRUMP BURIAL CAVE,
(BLOUNT COUNTY, ALABAMA.)
By Frank Burns, U. 8. Geological Survey. i g y
This cave was discovered in the summer of 1840, by Mr. James New- man and some of his friends while hunting. It is located on the banks of the southern branch of the Warrior River, in Murpheys Val- ley, Blount county, Alabama, and is in the steep limestone cliffs where the river entered a gorge and left the valley. The entrance to the cave was about 400 feet above the stream and 50 feet below the plateau above. The opening into the cave was so small that a man could scarcely crawl into it. Procuring lights, the hunters entered the cave. They found it perfectly dry, the air pleasant and cool, and the rooms sufficiently large to accommodate the rather large party of young men. A short distance from the entrance was a room, which proved to be a “burial cave” of the aborigines. They found eight or ten wooden coffins of black and white walnut, hollowed or cut out of the solid, after the fashion of the “dugout” canoe. The coffins were sent to the Smithsonian Institution, where they have been restored as far as pos- sible, and are now exhibited in the department of prehistoric anthro- pology. Eight have been restored, and there are in addition many parts of coffins. The coffins are about 74 feet long, 14 to 18 inches wide, 25 inches thick, and 6 or 7 inches deep. They have been hol- lowed out by fire, aided by stone or copper chisels, or hatchets. Traces of the use of both implements are to be seen on the inside. The ends are open, as shown in Fig. 1 of the accompanying plate. (PI. UT.)
In proximity to the coffins were twelve or fifteen human skulls, and also a large number of human bones. These were scattered around, showing that there had been disturbance after burial, whether by beasts of prey or otherwise could not be determined. If there were bones of other animals, it was not observed or not reported.
’ There were five or six wooden trays—one was secured and sent to the
Smithsonian Institution. It is 18 inches long, 12 inches wide, 14 inches
thick at the bottom, reduced to thin edges at the top, and 3 inches deep.
Also six small wooden bowls, a fragment of one only being secured.
Scattered about, but near the skeletons and coffins, were found the 451
452 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
following objects: About 200 pounds of galena, some of the larger pieces being rudely grooved, similar to the aboriginal stone axes and mauls, as though for warclubs—casse-tetes ; a number of arrow and spear heads and other relics ; a small copper hatchet, a copper chisel about 5 inches long, and about twenty copper ornaments, most of these having small holes drilled as though for suspension ; six or seven large shells (Fulgar earica); some shell disks and beads and pieces of wooden matting about 6 inches square, made of bark or cane and much decayed. One of the copper chisels and some of the galena were in one of the coffins.
The opening of the cave was enlarged, and became a place of some celebrity, being visited by the citizens, neighbors, guests, etc., who carried away such things as suited their fancy. The skulls were car- ried away by doctors, and the beads were appropriated by the children, while others broke up the galena and carried it away for the purpose of making bullets.
The cave remained in this condition for twenty or more years. Dur- ing the war for the suppression of the rebellion, the cave was excava- ted for saltpeter, and was also a hiding-place for refugees. The coffins were badly damaged, as is shown by their present condition, but fortunately were not destroyed. How they could have escaped use as firewood is scarcely imaginable.
The late Rey. Willam Crump owned the land on which the cave was situated, and from whom it takes its name, and his family still owns it. They had in their possession a few years ago, a number of copper objects, a few stone implements, and two of the large shells, one of which was used at the blacksmith shop for pouring water on hot iron. I made effort to obtain these relics, but failed. They permitted me to visit the cave and collect the coffins and pieces there, which I hauled a distance of 30 miles to the railroad, and shipped them to the Na- tional Museum. I spent some time on different occasions in visiting this eave and talking to Mr. James Newman and others who discov- ered the cave, and obtained from them the facts which I have here re- corded and which I regard in every way as reliable. That the cave was a very old burial place is undeniable. :
There is a small mound at the foot of the bluff in the narrow river bottom, and around it a number of relics have been plowed up, one of which was a “stone wheel” with a groove around it, probably used as part of a machine for drilling holes in stone and copper.
About five miles north of the Crump Cave, on the mountain of lime- stone just beneath the overhanging cliff of Millstone Grit, I found and forwarded to the Museum an Indian ladder which stood against the precipice and had been used to mount or climb up to what the people call a “‘rock house,” 7. ¢., a large, roomy, dry place under overhanging cliffs of stone, probably used like the cave, for burial purposes. This ladder is the trunk of a cedar tree about 8 inches in diameter, is about
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Burns. PLATE Ci.
y } y ly
~
ag a = = Sstts
ee
~ S
See
SS a SSSR. ERAS ~ SNS SS WSAS SES
SS SSN
= ~
WERE
SSS NS
OBJECTS ILLUSTRATING PREHISTORIC BuRIALS. (Bronze age.) Fig. 1. Hollowed oak coffin, containing skeleton of a man. Fig. 2. Woman’s woolen dress found in oak coffin. Fig. 3. Detail of woman’s woolen dress.
U.S. National Museum.
we
(Treenhoi, Denmark.) (Borum-Eshoi, Denmark.) (Denmark.) A similar specimen in the (Cat. No. 136615.)
Pa Pe Tia a) i
", a
THE CRUMP BURIAL CAVE. 453
14 feet long, has 7 or’8 steps, 15 or 19 inches apart, made by cutting nto the tree a scarf about 6 inches high and 2 inches deep. Near the foot of the ladder, but out in the open air, was a rock mound of good size, from which some relics had been dug by parties hunting for buried Indian money.
There are many such houses in the coal measures, and they were used by the aborigines as dwelling or burial places. I have found human bones, and in one instance some beautiful arrow-heads, in a number of such places among the mountains. The aborigines would lay their dead away in rock crevices in wild and retired spots, and cover them with stones enough to protect them from wild animals and leave them in the “Eternal Silence.” [ have in some instances sent the bones to the Museum; in other cases I left them undisturbed. I have walked many miles for the purpose of making similar investiga- tions through the country formerly belonging to the Creeks or Musco- gees, when it was impossible to ride and dangerous even to walk.
In the year 1881 I visited the site of a former Creek Indian village in Brown’s Valley, Marshall Couaty, Ala. This was a village of friendly Creeks. They had helped Gen. Jackson in the war against their countrymen, and after peace was made, he removed and settled them on lands of the Cherokees until they were sent west of the Mis- sissippi. The early settlers told me that when one of the Creeks died, they buried him in a corner of one of the huts or wigwams, which in this village were small houses made of logs after the manner of the white settlers, and that when a person was buried in each corner of a hut, it was pulled down and removed to another spot. I had no means of verifying this report. In the Cherokee country they buried their dead in caves in some instances, but generally in the ground, like Americans.
REMARKS BY MR. THOMAS WILSoN.—While this method of coffin burial was unusual, if not unknown in the United States, yet there were similar burials among the prehistoric peoples of other countries. In the center of one of the display rooms in the great Prehistoric Mu- seum at Copenhagen stand two coffins, similar in appearance to those just described, made of the cloven and hollowed trunk of an oak tree (Pl. cr, Fig. 2). One came from Treenhoi and the other from Borum- Kshoi, Denmark. One contained the body of a man; the other that of a woman. The skeleton of the man had crumbled away; that of the woman was well preserved. From the remains of the clothing they have been able to reconstruct the garment of that period (PI. C1, Fig. 3). The material was wool, which had been closely spun, and was of the color known in the United States as “butternut”; whether that was the original color, or whether it had been changed by contact with the oak coffin, was not determinable. The garments consisted of a high cap, a wide, roundly cut mantle, a sort of tunic, pieces of wool which had probably covered the legs, while at the feet were
AD4 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
remains of leather or skin, which had possibly been shoes. The cap was without a visor, and it_and the garment were covered with a pro- jecting knotted thread, which hung down. The tunic was kept together with along woolen belt, which went twice around the waist, was knotted in front, and the two long ends hanging down were decorated with fringe. At his left side lay a bronze sword in a wooden sheath lined with skin. At the foot was a round wooden box containing a smaller box of the same kind, which, in its turn, contained an extra woolen cap, a horn comb, and a bronze razor. The bodies in both burials were wrapped in cow-hide. The woman’s coffin contained a bronze fibula, or safety pin, a bronze dagger with a horn handle, a spiral finger ring, two bracelets, a torque, and three round and beautifully decorated bronze belt plates of different sizes, with points projecting in the middle.
There is in the National Museum a square of the same cloth from a similar burial, obtained by myself at Frederichsund, a detail of which, the fiber and mode of weaving, can be seen as shown in Fig. 3 of the plate. In these cases the.coffins were different from those at Crump’s Burial Cave, the corresponding upper half of the tree trunk having been hollowed out and serving as a coffin lid.
The London Chronicle (1767) reports the opening of a mound (barrow) near Wareham, Dorsetshire, wherein was found a human burial in the hollowed trunk of an oak tree. The bones were wrapped in a covering of deer skins sewn together. And here was found what was consid- ered a piece of gold lace wrought into lozenge pattern. (Mrs. Bury Pallister, History of Jzace, p. 3.)|
peer |
MINUTE STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM INDIA,
By THomas WILSON, Curator of Prehistoric Anthropology.
The National Museum has become possessed of an extensive series of
“minute chipped stone implements from India. They were collected by
Mr. A.C. Carlyle, formerly of the Archeologic Survey, in the Vindhya hills or mountains in central and north-western India. They were ob- tained through the assistance of Mr. Charles Seidler, of London. The series comprises every condition of the implement, from the rude mate- rial, the nucleus or core, the flake—sometimes rude, often quite symmet- rical—and so on through the various steps, until is reached the finished chipped implement of every form. Their peculiarity, differing from other prehistoric implements, is their remarkably small size. The cores themselves are rarely more than an inch and three-quarters in length, and the blades are rarely more than an inch and a quarter or anich and a half—the majority of them are not more than an inch, while the finished specimen is frequently not more than five-eighths of an inch in length. Needless to say that all these flakes are of extreme thinness. The finished implements are of various forms—slim, almost needle-like, triangular, with a base, convex, straight or concave, quad- rilateral, trapezoid, rhomboidal; while the most delicate and _ finely finished are in the form of a crescent.
These various shapes are indicated in the figures on the accompanying plates, and the numbers of each kind belonging to the collection will be given in the list at the end of this paper. Plate Ci represents some of the implements by photograph. There is a marked difference between the two edges of the crescents. The crescent edge is thick and has been worked in to its present shape by the secondary chipping of the most minute kind, while the straight edge is the cutting edge, sharp and thin, just as it comes from the nucleus, and is without any secondary chip- ping. The material comprises all the variety of silicious rock jasper, chert, horn-stone, flint, agate, and chalcedony; some of them are rare and fine specimens. They belong to the neolithic period, although they are something new to its culture. The whole series bears the same im- press. The similarity of form and mode of manufacture, and their be- ing found in the same general locality, is evidence showing the same intention on the part of the makers, although we are quite in the dark
455
AD6 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
as to what that intention was. All varieties of small implements were found by Mr. Carlyle in the caves and rock-shelters among the Vindhya hills in places difficult of access and unknown to the ordinary traveler. Some of them were found in the alluvium at the mouth of the cave, where they had been washed out and were caught in slight ledges of the rock, after the fashion of washed gold in the rocking-cradle. Within the caves they were found in the upper strata, while immediately be- neath, but separated from them, were larger implements, different in size, kind, and style, and formed of indurated sandstone, hematite and chert. Crescent implements were found in grave mounds in the neigh- borhood of the caves, leading one to suppose that the inhabitants of the caves who made these implements built the mounds and here buried their dead. Mr. Carlyle, while agreeing that these implements belonged to the neolithic period, has found those belonging to the paleolithic period in the same locality, and believes that the evidence of the archeology of the district shows, contrary to the opinion held in regard to Western Europe, that there was no such hiatus between the paleolithic and neolithic periods, and that the series of implements run from one period to the other, their difference being accounted for by the general progress from the lower to the higher civilization. To this period of transition, Mr. Carlyle has given the name of ‘ mezo- lithic.”
It is not easy to determine the purpose of these small implements, especially the crescent, trapezoid, and scalene triangular, which have neither known prototype nor antetype. Some of the triangular and long-pointed ones might have served as arrow-heads. If they had been found on the California coast, they would, without doubt, have been thus attributed; but they are entirely different from any recognized arrow-heads in the Western Hemisphere. It has been suggested that they, or some of their kindred, might have been used for tattooing, but there is nothing more to favor this than its possibility and our ig- norance of their real purpose. Some of the smaller and straighter objects might have served as needles or perforators. A possible use akin to that of tattooing might have been that of the medicine man for bleeding or scarifying. One can scarcely understand any use possi- ble which should have required the infinite number of these implements or confined them to the one general locality.
There surely is not enough distinctiveness in these implements to induce the belief that they form a racial distinction.
Mr. Carlyle reports that on the walls of some of the caves at Morahua Pahar there were rude drawings of men and animals painted in red. They were of the usual character seen in pictographs of savage races, and the interest is increased by the fact that in these caves, and associ- ated with these implements, rude pottery was found, roughly orna- mented by incised marks which might have been made by some of these tlakes. ‘These pieces of pottery,” says Mr. Carlyle, ‘were rubbed
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Wilson. PLATE Cll.
A SERIES OF MINUTE PREHISTORIC STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM CAVERNS IN THE VINDYA HILLS,
INDIA.
Four-sevenths natural size.
Report of National Museum, 1892.—Wilson. PLATE CIll
CDE
MINUTE PREHISTORIC STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM CENTRAL AND SOUTHERN FRANCE.
Natural size.
MINUTE STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM INDIA. 457
down and smoothed by pieces of red hematite which had been brought from the laterite deposits.” There were also grinding stones with which this hematite might have been ground into a paste, such as would serve to decorate the walls. These implements have been found by other travelers—other archeologists, one might say. Mr. Rivett Carnac has found them in the Panda district and described them in a paper en- titled ““Stone Implements from the Northwest Provinces of India,” Caleutta, 1883. Sir John Evans has also described the discoveries of worked flints near Jubbalpur; in central India, in Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries, second series, Vol. 11. Prof. Haynes, of Boston, found some in Egypt; Bellucci found them in Tunis; the French army of occupation found them all along the northern coast. Adrian de Mortillet describes them in LZ’? Homme, Vols. 1 and 11, as from central and southern France. While those from France are similar to these now under discussion from India, yet it is to be suggested that they are not in sufficient number to be more than sporadic (Plate cit). Mr. Merejkowski found some of these in the Crimea near Kizilkoda, and has described them in his Premier recherche sur Vage de la pierre en Russie (St. Petersbourg, 1880). Whether these are of types sufficiently -pronounced and are found in sufficient numbers to have relation to the implements from India, I am unable to say.
CATALOGUE OF SMALL CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS FROM INDIA, SHOW- ING FORM, MATERIAL, AND LOCALITY.
Collected by Mr. A. C. CARLYLE.
CRESCENT-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS: No. Perfect: Morahua Pahar: Agate, chalcedony, chert -..............-....s<. 26 Broken at both ends: Morahua Pahir: Agate, chalcedony, jasper, chert .. 14 Some broken: Barkura, west of Morahua: Jasper, chert..........---..--- 13 Perfect: Partap Ganj: Agate............. ISRO ere on Cea a em eee nee 1 Perfect: Basari, east of Maihiar: Agate and chert. -.............-.......-- 2 Rude: Iathi, Riwa Territory: Carnelian, agate, chalcedony ........-.--.- i) Perfect: Barkura, west of Morahua Pahdr: Chalcedony ............------ 1
QUADRANGULAR: ‘
BaLicunaywest OteMorahua aaa: ACate -seess cess J. sce snes cece on aoe 1 UZ UGUA De CEA Masato LO Mac are see's ats) Sa sos ee eee ele Be ee ee Bae eee Si 1 TRIANGULAR: Bae eur arn © ail Ce Oyama tse yes = es pac sae Se Seer te ue A 3 MOrAn tas Pah any aen oaher| aS pOl ses Ae cen, se Seo eee yo sods ee 2 inikshn eyo cPahar: SAo a emma ae ey eno ns a Se waes aac Dawa as al Magardah Pahar, Mirzapur district: Agate ..........202.......---------cee 5 Hreldssnear Banda. Aa teresa res. ees oe oe ee See 1 Mieldsnear Banda: Agate, chalcedony, 22.22. -- 3... ... ic. -<c scc-c5-cee lene 3
LONG, NARROW-POINTED IMPLEMENTS WITH ROUNDED BUTT:
MMe ARIE AEA: SOA ALG 22: =o eaten oh see ei ea 2 A 1 Luloinlsigg TEST MN Seg. Gari a amma ee Sie 5-2. Ne I Se es ae are i> 1
au ose arene ere eee! | Poy ee eS ee un oye eS IMPLEMENTS WITH SLOPING END:
SEA eed one eNO Vee res ld. Sa Se es ok oe La cule os sae ceeseeae 6
Moretha Pahar: GHert ccc. cceccicaenes sata lerctonslant erste afats.<(sut sts aia yarns, e\se corals 2
458 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
IMPLEMENTS WITH SLOPING END—Continued., No Bankura: |Cherti. 22-222. se eee oe omer sss overs eee Sees 2 Chorwa Pahar; Laortya Dah. s. co ee ee ee eee a Bartap (Gays. o's.) a2 oleate petro ee ee ce a ee ge ae ey 2 Ef yee ee 1 Tathi; Riwa: Territory: Jasper sa -¢55s54 ee eee eee ce 1 Bields near Bandai. Cherts soy ee et ee Oe ere nee ie See ui Misir: Gaon, South of Naomi ie) ele ces ae a ae 2 Magardah, Mirzapur, dishmetreAe@ate: oo s.. <a eee ee cee ee 2 Morahua Pahar: Agate; chalcedony, etc ---.. 2-2 - oe eae aoe eee eee 13
DRILLS: ;
Likhneya Pabars Agate tose i 56 222554. 422 1s eee ee 2 Baghe Khor, West Bhains-awar: Moss agate, chalcedony...-.--.-.---------- Moretha Bahai s5 2c ease ne setae dad Sees eae les Oe oe eee 2 Moretha Pahars. 2sc2 coc sais se ots Seth See o ee ee ane eee ee ee 1 Bhagatpura near Hanumana: Jasper ........- ee eo e see Serine eee Cone eRe
CRIMPED-BACK FLAKES:
Morahua' Bahar: Arates Jasperrete. sees] esas eee ee ee ee eee 13
ROUND-ENDED IMPLEMENT:
MorahwaPahar: Aoater:22.: 23) 6622.4 eee S08 2 eee 1
POINTED IMPLEMENTS: fikhneya Pala: Ae abe: ues <n oe ee ee eee <= eee eee esse 5
ROUND-ENDED IMPLEMENTS:
DongasPahar, ieastlofs Satwa cca ec ee ee 4 Moretha Rahae: cA gahe 2s ae See rae peed ee eee 1 Amila Nala Bhains-awar: Agate....-.... Sid osiniiainis bic aecpne Sear ees Ree |
LONG POINTED IMPLEMENT: Morshua,,Panar ccc. 5-. facere cscs sentc os seh eat Serre Sane eee Cee 1
SMALL OVAL IMPLEMENTS: hieldsmeanBanda): Agate. chert ete q-sceenmse eee oe Renee eee 4
SMALL, NARROW IMPLEMENTS WITH FINELY WORKED POINTS:
Morahua Pahar: Agate, chalcedony, ete .......... Soa rc eyo a rte care ee 22
LONG, NARROW CURVED IMPLEMENTS:
Morahua Pahar: ‘Chalcedony, agate, ete-- 20.2.2 o 2. eee oes 2 eee eee 9
ROUNDED ENDS:
BhainssawarApate “20. Se, ccc nyecsccctac ones Or Sees aaa ae he ee ee 2
LONG, NARROW IMPLEMENTS:
Roundtends:;-MorahuasPahdr: Acate ase: se este aes ese eee eee eee eee 3 Two faceted with triangular section: Morahua Pahar..........------------ 2
SMALL IMPLEMENTS OF VARIOUS SHAPES:
Morahua Pahar: A’gate. chalcedony ....-... ae eee ee ate sc Se 14 Mields: near. Bands a2 sso2 eee ae Cae ee ee nee eee 7
SMALL FLAKES WITH MINUTE SECONDARY CHIPPING:
Barkura: Chalcedony 22. S22 cnc icece senha eco e nee ee See ee 1
POINTED IMPLEMENTS WITH SQUARE BACK:
Barkura: Chert.. - 20502 ook So ee ee 4 Nal0 2: ise ee ease eee BS Pare Bee ee een ere L eee Sees e 8
KNIFE-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS:
NATO ence Seen 2 ST Pa Ee a a epee ee eainees 3
LONG, NARROW IMPLEMENTS:
NATO 252 oe cine onc seee eee eA eee ee wists SSeesclSie Bramy a ainiays(steia veces 6
KNIFE-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS:
Moretha Pabar: Jasper, ete -foac5 eee eee eee aes sera- -is/seteereraers 6
LONG, THICK, AND NARROW IMPLEMENTS:
NOLO. S25 G)5s.c00ebince calc ceee see See eee Eee Eee or eienee ces 4
Cores:
MINUTE STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM INDIA. 459
LONG, NARROW PLAKES: No. Much chipped from use: Morahua Pahir: Agate, chalcedony, chert... .-...-- 56 A few chipped: Morahua Pahar: Agate, chalcedony -.......--.-.--...----- 12 A few chipped: Partap Ganj: Agate, chalcedony ---:----..---.-.-..-----..- 21 A few chipped: Markura: Chalcedony, agate, ete.-.....-....2...--+------- 30 FLAKES AND CHIPS: Very small; Morahua Pahaér: Agate, chalcedony, jasper.........-..-------- 35 Narrow; used as side scrapers: Logian Dari: Agate, jasper ...-....---.---- 3 Narrow; Phases of usage: Iogian Dari: Agate, jasper, chalcedony...--.--- 6 Long and narrow: Kachnar Ki Pahar:; Agate, chert, etc.......-.:.....---- 6 FLAKES: Long and narrow, mostly used: Moretha Pahar ..................-...----- 129 Long and narrow, mostly used: Barkura: Chert, agate............-...---- 12 Long and narrow: Suwara Khate, west of Katia Ghat, Southern Mirzapur Wistrichs. Chalcedony se-oan se ses. Sees A Wom sate ee ace ce eee eels 7 emai: Morahua Pahér: Chalcedony, agate, chert .....-:.----....--.------ 191 Small: Magardah, Mirzapur District --....--. Shots ee ers fone en Sor see 9 Smallieldsmear asada A Calera 62 Sey ies se ee el. eke 25 Small: Amila Nala, West Bhainssawar: Agate, ete... 22.5.5... 2s5.2---2- 4 Used: Magardah, Mirzapur District... - TSS Oe Se hens. eae mena eee 11 SCRAPERS: : Okhara Pahar; West Hanumana, north part of Riwa Territory .---------- 1 Balnathka Pahar, Mirzapur District: Chaleedony................-----.---- 6 Inky aye aha eNO oben one hemes iee ete Bees So at! eed J ee Saige tae 1 BN aInS-a ar otwOCKI CRY Stale Go 22 soe ben ' he htc, woes oes eee enier ec aus 1 BoOatT-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS: Bhacey nomen Veste bhaims-awelen sa seen eee Sena sa ee eet 2 WET RRO* NT TERN eegath ee SES Gor 8 pe A Ay AHR permed Apa 1 SPOON-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS: ANE O Reset a NOR Hetero reams ie eae SeARN 93. SP Nha SN SS OS Sesion 6 Saws (?): NERO SSS Sra SO ee ee ere Ee ee, eS SMe Ee ier area SL RM 2 LONG, CUTTING IMPLEMENTS: INS AEC oR GeO PSS trie te Soper GNESI eo ea eo a OR 4 )eirlhchina e type pe ait ates ee see eae oe ae ee beer NE os ne qo eno see U SCRAPER: Gusri> south of Maihinar 2-2-5 =.=... 2. - OSS ES Ros Ronee cope res ema sore 1 FLAKES USED AS KNIVES: LDU LS ND LGW Ee 771] Te ees ae Sa ene ea ea cae <a Nene eee Seek ee Te eS 3 INDIE) GS © oe ress RM fe Sag gd nee eg Re NCES 9 as Se PER ia Pil See 10 LSTLSTIGNS, TaVEPeiT" LB (1S ee See Snr ot ae ice rile MO Oa ae A gra ay Be 10 LARGE CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS: Wong ag ahairs Castors abi arene eh bee. eed eee See eg te eon or EE as 2 FLAKES POSSIBLY USED AS SCRAPERS: kath Riwa ‘Verritony. © baleedony., agate |. 4.5 soohs secs ioc a js2 See 19 EMEA = CNY, T's!) OC L esa eee ee Aes bara we Re Oa Se see 20 Mibinesouil of Naon': slasperse sors = 5 teeter ae ptewee ee 1" on Ee Be lee 9 Suwara Khate, South Mirzapur District: Quartz _....................----- 6 Ru Guch a Gr aia peme Soo. ) oe et Oe NORD Ren OSs ke ey ee ee 7 SCRAPERS: iS Acrehimnesit Ole sinh Valk 2 =. cis Sites Se ee Seen eee ese on oo ns 4 Chonwarkahariviuaoriya Dali tees ee ee oe Whe coe ee 2 Ra openemunwLeLLibOLy, ©. 5... tees oe es occ Sete obec tee toesne ob 6 Baghehor near bhains-awar> Jasper s--..j.- 5 .a-s26- 22 ene once eevee 3 GaGuiic Et tomy MenbiN AOe AON! RL Wal ste steaio= cs eo cece ce ce Sos dce eee 3
460
ScRAPERS—Continued.
Naws FLAKES:
Primari chipping: Primari chipping:
Some with second:
Large and small: Babura, Mirzapur District
Partap Ganj
Dhir
ry chipping: Barkura oD
N@rO. 2: eee ee eee Secondary chipping: Secondary chipping: Secondary chipping: Secondary chipping: Secondary chipping: Three or four faceted: Barkura
IBAGRIRS tee ae le yeliqingn as ea aseaseoee
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Chilahwa Nala; Riwa “Territonye=-asccee] peer een een ee eee
Hanumavi, Riwa Territory: Chalcedony
Large and small: Maro 2... 2-552 een Coleone eee Oe eee Large and small: Chorwa Pahari, Laoriya Dah---..---2------- --222----e
Large and smali: Large and small:
Long and narrow:
Long and narrow: Some Some Some
Some
Singhpur Patar Kachar
Nato s Soe ee ee ee Morahua Pahfr...-..--
Naro: Agate
Moranah Pahar
Long and narrow: Long
FLAKES AND SCRAPERS: Marpha
with secondary chipping: Kot Tirath, South Chilrakot: Agate... .... with secondary chipping: Moretha Pahar.-.....-....----.-.--.-.2-.- with secondary chipping: Rajapur: Agate, jasper with secondary chipping: Naro
Moréetha Pah are. : See Secs ce eee ee ee ee ee
Partap Ganj
Chilahwa, Nala, Riwa Territory Kodaila Pahar, west of Partap Ganj Naonka Pahar, north of Partap Ganj
KNIFE WITH SQUARE BACK:
POTTERY AND BONES: Baghe Khor, near
FLAKES WITH SECONDARY CHIPPING:
Fields near Band:
South of Kalinjar:
CORES:
Various localities: Agate, chert, chalcedony
Bhains-awar-ss ou... Agate, chert, etc. -.-- --
PALA OLITHIC (?)
SCRAPERS; LARGE, ROUGHLY CHIPPED:
River gravels of the Gawr Riwa: Jasper, chert, etc..-.--..-------- nacacoac
River gravels of the Nabada Riwa: Jasper, chert, ete -...- --..---.--- Beate FLAKES AND SCRAPERS, LARGE AND ROUGHLY CHIPPED:
Marphai: ‘Basalt: 2&2 22. 2. ice ee as Se eee eterereric ela.
Various localities ..---2.-- ee oe ola eiste nace STR ee eee ee ose acing vie Boner se THICK SCRAPERS:
Various localities: (Ghert, jaspery obe ceen aera eee
RUDE IMPLEMENTS:
Various) localities: (Chert. jasper ete es eae ee ee OS8e FLAKES:
Various localities: Agate, ete .........---.+-- a Reeosweeinsesiesew eee Sees
No.
No =
= CO set ce)
_ tm OD >
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS.
By R. W. SHUFELDT, M. D.
The only object of this paper is to bring together what is already well known in regard to the odlogy of North American birds, placing it before the ornithologist in a more condensed form than it is usually given and in a comparative way. The question of the variation in the matter of form and coloration of the eggs of the birds of this and other countries has interested the writer for many years, and in the light of our present knowledge of the relations existing between birds and reptiles, both in this age and the past ages of the world, I have often wondered at what the causes were that eventually brought about the variation in color and form of which I have just spoken.
So far as the writer is concerned, he is not aware of the discovery of the eggs of any of the now extinct forms of reptiles, either fossil or subfossil, and it is beyond all probability that we will ever know what the eggs of Archwopteryx, or any of the toothed birds of the Kansas Cretaceous beds (Hesperornis, Ichthyornis, and others), or, indeed, any of the smaller extinct types of Aves, looked like. We have in our possession but very little upon this subject. Of the extinct Dinornis of New Zealand, and of the ponderous _Hpyornis of Madagascar, also extinct, we have their eggs in a subfossil state, but except in the point of size they probably did not markedly depart from those of existing Ostrich types of birds (Struthionide) now living and most nearly related to them.
Allof the eggs of the common African Ostrich (Struthio camelus) that I have examined have been of a more or less ellipsoidal form, unitinted, and with hard, flinty, and externally polished shells.* Their peculiar mode of incubation is well known and has been faithfully described by Lichenstein.t During the breeding season a cock Ostrich associates
*North African Ostriches, strange to say, differ remarkably from those of the Cape of Good Hope birds, in so far as the eggs of the former haye a perfectly smooth, ivory-like surface, while those of the latter are rough-surfaced and dinted all over with minute punctures; yet no specific difference seems to obtain between the forms of the birds themselves from the two localities mentioned.
t Lichenstein, M. H. K.: Reise im siidlichen Africa, 1, pp, 42-45 (Berlin, 1812).
; 461
462 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
with four or five hens and the latter all lay their eggs in the same nest until some thirty are deposited. The male bird incubates during the night and the hens take turns during the day.
The main facts to bear in mind here are that the eggs average about 30 in number, are ellipsoidal in form, and are unspotted, being a yel- lowish-white in color, with a hard shell. The South American Ostriches (hea) essentially agree in these characters.* — We meet with exceptions, however, among the Ratite in the Cassowaries and Emus. The mode of incubation here is much the same as in the Ostriches, but Cassowa- ries (Casuaride) lay dark-green and rough-shelled eggs, while the Emus (Dromeid@) make a shallow nest in the ground, in which they lay from 9 to 13 eggs of a bluish-green to a dark bottle-green color; the period of incubation being eighty days, the cock bird performing the duty of hatching. Apteryx lays but a single egg two or three times a year. Itis enormous for the size of the bird, and is deposited in a hole in the ground. Authors differ in their opinion as to the question of incubation. Some hold it is performed by both sexes, while others contend that it is performed only by the female. The Ratite birds are, structurally, the most reptilian forms of the class Aves we have in ex- istence, yet were we to depend upon a study of their methods of incu- bation and their eggs it would be but an uncertain clew as to what we might be led to expect either in the higher groups of carinate birds, or in existing reptiles, or in extinct forms of either class, or finally, in lowly organized birds of other groups. We have the main facts, how- ever, that in the Ratite the eggs may ii number range from one to many; in color from yellowish-white to a green (never spotted or streaked, etc.); in form ellipsoidal (always?); and incubated by one or both of the sexes. Let us look at one or two other peculiar groups of birds and then pursue the subject in a different direction. In the case of the Penguins (/mpennes), they lay two white or greenish-white eggs in a rude nest on the ground or in a burrow, while, on theother hand, the Tinamous (Cryptwri) lay eggs which are “remarkable objects, curi- ously unlike those of other birds. Theirshell looks as if it were of highly burnished metal or glazed porcelain, presenting also various colors, which seem to be constant in the particular species, from pale primrose to sage green or light indigo, or from chocolate brown to pink- ish orange.”t
Incubation is performed by the male,i astrong Ratite character; nest ‘‘a mere scrape, insufficiently lined with a few grass-leaves.”§ Herr von Nathusius has further observed that the minute structure of the eggshell of a Tinamou “is quite different from that of the true Galli,
*Newton, A.: Art. ‘“Rhea,” Encyclo. Brit., 9th ed., Vol. xx, p. 506. t Newton, A.: Art. ‘‘Timamou,” Encyel. Brit., 9th ed., Vol. xxi, p. 403. ¢ Bartlett, Mr.: P. Z. §., 1868, p. 115, Pl. x11.
§ Hudson, Mr.: In Argent. Orn. y. 11, p. 210.
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 463
and more resembles that of apteryx.’”* In form they are more or less globular and completely opaque. This last-named character in the eggs of birds is a very interesting one to the student. Prof. Newton, who has thrown so much light for us upon the subject of avian odlogy, remarks upon this point that ‘In form, eggs vary very much, and this is sometimes observable in examples not only of the same species but even from the same mother, yet a certain amount of resemblance is usually to be traced according to the natural group to which the par- ents belong. Those of the Owls (Strigide and of some of the Picaria— especially those which lay the glossy eggs above spoken of—are often apparently spherical, though it is probable that if tested mathematic- ally none would be found truly so; indeed it may be asserted that few eggs are strictly symmetrical, however nearly they may seem so, one side bulging out, though very slightly, more than the other. The really oval form with which we are most familiar needs no remark, but this is capable of infinite variety caused by the relative position and proportion of the major and minor axis. In nearly all the Limicole and some of the Alcidew the egg attenuates very rapidly towards the smaller end, sometimes in a slightly convex curve, sometimes without perceptible curvature, and occasionally in a sensibly concave curve.
The eggs having this pyriform shape are mostly those of birds which invariably lay 4 in a nest, and therein they lie with their points almost meeting in the center and thus occupying as little space as possible and more easily covered by the brooding parent. Other eggs, as those of the Sand Grouse ( Pterocleid@), are elongated and almost cylindrical for a considerable part of their length, terminating at each end obtusely, while eggs of the Grebes (Podicipedide), which also have both ends nearly alike, but pointed, are so wide in the middle as to present a biconical appearance.t
The remarkable variation in both color and form of the eggs of many of our North American birds can nowhere be better studied and appre- ciated than is the splendid quarto (with its many beautifully colored plates), recently published by Capt. Bendire,i and in the treatises of corresponding magnitude of other authors, as those of Wolley, Thiene-
* Journ. fiir wissensch. Zoologie., 1871, pp. 330-355. Mr. Lucas, of the U. S. National Museum, tells me that the egg of Apteryx is white, and the shell like that of a hen’s egg.
tNewton, A.: Art. “Birds” Eneyel. Brit., ninth ed., vol. 111, p. 775. See also in this connection the valuable contributions to the subject by des Murs, Triaté général @Oologie ornithologique (8 vo. Paris: 1860).
{ Bendire, Charles: Life Histories of North American Birds, with special reference to their breeding habits and eggs, 12 lith., plates Washington, 1892. (U.S. Nat. Mus.) Special Bull. No. 1. The author of this superb work promises to produce in the future similar volumes treating of other groups of our birds. Those dealt with in the present installment are the gallinaceous birds, the Pigeons, and Birds of Prey, in which latter group he includes the somewhat heterogeneous assemblage of the American Vultures, the Falconidw, and the Owls.
464 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
mann, Hewitson, Brewer, of this country, Taczanowski, Lefevre, Bade- ker, and special memoirs in the publications of the learned societies.
With the information then upon the form of birds’ eggs in general given as above by Newton, and the facts that birds so low in the scale of organ- ization as the Ostriches, Emus, Cassowaries, Apteryx, Tinamous, and Penguins lay eggs varying all the way from 1 to 30, being either globular or ellipsoidal in form, white or unitinted in color, with highly polished shells or the reverse case, I turned to the odlogy of existing reptiles to ascertain if possible what its study would offer in contrast. With this in view I communicated with my friend Prof. Samuel Garman, of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy of Harvard College, and in his reply the following facts were kindly placed at my disposal.* That distinguished herpetologist, observes: ‘ All eggs of reptiles, so far as I know, are white. Those eggs with a limy covering are pure white; those leather-covered, without the lime, are sometimes dingy to yellow- ish, or flesh tinted. Marine tortoises lay spherical eggs. So, also, do various river tortoises, as Podocnemys of the Amazon. In species lay- ing ellipsoidai eggs individuals sometimes vary to the spheroidal, in the snapping tortoise (Chelydon) for instance. Some of the land or box tortoises lay a very small number of eggs, possibly the smallest among the reptiles. The largest number is attained by sea tortoises, species of which are said to lay more than 200 in aseason. The Crocodiloidea also lay large numbers. Some of the smaller lizards lay very few; the average will probably be smaller in lizards than in tortoises or snakes. The lizard’s eggs with which I am acquainted are all ellipsoidal in shape. A near approach to the spheroid is made in some cases, as Gonatodes, a small Geckoid. The greatest departure from the sphe- roid is seen in some snakes, as for instance Scatophis or Pityophis. Of tortoises or lizards I know none that incubate, though some of the lat- ter have acted as if keeping guard over the eggs until hatched. As you are aware various lizards and snakes hatch the eggs before extru- sion, being ovoviviparous. The pythons coil around the eggs to hatch them. Both ends of the reptile egg are usually alike; neither is pointed asina bird. The alligator, as you know, has a habit of nesting like that of the Megapodes of the birds.”
It is as well to remark at this point that, according to Wallace,t the
*Dr. Leonard Stejneger, curator of the department of reptiles, U. 8. National Museum, also sent me a letter on the same subject, for which I desire to express my thanks. Such information as he was able to furnish me, however, is contained in Prof. Garman’s letter, where the ground is more fully covered.
+Wallace, A. R., The Malay Archipelago, New York, 1869, p. 166. Upon pages 402 and 403 of this work the author also says of M. wallacei that it ‘‘ comes down to the seabeach to deposit its eggs; but instead of making a mound or scratching a hole to receive them, it burrows into the sand to the depth of about 3 feet obliquely downward and deposits its eggs at the bottom. It then loosely covers up the mouth of the hole, and is said by the natives to obliterate and disguise its own footmarks
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 465
Megapodes lay brick-red eggs, and Sharpe tersely remarks in his Classi- fication of Birds, ‘Nest none. Eges deposited in a mound raised by many of the birds in concert. Young hatched without the intervention of the parent bird, and able to fly almost from birth” (p. 68). It would seem then that in the nesting habits of the Megapodes, we see not a little to remind us of the corresponding habits in some ofthe reptiles. <Ac- cording to Gibson crocodiles “are oviparous, depositing their eggs, from 20 to 60 in number and inclosed in a calcareous shell, in holes made in the sand or mud of the river side, where they are left to be hatched by the heat of the sun, or asin the case with certain Ameri- can species, in hillocks formed by themselves which they hollow out and fill with leaves and other decaying vegetable matter, where the eggs are hatched by the heat generated in the decomposing mass.”* The very distinguished herpetologist, Prof. EK. D. Cope, also briefly writes me thus, his communication being dated Philadelphia, Decem- _ ber 15,1892: “As to reptile eggs I know of none excepting those of Croe- odilia, which are not elliptic and white. Tortoises lay more eggs than either lizards or snakes, so far as known. No incubation among rep- tiles is known to me excepting in the cases of Pythonid snakes. I must add that a great deal remains to be known on the subject.”
Among the CRACES the nest is placed in a tree, the eggs are white and two in number. (Sharpe, loc. cit., p. 68.)
With the facts that I have enumerated in the foregoing paragraphs at our command, we can next pass to the consideration of the oblogy of the various groups of birds occurring in the avifauna of the United States, and here, relying as I do upon the published works of authors, who are widely recognized as authorities in such matters, I find the greatest amount of variance in the descriptions. These differences of opinion refer to the number of eggs laid by any particular species of bird, to the coloration of the eggs, and to the questions of nesting and incubation. In cases where, from the rarity of specimens, or where the eggs of certain species are known to vary even in the eluteh laid by the same individual, and so on, there may be some excuse for this, but in cases where hundreds or even thousands of eggs of the same species have been examined by competent describers, it would seem that it is about time we had something like uniformity in description. This is only too frequently not the case, as the reader later on will soon discover.
Among our more lowly organized groups of birds stand the Divers (Urinatoroidea), and Grebes (Podicipoidea), related as they are to the
leading to and from the aes: by aieine many Pee acne and Macaine in the neighborhood. Itlays eggsonly at night. * * * All these birds seem to be semi- nocturnal, “ * The eggs are all of arusty-red color, and very large for the size of the bird.”
* Gibson, John, Art. ‘‘Crocodile,” Encyel. Brit., 9th ed., vol. v1, p. 593.
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2 30
466 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
extinct toothed-birds of the genus Hesperornis,* and yet their nidifiea- tion is not as indicative of reptilian affinity as is that of some of the higher groups. Of course it is not at all likely that we. shall ever know what the eggs of any of the toothed birds looked like, or much less what their breeding habits were, but it is fair to presume that it dif- fered in important particulars from existing Pygopodes. I am of the opinion, however, that all the early reptiles and reptile-like birds laid white eggs, of either an ellipsoidal or of a spheroidal form, and they were not hatched by the parents. In number they may have been few or many.
Authors appear to be agreed that with respect to the Grebes they build a nest of rushes and sedges, etc., which to a greater or less extent floats upon the surface of the water in ponds and marshes among the reedy growths there occurring. They differ, however, in their descrip- tions of the eggs. Newton says their eggs have “a chalky white shell almost equally pointed at each end;”.+ Ridgway states “eggs 2 to 5, | dull white, bluish-white, or very pale bluish-green,” while Coues observes that “the eggs are more numerous than in other pygopdous birds, frequently numbering 6 to 8; elliptical, of a pale or whitish color, unvariegated; commonly covered with chalky substance.i Dr. Sharpe, in his Classification of Birds, says the eggs are white,§.but does not mention the number laid by members of this group. Both in form and color, then, Grebes’ eggs remind us of reptiles’, which is not the ease in either particular with the Divers. Here we find according to Coues that the Colymbide “lay two or three dark-colored spotted eggs in a rude nest of rushes by the water’s edge” (loc. cit., p. 789), while Ridgway declares the eggs to be but two, ‘ elongate-ovate, deep brown or olive, latter sparsely speckled or spotted with dark brown and blackish” (loc. cit., p.7). Sharpe says nothing about their being spotted, but that they are two in number and of a “dark olive-brown” (loe. cit., p.7). The eggs of these birds are probably spotted and the fact is an important one, as it is not only a point of difference between their eggs and those of the Grebes, but in that particular they differ from the eggs of any known reptile. They are the first eggs that have markings on them that we meet with among the lower groups of our birds. The difference in form is equally important, as it is likewise the first departure from the reptilian ellip- soidal or spheroidal form of egg, it being in the Divers larger at one end than it is at the other.
The TUBINARES is another group wherein we find the birds laying, as arule, an ovate or subovate egg that may be spotted or pure white.
“Shufeldt, R. W., Concerning the taxonomy of the North American Pygopodes, based upon their osteology. Jour. of Anat. and Phys., vol. xxv1, Lond., 1892, p. 199.
tArt. ‘‘ Grebe,” Encycl. Brit., 9th ed., Vol. x1, p. 80.
{Ridgway, Robert: A Manual of North American Birds, 1887, p. 4. For the’ American Eared Grebe this author gives “ eggs four to eight” (p. 6).
Coues, E. Key to North American Birds, 1884, rey. ed., p. 793.
§ Loc. cit., p. 71.
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 467
The following table compiled from Coues’s Key (rev. ed.) and Ridg- way’s Manual will fairly present the odlogical characters of this group.
Oblogy of North American Tubinares.
Species, ete. Coues. | Ridgway. Gonerais characters, the) “Albass|- 5-15. 25.c2 scesceccecce cocs ce ce ees | Egg single, ovate or elliptical trosses. ;
| ovate, white, sometimes speckled or sprinkled on large end with | reddish brown (p. 50).
1 DUAN DAT GT Resa EO AS Eee ..., Single egg, on the ground, near- |
ly equal ended; white; both |
sexes incubate.
PARDEE Ca ILLUFUNOS Der oj ane <a) sralale wie role = civic cinta cers eae ote ae eee = | Egg white, minutely sprinkled with brown on larger end (p.53). PROCELEAHIND disses Noe sete ees | eke ace oe wiceceee aise shat cee clae ee Egg single, white (unless adventi-
tiously stained) (p. 53). Fulmarus gtactalis.....2........ Egg single, white, with rough brittle shell, resembling a | hen’s egg in size and shape (p. 778). Pufinus pufinus. (Manx Shear- | Egg single, dead white, smooth, |
*
water.) 2.09 < 1.60 (p. 786). | Oceanodroma leucorhoa, Leach’s | Egg single, white; nest in bur-.
Petrel. rows in the ground (p. 781). |
Passing next to the Auks (ALC 4) we find Dr. Sharpe briefly referring to them as follows: ‘“* Egg single, white when in a burrow, otherwise of varied and beautiful color and markings when laid on a rock” (loc. cit., p. 71), and Coues states it differently, inasmuch as he says “ eges few or single, plain or variegated” (Key, p. 797.) Ridgway agrees with Sharpe, declaring the ‘egg single,” though “variable as to form and color” (Manual, p. 8). Coues, in describing the egg of Alle, again finds an exception to Sharpe’s diagnosis, for he says the ‘single egg” laid by that bird is pale greenish-blue (Key, p. 811), but confirms his state- ment given above that Auks lay more than a single egg, in his deserip- tion of Uria grylle, and he remarks of that species, the Common Black Guillemot, that the “eggs, 2 to 3, sea-green, greenish-white or white, spotted and blotched most irregularly with blackish-brown, and with purplish shell markings” (Key, p. 815). According to this authority then an Auk may lay as many as 3 eggs, and another species may lay a blue unmarked egg. The Great Auk, probably now extinct, and one of the most ancient types of the suborder ALC a, laid, as we know, a single egg, which was a milk white, spotted and blotched with dark brown. In form the eggs of Auks assume some modification of the ovate, but are never ellipsoidal or spheroidal. We take it then, judg- ing from such premises, that these birds stand much higher above the reptiles than do any of the Ostrich types. It would seem that this sub- ject will bear its share of thorough revision, for as I write these lines I ascertain through the kindness of Capt. Bendire, who has kindly given me access to the superb collection of birds’ eggs of the U.S. National Musem, that Alle alle normally lays 2 eggs, and that they are of a very pale greenish-blue, almost white. They are very uniform, both in form and color, and the collection contains eight or ten sets of them. This
468 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
does not fully agree with either the statements of Coues or Ridgway; and we find similar discrepancies in the next suborder or the LONGI- PENNES, as the subjoined table clearly shows.
Odlogy of Longipennes.
Species, etc. Coues. Ridgway. General description ........ Eggs, generally 3, light-colored, | None given. (Manual, p. 20.)
with numerous heavy dark | blotches. Niditication normally terrestrial. (Key, pp. 733, 774.)
EXCMUD SUVUU sie ore na snr Eggs 3, * * * ‘brownish-olive, | Eggs 2-5, * * * deep olive | sparsely splashed with brown. (varying in intensity, however), 1.75 X 1.25. (Key, p. 753.) rather indistinetly spotted or
blotched with brown. 1.78 1.26.
(Manual, p. 38.)
Sterna antillasem. (Least | Eggs, 1,2, or 3in number; ground | Eggs 2-4, white, buffy white, or Tern.) s | color, varying from pale clear Duff, “spotted with brown or pur-
greenish to dull pale drab, plish gray. 1.28 x 0.91. (Man-
speckled all over’ with small ual, p. 46.)
splashes, ete. 1.20 to 1.30 x 0.99. |
(ey, p. 767.) |
Rhynchops nigra ......------ Eggs 3 in number, pure white, | Eggs 2-5, white, buffy white, or spotted and splashed with dark | ‘pale buff, marked with large browns and blackish, and pale | bold spots of rich dark or deep neutral tint. (Key, p. 773.) | brown,and smaller,fainter spots
of purplish gray. (Manual, p. 49.)
Gulls, Jaegers, Terns, and Skimmers (Rhynchops) all lay eggs of some form of the ovate or “short” ovate. Chionis minor, it may be inter- esting to know in this connection, “lays 2 or 3 eggs,”* which accord- ing to Dr. Kidder differ much in color, the general tint, however being a café au lait, irregularly blotched with several shades of dark sepia- brown, chiefly near the larger end; but according to Dr. Sharpe the blotches are of a ‘‘purple” color (loc. cit., p. 72).
As we know, among the Limicola, the eggs are generally four in number, with a ground color of some shade of buff or olive, more or less spotted and blotched, and of a pyriform shape. The markings are commonly of some shade of brown, almost black in some instances, or purplish. Coues, in his ‘‘ Key,” ignores the eggs of a great many of the limicoline birds, including such interesting forms as the Woodcock, Oyster Catchers, and Turnstones. The study of the odlogy of this group is important, for ‘Perhaps the greatest scientific triumph of odlogists lies in their having fully appreciated the intimate alliance of the Limicole (the great group of Snipes and Plovers), with the Gavie (the Gulls, Terns, and other birds more distantly connected with them), before it was recognized by any professed taxonomist, L’Herminier, whose researches have been much overlooked, excepted ; though to such an one was given the privilege of placing that affinity beyond cavil” (Huxley, Proc. Zobl. Soc., 1867, pp. 426, 456-458; cf. Ibis, 1868, p92) 4
If for our present purposes we include in a suborder (HERODIONES) the Tbises, the Storks, the Herons, pee ee and their natural
es 86
wager i Jats syle Wipe Sy Nae Mus. No. 3, 1876, Dae t Newton A., Art. ‘‘ Birds,” Encyl. Brit., p. 773.
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 469
allies, we have an interesting group, presenting a number of peculiarities in their ojlogy. Dr. Sharpe says of the Ibises (‘ Platalew”) that in Platalea the eggs are “ greenish-white” with spots, while in bis they are “oreen” (l.¢., p. 75). Now, Coues makes the statement that the eggs of our American Spoonbill (Ajaja) are usually 3 in number, ‘nearly elliptical and white” (Mey, p. 652), while Mr. Ridgway gives an entirely different description of them when he says that they are ‘ovate, white, or buffy white, blotched, spotted, and strained with various shades of brown” (Man., p. 123).
A similar confusion of description is extended to the eggs of Ibises, Coues says the eggs of the Glossy Ibis (P. falcinellus) are ovoidal in shape and “greenish-blue” in color (Key, p. 649), while Ridgway re- marks that both Glossy Ibis and White-faced Glossy Ibis lay eggs of a ‘¢plain greenish verditer blue” color (Manual, p. 114); and Coues says the last-named species lays green eggs, 3 or 4, rarely 5 in number (Key, p. 651). Ridgway states that both the White Ibis and the Scarlet [bis (G. alba and rubra) lay eggs that are “greenish-white, buffy, or pale brownish, stained, blotched, and spotted with brown” (Manual, p. 123). Coues describes the eggs (5 in number) of G. alba as being of a “dull, chalky white, blotched, and spotted with pale yellowish and dark red- ish-brown” (Key, p. 651). When Dr. Sharpe in his description said the eggs of the [bis were “green,” as cited above, he must have referred to the Glossy Ibis, and not the Sacred Ibis (Plegadis faleinellus and not Ibis ethiopica), though he says “ Ibis.” Newton observes that the eggs of the Sacred Ibis ‘“‘are of adingy white, splashed, spotted, and speckled with reddish-brown;” and further remarks of the Glossy Ibis (P. falei- nellus) that “one of the most remarkable things about this species is that it lays eggs of a deep sea-green color, having wholly the character of heron’s eggs, and it is noticed that it often breeds in company with herons, while the eggs of all other [bises, whose eggs are known, re- semble those of the Sacred Ibis.” (Art. “Ibis,” Eneyl. Brit., v. x1, p. 607.)
Tantaius loculator, according to Coues, lays “eggs 2 to 3, elliptical in contour, shell rough, with flaky substance; color white (Key, p. 653), while Ridgway contends that the eggs of this bird are “ usually more or less stained, in streaks, with pale brownish.” (Manual, p. 125.)
Mr. Ridgway says that all our North American Herons (Ardea, Nycti- corax) lay ‘plain, bluish-green eggs, varying in depth of color” (/. ¢., p. 128); Sharpe remarks that the eggs of the Arde@ are “ generally blue” (l. c., p. 75); while Dr, Coues pretty thoroughly covers the ground for the Herons when he observes that they “are altricial, and generally nest in trees or bushes (where their insessorial feet enable them to perch with ease), in swampy or other places near the water, often in large communities, building a large, flat, rude structure of sticks. The eggs vary in number, coincidently, to some extent, with the size of the species; the larger Herons generally lay 2 or 5, the smaller kinds 5 or 6; the eggs are somewhat elliptical in shape and usually of an unvyarie-
470 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
gated bluish or greenish shade.” (Key, p. 656.) When we come to the
Bitterns, however, a peculiar difference is to be noted, and the descrip-
tion of their odlogical characters are set forth in the subjoined table: Eggs of American bitterns.
Species. Coues. | Ridgway. Botaurus lentiginosus .....--- Nests on the ground; eggs, 3-5; | Eggs pale olive-drab, orp ale isa- brownish-drab, with a gray (not bella color. 1.88 x 1.43. (Man-
green) shade. 1.90 to 2.00 x 1.50. | ual, p. 126.) Key, p. 664.) |
33, Gi scabeges. saossenscsss Eggs, 3-5, elliptical, white, with | Eggs white, or greenish-white. faintest tinge of bluish 1.92 x 1.20 X 0.93. (U. ¢., p. 127).
1.22 (1. c., p. 665).
If the Bitterns are to be considered as a subfamily of the Ardeide (Ardew Sharpe), it can not be truly said that all the representatives of such a group lay blue eggs.
More uniformity seems to exist among authors in their descriptions of the eggs of the Cranes, Rails, and their allies (suborder PALUDI- cOoL#). Selecting the works [ have thus far consulted, we find the fol- lowing characters variously given:
Oology of the Paludicole.
x . | ° Species, ete. Coues. Ridgway. aa? aye eee ee | 2s Cranes (G78) laa eelnlela= lan Nest on the ground; eggs few (p. | Eggs pale olive or olive buffy, 666). spotted with brown, reddish- : ; | brown, and purplish-gray. Grus americana .............| Eggs 2 (or 32) 3.75 X 2.65 light | Size 4.04 x 2.50.
brownish-drab, rather sparsely marked, except at great end, with large irregular spots of dull choe- olate brown, with paler obscure shell- markings; shell rough, with numerous warty elevations and punctulate (p. 667).
(Eggs 4-7 (sometimes as many as
AT CATS TE eee Oe | ere tera ee eee eee ene ee er || 15? (2.32 x 1.70, pale dull buff,
Gi nn \¢ spotted, daubed, and stained
A®igiganteus JJ. 22222. eee [oon cc testes ee tee sees sc ee see reece eee ‘| with brown and purplish- gray (p. 186).
TROUAS See ee ee net tere | The eggs are numerous, generally | Eggs6-15, white, butfy white, dull
| variegated in color (p. 670). | butt, or pale brownish-buff, rather
sparingly spotted and speckled with rusty brown and purplish- gray (p. 137).
Porzana noveboracensis .---- - | Eggs about 6, rich, warm buffy- | Eggs 6or more, creamy-buff dense- brown, marked at the great end ly sprinkled and speckled on with a cluster of reddish-choco- | larger end with rusty brown (p. late dots and spots (p. 674). eee 4.0)
OCIA TE AAC SARA ae O sors HOSasa| |danoooo sdcacinn sonabagacomeunspoeLgse .. Eggs about 11, light-buff or pale
olive buff, spotted longitudinally with cinnamon brown or rusty | and purplish gray (p. 140). Lonornis martinica .......--- Not recorded (p. 676) ............-. | Eggs 6-10, pale cream color or creamy white, speckled (some- times, also, sparingly spotted), chiefly around larger end with brown and purplish gray (p. 141).
| |
Gallinula galeata ...........- Nidification exactly that of the | Eggs 8-13; buff, pale buff, brown- coot (p. 675). ish-buff, or buffy brown, sparse- ly spotted with dark brown (p. /entany Falica americana ......-....- Eggs about a dozen, broad, shaped | Eggs 6-12, pale dull buff, finely like an average hen’s egg, clear dotted or sprinkled with brown- clay color, uniformly and mi- ish- black and purplish- gray,
nutely dotted with dark brown, 1.91 X 1.32 (pp. 141, 142). the spots usually mere pin-heads, sometimes large blotches. 1.75 to 2.00 long by 1.20 to 1.35 broad (pp. 676, 677).
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 471
From what this table shows it would appear that in so far as their odlogy seems to indicate, the Cranes and Rails are not very intimately related and I find Dr. Sharpe, in his Classification of Birds, placing them widely asunder, though he retains the * Arami” with his GRUT- FORMES (order XIX), and the “ Podice” with the RALLIFORMES (Order X). Dr. Gadow retains them both in GRUIFORMES. (P. Z. 5S. 1892, pp. 244, 245).
Our next group is the STEGANOPODES, and I find considerable differ- ence of opinion exists not only as to the number of eggs normally laid by steganopodous birds, but as to the general character of those eggs. Coues, in presenting the odlogy of the group, says: “The eggs are very few, frequently only one, usually if not always plain-colored, and inerusted with a peculiar white chalky substance” (p. 719).
THE SULID#A.
DIE SHATP ew sees 2. ests ors Egg, 1 only, white, with a chalky texture (p. 77). DTC OUCS Ee 2 Nees See ese Egg, generally single, is plain in color, and inerusted with a caleareous matter (p. 720). (Sula bassana) 222 5- ---- Egg, single, pale, greenish-blue, flaked over with white chalky substance (p. 720). Mr. Ridgway (Sulide) ..-.--- Eggs 1-2, elliptical or elongate-ovate, chalk-white
superficially, but beneath the caleareous crust pale greenish-blue (p. 75).
THE PHALACROCORACID®, Dr. Sharpe (in the Anhin- (OU) he ee See eee ee Eggs four, white or light-blue, with a chalky texture Gendins Dr. Coues (not including the TURE Ss pa OE oes eee Eggs are commonly two or three, of elliptical form, and pale greenish color, overlaid with a whit? chalky sub- stance (p 726). Mr. Ridgway (not including the Anhingide) .......---- Eggs 2-5, elongate-ovate, pale bluish green, with a more : or less continuous white chalky erust (p. 77). Dr. Coues (Plotus anhinga)..Eggs 3-4, like cormorant eggs in color and texture, but narrow and elongate (p. 730).
THE PELECANIDE.
1D rs SER ie eeeocon. eHeoeaed Egg, one only, white with a chalky texture (p. 77). ID Ye, (COnies (W2e TET jan sec Eggs 2-3, white, chalky, elliptical (p. 723). Mr. Ridgway (Pelecanus).... Eggs 1-4, oval, ovate, or elongo-ovate, with rough
chalky shell, pure white, but usually much blood stained (p. 81).
THE FREGATID® (Frigate birds).
1OkR) SIMO eee ee Egg only one, white, much smoother than those of Sula (Ga TiO) Dr. Coues (Tachypetes aqui- 1) 5e SSAC ee ese Eges 2-3 in number, are greenish-white, with a thick
smooth shell. 2.90 x 2.00. (P. 731.) Mr. Ridgway (Fregata QQwUild) jx cay sary Stae s xi « Eggs (usually only 1), pure white, oval, ovate, or elongo- ovate. 2.701.838. (P. 83.)
472 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Dr. Coues makes no record of the characters of the egg of Phaéthon in his “ Key” (pp. 731, 732), but Ridgway describes the egg of the genus (common char.) as ‘‘egg ova‘e, dilute claret-brown or whitish, speckled, sprinkled, spotted or blotched with deep claret-brown” (p. 74). Dr. Sharpe says of his Phaethontes, “Egg, one only ; mottled reddish-brown” (p. 76). This is a curious departure from the steganop- odous birds generally, and so far as it goes, reminds us of the Longi- pennes in color, that is being spotted, but Steganopodes, in being but one of them laid.
Prof. Newton says Sula bassana lays only a “single egg” with ‘a white shell of the same chalky character asa Comorant” (A. N., Art. “Gannet,” Eneyl. Brit., vol. x, p. 71), but that Pelecanus, or the Pelicans, lay “‘2 eggs commonly” (Art. Pelican,” loc. cit., vol. xv1, p.475). Here certainly authors do differ most widely. Dr. Sharpe declaring that Pelicans lay but “one egg only.” Prof. Newton says two, and Ridg- way says they lay as many as four.
A similar diversity of opinion appears to be extended to the odlogy of the representatives of the next group of birds, the ODONTOGLOSS &.
Prof. Sharpe says the Flamingoes lay a ‘single white egg” (Ll. ¢., p. 76), while most other authorities claim the clutch consists of tio for those birds. Ridgway says “ eggs [not how many] are pure chalk- white and of an elongate ovate, or cylindrical ovate ” form. (Manual p. 121.) Possibly he may mean tivo or more.
Dr. Coues is positive about it when he observes for Phaenicopterus ruber, “ Kegs 2, 3.25 2.10, with thick shells, roughened with white flaky substance, bluish when this is scraped away” (p. 679). Flamin- goes’ eggs have been known for a long time, and Newton, quoting Dampier, observes* that these birds ‘never lay more than two eggs and seldom fewer.”
Coming next to the Swans, Geese, Ducks, and their allies (ANSERES), the statements are more uniform in character, and the general one of Dr. Coues “the eggs are usually of some plain pale color, as greenish, drab, or creamy; the clutch varies in number, commonly ranging from half a dozen to a dozen and a half” (p. 681); or that of Dr. Sharpe, “eggs numerous, creamy buff, or greenish white, or pure white” (p. 76), will probably cover the ground. Our Swans lay from 2 to 5 eggs, rough- shelled, and of a dull white color (Coues), while among the Geese we find Philacte canagica lays 5 eggs, which are white, ‘‘ with fine pale brown dotting, giving a general pale dirty brown color,” and Branta canaden- sis lays as many as ‘5 to 9, ellipsoidal, smooth, pale dull greenish” (Coues, pp. 686-688). The number becomes still greater among the Ducks, and our American Wigeon (M. americana) often lays as many as 12 eggs of a ‘dull pale buff” color, and the little Buffle-head (C. albeola) as many as 14, they being of an ellipsoidal form and of a “butty-drab tint (between greenish-olive and rich creamy-white”
“Newton, A.: Art. ‘‘ Flamingo,” Encycl. Brit. vol. 1x, p. 286, cites Dampier, New Voyage round the World, ed. 2, corrected, vol. 1, p. 71, London, 1697.
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 473
(Coues, p. 706). Eider Ducks also lay from 8 to 10 drab-colored eggs, and the Mergansers lay about an equal number—they being white in the Hooded Mergansers (1. cucullatus) (Ridgway). Swans and Geese, then, as a rule, lay the fewest number of eggs, and certain varieties of the smaller species of Ducks the greatest number, and at least one an- serine bird lays spotted eggs (P. canagica—the Emperor Goose). When we come to examine the odlogy of the great Columbo-gallina- ceous group, one well represented in the avifauna of the United States, it is possible to make the comparisons quite extensive, owing to Ben- dire’s exhaustive labors, as seen in his fine quarto volume already spoken of at the beginning of this paper. ‘This I shall endeavor to do in a table, incorporating also the observations of Dr. Coues and Mr.
Ridgway, and giving the majority of the species of the two suborders
(Galline and Columba):
Odlogy of American Galline.
[Pagination after Dr. Coues’s name refers to “Manual,” and after Bendire’s his ‘
A.O.U. ‘“Checklist.’’]
Groups, species, ete. | Dr. Coues.
his “Key” (rev. ed.
1884), ‘Life Histories of North American Birds.”
after Ridgway’s to his Nomenclature of
tidgway.
3endire.
| Eges white, pyriform, numerous (Ortyx. p. 589).
Colinus
Eggs colored; a mina- ture of the rufiled grouse’s, only distin- guished by smaller size (p. 591).
Eggs 10-12-16, elliptical than coni- eal, white, minutely freckled with butt (p. 594).
Oreortyx pictus
Callipepla squamata.. -
OM AMDT Ep sae CHS BAAOae Nob miventss-cc.ssse- = sc
Eggs creamy-buff, fine-
Dendragapus obscurus. ly freckled all over
with chocolate-brown, | seldom with any large
spots (p. 579).
Eggs very characteris- tic, from creamy white to creamy buff, usual-
| ly immaculate, some- | times minutely dotted,
etc.; pyriform (p. 585).
| Eggs very heavily col- ored, with bold con- fluent blotches of in- tense burnt-sienna color, upon a more or less reddish-tinted buff ground (p. 586). Pale greenish-gray, with sometimes a glaucous bloom, usu- | ally unmarked, some- times very minutely dotted (p. 584),
Bonasa wmbellus
Lagopus
Tympanuchus......----
with brown
rather |
Eggs numerous (12 to upward of 20), pyri- form-ovate, white, | usually more or less stained (adventitious- ly?) with hight brown (p. 187).
Eggs cream color or creamy buff, varying
in depth of color | | (p. 190). Eggs white, buffy
white or pale buffy, |
usually more or less
distinctly sprinkled or | speckled with brown |
| (p.191).
Egg (identification very doubtful) plain
| white (p. 194).
Eggs 8-15, buffy or pale brownish, sprinkled, speckled, or more rare- ly spotted with dark brown (p. 194).
Eggs 6-10 or more, buffy, usually plain, some- times speckled with brown (p. 197).
Eggs about 10-16, more | or less heavily spotted | or marbled with dark brown or black on a |} buffy or light-rusty ground (p. 198).
| olive, ete. (p.
or dull buffy, 202).
| Number
Eggs 8-12, light drab, |
Eggs varying from 12-18; in form from round ovate to subpyriform in shape; are dullwhite in color, slightly glos- sy, sometimes stained with grass or soil (pp. 4,6). C. virginianus.
| Same as Ridgway.
Shape short ovate; re- semble unmarked eggs of rutted grouse (p. 14).
ranges from 9-16. Lusterless; pale buff; markings sharp, small, brown to fawn, equ ally distributed (p. 21).
Eggs 10; rather glossy, white; generally ovate in form (p. 40).
Eggs average 8-12; ovate in shape; pale cream to cream butt; more or less spotted over entire surface with fine dots of chest- nut-brown (p. 49).
Eggs 8-14, average 11, ovate or short ovate, milky white to pinkish buff, occasionally finely speckled, ete. (p. 63).
| Eggs average 11-16, ovate to elongo-ovate, cream color to reddish butt, some specimens heav- ily marked with con- fluent blotches and markings (p. 74).
A474 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Odlogy of American Gallinw—Continued.
Groups, species, ete. Dr. Coues. Ridgway. Bendire. ——. ———-- a _ - — - - _ — - Centrocercus .....-----. | Essentially agrees with | Eggs 6-15, varying from | Essentially ditto. | Ridgway. pale olive buff tolight
olive greenish, speck- led, sprinkled, ‘or spot-
ted with deep brown |
| (p. 205). Meleagris... ~S-inie soe lNObigiviensereceecisa ce Eggs 10-18 ormore, light | The ground color varies | buffy, thickly (but from pale creamy white | sometimes indistinct- to creamy buff (p, 116).
ly) speckled or sprin- kled with brown (p. 206).
Ortalis vetula macealli.| E ges generally 3, With |...... iy eee eH neice Sere Do. a “thick, eranular, and | : very hard shell, like a | guinea fowl’s, oblong, oval, buff-colored, i | creamy white, large | | for the bird (p. 573). | COLUMB2. Columba fasciata ...--- Eggs 2, equal-ended, | For the family Colwm- | Large for size of bird; ‘white, glistening (p. | bide. Eggs 2, plain | * * pointed ellip- 565). | white or “butty white tical ovate, pure white, (p. 210). glossy (p. 127). Ectopistes migratorvus .| Kegs 1 or 2, equal-end- |.---:....-....---.---- ---- Eggs 1 or 2, elliptical ed (p. 566). ; oval, pure white, slightly glossy (p. 138).
ALOT NOSTRIN Syn A Ao8 shoes occ. MOE oe Peers siecle cetets Ist carn oiaveea tara tetas mr terse emeeee Eggs 1 or 2, pure white, ‘oval or elliptical oval, or elliptical ovate (p.
| 142). ZETA eee een | NOtiPivien. ost ns cc oa lsio eects ie ooanscecnmentrsas Eggs 2, pure white and oval, more rounded than pigeons usually are (p. 144). ENG DT oe ee Not civenjo-c-e es eee RepSpertonoreoas ar sana Eggs 2, elliptical oval, eream buff, glossy (p. 145).
MelOp eas annie as == Eggs 2, white orcreamy |.....-. --.-- stlare) Sisters coeeies Eggs 2, seldom 1; when
(p. 569). fresh a rich creamy
| tint; as incubation ad- vances fades to a dull | dead white (p. 147),
Oolumbigailina, Scar- |...----.---------=------=- pean to cisise (este eee aise Eggs 2, white.
dafella. Geotry Gon Manrtinica sealiscde snes tee ee eee ere ee ee eee ee eee Coe Not known SLOT CONOR ears eee ee ee oe ead ec ese ee | = SEES sean peat ese Not positively known
As will be seen from this table, and as has long been known, the eggs of the Fowl] series differ very materially from those of the Colum- bine series of birds. In this connection I quote the following from Dr. Sharpe: “As far as their osteology goes the sand grouse are very columbine, and had they oceurred in a fossil state only they would probably have been placed in the Columbe. * * * Nest none. Eges three, double-spotted, equally rounded at both ends. Nestling Galline. Young clothed with down like the young of a Partridge, but more variegated with white tufts.” (Class of Birds, p. 69.)
Among the Cathartide and Raptorial birds (ACCIPITRES), exclusive of Striges, we tind a great diversity of eggs, both in the matter of form and color. This seems to be especially true of the Hawks, Eagles, and their allies, where not only the same species may lay very different-appearing eggs, but in some cases the same individual may do likewise and variously
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. AT)
tinted eggs be discovered in the same clutch. According to Bendire the California Vulture (Pseudogryphus) lays tivo elongate ovate, slightly glossy eggs of a uniform light grayish-green color and unspotted. They differ from the eggs of other Vultures in that they are “close grained and deeply pitted” (p.161). Of the Turkey Vulture (Cathartes aura) he observes that “two eggs are usually laid, occasionally but one, and very rarely three. These are among the handsomest eges of the Raptores. Their ground color is generally a light creamy tint, oceasionally a dull, dead white, with a very faint trace of green in some few instances. They are blotched, smeared, and spotted with various shades of reddish-brown, chocolate, and lavender, the markings usually predominating about the larger end of the egg, and very irregular in outline. In eggs belonging to the same set the markings frequently differ greatly in size and intensity, one being heavily marked and the other but slightly. Occasionally an egg is found which is entirely unspotted. The eggs also vary greatly in shape; the majority are elongate ovate, a few are ovate, others elliptical ovate, and now and then one is perfectly cylindrical ovate” (p. 164). Catharista atrata, on the other hand, lays eggs which ‘are readily distinguished from those of the Turkey Vulture by their different ground color, somewhat larger size, and fewer markings as a rule. By far the greater num- ber of eggs are elongate ovate, a few are short ovate, others elliptical
rate. Their ground color is a pale gray-green; in none of the speci- mens before me can it be called a creamy white; the tint is perceptibly different. In an occasional specimen it may be called pale bluish- white, like well-watered milk, but the first-mentioned color predomi- nates. ‘The markings vary from chocolate to reddish-brown of differ- ent tints, and mixed among these, in about half of the specimens, are found shell markings of lilac and lavender; in an occasional speci- men these predominate over the first-mentioned tints. In the series before me all the markings are rather irregular in shape and are elus- tered about the larger end of the egg. They are usually large and seldom confluent. A few eggs are but slightly marked, and the spots are small and fine, but none are entirely unspotted.” (Loe. cit., pp. 167, 168.)
We now come to the Falconide, a group of birds which are known, as a rule, to lay very beautiful eggs, and one has but to examine the richly colored and thoroughly accurate figures in Capt. Bendire’s work to fully appreciate this fact.
Ridgway observes that Hlanus leucurus lays from 2 to 3 eggs, but Bendire says they lay more than that commonly, and that the ‘set varies from 3 to 5, generally 4.” They are of great beauty, the “ ground color is creamy white, and they are heavily marked over their entire surface with irregular confluent blotches and smears of dark blood red and claret brown, of different degrees of intensity, the smaller end being often the more heavily colored. But little of the ground color is visible
A476 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
in the majority of the specimens. Some sets are much lighter than others, possibly a second laying. The eggs are usually oval in shape.” (Bendire.) Coues contends that one of these Kites may lay as many as 6 eggs, and that in form they are “subspherieal.” (p. 525.)
The question of the difference in egg markings of birds of the same species, or even, as I have said, in the eggs of the same individual, is one of greatinterest. From all that has been gathered it would appear to largely depend upon the physical condition of the parent bird at the time of depositing the egg. Captivity and fright have also their influ- ence, the secretions of the oviduct being often checked or even entirely arrested at such times. Age likewise has much to do with it, and the fact is now pretty well established that the older a bird is the more in- tensely will its eggs be colored, meaning, as I do, of course, those species which lay colored eggs, either tinted all over or with varied markings. Young birds of the first season lay lighter eggs in all respects, for ex- ample, than those individuals which have bred for many years.
Another American Kite, [ctinia mississippiensis, lays, according to Bendire, usually but two eggs, or at the most 3. “They are rounded, ovate in shape, pale bluish white in color, and unspotted, or, as therarest exception, show ‘a few minute deeper blue shell markings.’ (P.179.) The eggs of this species were unknown to Dr. Coues. They are frequently adventitiously stained. The Everglade Kite (Rostrha- mus sociabilis) also lays 2 or 3 eggs which are ‘blotched, marbled, and stained with various shades of brown on a paler (Sometimes bluish white) ground color’” (Ridgway, p. 226.) In the Marsh Hawk we find a greater number of eggs laid (Circus hudsonius), as many as 6 according to Bendire (p. 186), and 8 in Ridgway’s account (p. 226). They are commonly plain, with a white or bluish white ground color, but may be blotched and spotted with light buff and brown markings. They assume some form of the ovate in contour, and are generally elossy-shelled and smooth. a
Odlogy of the genus Accipiter.
Species. Ridgway. Bendire. | A VELOUR at oma oc tan oes | Eggs 2-5, white, greenish white, | Eggs 4-5 (7 in one case), oval or | or bluish white, usually very short ovate; pale bluish or green heavily blotched with brown. ish white, heavily blotched, 1.47. X 1.16: (p.'227-) : spotted, and marbled with va-
| rious shades of brown. Some specimens ground color, hidden by confluent markings of cinna- monrufous. The different pat- terns of marking are endless in variety (p. 191).
AN COOPETY «5-7. =. se 05/5 seen = | Usully plain bluish white, rarely | Eggs 2-6 (varying with locality), faintly spotted with pale brown- | pale bluish or greenish white ish. 1.98 1,50. (pp. 227, 228.) | (fades out in time). Many (50 | per cent) are variously spotted (p. 195). PARI ATMICODUNUS Soe 2 ccs rae Eggs 2-3; white or glaucous white, | Eggs 2-5; pale bluish white in sometimes very faintly marked | color and unspotted (p,. i198).
with pale brownish. 2.31 1.74. | (p. 228.) | |
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 477
From this it will be seen that the eggs of Hawks may vary greatly in the same genus, from an unspotted white egg (A. atricapillus) to a green- ish white egg, heavily marked all over (A. velov.).
Harris’s Hawk (Parabuteo) also lays three or four eggs, which are white or a buff white, and show more or fewer light brown markings. About half the eggs of this species also lack markings. The eggs of our common Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo borealis), which I have collected upon numerous occasions, vary wonderfully in point of size. There are generally four to the clutch, and have a ground color of bluish white. Some have — spots, others are irregularly marked with various brown- ish tints, which markings are of the greatest variety, no two specimens being exactly alike in pattern with respect to size, color, intensity, or distribution. Unspotted eges occur in the same set with spotted ones. Bendire says of the Zone-tailed Hawk (Buteo abbreviatus) that its “eggs vary from 1 to 3 in number, usually 2, and seem to be for the most part unspotted. They are oblong oval in shape, pale bluish white in color, and the shell is rather smooth and finely granulated.” (p. 233.)
Hawks of the genus Falco as a rule lay dark-colored eggs, more or less covered all over with markings of various shades of brown. Falco mexicanus, however, lays from 2 to 5 creamy white eggs, more or less sprinkled over with madder-brown spots and markings. Other whit-
ish-colored eggs of species of this genus may have the ground color al-
most entirely hidden or obscured by the markings being so numerous and close together. The egg of the Aplomado Falcon is an instance of this kind. Audubon’s Caracara ( Polyborus cheriway) also lays from 2 to 3 eggs, which, according to Bendire, are ‘oval in shape; the ground color, when visible, which is not often the case, is creamy white, and in the majority of specimens is entirely hidden, the egg appearing to be of a uniform rufous cinnamon of different shades, some of the darker ap- proaching vinaceous rufous. This is again overlaid with irregilar blotches and spots of dark chocolate, claret, brown, and burnt umber. Most of these eggs are heavily marked, a few, however, only slightly, and in these the markings are usually small and more regular in out- line, a few are unspotted, and although the ground color is not visible it ‘is entirely overlaid with an even-colored cinnamon tint.” (pp. 317, 318.) It would be impossible here, without far exceeding the limits of space, to begin to describe the eggs of the Osprey (Pandion). They are all wonderfully handsome, but vary in size, form, ground colors, and mark- ings to an endless degree. To view Capt. Bendire’s beautifully-colored figures of them (PI. x1) one can hardly believe that they were laid by the same species of bird. Still the eggs of Polyborus shown upon the same plate vary quite as much and in the same particulars, and even more so in the matter of size.
Kagles, as in the case of the Falcons and Hawks, lay but few eggs, rarely more than three, and they also range from a pure white egg (Haliwctus leucocephalus) toone showing upon its surface speckles, spots,
478 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
blotches, and a clouding with brown and. gray (Aquila). Bendire re- marks of the Harpy Eagle (Thrasaétus harpyia) that “I have been un- able to find a correct description of the egg of this species,” and he supplies one from the specimens of that bird in the U.S. National Museum, and observes “the eggs are white, with yellowish-brown dots and washes, and about as long, though not quite as heavy, as a hen’s egg. Of these eggs the Harpy lays 4 or 5, but never hatches more than 2, and, if the Indians can be believed, feeds the first two eaglets that make their appearance with the contents of the remaining eges” (p. 271).
Coming next to the PstTTact, I find that neither Coues nor Ridgway give in their works the number of eggs laid by our Carolina Paroquet (Conurus carolinensis); the former says “eggs whitish, 1.40 x 1.05, elliptical in shape, rough in texture” (p. 496), and the latter, “eggs 1.39 x 1.07, ovate, short ovate, or rounded ovate, pure white” (p. 270). Dr.Sharpe says simply ‘‘egg white” for his Order Psittaciformes (p.83), [ am of the opinion that the fact is not exactly known, and the truth of the matter is, we stand sadly in need of a knowledge of much in the biology of this entire and large group of most interesting birds.
CoccyGeés: The parasitic habits of the European Cuckoo (C. canorus) are too well known to require comment here, and Coues observes that ‘‘the American Cuckoos have been declared free of suspicion of such domestic irregularities; but, though pretty well behaved, their record is not quite clean: they do sometimes slip into the wrong nest. The curious infelicity seems to be connected in some way with the inability of the female to complete her clutch of eggs with the rapidity and regu- larity usual among birds, and so incubate them in one batch. The nests of our species of Coccygus commonly contain young by the time the last egg of the lot is laid” (p. 471). Such habits, however, are de- parted from by the genus Crotophaga, birds which build a large nest for the use of a number of the species to lay in in common. In Geococcyx and Coccygus, Species that lay numerous eggs at irregular intervals, we find often a fresh egg just laid and perhaps a nestling half as large as the parent bird, with an intermediate gradation of eggs in various stages of incubation and young grading up to the size of the one just” mentioned.
Crotophaga ani may lay asmany as 8 eggs, which according to Coues are “greenish” and to Ridgway a “dull glaucous-blue,” but they are always more or less overlaid with a white substance chalky in nature, that in the recently laid egg easily washes off. Our Ground Cuckoo (Geococcyx) also lays white eggs or of a pale luff-white, and there may be as many as a dozen deposited before the bird completes her irregu- larly lain clutch. Opinions do not agree as to the number of eggs laid by our common Yellow-billed Cuckoo (C. americanus), Dr. Coues stating ‘““eggs 4 to 8, pale greenish” (p. 476), and Ridgway, ‘eggs 2 to 4, dull pale glaucous-green or glaucous-white” (p. 273). And the latter au- thority says of the Black-billed Cuckoo (C. erythrophthalmus “eges 2
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 479
to 4, deep glaucous-green or verditer-blue” (p. 274). The present writer discovered the nest of one of this latter species many years ago in New England, and it had four eggs in and tivo nestlings. It was a very slight affair for a nest, loosely put together with scanty material of twigs, ete., and placed upon the horizontal bough of a small apple tree.
I have never seen the eggs of any of the TROGONES, and personaliy know nothing of the nesting of our United States species 7. ambiguus. Prof. Newton, however, remarks, “so. far as has been observed, the nidification of these birds is in holes in trees, wherein are laid without any bedding 2 roundish eggs, generally white, but certainly in one species (Quezal) tinted with bluish-green” (Art, ‘‘Trogon,” Eneyel. Brit., vol. xx, p. 584). Doctor Sharpe makes a like statement, but no exceptions thereto. ‘Nest in hole of tree, eggs white” (Class. of Birds, p. 82).
We have two species of Kingfishers (ALCYONES) in our avifauna, Ceryle alcyon and Ceryle cabanisi, Hither species usually lay six pure white eges of an-ovate or oval form. They are characterized by having smooth, glossy shells, which in the case of the last named species is very thin and brittle, having the appearance of being com- posed of porcelain. Such glossy and glassy, pure, white eggs are also laid by every species of our Woodpeckers (Pict), and those birds are very humerous in our avifauna—nearly forty of them. Ridgway in his “Manual” barely mentions the eggs of these birds, and Coues simply says that in form they are “rounded” (p. 479). Most all the species lay 6 to the clutch, but in Dryobates villosus and Colaptes 7 are - sometimes taken. Probably in nearly all the species the eggs are more or less of an oval or ovate shape; all that I have ever collected I have found to be so.
In noticing the eggs of our Owls (STRIGES), I will rely almost entirely upon Bendire’s work, so frequently quoted in this article.
Oology of Owls.
PASTOMEMUSOTLAINUS = mee oa as ae Eggs 3-6 (sometimes 7); pure white; oval; shell smooth, finely granulated and rather glossy.
PASTOR CCU IT UILUS ae aoe Ser Eggs 4-7 (rarely more); white; oval to elliptical ovate; sometimes nearly equally pointed ateachend.
Syrnium nebulosum...-..------ Eggs 2-4 (4 are rare); pure white; not very glossy; oval or rounded oval.
Scowaptex Cinerca -2-2254-4-2-- Eggs 2-4; dull white; broad elliptical oval.
Nyctala t. richardsoni ......-.-- Eggs 3-7; pure white; oval; almost lusterless.
MeCGASCONS 810525. 222262 ase Eggs 4-5 (rarely 7 or more); pure white; oval or nearly globular; moderately glossy.
Megascops flammeolus ....-.---- Eggs 3-4; white, with a faint creamy tint; oval; shell strong, finely granulated; slightly glossy.
Bubo wirgintanws.-. 2.5.02... . Eggs 2-3; white; little or no gloss; rounded oval; shell thick, coarsely granulated.
Nyctea nyctea 222 -22.--....- igegs 3-10 (usually 5-7); white, creamy tint in some
cases; Oblong oval in shape; no luster; a few cor- rugated lines starting « trifle beyond the center of the egg and run to the longer axis in most specimens.
A480 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Ooblogy of owls—Continued.
SHAN DIG): HUTT: st Sere peitonoS aece Eggs 5-8; white; smooth; glossy. SUAMRENLs CUPUTO Cla 2 = eee Eggs 3-7; white; oval or oblong oval; somewhat
glossy; smooth, fine grained.
Speotyto cunicularia hypogea...Eggs 6-11; (not rare to find 11); pure white when washed; rounded ovate and very glossy; shell close- grained and rather smooth.
Glaucidium gnoma ...-.------- Eggs 4? Gauge COlUfOrnicum=—ee eee Eggs 3-4; dull milky white, with a faint creamy tint;
lusterless; peculiarly pitted with punctures; very thin shells, almost semitranslucent.
Ga pRalenoides- eases eee Eggs 4; oval; compared with the last species shells much thicker; coarsely granulated; no pittings or punctures, but on the contary show a few slight protuberances on their surfaces.
Micropallas whitneyi ...--.-.-. Eggs 2-5; commonly 3; pure white; oval; finely granu- lated and rather glossy.
From this table it will be seen that our largest Owls lay both the least ntunber (Bubo) as well as nearly the greatest number (NVyctea) of eggs, the greatest number, however, probably being laid by the Burrowing Owls (Speotyto). Inother words, it may be tersely said that our Striges lay from two to a dozen white, oval eggs, varying somewhat with the species.
An equally useful table for the odlogy of our CAPRIMULGI can be compiled from Dr. Coues’s ‘“‘ Key,” and his descriptions of the eggs of those birds is quite full.
The following is what he records upon the subject:
Odlogy of N. American Caprimulgi.
Antrostomus carolinensis ...--- Eggs 2; 1.45 x 1.05; heavily marked in intricate pat- tern with browns and neutral tints.
A, vociferus.........----------Eggs 2; 1.25 x 0.90; creamy white; heavily marked with browns and neutral tints.
Phaleonoptilus nuttalli .....--- Eggs 2; 1.05 x 0.80; elliptical; white.
Nyctidromus albicollis ......--- Eggs 2; 1.25 x 0.92; creamy buff, spotted with pinkish brown and lilac.
Chordeiles virginianus ...-..---- Eggs 2; elliptical; 1.52 x 0.87; finely variegated with
stone-gray and other neutral tints, over which is scratched and pitted dark olive-gray; but the pat- tern and tints are very variable.
CRETENBISi on eens eee nae eee Eggs 2; heavily veined and marbled; 1.20 x 0.87.
The most remarkable exception, if it be true, among these birds, then, is the elliptical white egg of Phaleonoptilus. For the Caprimulgi as a group, Dr. Sharpe says: ‘ Eggs white, with scroll-like markings and spots” (p. 18), and Ridgway, for the family Caprimulgida, “ Eggs deposited on bare ground, dead leaves, gravel, or sand, 2 broadly elliptical—oval, plain or spotted” (Manual, p. 297), and of Phalwonoptilus nuttalli, 0.99 x 0.78, plain dead white, usually with a faint buffy or pinkish tinge” (p. 299). This latter author’s descriptions of the eggs of
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 481
our Goatsuckers differ quite materially from those of Dr. Coues, which is probably due to the fact that the eggs of the several species them- selves differ to such a marked degree both in color, form, and markings.
According to Newton, ‘The Guacharo (Steatornis) is said to build a bowl-like nest of clay, in which it lays 2 to 4 white eggs, with a smooth but lusterless surface, resembling those of some Owls.” (Art. ‘“‘Guacharo,” Eneycel. Brit. 9th ed. Vol. xx1, p. 227.) And we may add, this is not the only character we know of that indicates caprimulgo- strigine affinity.
The Humming-birds need not detain us long; and it is very remarka- ble that for so large a group there is such complete uniforinity, so far as we are at present aware, in their odlogy. ‘Tersely it may be said that the TROCHILI all lay two pure white eggs, large for the bird in any species, and generally of an elliptical-oval, or elliptical-ovate form. These eggs remind me somewhat of the eggs of our smaller existing lizards.
In another suborder, the CYPSELI we are still ignorant of the charae- ter of the eggs of several of the species, but those of Chetura pelagica are well known. In that species from 4 to 5 are usually in a set. They are pure white, and narrowly elliptical in shape. The eggs of Cypseloides niger have as yet not been collected by any naturalist that Jam aware. The eggs, too, of Micropus melanoleucus are unknown to me.
Lastly we come to that great host of birds included in the PASSERES, and here I propose to contrast the descriptions of Coues and Ridgway, confining myself principally to the various genera, occasionally only to the family where the eggs of the birds in the latter are very similar. Where birds of the same group differ to any marked degree such dif- ferences will be noted. Where the eggs of others are unknown the fact will also be shown; and I trust that such a table, condensed and compared, although it may add nothing that is new to the subject, will yet prove to be useful] to the working odlogist.
Odlogy of North American Passeres.
Families, genera, ete. Coues. Ridgway.
1. TYRANNID.E.
Milwulus forficatus .....----- Eggs 4-5; white, boidly blotched | Eggs 3-5; .88. 66; pure white with reddish on the surface, and or creamy white, boldly but spar- lilac shell-spots. ingly spotted with rich madder-
brown and lilac-gray.
Tyrannus tyrannus.--.-.-.-- Eggs usually 4-6, white, rosy, or | Eggs 3-5; white, spotted with rich | creamy, variously spotted or madder-brown or chestnut, and | blotched in bold pattern with lilac-gray. [Eggs of this genus
reddish and darker brown sur- are particularly handsome ob- | face spots and lilac shell-mark- jects.—R. W.S.] ings. Pitangus derbianus .....--..-. |) Notigivenly 5 apa eee eee acre ee | Eggs 3-5, buffy white, speckled
and spotted (the markings mostly longitudinal), chiefly on larger end, with madder-brown and purplish gray.
H, Mis. 114, pt. 231
Oology
Families, genera, etc.
REPORT
of North American
OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892
Passeres—Continued,
Coues.
Ridgway.
1. TYRANNID2—continued.
Myiozetetes texensis ; Myiodynastes luteiventris .--. Myiarchus
Sayornis
Contopus
Empidonax
Pyrocephalus r. mexicans -.
Ornithion imberbe
2. OSCINES.
Laniide
Ampelidce
Hirundinidce
Gtocornissanccoese
Certhiide .....
Vireonide
Motacillida— Motacilla
Anthus
Sylviida— Regulus
Polioptila Cerebide....
| Not given
| Eggs 4-6; speckled
| Eggs spotted;
Nob piven): Secse ie eraser ee ees Eges scratched and snarled, but
chiefly serawled lengthwise with |
dark brown in close and intri- cate pattern.
Kegs, white (sparsely dotted; S. used).
Kegs spotted
Eggs spotted (EH. flaviventris) or Ww vhite (BE. minimus); also FE. ob- scurus, where they are 3-4 and large.
Not given
Nest and eggs unknown
(narrow and elon-
gate; 3-6. <A. cedrorum).
Eggs pure white, unmar ked: Irido-
procne bicolor,
teryx serripennis, Progne subis. Eggs thickly speckled ; horreorum, Petrochelidon Frons.
luni-
Eggs very variable in tone, but always profusely and heavily marked with brownish-gray, or dark stone-gray, upon a ‘grayish or greenish white ground; in
* some cases the nearly uniform.
Lay numerous white speckled eggs (p. 272).
(Vireo.) Eggs white, spotted (p 380).
Eggs 6-10; fully speckled
Eggs 4-5; Not given
Hirundo |
whole surface |
Eggs unknown.
Not given.
Eggs 3-6, curiously marked with fine penlines and intricate pen- cilings of black and various shades of rich purplish-brown over a buffy or creamy brown.
| Eggs 3-6, pure white, sometimes
Tachycineta tha- | lassina, Cotile riparia, Stelgidop- |
finely but sparsely round lar ger brownish.
speckled end with dark
| Eggs 2-4, pale cream-color, hand-
‘somely wreathed round larger end with spots of rich brown and lilac-gray or lavender.
Dese riptions of eges of the diffi- cult genus practically agree with those given by Dr. Coues: E. acadicus eggs 2-4; creamy white, spotted chiefly on larger end.
Eggs 2-4, pale olive buff, or dull putty (rarely nearly white), boldly and heavily spotted, chiefly in wreaths around larger end or near middle, with dark vandyke-brown or brownish- black and purplish-gray.
Not given.
Eggs 4-7, dull whitish, spotted with light brown or olive.
Eggs 3-5, pale dull bluish or pale purplish-gray, spotted and dotted with dark brown, black and purplish.
Agrees witb Coues.
pale olive, pale dull buffy, dull olive, wnitish, ete.; finely but usually densely speckled or sprinkled with olive-brown (rarely pale cinna- mon-buft, speckled with cinna- mon rusty).
Eggs 5-9, white or creamy white, speckled or spotted, chiefly on or round the larger end, with reddish-brown.
Eggs white. usually more or less dotted, or sparsely speckled round larger end with brown or blackish.
Eggs 3-5,
| Eggs 3-5, whitish, thickly speckled
with brown.
Eggs with pale ground color, but the dense speckling of brown gives nearly a uniform brown to the whole shell.
| Eggs 5-10, whitish or buffy, mi-
nutely freckled with brown (sometimes apparently immacu- late).
(Certhiola.) Eggs 2-4, white or buffy white, finely speckled or sprinkled chiefly on larger end with umber brown,
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS.
483
Oblogy of North American Passeres—Continued,
Families, genera, ete.
Coues. Ridgway.
»
OSCINES—continued.
Mniotiltide
(1) Telinatodytes palustrus -..
(2) Salpinctes obsoletus
(8) Cistothorus stellaris MIMIN 48.
Oreoscoptes
Mimus
Galeoscoptes
FLO POThYyNChus = se - += 2 -= = -
HA. rufus
LEPOV ESAS re Rae See oe
Turdide: May Ode8tes a2 sencis- 3-2-3 Turdus “T. mustelinus T. alicie
Psaltriparus Auriparus
Tanagride
Euphonia
The American warblers lay from 2-7 eggs, some 3-4, ete. As a rule, they are white, or creamy white, or pale greenish or bluish white, or grayish, or even pinkish. They are more or less spotted, etc., chiefly round the larger ena, with various shades of brown or lilac, or roan black, less commonly speckled allover. Species very numer- ous, and the eggs varying for each species.
eovcevece-eeeee-| EGgs 3-6, pure white or creamy
white, spotted with reddish-
brown and lilae-gray.
Egg 3-5, white and speckled with brown.
Eggs, about 5, pure white | Eggs 3-5, plain pure white.
Eggs of three patterns, (1) those densely spotted; (2) those sparsely
spotted, and (3) those pure white. Generally numerous, some species laying as many as 10. I give a species of each from Coues, using the
nomenclature of his ‘‘ Key.”
Eggs 6-10, very dark colored, being so thickly dotted with chocolate- brown as to appear almost uni- formly of this color. -
Eggs, 5-8; erystalline whiteness, sparsely sprinkled with reddish- brown dots.
Eggs white
Eggs4, light greenish-blue, heavily marked with brown and neutral tint.
Eggs 4-6, oluish-green, heavily speckled and freckled with sev- eral brownish shades.
Eggs 4-6, deep greenish-blue, not spotted.
Eggs 4-6, whitish or greenish, speckled with brown.
| Eggs, usually 2, emerald green,
unspotted. (The exception for
the genus.)
Eggs, 4; bluish-white, With reddish-brown.
freckled
Eggs, 4-7; green:sh-blue without spots.
Eggs, 6-8; white fully sprinkled with reddish-brown.
Eggs, 6-9; white, unmarked.
Eggs, 4-6; pale bluish, speckled
| with brown.
, Dull -greenish-blue, fully spotted
with brown and lilac.
(Campylorhynchus.) Eggs with the ground color whitish, creamy white, or salmon buff nearly masked by dense sprink- ling of reddish-brown, general hue light brownish-pink,
| |
Eggs very variable in coloration, but usually speckled.
Eggs plain pale greenish-blue.
Eggs, 3-6; whitish, speckled with reddish-brown.
Eggs, 2-5; plain greenish-blue. ~
Eggs greenish-blue, spotted with rusty brown.
Eggs, 3-5; plain bluish (very rarely speckled with brown).
Eggs, 3-5; pale olive, olive-green- ish or brownish, deeper on or around larger end (sometimes uniform).
Eggs 3-6 plain, pale greenish-blue.
Eggs, 4-7; plain, pale greenish- blue (very rarely white).
(White, usually speckled).
(Pure white). (Chiefly around larger end).
(Piranga): 3-5, bluish or green- ish, spotted with brown.
Eggs creamy-white, with a few scattered spots and _ blotches, principally at the larger end, of two shades of brown,
484 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Ooblogy of North American Passeres—Continued. FRINGILLIDA,
Nott.—There are upwards of 150 species of Finches, Sparrows, Grosbeaks, Cross-bills, ete., in the United States avifauna, and they lay a great variety of eggs, and it would be quite impracticable to describe or classify even a part of them here, so T resort to the plan of only presenting the character- istic types. Of these eggs many are spotted, with a ground color of white, various shades of pale green and blue, and the spotting near the larger end in a wreath. White eggs, sparsely spotted, are not common, and in my selections I have endeavored to show the differences that exist.
Families, genera, etc. Coues. Ridgway. Pinicola enucleator........--- Eggs 45 greenish-blue, spotted and notched with dark brown and lilac shell-spots. Mieucosticle v2. sosiseenee eo eee Eggs 3-6; pure white.....-......-. Eggs pure white. DUUCUSTIUSLOS — ete eee Eggs 4-6; bluish-white, normally unmarked,
Nore.—In the numerous species of the genera Pooceetes, Ammodramus, Melospiza, Junco, Carpodacus, Spizella, Loxia, Zonotrichia, Chondestes (4-7, white, with zigzag lines, as in some Iteride), Passerella, Calcarius, Pipilo, and others, the eggs, although showing almost an infinite variety ot patterns, all have the common character of markings upon them of some kind or other. They constitute the great bulk of United States ‘‘fringilline” birds. Exceptions are seen in the other genera as given below.
Families, genera, etc. Coues. Ridgway. Amphispiza bilineata ..-..... Eggs 4-5, whitisu, unmarked....-- pe greenish or bluish : white. TALS ID MEVAAENSUS sae tae ee ear Eggs greenish, profusely spotted, | Eggs speckled with brown. etc.
Nore.—The case of Amphispiza is one of a plain egg and a marked one in the same genus of birds.
Families, genera, etc. Coues. Ridgway. PE CUC CEO eran eeentel erat telistee ere eee eee ee eee eee Eggs 3-5, plain white or bluish- | white. E : BNDERNOA GNU n= eres wie sae Eggs pure white, unmarked....--- Eggs 2-4, plain pure white. OOlaMOSPIZO = - scieresenninias Eggs 4-5, pale bluish-green, nor- | Nest and eggs not distinguishable mally unmarked, occasionally with certainty from those of speckled. Spiza americana. ICTERID®.
NotE.—The so-called ‘‘Grosheaks”’ of the genera Habia, Cardinalis, Pyrrhulexia all lay handsomely marked eggs, but in the genus Guiraca the eggs are a ‘‘ pale greenish-blue or bluish-white,” and not marked. In Passerina (some of the species (P. ameena) the eggs are also plain.
Families, genera, etc. Coues. Ridgway. -| a MOUChON Yo tee oe eee | Eggs 4-6, stone-gray, dotted, mot- Eggs 2-5, dull white or brownish, | tled, and clouded with dark white, heavily spotted or brown. blotched with vandyke-brown-
usually with a few fine Jines or irregular markings of blackish.
Molothrus (parasitic) ......... Eggs white, fully speckled, and! Dull white, greenish-white or dashed with browns and neutral | brownish-white, speckled or spot- tints. ted more or less densely with brown.
SAI CLBUS Tl sekioe Ta ae ee eee Eggs 4-6; pale blue, fantastically Agrees with Coues.
dotted, blotched, clouded, and scrawled over with dark or even blackish-brown and paler or plurplish shell marks.
Xanthocephalas .-.......-.-.. | Eggs 3-6; gray-green spotted, as (Occasionally pen-lined.) in Scolecophagus, with reddish- brown, not scrawled as in Age:
leeus. ISCUPNCUG Sec these occa e sees Eggs 4-6; erystal white, speckled Eggs 3-6; white, speckled with with reddish and purplish (very reddish - brown, blackish - brown, b variable). and lilac-gray. Icterus— STN LDUG esa cite ciee nek Eggs 4-6; shaded white, irregu- Description practically agrees.
larly spotted, blotched, clouded, and especially serawled with blackish-brown, etc., and shell markings.
—_—— rrr,
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. A85
Oblogy of North American Passeres—Continued., CORVIDA.
Nore.—In the genus Quiscalus the eggs are also peculiarly marke ~1, as in the Orioles, but not so with Scolecophagus.
Families, genera, ete. | Coues. Ridgway. PEC ei sce | Eggs 6-9; paledrab,dotted,dashed, Eggs 3-10; pale olive-bufty, dull
and blotched with purplish-brown. | white, or very pale greenish, vari- | ously marked with brown. Ovyanocitta—
Gerrstatde se: 25 5-s5o-e< 25 Eggs 5-6, broad, drab-colored, with | Eggs (3-5?), pale olive, isabella- brown spots. color, greenish or buffy, rather
spare rely spotted or speckled with brown. A phelocoma— | : A. woodhouset.....-.-.--- | Not specifically given. Eggs 3-6, pale green, rather Sparcely ‘marked with very dis- tinet dots or small spots of deep madder-brown.
Xanthoura—
EXCL UDR OSH a eelad-- ee See | Eggs 3-4, greenish-drab, markedas | Eggs 2-4, pale buff or pale grayish- usual with browns. | buff, thickly . speckled with
umber-brown. Perisoreus— iPAcanaadensis 2554-2 soe | Eggs 3-4, yellowish-gray or pale | Eggs dull white, drab-white, or green, finely dotted and blotched | _ very pale grayish-buff, spe sckled with brown and slate or laven- | with hair-brown or grayish- der, especially about the larger | brown or lilac-gray. end; others more uniformly and | largely blotched; variation wide, as in other jays. | | |
Corvus (common char.) ------ (C. coraaz.) Eggs 4-8, oftener 4-5, | Eggs 2-7, bluish-green, pale olive greenish, dotted, blotched and | or olive, spotted or dashed (or clouded with neutral tints, pur- | both) with olive-brown (some- plish and blackish brown. | times nearly uniform olive from
| density of markings).
Picicorvus— | |
PY COUMMUIANUS =--------- | Eggs light grayish-green, speckled | Eggs dull white, sparingly
| and blotched with grayish-brown
speckled, chiefly on larger end and Jilac, chiefly aboutthe larger
with brown and purplish-gray.
end. Cyanocephalus—
C. cyanocephalus. .--.----| Eggs 3-4, greenish-white, pro- | Eggs 3-5, pale greenish-blue or | ‘fusely spotted with hight brown greenish-white, thickly butfinely | and purplish. spec kled with olive-brown.
} STURNID. IS), DCR nceaseecscanaogseec Not given. Egg 47, plain pale greenish-blue
or bluish-white.
This article would not be complete did I not add to it some of the excellent observations of Prof. Alfred Newton and others relative to the eggs of birds. After I have done this, I will draw up my ‘ Con- cluding remarks.” Newton briefly gives us some excellent observa- tions upon the “forms of the markings” on birds’ eggs, and these it is not difficult to see “have been deposited on the shell a short time before 1ts exclusion, are primarily and normally circular, for hardly any egg that bears markings at all does not exhibit some spots of that form, but that in the progress of the eggs through that part of the oviduct in which the coloring matter is laid on many of them became smeared, dlotched, or protracted in some particular direction. The circular spots thus powued the deposition of the pigment while the egg is at rest, the blurred markings show its deposition while the egg is in motion, and this motion would seem often to be at once onward and rotatory, as in-
A86 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
dicated by the spiral markings not uncommonly observable in the eggs of some birds of prey and others—the larger end of the egg (when the ends differ in form) making way for the smaller.”*
“At the same time the eggs of a great number of birds have, besides these last and superimposed markings, more deeply seated stains, gen- erally of a paler and often of an altogether different hue, and these are evidently due to some earlier dyeing process. The peculiar tint of the ground color, though commonly superficial, if not actually congenital with the formation of the shell, would appear to be diffused soon after.” (Art. “ Birds,” Eneyel. Brit., 9th ed., Vol. m1, p. 773.) This distin- guished ornithologist also invites attention to the fact that ‘the size ot eggs is generally but not at all constantly in proportion to that of the parent. The Guillemot (Alcea troile) and the Raven (Corvus corax) are themselves of about equal size. Their eggs vary as ten to one.” (Loe. cit., p. 775.) Many other examples of this among our American avifauna will be recalled by the thoughtful odlogist. Reasons for these discrepancies are not far to seek, 7. e., nestling Ravens lay long in the nest after birth, whereas young Guillemots are larger and better devel- oped at the time of hatching. Then the number of eggs laid by a Raven may be as many as 8 (see table), and, as we know, the Guillemot lays but one, giving either bird about the same egg surface to cover during incubation.
From my reading of avian odlogical works I find that certain expla- nations, or partial explanations have been put forth as the reasons for the variations in the colors of the shells of birds’ eggs. I formulate these as follows:
BIOLOGICAL LAWS EXPLANATORY OF THE VARIATION IN COLOR OF THE SHELLS OF EGGS IN THE CLASS AVES.
-1. In many instances the general color and markings are in conform- ity with the law of protective coloration.
2. Where both sexes are more or less brilliantly colored the eggs are generally laid where they are not exposed to view, and where the parent hatching them is also concealed to a greater or less extent. This is effected by either the form of nest constructed or by the eggs being laid in burrows or hollow trees. The eggs of such birds are, as a rule, not handsomely marked, or often only white. Otherwise in general. irrespective of plumage, birds that ie in such places as have just been mentioned usually lay white Keees
*That the larger ond is fo seal first was found on actual experiment by Mr. Bartlett, superintendent of the gardens of the Zodlogical Society, to be the case commonly, but as anaccident the position may be sometimes reversed, and this will most likely account for the occasional de position of markings on the smaller instead of the larger end, as not unfrequently shown in‘eggs of the Sparrow Hawk ( -lecipiter nisus). The head of the chick is always found at the 1: ger end. [For a beautiful example of the heavy deposition of nearly all the color at the small end of the egg, see the one figured by Bendire of Accipiter velox, Pl. v, Fig. 17.—R. Ww. s.]
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 487
3. Where the general tone of the plumage of the incubating parent is'in harmony with its environment, the eggs, as a rule, are laid in open nests or places where they are fully exposed to view. Such eggs are frequently very handsomely tinted and marked, or the reverse may be the case.
4. When the female alone ineubates, and is of dull or somber plum- age, the male bird brilliantly feathered, the third law, as a rule, is op- erative.
5. Frequently birds that lay eggs in open and exposed places, as di- rectly on the ground, rock, or sand, without any apology for a nest, their eggs are either tinted, or colored and marked, or both, so as to be in harmony with their surroundings.
6. It is probable that the earliest forms of birds laid white, ellip- soidal eggs, varying in number to the clutch from one to many. Pos- sibly in some of the lower types of existing birds such an ancestral trait has persisted.
7. In certain instances where birds lay exposed to view either white or light tinted eggs, or those not otherwise protectively colored, they have the habit of covering the clutch over with leaves, ete., when, for any purpose, the incubating parent temporarily quits the nest.
8. Birds, irrespective of the character of the coloration of their plumage, which habitually lay in inaccessible places, their eggs are often either white or light-tinted and exposed to view.
9, Both the age of the bird and the physical condition of its consti- tution at the time of laying an egg have their influence upon the color- ation of its shell. Changes in the constitution may be due to external causes, as fright, etc., or to internal causes, as disease, etc. The rich- est colored eggs of any species (that lay other eggs than white ones) are laid by that species at its prime.
10. The positions of the egg as it passes down the oviduct, as well as its motions, effect the pattern of its markings.
CONCLUDING REMARKS.
In the light of what has been presented in this paper we can now briefly review some of the odlogical peculiarities of the birds of North America.
Many Grebes (Podicipoidea) have the habit of covering over their numerous white eggs with bits of vegetation when the parent tempo- rarily quits the nest (seventh law), but whether the Loons ( Urinatoroidea) ever resort to this means of protection I am not at present informed, though I am inclined to think they do not. The eggs of the latter, how- ever, harmonize better with their surroundings (fifth law).
The American Tubinares, with but one or two exceptions, as far as known, lay white eggs, but they are protected, from the fact that they are laid either in inaccessible or little frequented places (eighth law). dirds rather low in the scale of organization, as the Short-tailed Alba-
488 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
tross (D. albatrus), which lay a “nearly equal-ended white egg,” and where for many ages there may have been no special reason for it to take on any other form or a pattern of varied coloration, possibly may have done so through a long line of avian ancestors (sixth law). Among the Alcw Iam not sure whether Alle lays its two unitinted eggs in a concealed nest or the reverse. Otherwise the coloration of the eges of the birds of this group can all be explained under the second, third, and eighth laws as given above. iam inclined to think that the handsomely marked eggs laid by the Longipennes gain protection under the operation of the fifth law, and inmany cases where I have collected the eggs of Gulls and Terns I have noticed that they often harmonize admirably with their surroundings. It is almost a universally con- ceded fact that this is distinctly so in the case of the Limicole, where it is sometimes most beautifully exemplified.
Bitterns among the Herodiones are striking examples where the species lay unitinted eggs, but the sitting bird has a plumage that is in complete harmony with the environment of the nest. Even the long pointed brown or dark-green feathers of the back and head simu- late the thin lengthy sedge leaves when matted in mass on the ground. With Herons which build in trees such a protection is less evident: In the Rallide both the plumage of the bird and the coloration of the eggs themselves are protective. This is also the case with the Grwda, an- other family of the Paludicola.
Passing next to the Steganopodes we meet with another group of bird forms, morphologically more or less lowly organized, which for ages in the world’s history have probably laid their eggs in the most inaccessible of places, and it is just possible that the eggs they now lay, sometimes single and sometimes few (Cormorants), may be more or less like those that were laid by their very early ancestors. The elliptical white eggs of the Sulide, covered with a calcareous crust, are very different affairs from the more ordinary appearing eggs of water birds higher in the scale of organized bird life. And, notwithstanding their evident anserine affinities this may also apply to the Flamingoes (Odontogloss@).
Odlogists generally express the opinion that the pale unitinted eggs of the Anseres are protected against the pillaging of ordinary maraud- ers, from the fact that nearly all birds of this group build their nests or lay their eggs in inaccessible localities (eighth law). It must be remembered, however, and it is a very interesting fact, that in the case of the Swans (Cygnine) the dull white shells of their eggs are frequently adventitiously stained by the soil and especially by the wet and decay- ing vegetation composing the rude nest in which they are deposited. This often discolors them with a brownish, dirty shade, thus rendering them the more difficult to be seen upen easual observation. This applies likewise to the eggs of many Ducks (Anatine). But Ducks, too, often lay drab, greenish or buffy tinted eggs harmonizing with their
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 489
’ > 2)
surroundings, and such hues are also characteristic of the eggs of the arboreal building Ducks, such as Aix, for example, which lays drab- colored eggs, smooth and ellipsoidal in form. The still more typical tree-Ducks of the genus Dendrocygna may lay whiteeges (D. autumnalis).
‘With our Gallina, birds which always build their simple nests upon the ground, we find their large clutches of eggs either white, or else more or less protectively marked, or finally made so by adventi- tious staining (Colinus). These birds, however, as a rule, wear a plumage that is preéminently in harmony with the nest surroundings, and additional protection is undoubtedly afforded from the fact that the incubating birds are all close sitters. There is an interesting exception in this suborder in the case of the Massena Partridge (Cyrtonyxr). This curious bird, described by Vigors in 1830, remained comparatively unknown up to the year 1890, at which time not an egg of the species was in the possession of science, and even at this writing it is one of the United States game birds with which we are the least familiar as to its breeding or other habits. Strikingly showy in plum- age it lays a glossy, white egg, but it resorts to breed to the moun- tainous ravines in the western part of country, and this fact, in so far as man is concerned, at least, is the reason its nest has been so rarely discovered (eighth law). Judging from its other habits it is probably, too, a very close sitter.
Pigeons (suborder Columba) lay, as a rule, white eggs, and both sexes incubate in some of the species. Many of them are somber in plumage, and make their nests upon the ground, or very near it. So far as known they lay but two eggs to the set, but many of them breed several times in the season. Those, like Hetopistes, which formerly re- sorted to the forests in numberless hosts for the purpose, have been largely exterminated through man’s agency. It would seem that with such a species if mattered not what color their eggs may have assumed, it would have afforded no protection whatever against any class of despoilers. On the other hand, a little dove-like Columbigallina tre- queutly saves its eges by the habit it has of pitching suddenly off the nest and fluttering about on the ground as if wounded, and leading away the would-be robber of its treasures. Still, this bird, too, will build in the most exposed sites about the habitations of men, where their very gentleness and familiarity often protects them. If many should resort to this latter practice, and men rarely disturbed them when breeding, it would manifestly afford a double protection, for egg- eating mammals and birds, so common in the forests, would not likely be found in such localities, and thus their nests be exempt from plunder from such sources. Other birds, as many of the Limicola, have the trick of playing wounded when their eggs- are endangered by man’s approach; but if is a question in my mind whether, in many cases, it does not defeat its very object, inasmuch as it often inspires the in-
49() REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
truder to search for the nest. I have never had the opportunity to observe how the subterfuge affects other animals below man.
The Accipitrine birds lay, as a rule, notoriously handsome eggs, but they are commonly protected in two ways: (1) By the inaccessible places where the species build their nests, as well as from the fact (2) that many of the larger raptorial birds are fully capable of defending them against robbery, often driving off man himself. Buzzards (Cathardide), I believe, never defend their eggs by direct attack, nor do I personally know of an instance where they vomit the contents of their stomachs over the intruder, as I have had some of the Herons serve me (Ardea virescens). It is a remarkable fact that the eggs of Cathartes and Pseudogryphus difter so in their characters, and we have at present no explanation to offer on the subject. It has its significance, however, and future researches nay solve such problems. Audubon states that our Carolina Paroquet deposits its two eggs, which are light greenish- white, in the hollow of a tree, and that many females of the species lay them together at the bottom of the same cavity (Conurus: PSITTACT). They are examples of the second law given above, and this apparently applies with equal truth to the TROGONEs.
Exactly why the CoccyGEs should lay either white or unitinted eggs the present writer, at this time, does not pretend to know. They fall under the exceptions to the third law, or are examples of somber- plumaged birds that lay eggs like those to which reference has just been made, in open and exposed nests. Possibly in the future such circumstances as the facts that C. americanus lays ‘“ glaucous-white” eges. C. erythrophthalmus ‘“ verditer-blue” ones, and Geococeyx * white” ones may aid, slender as such clues usually are, in unraveling the true affinities of this group, but our knowledge in such premises must then be far more extensive than it is now.
The odlogy of ALCYONES, Pict, and STRIGES, ineach and every group, affords strong support to the truth of the second law and its general proposition, as does that of all our caprimulgine birds (CAPRIMULGT), save Phalewonoptilus nuttalli, support the truth of the fifth law. The writer will be obliged to have the opportunities to study the surround- ings of the places of deposit of the eggs of a great Iany Common and Nuttall’s Whip-poor-wills before expressing an opinion as to why the first should lay an egg with a creamy-white shell, heavily marked with browns and neutral tints, and the latter a white one. It is remarkable in another light, for Steatornis and the owls lay white eggs.
Every variety of the means of protection exemplified in the case of the eges of birds is to be seen in the TRocuiLt. In the first place, the eges of Humming-birds are inconspicuous from the fact that they are so small and few in number. The nests, also small, are frequently so constructed as to perfectly harmonize with the surroundings. The nests are often built in very inaccessible places, and so, difficult to be seen
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 491
or reached on that account. The nests are sometimes so constructed as to hide the eggs from view; in most instances the plumage of the back of the incubating bird is in complete harmony with the environ- ment of the nest. and, finally, the eggs are too small to be of any value scarcely to any egg-eating animal.
The somber-plumaged Swifts (CYPSELI), so far as is known of our North American species, lay their four or five white eggs in some cay- ity where they are hidden from the general view (second law, last part), and in this agreeing with some of the Swallows among the Passeres that do likewise.
There are some curious and interesting examples and departures to be seen in our great and compact group of passerine birds (PASSERES). If we consider the Corvide to be the most highly organized family of the suborder, and Corvus the highest genus, then in it we find the species laying somewhat numerous, dark-colored and marked eggs (C. corax); but these characters rapidly change directly within the family, for Cyanocephalus lays only three or four eggs, which are white, tinged with greenish and profusely spotted, and such characters are con- tinued into the next group, the Sturnide, where, however, they are more prolific layers (S. vulgaris), and the eggs, as a rule. are not marked. Then, passing by for the moment all the intermediate interrelated families, we find in the Clamatores, Tyrannus, which lays but four or five eggs, white, boldly and handsomely spotted with brilliant browns, and yet, too, in that very family (Tyrannide) we discover Empidonax minimus laying white eggs and unspotted. But just how a Raven comes to lay dark-colored, heavily marked eggs, and a small Flycatcher white ones I am inclined to believe we shall never exactly know. They both in this particular come under the third law, the Raven under the first part of it and the Flycatcher under the second.
The matter of coloration for protective purposes in this group would hardly seem to account for the characteristic colors of the eggs of the several families of passerine birds; nor, as I have heard it advanced, has the light anything to do with it, although my own observations lead me to think that crows are more frequently away from their nests during the period of incubation than are the smaller Passeres. They are not as close sitters. Such a theory, however, immediately becomes untenable when we take species like Ampelis cedrorum and Petrochel idon lunifrons into consideration. The first lays a dark-colored, heavily marked egg in an open nest, the parent being a close sitter, while the second, a Swallow, lays a white, thickly speckled egg in a covered nest, and is not especially a close sitter. Other Swallows, which. lay pure white eggs in burrows (C. riparia) may fall under the operation of the last part of the second law (see above). Affinity of the birds again seems to have hardly anything to do with it in some cases, for even among species very closely related the eggs are very different.
<
492 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1892.
Good examples of this are seeu among our wren. , T'roglodytida). These birds all lay in places where their eggs are not exposed to view, yet some of them lay pure white eggs, and others those which are very dark and densely spotted. It is seen again in Harporhynchus, where H. rufus lays whitish eggs speckled with brown, and its first cousin in the same genus, H. crissalis, two emerald-green and unspotted eggs. Such apparent anomalies would appear almost to defy a correct solu- tion.
When we come to the Fringillida it is even still more difficult to account for the peculiarities of the colors assumed by the shells of their eges. Here we find species of the same genus, habits alike, nesting alike, and the localities inhabited much alike, and yet laying very different appearing eggs. For example, the Black-faced sage Sparrow (A. bilineata), which lays whitish, unmarked eggs, and the California sage Sparrow (A. belli), which lays greenish-blue speckled eggs.
Another interesting case is one that I have alluded to in my table on the odlogy of the Passeres given above, and we find it among the “Grosbeaks.” Those birds, so called, usually all lay handsomely marked eggs; but the Blue Grosbeak (G. cwrulea) lays a plain egg quite like the one laid by the Indigo Bird of the genus Passerina (P. cyanea), only larger. Now, the Blue Grosbeak in plumage and other characters is strikingly like an Indigo Bird, and I believe that this is an instance pointing to the affinity of the two forms; indeed, I further believe that the Blue Grosbeak is more nearly related to our Indigo Bird than are some of the other species they have placed in the same genus with the latter, as, for instance, Passerina ciris and Passerina versicolor, birds that lay pearly-white eggs speckled with brown of two shades. When I say this I am also aware that the eggs of the Indigo are occasionally speckled. In the popular mind the name “Grosbeak” has given the impression that a number of birds in this country so designated are much of the “same kind of species,” whereas in reality the affinity in several instances is not so close as is generally supposed. For example, Guiraca is structurally much more nearly related to Passerina cyanea than it is to Habia, and still nearer than it is to either Cardinalis or Pyrrhulowia.
Finally, among our /cteride we find beautiful examples of that class of. cases (fifth law) where the male bird is of very handsome plumage; the female (the incubator) more or less somber in that respect; and where the eggs, more or less exposed to view (oftener less or partially concealed), are very remarkably and exquisitely decorated.
My examinations and studies of the odlogy of North American birds have clearly shown me that we should strive more and more towards correct and exact observation in such matters. It is especially needed to have before the odlogist abundance of material, and they should seek to employ a common nomenclature in the description of colors, tints, hues, and shades. This is also applicable to the descriptions of
COMPARATIVE OOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 493
forms and to the measurements of eggs. In regard to the last, or the measurements of eggs, itis a matter of the very, highest importance to the avian odlogist. Throughout the present paper I have frequently, but not always, contrasted the measurements as given us by different authorities, and it will be seen that the variance in statements in this particular is often quite as great as are the descriptions of form and color. The fact is the eggs themselves of the same species vary greatly in size, and averages taken from large series constitutes the only kind of data that can be safely relied upon. Nests and their environments are deserving of the most painstaking studies and descriptions, and frequent comparisons should be made of the nests of birds of allied families and groups. The best odlogical works are those which are fully illustrated with the most correct colored figures of eggs. In many instances a full knowledge of the breeding habits, nesting, and odlogy of birds will be of powerful assistance in determining the affinities of avian types. From a scientific standpoint avian odlogy has accom- plished much in the past and will undoubtedly do so in the future.
Sit Conlon ay:
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892.
495
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892,
I.—PUBLICATIONS OF THE MUSEUM. ANNUAL REPORTS.
Annual Report | of the | Board of Regents | of the | Smithsonian In- stitution, | Showing | the Operations, Expenditures, and Condi- tion | of the Institution | for the | year ending June 30, 1889. | — | Report | of the | National Museum. | — | Washington: | | Government Printing Office. | 1891. 8vo., pp. Xvii+883-+50. 107 plates, 137 text-figures, and 7 maps.
PROCEEDINGS.
Smithsonian Institution. | United States National Museum. | — | Pro- ceedings | of the | United States National Museum. | — | Vol. xii. | 1890. | — | Published under the direction of the Smithson- ian Institution. | — | Washington: | Government Printing Oftice.
1891.
8vo., pp. vili+665. Plates I-XXXxvu, text-figures 1-11.
The papers in this volume comprise Nos. 790-841, all of which were pub- lished separately during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1891. The date of publication of each paper is given in the Report for 1891, on pages 739, 740.
BULLETIN.
No. 39 is composed of several pamphlets containing instructions to col- lectors. Parts A-E have been published during the year. These are:
A. Directions for collecting birds. By Robert Ridgway. 8vo., pp. [1]-[27]. Figs. 1-9. B. Directions for collecting recent and fossil plants. By F. H. Knowlton. 8vo., pp. [1]-[46]. Figs. 1-10. ©. Notes on the preparation of rough skeletons. By Frederic A. Lueas. 8vo., pp. [1]J-[11]. Figs. 1-12. D. Directions for collecting, preparing, and preserving birds’ eggs and nests. By Charles Bendire. 8vo., pp. [1]-[10]. Six figures. i. Directions for collecting reptiles and batrachians. By Leon- hard Stejneger. 8vo., pp. [1]-[13]. Figs. 1-5. H, Mis. 114, pt. 2-32 497
498 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Smithsonian Institution, | United States National Museum. | — | Bulle- tin | of the | United States National Museum. | No. 41. | Bibliegra- phies of American Naturalists: | V. The published writings of Dr. Charles Girard. | By | G. Brown Goode. | — | Washington: | Government Printing Office, | 1891.
8vo., pp. 1-141. Frontispiece.
Smithsonian Institution, | United States National Museum.— | Bulle. tin | of the | United States National Museum. | No. 42. | A prelim- inary descriptive catalogue of the systematic | collections in eco- nomic geology and metallurgy | in the U.S. National Museum. | By | Frederic P. Dewey. | — | Washington: | Government Print- ing Office. | 1891.
8vo., pp. 1-256. Pls. 34. Figs. 10.
I].—PAPERS BY OFFICERS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM AND OTHER INVESTIGATORS WHOSE WRITINGS ARE BASED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ON THE COLLECTIONS OF THE MUSEUM.
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF NAMES.
Adams, A. C., U. 8. Fish Commission, Washington, D. C.
Adler, Cyrus, Librarian, Smithsonian Institution.
Agassiz, Alexander, Director, Musenm of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
Allen, J. A., American Museum of: Natural History, New York City.
Andrews, E. A., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.
Ayres, Edward F., Assistant Examiner, U.S. Patent Office.
Bean, Barton A., Assistant Curator, Department of Fishes, U. S. National Museum.
Bean, Tarleton H., U.S. Fish Commission; Honorary Curator, Departinent of Fishes, U.S. Nationa] Museum.
Bendire, Charles E., U. S. Army; Honorary Curator, Department of Birds’ Eggs, U.S. National Museum.
Benedict, James E., Assistant Curator, Department of Marine Invertebrates, U. 8. National Musenin.
Branner, John C., Leland Stanford Junior University, Palo Alto, Cal.
Brimley, C. S8., Raleigh, N. C.
Butler, Amos W., Secretary, Society of Natural History, Brookville, Ind.
Chapman, Frank M., American Museum of Natural History, New York City.
Cherrie, George K., National Museum of Costa Rica, Costa Rica.
Clarke, F. W., U. S. Geological Survey; Honorary Curator, Department of Minerals, U.S. National Museum.
Cope, E. D., 2102 Pine street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Cory, Charles B., 8 Arlington street, Boston, Mass.
Coulter, John M., Indiana State University, Bloomington, Ind.
Coville, Frederick V., Assistant Botanist, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.
Dall, William Healey, U. S. Geological Survey; Honorary Curator, Department ot Mollusks, U. 8S. National Museum.
De Kay, Charles, New York City.
Dewey, L. H., U. 8. Department of Agriculture.
Kigenmann, Carl H., University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.
Eigénmann, Rosa H., San Diego, Cal.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 499
Evermann, Barton W., Indiana State Normal School, Terre Haute, Ind.
Gilbert, Charles H., erand Stanford Junior University, Palo Alto, Cal.
Gill, Theodore, Smithsonian Institution.
Goode, G. Brown, Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.
Harris, Gilbert D., Russellville, Ark.
Hasbrouck, Edwin M., 1610 Fifteenth street N.W., Washington, D. C.
Haupt, Paul, Johns Hopkins University; Honorary Curator, Collection of Oriental Antiquities, U. 8. National Museum.
Hay, O. P., Terre Haute, Ind.
Holm, Theodor, U. 8S. National Museum.
Holmes, William H., Bureau of Ethnology; Honorary Curator, Department of American Aboriginal Pottery, U. S. National Museum.
Holzinger, John M., Department of Agriculture.
Howard, L. O., Assistant Entomologist, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture.
Jenkins, Oliver P., Leland Stanford Junior University, Palo Alto, Cal.
Jordan, David Starr, President of the Leland Stanford Junior University, Palo Alto, Cal.
Kendall, W. C., U. 8. Fish Commission.
Knowlton, F. H., aes Curator, Department of Fossil Plants, U. S. National Museum.
Koehler, S. R., Boston Museum of Fine Arts; Curator, Section of Graphie Arts, U. S. National Museum.
Lesquereux, Leo, Columbus, Ohio.
Linton, Edwin, Washington and Jefferson College, Washington, Pa.
Loomis, L. M., Chester, 8. C.
Lucas, Frederic A., Assistant Captor, Department of Comparative. Anatomy, U.S. National Museum.
MacFarlane, R., Winnipeg, Manitoba.
Marlatt, C. L., U. S. Department of Agriculture.
Mason, Otis T.. Curator, Department of Ethnology, U. S. National Museum.
Merriam, C. Hart, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.
Merrill, George Perkins, Curator, Department of Geology, U. S. National Museum.
Rathbun, Mary J., Assistant, Department of Marine Invertebrates, U. S. National Museum.
Rathbun, Richard, U. 8. Fish Commission; Honorary Curator, Department of Marine Invertebrates, U. S. National Museum.
Riley, Charles V., Entomologist, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture; Honorary Cura- tor, Department of Insects, U. S. National Museum.
Rose, J. N., U. S. Department of Agriculture.
Schneider, E. A., U. 8. Geological Survey.
Shufeldt, R. W., Takoma Park, D. C.
Simpson, Charles Torrey, U. S. National Museum.
Stearns, Robert E. C., Adjunct Curator, Department of Mollusks, U. S. National Museum. :
Stejneger, Leonhard, Curator, Department of Reptiles and Batrachians, U. S. Na- tional Museum.
Stone, Witmer, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa.
Tanner, Z. L., U. 8S. Navy, Washington, D. C.
Test, Frederick C., U.S. National Museum.
Thomson, William J., Paymaster, U.S. Army.
True, Frederick W., Curator of Mammals, U.S. National Museum.
Vasey, George, Botanist U. S. Department of Agriculture; Honorary Curator, De- partment of Botany, U. S. National Museum.
Walcott, Charies D., U. S. Geological Survey; Honorary Curator, Department of Paleozoic Fossils, U. 8S. National Museum.
500 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Ward, Lester F., U. S. Geological Survey; Honorary Curator, Department of Fos- sil Plants, U. S. National Museum.
Watkins, J. Elfreth, Curator, Section of Steam Transportation and Engineering, U. S. National Museum.
Wilder, Harris H., Northampton, Mass.
Williams, George H., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.
Wilson, Thomas, Curator, Department of Prehistoric Anthropology, U. 8. National
Museum. Yeates, William 8., Assistant Curator, Department of Minerals, U. S. National Museum.
LIST OF PAPERS.
A. C. ADAMS and W. C. KENDALL. Report upon an investigation of the fishing grounds off the west coast of Florida.
Bull. U. S. Fish Commission, Vol. 1X, 1889, pp. 289-812, 1 text figure, pl. Cxt, 1891.
List of the Brachyura collected by W. C. Kendall, pp. 303-306.
Cyrus ApLER. Report on the Section of Oriental Antiquities in the U. 8. National Museum, 1889. Report of the Sinithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 289-292. ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. Reports on the dredging operations off the west coast of Cen- tral America to the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the U.S. Fish Commis- sion steamer Albatross, Lieut.-Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. 8. Navy, commanding. I. Calamocrinus Diomed:e, a new stalked crinoid.
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoél., Vol. xvu, No. 2, 1892, pages 96, plates 32.
II. General sketch of the expedition of the Albatross, from February to May, 1891.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. xxut, No. 1, February, 1892, pages 89, plates 22.
The specimens collected on this expedition are being worked up under the supervision of Mr. Agassiz, after which a set will be deposited in the National Museum. :
J. A. ALLEN. Further notes on Maximilian types of South American birds.
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. His., New York, ut, No. 2, 1891, pp. 199-202.
The species treated critically are as follows: Myiothera ardesiaca Max., made the type of a new genus; Rhopocichla Allen; Anthos poecilopterus Max. (Geobates poecilopterus) ; Cypselus acutus Max., identified as Chetura cinereiventris Sel.
J. A. ALLEN. On a collection of birds from Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil, made up by Mr. Herbert H. Smith. Part 1, Oscines,
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. ut, No. 2, September 29, 1891, pp. 337-380.
Eighty-seven species are mentioned, of which Calliste margarite Allen (No. 31) and Bono- trichia capensis costaricensis Allen (p. 375)—the latter from Central America, however—are de- scribed asnew. The critical notes accompanying this paper are extensive and important. em- bracing as they do descriptions of plumages previously undescribed, explanation of variations, emendations of synonyms, etc.
J. A. ALLEN. The North American species of the genus Colaptes, considered with special reference to the relationships of C. auratus and C. caper.
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., tv. No. 1, March 8, 1892, pp. 21-44, pl. ii.
A very elaborate treatise ona subject of the highest importance in connection with the question of the origin of species. The conclusion reached is that the numerous specimens of intermediate character are actual hybrids, and not mere ‘‘intergrades,” thus confirming the views of Prof. Baird, published in 1858.
EK. A. ANDREWS. Report upon the Annelida Polychaeta of Beaufort, N. C.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. X1v, pp. 277-302, pls. Xu-Xviu, 1891.
The new species described are as follows: Harmothie aculeata, Eunice ornata, Diopatra magna, Ophelina agilis, Polydora commensalis, Axiothea mucosa, Petaloproctus socialis, Am- mochares edificator, Loimia turgida. :
EDWARD F. AYRES, WILLIAM 8S, YEATES and. (See under WILLIAM S. YEATES.)
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. §. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 501
Barton A. BEAN. Fishes collected by William P. Seal in Chesapeake Bay, at Cape Charles City, Va., September 16 to October 3, 1890. Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xv, pp. 83-94. A list of sixty-four species with an account of their abundance, habits, and common names. Barton A. BEAN. The Migration of Eels. Forest and Stream. March 3, 1892, p. 199. Review of Mr. H. C. Field’s account of the migration of eels in New Zealand. Barton A. BEAN. A Cat-Fish in Armor. Forest and Stream, March 24, 1892, p. 277. Popular account of the Caseadura (Hoplosterwin littorale) of Trinidad. Barton A. BEAN. New Hampshire Fish Culture. Forest and Stream, March 31, 1892, pp. 302, 303. Review of the Report of the Fish and Game Commissioners of New Hampshire, for the year ending December 1, 1891. BaRTON A. BEAN. World’s Fair Fishes. Forest and Stream, April 28, 1892, p. 401. Mention of the fishes to be exhibited at the World’s Fair, in Chicago, by the U. S. Fish Commission. BarTON A. BEAN. Pacific Salmon and Trout. Forest and Stream, May 5, 1892, p. 422. Review of Dr. D. 8. Jordan’s account of the West Coast Salmonid, published as Bulletin 4, by the Board of Fish Commissioners of California. Barton A. BEAN. Fisheries of the Pacific States. Forest and Stream, May 26, 1892, p. 501. Review of U.S. Census Bulletin No. 167; statistics of the West Coast fish and fisheries. TARLETON H. BEAN. Kennerley’s Salmon. Forest and Stream, July 9, 1891, pp. 498, 499. An account of the distribution, size, colors, and life history of the species is here given. TARLETON H. BEAN. Ilinois Fish Culture. Forest and Stream, July 9, 1891, p. 515. Review of the Annual Report of the Illinois Fish Commissioners. . TARLETON H. BEAN. Whale, Walrus, and Seal. Forest and Stream, July 16, 1891, p. 515. An account of the breeding habits, ete., of these animals. TARLETON H. BEAN. Wisconsin Fish Culture. Forest and Stream, July 23, 1891, p. 8. Review of the Annual Report, 1889-90, Wisconsin Fish Commissioners. TaRLETON H. BEAN. Land-locked Salmon in Bisby Lakes. Forest and Stream, July 30, 1891, p. 21. (Editorial.) TARLETON H. BEAN. ‘The Bluefish. Forest and Stream, September 10, 1891, p. 147. An aecount of its size, distribution, and life history. TARLETON H. BEAN. New York Fish Commission, Forest and Stream, October 8, 1891, p. 234. (Review of the 20th Annual Report, Fish Commissioners of New York.) TARLETON H. BEAN. Carp in ee Forest and Stream, November 5, 1891, p. 305. Review of its introduction aie ; Caos TARLETON H. BEAN. The U.S. Fish Commission Exhibit. Forest and Stream, November 5, 1891, p. 312. Notice of exhibit being prepared for exhibition at the World’s Fair. TARLETON H. Bean. Trout and Salmon in Mexico. Forest and Stream, November 19, 1891, p. 353. Account of the introduction of these fishes into Mexican waters. TARLETON H. BEAN. Tench for American Waters. Forest and Stream, November 26, 1891, p. 374. Introduction of Tench into America. TARLETON H. BEAN. Yellowstone Park Fishes. Forest and Stream, December 3, 1891, pp. 392-293. Review of paper upon the fishes found in the waters of the National Park by D. S. Jordan. TARLETON H. BEAN. World’s Fair Fishes. Forest and Stream, December 17, 1891,
502 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 18992.
TARLETON H. BEAN—Continued. Notice of two interesting forms recently obtained in the North Atlantic, Lampris and Ruvettus. TARLETON H. BEAN. Jurisdiction over the Lakes. Forest and Stream, December 24, 1891, p. 445. z An opinion as to the Government’s power in replenishing and protecting the fisheries of Lake Ontario. TARLETON H. BEAN. Pennsylvania Fish Commission. Forest and Stream, December 24, 1891, p. 425. Account of the annual meeting of this Commission held in Washington, D. C., December 18, 1891. TARLETON H. BEAN. Impassable Fishways. Forest and Stream, December 31, 1891, p. 466. An editorial notice of the different kinds of fishways. TARLETON H. BEAN. Slaughter of Birds and Fishes. Forest and Stream, February 4, 1892, p. 97. Editorial comments on the destruction of birds and fishes in Florida. TARLETON H. BEAN. Massachusetts Fisheries and Game. Forest and Stream, March 3, 1892, p. 200. Review of the 26th Annual Report, Commissioners of Fisheries for Massachusetts. TARLETON H. BEAN. The Menhaden. Forest and Stream, March 10, 1892, p. 221. Editorial comments on the life history and uses of the menhaden. TARLETON H. BEAN. Protect the Black Bass. Forest and Stream, March 24, 1892, p. 269. A plea for the better protection of the black bass in waters of the United States. TARLETON H. BEAN. Salmon spawning without going to sea. Forest and Stream, March 24, 1892, p. 270. Accounts of Salmon reproducing their kind in fresh waters. TARLETON H. BEAN. Piscatorial exhibition in London. Forest and Stream, March 24, 1892, p. 270. An account of the exhibition of anglers’ trophies at the Royal Aquarium, Westminster, England, February 18 to March 5, 1892. TARLETON H. BEAN. Pennsylvania Fish Protective Association. Forest and Stream, April 7, 1892, p. 317. Editorial mention of its meeting in Philadelphia, March 29, 1892. TARLETON H. BEAN. Effects of garbage on fish. Forest and Stream, May 19, 1892, p. 469. Comments on polluting waters with garbage. TARLETON H. BEAN. Fisheries at the World’s Fair. Forest and Stream, May 26, 1892, p. 493. TARLETON H. BEAN. Food for Fishes. Forest and Stream, June 2, 1892, p. 515. Editorial notice of paper by A. N. Cheney on this subject. TARLETON H. BEAN. American Fisheries Society. Forest and Stream, June 2, 1892, p. 524. Report of the twenty-first annual meeting of the American Fisheries Society, held in New York May 25 and 26, 1892. . TARLETON H. BEAN. Fisheries on the Great Lakes. Forest and Stream, June 9, 1892, p. 537. Editorial notice of Mr. Herschel Whitaker's paper giving a history of the Great Lakes fisheries. TARLETON H. BEAN. Sale of Reared Trout in Close Time. Forest and Stream, June 9, 1892, p. 537. Editorial notice of Mr. W. L. Gilbert’s paper on the sale of trout from private waters. TARLETON H. BEAN. A National Salmon Park. Forest and Stream, June 16, 1892, p. 559. Editorial notice of a proposed salmon park in Alaska. TARLETON H. BEAN. Rearing fish for distribution. Forest and Stream, June 23, 1892, p. 585. Editorial analysis of papers upon the subject by prominent fish culturists. TARLETON H. BEAN. Description of a new species of star gazer (Cathetostoma albi- gutta) from the Gulf of Mexico.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 503
TarRL=ETON H. Bean. Notes on fishes collected in Mexico by Prof. Duges, with descriptions of new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xv, pp. 283-287. (Fundulus robustus, Acara bartoni, aud Algansea dugesi ave described for the first time.) CHARLES E. BENDIRE. Does the Rattlesnake Spit?
Forest and Stream, XXXVII, June 2, 1892, p. 518.
Controverts Prof. Cope’s account of the rattlesnake’s action in attacking. James E. BENEDICT. Decapod crustacea of Kingston Harbor.
Johns Hopkins University Circular, Vol. x1, No. 97, p. 77, April, 1892.
A list of thirty-eight species of crustacea collected at Jamaica by Dr. T. Tl. Morgan, with descriptions of one new genus, Areograpsus, and three new species Hucratoplax spinidentata, Areograpsus jamaicensis and Sesarma bidentata.
James E. BenEpicr. Preliminary descriptions of thirty-seven new species of hermit crabs of the genus Lupagurus in the U.S. National Museum,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. Xv, pp. 11-26, 1892.
The genus is divided, according to the character of the left hand, into four subgenera, Hupa- gurus, Trigonochirus, Blassochirus and Labidochirus. Of the thirty-seven new species, twenty- eight are from the west coast of North America, one from the Galapagos Islands, two from the east coast of South America, and the remainder from Florida and the Caribbean Sea.
James E. BeNEpicT and Mary J. RaruBpun. The genus Panopeus.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. Xtv, pp. 355-3885, pls. XIX-XXIv, 1891.
A monograph based on thirty-eight species, twenty-five of which are contained in the Museum. Six species are described as new: Panopeus areolatus, dissimilis, ovatus, angusti- SFrons, hemphillii, bermudensis.
JOHN C. BRANNERand FREDERICK V. COVILLE. (Seeunder FREDERICK V. COVILLE.)
C.S. BRiIMLEY. Bachman’s Warbler (Helmenithophila bachmani), at Raleigh, N.C. The Auk, vit, No. 3, July, 1881, pp. 316-318. Specimens taken April 27 and May 22, 1891.
Amos W. BuTLer. Notes on the Range and Habits of the Carolina Parrakeet.
The Auk, 1x, No.1, Jan., 1892, pp. 49-56. Refers chiefly to ‘‘its distribution in Indiana and neighboring States, together with some notes upon its habits.” ;
FRANK M. CuapMAn. On the color-pattern of the upper tail coverts in Colaptes auratus.
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 11, No. 2, August 27, 1891, pp. 311-314.
Shows a remarkable individual variation in respect to the markings in question, page 314 showing illustrations of single feathers from fifteen individual specimens, each differently marked.
FRANK M. CHAPMAN. On the birds observed near Corpus Christi, Tex., during parts of March and April, 1891.
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 111, No. 2, August 27, 1891, pp. 315-328.
A well annotated list of thirty-three species, of which Cardinalis cardinalis carinuchu Chapm. (p. 324) is described as new.
GEORGE K. Cnerrik. Description of new genera, species, and subspecies of birds from Costa Rica.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xtv, No. 855, September 5, 1891, pp. 337-346.
New genera: Deconychwra (p. 338), type, D. typica, new species; Premnoplex (p. 339), type Margarornis brunnescens Tawr. New species and subspecies: Lophotriccus squamicristatus minor (p.337), Lophotriceus zeledoni (p. 337), Pachyrhamphusornatus (p. 338), Deconychure typica (p. 339), Vireo superciliaris (Ridgway, MS.) (p. 340), Basileuterus salvini (p. 342), Grallaria lizanov (p. 342), Pachyrhamphus similis (p. 348), Arremon aurantiirostris saturatus (p, 345), Myrmeciza intermedia (p. 345).
GEORGE K. CHERRIE. Notes on Costa Rican Birds.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xtv, No. 879, November 18, 1891, pp. 517-537.
Species and subspecies noticed critically are, (1) Catharus melpomene, (2) Catharus mexicanus, (3) Campylorhynchus eapistratus, (4) Henicorhina prostheleuca (5) Henicorhina leucophrys, (6) Thryophilus costaricensis, (8) Thryophilus thoracicus, (9) Thryophilus zeledoni, (11) Thryophilus semibadius, (12) Thryothorus hyperthrus, (13) Thryothorus melanogaster, (14) Thryothorus Sfasciativentris, (15) Oreothlypis gutturalis, (16) Dendroica vieilloti, (17) Geothlypis eaninucha icterotis, (18) Geothlypis bairdi, (19) Basileuterus delattrii, (20) Basileuterus melanogenys, (21) Setophaga aurantiaca; (22) Vireo pallens, (23) Hylophilus ochraceiceps, (24) Cyclorhis lavipectus subjlavescens, (25) Vireolanius puchellus verticalis, (26) Diglossa plumbea, (27) Daenis venusta, (28) Buphonia gracilis, (29) Euphonia minuta, (30) Ramphocelus costaricensis, (31) Chlorospin- gus pileatus, (32) Buarremon gutturalis, (33) Dendrornis nana costaricensis, (34) Myrmeeiza stictoptera, (385) Picolaptes compressus, (36) Philydor virgatus, (37) Grallaria intermedia, (38) Grallaria dives, (39) Ornithion imberbe, (40) Tyranniseus parvius, (41) Empidonax albigularis,
504 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. —
GEORGE K. CHERRIE—Continued.
(42) Contopus lugubris, (43) Platypsaris aglaic, (44) Pachyrhamphus versicolor, (45) Pipra velutina, (46) Pipra leucorrhoa, (47) Pipra leucocilla, (48) Pipra mentalis, (49) Trogon elegans, (50) Antrostomus vociferus, (51) Coecygus minor, (52) Chloronerpes simplex, (53) Melanerpes chrysauchen, (54) Accipiter tinus.
F.W.Ciarke. The relations of abstract research to practical invention.
Pop. Sei. Monthly, August, 1891, p. 540. Fk. W. Ciuarke. Table of atomic masses. . A leaflet published by C. F. Chandler, October, 1891, for the use of students in Columbia College. F.W. Ciarker. Administrative report as chief chemist. Tenth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey. F.W. Crarke. The practical analysis of silicates. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc., December, 1891, x11, p. 277. F. W. Ciarke, Tschermak’s theory of the chlorite groups and its alternatives. Amer. Journ. Sei., March, 1892, pp. 190-200.
F. W. Charke. Report of the Department of Minerals in the U. 8. National Mu- seum, L889.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), p. 401.
F. W. CLarkr. Report on Prof. Morley’s researches.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 1890 (1891), p. 83.
BF. W. Ciarke and E. A. SCHNEIDER. On the condition of certain micas, vermicu- lites and chlorites.
Amer. Journ. Set., September, 1891, pp. 242-251.
F. W. Crarkek and EF. A. SCHNEIDER. Experiments upon the constitution of certain micas and chlorites.
Amer. Journ. Sci.. May, 1892, pp. 378-386.
F. W. Crarke and E. A. SCHNEIDER. Ueber die Einwirkung des Salmicks bei Dis- sociation temperatur auf Silicate.
Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Gesell, 25, 883.
F. W. Ciarke, chief chemist, and others. Bulletin 78 of the U. S. Geological Sur- vey. Report of work done in the division of chemistry and physics, mainly during the fiscal year 188990.
F. W. CLarkeE. Abstracts of various papers on atomic weights published from time to time in the Journal of Analytical and Applied Chemistry.
E. D. Corr. A critical review of the characters and variations of the snakes of North America.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xtv, No. 882, pp. 589-694. 7 The attempt is made to define with precision the species of North American snakes, together with their variations.
E. D. Corr. Color-pattern in Cnemidophorus.
Amer. Natwral., XXv, 1891, pp. 1135, 1136. The longitudinally striped pattern shown to pass in a transversely banded form, KE. D. Corr. Parallel color-patterns in lizards. Amer. Natural., XXV1, 1892, p. 522, pl. xviii. Calls attention to the parallelism of pattern development in Lacerta and Cnemidophorus.
KE. ). Cope. The osteology of the Lacertitia.
Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., XXX, 1892, pp. 185-221, pls. ii—vi.
Descriptions of skeletons of various North American generic types. KE. Db. Cope. On the characters of some paleozoic fishes.
Proc. U. S. Nal. Mus., X1v, pp. 447-463.
CuarLes B. Cory. Descriptions of new birds from the Bahama Islands, with re-
marks on the species of Speotyto which occur in the West Indies. The Auk, vii, No. 4, October, 1891, pp. 348, 349. New species are as follows: (1) Spindolis zena stejneger; Elenthera I. (p. 348); (2) Dendroica pityophila bahamensis, Abaco (p. 348); (3) Speotyto cunicularia bahamensis Inagua (p. 348). Joun M. Courter. Manual of the phanerogams and pteridophytes of Western Texas. Cont. Nat. Herb., 11, June, 1892, pp. 153-345. This is the second part of a Manual of Western Texas. This number treats of the Gamo- petale only.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1392. 505
Freprrick V. CovILLE and JOHN C. BRANNER. A list of the plants of Arkansas.
Report of Geological Survey of Ark., tv, 1888, pp. 155-252.
This is a catalogue of all the known plants of Arkansas.
FrepeEriIcK V. COVILLE. Description of new plants from Southern California, Ne- vada, Utah, and Arizona.
Biol. Soc. of Washington, Vit, 1892, pp. 65-80.
WitiraAM Hearty DAL. Contribution ila Faune malacolojique terrestres des Iss Galapagos.
Journal de Conehyliologie, Paris, Xxx, No. 4, pp. 314-316, October, 1891.
This is a brief synopsis of the malacolegical results obtained by Dr. G. Baur during ex- ploration of the Galapagos Islands.
WILLIAM HEALEY DALL. On anew subgenus of meretrix (Lntwela), with deserip- tions of two new species from Brazil.
The Nautilus, Philadelphia, July, 1891, Vol. vy, No. 3, pp. 26-29.
Entwela perplexa Stearns from the Rio La Plataand Entwela Iheringi Dall from Southeastern
3razil, are described and figured.
WILLIAM HEALEY DALL. On some marine mollusks from the southern coast of Brazil.
The Nautilus, August, 1891, pp. 42-44.
This paper comprises alist of species from the region specified, mostly colleeted by Dr. H. y. Ihering.
WiILiiaM HEALEY DaLL. On some types new to the fauna of the Galapagos Islands.
The Nautilus, January, 1892, pp. 97-99.
This describes Helicina nesiotica, Leptinaria chathamensis, and Zonites Bawri, all new spe- cies, and notes the occurrence of anew species of Pupa and Bulimulus (Plewropyrqus) Habeli Stearns. ;
WitiiaAM HEALEY Dati. On the species of donax of Eastern Noyth America.
The Nautilus, March, 1892, pp. 125, 127.
This paper gives the diagnostic features of the different species in tabular form, and de- seribes as new D. Emmonsi and D. aequilibrata Dall from the late tertiarius of the Carolinas.
WILLIAM HmraLtey DaLy. On an undescribed Cytherea from the Gulf of Mexico.
The Nautilus, April, 1892, pp. 134. 135.
Tn this paper Cytherea texasiana is described from the coast of Texas.
WitriraM HeALey Dati. Geographical explorations. Early expeditions to the re- gion of Behring Sea and Strait. From the reports and Journals of Vitus Ivano- vich Behring, translated by William Healey Dall. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1891.
From U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, T. C. Mendenhall, Superintendent, Annual Report for 1890. Appendix 19, pp. 759-774; 4° with two maps. March, 1891.
This paper, separately printed as above with title page and cover, appears in the annual volume with the following heading:
“Notes on an original manuscript chart of Behring’s expedition of 1725-1730, and on an orig- inal manuscript chart of his second expedition; together with a summary of a journal of the first expedition kept by Peter Chaplin and now first rendered into English from Bergh’s Rus- sian version.”
WiiriaM Hearty Dati. Tertiary Mollusks of Florida, Part 11, Introductory. On the marine Pliocene beds of the Carolinas.
Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, Transactions, Vol. tv, pp. 201-217, January 90, 1892.
The above was separately printed in advance, and contains a demonstration of the existence of true Pliocene beds in the Carolinas. The general conclusions were reprinted in the Nau- tilus, March, 1892, pp. 128-132.
WILLIAM HEALEY Dai. Obituary Notices, Emil Bessels.
Bull. Phil. Soc. of Washington, 11, pp. 465, 466. September, 1891.
WitiiaAM HEALEY Dati. Apropos des Pleurotomaria des Musees Americaines.
Bulletin scientifique de la France et de Belgique, Paris, 1891, Xx111, part 2, pp. 488, 489.
This note explains the condition in which the animals referred to reacked America, and vindicates the authorities of the Museum from the charge of indifference or carelessness in utilizing this material, which had been made.
WILLIAM HEALEY DaLL. Scientific results of explorations by the U. 8. Fish Com- mission Steamer Albatross. XX.—On some new or interesting West American
506 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
WiLLiAM Hratrey Dat~t—Continued. shells obtained from the dredgings of the U. 8. Fish Commission Steamer Alba- tross in 1888, and from other sources.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X1v, pp. 173-191, No. 849, July 25, 1891.
In this paper the American species and varieties of Euplewra are reviewed, their synonymy given, and new forms described and figured. The fossil Nassa californiana and Cryptodon bisectus of Conrad are recognized in the recent fauna; several species of Californian Fusus are discussed, and F. Kobelti and Havfordi, hitherto unfigured, are illustrated. The adult Trophon triangulatus Cpr. is for the first time recognized and figured, also Carpenter’s Clemen- tia subdiaphana aad Deshayes, Tellina denticulata. The following new species and varieties are described: Eupleura unispinosa, B.limata, EB. sulcidentata, Trophon cerrosensis, Cancel- laria Crawfordiana, Tellina Ide, Terebratella occidentalis var. obsoleta, Buccinwm strigillatum, B.taphrium, Mohnia Frielei, Strombella Middendorfii, S. fragilis, S. melonis, Chrysodomus ithius, C. periscelidus, C. phoeniceus, C.eucosmius, C. halibrectus, Trophon seitulus, T. dispa- rilis, Puncturella major, Solenya Johnsoni, Calyptogena (n. gen.) with C. pacifica as type, and Limopsis vaginatus.
WituiamM HeaLky Dai. Instructions for collecting mollusks, and other useful hints for the conchologist.
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 39, Part G, pp. [1]-[56], 1892.
This paper is intended to furnish hints to collectors who desire to hunt for mollusks, and includes notes on the manufacture of dredges, the preservation of specimens for anatomical research, the fitting of cabinets, scheme for cataloguing collections and a list of useful books of reference. :
WILLIAM HEALEY DAL. The fate of the fur seal.
Forest and Stream, New York, Xxxvit, No. 16, p. 307, November 5, 1891; and the same, No. 19, p. 368, November 26, 1891.
Two letters discussing the factors tending to diminish the species and the value of the skins in 18668
Crartes DEKAyY. On a bronze Buddha in the U.S. National Museum.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 729-735, pl. evil.
L. H. Dewry. Characteristic vegetation of the desert region from western Texas to central Arizona.
Report of the Secretary of Agriculture, 1891, pp. 351-355, 8 pls.
Cart H. EIGENMANN. The Fishes of San Diego.
Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., Xv, pp, 123-178.
An account of the observations made by the author on the fishes of San Diego and vicinity, from December 11, 1888, to March 4, 1890. One hundred and seventy species and varieties are here catalogued.
Cart H. EIGENMANN and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. A catalogue of the fresh-water fishes of South America.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X1v, pp. 1-81.
Rosa 8. EIGENMANN and Cart H. EIGENMANN. (See under Cari H. EIGENMANN.)
Barron W. EVERMANN and OLIVER P. JENKINS. Report upon a collection of fishes made at Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, with descriptions of new species.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xtv, pp. 121-165.
A list of one hundred and ten species, with descriptions of seventeen supposed to be new.
CHARLES H. GILBERT. Description of apodal fishes from the tropical Pacific.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Xtv, pp. 347-352.
CHARLES H. GILBERT. Descriptions of thirty-four new species of fishes collected in 1888 and 1889, principally among the Santa Barbara Islands and in the Gulf of California.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xtv, pp. 539-566.
THEODORE GILL. On Eleginus of Fischer, otherwise called Tilesia or Pleurogadus.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X1v, pp. 303-305.
THEODORE GILL. Notes on the genus Hiatula of Lacépéde, or Tautoga of Mitehill.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X1v, p. 695.
THEODOREGILL. Note on the genus Chonerhinus or Xentoperus.
Proc. U.S. Nat Mus., X1v, pp. 697-699.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 507
THEODORE GILL. On the genus Gnathanacanthus of Bleeker. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X1v, pp. 701-703.
THEODORE GILL. Notes on the Tetraodontoidea. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X1v, pp. 705-720.
-~
a. BROWN GoopE, The Museums of the Future. Report of the Sinithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 427-445.
~
+. BROWN GOODE. Report upon the Condition and Progress of the U. S. National Museum during the year ending June 30, 1889. Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum) 1889 (1891), pp. 3-277.
GILBERT DENNISON Harris. On the confounding of Nassa Trivittata Say and Nassa Peralta Cour. sp.
American Geologist, September, 1891, pp. 174-176.
The material upon which this review was based forms part of the collection of the U. S. National Museum.
EpWIn M. Hassprouck. Acadian Owl (Nyctala acadica) at Washington, D. C.
The Auk, vu, No. 3, July, 1891, p. 318.
Records five specimens taken during winter of 1890-1891, one of which was captured alive in the Smithsonian building.
Epwin M. Hassrovuck. The Carolina Paroquet (Conurus carolinensis).
The Auk, x11, No. 4, October, 1891, pp. 369-379; full page map.
An important résumé of the geographical range, past and present, of this highly interest- ing bird. The map shows the startling contrast between its present very restricted range and its former extensive distribution.
PauLt Haupt. Das babylonische Nimrodepos. II. Abth. der Keilschrifttext der XI. Tarel mit dem Siindflutbericht. Hinrichs, Leipzig. The cuneiform text of the eleventh tablet of the Nimrod Epic, containing the account of the Deluge. Restored from the fragments and autographed. Paut Haupt. Proposed new translation of the Bible. Johns Hopkins University Circular, Baltimore, May, 1892, pp. 87-90. Containing the plan of the proposed Bible and the directions to contributors. O. P. Hay. Note on Gyrinopiilus maculicandus Cope.
American Naturalist, XXv, 1891, pp. 1188-1135.
Shows that the species should be referred to the genus Spelerpes.
THeEopor Horm. A study of some anatomical characters of North American Gram- inex. 11. The genus Uniola continued.
Botanical Gazette, XV1, 1891, pp. 219-225, pls. XXI, XXII.
Describes the anatomy of the leaf of Uniola gracilis. U. nitida, U. paniculata, and U. Palmeri. Several characters are observed by which these species are easily distinguished anatomically.
THEODOR Ho~m. The Podostemaceae. Review of Engen Warming’s paper, Podos- temacee, in Engler und Prantl: Die natiirlichen Pflanzen Familien, 111, 2a.
Botanical Gazette, August, 1891, pp. 237, 238.
THEODOR HoLtmM. Review of R. Pirotta’s paper: Keteleeria Fortunei in Annuario del R. Instituto Botanico di Roma, Anno ry.
Botanical Gazette, XV1, p. 274.
TuEopOR Hotm. A double-flowered Cyclamen. Garden and Forest, 1892. Description of some abnormally developed flowers of Cyclamen persicum. Small flowers were developed in the axils of the calyx-lobes. THropor Horm. Opfording til danske Botanikere. Medd fra botan. For Kjoben- havn, 1892. Requests Danish botanists to forward their publications to the library of the U.S. National Museum.
THEODOR HoLtm. A study of some anatomical characters of North American Grani- new, U1. Distichlis and Pleuropogon. Botanical Gazette, Xvt, 1891, pp. 275-281, pls. XXII-xXxIv. Describes the anatomy of the leaf of Distichlis maritima, D. thalassiea, D. prostrata, Pleu- ropogon refractum, P.californicum and P. sabinei. The anatomical characters are suflicient for the distinguishing of their species.
508 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
THEODOR Hotm. Review of V. B. Wittrock’s paper: De Linaria Reverchoni n. sp. Observationes morphologicae et biologicae in Acta horti Bergiani, Vol. 1.
Botanical Gazette, XVil, p. 64.
THEODOR Hotm. Burnt Spots on Leaves. teview of B. Jénsson’s paper: ‘‘Om brannflac kar paa viixtblad” in Botaniska Notiser, 1891. Botanical Gazette, XVM, pp. 89-91.
TukopoR HoLm. On the vitality of some annual plants. Amer. Jour. Sci., XLII, pp. 804-307, pl. x Description of some North American plants, which, though considered as annual, some-
times occur as perennial or biennial}. THEopoR Hotm. Vitality of Ferns. teview of V. B. Wittrock’s paper ‘‘ De filicibus observationes biologicae”’ in Acte horti Bergiani, Vol. 1 Botanical Gazette, XVI, pp. 55, 56.
THropor Horm. Anatomy of Carices. Review of A. Mazel’s paper: ‘‘ Etudes Vana- tomie comparée sur les organes de végétation dans le genre Carex.” Geneve, 1891.
Botanical Gazette, XVI, pp. 56-58.
Treopor Hotm. Anatomy of the stolons of Graminee. Review of P. Hellstroem’s paper: “Naagra iakttagelser angaaende anatomien hos graesens underjordiska utlépare.” Bihang K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hdlgr., xvi, 1891.
Botanical Gazette, XV, pp. 121, 122. TuHEopoR HOLM. Studies upon germination. Review of F. Hildebrand’s paper ‘“‘Kinige Beobachtungen an Keimlingen und Stecklingen.” Bot. Zeitung, 1892. Botanical Gazette, XVu, pp. 122, 123. : TuEopor HoLtm. The Home of Calypso. Botanical Gazette, Xvn, p. 133.
Tureopor Hotm. Review of Alida Ober’s paper upon the structure of the pericarp
of Labiate in Bihang K. Sy. Vet. Akad. Hdlgr., xvt. Botanical Gazette, XVI, p. 133.
THEODOR Horm. Review of O. Nordstedt’s paper ‘A Monogr: aph of the. Australian Characew.”
Botanical Gazette, XVM, p. 134.
THEODOR Hotm. Review of F. Kjellman’s paper ‘‘ Undersékning of naagra til slig- tet Adenocystis Hook-fil hiinforda alger” in Bihang K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hdlgr. Wolly S.e\%e
Botanical Gazette, XVU, p. 135.
THEODOR Hom. Review of G. Lagerheim’s paper upon the « occurrence of European
Uredinee near Quito, Ecuador. Botaniska Notiser, 1891. Botanical Gazette, XVM, p. 125
THEODOR Hotm. The vegetation of the paramos of Venezuela. Review of Garbel’s paper ‘“‘Die Vegetation der venezolanischen Paramos.” Pflanzenbiol Schilder- ungen, Pars 2, 1891.
Botanical Gazette, XVII, pp. 159, 160.
Turopor Horm. The psammophilous flora of Denmark. Review of Eugen Warm- ing’s paper, “De psammofile Formationeri Danmark.’ Videnskab. Mddd. fra. Naturlist Forening Kjobenhavn, 1891.
Botanical Gazette, XV, pp. 220-222. THroporR Horm. Third list of additions to the flora of Washington, D. C. Proc. Biol. Soe. Washington, vil, pp. 105-132. Enumeration of eighty species, new to the flora, and some localities of the rarer species, so as to show their distribution in the District. - TuHEopoR HOLM. Notes on the flowers of Anthoxanthum odoratum L. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xv, pp. 399-403. This paper gives an account of the structure of the flower of this plant, a subject that has been discussed by several botanists before. and which has given very different ideas as to the
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. DO9
Tueopor Horm—Continued. conception of the structure. It seems that the present paper, based upon abnormally de- veloped specimens, throws some light upon this very combined structure. Wituram H. Hormes. I[lustrated catalogue of collections. Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, pp. 427-510, 84 text figs. Witiram H. HotMgEs. Ancient pottery of the Mississippi Valley.
Fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, pp. 361-436; 103 text figs.
WiLiiAM H. HOLMES. Spurious Mexican antiquities and their relation to ancient art.*
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 1886 (1889), pp. 319-334.
WitiiaAM H. Hotmes. Ancient Pueblo pottery. Fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, pp. 257-360; 150 text tigs. WituiAM H. Hommes. Ancient pottery of Chinqui.
Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, pp. 13-187; 285 text figs., 1 pl.
WitiiaAM H. HotMgEs. Studies in aboriginal decorative art. Stamped ornament of South American earthenware.
American Anthropologist, January, 1892, pp. 67-72.
WicuiAM H. Hotmes. The rocking-stamp or roulette in pottery decoration.
American Anthropologist, April, 1892, pp. 149-152; 2 pls.
JOHN M. Houzincer. The identity of Asclepias stenophylla and Acerates auriculata. * Botanical Gazette, Xvi, 1892, April, p. 124; May, p. 160. L.O. Howarp. A Note on Parasites.
Insect Life, tv, double number 1 and 2, October, 1890, pp. 48, 49.
A number of instances are given of error in the determination of the: relations between host insect and parasite, and the frequent causes of error are pointed out and the necessity for great care insisted upon.
L.O. Howarp. The Larger Corn-Stalk Borer.
Insect Life, 1v, double munber 3 and 4, November, 1890, pp. 90-103.
Historical account and life history of Diatraea saccharalis, detailing particularly its damage to corn and giving new food-plants and remedies.
L. O. Howarp. The Methods of Pupation among the Chalcidide.
Tnsect Life, tv; double number 5 and 6, December, 1891, pp. 193-196.
L. O. Howarp. The Habits of Llasmus.
Insect Life, tv, double number 7 and 8, March, 1892, pp. 258-254.
L. O. Howarp. The Biology of the Hymenopterous Insects of the Family Chalei- dide.
Proc. U. S. Nat. MWus., xtv, pp. 567-588, excerpt No. 881. Published 1891.
A general consideratio: of the biology of the Chaleidide under the following subheads: The insects and stages of insects infested by Chalcidids; How the Chaleidid larva lives; How fast does it develop?; How the larva transforms; How many develop ina single host?; Pro portions of sexes in issuing; Phytophagic habit; Parthenogenesis; How large is the family?
L. O. Howarp. The Habits of Welittobia.
Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington, 11, No. 2, pp. 244-248. Issued June 30, 1892.
A résumé of the habits of the hymenopterous parasites belonging to this genus, with an account of the rearing of a species from a dipterous pupari. An appended table indicates the host insects, the species of parasite, and the name of the observer.
L. O. Howarp. Appearance of Mealy Bugs parasitized by Leptomastrix.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, u, No. 2, pp. 244-248. Issued June 30, 1892.
Careful description of these parasitized Mealy Bugs, indicating a striking resemblance to Dipterous puparia.
uu. O. HowArRD and C. V. RinEy. (See under C. V. RiLey.) OLIVER P. JENKINS and BARTON W. EVERMANN. (See under BARTON W. EVERMANN.) DAvID STARR JORDAN. Relations of temperature to vertebrie among fishes. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Xiv, pp. 107-120. W.C. KENDALL, A. C. ADAMS and. (See under A. C. ADAMs.) F. H. KNOWLTON. Directions for collecting Recent and Fossil Plants. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 39, Part B, pp. [1]-[46]. Contains explicit directions for making collections of recent and fossil plants.
port for 1889.
510 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
F. H. KNowiron. The Flora of the Dakota Group. A posthumous work by Leo Lesquereux. Edited by F. H. Knowlton.
Monograph xvul, U. S. Geological Survey, pp. 1-400, pl. LXVI.
This monograph contains descriptions of 460 species of plants, and represents one of the best known fossil floras of the world.
S. R. Kokuier. Museum of Fine Arts, Print Department : Exhibition illustrating the technical methods of the reproductive arts, from the fifteenth century to the present time, with special reference to the photo-mechanical processes. January 8 to March 6, 1892. Boston: Printed for the Museum by Alfred Tlerdge & Son, 24 Franklin street, 1892, x1 + 98, 16mo.
A descriptive catalogue, giving a concise historical and technical account of all the repro- ductive processes of which specimens were shown.
S. R. KorHLER. Report on the Section of Graphic Arts in the U.S. National Museum, 1&89.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 801-315.
Leo LESQUEREUX. (See under F. H. KNOWLTON.)
Epwin Linton. Notes on entozoa of marine fishes, with descriptions of new species. Part Il.
Rept. U. S. Commr. of Fish and Fisheries, 1888 (1891), pp. 223-542, pls. LII-LX.
Notes on the genus Hehinorynchus, with descriptions of four new species: EF. thecatus, atten- uatus, serrani, and carcharie.
Epwin Linton. The anatomy of Thysanocephalum crispum, Linton, a parasite of the tiger shark.
Rept. U.S. Commr. of Fish and Fisheries, 1888 (1891), pp. 543-596, pls. LXI-LXVII.
Epwin Linton. On two species of larval Dibothria trom the Yellowstone National Park.
Bull. U.S. Fish. Com., 1X, 1889, (1891), pp. 65-79, pls. XXIII-XXVII.
Tigula catostomi, sj.nov., and Dibothriwn cordiceps, Leidy, internal parasites of fish, collected by Dr. David S. Jordan for the Fish Commission.
EpwIN Linton. Notes on avian entozoa.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xv, pp. 87-118, pls. 1v—viul, 1892.
The greater part of the material on which this paper was based was collected by the author in the Yellowstone National Park, in the interests of the U.S. Fish Commission, during an in- vestigation of the parasitism of trout, and a search for the final host of the entozoa. Additional specimens were collected by Mr. P. L. Jouy, at Guaymas, Mexico.
One new genus, Epision, and eight new species are described, as follows: Filaria serrata, Echinorunchus rectus, Distomum (?) verrucosum, D. flecum, Dibothrium exile, Epision plicatus, Tenia macrocantha, and 7. compressa.
Leverett M. Loomis. June birds of Cesar’s Head, South Carolina.
The Auk, vit, No. 4, October, 1891, pp. 323-333.
Annotated list of 52 species.
Freperic A. Lucas. Animals recently extinct or threatened with extermination, as represented in the collection of the U. 8S. National Museum.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 609-649. pls. XCV-CV.
An account of some of the larger or more interesting species of animals that have become extinet within historic times, or are threatened with extinction, giving the reasons for their decrease.
Freperric A. Lucas. On the structure of the tongue in humming birds.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xv, 1891, pp. 169-172, Pl. rv, 2 text figs.
FREDERIC A. Lucas. Notes on the preparation of rough skeletons.
Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 39, Part C, pp. [1]-[11], 12 text figures. Published August, 1891.
Full directions for collecting skeletons, with notes on proper methods of packing, etc.
Freperic A. Lucas. Explorations in Newfoundland and Labrador in 1887, made in connection with the cruise of the U.S. Fish Commission schooner Grampus.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 709-728.
C. L. Marvtatr and CHarLes V. RitEy. (See under CHARLES V. RILEY.)
Oris T. Mason. Aboriginal skin-dressing. A study based on the material in the U.S. National Museum.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 553-589, pls. LXI-XClll, 2
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. Ba
Otis T. MAson. Report on the Department of Ethnology in the U.S. National
Museum, 1889.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 281-288.
R. MacFaRLANE. Notes on and list of birds and eggs collected in Arctic America, 1861-1866.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X1v, No. 865, October 19, 1891, pp. 413-446.
A well annotated list of 131 species.
C. Hart Merriam. The dwarf screech owl (Megascops flammeolus idahoensis Mer- riam).
The Auk, x, No. 2, April, 1892, pp. 169-171, pl. ii.
GEORGE PERKINS MERRILL. [Notes on microscopic structure of some Hawaiian lavas. ]
Report of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Appendix 14, 1888 (1890), pp. 529, 530.
GEORGE PERKINS MERRILL. Stones for building and decoration. Wiley & Sons, New York, 1891, 8 vo., 450 pp., with 11 full-page plates and 18 figures in text.
This work treats of matters of especial interest to architects and engineers, but the subject is so handled as to make it practically a manual on the subject of stones in relation to their use for constructive purposes.
The work opens with a brief chapter on the early history of stone working in the United States; this is followed in Part 1 by chapters on the geographical distribution of stone of various kinds in the United States; the minerals of building stones and the physical and chemical properties of such stones as are utilized tor general construction and decorative purposes.
Part 11 is given up to a systematic description of rocks, quarries, and quarry regions. Each variety of stone is taken up in its turn, its composition, its origin, structure and gen- eral adaptability for any form of work discussed, and the resources of each state and terri- tory described in alphabetical order. ‘Che subjects treated are as follows: (1) the Steatites or Soapstones; (2) the Serpentines or vord-antique Marbles; (5) Gypsum and Alabaster; (4) Limestone and Dolomites, both marbles and the common varieties; (5) the Minor Ornamental Stones; (6) the Granites; (7) the Porphyries or Porphyritie Felsites; (8) the Liparites; (9) the Syenites; (10) the Diabases, Gabbros, Meclaphyrs, and Basalts; (11) the Diorites and Andesites; (12) the Gneisses and Schists; and (13) the Sandstones, Volcanic Tuffs, and Slates.
Part m1 treats of the methods of quarrying and working; the machiues and implements used in stone working; the weathering of building stone; the selection of stone for building purposes, and the methods employed for the protection and preservation of stone from the ravages of time.
Part Iv is made up of appendices, including extensive tables showing the qualities of stone as indicated. by their crushing strength, weight, ratio of absorption, and chemical composl- tion; a short table on. the prices of stone and the relative cost of dressing; a list of some of the more important stone buildings in the United States, and the dates of their erection; a bibliography of works on building stone; and concludes with a glossary of terms.
GEORGE PERKINS MERRILL. The wind as a factor in Geology.
The Engineering Magazine, February, 1892, 12 pp. and 7 illustrations.
In this paper the writer aims to show in a semipopular way some of the more interesting and striking geological results produced by wind as an abrading and transporting agent.
GEORGE PERKINS MERRILL. A marble quarry.
St. Nicholas, August, 1891, 2 pp., 2 illustrations.
A brief popular account of a marble quarry in northern Vermont.
GEORGE PERKINS MERRILL and R. L. Packarb. On an azure blue pyroxenic rock from the middle Gila, New Mexico. :
Describes the chemical and physical properties of a peculiar granular blue pyroxenic rock found in nodular masses in a metamorphic limestone occurring in one of the side canons of the Gila River some forty miles west of Silver City, N. Mex.
GEORGE PERKINS MERRILL. : Notes on some North Carolina building and ornamental stones. Stone, 1v, No. m1, July, 1891.
pp. 77-79.
Some errors of the Eleventh Census. Stone, Vol. iv, No. u1, July, 1891, p. 92.
Notes on some new marbles. Stone, Vol. rv, No. tv, August, 1891, pp. 109, 110.
A suggestion. Stone, Vol. 1v, No. tv, August, 1891, p. 114.
Relative abundance of the elements. Stone, Vol. 1v, No. v, September, 1891, pp. 137, 138. Foreign vs. American Marbles. Stone, Vol. 1v, No. v1, October, 1891, p. 172.
Our sources of tin. Stone, Vol. tv, No, vil, November, 1891, pp. 212-214.
512 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
id
GEORGE PERKINS MERRILL—Continued.
Aluminum. Stone, Vol. tv, No. vit, December, 1891, p. 330.
Concerning the Arizona onyx. Stone, Vol. 1v, No. vit, December, 1891, pp. 345, 346.
North America in Tertiary times. Stone, Vol. 1v, No. 1x, January, 1892, pp. 369, 370.
Persian onyx. Stone, Vol. tv, No. 1x, January, 1892, p. 372.
Cave marbles. Stone, Vol. tv, No. xX, February, 1892, pp. 398, 399.
Baryte. Stone, Vol. tv, No. x, February, 1892, p. 404.
A lesson from the Eleventh Census. Stone, Vol. tv, No. xt, March, 1892, pp. 432, 433.
Some Montana building stones. Stone, Vol. 1v, No. x1, March, 1892, p. 453.
The micas. Stone, Vol. tv, No. x11, May, 1892, p. 505. R. L. PACKARD, GEORGE P. MERRILL and. (See under GEORGE PERKINS MERRILL. ) Heney A. Pinsspry. Preliminary notices of new forms of fresh-water mollusks.
The Nautilus, Vv, pp. 142, 143, April, 1892.
Describes Fluminicola Merriama Pilsbry and Beecher, from a specimen furnished by the U.S. National Museum.
Mary J. RarHsun. List of crustacea (collected in Texas by B. W. Evermann).
Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries respecting the Establishment of Fish-Cul- tural Stations in the Rocky Mountain Region and Gulf States. Fifty-second Congress, First Session, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 65, pp. 87, 88, 1892.
The crustacea, of which a list is given in this paper, were collected by Prof. B. W. Ever- mann during the months of November and December, 1891, while engaged in an investigation of the fresh and salt waters of eastern Texas, with a view to the establishment of a hatchery.. Eighteen species are given, none of which are new.
Mary J. RATHBUN, JAMES E. BENEDICT and. (See under JAMES E. BENEDICT.) Ricuarp RaruBun. Jerome Henry Kidder. A notice prepared for the Philosoph- ical Society of Washington.
Bull. Philos. Soc., X1, pp. 480-488, 1891.
RicHARD RATHBUN. The United States Fish Commission. Some of its work.
The Century Magazine, March, 1892, pp. 679-697.
Rospert RipGway. Description of a new species of Whippoorwill from Costa Rica.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xiv, No. 867, October 19, 1891, pp. 465, 466.
Antrostomus rufomaculatus, p. 465.
RoserT Ripaway. Notes on some birds from the interior of Honduras.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Xtv, No. 868, October 26, 1891, pp. 467-471.
Based on a collection obtained from Mr. Erich Wittkugel. Platypsaris aglaicw hypopleus (p. 467), and Pithys bicolor olivascens (p. 469), are described as new subspecies. A list of the geographical races of Platypsaris aglaie (6 in number) is given (p. 469); the female and young male of Gymnocichla chiroleuca quatemalensis Prevost are described for the first time (pp. 469, 470), and a list of 13 species new to the fauna of Honduras given (pp. 470, 471).
Rospert RipGway. Notes on some Costa Rican birds.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xtv, No. 869, November 2, 1891, pp. 473-478.
Platypsaris aglaice obscurus (p. 474) and Seytalopus argentifrons (p. 475) are described as new; young of Oreothlypis gutturalis (Cab.) and Eucometis cassini (Lawr.) are for the first time described. Other species noted critically are, Mimus gilwus (Vieill), (p. 473); Picolaptes gracilis, Ridg. (proven to be the young of P. compressus), (p. 475); Chloronerpes caboti (Malh.), immature male described (p. 476); Trogon massena Gould (pp. 476-478) ; Trogon aurantiiventris Gould (p. 478), and Aceipita subniger (Vieill). (From Greytown, Nicaragua.)
ROBERT RipGway. Note on Pachyrhamphus albinucha Burmeister.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xtv, No. 870, October 26, 1891, pp. 479, 480.
A long-lost species, described seventeen years before, discovered in the National Museum collection. Not being referable to the genus Pachyrhamphus, or any other known generic type, the new generic name Xenopsaris was proposed for it. :
Ropert RipGway. Description of two supposed new forms of Thamnophilus. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xtv, No. 871, October 26, 1891, p. 481. Thamnophilus albicrissus and Thamnophilus trinitatus, both from the Island of Trinidad. Rosert RipGway. List of birds collected on the Bahama Islands by the naturalist of the Fish Commission steamer Albatross. (Published by permission of the Commissioner of Fisheries. )
The Auk, vil, No. 4, October, 1891, pp. 333-339.
The list is subdivided according to localities, as follows: I, Abaco, «0 species; II, New Providence, 34 species; III, Eleuthera Island, 18 species; IV, Cat Island, 15 species; V, Thattlings Island, 28 species; VI, Rum Bay, 27 species; VII, Green Bay, 26 species; VIII,
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 513
RoBERT KRipGway—Continued. Concepcion Island, 13 species; IX, Booby Rock, near Green Bay, 1 species; X, at sea, 3 species.
A considerable number of references and critical remarks accompany the lists.
ROBERT RrpGway. Description of a new sharp-tailed Sparrow from California.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xtv, No. 872, October 26, 1891, pp. 483, 484.
Ammodramus caudacutus becki, p. 483.
ROBERT RiDGway. Notes on the Genus Sittasomus of Swainson.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Xtv, No. 877, November 2, ¥891, pp. 507-510.
A critical review of the birds of this genus, which have been very imperfectly understood. The three recognized species were supplemented by four additional ones, as follows: S. chapa- densis, new species (p. 509) from Chapado, Matto Grosso, Brazil; S. amazonus Lafr., restored; S. equatorialis, new species (p. 509) from western Equador; S. griseus Jard., restored,
CHARLES VY. RILEY. (The Gas Treatment Patent.)
Pacisic Rural Press, July 25, 1891, and September 19, 1891.
History of the invention of the hydrocyanie acid gas treatment for scale-insects; proofs that the discovery was made and perfected by an agent of the U.S. Department of A gricul- ture, under direction of the author, and that the patent granted to Californian parties was wrongfully obtained; advises orange-growers not to heed it.
CHARLES V. RitEy. Report on the Department of Insects in the U.S. National
Museum, 1889.
Report of the National Museum, 1888-89, pp. 377-380. Also; separate, Washington, Govern- ment Printing Office, 1891.
Report of the Honorary Curator on the accessions to and the work done in the Department of Insects of the U.S. National Museum during the fiscal year 1888-’89. Also enumerations of works published by various authors during the same time, and based either entirely or par- tially upon the material in the Museum.
CHARLES V. RILEY. Death of two noted Entomologists.
Scientific American, 65, No. 5, August 1, 1891.
Biographical note on the late Mr. Henry Edwards, his contributions to entomological science and his collection; explanation of the report of the death (subsequently proven to be erroneous) of the French entomologist, Mons. J. Kiinckel d’Herculais.
CHARLES VY. RinEy. A viviparous Cockroach.
Insect Life, 111, Nos. 11 and 12, August, 1891, pp. 443, 444, Figs. 32 and 33.
Further remarks on the viviparity of Panchlora viridis and the occasional occurrence of this Central American Blattid in the United States, in addition to article published in Proce. Entom. Soc. Washington, 11, No. 1, May, 1881, p. 129. Figures of P. viridis in the young and adult stages.
CHARLES Y. RILEY. The locust or ‘‘ Grasshopper” outlook.
Scientific American, 65, September 26, 1891, p. 200.
Summary of investigations carried on by agents of the U. S. Department of Agricul- ture in 1891, to accertain the extent of damage done by various species of locusts in the West, and the condition of the swarms of these locusts in order to be able to make a forecast for 1892. The following species are more particularly treated: Dissosteiralongipinnis from eastern and southeastern Colorado: Caloptenus spretus from North Dakota and Minnesota; C. differentialis from southwestern Kansas. Conclusions drawn from these investigations.
CHARLES V. RILEY. Mexican Jumping Beans and the plants upon which they are
produced. Amer. Garden, 12, September, 1891, pp. 552-554. Two text figures. The Mexican Exphorbiaceous plants known to produce the “Jumping Beans” and previ- ously referred to the genus Colliguaja prove to belong to the genus Sebastiania: diagnosis of the latter genus and synoptic table of three species (S. bilocularis Watson, palmeri Rose, n. sp., and pringlet Rose, n. sp.) prepared by Mr. J. N. Rose: Figures of Carpocapsa saltitans and of twig of Sebastiania palineri with seed and other-details. CHARLES V. RILEY. How to get rid of English Sparrows. Scientific American, 65, October 3, 1891, p. 213. In reply to a query of a correspondent: The sparrows infesting a foundry can best be gotten rid of by poisoning with arsenic. Directions how to prepare and apply the poison. CHARLES V. RitEy. Micro-organisms as Insecticides. Scientific American Supplement, October 31, 1891, p. 13206. Abstract of a paper read before Section F of the American Association for the Advance: ment of Science, August 22, 1891. The author gives a review of previous experiments in
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2 33
514 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
CHARLES V. R1LEy—Continued. using micro-organisms in the dissemination of contagious diseases among injurious insccts, and dwells upon the difficulties with which this subject is still surrounded.
CHARLES V. Ritey. Kerosene emulsion and Pyrethrum.
Insect Life, tv, Nos. 1 and 2, October, 1891, pp. 32, 33.
Short paper read before the Washington meeting of the Association of Econom.c Ento- mologists regarding the alleged difference between the emulsion consisting of kerosene ex- tract of pyrethrum with soap and water and the emuision prepared from an aqueous extract of pyrethrum with soap and kerosene. Adduces a communication from Prof. J. McNeill to the effect that there is practically no difference between the two emulsions.
Eun V. Rivey. List of the Tineina of Boreal America.
In the “List of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America,” by John B. Smith, Se. D. Philadelphia: American Entomological Society, October, 1891, p. 94. Also separate under above title.
A systematic enumeration of the Lepidopterous insects composing the superfamily Tineina hitherto described from North America. In a note (pp. 94,95) the author points out the diffi- culties in preparing a satisfactory list of Zineina with our present state of knowledge of these insects. An ‘‘ Addendum to the Tineina” (pp. 112-114) gives a generic synonymical reference list of many described species.
CHARLES V. Ritey. Government work and the Patent Office.
Insect Life, tv, Nos. 1 and 2, October, 1891, pp. 46,47. Author's abstract of paper read at the Washington meeting of the Association of Economic Entomologists.
The author complains that valuable inventions and discoveries made by Government em- ployés during investigations carried on by Government institutions can be appropriated and patented by outsiders upon mere legal technicalities. As an instance of this sort the gas treatment for scale insects is discussed.
CHARLES V. RILEY. A new herbarium pest.
Garden and Forest, 1v, November 18, 1891, p. 548. Also in Botanical Gazette, December, 1891, pp. 334-337, 2 figs.
A reprint, with slight additions, from an article in Insect Life, 1v, Nos. 3 and 4, pp. 108- 113.
CHARLES V. Ritey. The imported Elm-Leaf Beetle. Its habits and natural his- tory and means of counteracting its injuries.
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Entomology, Bulletin No.6 (second edition). Washington, Government Printing Office, October, 1891.
A reprint of the original edition published in 1885, with the addition of an appendix dis- cussing the number of annual generations of Galeruca xwanthomelena, and Prof. J. B. Smith’s experience with remedial measures for this pest.
CHARLES V. RILEY. On the Habits and Life History of Diabrotica 72-punctata.
Insect Life, tv, Nos. 3 and 4, November, 1891, pp. 104-108, fig. 5.
Summary of Prof. H. Garman’s paper in Psyche on the Natural History of 12-punctata; ob- servations on the corn-feeding habits of the larva; breeding records to show that the species has at least two annual generatious; polyphagous habits of the imago; description of the egg and larva, and preliminary note on parasites, Figures of the insect in all stages and mode of work.
CHARLES V. RinEy. A new Herbarium Pest (Carphoxera nov. gen., ptelearian. sp.).
Insect Life, tv, Nos. 3 and 4, November, 1891, pp. 108-113, figs. 6-11.
Ravages of the larva of this Geometrid moth, apparently originating from Mexico or Lower California, in the Herbarium of the U.S. Department of Agriculture; enumeration of her- barium plants injured by larva; life-history of the species, and recommendations for its de- struction; notes on other Lepidoptera known to feed in the larval state on dead and dry vege- tation; technical description of Carphoxera, nov. gen. and C. ptelearia n. sp. in all stages, and of the pterogostic characters of the genus; also figures of the following Deltoid moths with their larva: Helia emula, H. americalis, and Xanthognatha minivalis.
CHARLES V. Riney. Further notes on Panchlora.
Insect Life, 1v, Nos. 3 and 4, November, 1891, pp, 119, 120, fig. 12.
Description of the egg mass and of the individual egg of Panchlora viridus, and further evidence of the viviparity in this Blattid. Figure of the egg mass.
CHARLES V. RILEY. Scope and Importance of Entomology; Classification.
Boston Transcript, December 29, 1891.
Editorial abstract and notice of the first lecture on entomology given by C. VY. Riley at the Lowell Institute, Boston, Mass.
CHARLES V. RitEY. Means of dealing with our insect foes. Insecticides “and in- secticide apparatus.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1892. 515
CHARLES V. RiLEY—Continued.
Boston Transcript, January 2, 1892.
Editorial abstract of the second lecture on entomology given by C. V. Riley, at the Lowell Institute, Boston, Mass., December 31, 1891.
CHARLES V. RiLtEY. Natural checks to insect injury; insects of international con- cern.
Boston Transcript, January 5, 1892.
Editorial abstract of the third lecture on entomology given by C. V. Riley, at the Lowell Institute, Boston, Mass., January 4, 1892.
CHARLES V. RiLtEy. Little known facts about well known household pests.
Boston Transcript, January 8, 1892. ;
Editorial abstract of the fourth lecture on entomology given by C. V. Riley, at the Lowell Institute, Boston, Mass., January 7, 1892.
CHARLES V. RILEY. Organized Insect Societies.
Boston Transcript, January 12, 1892.
Editorial abstract of the fifth lecture on entomology by C. V. Riley, given at the Lowell In- stitute, Boston, Mass., January 11, 1892. The economy and social life of the honey bee, and the ant, and social wasps, were explained as the basis for a discourse on the development of intellect and reason in insects, the author finding that as in man the higher intellectual devel- opment and social organization have resulted from the long period of infantile dependence; so in these insects the long period of larval dependence may be considered the primary cause of their high intelligence and organization among insects.
CuaARLEs V. RILEY. Galls and Gall-insects: Caprification: Parasitism,
Boston Transcript, January 15, 1892.
Editorial abstract of the sixth lecture on entomology by C. V. Riley, given at the Lowell Institute, Boston, Mass., January 14, 1892.
CHARLES V. RILEY. Our Shade Tree Defoliators.
Beston Transcript, January 19, 1892.
Editorial abstract of the seventh lecture on entomology by C. V. Riley, given at the Lowell Institute, Boston, Mass., January 18, 1892.
CHARLES V. RILEY. The Interrelation of Plants and Insects.
Boston Transcript, January 22, 1892.
Editorial abstract of the eighth lecture on entomology by C. V. Riley, given at the Lowell Institute, Boston, Mass., January 21, 1892.
CHARLES V. RILEY. The Gypsy Moth.
Boston Commonwealth, January 23, 1892.
Full text of the second part of C. V. Riley’s seventh lecture on Entomology, given at the Lowell Institute, Boston, Mass., January 19, 1892. Important points in the natural history of the imported Gypsy Moth (Ocneria dispar). Review of the means adopted in Massachu- setts by the State authorities for the eradication of the insects; insufficiency ard futility of the work hitherto done; suggestions of measures to be adopted; the probable future course of the insect.
CHARLES VY. Ritey. Late experience in dealing with insects injurious to fruit.
Boston Transcript, January 26, 1892. Editorial abstract of a lecture on the above subject given before the Massachusetts Horti- cultural Society, Boston, Mass., January 23, 1892. The following topics were discussed: The
Plum Curculio, its natural history and the arsenical poisons as a remedy against it; recent re-
sults as tothe value of various arsenical mixtures in spraying orchard trees; combined Insect-
icides and Fungicides; the Hydrocyanic acid gas treatment; Resin Washes; the Fluted Seale, and the importation of Vedalia cardinalis; some new insect enemies to fruit; the Apple
Maggot; danger of the possible introduction of some foreign fruit insects; conclusion.
- CHARLES V. RILEy. Reports of observations and experiments in the practical work of the division, made under the direction of the entomologist. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Entomology, Bulletin No. 26, Washington,
Government Printing Office, January, 1892. :
Contains the following: Letter of transmittal by C. V. Riley, p.5; Introduction, pp. 7, 8; report upon insect. depredations in Nebraska for 1891, by Lawrence Bruner, pp. 9-12; report on the scale insects of California, by D. W. Coquillet, pp. 13-35; entomological notes for the season of 1891, by Mary E. Murtfeldt, pp. 36-44; report of progress in the investigation of the Cotton Bollworm, by F. W. Mally, pp. 45-56; insects of the season in Iowa, by Her- bert Osborn, pp. 57-62; report of entomological work of the season of 1891, by F. M. Webster,
pp. 63-74; report upon the Gypsy Moth of Massachusetts, by Samuel Henshaw, pp. 75-82;
report of Agricultural Experiments in 1891, by A. J. Cook, pp. 83-92.
516 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
CHARLES VY. Riney. Reports on the damage by Destructive Locusts during the season of 1891. Made under the direction of the Entomologist.
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Entomology, Bulletin No. 27, Washington, Government Printing Office, January, 1892.
Contains the following: Letter of transmittal, by C. V. Riley, p. 5; Introduction, by C. V. Riley, p. 7; report on Destructive Locusts, by Lawrence Bruner (including reports of C. B. Waldron, H. E. Stockbridge, and Otto Lugger, the latter report being a reprint from Bulletin No. 17, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station), pp. 9-33; report on the Locust Invasion of California in 1891, by D. W. Coquillet, pp. 34-57; report of a trip to Kansas to investigate reported damages from grasshoppers, by Herbert Osborn (reprinted from Insect Life, lv, p. 49), pp. 58-64.
CHARLES V. RILEY. Applied Entomology in the United States.
American Agriculturist, LI, January 1892, p. 38.
Importance assumed by economic entomology in the United States, and outline of its his- tory; enumeration of injurious insects of national importance that have of late years been thoroughly studied; brief review of the more recently discovered insecticides and insecticide appliances; use of contagious disease germs in entomology; outlook of the science in the future.
CHARLES V. RILEY. Flowers and insects.
Daily Eagle, Brooklyn, N. Y., February 3, 1892.
Full editorial abstract of a lecture given by C. V. Riley before the Brooklyn Institute at Brooklyn, N. Y., February 2, 1892. Fertilization of flowering plants by insects, and mutual adaptation in the structure of flowers and insects; fertilization of Yweca by Pronuba insectiv- orous plants; generalizations and conclusions.
CHARLES V. RILEY. The Plum Curculio, an American insect.
California Orchard and Farm, March, 1892.
Evidence to prove that Conotrachelus nenuphar is a native of North America, and that its reported occurrence in Europe and the assertion of its European origin are unfounded; enum- eration of European Curculionide which infest stone fruit and which are liable to be mis- taken for the Plum Curculio.
CHARLES V. RILEY. Leaf-cutting ants.
Scientific American, April 2, 1892.
In reply to inquiry from a correspondent in Texas relating to a remedy for the leaf-cutting ant (Oecodoma fervens). Description of the nest of the ants and various means for extermi- nating the inhabitants; experience with cyanide of potass1um as a remedy.
CHARLES V. RILEY. The larger digger wasp.
Insect Life, 1v, Nos. 7 and 8, April, 1892, pp. 248-252, Figs. 32-38.
Sphecius speciosus as an enemy of Cicada pruinosa; its mode of attacking and paralyzing the Cicada; remarkable effect of the sting of fossorial wasps; rapid development of the larva; spin- ning of the cocoon; curious pores of the cocoon; hibernation and pupation. Original figures of speciosus in all stages, also figures of its burrows, mode of carrying a Cicada, mode of feed- ing of the larva, and the spinning of the cocoon.
CHARLES VY. RitEY. Speech of Prof. C. V. Riley.
Reprinted from the Third Report on the Missouri Botanical Garden, for 1891, May, 1892, pp. 50-53.
Speech delivered at the second banquet of the trustees of the Missouri Botanical Garden, and eulogizing the late Mr. Henry Shaw, and the work which he did for St. Louis, Mo. Con- nection of entomology with the garden. Need of a national botanic garden.
CHARLES V. RitEY. The Yucca Moth and Yucea Pollination.
Third Annual Report of the Missouri Botanical Garden, 1891, St. Louis, Mo., May, 1892, pp. 99-158, pls. XXXIV-XLIII. Also separate author’s copies issued May 28, 1892.
Part tof the paper deals with the pollination of Yueca by Pronuba and contains the follow- ing chapters: Introductory: fertilization of plants generally; connection of Yueca and Pro- nuba; structural characteristics of Pronuba; the acts of pollination and oviposition; devel- opment of theegg and larva; transformations of Pronuba; effect of puncture on the fruit; ef- fect of fertilization on the stalk; dates of the flowering of Yuecas and appearance of the moth; Pronuba the only insect pollinizer; general considerations; the bogus Yueca moth. Part 1 is devoted to descriptive details and contains the following headings: Internal struct- ure of Pronuba yuecasella with reference to the reproductive organs; the ovipositor; the species of Pronuba and generic characters of Pronuba; the species of Roddozus. The following species are described as new: Pronuba synthetica, Prodoxus pulverulentus, Pro- doxus y-inversus, Prodoxus reticulatus, Prodoxus coloardenses, Prodoxus sordidus. The plates
contain many original figures illustrating anatomical or structural details of Yuccas and Yucca Moths.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 517
CuHar Es Y. Ritey. Report of the Entomologist.
Report of the Secretary of Agriculture, 1891, Washington, Government Printing Office, 1892, with table of contents and index.
Contains the following: Introduction, pp. 231, 232; the work of the season, pp. 232-246; de- structive Locusts, pp. 246-252; insecticides, pp. 252-266.
CHARLES Y. RILEY. Note on the Life Habits of Megilla maculata.
Proceedings Entomological Society of Washington, 11, No, 2, June 30, 1892, pp. 168, 169.
Vegetable-feeding habit of the adult; comparison of the larva with those of other Coccinel- lide.
CHARLES V. RILEY. . On the larva and some peculiarities of the cocoon of Sphecius
speciosus.
Proceedings Entomological Society of Washington, 11, No. 2, June 30, 1892, pp. 170-172.
Description of the larva and cocoon of Sphecius speeiosus and explanation of the tubes pro- jecting from an opening on the exterior of the cocoon.
CHARLES Y. RitEy. Mexican Jamping Beans. The determination of the plant. Proceedings Entomological Society of Washington, 11, No. 2, June 30, 1892, pp. 178-181.
The food-plant of Carpocapsa saltitans hitherto unknown excepting by popular name, or incorrectly referred to the genus Colligueja belongs to the genus Sebastiania, of which three (undescribed) species were recently collected in Mexico. General characteristics of these plants and synoptic table, prepared by Mr. J. N. Rose, of the three species with diagnosis of the genus Sebastiania. Probable mode of oviposition in Carpocapsa saltitans.
CHARLES VY. Ritey. On the insects affecting the Agave.
Proceedings Entomological Society of Washington, 11, No. 2, June 30, 1892, pp. 210, 211.
Enumeration, with short notes, of six species of insects obtained from the flower-stems of Agave dasylyrium, from Texas.
CuHaries V. Rivey. A probable Microgaster parasite of Eleodes in the imago state. Proceedings Entomological Society of Washington, 11, No. 2, June 30, 1892, p. 211. Enumeration of European species of Apanteles, bred from Coleoptera, and announcement of
the discovery of a species apparently belonging to Microgasterini, the larva of which devel- oped in the abdomen of an adult Hleodes saturalis, from Nebraska.
Cuar es V. RILEY. Our American Ox Warbles.
Proceedings Entomological Society of Washington, 1, No. 2, June 30, 1892, pp. 212, 213.
Résumé of observations made in Europe, and establishing the specific distinction of Hypo- derma lineata from H. bovis; proof that the North American ‘ Heel-Fly”’ belongs to the former species. The occurrence of H. bovis in America is doubtful.
CHARLES V. Ritby. Further note on Carpocapsa saltitans and on a new Grapholitha
producing Jumping-Beans.
Proceedings Entomological Society of Washington, 1, No. 2, June 30, 1892, pp. 213, 274.
The moth bred from the capsules of Sebastiania bilocularis Watson, proves to be different from Carpocapsa saltitans, and is described as Grapholitha sebastianie, n. sp.
CHARLES V. RILEy. Fig insects in Mexico.
Proceedings Entomological Society of Washington, 11, No. 2, June 30, 1892, pp. 214, 215.
Enumeration of Hymenopterous insects (4 forms) cat from a dried fruit of a Ficus from Mexico, all species proving to be different from the fig insects found in southern Florida.
CHARLES V. RILEY. The Ox Bot in the United States. Habits and natural history
of Hypoderma lineata.
Insect Life, tv, Nos. 9 and 10, June, 1892, pp. 302-317, Figs. 44-55.
Proof that the American Ox Warble is Hypoderma lineata, and not H. bovis; Dr. Cooper Curtice’s investigations of the life history of H. lineata ; mode of oviposition and character- istics of the egg; how the larva enters the body of the animal; migrations of the larva within the body of the cattle; its slow development, and the various forms assumed by it; differ- ences between the larva of H. bovis and H. lineata; description of the egg; the four states of the larva; the puparium and the imago; comparison of the imagos of the two species; sum- mary and conclusions. The original figures illustrate all stages of H. lineata.
Cuartes V. Ritey. The Yucca Moth and Yucea pollination.
Popular Science Monthly, Xt, June, 1892, pp. 171-182, 10 figs.
A reprint, with omissions, from the first part of paper published in Third Annual Report Missouri Botanical Garden, 1892, pp. 99-158.
CuHares V. Ritey. Directions for collecting and preserving insects.
Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, No. 39, Part F, pp. {1]-[147], pl. 1, 139 text tigures.
518 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
CHARLES V. RitEY—Continued.
The subject is treated after the following scheme: Characteristics of insects; scope and im- portance of entomology; classification of Hexapods; collecting; killing and preserving in- sects; entomotaxy; insect boxes and cabinets; arrangement of insects in the cabinet; museum pests, mold, etc.; the rearing of insects; directions for packing and transmitting insects; notes and memoranda; instructions for collecting and preserving Arachnids and Myriapods; text-books and entomological works; how to obtain entomological books and pamphlets.
CHARLES V. Ritey and L. O. Howarp. The three pear tree Psyllas.
Insect Life, tv, Nos. 3 and 4, November, 1891, pp. 127, 128.
Abstract of a paper by Dr. F. Loew, pointing out the differences in life habits of the three specimens of Psylla (Ps. pyrisuga, Ps. pyri, and Ps. Pyricola) known to infest pear trees in Germany and Austria, with a synoptic table of the structural characters. Also characteris- tics of a fourth species, Ps. simulans, which has been found in England on pear trees.
CHARLES V. Rinry and L. O. Howarp. An interesting aquatic bug.
Insect Life, tv, Nos. 5 and 6, December, 1891, pp. 198-200, Fig. 22.
Original figure and characteristics of a remarkable North American aquatic Heteropteron assigned to the family Hydrobatide, and most nearly related to the genus Vetrobates. Subse- quently (1. ¢., Nos. 9 and 10, June, 1892, p 321) Dr. E. Bergroth named the insect Rhewmatobates rileyt. :
Cuartes V. Ritey and L. O. Howarp. The Potato-Tuber Moth. (Lita solanella Boisd. )
Insect Life, tv, Nos. 7 and 8. April, 1892, pp. 289-242, Fig. 27.
Ravages of Lita solanella in New Zealand, Tasmania and Australia; Mr, Tryon’s account of its habits and life-history; appearance of the insect in California in 1891; suggestion of preventive measures ;. figures of the insect in all states, and mode of work of the larva in a potato.
CuHaRrRLeEs V. RILEY and L. O. Howarp. A genus of Mantis. Egg parasites.
Insect Life, 1v, Nos. 7 and 8, April, 1892, pp. 242-245, Figs. 28-31.
Wide geographical distribution and specific richness of the Chalcidid genus Podagrion, which lives parasitically in the eggs of Mantids; history and systematic position of Podagrion; arrangement of the individual eggs in the egg-mass of Stagmomantis carolina, and of an un- named Australian Mantid; mode of issuing of the young Mantids and the parasites from the egg-mass; figures of Podagrion mantis, egg-mass of Stagmomantis carolina; cross-section of the same, and of the egg-mass of an Australian Mantid.
CHARLES V. RILEY and L. O. Howarp. The Pea and Bean Weevils.
Insect Life, tv, Nos. 9 and 10, June, 1892, pp. 297-302, Figs. 40-43. :
Résumé of the life history of Bruchus pisi, and evidence as to whether the larva destroys the germ of the pea; natural history of Bruchus fabe, and points wherein it differs from that of B. pisi; deseription of the first larva of B. fabe, the most remarkable character being the temporary legs. Figures of both species of Bruchus, and original figure of the first larva of B. fabe.
CHARLES V. Ritvy and L. O. Howarp. The Locust and Grasshopper Outlook.
Insect Life, 1v, Nos. 9 and 10, June, 1892, pp. 321-323.
Mainly a reproduction of a paper read before Section I of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at the Washington meeting (August, 1891) regarding the injury done by grasshoppers, and the movements of the migratory species in various parts of the United States in 1891.
CHARLES V. RILEY and L. O. Howarb. Some Jcerya and Vedalia notes.
Insect Life, 11. Nos. 11 and 12, August, 1891, pp. 439-441, Fig. 31.
Perfected figures of the Australian Ladybird, Vedalia cardinalis, in the larva, pupa, and imago states. Account of the attempts to transport living Vedalias from California to the Cape Colony, New Zealand, and Egypt.
CHARLES V. Ritey and L. O. Howarp. Experiments with a Date-Palm Seale.
Insect Life, 111, Nos. 11 and 12, August, 1891, pp. 441-448.
A uumber of date-palm trees received in 1890 by the U. S. Department of Agriculture from northern Africa with a view to establish them in California proved to be badly infested with ascale, Parlatoria zizyphi. After often repeated treatment with kerosene emulsions of vari- ous strengths the scales were finally exterminated without injury to the trees.
CuHarLes V. Rivey and L. O. Howarp. Some of the bred parasitic Hymenoptera in the National Collection.
Insect Life, ut, Nos. 11 and 12, August, 1891, pp. 460-464.
Systematic enumeration of the rearings of North American parasitic Hymenoptera of the families Ichneumonide (subfamilies Tryphonine, Pimpline, and Trigonalide.) Continued from Insect Life, 111, No. 4, November, 1890, p. 158.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 519
CHARLES V. Ritey and L. O. Howarp. Some of the bred parasitic Hymenoptera mm the National Collection.
Insect Life, 1v, Nos. 3 and 4, November, 1891, pp. 122-126.
Continuation of paper in Insect Life, ut, Nos. 11 and 12, August, 1891, p. 464, and covering the family Proctotrypide (subfamilies Bethylinw, Dryinine, Spalangiine, Coraphronine, Scelionine, Platygostorine, Proctotrypine, and Diapriine).
Cuares V. Ritey and L. O. Howarp. (Editorials, reviews, and notes. )
Insect Life, 111, Nos. 11 and 12, August, 1891, and ry, Nos. 1-10, October, 1891, to June, 1892.
See table of contents of each number of Insect Life.
CuargLes V. Ritey and L. O. Howarp. (Correspondence of the Division of Ento- mology, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture.)
Insect Life, 11, Nos. 11 and 12, August, 1891, and Iv, Nos. 1-10, October, 1891, to June, 1892. Selected letters from correspondents with the replies.
CuaARLEs V. Ritby and C, L. Martarr. Wheat and Grass Sawtlies.
Insect Life, 1v, Nos. 5 and 6, December, 1891, pp. 168-179, Figs. 13-15.
Review of previous records of Saw fly larva feeding on graminaceous plants; food habits of European species of Dolerus; general characteristics of Dolerws larva and distinguishing characters of the various forms observed in North America, with notes on their food habits; life history of Nematus marylandicus with characteristics of the earlier stages; food habits of a California species of Cephus which is described as C. occidentalis n. sp.; notes on the para- sites of wheat saw flies, and on remedial measures; original figure of Dolerus arvensis; Ne- matus marylandicus, in all stages, and Cephus occidentalis larva, its mode of work, and female imago. -
J.N. Rose. Notes on Asclepias glaucescens and A. elata.
Botanical Gazette, xvu1, June, 1892, pp. 193, 194.
These two species have generally been considered one and the same species, but it is here shown that there are good characteristics by which they can be separated.
J. N. Rost. Two weeds new to the United States.
Report of the Secretary of Agriculture, 1891, pp. 355-358, pls. 2.
Descriptions and remarks upon Orabaiche ramosa and Salsola Kali var. Tragus are given. Both are figured.
E. A. SCHNEIDER and F. W. CLARKE. (See under F. W. CLARKE.) R. W. SHUFELDT. On the external characters of Foetal Reindeer and other notes.
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, July, 1891, pp. 224-233. Four wood-cuts ‘in text.
An anatomical article based upon a male and female foetus of the Reindeer, collected by Mr. L. M. Turner in Alaska, and now forming a part of the collection of spirit specimens of mammals in the National Museum.
R. W. Suuretpr. A female Piranga rubra assuming the plumage of the male. : The Auk, vu, No. 3, July, 1891, pp. 315, 316. R. W. SHuretpt. The collections of the late Prof. Parker, F.R.S. Science, xvi, No. 441, New York, July 17, 1891, pp. 39, 40. Recommending their purchase by the U. 8. National Museum. R. W. SHuretptT. Head-flattening as seen among the Navajo Indians.
The Popular Sciente Monthly, New York, August, 1891, Xxx1x, No. 4, pp. 535-539, 3 figures in text.
To some extent dissenting from the views of Sir William Turner, F. R.S., as to the distor- tion of the cranium seen in these Indians being always due to the strapping of the infants in their cradles.
R. W. SHUFELDT. Contributions to the comparative osteology of Arctic and Sub- arctic Water-birds. Part rx.
Jour. of Anat. and Phys., Lond., XXV., D. 8., V, pt. iv, art. 5, pls. x1, xm. London, July, 1891, pp. 509-525.
Full and comparative account of the skeletons of many water birds contained in the col- lections of the National Museum.
R. W. Suvretpr. Where young amateur photographers can be of assistance to science.
The Amer. Naturalist, xxv, No. 295, Philadelphia, July, 1891, pp. 626-630, pl. x11, fig. 1.
Tlustrated by a plate of Buteo borealis calurus, and a figure of the Tiger Salamander (4. tigvinum); specimens now belonging to the collection of the National Muséum.
R. W. SHUFELDT. Further notes on the anatomy of the Heloderma.
Nature, No. 1135, v. 44. London, July 30, 1891, pp. 294, 295.
iW.
Re We
k. W.
Jet5 Nc
Tea Mic
We
Itt Vie
Wie
lite, NAV
R. W.
Tis MWh
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
.SHUFELDT. Inspirational Archeology.
The Religio-Philosophical Journal. n.s., 1, No. 14, Chicago, August 29, 1891, pp. 214-216, 3 figures in text.
Exposing Mr. Hudson Tuttle, who in The Progressive Age claims to have had the spirit of an Indian instruct him in the manufacture of Indian arrow-points, which Mr. Tuttle states to be a lost art. The present article makes a study of the archeological material in the Smithsonian Institution, and through it, refutes all that Mr. Tuttle has to say.
SHUFELDT. On the comparative osteology of the United States Columbide.
Proce. Zovl. Soe. of Lond. Part 11, London, August 1, 1891, pp. 194-196.
A comparative description of the skeletons of the pigeons in the collections of the National Museum, together with remarks upon the classification of the Columbide, and their proba- ble affinities.
SHUFELD?. Snake Dance of the Moquis.
The Great Divide, v1, No. 2, Denver, Colo., October, 1891, pp. 24, 25, 1 plate. SHUFELDY. Fossil Birds from the Equus Beds of Oregon.
The American Naturalist, xxv, No. 297, Philadelphia, September, 1891, pp. 818-821.
Preliminary abstract of the complete work, which did not appear until October, 1892, in The Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
SHUFELDT. Tertiary Fossils of North American Birds.
The Auk, vil, No. 4, New York, October, 1891, pp. 365-368. Abstract; see supra.
Alludes to many new species. Description of a very large collection of fossil birds from Oregon, belonging to Prof. E. D. Cope and Prof. Thos. Condon, of the Oregon University. Comparisons made with the entire collection of skeletons of existing birds in the National Museum, and with the fossil forms from Prof. A. C. Milne-Edwards of Paris.
SHUFELDT. Morphology of the Avian Brain.
The Amer. Nat., Xxv, No. 298, Philadelphia, October, 1891, pp. 900, 901. SHUFELDT. Indian Types of Beauty. No. 1.
The American Field, Xxxvi, No. 23, New York and Chicago, December 5, 1891, pp. 544, 545, 2 figures in text.
The first of a series of three papers on this subject which originally appeared in the A meri- can Field, but was subseqrently copied by a number of other magazines and journals. There were also 250 reprints of the combined articles republished and distributed, repaged, same title, heavy paper covers. The work gives full-page figures of Indian women selected from among the Navyajos, Zunians, Moquis, Apaches, Yumas, Mojaves, and other tribes, for their beauty, that is, women considered to be beautiful by the tribe to which, in any instance, they belonged. Comparative studies were made by the author of the ethnological material in the National Museum bearing upon this subject, especially in the matter of dress and ornaments used by Indians with the view of enhancing their native beauty. ;
SHUFELDT. Indian Types of Beauty. No. 2. The American Field, No. 24, December 12, 1891, pp. 566, 567, 3 figures in text. SHUFELDT. Some observations on the Havesu-pai Indians.
Proceedings U. S. National Musewm, Xiv, pp. 387-390, pls. XXv, XXv1I, Washington, 1891.
Gives photographs of men, women, and children of this now nearly extinct tribe of Indians. The style of their houses is also shown, and the nature of the country where they now live.
SHUFELDT. The Navajo Belt-Weaver.
Ibid, pp. 391-393, pl. xxv, Washington, 1891.
The plate shows a Navajo woman weaving a belt, the figure being taken from a photograph made by the author in New Mexico.
SHUFELDT. Indian Types of Beauty. No. 3.
The American Field, XXxXv1, No. 25, New York and Chicago, December 19, 1891, pp. 590, 591; 3 figures in text.
The last of the series.
SHUFELDT. Concerning the taxonomy of the North American Pygopodes,
based upon their osteology.
lita Ae
Jour. Anat. d& Phys. (London), January, 1892, XXvI, pp. 199-203. SHUFELDT and E. D. Corr. A contribution to the Vertebrate Paleontology
of Texas.
Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., XXX, April, 1892. :
Dr. Shuteldt’s share in this paper consists in his description of Creccoides osbornii Shuf. gen. et sp. noy., on pp. 125-127. Based on a tarso-metatarsus of a fossil rail found by Prof. Cope in Texas. The species is dedicated to Prof. H. F. Osborn, of Columbia College, New York. Osteological collections of National Museum extensively used in comparison.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 521
R. W. Suurevptr. Indian Jewelers. The Great Divide, vu, No. 3, Denver, Colo., May, 1892, p. 57, 2 figures in text. Two figures given of Navajo silversmiths, with speeimens of work, workshop, ete. R. W. SHUFELDT. Indian types of Beauty. The American Field, Chicago, May, 1892. (250 copies: Reprints from xxxv, Nos. 238-25. Paper covers; title-page. Same title, pp. 24. 8 full-page plates.) CHARLES TORREY SIMpPsoNn. Notes on a collecting trip in Florida. Forest and Stream, N.Y., xxxviul, No. 5, p. 99, February 4, 1892. CHARLES TORREY StmMpson. Notes on Unionide. The Nautilus, Vv, pp. 86-88, December, 1891. These notes are principally devoted to the discussion of the mutual relations of Unio radia- tus and U. luteolus. R. E. C. Stearns. . Edible shell notes for ‘‘ The Nautilus.” The Nautilus, v, No. 3, pp. 25, 26, July, 1891. Discusses various edible mollusks of the West American coast. hk. E. C. STEARNS. In memoriam—Dr. Wesley Newcomb. The Nautilus, v, No. 11, pp. 121-124, March, 1892. k. E. C.Srearns. List of North American land and fresh-water shells received from the U. S. Department of Agriculture, with notes and comments thereon. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xtv, No. 844, pp. 95-106, July, 1891. This paper relates chiefly to Jand and fresh-water species collected in the western states and territories. R. E. C. Stearns. List of shells collected on the west coast of South America, \ principally between latitude 7°30! S. and 8° 49’ N., by Dr. W. H. Jones, Surgeon U.S. Navy. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Xtv, No. 854, pp. 307-335, 1891. This paper enumerates 211 species of marine shells, and the geographical distribution of many of them is shown to be greatly extended beyond that previously known for them. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Description of a new species of Chameleon from Kilima- Njaro, eastern Africa. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xtv, No. 857, pp. 353, 354. Describes as a new species Chameeleo abbotti. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Description of a new Scincoid Lizard from East Africa. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv, No. 862, pp. 405, 406. Describes as a new species Lygosoma kilimensis. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Description of a new species of lizard from the Island San Pedro Martir, Gulf of California. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Xtv, No. 863, pp. 407, 408. Described as a new species Cnemido- phorus martyris. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Description of anew North American Lizard of the genus Sauromalus. : Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1v, No. 864, pp. 409-411. Describes as a new species Sauromalus hispidus. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Notes on Sceloporus variabilis and its geographical distri- bution in the United States. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xtv, No. 873, pp. 485-488. Shows it to occur over a considerable area of southwestern Texas. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Notes on some North American Snakes. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xtv, No. 876, pp. 501-505. Chiefly relating to geographical distribution. Introduces on good evidence into the fauna of the United States Drymobius margaritiferus. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. On the Snakes of the Calitornia genus Lichanwra. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xtv, No. 878, pp. 511-515. Recognizes and diagnoses three species, viz: L. trivigata, roseofusca, and orcutti. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Preliminary description of a new genus and species of Blind Cave Salamander from North America. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. , xv, No. 834, pp. 115-117, pl. ix. Describes asa new genus and species Typhlotriton speleus, from Rock House Cave, Mo. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Directions for collecting Reptiles and Batrachians. Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 39, Part E, pp. [1]-[14], 5 text figs.
522 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
LEONHARD STEJNEGER—Continued. 3rief directions for collecting, preserving, labelling, and transporting herpetological speci- mens, chietly for the use of correspondents of the Museum. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Annotated list of Reptiles and Batrachians coilected by Dr. C. Hart Merriam and party, in Idaho, 1890. North American Fauna, No. 5, July 30, 1891, pp. 109-113. LEONHARD STEJNEGER and FREDERICK C, [EsT. Description of a new genus and species of Tailless Batrachian from Tropical America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xtv, No. 847, pp. 167, 168, pl. 111. Described as a new genus and species Tatraprion jordant. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Notes on Japanese Birds contained in the Science College Museum, Imperial University, Tokio, Japan. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xtv, No. 874, pp. 489-497, October 26, 1891.
The following species are here for the first time introduced into the fauna of Japan: Aestrelata leucoptera, Glareola orientalis, Tringa ferruginea, Phaéthon candidus, Ardea purpurea, Hal- ecyon pileata, Turdus hortulorunm, Emberiza leucocephala, E. pusilla, and with some doubt, Brithacus sibilans, Lanius sphenocercus, and Munia atricapilla.
LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Notes on the Cubital Coverts in the Birds of Paradise and Bower Birds. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1v, No. 875, pp. 499,500, October 29, 1891. Controverts Prof. J. G. Goodchild’s observation as to the abnormality of the arrangement of the cubital coverts in the Birds of Paradise and the Bower Birds, and shows it to be nor- maftly Passerine.
LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Scott B. Wilson’s “Aves Hawaliensis.”
The Auk, 1X, January, 1892. pp. 63, 64.
teview-
LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Capt. Thomas Wright Blackiston, R. A.
The Auk. 1X, January, 1892, pp. 75, 76.
Obituary. 5
WITMER STONE. A Revision of the Species of Molothrus allied to M. Bonariensis (Gim.).
The Auk, vil, No. 4, October, 1891, pp. 344-348.
An excellent and timely revision of a difficult group. One species, IM. venezuelensis (p. 347), described as new.
Z. L. TANNER, U. 8. Navy. Report on the investigations of the U. 8. Fish Commis- sion steamer Albatross for the year ending June 30, 1889.
Report U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1889 (1891), pp. 395-512, pls. L-Lu.
These investigations embraced the western coast of North America, from Alaska to Lower California, including the Gulf of California. In the text are many references to different forms of marine invertebrates which have not yet been separately reported upon.
Z.L. TANNER, U.S. Navy. The fishing grounds of Bristol Bay, Alaska. A prelimi- nary report upon the investigations of the U. S. Fish Commission steamer 4lba- tross during the summer of 1890.
Bull. U. S. Fish Com., 1X, 1889 (1891), pp. 279-288, pls. CvMI-cx.
During the cruise above mentioned many valuable invertebrates were obtained which will in time be transferred to the National Museum.
FREDERICK C. TEST, LEONHARD STEJNEGER and. (See under LEONHARD STEJNE- GER. )
WILLIAM J. THOMSON. ‘Te Pito Te Henua, or Easter Island.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 447-552, pls. XII-LX; 20 text figs. ;
FreprrIck W. TRuE. The Puma, or American Lion: Felis Concolor of Linnzeus.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 591-608, pl. XCIV.
FREDERICK W. TRUE. Report on the Department of Mammals in the U. 8. National Museum, 1889.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 349-355.
GEORGE VASEY. Report onthe Department of Recent Plants in the National Museum, 1889 (1891).
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), p. 399. .
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U, §. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 523
GeorGE VASEY. Grasses of the Southwest; plates and descriptions of the grasses of the desert region of western Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and southern Cali- fornia.
Agricultural Department, Bulletin Division Botany, No. 12, Pt. 2, December, 1891, pl. 50.
Contains descriptions and figures of 50 rare grasses from the desert region of the Southwest.
GEORGE Vasey. Report of the botanist to the Secretary of Agriculture.
Report of the Secretary of Agriculture, 1891, pp. 341-358, pl. 10.
GEORGE VASEY. A new grass: Melica multinerva.
Botanical Gazette, August, 1891, pp. 235, 236.
GEORGE VASEY. A neglected Spartina.
Botanical Gazette, October, 1891, p. 272.
GEORGE VAasEY. Monograph of the grasses of the United States and British America,
Contents National Herbariwm, i, 1892, pp. 1-89.
This is the first part of a monograph of the grasses of North America north of Mexico.
Cuartes D. WaLcorr. Correlation papers, Cambrian.
Bulletin U. S. Geological Survey, No. 81, 1891, pp. 447, 3 double plates and 5 text figs.
This paper is an historical and descriptive work of the present knowledge of the Cambrian group of rocks of the North American continent. Chapter 1 gives a statement of the prin- ciples upon which the delineation of the group is made, with a few brief remarks upon the nomenclature of the formation and a list of the books ard articles consulted in the prepava- tion of the work. The second chapter contains a historical review of the geological and pale- ontological work that has been done in all provinces in which the Cambrian group oceurs. Chapter 1 embraces a record of the names that have been employed to designate the various formations. Chapter Iv gives a summary of the present knowledge of the formations in each of the four great geological provinces. A map showing the geographical distribution accom- panies this chapter; also, one on which the sedimentation is illustrated by vertical columns of strata. Chapter v deals with problems for investigation, and Chapter vi is devoted to the study of criteria and principles used by authors in the correlation of the various parts com- posing the Cambrian group.
CHARLES D. Watcott. Preliminary notes on the discovery of a vertebrate fauna in Silurian (Ordovician) strata.
Bulletin Geol. Soc. Am., 111, 1892, pp. 153-172, plates 3-5.
This is a preliminary description of the discovery of a vertebrate fauna in the lower Silurian (Ordovician) strata. It includes a description of the locality and the stratigraphy of the geologic section and its contained vertebrate fauna, and a description of three new genera and species of fishes.
Lester F. Warp. The Science and Art of Government.
Science, Xvill, New York, November 20, 1891, p. 281.
Defines government as the business agency of the nation, and the science and art of gover>n- ment as those of conducting this business agency; hence lays stress on the importance of some system of instruction on these subjects as branches of education. Instruction in public administration and all governmental operations should forma prominent department of polit- ical economy teaching.
LESTER F. Warb. A national university, its character and purpose.
Science, xvi, New York, November 20, 1891, pp. 281, 282.
Proposes a general plan for such an institution so as to make it truly representative in char- acter, the leading chair to be that of political science, with special prominence attached to in- struction in the science and art of government as outlined in the foregoing paper, all officers of the civil service to be ultimately selected from graduates of the national university.
This paper and the last were read before Section I (economics) of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at Washington, D. C., August 20, 1891.
Lester F.Warp. Principles and methods of geologic correlation by means of fossil plants.
Science, xvi, New York, November 20, 1891, p. 282.
Abstract of a paper read before Section E (geology) of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at Washington, D. C., August 21, 1891. The paper appeared in full in the American Geologist for February, 1891. See résumé under that date.
Lester F.Warp. The Plant-bearing Deposits of the American Trias. |
Science, Xv1I, New York, November 20, 1891, p. 287, 288.
Abstract of a paper read by title before Section E (geology) of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at Washington, D. C., August 21, 1891; and in full before the Geological Society of America at the same place, August 24, 1891. It was published in full in the Proceedings of the last named Society for that date. See ifra for résumé of contents.
524 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
LrsTeR F. Warp. Fossil Botany, being an Introduction to Palaeophytology from the Standpoint of the Botanist. By H. Graf zu Solms-Laubach. Authorized English translation by Henry E. F. Garnsey. Revised by Isaac Bayley.
Science, Xvul, New York, December 25, 1891, pp. 360, 361.
Review of the above work, in which it is compared with other works of its class, and is shown to be of chief use in recording the opinion of the author on the nature of problemat- ical vegetableremains. The translation is severely criticised for not having been brougkt down to date, so that the author’s latest decision in such cases could be known.
Lester F. Warp. On the Glossopteris Flora. Remarks on a paper read by Dr. August Rothpletz before the Geological Society at Washington, D. C., August 24, 1891, ‘‘On the Permian, Triassic, and Jurassic formations in the East Indian Archipelago.”
Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, U1, 1891, p. 15.
The view was taken that the Glossopteris flora originating in the Paleozoic contemporane- ously with the recognized Carboniferous flora, unlike the latter, and by virtue of its higher organization, persisted into Mesozoic time. surviving the Perruan refrigeration, and becoming modified, migrated northward, and reap peared at many points as the now well known Triassic Rhetie and Odlitie Flora.
LESTER F. Warp. ‘The Plant-bearing Deposits of the American Trias.
Bultetin of the Geological Society of America, 11, 1891, pp. 23-31.
A critical analysis of the flora ‘of the American Triassic deposits, with a view to their geologic correlation, both with one another and with those of other parts of the world. The ~ facts establish the substantial identity in age of the several beds of the Atlantic slope and a close relation between these and those of New Mexico and Arizona; they also point to the European Keuper, as displayed in Austria, Wurtemburg and Switzerland, as the nearest homologue of the American Trias.
LesTeER F. WarbD. Administrative Report to the Director of the U. 8. Geological Survey for the year ending June 30, 1889.
Tenth Annual Report of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1888-'89, Washington, 1890, pp. 169-175. (Issued January, 1892.)
Lester F. Warp. Principles and methods of Geologic Correlation by means of Fossil Plants.
American Geologist, 1x, Minneapolis, January, 1892, pp. 34-47.
The law of homotazvis is tirst explained, with a historical account of the introduction of the term. The leading principles laid down are: First, that the great types of vegetation are characteristic of the great epochs in geology, so that very imperfect material may establish such epochs with certainty; second, that for deposits nearly related stratigraphically such imperfect material is not adequate, but an ample series of good specimens is required; third, that the accurate determination and classification of fossil plants is of purely biological im- portance and not of geological importance. The methods employed in the determination of the age of plant-bearing deposits are set forth in considerable detail.
LEsTER F. WARD. Principes de Corrélation Géologique au Moyen des Plantes Fos-
siles.
Cinquieme Congrés Géologique International, Washington, 1891. Procés-Verbaux des Séances Mercredi le 26 Aofit A Mardi le 1 Septembre, 1891. Washington, 1892, pp. 26, 27.
Brief summary of the part read before the International Geological Congress of a paper entitled ‘‘ Principes et méthodes d’etude de la corrélation géologique au moyen des plantes fossiles,”’ in which two of the principles were developed (see swpra under date of August 28, 1891). The paper was read in French, and a summary furnished in English, of which this is a translation, made by Dr. S. I’. Emmons. For contents of the entire paper see last entry.
Lester F. Warp. The utilitarian character of Dynamic Sociology.
American Anthropologist, Vol. vy, Washir gton, April, 1892, pp. 97-103.
This article is a defense of the science of dynamic sociology as expounded in the work of that title against the charge of being a system of speculative philosophy devoid of practical bearing on living issues. It is directed primarily to establishing broad principles looking to the amelioration of the social condition, but does not claim to set forth any particular scheme of social reform, that part belonging rather to the art of dynamic politics than to the science of dynamic socivlogy. The general doctrine embodying these principles is that of meliorism, which differs from philanthropy and humanitarianism as popularly understood by proceeding according to the scientific method to establish the laws of social reorganization, such as will result in improving and reforming society.
Lester F. Warp. Ueber Tertiapflanzen von Chile; von H. Engelhardt. Frank- fort, 1891. .
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. 525
Lester F. Warp—continued. Amer. Journ. Sci., XLIM0, New Haven, April, 1892, pp. 335, 336. Notice of above memoir trom A bhandl. d. Senckbergischen naturf. Ges., Bd. XVI, 5, 629-692. pls. I—XxIVv.
LESTER F. WARD. Miocene Plants from Northern Bohemia—Ueber fossile Pflanzen ans tertiiiren Tuften Nordbémens—Ueber die Flora der iiber den Braunkohlen befindlichen tertiirschichten von Dux; von H. Engelhardt.
Amer. Journ. Sci., XLUI, New Haven, April, 1892, pp. 336, 337.
Notice of above memoirs, the first in Gen. Isis, Abhandl. 3, Dresden, 1891, pp. 20-42, pl. 1; the second in Nova Acta d. Ksl. Leop-Carol. Deutsch. Akad. d. Naturf., Bd. Lyi, No. 3, Halle, 1891, pp. 131-219, pls. I—Xvul.
LESTER F. Warp. Calcareous Algae. Fossile Kalkalgen aus den Familien den
Codiaceen und der Corallineen; von Herrn Rothpletz in Miinchen, 1891. Amer. Journ. Set., Vol. xtiu, New Haven, April, 1892, p. 337. Notice of above memoir in Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. geol. Ges., Bd. Xt, Berlin, 1891, 8. 295-322, pls. XV—XVII. Lester F. Warp. On the Fructitication of Bennettites Gibsonianus, Carr.; by H. Graf zu Solms-Laubach, London, 1891. Amer. Journ. Sei., xuim, New Haven, April, 1892, p. 337. Notice of above memoir in Annals of Botany, Vol. vy, November, 1891, pp. 419-454, pl. xxv, XXvi. For fuller notice of the original German in Bot. Zeitung, see Amer. Jour. Sci., for April, 1891, (Vol. XLI, p. 331).
LeEsTER F. Warp. Le Nelumbium Provinciale des Lignites de Fuveau en Provence par le Marquis G. de Saporta, Paris, 1890 L. Amer. Journ: Set., XL, New Haven, April, 1892, pp. 337, 338. Notice of above memoir in Mem. Soc. Geol. de France, Tome I, Fasc. 3, Mem. No. 6, p. 9, pls. XII-XIv. LeEsTeER F. Warp. Reserches sur la Vegetation du niveau Aquitanien de Manos- quepar le Marquis G. de Saporta, Paris, 1891. Amer. Journ. Sci., XL, New Haven, April, 1892, p. 338. Notice of above memoir in Mem. Soc. Geol. de France, Tom 11, Nympheinees, Fasc. 1 Mem. No. 9, pp. 22, pl. 11—v1; 01, Palmiers, Fasc. 2, Mem. No.-9, pp. 23-34, pls. 1x—x1.
’
LESTER F. WARD. Remarks on the law of corrasion. Proc. of the Philosophical Soe. of Washington, October 27, 1888. Bulletin, Vol. x1, Wash- ington, April, 1892, pp. 519, 520. Abstract of remarks upon a paper read by Maj. J. W. Powell on the laws of corrasion, de- scribing the manner in which the Missouri River erodes its banks.
J. ELFRETH WATKINS. The Infancy of the Mechanic Arts.
Read before the Engineering Section of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at Washington City, August, 1891, an abstract appearing in the Proc. Amer. Asso. for the Advancement of Sci., 1891.
J. ELFRETH WATKINS. Importance of Preserving Historical Relies.
Read before the joint meeting of the Old-Time Telegrapher’s Association and the Military Telegrapher’s Association, of Washington City, August, 1891, and published in the Proceed- ings of the Old Time Telegrapher’s Association and Military Telegrapher’s Association, 1391.
J. ELFRETH WarTkins. The Camdenand Amboy Railroad Origin and Early History.
An address delivered at Bordentown, N. J., Nov. 12, 1891, upon the completion of the mon- ument erected by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company, to mark the first piece of track laid between New York and Philadelphia; and to commemorate the sixteenth anniversary of the first movement by steam upon a railway in the State of New Jersey, November 12, 1831.
Bordentown Monument Memorial Volume, issued by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company, and The Railway Review, Chicago, November and December, 1891.
J. ELFRETH WATKINS. (Editor.) Numerous Editorials and Contributions upon Topics relating to Invention.
Published in the Inventive Age.
J. ELFRETH Warkins. (Editor.) Celebration of the Beginning of the Second Cent- ury of the American Patent System, at Washington City, D. C., April 8, 9, 10, 1891.
Published by the Executive Committee, Patent Centennial Celebration, Washington City, 1892,
526 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
J.ELFRETH WATKINS. The Development of the American Rail and Track, as il- lustrated by the collection in the U. 8. National Museum.
Reprinted, 1892, from the Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891). Also reprinted in Engineeriny, London, beginning with June 10, 1892.
J. ELFRETH WATKINS. Ramsden Dividing Engine.
Reprinted from the Report of the Smithsonian Institution for the year 1891.
J. ELFRETH WATKINS. Log of the Savannah. -
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1890 (1891), pp. 611-639.
J. ELFRETH WATKINS. Report on the Section of Transportation and Engineering in the U. 8S. National Museum, 1889.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum) 1889 (1891), pp. 293-299.
Harris H. WitpER. Die Nasengegend von Menopoma alleghaniense und <Am- phiuma tridactylum nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Morphologie des Ramus oph- thalmicus profundus trigemini.
Zool Jahrb., Abth. Anat., v, ii, May, 1892, pp. 155-176+-pls. xu, XIII.
GEORGE H. WILLIAMS. The Nonfeldspathic Intrusive Rocks of Maryland, and the course of their alteration.
American Geologist, V1, July, 1890, No. 1.
A description of some interesting pyroxenic eruptives collected by Mr, George P. Merrill, near Webster, N.C.
‘Tuomas Witson. (Anthropological notes in the American Naturalist.)
Proceedings of the International Congress of Anthropology and Prehistoric Archieology, xxv, No. 295, July, 1891, pp. 675-679; No. 296, August, 1891, pp. 764-768; No. 297, September, 1891, pp. 840-844; No. 299, November, 1891, pp. 1031-10384.
Proceedings of Section H (Anthropology) at the American Association for Advancement of Science, held in Washington, D. C., August 17-25, 1891; No. 298, October, 1891, pp. 929-935; No. 299, November, 1891, pp. 1037-1039.
Prehistoric Man of Spy; No. 299, November, 1891, pp. 1034-1037.
THomas WILSON. La Période Paléolithique dans Amérique du Nord. IX. Congrés Internationalé des Américanistes. Paris, 1890. Ernest Leroux, éditeur, Paris, 1892, 32 pp., 8vo.
THOMAS WILSON. Report on the Department of Prehistoric Anthropology in the U.S. National Museum, 1889.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1889 (1891), pp. 317-339, pls. V-XI.
WILLIAM 8, YEATES and Epwarp F. Ayres. Plattnerite and its occurrence near Mullan, Idaho.
Amer. Journ. Sci., XLUI, May, 1892, p. 407.
A résumé of published papers on plattnerite; a description of its occurrence in Idaho; its physical characteristics and blowpipe reactions; an analysis; a discussion of its specific gray- ity, with a determination placing it at 8.56, and a discussion of its crystallographic form assigning the mineral to the tetragonal system, are here given. : ;
SECTION V.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS TO THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1892.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS.
AssotTr, W. H. (U. S. Fish Commission). Twenty-seven specimens of Corydalus cornutus and one of Orthosoma brunneum. 24672.
AxssBortt, Dr. W. L. (Bombay, India). A very interesting and valuable collection, consisting of 362 birds’ skins, sternum of hawk, Haliwetus leucoryphus, a rope made of goat’s hair and used by the coolies in Kashmir, in packing their loads, mammal skins and skulls obtained in Kashmir and Baltistan, including speci- mens of the Himalayan ibex and Vigne’s sheep. 25470.
ABEL, J. C. (Lancaster, Pa.). Ninety-three stone objects found along the Conestoga streams near Lancaster (24992) ; 64 arrow-points, fragments of pottery, and other objects found near Little Washington (25197); 187 archeological objects, con- sisting of rude implements, chips, flakes, broken arrow and spear-heads, scrapers of quartz, quartzite, jasper, and chert, also fragments of pottery from the Con- estoga Hills (25255); 44 stone implements from near Lancaster (25314); 190 small rude implements, arrow and spear-heads, and other objects from Little Wash- ington and Lancaster (25349); 18 rude chipped implements, hammer-stone, arrow-head and similar archeological objects from near Wheatland (25466) ; 80 rude implements, arrow-heads of white quartz, small rude implements of argil- lite, hammer-stones, stone used for polishing or grinding, rude chipped imple- ment, chips and flakes of quartz, and pebbles (25722); 137 rude implements, worked flakes, arrow-heads and flakes of quartzite, arrow-heads, worked flakes, and other objects of flint, jasper and felsite, arrow-heads of clay, slate, and argillite from the Conestoga Hills (25740); *83 archeological objects from the same locality (25796).
ABERT, Dr. CHARLES (Rockville, Md.). Black-billed cuckoo (Coccyzus erythropthal- mus (24659); black-throated blue warbler (Dendroica cawruiescens), in the flesh (25657). i
Apams, A. A. (Warren, Ohio). Spider (Hpeira insularis Hentz). 24970.
ADAMS, Mrs. SARAH M. (Momence, Ill.). Silk-moth ( Telea polyphemus). 25805.
ADLER, Dr. Cyrus (U. 8. National Museum). Collection of arms, instruments, manuscripts, and parts of costumes from Egypt (gift) (24683); Soudanese girdle worn by women, and a camel driver’s coat from the Upper Nile region (deposit) (25565); Hebrew charm, manuscript on parchment (gift) (25878). (See under Dr. John P. Peters.)
AGassIZ, Prof. ALEXANDER. (See under Fish Commission, U. 8.).
AGEE, N. A. (Perdue Hill, Ala.). Specimens of yellow ocher. 25208.
AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF. A very interesting collection of land and fresh- water shells from various localities in Arizona, vicinity of Death Valley and adjacent region (24542); land and fresh-water shells from Brownsville, Tex., collected by William Lloyd (24636); 3 gray seals from Labrador (25139).
*This collection not entered in Museum register until August 4, 1892. The record will appear in the Report for 1892-93,
H. Mis, 114, pt. 234 529
530 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF—Continued,
Division of Forestry. 45 photographs (24551); 18 photo-micrographs of woods of the United States (24532); 12 distribution charts of trees of the United States, prepared by Mr. C. 8. Sargent, special agent of the Tenth Census (24533). De- posit.
Division of Ornithology and Mammalogy (through Dr. C. Hart Merriam). Three
“hundred and twenty-three birds’ eggs and 55 birds’ nests from California, Nevada, Utah, and Texas (25006); 3 portions of Elephas bones (25268).
Division of Entomology (through Prof. C. V. Riley). One hundred and seventy speci- mens representing 11 species of rare coleoptera, new to the collection, obtained in San Diego and Los Angeles counties, Cal., by Mr. D. W. Coquillet (24628) ; type specimens representing 5 new species of bombylidie, consisting of Lordotus junceus Cog., Lordotus diversus Coq., Torophora vasta Coq., Paracosmus insolens Coq., Amphicosmus elegans Coq., 8 species of rare coleoptera, 7 species of rare orthoptera, collected by Mr. Coquillet (24816); 3,473 specimens representing 636 species of insects from the Death Valley Expedition, March and April of 1889, col- lected by A. Koebele (24889); large series of hymenoptera and homoptera, col- lected by Mr. Coquillet in southern California (24890); collection of miscellane- ous insects, including biologic material, collected by Mr. F. G. Schaupp, Cypress Mill, Tex. (24897); 24 species of North American coleoptera, new to the collec- tion (24940); 8 species of Australian hemiptera, collected by Mr. J.G. O. Tepper, of Adelaide, South Australia (24941); 78 specimens representing 25 species of in- sects, mostly lepidoptera, collected by Mr. Coquillet in California (24950); 55 specimens of Californian orthoptera, representing 21 species, some of which are new to the collection, obtained by Mr. Coquillet (25005); about 200 specimens of various orders of insects, collected by Mr. C. G. Schaupp in Burnet County, Tex. (25110) ; 236 specimens representing 35 species of North American coleoptera, and 35 specimens, representing 4 species of New Zealand Coccinnellida, collected by Mr. Coquillet (25111); 28 specimens representing 4 species of Australian Coccinnelida, 245 specimens representing 51 species of Californian coleoptera, 81 specimens representing 31 species of Californian lepidoptera, 200 specimens representing 59 species of Californian hymenoptera, 246 specimens represent- ing 64 species of Californian hemiptera, and 182 specimens representing 18 species of Californian diptera (bombylidx), including types of new species, collected by Mr. Coquillet (25356); 43 specimens representing 17 species of neu- roptera, 31 specimens representing 7 species of orthoptera, and 130 specimens representing 43 species of hemiptera, collected by Mr. Coquillet in Los Angeles (25400); collection of insects of all orders, made in the northwestern states, British Columbia, and Alaska (25554).
Division of Botany (through Dr. George Vasey). Specimen of the ‘travelers tree” of Mexico. 25287.
AINLEY, JOHN H. (Rapid City, S. Dak.). Specimen of hornblendic schist showing free gold from the Cross Mine, Pennington County. 25396.
ALASKA COMMERCIAL COMPANY (San Francisco, Cal.). (See under B. C. Winston.)
ALDRICH, J. M. (Brookings, S. Dak.), through Prof. C. V. Riley. Twenty speci- mens representing 6species of North American hymenoptera. 25358.
ALEXANDER, JOHN (Nicosari, Sonora, Mexico). Silver ore. 25189.
ALBERT, Puitip (Shawnee, Pa), through Dr. R. E. C. Stearns. A stone pestle from Menroe County. 24677.
ALLEN, C. M. (Butte, Mont.), through Messrs. Packard and Melville of the U.S. Geological Survey. Copper matte. 24796.
ALLEN, GrorGE A. (U. S. Indian agent, Colorado River Agency, Parker, Ariz.). Specimens of Pepsis formosa Say. and “pherophthalma creusa Cress. ; skins of two rare bats, Macrotus californicus and Molossus californicus (25046); specimens of Trombidium, n. sp., near giganteum Riley (25402).
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 531
ALLEN, IRA R. (Fair Haven, Vt.). Two cut specimens of spessartite from Amelia, Va. 25739.
ALLEN, Rey. JONATHAN (president of Albert University, Alfred Centre, N. Y.). Four- teen specimens of natural formation from New Jersey, resembling stone objects. 25056.
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HisToRY (New York City, N. Y.). Ninety-one specimens, representing 31 species of birds’ skins, from Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil. Exchange. 25222.
Ames, Dr. Howarp E. (U. 8S. Navy). Two scorpions from Peru; skin of penguin from the coast of Chile; specimens of reptiles, crustaceans, and ophiurans from the west coast of South America; and 25 species of fishes from the West Indies and South America. 24892.
AMI, HENRY M. (Geological Survey Department, Ottawa, Canada). Eight spec- imens of black-nosed dace (Rhinichthys nasutus and Lhinichthys atronasus). 25440.
(See under Geological Survey of Canada).
AnceEy, C. F. (Boghari, Algeria). Ten species of rare African shells (25320); 12 species of land and fresh-water shells from Africa (25465); 27 species of African shells (25556). Exchange.
ANDERSON, J. V. (Little Creek, Del.). American barn owl (Strix pratincola). 25704.
AnpreEws, A. H., & Company (Chicago, Ill.). Goff’s historical chart of North Amer-
: ica, No.1. 25348.
Anprus, W. J. (Hackensack, N.J.). Two specimens of buff Pekin bantams. 25635.
ANGELL, G. W. J. (New York City). One hundred and eight specimens, represent- ing about 50 species of exotic coleoptera (24667); specimen of Zophobas morio, and specimen of Strophosomus coryli, from Florida and New Jersey. (24675). Exchange.
ANTHONY, E. &. H. T., & Company (New York City). One pound each of Madge- burg, Nelson’s Amber, and Nelson’s Special Opaque Gelatine. 25577.
ARMISTEAD, L. C. (Hendersonville, Tenn.). Miniature head of clay resembling an idol, from Sumner County. 25188.
ARMITAGE, JOHN H. (Jamestown, N. Y.). Specimen of chrysotile from Canada. 25645.
ARMSTRONG, EDWARD (Pittsburg, Pa.). Specimens of giant water-bug (Benacus griseus). 25798.
ARMSTRONG, F. B. (Brownsville, Tex.). Four skins of Texan screech owl ( Megas- cops asio maccallii) (24544); 4 eggs (one set) of white-tailed kite (Hlanus leu- curus) (25761). Purchase.
ARNHEIM, JuLtus S. (San Francisco, Cal.). Land and marine shells from Alaska and California. (24539, 25847).
ARRINGTON, W. A. (Arrington, Va.). Specimens of massive apatite, apatite and menaccanite, and kaolin, collected by Mr. W.S. Yeates. U. 8. National Museum. 24714.
ATKINSON, Epwarkp (Boston, Mass.), through Prof. W. O. Atwater. Specimens of rice, millet, and other food products used in China. 25765.
ATTWATER, Prof. H. P. (Rockport, Tex.). Eggs of Chondestes grammacus strigatus, Minus polyglottus and Vireo noveboracensis, and eggs of Cardinalis cardinalis and Mimus polyglottus, a very interesting series selected to show extremes in size and coloration (25441); eggs of Otocoris alpestris giraudi and 2 nests (new to the collection) (25669); eggs of Texan horned owl (Otocoris alpestris giraudi) (25782).
ATWATER, Prof. W. O. (See under Edward Atkinson.)
AUCKLAND Museum (Auckland, New Zealand), through Prof. T. F. Cheeseman, cura-
* tor. Skeletons of 7 birds, Wegalestris antarcticus, Ocydromus greyi, Ocydromus earli,
532 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
AUCKLAND MuseuM—Continued.
Casarca variegata, Hymenolemus malacorhynchus, and Aptery« australis; 450 botan- ical specimens, insects, and birds’ skins. Exchange. 24957.
AUSTRALIAN MusEuM (Sydney, New South Wales) through Dr. E. P. Ramsay, cura- tor. Graptolites, echinoderms, collection of birds’ skins, and a collection of mammals containing skins of a considerable number of species of marsupials not previously represented in the Museum (24597); 132 specimens representing 50 species of crustaceans, and 51 specimens representing 13 species of Asteroidea (25661). Exchange.
Avery, 8S. P. (New York City). Dry-point ‘‘Moonlight” by Aug. Delarte. 25795.
Avery, Dr. WILLIAM C. (Greensboro, Ala.). Five skins of purple grackle (Quisca-
— lus quiscula). 25701.
Bapscock, A. L. (Sherborn, Mass.). Fourteen species of European and 3 of South African coleoptera. Exchange. 25248.
Bacon, Mrs. OLIVER T. Photograph of a fragment of red limestone found on the roadway leading to the cross on the summit of Rofelspize, a mountain near the village of Oberammergau. 25646.
BalLey, H. B. (Newport News, Va.). Specimens of Strophosomus coryli, Polyphylla occidentalis, and Tetracha virginica. Exchange. 24893.
Baker, A. B. (See under Smithsonian Institution. National Zoédlogical Park.)
Baker, Dr. FRANK. (Seeunder Smithsonian Institution. National Zodlogical Park).
BaLrour, HENRY (University Museum, Oxford, England.) Flint core, 4 paleolithic implements, scraper, and a small polished hatchet from France; 2 flint scrapers from England, and 3 stone hatchets (Carib) from the West Indies. Exchange. 24708.
BARBER, F. A. (Washington, D. C.). English mastiff, in the flesh. 24563.
BaRNEs, E. A. (Syracuse, N. Y.). Dandelion with ten flowers on one stalk. 25813.
BARTHOLOMEW & Co. (New Orleans, La.). Specimens of black grunt (Hemulon plumiert), gulf toadfish (Batrachus taupardus), and moray (Sidera [Murena] mo- ringa). 25405.
BARTLEMAN, R. M. (United States legation, Caracas, Venezuela). Photograph of the shores of the lagoon of Sinamaica, Goagira lake-dwellings, from the same locality, and group of Goagira Indians (24880) ; 19 photographs of native scenery and other objects of interest relating to Venezuela (25072). (See under Smith- sonian Institution, National Zodlogical Park.)
BarTON, GEORGE H. (Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass.). Speci- mens of melaphyr from Brighton. Exchange. 25105.
Bates, KimBaLL & GuILD (Boston, Mass.). Set of six reproductions of pencil sketches by Woodbury. 25539. .
BawtR, Dr. G. (Worcester, Mass.). Turtle. 25817.
BayLey, Prof. W. 8. (Waterville, Me.). Rocks and ores from Maine and New Ilamp- shire. Exchange. 25366.
Brea, KENNETH I’. (Washington, D.C.). Specimens of Cambarus diogenes and Cam- barus bartonti (25723) ; 2 specimens of Tropodonotus leberis and Tropodonotus sipedon (25773); mud-turtle (Atinosternon pennsylvanicum) from Virginia (25814).
BEALE, Hon. TrRuxtoNn (Washington, D. C.). Three moldings of sculptures from Persepolis, Persia. 25881.
BEAN, BARTON A. (See under Thomas C. Fagan.)
BEAN, Dr. T. H. (U.S. Fish Commission). ‘Turtle from Havre de Grace, Md. (25446) ; skin of red phalarope (Crymophilus fulicarius) (25495).
BEAUREGARD, Dr. E. (See under Museum of Natural History, Paris, France.)
Beck, RoOLio H. (Berryessa, Cal.). Skin of Herman’s seng sparrow (Melospiza fasciata heermanni); skin of Bryant’s marsh sparrow (Ammodramus sandwichensis bryanti) from California, new to the collection (25635); 98 specimens, repre- senting 58 species of birds’ skins (25477).
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 533
BEcKER, Dr. G. F. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
BECKERS, ALEXANDER (Hoboken, N. J.). Collection of daguerreotypes, ambrotypes, and coleotypes, collected by Miss I. B. Johnston. 25295.
BeckwiTH, PauL (Washington, D. C.).. Photographs taken from a pencil sketch, made by Col. Réni Paul, of the first residence built in the city of St. Louis, Mo., in 1764 (gift) (24724); Jubilee medal, Pope Leo XIII, issued on the fiftieth anni- versary of his episcopacy (exchange) (24854).
BepNALL, W. T. (South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia). Specimen of saturnid-moth (Antherwa eucalypti). 25616.
BELDEN, Hon. J. J. (See under B. T. Nash.)
BELDING, L. (Stockton, Cal.). Seventeen specimens, representing 11 species of birds’ skins from California (24846); head, wing, and foot of a blue goose (Chen ceru- lescens) from Stockton (25438); charm-stone from Gridley, Cal., and four pieces of burnt clay, ornamented with lines and dots, from an Indian burying-ground near Stockton (25641); 6 birds, representing 2 species from California (25660).
BEMENT, C.S. (Philadelphia, Pa.). Five specimens of minerals from various locali- ties, consisting of satin spar, amazonstone, lepidolite, churchite, and jade. 25395.
BENDIRE, Capt. CHARLES E., U. S. Army (U.S. National Museum). Eggs of Tanta- lus loculator from Yucatan (gift) (25017); skin of American pipit (dnthus pensil- vanicus) from Lockport, N. Y. (gift) (25705); large buffalo robe, lance-holder (rawhide beaded), and quiver of otter skin (beaded), (deposit) (25827).
(See under B. L. Cunningham, Chase Littlejohn, L. M. Loomis, R. MacFarlane, W.L. Ralph, W. G. Smith, R. 8. Williams. )
BeNepict, Dr. A. L. (Buffalo, N. Y.). Three hundred and ten archeological objects, consisting of rude-chipped implements, pestles, hatchets, fragments of pottery, and other objects, principally from Indian villages. 25369.
BENEDiCcT, JAMES E. (U.S. National Museum). Specimens of Gelasimus minax trom Point Lookout, Md. 25074.
BENJAMIN, PARK (New York City). Original application of Jesse Ramsden, dated December 2, 1775, for a patent in England, written and signed by himself, for an astronomical equatorial instrument. 25007.
BENJAMIN, Dr. Marcus (New York City). Complete collection of portraits and au- tograph letters of members of the National Academy of Science. Deposit. 25852.
BENSON, Lieut. Harry C., U. S. Army (Fort Walla Walla, Wash.). Eggs of. Buteo swainsoni and Accipiter cooperit from St. Louis Ranch, San Joaquin Valley, Cali- fornia; specimen of Swainson’s hawk ( Buteo swainsoni) from Santa Lucia Valley, California (25756); 3 skins of hummingbird (Trochilus alexandri), with nests and eggs (25790).
BEYER, G. (New York City). Collection of 1,900 specimens, representing 900 species of native and exotic lepidoptera. Exchange. 25378.
BrerstaptT, E. (New York City). Seven proofs of a chromo-collograph from an oil painting, showing the progressive stages, made in the establishment of the donor. 24689.
BINNEY, W. G. (Burlington, N. J.). Specimen of Helix strijosa from the loess of Iowa (24596) ; photographs of teeth of mollusks, the original drawings of shells and slugs, and cuts of shells used in various publications on land-shells, consti- tuting a valuable donation (25027).
Brrp, Jon C. (St. Louis, Mo.), through J. W. Hulse. <A flint-loeck breech-loading musket with a silver plate inscribed ‘‘ By resolve of Congress, presented to Gus- tavus A. Bird, for his gallantry at the seige of Plattsburgh,” and a smaller plate with “G. A.B. Sept. 11, 1814.” 25598.
Buack, J. C. (See under J. C. Hart.)
BLACKBURN, EDWIN (Denver, Colo.). Specimen of radiolites from the Niobrara lime- stone at Morrison, Colo., and lava probably polished by the rubbing of buffa- loes, from Folsom, N. Mex. 25085.
534 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
BLAINE, Hon. JAMES G. (See under Department of State.)
BoarMan, Dr. C. V. (Washington, D.C.). Specimen of rhinoceros-beetle (Dynastes Tityus L.), from Quantico, Va. 24578.
Boas, Dr. FRANZ (Worcester, Mass.). Chinook cradle and a carved wooden figure. Purchase. 25433.
BoEHMER, GEORGE H. (Smithsonian Institution). Second-class ticket for trans- portation on Darjeeling Himalayan Railway from Siligura to Kurseoug (gift) (25001); books containing engravings of imperial arms, works of art, and others (exchange) (25178); 4 black rats found in a box of books received from Brazil (25668).
Boorn, Mrs. JAMES C. (Haverford, Pa.). Platinotype portrait of Prof. James C. Booth, PH. D., LL. D., late melter and refiner of the United States Mint at Phila- delphia. 25785.
BoswELL, Henry (Washington, D.C.). Smooth-headed, yellow-winged turbit pigeon. 25220.
BosweE tt, J. H. (Upper Marlboro, Md.). One hundred and nineteen archeological objects, consisting of grooved axes, rude notched axe, arrow or spear-heads of quartzite, felsyte and houstone, white quartz, jasper, and black flint. Ex- change. 24591.
Boucarp, A. (London, W. C., England). Twelve specimens, representing 10 species of birds’ skins, Psittacidw. Purchase. 25048.
Bourke, Capt. JOHN G., U. S. Army (Fort Ringgold, Tex.). Three votive offerings,
: consisting of “ Milagros or Promesas,” vows or promises, of silver; ‘‘Gallo,” a figure of a cock used in games on. the Lower Rio Grande; and ‘* Pilon,” a box in which record is made of purchases in order to give buyers a per cent off (gift) (24541); collection of Guadalajara pottery (gift) (24671); throwing-stick and bird-spear from Mexico (deposit) (24899); soles of the ‘‘Guarachi” or sandals used by the Mexican foot soldiers along the Rio Grande (deposit) (25108) ; specimens of materia medica obtained from an old Mexican woman (gift) (25152)
16 specimens of folk-medicine of the Lower Rio Grande Valley (deposit) (25282); salt crystals from the lake known as ‘‘ El Sal del Rey” in southern Texas (gift) (25619).
BowopitcH, F. C. (Brookline, Mass.). Thirty-six specimens of North American coleoptera, new to the collection. Exchange. 25593.
BoweEN, Dr. CLARENCE W. (New York City). Programmes, circulars,. invitation. cards, and other official papers relating to the centennial celebration of Wash- ington’s Inauguration, in New York City, April, 1889. 24551.
Bowers, Hon. W. W. (House of Revresentatives). Block of pure pig-iron, and specimen of tin ore from the Temescal tin mine, South Riverside, San Bernar- dino County, California. 25183.
Bowman, D. A. (Bakersville, N. C.), through Prof. F. W. Clarke. Arrow-head of obsidian, and one of flint from a mine in Salt River Valley, near Arizona (24549) ; 2 specimens of tscheffkinite from Mitchell County, collected by Mr. W.S. Yeates, (24790); specimens of minerals (24713); Indian arrow-head from Woodey Hill, near Bakersville (24997); specimen of tscheffkinite (25285).
Boy er, C. B. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey. )
Boy, Mrs. Mary (Flemington, N. J.).. Non-pearly concretion found in a round- clam, Venus mercenaria. 25065.
Boyne, R. (Washington, D. C.). Young alligator from Florida. 25454.
Brace, Mrs. Cuartes L. (Ches-knoll, Westchester County, N. Y.), through Miss Emma Brace. Silver medal which was presented in 1877 by Victor Emanuel to the late Charles L. Brace, for his labors among the Italian children in New York. Deposit. 25476.
Brace, Miss EMMA. (See under Mrs. Charles L. Brace.)
BRADNER, Dr. W. B. (Warwick, N. Y.). Specimen of Dynastes hercules, 2 specimens of Dynastes tityus, and a few other beetles. 25023.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 535
Brapy, Prof. GkorGE S. (Sunderland, England). Specimens of British fresh-water cyclopide. Exchange. 25283.
Brace, L. C. (San Diego, Cal.). Tweuty-one specimens of Branchiostoma lanceo- latum (24728); type specimen of Chilomycterus californiensis (25173). Purchase.
BRENNAN, DANIEL O. (See under Regular Army and Navy Union of the U.S. A.)
Brett, WALTER (Lakeport, Cal.). Two skins of double-brested cormorant (Phala- crocorax dilophus) from California. 24743.
Bretz, GEORGE M. (Pottsville, Pa.). Portable dark tent, obtained by Miss F. B. Johnston. 25304.
Brimuey, H. H. & C.8. (Raleigh, N. C.). Four specimens, representing 3 species of birds’ skins (purchase) (24818); skins of various species of small North Amer- ican mammads (puzchase) (25181); 6 specimens of wood-rats, Neotoma floridiana (purchase), (25221); 2 nests of Dendroica dominica (gift), (25408); mounted cat- bird (Galeoscoptes a (purchase), (25703).
British MusktumM (London, England). Four Australian throwing-sticks (25151); through Dr. Henry Woodward, 4 teeth of mammoth, Elephas primigenius (25330). Exchange.
Brirron, L. H. (New Lisbon, Ohio). Egg of snake. 24860.
Brirron, Dr. N. L. (Moravia, Pa.), through Mr. Thomas Wilson. Two perforated stone tablets. 25313
Brock, HERBERT E. (lesan City, Iowa). Fossils (24561); eleven specimens of erinoids (25508); 5 carboniferous fossils, 9 devonian, 4 silurian, and 1 creta- ceous (25683). Exchange.
Brown, A. H. (U.S. National Museum). Seven photographs of natives of the west coast of Africa. Purchase. 24746. (See under Smithsonian Institution. U.S. ean Museum. )
Brown, C. F. (Hot Springs, Ark.). Specimen of rectorite (gift), (24707); 6 speci- mens of fe loizite from Mammoth Mine, Pinal County, Ariz., and 1 specimen of rectorite, from Garland County, Ark. (exchange), (25750).
BROWN, HERBERT (Tucson, Ariz.). Two garter snakes (Eutainia megalops) (24629) - 2 alcoholic specimens of snakes, and 4 alcoholic specimens of beetle, Allorhina mutabilis Gory, and cockroach, Phyllodromia sp. (24799); snake, Salvador grahamie (24856); 2 garter-snakes (Hutainia) (24962); 2 snakes, Rhinocheilus (25487).
Brown, R. W. (Washington, D. C.). Specimen of Helix alanda found in a bunch of bananas (24534); Helix aspersa Fer., found alive in a bunch of bananas, prob- ably from Jamaica (24538); Helix aspersa (24598); 3 specimens of Helix alanda Fer., from the West Indies (24637); spider, belonging to the family Therapho- side, from Central America (24657; spider, Dolomedes scriptus Hentz (24767); spider (24963) ; two snakes, Storeria dekayi, collected by Mr. James Davis (25021) ; erab Sesarma (25075); Helix americana (25478); spider, Heteropoda vinatoria L., from Curagoa (25519); tropical spider, belonging to the family Therapihosida (25793).
BROWN, SEVELLON A. (See under State, Department of.)
Rrown, W. H. and A. H. (See under Smithsonian Institution. U. 8. National Museum).
Bruner, Prof. L. (Lincoln, Nebr.), through Prof. C. V. Riley. Thirty-eight speci- mens, representing nine species of North American coleoptera, and 4 types of a new orthoptera, Wyrmecophila nebrascensis Bruner. 24976.
BRYAN, GEORGE R. (See under O. N. Bryan.)
Bryan, O. N. (Marshall Hall, Md.), through George R. Bryan. One hundred and forty specimens of fossil bones, birds’ skins, collection of archieological objects, shells, specimens of Devonian and Trenton Group fossils, fossil plants, ores and rocks. 24837. (Bequest.)
Bryant, C. M. (Washington, D. C.). Living specimen of horned toad. 25429.
BRYANT, HENRY G. (Philadelphia, Pa.) Collection from Labrador and Newfound- land, consisting of skulls of black bear (Ursus americanus), lynx (Lynx canaden-
536 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
BRYANT, Henry G.—Continued. sis), porcupine (Lrethizon dorsatus), otter (Lutra canadensis), and varying hare (Lepus americanus); ethnological objects; specimens of moss; human and ani- mal bones from a battle-field on Eskimo Island; trilobite (Paradoxides bennetti); geological material. 25288.
BULLMAN, CHARLES. (See under Haskins Wood Vulcanizing Company.)
Burcu, WILLARD. (See under William Palmer. )
BuRDINE, W. T. (Washington, D. C.). Specimen of whippoorwill (Antrostomus rociferus), in the flesh. 25730.
BurGER, PETER (U.S. National Museum). Pair of lamp-trimming shears (24923) ; old-fashioned sand box used for drying ink (25107).
Burns, FRANK (Smithsonian Institution). Grooved axe and discoidal stone from Laurens County, South Carolina (24647); 4 specimens of lignite from Hoenes Mine, Ababama (25359); iron tomahawk from Blunt County, Alabama (25368). (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
Burns, W. R. (Concord, Ky.). Six small arrow or spear-heads (24592); 4 archieo- logical objects (25415).
Burt, M. W., JR. (Ironwood, Mich.). Alcoholic specimen of Epeira trifolium. 25406.
CaLcuTrTa BOTANIC GARDEN (Caleutta, India), through Department of State. A fine collection of dried plants. 25563.
CALLENDER, W. N. (Greenbush, N. Y.). Stone port-hole from the Van Rensselaer mansion built at Greenbush, opposite Albany, N. Y., in 1642. Purchase. 25051.
CALLENDER, Mrs. W. N. (Greenbush, N. Y.). Hand-made shingle from the original portion of the Van Rensselaer mansion, built at Greenbush in 1642. 24967.
CALVERT, Puitie P. (Philadelphia, Pa.). Three dragonflies, representing the spe- cles Lepthemis gravida Clay., and Lepthemis proxima Hagen. 25609.
Camp, J. H. (Leopoldville, Congo, Central Africa). Collection of African butter- flies (25504); 4 photographs of natives of West Africa (25661). (See under Department of State. )
CaPwELL, V. L. (Luzerne, Pa.). Sandstone concretion from Forty-Fort, Luzerne County. 25179.
CARLYLE, A. C. (London, England), through Mr. Charles Seidler. 1674 stone relies from India. Purchase. 25122.
CarMIck, Master Louris (Brookland, ID. C.), through Mr. Robert Ridgway. Red- shouldered hawk ( buteo lineatus). 24847.
CaRTER, JAMES C. (New York City). Specimen of hybrid between mallard and pintail duck (Anas boschas + Dafila acuta) from Swan Island, Currituck Sound, North Carolina (25265); specimen of wigeon (Mareca penelope) from the same locality (25310); and 2 specimens of American merganser (Merganser americanus) from Carroll’s Island, Chesapeake Bay (25487).
CASSELL, Capt. W. H. (Baltimore, Md.). Four specimens of Virginia deer (Cariacus virginianus), collected by Mr. William Palmer of the National Museum. 24954.
Caton, H. J. (Rosebud Agency, 8. Dak.). Fossil turtle, Stylemys nebrascensis from Bad Lands (25411); impure opal from the same locality (25572).
CHAMBERS, J. A. (Tangier, Va.). Vegetable. 25035.
CHANLER, WILLIAM ASTOR (New York City). Two mounted giraffe heads, male and female, from East Africa. 24907.
CHANDLER, Prof. CHARLES F. (School of Mines, Columbia College, New York City). Waxed paper negative, silver-print from waxed paper negative, and blue-print from waxed paper negative, obtained by Mr. S. R. Koehler of the National Museum. 25533.
CHANUTE, O. (Chicago, Il].). Collection of antique patterns of rail-sections, maps, and other objects. 25399.
CuaPin, E. H. (Baltimore, Md.). Trilobite, Phacops rana, from the Hamilton Group, New York. 24610.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 537
CHARLTON, T. (Denver, Colo.). Three teeth of extinet Hama (dAuchenia hesterna). 25054.
CHATARD, Dr. T. M. (U. S. Geological Survey). Scarfpin made of cassiterite from Chesterfield County, South Carolina. Deposit. 24552. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
CHEESEMAN, Prof. T. F. (See under Auckland Museum.)
CHERRIE, GEORGE K. (See under National Museum of Costa Rica.)
CHESHIRE, W. W. (U. 8. Pension Office). Photograph of the breast-bone of a wild goose perforated by an Eskimo arrow. 24835.
Cuipsrey, Cartes E. (Scranton, Miss.). Bone eaten by red ants, and petrified charcoal found on the banks of the Pascagoula river, 24824.
CiunG, JOHN (Kilgore, Idaho). Elk skin. Purchase. 25297.
CHITTENDEN, Dr. Joun F. (Victoria Institute, Trinidad, West Indies), through William P. Pierce, U.S. Peusal, and Department of State. Two soles (Achirus
‘
lincatus and Azevia n. sp.). 25537. Cuurcu, F. L. (Shushan, N. Y.). Alcoholic specimen of six-legged frog. Purchase. 24770.
CLAIBORNE, J. H. (Well Springs, Tenn.). Manganese ore. 24605.
CiaRK, JAMES J. (Troy, N. Y.), through J. M. Francis and Hon. Owen Riley. Small box made from a limb of the tree in Scotland, under which Sir William Wallace concealed himself. This box was sent to Mr. Clark in 1818 by a weaver of Paisley. 24883.
Ciark, Miss May (U.S. Geological Survey). Fetish (mole) from New Mexico. Exchange. 24577.
Ciark#, Prof. F. W. (See under D. A. Bowman and Jacob Snyder.)
CrLark®, Prof. J. M. (See under New York State Museum.)
Cuiay, Col. Cec, (Department of Justice). Five’ specimens of woodland caribou from Newfoundland. Purchase. 25140.
CLAYWELL, Rosert T. (Morganton, N. C.). Specimen of beryl with muscovite and tourmaline in quartz from Bourke County, and a specimen of transparent almand- ite from Laurel Garnet mine, near Morganton, collected by Mr. W. 8S. Yeates, of the U.S. National Museum. 24952.
Crore, A. J. (Dulinsyville, Va.). Specimen of wheel-bug ( Prionides cristatus) (24908) ; parasitic wasp (Lphialtes irritator Fal.). (25014).
CLousk, HENRY (Phebe, Tenn.). Collection of ores from Union County. 25147.
CockERELL, Prof. T. D. A. (Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica), through Prof. C. V. Riley. Fourteen species of mollusks. 25838. :
Corrin, AMORY. (See under Phoenix Iron Works.)
COHEN, RoBerr. (See under F. J. Herell.)
CoLBurRN, Dr. G. F. (Washington, D. C.). Tooth of extinet shark, Carcharodon megalodon. 25613.
CoLueTtT, T. R. (Savannah, Ga.). Hawk-moth (ELnyo lugubris L.). 24968.
Cours, Mrs. Mary C. (Fort Yates, N. Dak.). Twenty specimens, representing 7 species of cretaceous fossils from the Montana formation near Fort Yates. 25050.
CONKLIN, Mrs. E. (See under Smithsonian Institution. National Zoological Park).
Connor, Paul D. (Washington, D.C.), through Mr. George C. Maynard. Model of telegraph-pole, cross-arm and insulators, belonging to the ‘‘Old Time Tele- graphers Collection.” Loan. 25118.
Cooker, Dr. Clinton T. (Salem, Oregon). Two skins of Steller’s jay (Cyanocitta stelleri) (parents of eggs purchased for odlogical collection) (24825) : ; set of eggs of Cyanocitta stelleri (purchase) (24830); handsome nest of Cyanocitta stelleri, new to the collection (gift) (24981).
CooxkEe, Miss J. N. (San Diego, Cal.). Specimens of ostrea from the west coast of Lower California, collected by Captain George D. Porter. 25842.
boa" REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
CooKkE, Prof. O. F. (Syracuse University, Syracuse, New York). Oniscid@ consisting of Armadillidium vulgare, Oylisticus convexcus, Oniscus murarius, Porcellio rathket from Syracuse, New York; Metoponorthus pruinosus from Provo, Utah; Porcellio levis, Porcellio scaber from Colfax; Porcellio rathkei from Chaumont, New York; Porcellio scaber from Ocean Grove, New Jersey; Porcellio scaber from West Haven, Connecticut; Porcellio scaber from Bloomington, Illinois; Porcellio spinacornis from Goshen, Connecticut, and Trichonicus pusillus from Niagara Falls, New York. Exchange. 24982.
COPELAND, C. B. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
CoQuiLLeT, D. W. (See under Department of Agriculture. )
CORNELL Untversity (Ithaca, N. Y.), through Prof. B. G. Wilder. Aleoholiespeci-
mens of Amblystoma and Necturus from the Cayuga Lake Basin. Exchange. 25647.
Cory, C. B. (Boston, Mass.). Skin of crocodile-bird (Pluvianus aegyptiacus) from -Egypt. Exchange. 25025.
COSSMANN, M. (Paris, France). Specimens of tertiary fossils from the Paris Basin, France. Exchange. 25442.
CouLBOURN, W. R. (Roanoke, Va.). Larva of rhinoceros-beetle (Dynastes tityus). 25123.
COURIER LITHOGRAPHING Company (Buffalo, N. Y.). Lithograph. 25876.
Cowan, R. L. (Harrisburg, Ark.). Specimens of tripoli (?) and rottenstone (?).
24798. Cowtik, Prof. James (Kanopolis, Kansas), through Prof. Robert Hay. Rock-salt. 25213.
Cox, Dr. J. C. (Sydney, New South Wales), through Charles Hedley, Australian Mu- seum. Alcoholic specimens of Ephippodonta Macdougalli Tate, a very remarkable bivalve mollusk recently described from Australia. 25843.
Cox, Mrs. 8. 8. (Washington, D.C.). Memorial vase presented to Mrs. Cox by the members of the Life-Saving Service of the United States, in commemoration of the services of the late Hon. S.S. Cox. 25475.
CRAWFORD, Hon. J. M. (Consul-General,; St. Petersburg, Russia). (See under George E. Kunz.) :
Cresson, Dr. H.T. (See under Mrs. B.D. Spenser.)
CREVECOEUR, F. F. (Onaga, Kans.). Twenty-six species of inseets. 25028.
Crissry, Dr. Sarpis L. (Washington, D. C.). Red paint produced by burning nodules found in phosphate beds in Florida. 25078.
CrosBy, F. W. (Washington, D.C.). Ores from California, Colorado, Mexico, New Mexico, Arizona, and Nevada (25272); collection consisting of 126 chaleedonie implements, chips, and fraginents of pottery found on the north bank of Anclote River, Hillsborough County, Florida (25644). (See under Dr. H. W. Gould.)
CrosBy, Prof. W.O. (Boston, Mass.). Nickle ore from Ontario and New Brunswick, Canada. Exchange. 25623.
Cross, Prof. CHarLes R. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston, Mass.). Heliotype printing film, with impression; 7 collographie specimens, and 2 wood- burytype specimens. 25383.
Crosscup & West (Philadelphia, Pa.). Twenty-one specimens of work done by the new “Ives Process.” 25486.
CuLIN, STEWART (Philadelphia, Pa.). Chinese game of Chong-un-eh’an (25539) ; 7 photographs illustrating religious objects (25809).
CUNNINGHAM, B. L. (Fort Klamath, Oregon), through Captain Charles E. Bendire. Three birds’ skins. 25820.
CUNNINGHAM, C. W. (Santa Clara, Cuba), through Interior Department, United States Geological Survey. Sample of crude petroleum. 24580.
Dad, F. O. (Libby, Mont.). Stone implement found near Libby Creek, Exchange. 25432.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 539
Dati, WititaM H. (U. 8. Geological Survey). Ten specimens of mollusks from Baddeck, Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia (gift) (24535); 6 volumes containing 331 photographs, representing ethnological objects and Gelsurited men, Hindoo “Kookry,” 2 carrying-bands, and a sacred drum made of skulls (gift) (25241) ; daguerreotype of Rey. Charles H. A. Dall, of Harvard College (deposit) (25317) ; aleoholie and dry shells from Monterey, and fossils from Santa Barbara, Cali- fornia, cranium of sea-gull (Sterna maxima) from Monterey, sertularians from Port Harford and Monterey, and specimens of Polliceps from the same locality (gift) (25846). (See under Mrs. Wyard.)
DANIEL, Miss IRENE (Fort Bennett, S. Dak.), through Prof. O. T. Mason and Dr. Z. O. Daniel. Teeth and ornaments obtained from the burial-place of a Sioux In- dian. 24665.
DaniEL, Dr. Z. T. (Cheyenne River Agency, Fort Bennett, S. Dak.). Specimen of hawk-moth (Haemaris difinis Bd.) (24623); fragment of a quartzite leaf-shaped implement, 7 flint and chalcedony scrapers, 6 broken arrow and spear-heads from an ancient Indian village site near Fort Bennett, 20 chaleedonic concretions, and 10 fragments of water-worn chalcedony from the banks of Lake Robb (24653) ; scraper(?) from the ruins of a Ree village, at Cheyenne River Agency (24664); 3 scrapers and 2 fragments of arrow or spear-heads from an ancient Ree village (24731); 95 archeological objects, consisting of rude chipped implements, scrap- ers, arrow and spear-heads, fragments of a catlinite pipe, fragments of pottery and other articles from an ancient Indian village site near Fort Bennett, also 2 pieces of large leaf-shaped implement, and a pin-shaped object of stone from the same locality (24756); pipe made by ‘Afraid of Nothing,” an Indian belong- ing to the Sioux tribe, and a pipe pouch made by an Indian of the same tribe (25083); moccasin-shaped stone (25154); 7 plum seeds ‘‘Kansu,” used by the Sioux Indians for gambling purposes, and a ration ticket of ‘‘ Banged-in-the- Eye” (25273); lock of hair cut from the head of ‘‘ Yellow Thigh and Red Star,’ a Yankton Sioux Indian, and a participant in the Custer battle (25372); eut pin, whetstone, fragments of leather, bead-work, and other articles found in the débris of a camp of ‘ Big Foot’s” people (25449); wooden soup-spoon belonging to the Piegan Indians (25559); moccasin-shaped stone of natural formation found by a Blackfeet Indian on Two Medicinal Creek (25834). (See under Miss Irene 8. Daniel.)
Dart, Dr. RicHarD (Brackettsville, Tex.). Snake skin from near the Las Moras River. 24906.
Davipson, A. (Los Angeles, Cal.). Specimens of diptera parasite on spiders’ eggs, belonging to the family Oscinidie (Hippelates n. sp.?). 25246.
DAVIS, BRITTON (Carralitos, Chihuahua, Mexico). Specimen of the rare Heterodon kennerlyi. 24878.
Davis, JAMES. (See under R. W. Brown.)
Daviss, M. W. (Newport, Oregon). Specimen of spider, Epeira insularis Hentz. 24972.
DELANEY, JAMES M. (Rochester. N. Y.). Series of spines of 7 species of echinoderms, and a series of specimens re eee about 12 species of Hydromedusa@. 24749.
DEMCKER, ROBERT (New York City). Twenty-one minerals from Hoboken, N. J. (24859); minerals (25758). Exchange.
DE Saussure, Prof. H. (Museum of Natural History, Geneva, Switzerland). Sixty species of named orthoptera, 25271.
STRUVE, Mr. CHARLES (Russian Legation, Washington, D. C.). Thirty-nine sheets of ethnological portraits of the inhabitants of Russia. 25447.
DENTON, SHERMAN F. (U. S. Fish Commission). Specimen of bat, Adelonycteris Juscus, in flesh (24557); skin of white-bellied sea eagle (Haliaetus leuecogaster) or alhed species from Queensland, Australia (25352).
DerPvuE, ROBERT (Middagh’s, Pa.), through Dr. D. H. Hazen. Stone implement picked up in a plow-furrow on the banks of the Delaware River. 24945.
540 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
DIcKINSON, THOMAS A. (See under Worcester Society of Antiquity.)
Dietz, OrroMaR (New York City). Seventeen species of North American coleoptera. 25491,
DILLER, Prof. J. 8. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
DopGr, Mrs. CHARLES, jr. (San Carlos, Arizona). Large basket made by Chilchuana, an Apache Indian chief, the largest basket ever made by the Apache tribe. Pur chase. 25088.
DovcGeE, Col. RicHarp I., U.S. Army (Sackett’s Harbor, New York). Four speci- mens representing 2 species of horse-fly (Gathophilus equi Fab.), and a wasp, Pelecinus polycerator. 24845.
Dover BROTHERS (Boston, Mass.). Four-inch cube of granite from A. F. Eells’ quarry at Bucks Harbor, Maine. 25480.
DonaLpson, THOMAS (Philadelphia, Pa.). Seven polished specimens and a cut stone of turquoise from Los Cerillos, New Mexico. Deposit. 24602.
DorsEy, Mrs. W. P. (Silver City, N. Mex.). Three arrow or spear-heads. 24815.
DRAKE, C. F. (Weiser, Idaho). Ore from the Copper Key Mine, Seven Devils Min- ing District, Washington County. 25081.
Durour, Dr. (Riverdale, Md.). Sharp-shinned hawk ( Accipiter velox). 25168.
Durour, Dr. J. R. (Washington, D. C.). Skin of brown pelican (Pelecanus fuscus) from Navassa, West Indies. 25698.
DuGes, Prof. A. (Guanajuato, Mexico). Specimens of reptiles comprising Lutaimia flavilabris Cope, Eutainia insigniarum Cope, Spea multiplicata Cope, and Lepto- dactylus microtis Cope; radiates, crustaceans and worms; shells, comprising speci- mens of Cerithium maculosum Kierer, W. C. Mexico, Mytilus hamatus Say, and Helix aspersa Linn., from Chapultepec; birds’ skins comprising specimens of Picolates leucogaster, Lechuza parda Vera Cruz=Syrnium virgarum Cassin, Gallina del moate (Perdicide) Vera Cruz=Dendrortyxz and Macrurus (Jardine & Shelby); mammals, fishes, consisting of Characodon ferrugineus, Characodon variatus, Hud- sonius altus, Zophendum australe, Acara sp., and Lampetra spadicea; specimens of plants and insects (24727); skin of orange-crowned warbler Helminthophila celata (25736) ; four specimens of Polybia parvula (25780).
DuMBLE, E. T. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
DuntToN, Capt. J. J. (See under Treasury Department. U.S. Life-Saving Service.)
Durock, P. H. (General manager of the Pecos Red Sandstone Company, Pecos, Texas). Two four-inch cubes of red sandstone, 25390.
Eakins, L. G. (U. 8. Geological Survey). Specimen of native gold in quartz from Potomac Mine, Montgomery County, Maryland (24809); gadolinite from Llano County, Texas. 24989.
Eaton, Miss Lucy C. (Truro, Nova Scotia). Cocoons of moth, Tinea pellionella L., and a specimen of the work of the insect. 25732.
Epwarps, Dr. A. M. (Newark, N. J.). Specimen of diatomaceous earth. 25511.
Epwarpbs, ViInAat N. (Wood’s Holl, Mass.). Specimen of American scoter ( Oidemia americana). 25531.
EELS, A. F. (See under Dole Brothers. )
EGLFsTon, Prof. THomMaS (School of Mines, Columbia College, New York City). Twenty specimens of minerals from various localities. Exchange. 25456. ErcHHorr, Dr. WILLIAM (Strassburg, Germany). Typical specimens, representing 100 species of North American and exotie Scolytidw, all new to the collection.
Exchange. 25498.
ELDON, CHARLES H. (Williamsport, Pa.). Photograph of mounted animals. 25303.
ELKINGTON & Company (London, 8. W., England). Electrotype reproduction of Tycho-Bache’s quadrant. Purchase. 24885.
ELKINS, Ricuarp (Halliehurst, Elkins, W. Va.). Specimen of albino chipmunk (Tamias striatus) in the flesh. 25776.
Ewson, A. W., & COMPANY (Boston, Mass.). Set of illustrations of ‘‘ Photograyure Gilbo.” Purchase. 25284.
4 LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 541
Emmons, Lieut. GEorGE F., U. S. N. (Sitka, Alaska). Fish-knife. 25560.
EMMONS, HAMILTON (Leipsic, Germany). Photographic views in Egypt, collected by Mr. S. R. Koehler, U. 8. National Museum. 25347.
ENpiicn, Dr. F. M. (Ouray, Colo.). Specimens of pyrargyrite in quartz, polybasite from Yankee Boy Mine, and alaskite from the Alaska Mine, Poughkeepsie Gulch, collected by Prof. 8. L. Penfield, of the U. 8. Geological Survey. 24772.
ENGEL, Louis (New York City). Collection of Ute and Arapahoe Indian objects, cowboy costumes, Mormon photographs, and photographs illustrating the cattle industry. Purchase. 24548.
ENGINEERING NEWS (New York City), through A. M. Wellington. Complete set of samples of ramie and cloth made from the same. 25353.
ENGLE, HORACE M. (Roanoke, Va.). Specimen of scorodite. 25728.
ENGLISH, GrorGE L., & Co. (New York City). Specimens of calcite paramorph after aragonite, minium, hauerite, 3 jade cameos, cut specimen of beryllonite and cut specimen of sphene. 24760. Exchange.
EPSTEIN, JUSTUS (Reading, Pa.). Copy of the Hebrew Pentateuch in manuscript, with cloaks and pointer. Deposit. 25602.
EVANSVILLE PRESSED BRICK COMPANY (Evansville, Ind.). Two vitrified paving- bricks. 25854.
EVERETT, F. M. (Washington, D. C.). Carib stone hatchet from the Island of Navassa (deposit) (24648); eggs of Mregata aquila, Sula sula, Anous stolidus, Sterna anethetus, Columba leucocephala from the same locality (gift) (25328).
EVERMANN, Prof. B. W. (U.S. Fish Commission). Two pieces of fossil wood from near Galveston, Tex.; 2 specimens of Anabrus he Hald., collected at Mis- soula, Mont. 25327. (See under Fish Commission, U. 8.)
FAIRCHILD, Prof. H. L. (See under Otis and Gorsline.)
FaGan, Tuomas C. (Washington, D, C.), through Barton A. Bean. Specimen of sphinx-moth (Amphion nessus Fab.). 25752.
FARMER, A. M. (Amoskeag, N. H.). Human skull, pelvis, base of spine, four leg. bones, and two arm-bones. 25329.
FarNHAM, A. B. (Benning, D. C.). Adult opossum and thirteen young, Didelphys marsupialis, in flesh. Purchase. 24781.
FARRINGTON, Dr. O. C. (New Haven, Conn.). Geological material from Guilford (24581); specimen of gneiss containing chrysoberyl, garnet, and iolite from Guilford and Haddam (24639), Exchange.
FEerGuson, WinuiAm T. (Washington, D.C.). Spider (Lperia insularis Hentz): 24979
FrRRIsS, JAMES H. (Joliet, U11.). Shells from Kansas and Illinois. 24632.
Ferry, Mrs. C. M. (Oneida, N. Y.). Sample of small-eared calico variety of popcorn. 24555.
FEWKEsS, Dr. J.WaALrerR. (See under Hemenway Southwestern Archeological Expe, dition, and Mrs. Mary Hemenway.)
Fick, G. A. (Baltimore, Md.). Pigeon in the flesh. 24733.
Fiaers, J. D. (Washington, D. C.). Collection of reptiles and batrachians chiefly from the District of Columbia (24800); 3 snakes, Cyclopis wstivus, Carphophiops amanus, Bascanion constrictor, and a salamander, Spelerpes guttolineatus (24955).
Fittette, Lieut. F. G., U. 8. Navy (Washington, D.C.). Cane of palm-wood, gold mounted, with tusk of wild boar as handle; presented to Mr. Fillette by His Majesty Kalakaua, King of the Hawaiian Islands (deposit) (24660); 7 pictures illustrating the Chinese idea of the war in Tonkin, and ashow-bill, “Chiarinis Show in China” (gift) (24739).
First JAPANESE TRADING COMPANY Bex York City). Bronze and 4 pottery figures. Purchase. 25880.
FisH Commission, U.S.
(Through Col. McDonald, Commissioner, and Prof. Edward Linton): Specimens of avian entozoa from Yellowstone Park (24842).
542 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Fisu Commission, U. 8.—Continued.
(Through Col. McDonald): Fishes for skeletons, including carp (Cyprinus carpio), toad-fish (Batrachus tau), file-fish (Alutera schoepffi), spot (Liostomus xanthurus), sailor’s choice (Pomadasys fulromacuiatus), California salmon (Onchorhynchus chouicha), and Ruvettus temminchii (24959); collection of reptiles and batrachians made by Prof. B. W. Evermann in Montana and Wyoming in 1891 (25022); 10 specimens of fishes, comprising Serranus atrarius, Menticirrus nebulosus, Cynos- cion regale, Clupea harengus, Merlucius bilinearis, Phycis chuss, Lophopsetta macu- lata, Esox lucius, Cottus octodecimspinosus and Pomowis (25055); plants from Alaska collected by the steamer Albatross during the cruises of 1889 and 1890 (25079); plants from the Galapagos Islands, obtained during the cruise of the Albatross under the direction of Prof. Alexander Agassiz (25080); specimens of nuts and orehila from the Galapagos Islands, collected by the steamer 4lbatross during the cruise of January to April, 1891, under the direction of Prof. Alex- ander Agassiz (25084); fishes consisting of Micropterus dolomieu, Lampris luna, Phycis, Brosmius brosme, Pleuronectes americanus, Pollachius carbonarius, Cottus octodecimspinosus, and a turtle, Aspidonectes spinifer (25121); birds’ skins from the Galapagos Islands and Alaska, collected by Mr. C. H. Townsend, naturalist of the Fish Commission -steamer Albatross; skin of coast fox, Urocyon virginianus littoralis from Santa Rosa Island, California, and birds’ eggs from Alaska, also collected by Mr. Townsend (25154); birds, rocks, lizard, insects, birds’ skeletons, birds’ nests, collected during the southern cruise of the steamer Albatross be- tween January and April, 1891, under the direction of Prof. Alexander Agassiz, comprising the following specimens:
Birds: Chatham Island. Nesomemus molanotis Gould, Dendroica aureola Gould, Geospiza fortis Gould, Geospiza fuliginosa Gould, Camarhynchus prosthemelas Sel. and Salv., Myiarchus magnirostris Gray,* Pyrocephalus minimus Ridg. Charles Island. Dendroica aureola Gould, Geospiza fuliginosa Gould, and Pyrocephalus manus Gould.
Rocks from Chatham Island, Galapagos (east side), Malpelo Island, Cocos Island, Dunean Island, and Panama reef.
Lizard: Amblyrhynchus cristatus.
Birds’ skeletons: Skeleton of Creagus furcatus from Malpelo island, and of Oceanodroma melania from the Gulf of California. :
Birds’ nests: Nest of Geospiza from Charles Island, and one from Duncan Island.
Order orthoptera. Specimen of a large locustid belonging to the genus Meroncidius.
Order homoptera. Two specimens of a Cicada, genus Tibicen ?
Order scorpionidee. Specimen of Centrurus sp. Galapagos Islands.
Order coleoptera. Calosoma galapagoum Hope. Chatham Island, seven specimens; Charles Island, nine specimens. Dermestes carnivorus Fabr. Chatham Island, specimen of our well-known species. Passalus sp. Chat- ham Island, one specimen.
Order lepidoptera. <Agraulis vanille L. var. galapagensis Holl. Chatham Island, two specimens; Charles Island, three specimens; Duncan Island, one specimen. Callidryas eubule. Chatham Island, one specimen; Charles Island, fourspecimens. Lycenasp. Chatham Island,two specimens. Aello- pos titan Cram. Chatham Island, one specimen. Deilephila lineata Fab. Charles Island, one specimen. Proto parce sp. Chatham Island, one speci- men. FHudamus sp. Chatham Island, three specimens; Duncan Island, two specimens. Ludamus sp. Chatham Island, one specimen. Utetheisa ornatrix. Chatham Island, one specimen; Charles Island, two specimens.
*See Proceedings of the National Museum, Vol. xu, No. 767, 1889, page 113 in text.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 543
Fis Commission, U. 8.—Continued. Castniasp. Chatham Island, one specimen. Melipotis sp. Duncan Island, three specimens; Chatham Island, six specimens; Charles Island, two speci- mens. Schinia sp. Charles Island, one specimen. Sphingides sp? (larva). Charles Island, five specimens; Chatham Island, one specimen; Charles Island, seven specimens. Noctuid sp.? (larva). Charles Island, in num- bers. Geometrid sp.? (larva). Chatham Island, four specimens.
Order orthoptera. Gryllus sp. Charles Island, one specimen. Schistocerca melanocera Stal. Charles Island, seven specimens; Indefatigable Island, one specimen. Schistocercasp. Chatham Island, four specimens. Schisto- cerca sp. (larva). Chatham Island, four specimens; Charles Island, six specimens. Trimerotropis placida (?) Hal. Chatham Island, four speci- mens; Charles Island, two specimens.
Order hemiptera. Pentatomid (larva). Chatham Island twenty-three speci- mens.
Order hymenoptera. Xylocopa sp. Chatham Island, one specimen; Charles Island, two specimens.
Order aranee. Epcira cooksonii Butler. Chatham Island, one hundred specimens; Charles Island, twenty specimens; Indefatigable Island, four specimens. Gasteracantha insularis Thorell. _ Chatham Island, three speci- mens; Indefatigable Island, four specimens. Scolopendra galapagoensis Boll. Chatham Island, one specimen (25157); 4 photographs of Alaskan Indians and their houses (25162); fishes consisting of Citharichthys sordidus, Paralichthys californicus, Pleuronectes stellatus, Psettichthys melanostictus, Sebastichthys auriculatus, Ophiodon elongatus, Raia ocellata, and Batrachus tau (25193); T specimens of fishes comprising Pleuronectes americanus, Roccus chrysops, Roncador stearnsi, Pleuronectes stellatus, Ophiodon elongatus, and Oncorhynchus chouicha (25370) ;.955 specimens, representing 15 species of fishes, including Leuciseus gilli, a new species collected in Montana and Wyoming during the summer of 1891, by a Fish Commission party under the direction of Prof. B. W. Evermann (25434*) ; aleoholie specimens repre- senting three species of lizzards from Cozumel Island, off the coast of Central America obtained by the Steamer Albatross, and alcoholic specimens of shells from Cozumel Island, collected in 1885 (25445); tarpon and bastard logger-head turtle (25494); collection of crustaceans made chiefly in the North Pacific Ocean by the steamer Albatross during the past three or four years (25547); 7 specimens of fishes consisting of Lutjanus blackfordi, Haploi- donotus grunniens, Pomadasys virginicus, Epinephelus morio, Ictiobus bubalus, and Stoasodon narinari (25570); crustaceans collected at different times by the Fish Commission vessels on the Atlantic and Pacific coasts (25650) ; 117 birds’ skins from the Galapagos Islands, collected in March and April of 1891 by the steamer Albatross, under the direction of Mr. C. H. Townsend; skin and skull of brown bear, shot at Port Moller, by Mr. Townsend, dur- ing the summer of 1890 (25708). .
Through Mr. Richard Rathbun, acting commissioner: Small collection of crusta- ceans, consisting of Mithrax (Nemausa) spinipes (Bell), Mithrax sp. n., Pericera sp. n. Pericera cornuta calata (A. M. Edw.)., Libinia sp. n., Libinia emarginata Leach, Libinia dubia M. Edw., Eupaqgurus splendescens (Owen), obtained chiefly from the dredgings of the steamer Albatross in the Pacific Ocean, but ineluding a few specimens from the Atlantic Ocean (24754).
Through Prof. B. W. Evermann: Collection of reptiles and batrachians from Mis- souri and Texas, obtained by him during the fall of 1891, and deposited in the museum (25311). (See under H. P. Thompson. )
*A report on these fishes will be published in the Fish Commission Bulletin. The report has been recently submitted to Congress by Prof. Evermann.
544 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
FIsHER, Dr. A. K. (See under Fred. Fowler.)
Fisumr, Dr. H. I. (Lebanon, Ohio). Chain-link, supposed to have been broken by lightning. 25815.
FITZGERALD, J. C. (Greenville, 8.C.). Jointed or glass snake. Purchase. 25484.
FLEMING, J. W. (Silver City, N. Mex.), through G. P. Merrill, U.S. National Museum. Rubbing-stone for dressing hides, from Thompson County. 25308.
FLORIDA PHOSPHATE COMPANY (Phosphoria, Fla.), through W.S. Warner. Samples of phosphate rock from various localities in Florida. 24676.
Foorr, A. E. (Philadelphia, Pa.) Specimen of meteoric iron and meteoric iron altered to limonite from Canon Diablo, Arizona (purchase) (24751); specimen of anglesite and one of matlockite from Cromford, Derbyshire, England (ex- change) (25203); two specimens of calcite from Guanajuato, Mexico (purchase) (24205).
Forp, Hon. J. C. (See under Kingston Exposition, Bahama Court.)
FOREST AND STREAM PUBLISHING COMPANY (New York City). Head and tail of At- lantic salmon (Salmo salar) from the mouth of the Cabbassaconite River. Sent to the company by Mr. John T. Richards, of Gardiner, Maine. 25170. (See under V. L. Tiphaine.)
Forrer, R. (Strassburg, Germany). Specimens of Arentine pottery and Coptic cloth. Purchase. 24690.
FORRESTER, ROBERT (Scofield, Utah). Specimens of pectolite pseudomorph after leucite; pectolite and aragonite (satin spar), ores and other material from Utah (24611); specimens of wurtzillite (25324).
Fospick, CHARLES R. (Washington, D. C.). Starfish with nine rays. 25094.
Fow Ler, FRED. (Fort Huachuca, Ariz.), through Dr. A. K. Fisher. Nest and 2 eggs of vermilion flycatcher (Pyrocephalus rubineus mexicanus). 25726.
Fox, WILLIAM J. (Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa.), through Prof. C. V. Riley, thirty-three specimens, representing 20 species of North American aculeate hymenoptera, mostly new to the collection (gift) (24875); 2 specimens of Calliopsus abdominalis Coues, and a type specimen of Miscophus americanus Fox, new to the collection (gift) (25364); collection of aculeate hymenoptera, consisting of about 4,000 specimens (including typesof 25 species of Fox), and 100 exotic species (purchase) (25769).
FRANCIS, JOSEPH (Minneapolis, Minn.). Silver medal presented to him in 1867 by the citizens of Fluenen, Lake Lucerne, Switzerland. 25281.
FRANCIS, J. M. (See under James J. Clark.)
Frost, L. L. (Susanville, Cal.). One hundred and sixty-five small rude implements, arrow and spear-heads, principally of obsidian; small pebble with groove, prob- ably used as a line-sinker; and a polished stone object. 25252.
Futon, HuGu (London, England). Specimens of Voluta aulica L., trom the Indo- Pacific Ocean. Exchange. 24697.
GAFFIELD, THOMAS (Boston, Mass.). Collection of photographs. 25382.
GARMAN, Prof. S. (See under Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Mass.)
GARNER, JESSE (Washington, D. C.). Screech owl (Megascops asio). 25215.
GarNER, R. L. (Salem, Va.). Two specimens of shark-pilot (£cheneis nauerates) from Wrightsville Sound, North Carolina (24625); Cypress roots and knees (24700) ; three teeth of shark, Lamna cuspidata; tooth of shark, Hemipristis serra; horn supposed to belong to Virginia deer, Cariacus virginianus; and bos of some un- known species from the phosphate bed on Ashley River, South Carolina (25124). (See under J. H. Williams.)
Gatscurt, A. S. (Bureau of Ethnology). Specimens of Indian food collected in 1877 from the Klamath Indians (24702); winnowing-basket, Shaplash, made in 1877 by an Indian belonging to Klamath Reservation, southwest Oregon (25071).
GEISLER, BRUNO (Konig. Fuss-Gendarme, Laurahiitte, Ober-Schlesien, Germany). Skins of 5 specimens of New Guinea mammals, and a skull of Sus niger; 29 spec-
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. . 5AD
GEISLER, BRUNO—Continued. imens, representing 7 species of Birds of Paradise from New Guinea. Purchase. 25869.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA (Ottawa, Canada), through Henry M. Ami. Black- nosed dace (hinichthys atronasus) from the eave and Hot Springs at Banff, in the National Park of Canada, Rocky Mountains. 25236.
GRIFFIN, JOHN C. (Ford’s Depot, Va.). Eighteen leaf-shaped implements, and 90 ar- row and spear-heads, mostly of quartzite, from an ancient Indian village site on Mill Quarter Estate, Amelia County. 24757.
GibBes, Prof. Lewis R. (Charleston, South Carolina). Four specimens of Puno- peus wiirdemannii Gibbes (types) from Florida, 24977.
GIDDINGS, Miss Bertua §S. (Mills College, Cal.), through Prof. Josiah Keep. Wa- ter-color sketches of 6 species of Californian nudibranchs. 24858.
GIDDINGS, CHARLES F. (Washington, D. C.). Nest of hornet (Vespa maculata L.). 25000.
GiIGLIOLI, Prof. HENRY H. (See under Royal Zoélogical Museum, Florence, Italy.)
GILBERT, Prof. CHARLES H. (See under William Millmore. )
GOLSON, EDWARD 8. (South Saginaw, Mich.). Silurian corals from the drift near Saginaw (25061); 10 chipped dise and rude implements (25360). °
Goop, Rey. A. C. (Gaboon, West Africa). Collection of objects illustrating the life and manners of the Fang tribe, and a number of musical instruments. Pur- chase. 25654.
GooDE, Dr. G. BRown (Assistant Secretary Smithsonian Institution, in charge of National Museum). One number of the Analectic Magazine for July, 1819, with two illustrations (25676); mezzotint by Peter Pelham, and an engraving by T. D. Booth (25685); 6 parchments containing Jewish marriage contracts and lit- urgies (25771); engraved copper plate “ Port of Raph. Morghen, ’ by Cinelli, and an impression made from the plate (25848). (See under Smithsonian Institution. U. 8. National Museum. )
GOULD, Dr. H. W. (San Diego, Cal.). Four specimens of silver ores from the Calico District, San Bernardino County, sent by request of Mr. F. W. Crosby, of Wash- ington, D.C. 24638.
GRAM, N. C. (Dyrefjord, Iceland.) Two ladies’ side-saddles, one dated 1789, and the other supposed to be 250 years old. 24952.
GRANIER, Emii (New York City). Collection of ethnological specimens from Raw- lins, Wyo., consisting of Buffalo mask, fine model of tent (painted and com- plete), flute, medicine-man’s wands, moccasins, wheel game, stone hammer, eagle-bone whistle, and numerous other articles. Exchange. 24931.
GRANT-Bry, Dr. JAMES (Cairo, Egypt). Two glass Arab lamps. 25741.
GREGER, A. (Russian legation, Washington, D. C.). Photograph of a Russian vil- lager. 24896.
GREEGOR, Isatau (Jacksonville, Fla.) Marine shells chiefly from the Indo-Pacific Ocean (gift) (25159) ; dried barnacles from Nassau, Bahama Islands (gift) (25529) ; punched lantern used in 1822 (gift), and pathologic and dressed shells (exchange) (25714).
GREEN, ASHDOWN (Victoria, British Columbia). Fine specimen of Chirolophus polyactocephalus, 24711.
GREEN, BERNARD R. (Washington, D. C.).’ Thirty-three lantern transparencies of heads of human race, built into the Library of Congress. 25727.
GRONDAL, BENJAMIN (See under Icelandic Natural History Society.)
GROTTENTHALER, V., & Co. (Philadelphia, Pa.). Twelve pine tools. Purchase. 25582.
GURLEY, O. A. (Cleveland, Ohio), through Mr. George C. Maynard. Morse regis- ter, belonging to the Old Time Telegraphers’ Collection. Deposit. 25098. —
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2 30
546 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
GURLEY, R. R. (U.S. Fish Commission). Land and fresh-water shells from Texas (25267); hammock from Moravia (25397).
Happon, Prof. A. C. (Royal College of Science for Ireland, Stephens Green, Dublin, Ireland). Collection of ethnological objects from Torres Straits, Australia. 24726. :
Har, Dr. E. M. (Chicago, Ill.). Snake (Osecola elapsoidea), trom Florida. 25595.
Hatt, B. H. (Washington, D. C.). The Kearney Cross, Birney’s Division (one of the thousand bronze decorations given by General Birney in 1862-63 to his soldiers for bravery). 24966.
HALit, CHARLES H. (South Glastonbury, Conn.). Three specimens of feldspar. 24895.
HALL, Prof. C. W. (See under Prof. A. D. Meeds.)
Hatt, I. T. H. (Colorado Springs, Colo.), Five photographs of human habitations. 25448. :
HaMLtIn, Dr. A. C. (Bangor, Me.). Ten cut specimens of tourmaline and 19 of red and green tourmaline, quartz, and cassiterite. Exchange. 24943.
Hanp, C. H. (Butte, Mont.), through Messrs. Packard and Melville, of the U. 8. Geological Survey. Specimens of granite with native copper and copper oxide from Rice’s Addition mine. 24797.
Hanske, E. A. (Bellevue, Iowa). Arrow-head, drill, specimen of crinoid and shell (24938); 3 concretions (25377).
Hanuka, Pinkas (Washington, D. C.). Pair of Persian leather shoes and stockings. 24953.
HARBER, Lieut. G. B., U. 8S. Navy (Coast Survey). Fur clothing, consisting of coats, leggings, boots, pouch, mitts, hood, and boa, made by the Yokuti of North Siberia, and worn by Mr. Harber on the Lena Delta during his connection with the Jeannette relief expedition. 25334.
HarRkAH, Davin A. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
HARRIS, GEORGE E. (Cassville, Mo.). Larval and seven cave salamanders from Rock House Cave, Missouri (gift) (purchase) (24862, 25636).
Harris, GEORGE F. (London, England). Collection of eocene fossils chiefly from the Paris basin. 24771.
HARRIS, GEORGE H. (Rochester, N. Y.). Flint knife mounted in handle, and a blade. 25468.
Harris, JoSerPH A. (Moneton, New Brunswick). Limestone. 24612.
Hart, G. B. (Baltimore, Md.). Pigeon in the flesh. 24649.
Hart, J. C. (Union Point, Ga.), through J. L. Black. Magnetic ores. 24741. Harv, WILLIAM W., & Co. (New York City). Woolly monkey (Lagothrix cana) in the flesh (24567); baboon (Cynocephalus, sp.) in the flesh (24569). Purchase. HARTMAN, J. M., through Mr. F. A. Lucas, U. 8. National Museum. Specimen of calcite and quartz from Texada Island, Gulf of Georgia, British America
24801.
Harvey, Rev. M. (St. John’s, Newfoundland). Skinand skull of hooded seal (Cys- tophora cristata). 25783.
HASKINS Woop VULCANIZING CoMPANY (New York City), through Charles Bullman. Twenty samples of vulcanized wood. 25040.
Hay, Dr. O. P. (Irvington, Ind.). Two salamanders (Spelerpes maculicaudus) from Brookville, collected by Mr. E. R. Quick (24687); 4 salamanders (Spelerpes bilineatus) (24795); collection of snakes on which was based the donor’s paper ‘On the Breeding Habits of Certain Snakes” (25652). (See under W. O. Wal- lace.)
Hay, Prof. RoBErT (Junction City, Kans.). Block of sandstone from dyke in north- west Nebraska (24784); photograph of a sandstone dyke in the same locality (24881); specimen of meteorite from Kiowa County (25254). (See under James Cowie. )
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 547
HaZEN, Dr. D. H. (See under Robert Depue.)
Hazen, Mrs. MItpRED MCLEAN (no address given). Collection of ethnological ob- jects consisting of pictures, buffalo-robe, pipes, bead-work, weapons, musical instruments, clothing, and other articles obtained from the Sioux Indians, and a number of objects from Alaska. Deposit. 25478.
HEALD, F. E. (Manchester, N. H.). IJnfusorial earth from Chalk Pond, Newbury. 24716.
HEALy, Capt. M. A. (See under Treasury Department. U. 8. Revenue Marine Service).
HEATON, CHARLES M. (Washington, D. C.), through George C. Maynard. Morse register and relay used in 1848, belonging to the Old Time Telegraphers’ Collec- tion. Deposit. 25119.
HEDLEY, CHARLES. (See under Dr. J. C. Cox.)
HEMENWAY, Mts. Mary (Boston, Mass.), through Dr. J. Walter Fewkes. Twenty- three photographs of pottery, and a collection of ethnological and archeological objects from the table-lands of northeast Arizona. Deposit. 25631.
HEMENWAY SOUTHWESTERN ARCH-EOLOGICAL EXPEDITION (Boston, Mass.), through Dr. J. Walter Fewkes. Three sheets of drawings of prints illustrating ceremo- nials of the Tusayan villages. 25338.
HEMPHILL, HENRY (San Diego, Cal.). Skull of gray fox (Urocyon virginianus). 25011. ;
HENDERSON, J. C., JR. (Washington, D. C.). Collection of crustaceans, shells, mollusks, snake, and 11 species of fishes from the west coast of Florida. 25300. (See under Charles T. Simpson. )
HENDLEY, JOHN (Washington, D. C.). Two plaster casts of African horns. Pur- chase. 24886.
HENpRIckKs, G. D. (Washington, D.C.). Drilled tablet found in Tipton County, Indiana, 25462.
HENKELS, S. V. (Philadelphia, Pa.). Three stone objects from New Jersey. 25624.
HENsHAW, H. W. (Bureau of Ethnology). A fine set of mounted herbarium plants representing the genera Quercus, Aster, and Solidago, from the District of Colum- bia (25291); collection of reptiles, batrachians, and fishes from Virginia and the District of Columbia (25322).
HERELL, F. J. (Hunton Hill, Md.), through Mr. Robert Cohen. Young great blue heron (4idea herodias) in flesh. 24618.
HERRAN, Hon. THoMaAsS (Hamburg, Germany). Twenty-five gold ornaments from prehistoric graves in the Province of Antioquia, United States of Columbia, purchased by Mr. Herran at the request of the National Museum; carved stone from a cave near Sibate, Province of Cundinamarca, presented by Mr. Herran. 24547.
HERRERA, Prot. A. L. (Mexico, Mexico). Small collection of alcoholic fishes from Matsoronga, Cordova, and Vera Cruz. 24769.
Hiepay, H. M. (Ingalls, Kans.). Insects. 24871.
HILGarD, Mrs. J. E. (Washington, D. C.). Sevrés vase presented by the French Government to Prof. Hilgard. 25172. ’
Hinz, C. A. D. (Pensacola, Fla.). File-fish or fool-fish (Monacanthus). 25717.
Hirt, R. T. (Austin, Tex.). Two samples of iron ore from Iron Mountain, Llano County. 24642. (SeeunderInterior Department. U.S. Geological Survey ; and Smithsonian Institution. National Zodlogical Park.)
Hi, Dr. T. Scott (Augusta, Me.). Eight archeological objects consisting of a flint implement, a flake of fine-grained quartzite from an Indian fire-place on the Ken- nebee River, and 6 rude flint implements found on the shore of Moosehead Lake, near Mt. Kineo, Me. 25858.
Hinps, J. E. (Brooklyn, N. Y.). Relief-block printing from blocks produced by screen process in November and December, 1878. 25649.
548 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Hircucock, FRANK (Department of Agriculture). Sparrow-hawk (Falco sparverius) in the flesh (25380); red-tailed hawk (Buteo borealis) (25481); sparrow-hawk (Faleo sparverius) in the flesh (25493); sparrow-hawk (Falco sparverius), meadow lark (Sturnella magna) in the flesh (25530) ; meadow lark (Sturnella magna) in flesh (25540); meadow lark (Sturnella magna) and blue jay (Cyanocitta cristata) in the flesh (25544); tortoise, collected by Mr. E. A. Preble on the Potomac Flats, D. C.) (25574).
Hrrencock, RoMYN (U.S. National Museum). Six copies of the so-called ‘‘ Peking Gazette,” the oldest newspaper in the world, and now published daily in Pekin (gift) (25569); skull of walrus from Anadir Bay, Bering Strait (purchase) (25715). (See under Smithsonian Institution. U.S. National Museum.)
Hircucock, Dr. T. S. (Oswego, N. Y.). Three photographs of carved powder-horns, inlaid table and a design for a monument. 25187.
HopvGr, H. G. (York, Ill.). Specimens of beetles, Canthon levis ana Onthophagus pensylvanicus. 25799.
HorrmMan, Harry A. (Philadelphia, Pa.). Drum-major’s staff, with case. 25270.
HorrMman, Dr. W. J. (U.S. Bureau of Ethnology). Collection of ethnological ob- jects obtained from the Menomoni and other Indian tribes in Wisconsin and Minnesota, illustrating the arts and religious practices observed by them. Pur- chase. 24872. (See under Smithsonian Institution. U. S. Burean of Eth- nology.)
Houimes, W.H. (Bureau of Ethnology). Three rude implements from an ancien Indian quarry, Indian Territory. 25224. Hoizner, Frank X. (U.S. Army, Fort Snelling, Minn.). Two mice (Sitomys leu- copus and Sitomys michiganensis), shrew (Blarina brevicauda), 3 specimens repre-
senting 3 species of birds’ skins. 25042,
Hoop, Joun H. (West Washington, D. C.). Fisherman’s carved wood reel, for- merly the property of William Hood, of Philadelphia, 24884.
Hoop, WM. (See under John H. Hood.)
Hopkins, C. L. (Umatilla, Fla.). Three specimens of hog-nose snake (Heterodon platyrhinus). 25626,
HoRNADAY, WILLIAM T. (Buffalo, N. Y.). Three skins of deer, Cariaeus sp., from Texas. 24568.
Hornsrook, R. L. (Butte, Mont.), through W. H. Melville, U.S, Geological Survey. Native silver in chaleocite, from Gagnon mine, Butte. 24804.
Hovey, GeorGE U.S. (White Church, Kans.). Dorsal valve of Productus symmetri- cus. 25630.
Howarp, E. L. (Herndon, Va.). Two specimens of asbestos from Hunter’s Mills, Fairfax County. 24785.
Howe t, E. E. (Washington, D. C.). Six cut and 2 rough opals from Queensland, Australia (24752); 40 specimens of ores from various localities (25277). Ex- change.
Hoy, Dr. P. R. (Racine, Wis.). Field-mouse (Sitomys leucopus). 25566.
Hupparp, HENRY G. (No address given.) Two tadpoles from Great Salt Lake, Utah. 25666.
HuppLeston, JOHN R. (Kanawha Falls, W. Va.). Double-headed snake. Pur- chase. 24823.
HvLsE, J. W. (See under J. C. Bird.) :
HuNGATE, JouUN H. (La Harpe, Il.). Inscribed stone. Deposit. (Returned.) 25524.
HUNNEWELL, ANNA. (See under Mrs. C. L. McCullough.)
Hunt, Mrs. A. M. (Lamar, N. Mex.). Twelve specimens of silicified wood and & piece of lava. 25064.
HUNTLEY, JouN (Sanel, Cal.). Specimen of fungus (Merulius lachrymans), found growing in the interior of a yellow fir tree, or Oregon pine. 25709,
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 549
Hurp, Gustine L. (Providence, R. 1.), Buff stick used in dagterreotyping in 1857. 25296.
Hurrer, JULIUS (St. Louis, Mo.), Specimen of Coluber obsoletus and one of Engys- toma carolinense (24902); alcoholic specimens of reptiles and amphibians chiefly from St. Louis (25751); snakes from Alabama and Missouri (25873). Exchange.
IceELANDIC NATURAL Hisrory Socrery (Reykjavik, Iceland), through Benjamin Gréndal, president. Two wooden carved vessels used in eating, girdle with silver fibular, coat and head-dress forming portion of costume of a woman over 100 years of age. Exchange. 24633.
Tuima, Dr. J. (See under Science College Museum, Imperial University, Tokio, Japan.)
INGLE, Epwarp, (Washington, D. C.). Fetieh taken from a negro prisoner at the city jail. 25163.
INTERIOR DEPARTMENT.
U. S. Geological Survey (through Maj. J. W. Powell, Director). Specimen of wavellite from Steamboat Springs, Chester County, Pa. (24550); collection of fossil insects, described and figured by Prof. 8. H. Scudder, of the Geological Survey, Vol. x11, Hayden Reports (24593) ; through Prof. O. C. Marsh, 380 speci- mens of vertebrate fossils transferred from the Survey to the Museum (24627) ; minerals embracing pink grossularite, tridymite, orthoclase, sylvanite, em- plectite, fluorite, mimetite, jamesonite, adularia, smoky quartz, tourmaline, wernerite, and strontianite (25090); fossil plants sent by Dr. J. 8. Newberry, of Columbia College, New York City, to the Survey, and transferred to the Museum (25219); collection of vertebrate fossils from the estate of the late Dr. Leidy, of Philadelphia, Pa. (25345*); 45 specimens of minerals from various localities, consisting of agate, selenite, satin spar, calcite, fluorite, quartz, phlogopite, serpentine, chalcedony, massive apatite, stalactite, dolomite, calcite and kaolin in quartz geodes (25451); chalcedony from Frankfort, Ky. (25541); 2 specimens of bornite from the Gillis’ Company’s mine, Guilford County, North Carolina (25724).
Collected by Mr. Frank Burns: Specimen of pyrolusite from one mile east of Walnut Grove in Murphees Valley, Etowah County, N. C. (25851).
Collected by Dr. T. M. Chatard: Forty-six specimens of minerals from North Car- olina, 10 specimens from Georgia, and 1 specimen from Pennsylvania, consisting of Jucasite, asbestus, corundum, vermiculite, custatite, tale, garnet, sunstone, andesite, diaspore, chrysolite, margarite, amphibole, and spinel (25260).
Collected by Mr. David Harrah, Burchard, Nebr.: Tooth of Petalodus destructor, a sarboniferous selachian (25143).
Collected by Dr. Walter P. Jenney: four specimens of calcite, 2 specimens of spha- lerite, 11 specimens of calamine, and 1 specimen of galena from Aurora, Mo. (24530); 19 specimens of pyrite, sphalerite, cerussite, and smithsonite from Galena, Kansas, and Sherwood, Jasper County, Mo. (24930); 44 specimens of galena, 15 specimens of sphalerite, and 12 specimens of calcite on galena from Joplin, Mo. (25024, 25174.)
Collected by Mr. W. Lindgren: thirty-four specimens of radiated brown tourma- line from Colfax, Nevada County, Cal]. (25627).
Collected by Dr. W. H. Melville: twenty-nine specimens of minerals, consisting of barite, galena, plattnerite, garnet, and cerussite from near Mullan, Idaho (25034); minerals from Dillon, Mont. (25768).
Collected by Prof. 8. L. Penfield: Specimen of hubnerite from North Star mine, and 2 specimens of guitermannite and zuniite from Zuni mine, near Silverton, Colo. (deposit) (24763) ; rock showing slickensides from Central Colorado (24789) ; 59 specimens of minerals from Colorado, consisting of aragonite, mimetite, cerus-
* Deposit.
5HDO REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
INTERIOR DEPARTMENT—Continued, site, pyrite, native gold, rhodochrosite, galena, orthoclase crystals, embolite, hyalite, and calcite (25261).
Collected by H. W. Turner: five specimens of garnet and 4 specimens of epidote (24192).
Collected by I. C. Russell: two pairs of snow-shoes from Charley’s Village, Yukon River (25256).
Large collection, consisting of 10,566 specimens of cretaceous invertebrate fossils from Alabama, California, Colorado, Dakota, Mississippi, Montana, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming, obtained by Messrs. G. IF. Becker, C. B. Boyle, Frank Burns, C. B. Copeland, J. 8. Diller, E. T. Dumble, R. T. Hill, L. C. Johnson, T. W. Stanton, R. W. Turner, C. D. Walcott, L. F. Ward, Walter H. Weed, C. A. White, and Bailey Willis. (See under C, W. Cunningham, Otto J. Klotz.)
INTRAM, ROBERT (Chenowith, Wash.). Centiped (Chomatobius ruber), and a milleped (Cheromopus sp.). 25535.
Ives, Prep. E.(Philadelphia, Pa.). Fourspecimens illustrating the making of aplaster mold from a swelled -gelatine relief as used in the original ‘‘Ives process” (25526) ; composite helio-chromes (transparencies), arrangement of blue and yel- low silk; 2 photographs from blue and yellow silk, chromo; 2 photographs taken from chromo, obtained through Mr. 8. R. Koehler, of the U, 8S, National Museum (25534).
Ives, NATHAN. (See under B. T. Nash.)
JACKSON, F. WoLcoTT. (See under J. H. MecCreery.)
Jackson, THOMAS H. (West Chester, Pa.). Set of eggs of white-tailed ptarmigan (Lagopus leucurus) from Colorado, Purchase. 25045,
JACOBS BROTHERS (Washington, D. C.). Dog ‘‘Marco” in the flesh. 25284.
JAMES, JOSEPH F. (Washington, D. C.). Catalogue of pictures and studies by Henry Mosler. The National Academy of Design, 1885. 25621.
JAPANESE TRADING COMPANY (New York City). Specimens of wood carvings, bronze, and banko figures. Purchase. 25235.
Jaquay, H. R. (Syracuse University, Syracuse, N. Y.).. Specimens of Oniscide. Exchange. 24982. (For full entry see under O. F. Cooke.)
JARVIS, Lieut. D. H. (See under Treasury Department. U.S. Revenue-Marine Sery- ice, Capt. M. A. Healy.)
Javins, F. H. (Washington, D. C.). Snapper of grunter (Lutjanus stearnsi), cre- valle (Caranxz hippos), and Irish pompano or silver jenny (Gerres gula). 25367.
Javins & Companxy (Washington, D. C.). Sea-robin (Prionotus carolinus). 25710.
JENKS, Prof. J. W. P. (Brown University, Providence, R. I.), through Dr. George Marx, U. 8. Department of Agriculture. Two specimens of Olfersia, n. sp. (found on a dead panther) from Florida; tree-frog, lizard, and snake from Indian River. 25812.
Jenny, Vicror A. (U.S. Consular Agent, Macassar, Celebes). Violin, with bow, used by the natives in the interior of southern and eastern Celebes, guitar or mandolin from Dilli, Timor Island, frequently used by native Christians at Am- boyna, and a native flute from the interior of Celebes; small shells found along the shore near Macassar; ethnological objects from Celebes, East Java, Islands of Bally, on the eastern coast of Lombok, Tenimber, and other adjacent islands. 25860.
JENNEY, Dr. WALTER P. (U.S. Geological Survey). Ores from Arkansas (25253); two specimens of cadmaniferous smithsonite from Morning Star Mine, Marion County, Ark. (25276); specimen of rubelite from San Diego, Cal., and one of kyanite from Windham, Me, (25422), (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.) .
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 551
JOUNSON, L. C. (U.S. Geological Survey). Fresh-water shells from Waddell’s mill- pond, near Marianna, Fla. 24991. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geo- logical Survey.)
JOHNSON, Judge L. C. (Gainesville, Fla.). Specimens of seorpion (Centrurus vit- talus). 25877.
JOHNSON, Prof. O. B. (University of. Washington, Seattle, Wash.). Alcoholic speci- mens of hermit-crabs from Victoria and Port Townsend, 24584.
JOHNSON, 8S. B. (Shreveport, La.), through Frederick W. Mally, assistant entomol- ogist, U. 8. Department of Agriculture). Bone of alligator gar (Lepidosteus tristechus), taken from under a strata of rock at Rocky Point, La, 24704.
JOHNSTON, Miss I’. B. (Washington, D. C.). Two silver prints in color; two pho- tographic portraits of W. H. Fox Talbot, and a ‘ World’s dry plate camera” complete. 25319. (See under Alexander Beckers, George M. Bretz.)
JOHNSTON, F. J. (New Carlisle, Ohio). Fragments of skull, bones, and three pieces of flint found in a gravel pit. 25638. ;
Jonss, Dr. Levi (Zirconia, N. C.). Indian axe. 24996.
JoNnES, W. W. (Silver Cliff, Colo.). Specimen of cerussite and one of nadorite (?) with cerussite. 25368. *
Jourtt, Admiral and Mrs. JAMES E. (Washington, D.C.). Dish and ewer of ‘‘pre- cious metals,” presented to Admiral Jouett for services rendered in saving from shipwreck the British steamship Historian, in the Caribbean Sea, in 1885. Deposit. 25680. i
Jouy, P. L. (U.S. National Museum). Skin of otter (Lutronectes sp.), from Korea (24558); reptiles from Korea (purchase), and 71 birds’ skins, representing 59 species from various localities (exchange ) (24877). (See under Reverend R. T. Liston, George B. Marsh, Smithsonian Institution. U. 8. National Museum, H. M. Stanley, Frank T. Woods.)
KAYSER, WILLIAM (Wapakoneta, Ohio). Specimens of coleoptera and lepidoptera, representing 25 species. 24631.
KeEpDzIr, GEORGE E. (State Geologist, Ouray, Colo.). Specimen of rhodochrosite and mangan-dolomite, from Bear Creek, collected by Prof. S. L. Penfield, U. 8. Geological Survey. 24741.
KEENEY, Judge C. D. (Socorro, N. Mex.). Gypsum and siliceous sandstone. 25512.
Krrp, Prof. Jostan. (See under Miss Bertha 8. Giddings. )
KELLEY, Lieut. Joun F. (Metropolitan Police, Washington, D. C.). Police baton earried by the Auxiliary Guard, a night police force of Washington, D.C., prior to 1861. 24817.
KENASTON, Prof. C. A. (See under Charles McLaren. )
KERRISON, C., jr. (Charleston, 8. C.). Three models of fish-hooks. 24813.
KETTERLINUS PRINTING HOUSE (Philadelphia, Pa.). Proof-book of a plate chromo- lithographed for Capt. Bendire’s work on birds’ eggs. 25579.
KINCAID, TREVOR (Olympia, Wash.). Specimens of coleoptera, representing forty species, two of which are new to the collection (24663); four specimens of Rosalia funebris and one of Zacotus matthewsii (24909); specimens representing 142 species of coleoptera (25637).
KINGSTON EXPOSITION (Kingston, Jamaica).
St. Vincent Court, through Mr. F. A. Ober. Collection of ethnological objects, native products, fish-traps, and other objects from the West Indies (25008).
Jamaica Court, through Mr. Welsh, commissioner at Kingston, and Mr. F. A. Ober. Collection of materia medica from the West Indies (25009).
Bahama Court, through Hon. J. C. Ford, commissioner at the exposition, and Mr. F. A. Ober. Collection of sponges from the West Indies (25010).
Kirscu, Louis. (See under Williamsburgh Scientific Society.)
KLINE, WILLIAM (Toledo, Ohio), through Mr. George C. Maynard. Morse telegraph register and key used in 1850, telegraph-insulators, and a specimen of twisted
52 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
on
KLINE, WILLIAM—Continued. telegraph wire, belonging to the Old-Time Telegraphers’ collection. Lent. 25096.
Kiorz, Orro J. (Preston, Ontario, Canada), through Interior Department U. 8. Geological Survey. Specimen of amber on débris and one in winnowed débris. from the shores of Cedar Lake, North-West Territories, Canada. 25190.
Knicut, M. D. (See under L. Vaden & Co.)
KOEBELE, A. (See under U. 8. Department of Agriculture.)
KorGLER, FRANZ (Brooklyn, N. Y.).. Twospecimens of photo-mechanical grain- work produced with screens made by the donor, 25746,
Korner, 8. R. (U. S. National Museum). Seale of tints from black to white, made by the donor. 25177, (See under Prof. Charles F. Chandler, Hamilton Emmons, Fred. E. Ives.) :
Kost, Dr. J. (Tiffin, Ohio). Four fossils from Florida (24753); natural casts of septa of fossil Nautilus, Nautilus zie zac (24850).
KRAMER, WILLIAM V. (National Zodlogical Park). Copper coin of Dutch East Indies, 1958, and copper coin, 1 cent, of the British North Borneo Company. 24661. Kunz, GrorGcer F, (Hoboken, N. J.). Collection of castings of figures, gypsy pots, kettles, and pitchers, a set of standard Russian weights, iron ores, and samples of sand from which castings are made, transmitted by Consul-General John M.
Crawford, St. Petersburg, Russia. 25234.
Lacor, R. D. (Pittston, Pa.). The first installment of a collection ef fossil plants, known as the Lacoe Collection. 25426.
Lamar, T. G., & Co. (Langley, 8. C.). Specimens of kaolin. 25211.
Lamp, T. F. (Portland, Me.). Fifteen specimens of minerals, consisting of musco- vite, lepidolite, cassiterite, apatite, montmorillonite, sodalite, vesuvianite, feld- spar, albite, beryl, and phanakite from various localities. Exchange. 24928,
LambBurTu, J. W. (Cation City, Colo.). Forty-two archeological objects from Kansas and Colorado. (Some presented and others deposited). 25536.
LANE, L. C. (Frankfort, Ky.). Fossil shells. Exchange. 25528.
LANGDALE, JOHN W. @Washington, D.C.). Eight minerals (exchange), 254 archzeo- logical objects, consisting of rude and leaf-shaped implements of quartz, quartz- ite and jasper, arrow and spear-heads of quartz, quartzite and felsite, and a stone hatchet partly polished (gift) (25452); peat from Oregon (gift) (25480); rocks from the District of Columbia (gift) ) (25673).
LATTIN, FRANK H. (Albion, N. Y.). Set of eggs of Porzana jamaicensis, and an egg of Dendroica graciw (purchase) (25388) ; 4 modern gun-flints from an island in the Ohio River, near Pittsburg (25807).
LAUBACH, CHARLES (Riegelsville, Pa.). One hundred and eighty-seven archeologi- cal objects consisting of hammer-stones, rude jasper implements, and other material from ‘ Durham, Indian Quarry,” Bucks County (25149); 7 rude imple- ments of jasper, and 2 arrow-heads from Weider V alley, Pennsylvania (25312).
Laws, FRANKLIN (Windom, N. C.). Three specimens of arfvedsonite. 25772
Lrr, GEORGE (Washington, D. C.). Booted white fan-tail pigeon. 24980.
Ler, W. G. (Washington, D. C.). English fan-tail pigeons (24540, 24788).
Lerpy, Dr. (See under Interior Department. U. 8. Geological Survey.)
LeizEar, H. H. (Sandy Spring, Md.). Red-tailed hawk (Buteo borealis) in the flesh. 25505.
LEIzEar, W. G. W. (Sandy Spring, Md.). Two hawks in the flesh. 25280.
Lemon, Dr. J. H. (New Albany, Ind.). Eighty-four archeological objects from Clark and Floyd counties, consisting of rude-chipped implements, arrow and spear-heads, pitted and cupped stones, fragments of pottery, fossil and recent shells. Exchange. 25514.
LEONHARDT, PETER (Cabin John, Md.). ‘Two species of snakes and a hog-nose snake (24956, 25596).
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 553
Lerr, Prerer (East Saginaw, Mich.). Skin of blackburnian warbler (Dendroica blackburnie (gift) (25564); 5 specimens, representing 5 species of owls (exchange) (25583); 3 sereech owls (Megascops asio) (exchange) (25774).
Lerrrick, E. f. (Mullan, Idaho), Pyromorphite with cerussite from St. Regis, Mont., collected by Dr. W. H. Melville, U. 8. Geological Survey. 24933.
Lewis, GEorRGE A. (Wickford, R. I.). American eider (Somateria dresseri) in the flesh. 25365.
Lewis, Merritt (U.S. Pension Office). Carved stone pipe found in Clinton County, Mich. 25309.
LIDGERWOOD, Mrs. Joun H. (Speedwell, Morristown, N. J.). Cup and saucer brought from Europe on the steamship Savannah by Capt. Moses Rogers, and presented to Judge Stephen Vail, of Speedwell, N. J.,.the maker of the ma- chinery of the Savannah. 25201.
LINCOLN, J. M. (New York City). Fossil teeth and vertebra (25414); 2 vertebre of fossil whale (25651).
LINDGREN, W. (U.S. Geological Survey). Rocks and ores from Lake Valley, New Mexico. 25622. (See under Interior Department. U. 8. Geological Survey.)
Linpsey, H. A. (Asheville, N. C.).. Specimen of fergusonite from Madison County, N.C. Purchase. 24949.
Linton, Prof. Epwarp. (See under Fish Commission, U. 8.)
Linton, W. J. (New Haven, Conn.). Two proofs from wood-engravings by the donor, 25259.
Liston, Rev. R. T. (Nogales, Ariz.), through P. L. Jouy, U. S. National Museum. Collection of reptiles (24608) ; specimen of coleoptera, 4 specimens of orthoptera, 1 specimen of hymenoptera, and 3 specimens of arachnida (24616).
LippincotTr Company, J. B. (Philadelphia, Pa.). Five chromo-collographic and chromolith prints, illustrations of ‘‘yvernelle,” ete. 25564.
LITTLEJOHN, CuAsE (Redwood City, Cal.). Twenty-five birds’ eggs from Alaska, representing 16 species, 2 eggs each of Urinator lumme, Larus glaucescens, Dafila acuta, Ptychoramphus aleuticus, Simorhynchus pusillus, Oceanodroma leucorhoa, Sterna paradiswa, Agialitis dubia, Tringa couesi; an egg each of Synthliboramphus antiquus, Lunda cirrhata, Fratercula corniculata, Cepphus columba, Larus brachy- rhynchus, Olor columbianus, Haliwetus leucocephalus (25518); 2 eggs of the rare Steller’s duck (Hniconetta stelleri) from the mouth of the Yukon River, Alaska (25592); skin, nest and 4 eggs of Samuel’s song sparrow (JMelospiza fasciata samuelis) (25781); 2 birds’ skins and 2 eggs (through Capt. Charles E. Bendive, U.S. A.) (25821).
LLoyD, Francis E. (Williams College, Williamstown, Mass.). Fish parasites, Pan-
_ darus sinuatus Say. 24914.
Lioyp, WILLIAM. (See under Department of Agriculture. )
LoGan, A. 8. (Kansas City, Mo.). One hundred and forty-four chips, flakes, and other objects of limestone, and a stone pipe, together with a map or sketch of the mound from which the objects were taken. 25350.
Loomis, Rey. Henry (Clifton Springs, N. Y.). Reptiles, Japanese shells, crusta- ceans, radiates and sponges, about 80 fishes’ skins, insects (Scolependra sp.), from Japan (25379); 12 specimens of insects from Japan (25831).
Loomis, LEVERETY M. (Chester, 8. C.), through Capt. Charles E. Bendire, U.S. Army, Eggs of Gubo virginianus, Buteo lineatus, Parus bicolor, and Aix sponsa from Ches- ter, S. C. (24939); received direct from Mr. Loomis nine skins of mountain solitary vireo (Vireo solitarius alticola) from Cviesar’s Head (25223); 20 birds’ skins, representing 6 species from the same locality (25611).
LopER, 8. Warvb (U.S. Geological Survey). Augite rock from East Rock, New Haven (gift) (25200); 2 slabs of shale with rain-prints from Durham, Conn. (exchange) (25428); 6 specimens of banded jasper from Crown City, Colo. (gift) (25546).
554 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Lorp, A. W. (Jacksonville, Ill.). Eight specimens representing 8 species of birds’ skins (25286); 9 birds’ skins, representing 6 species (25409); 18 specimens of birds’ skins, representing 11 species (25553) ; 14 birds’ skins, representing 10 species (25784). Exchange.
LouDERMAN, H. B, (St. Louis, Mo.). Shell of a lobster which weighed 23 pounds. 25156. .
Love, Roperr E, (Garrison, Tex.). Specimen of Papilio ajax L. 25743.
Lovetr, EpwWarp (Croydon, England). Curious old-style flint, steel, and sulphur matches from north Holland (gift) (24603); 8 oriental objects (four from India), consisting of a Hubble-bubble pipe, model of catamaran, armlet, carved stone vase, carved wooden box, decorated gourd for betel lime, pottery jug and body of stormy petrel used as a candle; 65 rude implements (paleolithic) and worked flakes from various localities in England (exchange) (25615).
Lowe, BRAXTON B. (Washington, D.C.). Living specimen of sphingid pupa (Sphing tetrio Fab.?) collected at Key West, Fla. 25245.
Lowe, CAMILLE (Knight’s Ferry, Cal.). Specimen of robber-wasp (Pepsis formosa Say). 24882.
Lowe, Dr. JAMEs H. (Knight’s Ferry, Cal.), Specimens of petrified wood, asbestus, moss opal, aventurine quartz crystals, and agate; eggs and newly hatched young of Murgantia munda Stal. 24723.
LOWENSTEIN, Mr. WILLIAM (Keokuk, Iowa). Specimens of Leptura plebeja and Cantharis sp. 25012.
Lucas, Freperic A. (U. 8. National Museum ) ‘Two skeletons of snapping-turtles (Chelydra serpentina). 25471. (See under J. M. Hartman, W. 4. Phillips.) Lucus, LEOPOLD (Washington, D. C.). Hebrew calendars, collected by Prof. Otis T.
Mason, of the National Museum. 25362.
Lucus, Morris (Washington, D. C.). Three old-style pottery beer mugs from Augs- - ”
burg, Bavaria. 24738.
LYNCH, ALEXANDER (Gainesville, Fla.). Kaolin from Bloomfield. 24604.
McCartuy, GERALD (Raleigh, N. C.). Stems and leaves of Cabomba caroliniana Gray. 25874.
McCormick, L. M. (See under Oberlin College.)
McCoy, HERBERT NWN. (Richmond, Ind.). Salamander, Plethodon cinereus erythronotus. 24843.
McCrerry, J. H. (Oceanport, N. J.), through F. Wolcott Jackson, general super- intendent of the Pennsylvania Railroad, Jersey City. Four small shells found 20 feet below the surface in the marl beds of Monmouth County (25354); old- style lantern used by Edward Muschamp, a conductor on the Camden and Amboy Railroad, during the years 1830~40 (25376); received direct from Mr. McCreery, fragment of foundation of Springfield quaker church in Burlington County, built in 1727; 91 specimens of cretaceous invertebrate fossils from the marl beds of Monmouth County, representing the species Ostrea carva Lamarck, Terebratella plicata Say, and Belemnitella mucronala Schlotheim (25543).
McCuLLouau, Mrs. C. L. (Washington, D. C.). Miniature manuscript of the Lord’s Prayer, written in 1836 by Anna Hunnewell, an armless woman, by holding the pen between the toes. 25489.
McDANIEL, W. L. (Tyler, Tex.). Three specimens of Unio anodontoides yar. with pink nacre. 25069.
McDona.p, Col. MARSHALL. (See under Fish Commission, U. 8.)
McFARLANE, R. (Cumberland House, Saskatchewan, Canada). Skin of woodchuck (Arelomys monax), from near Cumberland House (24661); 69 specimens, repre- senting 44 species of birds’ skins, also 211 birds’ eggs, and 50 nests, representing 21 species (25016); through Capt. Chas. E. Bendire, U.S. A., collection of fossil resin from the shores of Cedar Lake, Cumberland District, Saskatchewan Proy- ince, Northwest Territory of Canada (24594).
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 555
McGerr, W. J. (U.S. Geological Survey). Silver ores from Mexico. 25195.
McGInNIss, WILLIAM H. (Youngstown, Ohio). One hundred and sixteen crystals of selenite from Ellsworth, Mahoning County, Ohio. 25056. a
McGratu, J. E. (See under Treasury Department. U.S. Coast and Geodetic Sur- vey.)
McGReEGOR, R. C. (Denver, Colo.). Frog. 25243.
McGuire, J. D. (See under J. B. Morrow.)
McLaren, CHARLES (North West River, Hamilton Inlet, Labrador), through Prof. C. A. Kenaston. Crooked knife obtained from the Waskopie and Montagnais Indians of Labrador. 24973.
McLAREN, WILLIAM (U.S. National Museum). Irish ‘‘Shillalie.” 25571.
McMILLAN, D. T. (Magnolia, N. C.). Fragment of a pottery vessel found about 3 feet below the surface of a marl-bed. 24582.
MALLERY, GARRICK. (See under Dr. Charles E. Woodruff, U. S. Army.)
MALiy, FREDERICK W. (See under 8. B. Johnson.)
MANTEGAZZA, PAOLO. (See under National Museum of Anthropology, Florence, Italy. )
Marks, M. L. (Washington, D. C.). Five gold ornaments from ancient graves in the United States of Colombia. 25150.
Markson, Puitie A. (Herman’s Ranch, Snake River, Oregon). Two specimens of copper ore from the Idaho side. f Snake River (24755); cuprite and native cop- per from Little Bar, Snake River, collected by Dr. W. H. Melville, U. S. Geo- logical Survey (24954); silver ore from Union County (25194).
Marron, THomas (U. 8. National Museum). Specimen of northern phalarope (Phalaropus lobatus) from Washington Navy Yard bridge. 24768.
Maksu, Prof. O. C. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
MarsH, GEORGE B. (Nogales, Ariz.), through P. L. Jouy, U. 8S. National Museum. Alcoholic specimen of iquana (Clenosaura multispinis?), a rare species, new to the alcoholic collection. 24651.
Marsh, W. A. (Aledo, Ill.). Three species of unios from the Mississippi Valley. Exchange. 24841.
MARSHALL, GEORGE (Laurel, Md.). Specimen of woodhare (Lepus sylvaticus) in the flesh (24682); jumping-mouse (Zapus hudsonius) in the flesh (24793) ; star-nosed mole (Condylura cristata) (25618); garter-snake (25667); skin of purple grackle (Quisculus quiscula) (25707).
MARSHALL, Henry (Laurel, Md.). Albino gray squirrel (Sciurus carolinensis) in the flesh (24564) ; common mole (Scalops aquaticus) in the flesh (24576) ; three blue Jays (Cyanocitta cristata) and a hermit thrush in the flesh (25331, 25497) ; whippoorwill (Antrostomus vociferus), and a blue jay (Cyanocitta cristata) in the flesh (25679).
Martin, Dr. D. 8. (New York City). Two pieces of lignite from Disco Island, Greenland, 24755.
Martin, T. C. (New York City). Original sketch by 8. F. B. Morse, showing cir- cuit of telegraph between Boston and New York. 24901.
Marx, Dr. GEORGE. (See under Prof. J. W. P. Jenks.)
Mason, Prof.O0.T. (See under Miss Irene 8. Daniel, R. R. Gurley, Leopold Luchs.)
MaTTrHEws, R. E. (Roanoke, Va.). Specimen of Citheronia regalis Fab., with eggs. 25791.
MAYNARD, GEORGE C. (Washington, D. C.). Lithograph of Thomas A. Edison and of building in which first telegraph office was opened by Mr. Morse in Balti- more (deposit) (24944); two English dial-telegraph instruments, and a Kenosii telegraph-insulator, belonging to the Old Time Telegraphers’ collection (gif) ) (25097); Morse telegraph-relay used in the year 1860 (deposit) (25413). (Sce under Paul D. Connor, O. A. Gurley, Charles M. Heaton, William Kline, I. N Miller, W. A. Neill, and The E, 8S. Greeley Company.)
556 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
MEACHAM, Mrs. D. B. (Cincinnati, Ohio). Flint flake, four arrow-points, and a shell bead. Exchange. 25091.
‘Mearns, Dr. E. A., U.S. A. (Fort Snelling, Minn.). Shells, representing 48 species. 24840. :
*Mrarns, Dr. EpGar A., U. 8. Army (International Boundary Commission, El Paso, Tex.). Birds’ nests and cggs; small collection of fishes, consisting of Moxo- stoma, Perca, Ictiobus, Clupea, Amiurus, Stizosteium, Lepidosteus, Haploidonotus, Dorosoma, Ictalurus, Ambloplites, Esox lucius, Pomoxis, Anguilla, Lepomis, Etheo- stoma, Umbra, Hybopsis, and Notropis; 140 birds’ skins, representing 78 species; mammal skins and skulls (25592); collection of mammal skins and skulls, cocoons of bag-worm (Thyridopteryx sp.), cretaceous fossils from El Paso, Tex.; 76 specimens of birds’ skins representing 27 species (25578); collection of birds’ skins, 16 specimens representing 2 species of birds’ eggs, mammal skins, turtles (25823); rocks, birds’ nest, eggs, birds’ skins, mammal skins, speci- mens of Helix (25879).
Meper, Ferp (New York City). Engravings, consisting of the Head of Christ, Diver; portrait, Van Sichem; Philip Il, H. Wierix; Miiller, Anton Graff; mez- zotint of J. Ramsden, published January 1, 1791. Purchase. (25734).
MEEDs, Prof. A. D. (University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.), through Prof. C. W. Hall. Stone slab from the Fort Union group of southern Montana, bearing the impressions of several leaves, among which is a specimen of Populus, new to science. Exchange. 25292.
MeIGs, Gen. MonrGomenry C., U. 8. Army (Washington, D. C.). Revolving rifle, in mahogany case, invented about 1855, made at Rochester, N. Y., by Billing- hurst (gift) (24827); through Montgomery Meigs and Mary M. Taylor, exece- utors of the estate of Gen. Meigs (bequeathed by Gen. Meigs and deposited in the Museum), seal ring with intaglio portrait of Julius Cesar, an antique stone; large signet of bronze with stone engravedin intaglio; antique of Charon and Achilles or Aineas; silver tureen, part of silver service presented by the citizens of Baltimore to Commodore John Rogers in testimony of their appre- ciation of the important aid afforded by him in the defense of Baltimore on the 12th and 13th of September, 1814; silver teakettle presented to Capt. Montgom- ery Meigs, U. 8. Engineers, by the corporation of Washington, with a resolution of thanks approved March 12, 1853, for his report on the Washington Aqueduct, presented June 9, 1854, by John W. Maury, mayor, Joseph Burrows, of the board of aldermen, and A. W. Miller, of the board of common council, commit- tee of the corporation; cabinet of coins, medals, and other objects, the cabinet made of fragments of the wagons used by Gen. Sherman in the campaign of 1864 and 1865 —including a collection of 137 colored glass reproductions of antique intaglio gems; plaster cast of a Thorwaldsen medallion; gold-mounted antique intaglio “Phebus in Chariot of the Sun;’ 58 bronze and gilded medals, com- memorating cyents in American and European history; 49 modern gold, silver, and copper coins of England, Germany, Mexico, Italy, and Spain; 254 silver and copper coins of ancient Greece and Rome; badge of the Union League Club of Philadelphia; medal given by the Grand Trunk Railway Company of Canada to persons distinguishing themselves in its service; bronze medal awarded to Gen. Meigs for the Cabin John Bridge by the Centennial Comnis- sion, 1876 (deposit) (25386); 7 colored sketches and 23 pencil sketches (gift) (25469).
MELVILLE, Dr. W. H. (SeeunderC. M. Allen, C. H. Hand, R. L. Hornbrook, E. F. Lettrick, Philip A. Markson, S. L. Pelkey, Interior Department, U. S. Geolog- ical Survey.)
“A further reference to the collections made by Dr. Mearns for the National Museum, in connection with the International Boundary Commission, will be found in the chapter on Explorations.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 557
MENDENHALL, Prof. T. C. (See under Treasury Department, U, S. Coast and Geo- detic Survey. )
MENEFED, SPEED 8. (Louisville, Ky,). Specimen of nativesilkworm, Telea polyphe- mus. 24730.
Merriam, Dr. C. Harr (Chief of Division of Ornithology and Mammalogy, Depart- ment of Agriculture). Four birds’ skins, representing 2 species from Tlorida and Texas. Deposit. 25853. (See under Department of Agriculture, Smith- sonian Institution, National Zodlogical Park.)
MERRILL, GuoRGE P. (See under Prof. W. J. Brown, J. W. Fleming; Smithsonian Institution, U. 8. National Museum.)
MERRILL, Consul-General SAMUEL. (See under Department of State. )
Metcarr, H. D. (Landover, Md.). Bill of lading of the Philadelphia and Baltimore Citizens’ Union Line of Transportation, April 18, 1840, 25258.
MicHaup, Dr. GusTAVE (San José, Costa Rica), through Prof. C. V. Riley. Thirty- three specimens, representing 16 species of insects of various orders from Costa Rica, 24874.
MIppLeton, R. MortToN (South Pittsburg, Tenn.). Specimen of Plethodon cneus. 25755.
Mives, L. (Ashley, N. Dak.). Head of prairie hen (7ympanuchus americanus). 25662.
MILLER, CHARLES, Jr. (Grand Rapids, Mich.). Fossil shells and 5 small arrow- heads. 25711.
MILLER, I. N. (Cincinnati, Ohio), through Mr. George C. Maynard. Morse telegraph key, belonging to the Old Time Telegraphers’ Collection. Deposit. 25095. MILLER, Capt. JAMES M. (Washington, D. C.). Original roll and muster of the
Commander-in-Chief (Gen. Washington) guard for the month of July, certified by William Colfax, lieutenant in command; testimonial to good service and character of Baron de Arendt, from the War Office, Philadelphia, September 15,
1778. 25672.
MILLMORE, WILLIAM (Sitka, Alaska), through Prof. Charles H. Gitbert. Crab, 24776,
MINDELEFF, CosMos (U.S. Bureau of Ethnology). Specimen of calcite pseudomorph after glauberite from Rio Verde, Ariz. 24988.
MITCHELL, GEORGE (Vancouver, Wash.). Nests of Cinclus mexicinus. (24615, 24670.)
MITcHELL, Guy E, (Washington, D. C.). Two hundred and fifty-two specimens of birds’ eggs, representing 34 species. 25167.
MITCHELL, J. D. (Victoria, Tex.). Thirty-eight species of shells (25542); miscella- neous shells (25837).
Morvrett, J. 8. (Harrisonburg, Va.). Polished slab of stalagmite marble, 25240.
MOLLER, THEODORE (Washington, D.C.). War-club of the Ute Indians of Colorado, 24994,
Monks, Miss 8. P. (Los Angeles, Cal.). Recent and fossil shells. 25844.
MONTANDON, Prof. A. L. (Buearest, Roumania). Two hundred and twenty-four spec- imens representing 76 species of Old World hemiptera, well preserved, authori- tatively named, and new to the collection (24579) ; 30 species of exotic hemiptera (25244) ; 29 species of heteroptera (25520).
Monteomery, 8. H. (Portsmouth, Ohio). Forty flint implements from Ohio and Kentucky. Exchange. 25375.
Mooney, JAMES (U.S. Bureau of Ethnology). Ethnological objects from the Piute Indians, consisting of a blanket of rabbit skins, 3 arrows, stick-game, fire-drill, body of decoy duck, and part of rash mat made by a Winnebago Indian. 254°8. (See under Smithsonian Institution. U.S. Bureau of Ethnology.)
MOOREHEAD, WARREN K. (Camp Hopewell, Anderson, Ohio). Altar made of baked clay from a mound on the north fork of Paint Creek, Ross County, Ohio. 25003.
Morcow, G. F. (Chicago, Ill.). Cackling goose (Branta canadensis minima) in the flesh. 24986.
558 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
MorRELAND, WALTER (Washington, D. C.). Specimen of Larimus fasciatus from Fortress Monroe (25742); cunner or blue perch (Ctenolabrus adspersus) (25794).
MorGan, T. H. (Byrn Mawr, Pa.). Specimens of crustaceans from near Jamaica, West Indies. 25373. .
MorGan, W. J., & Co. (Cleveland, Ohio). Three specimens of chromo-lithographie poster work. 25875. ;
MORGANTON LAND IMPROVEMENT COMPANY (Morganton, N. C.). Indian hatchet from Cherry Fields, specimens of almandite and of corundum altering to da- mourite from Burke County, and of corundum from Yancey County, collected by W.S. Yeates, of the National Museum. 24964.
Morrison, Prof. JAMES H. (Luray, Va.), Bat from Virginia. 25457.
Morrow, J. B. (Ellicott City, Md.), through J. D. MeGuire. Grooved ax from Cumberland County, Pa., and polished hatchet from Hardin County, Ohio. 24910.
Morsk, 8. F. B. (See under T. C. Martin.)
Moss, Wi1LLIAM (Ashton-under-Lyne, England). Specimens of Bulimus acutus with microscopic slides, and specimens showing serrated organ and details (24332) ; 12 microscopicai slides of dentition of British mollusks (25387). ;
MvuknHaRrJ1, T. N. (See under Department of State.)
Mcerpocu, JOHN (Washington, D. C.). Chromo-photogravure of a Spanish man-of- war (25333); pair of Eskimo winter mittens made of Polar bear skin from the village of Utkiavwing, near Point Barrow, Alaska (25515); hooded frock (Atige) (forming costume of a man), made of spotted skin of the tame Siberian reindeer, and a pair of highly ornamented full-dress boots of reindeer skin (25645); 8 bird skins, representing 7 species, from eastern Massachusetts (25716).
Murray, J. OGDEN (Goshen, Va.). Arrow-heads (25087, 25545).
Murray, JOHN (Edinburgh, Scotland). Eighty-nine specimens of hermit crabs from the Firth of Clyde. 25925.
MUSCHAMP, EpwaRp. (See under J. H. McCreery.)
MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY (Cambridge, Mass.), through Prof. S$. Garman. Two lizards from South Dakota (25031); alcoholic specimen of Azevia panamen- sis (25687). Exchange.
Museum or FINE Arts (Boston, Mass.). Modern impression from a fifteenth or sixteenth century wooden block in the possession of the Museum of Fine Arts. 24947.
MusrumM or NaturAL Hisrory (Paris, France). Forty birds’ skins, representing 36 species, from Madagascar, the Phillipine, and other adjacent islands (25691); through Dr. E. Beauregard, skeletons of Rhynchotus rufescens, Chauna chavaria, Ketupa leschenantti, Sarkidiornis egyptius, Psophia crepitans, Gyps fulvus, Turacus purpureus, Rhynochetus jubatus, Phalacrocorax urile, 7 mammal skeletons, and an alcoholic specimen of Chimpanzee (24853). Exchange.
Muzzry, GrorGE E. (Lexington, Mass.). Silver medal of centennial celebration of the battle of Lexington, April 19, 1875. 24958.
NARRIN, Mrs. M. L. (Goodrich, Mich.). Specimen of serpentine quartzite. 24621.
Nasu, B. T. (Syracuse, N. Y.), through Hon. J. J. Belden. Cap owned and worn by Nathan Ives during the naval engagement between the Kearsarge and Alabama, sheath-knife and sailor’s palm, also owned by Mr. Ives. 25148.
NaTIONAL MusruM oF ANTHROPOLOGY (Florence, Italy), through Prof. Paolo Mante- gazza. Thirty-seven archeological objects from Italy. Exchange. 24919, NATIONAL Museum OF Costa Rica (San José, Costa Rica). Four birds’ skins, repre- senting 2 new species (24644); through Mr. George K. Cherrie, type specimens of Mionectes semischistaceus, sp. nov., and Ornithion pusillum subflavum Sulph.,
nov. (24924).
NavaL Ecripse EXPEDITION (United States). Seven birds’ skins, representing 2 species from Ascension and St. Helena Islands. 25700.
NrAL, Dr. JAMEs C. (Lake City, Fla.). Eighteen arrow-heads and a perforator from Rabun County, Ga. 24656.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 559
NEALE, H. C. (U. S. National Museum). Specimens of quartzite from Potsdam, Ne eye 25255.
NEEB, F.C. (See under W. Seifert. )
NEHRING, Prof. Dr. A. (Berlin, Germany). Five seeds of Cratopleura helvetica Neh- ringi, C. Weber, found in peat at Klingi. Exchange. 25510.
NEILL, W. A. (Cleveland, Ohio), throngh Mr. George C. Maynard. Wade telegraph- insulator, belonging to the Old Time Telegraphers’ collection. 25099.
NELSON, E. W. (Bishop Creek, Cal.). Skins and skulls of black bear, and three brown bears (24863); skins and skulls of three deer (25180).
NEUMANN, Dr. Juxius (Hoihow, China). Two bronze drums or bells with wooden stands, collected by Mr. F. 8S. Unwin, of Canton, China (25266); collection of cocoanut ware, tools used for carving the shells, four hats, two bamboo lamps, 2 smoothing-irons, crockery ware, wine-cups, and chess-box (25712).
NEVILLE, WILLIAM R. (Houston, Tex.). Specimen of mole-cricket (Gryllotalpa longipennis). 25004.
NEWBERRY, Dr. J. S. (See under Interior Department. U. S. Geological Survey.)
NEWHALL, W.H. (See under Smithsonian Institution. U.S. National Museum.)
NEWPORT, Miss Eppikr (Glasgow, Ky.). Living specimen of snake, Cyclophis wstivus. 24894,
NEw York SratE Museum (Albany, N. Y.), through Prof. J. M. Clarke. Dupli- cate specimens of fossils from the Rio de Janeiro Museum collection. 25670. NISWANDER, F. J. (Laramie, Wyo.), through Prof. C. V. Riley. Fifty-two species
of miscellaneous insects from Wyoming. 25357.
No#L, Pau (Rouen, France). Fifty insects from Europe. Exchange. 25269. NorMAN, Rey. A. M. (Burnmoor Rectory, Fence Houses, Durham, England). Twen- ty-two species of European Paguride and Pycnogonoida. Exchange. 25506.
Norrurup, Dr. G. J. (Marquette, Mich.). Iron ore. 25802.
Norton, ARTHUR H. (Westbrook, Me.). Seven bird’s skins. Exchange. 25463.
Nu1mTALL, Mrs. ZELIA (Dresden, Germany). <A painting, copy of an ancient Mexi- can feather shield. 24794.
OBER, F. A. (See under Kingston Exposition.)
OBERLIN COLLEGE (Oberlin, Ohio), through L. M. McCormick. Specimen of fruit bat (Pteropus keraudrenii). 24864.
OLIVIER, ERNEST (Moulines (Allier), France). Specimens of Photinus rigidus Oliv., from Cape Breton. 25268.
OLNEY, Mrs. Mary P. (Spokane, Wash.). Shells. 25594.
O'NEILL, WILLIAM O. (Prescott, Ariz.). Lithographic limestone from Yavapai County. 25525.
Orcutt, C.H.(San Diego, Cal.). Specimens of Solecurtus subteres, Solen rosaceus, and Siliqua lucida from San Diego and Rodos Santos Bay, Lower California. 25840.
ORMSBEE, E. L. (Cleveland, Ohio), through Mr. Robert Ridgway. Photograph of a brant with an Eskimo arrow throngh its wing. 24922.
OsBorN, Prof. H. L. (Hamline University, Hamline, Minn.). Twenty-five shells. 24556.
OTAGO UNIVERSITY Mvseum (Dunedin, New Zealand), through Dr. T. Jeftrey Parker. Crustaceans. Exchange. 25341.
OTIS & GARSLINE (Rochester, N. Y.), through Prof. H. L. Fairchild, Sixty-four specimens of well-drillings from Rochester. 25062.
OWSLEY, Dr. W. T. (Glasgow, Ky.). Twosnakes. 24821.
PACKARD, A. 8S. (See under C. M. Allen, C. H. Hand.)
PALMER, Epbwarp (Washington, D. C.). Rocks, vegetable drugs, foods, tanned skins of Iguana, collection of ethnological objects from the Cocopa Yaki, White Mountain Apache, and Mexican Indians of Mexico and New Mexico, 208 archieo- logical objects consisting of stone implements from the same locality, and fossil shells. Purchase, 24600,
560 _ REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
PALMER, JOSEPH (U. §. National Museum). Skin of field-mouse (4rvicola riparius) (24560); 3 young meadow-mice in the flesh (24811).
PALMER, WILLIAM (U. 8. National Museum). Two skins of common mole (Scalops aquaticus), from Baltimore; skiu of rhesus monkey (Macacus rhesus) (24565); monkey (Chrysothria. sciurea) (25127); macaque (Macacus sp.) (25180); jendaya paroquet (Conurus jendaya) from Brazil (25164); jumping-mouse (Zapus hud- sonius) from Balston, Va., in the flesh, collected by Willard Burch (25184). (See under Capt. W. H. Cassell.)
Park, J. T. (Warner, Tenn.). Four specimens of bronzed grackle (Quisculus quis- cula @neus). 24814.
Parker, A. H. (Westbrook, Me.). Larvie of dytiscid beetle and carabid beetle, alcoholic specimens of reptiles, skull of owl, Nyctale tengmalni richardsoni, alco- holic crustaceans and echini, 4 birds’ skins, specimens of mammals, shells (25464); 8 tortoises from Stroudwater River (25632). Exchange.
PARKER, Dr. T. JEFFREY. (See under Otago University Museum.)
PARMELE, Mrs. THEODORE W. (New York City). Historical chart. 25558.
Parsons, Miss KATH RINE (Washington, D. C.). Sedan chair formerly owned by the family of Louis XIV. Deposit. 25600.
Patrick, Isaac (Crown King, Ariz.). Male specimen of Dynastes granti. 24915,
PatTEE, T. B. (Valley Springs, Cal.). Set of eggs of yellow-billed magpie (Pica nuttalli) (25684); sets of eggs of Falco sparverius, Colaptes caper, Pica nuttalli (25757).
PaTTon, W. (Ce dar Creek, Mo.). Specimens of iron sulphide. 24674.
PayYN, Extras (Tres Piedras, N. Mex.). Sandstone. 25801.
PayNrk, Roper H. (U.S. Geological Survey). Enamel picture on glass, transferred from stone. 25095.
PAYNE, SAMUEL (Washington, D. C.). Monkey, Cercopithecus sp. 25682.
PEABODY MtsEUM (Cambridge, Mass.), through Prof. A. E. Verrill. Specimens of Panopeus crenatus, transversus and planus. Exchange. 25342.
PrEcOS RED SANDSTONE COMPANY (Pecos City, Tex.). Two 4-inch cubes of red sand- stone. 25351.
PELKEY, 8. A. (Huntington, Oregon). Opal (?), collected by Dr. W. H. Melville, U.S. Geological Survey. 25077.
Pence, W. C. (Shenandoah, Va.). Insects (24865, 25070).
PENFIELD, Prof. 8. L. (New Haven, Conn.). Minerals from various localities, con- sisting of lithiophilite, amblygonite, hureaulite, reddingite, triploidite, dick- insonite, natrophite, fairfieldite, scovillite, rhabdophane (25202); spango- lite from Tombstone, Ariz. (25421), (See under Dr. F. M. Endlich, George E. Kedzie, Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey, Tingley 8. Wood).
PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD COMPANY. Complete steel tie with rail and fastenings used on the road near Philadelphia (25532), through Joseph T, Richards, assist ant chief engineer,plaster cast of a bronze tablet for the Bordentown monument, erected by the Pennsylvania Railroad to mark the first piece of track laid in the State of New Jersey, and also to commemorate the sixtieth anniversary of the first movement by steam in New Jersey (25337).
PENNYPACKER, C. H. (West Chester, Pa.). Five specimens of calcite from Bigrigg mine, Cumberland, England (24787); specimen of adamite, smithsonite from Greece, and corundum from Ceylon (25453). Purchase.
PENROSE, R. A. F., jr. Specimen of spessartite from Llano County, Tex. 25214.
PERKINS, FF. S. (Madison, Wis.). Brass buckle of European manufacture, obtained from an Indian grave near Oshkosh, 25744.
Peters, Dr. Joun P. (New York City). Weaving-loom, card, and shuttle from Bag- dad (25104); through Dr. Cyrus Adler, Turkish baker’s tally from Broussa, in Asia Minor (25808).
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 561
PETERSON, N. (Salem, N. C.). Sample of corrugated applewood. 24765.
PETTIGREW, F. W. (Fort Pierre, 8. Dak.). Fossil bone containing chalcedony (25513); skull of Arickaree Indian, and a large fragment of fossil bone (25721).
ProrpTE, Orro F. (Jersey City, N. J.). Small lithological collection from New Jer_ sey, California, Mexico, New Mexico, Bolivia, Peru, Saxony, Germany, and Ari- zona, and an Azaugar. 25278.
PHILLIPS, BARNETT (Brooklyn, N. Y.). ‘Petticoat lamp,” a hand-lamp in which lard oil was burned. 25767.
Puituies, H. H. (Crystal Falls, Mich.). Bird’segg. 25855.
Paruuirs, W. H. (U. 8. National Museum), through Mr. F. A. Lucas. Skull of cavy (Calogenys paca) from Nicaragua. 24613.
Puanrix [RON Works (Pheenixville, Pa.), through Amory Coffin. Chart of sec- tions and shapes of rails rolled by the works, previous to 1862. 25735.
PicHER, Miss ANNIE B. (Pasadena, Cal.). Photographs of Padre Serra, a Mexican drawn-work maker; Father Serra’s stirrup (Indian wood-carving), and drawn- work, showing ‘‘ Little Jesus” stitch. 25019.
PICKLES, JULIAN (Dry Branch, Mo.). Nine specimens of barite and one specimen of calcite. 25239. :
_ PrERCcE, Hon, WILLIAM P. (See under Dr. J. F. Chittenden.)
Pitsspry, H. A. (Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa.). Two specimens of Vivipara georgiana var. altior Pils., and one of Prososthenii tournoneri Newm. 25733.
Pueas, C. E. (Clinton, Ark.). Mounted winter wren (Troglodytes hiemalis) (25417) ; 12 birds, representing 9 species (25778). Exchange.
POLLocK, JOHN 8. (Smithsonian Institution). Red-tailed hawk (Buteo borealis) in the flesh, from Shanklin, Va. (24866); Cooper’s hawk (Accipiter cooperi) in the flesh, from the same locality (25242).
Ponp, Lieut. CHARLES F., U. 8. Navy (Navy Yard, Mare Island, Cal.). Specimen of sphinx-moth (Smerinthus ophthalmicus Bd.). 25610.
Porr, H., (Southwest Point, Anticosti, Quebec, Canada). Skull of grey or horse- head seal (Halichwrus grypus). 25044.
PORTER, Capt. GEORGE D. (See under Miss J. N. Cooke.)
PortTER, Dr. J. H. (Army Medical Museum, Washington, D. C). Two human skulls, piece of bone, 4 stone implements from Rockingham County, Va. 24719.
Porter, W. B. (Chicago, Ill.). Set of eggs of Sterna maxima from Key West, and one from near Biloxi, Miss. (25092); set of eggs of everglade kite (Rostrhamus sociabilis) from Dade County, Fla. (25185).
Porter, Rey. J. A. (Fort Clark, Tex.). Large fresh-water shrimp -(Palemon). 25663.
POWELL, Maj. J. W. (See under C. W. Cunningham, Smithsonian Institution. U.S. Bureau of Ethnology, Smithsonian Institution. U.S. Geological Survey.)
POWELL, Maj. WiLLIAM H. (Fort Keogh, Mont.), through Dr. D. P. Wolhaupter. Black stone pipe belonging to Washaki, a chief of the Arapahoes, and presented to Major Powell by him during the campaign of 1876. 25427.
Pratt, JOHN (Brooklyn, N. Y.). Model ‘ Typewriter,” invented in 1864 by John Pratt. Purchase. 25479.
PREBLE, E. A. (See under Frank H, Hitcheock.)
Pritt, Dr. A. G. (Sweet Home, Oregon). Nest and eggs of Melospiza fasciata guttata, and nest of Troglodytes hiemalis pacificus (24669); 2 skins of downy young of ring-necked pheasant (Phasianus torquatus) (24722); downy young of Cooper’s hawk (decipiter cooperi) from Oregon (24737); set of eggs of western house wren (Troglodytes wdon aztecus) (24921).
PRINGLE, C. G. (Charlotte, Vt.). Dried plants from Mexico (24614, 25883).
PRUDEN, ALFRED (Dayton, Ohio). Copper axe from an Indian mound, and teeth taken from a skull found in the same mound. 25113.
H, Mis, 114, pt. 2 36
562 REPORT Of NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
PurRINTON, L. W. (Beaver, Kans.). Specimen of badger (Jasidea americana) from Trego County. Purchase. 25132. :
PurnaM, Prof. F. W. (See under Mrs. D. B. Spenser.)
Putnam, Mrs. WILLIAM (Lyker’s, New York). Specimen of cecropia silk-moth. 25015.
QUELCH, BERTRAM (Wilmington, N.C.). Butterflies. 24870.
QUEREDO, ALEXANDER SAMUEL LAFONE (Pilciao, Catamarea, Argentine Republic), through Mr. George Salthouse, Fairfield, Liverpool, England. Fragments of Bera 25299.
Quick, E. R. (See under Dr. O. P. Hay.)
QuIVES, GEORGE A. (Washington, D.C.). Lizard. 25053.
RABBIT, SAMUEL (Washington, D:C.). Pouter-pigeon. 24836.
RaGSDALE, GEORGE H. (Gainesville, Tex.). Marine shells from the west coast of Mexico (24740); tail of cardinal (Cardinalis cardinalis) (25671).
Ravpu, Dr. WittiAM L. (Utica, N. Y.). Wolf (Canis lepus griseoalbus) (24575); skin of Cabanis’ woodpecker (Dryobates villosus hyloscopus) from Colorado (24898); 14 birds’ skins, representing 11 species from San Mateo, Putnam County, Fla. (25786); magnificent collection of birds’ eggs, consisting of 1,630 specimens, rep- resenting 194 species and 444 sets, several of which are new to the collection; also 100 nests (25787); through Captain Charles E. Bendire, U. 8. Army, 2 skins of saw-whet owl (Nyctala acadica), skin of flammulated screech owl (Megascops flammeolus) from Colorado (24851).
Ramso, M. ELMER (Lower Providence, Pa.). Fossil pentremites from Mt. Newman, Va. 25058. ;
}.AMSAY, Dr. EpwarRD P. (See under Australian Museum.)
RamssuraG, C. A. (Washington, D.C.). Vertebra of fossil whale. 24692.
RANDALL, F. A. (Warren, Pa.). Fossils. Exchange. 25502.
RANSDELL, Master Harry. (See under Willie B. Tate.)
RaTHBUN, Miss M. J. (Smithsonian Institution). Eighty-seven ferns, collected by Mr. Richard Rathbun in Brazil, in 1877. 25404.
RaTHBUN, Rrcuarp (U. 8. Fish Commission). Small collection of Panopeus from Brazil, collected in 1875-76. 25381. (See under U.S. Fish Commission, Miss M. J. Rathbun.)
Ray, Garret? D. (Burnsville, N. C.). Twenty-five specimens of kyanite in quartz, 5 specimens of garnet, 73 specimens of beryl, 8 specimens of columbite, and 1 specimen of samarskite, collected by Mr. W. 8. Yeates, U. 8. National Museum (exchange) (24917); specimen of prehistoric mica, also collected by Mr, Yeates, from Ray’s Mine, Yancey County (24995).
REppING, E. L. (Organ, N. Mex.). Specimen of muscovite undergoing alteration. 25864.
REGULAR ARMY AND Navy UNION oF THE U.S. ARMY (Washington, D. C.), through D. C. Brennan, National aide-de-camp. Badge and lapel-button of the Union. 25116.
Retsor MINING COMPANY (New York City). Sample of Jump salt as mined, 24554.
Rice, Mrs. MaRiE E. (Coryville, Pa ). Flint scraper. 24553.
Rice, Prof. Wrtt1AM Norra (Wesleyan University, Middleton, Conn.). Rocks and ores from Connecticut, Massachusetts, and New York. Exchan 25210.
Ricu, J. G. (Bethel, Me.). Two varying hares (Lepus americanus americanus) in the flesh. Purchase. 25289.
RIcHARDS, JOHN T. (See under Forest and Stream Publishing Company. )
RicHarDS, JOSEPH T. (See under Pennsylvania Railroad Company. )
RIcHARDSON, W. D. (Fredericksburg, Va.). Thirteen specimens, representing 4 species of coleoptera, specimen of Adranes cwcus, 2 specimens of Batrisus schaumii, 2 specimens of Batrisus ion, and 2 specimens of Batrisus virginiw. 25677.
RICHMOND, CHARLES W. (Department of Agriculture, care of U. 8. Consul, Grey- town, Nicaragua). Three thousand specimens, representing 334 species of birds’
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 563
RicuMoND, CuarLes W.—Continued. skins from the District of Columbia, Montana, California and Texas (purchase) (24736) ; 152 specimens, representing 53 species of reptiles and batrachians from North America (gift) (24745) ; 31 specimens, representing 3 species of birds’ skins (gift) (24773); 3 birds’ skins (gift) (25067); long-eared owl (Asio wilsonianus) in the flesh from Sandy Spring, Md. (gift) (25100); broad-winged hawk ( Buteo penn- sylvanicus) and sharp-shinned hawk (Accipiler velox), in the flesh from Maryland (gift) (25108); marsh hawk (Circus hudsonius) (gift) (25165); Cooper’s hawk (Aecipiter cooperi) in the flesh (gift) (25175); long-eared owl (Asio wilsonianus) (gift) (25249) ; red-tailed hawk ( Buteo borealis) and sparrow hawk ( Falco sparverius) (gift) (25264); 12 birds in the flesh (gift) (25706); polished hatchet and fragment of stone, probably a pestle, from Costa Rica, insects, 144 specimens of reptiles and batrachians, shells, 52 specimens representing 9 species of crustaceans, alcoholic specimens of Lepidosteus, Heros, Eleotris, Sciwna, Tetragonopterus, Niphorhamphus, Tetrodon, Querimana, Tylosurus, Blennius, Gobius, 217 specimens, representing 104 species of birds’ skins from San Juan River, Nicaragua, and Rio Trio, Costa Rica, 14 bows and arrows obtained from the Watousa Indians (purchase) (25828).
Ricker, C. B. (New York City). Three hundred and ninety-nine specimens, repre- senting 288 species of birds’ skins from the Lower Amazon, chiefly from San- tarem and Diamantina. 24681.
Rickerts, L. (See under Department of State.)
RicksEcKER, L. E. (Sylvania, Cal.). Two specimens of Pleocoma Rickseckeri, one of Eupompha fissiceps, and one of Chalcis ovata. 24668.
RipER, Ixis I. (Granite Canon, Wyo.) Specimens of caddis worm (Limnophilus sp.). 25779.
RipGway, AUDUBON (Brooks’ Station, D. C.). Collection of fishes representing about 10 species from Northwest Branch, Md., and Four-Mile Run, Va. 25822.*.
RipGway, ROBERT (Smithsonian Institution). Specimen of pine mouse (Arvicola pinetorum) (24562); turkey buzzard juv. (Cathartes aura) (24744); 2 birds’ skins from Wheatland, Ind., and Laurel, Md. (24766); 29 specimens, representing 17 species of birds’ skins from various localities, consisting of selected specimens, each one having a more or less marked peculiarity of plumage (24868); skin of fox sparrow (Passerella iliaca) trom Laurel, Md. (25688). (See under Master Louis Carmick and E. L. Ormsbee.)
RiLey, Prof. C. V. (See under Department of Agriculture, J. M. Aldrich, Prof. L. Bruner, Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, William J. Fox, Dr. Gustave Michaud, ¥. J. Niswander. )
RILEY, Hon. OWEN. (See under James J. Clark.)
Roperts, S. L. (Camden, N. J.). Old-fashioned cast-iron plates, strap-rail and nail, wrought angle splice-bar, Fisher joint with rails and spikes, ete. 25398,
RoseErts, W. F. (Washington, D.C.). Bat (ddelonycteris fuscus), in the flesh. 24774.
RoBERTSON, W. B. (Saltville, Va.). Gypsum. 24820.
ROBINETTE, FRANK (Washington, D. C.). Five specimens, representing 5 species of birds’ skins from Chihuahua, Mexico (gift) (24698); nest and 3 eggs of Myiar- chus cinerascens from San Diego (gift) (24854); 45 specimens, representing 15 Species of birds’ eggs from the same locality (gift) (24861); 45 specimens, repre- senting 27 species of birds’ skins from Mexico (purchase) (24876).
ROCKENSTYRE, C. E. (Albany, N. Y.). Japanese bantam fowl (24696); silky fow] (24701); golden seabright bantam and white polish bantam (25039); buff Pekin bantam fowl (25146).
RopMAN, Dr. JAMES (Hickman, Ky.). Bird of Paradise (Lophorina superba) trom New Guinea, Purchase. 25689.
RoceErs, O. P. (Marengo, Ill.). Bog-iron ore, 24658,
*Some of these specimens are remarkably fine and will be reported upon in a paper on District of Columbia fishes.
564 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
RoGERS, SYDNEY H. (Washington, D. C.). Original letter written in Georgetown, S. C., to Mrs. Moses Rogers announcing the death of her husband, the captain of the steamship Savannah. Deposit. 25674.
RoaGers, Tuomas (Manchester, England), through Wesley and Son. String of beads found in an Indian grave, probably of the Sioux or Cree tribe, from near Saskatchewan River, North-West Territory. 25041.
ROMINGER, Dr. Kart (Ann Arbor, Mich.). One hundred and forty-five Middle Cam- brian fossils from Mount Stephen, British Columbia, consisting of Bathyuriscus howelli Walcott, Olenoides nevadensis Meek, Ogygopsis klotzi Rominger. 25325.
ROSENTHAL, JOSEPH (New York City). Four skins of Birds of Paradise. Purchase. 24589.
Ross, Mrs. GEORGE P. (Clearwater Harbor, Fla.). Shells. 25521.
Ross, WALDO O. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston, Mass.). Nineteen specimens, and documents relating to photo-mechanical process work of various kinds. 25745.
Rowan, JAMES (McKeesport, Pa.). Cup-stone found in the Monongahela River about 2 miles above the mouth of the Youghiogheny. 25884.
Rowe, C. H. (Worcester, Mass.). Nine specimens of Sciaphilus muricatus Fab. (25361) ; 15 specimens of Oestodes lenuicollis Rand. (25575, 25835).
ROWLANDS, WALTER (New York City). Six specimens of photographure. 25528.
RoyaL SWEDISH ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Stockholm, Sweden). One hundred and forty species of Siberian Phanerogams. Exchange. 25227.
Roya ZOOLOGICAL MusEvM (Florence, Italy), through Prof. Henry H. Giglioli, di- rector. Collection of ethnological objects, chiefly from New Guinea, archeo- logical objects from France, Italy, Egypt, British Honduras, Brazil, and the Andaman Islands; 2 sponges from the Lampedusa River. 24918.
Rusu, Dr. W.H., U. 8S. Navy (Navy Department). Shells from the eastern coast of South America. 25839.
Russ, A. B. (Washington, D. C.). Three specimens of native gold in quartz from Potomac gold mine, Maryland. Deposit. 24805.
RUSSELL, CHARLES H. (Bowling Green, Ohio). Bird-shaped object from the Norton farm, north of Center Township, Wood County, Ohio. Deposit. (Returned.) 24625.
RUSSELL, FRANK (Iowa City, Iowa). Six specimens of fossil protozoa and 35 speci- mens of fossil shale from the drift (25655); 8 fossil shells from Saskatchewan (25617).
Russet, I. C. (U.S. Geological Survey). Collection of Eskimo ivory carvings, dishes, spoons, pipes, daggers, dolls, trinkets, and other objects from the Upper Yukon River, Alaska. 25293. (See under Interior Department. U. 8. Geologi- cal Survey. )
SapTLeR, M. A. (Baltimore, Md.). Specimen of silver ore from Colorado. 24546.
SALTHOUSE, GEORGE. (See under Samuel Alexander Lafone Queredo.)
Sampson, F. A. (Sedalia, Mo.). Two specimens of fresh-water sculpin or millers- thumb (Cottus richardsoni var.) from Spavinaw Creek, Benton County, Ark., (24685); two specimens, representing a new genus and species of blind cave salamander, Typhlotriton spelwus* (24717).
SANDBERGER, Prof. (See under Titus Ulke.)
SANDHAM, HENRY (Boston, Mass.). Gravure etching proof of the reproduction of the oil painting ‘‘ Battle of Lexington,” the original of which is in the town- hall at Lexington, Mass. 25018.
SANFORD, O. N. (San Diego, Cal.). Specimens of Mitra maura Swainson from Lower San Diego. 25845.
SARAULT, N. (See under Mrs. B. D. Spenser.)
*A preliminary description. with figures, of the animal is published in the Proceed- ings of the National Museum, Vol. Xv, pages 115-117, Pl. rx,
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 565
SawyYeER, Lieut. F. E. (U.S. Navy). Crustaceans collected in Brazil. Purchase. 253840. :
‘Scuauppr, F.G. (See under Department of Agriculture. )
ScnENCK, CHaRLES D. (Washington, D. C.). Thoroughbred pug dog in the flesh. 25872.
Scurenck, J. (Mount Carmel, Ill.). Barred owl. 25344. :
SCHIEFFELLN, 8. B. (New York City). Female golden pheasant (Chrysolophus pictus) in the flesh. 24806.
Scumip, Epwarp 8. (Washington, D. C.). IRguana (Metopoceros cornutus) (24985) ; strawberry finch in the flesh (24987); African gray parrot (Psittacus erythacus) in the flesh (25279); festive parrot (Amazona festiva) in the flesh (25302); screech owl (Megascops asio) in the flesh (25658); lory (Llectus grandis) (25678); warbling erass paroquet (Melosittacus undulatus) in the flesh (25690); troupial (Jcterus icterus) in the flesh (25694); 2 specimens of wax-bill weaver-finch (Sporegin- thus amandava) in the flesh (25697); 4 specimens of bob-white (Colinus virginia- nus) and a goldfinch (Carduelis carduelis) in the flesh (25787); screech owl (Megqa- scops asio) in the flesh (25749); Angora cat in the flesh (25871).
SCHOENHOF, CARL (Boston, Mass.). Two books by Kobell, entitled ‘* Die Galvano- eraphie,” one published in March, 1872, 4°,7 plates, the other at Munich in 1876, 4°, 4 plates. Purchase. 24925.
SCHRAUBSTADTER, CARL, jr. (St. Louis, Mo.). Materials used in the photo-me- chanical processes. Purchase. 25567.
ScrpMoRE, Miss E. R. (Washington, D C.). Three silver bracelets hammered from coins by the Hooniah Indians, Glacier Bay, Alaska; 5 photographs of Indian children and Indians gambling, and a photograph of the Hudson’s Bay block- house, Nanaimo, British Columbia. 25256.
ScieNcE COLLEGE MusEuM (Imperial University, Tokio, Japan), through Dr. J. Ijima. Two skins of the Japanese Ptarmigan (Lagopus, species undetermined). 24586.
ScLaTER, P.L. (See under Zodlogical Society of London.)
ScoviLLe, J. T., and Mr. WooLMAN (Terre Haute, Ind.). Small collection of fishes from Mexico. consisting of Leptops olivaris, Ictalurus punctatus, Codoma ornata, Campostoma ornatum, Notropis chihuahua, Cyprinodon gibbosus, Gambusia patruelis, Etheostoma scovelli n. sp., Etheostoma micropterus and Atherinops, also small collec- tion of reptiles from Mexico. 25859.
ScuppeEr, N. P. (U. 8. National Museum). Three snakes from Maryland, including a specimen of Ophibolus rhombomaculatus (24913); 11 garter-snakes from Eck- ington, D. C. (25573).
ScuLt, Miss Saran (Washington, D. C.). Scarf made in a native hand-loom in Greece. Returned. 25155. ; SEALE, WILLIAM P. (U.S. Fish Commission). Three specimens of American pipit
(Anthus pensilvanicus) in the flesh from Alexandria, Va. 25695.
Sesert, W. F. (Brooklyn, N. Y.). Two specimens of Ostrea virginica, one contain- ing a pearl. 25171.
Serer, A. 8S. (Theatrical Printing Company, New York City). Two specimens of poster work in colors. 25586.
SEIBERT, S. R. (Washington, D.C.). Daguerreotype of ‘‘Clark Brothers” taken in 1854, and a daguerreotype landscape of Fort Snelling taken in 1857, 25603.
SEIDLER, CHARLES. (See under A. C, Carlyle.)
SEIFERT, W. (Lancaster, Pa.), through F. C.Neeb. Polished stone object of the boat-shaped class made of banded slate. 25343.
SELBY, WILLIE (Twining City, D.C.). Small rude implement and 383 arrow-heads, 25144.
SEWALL, Hon. Haroip M. (Consul-General, Apia, Samoa). Collection of Samoan musical instruments, consisting of a long bamboo and mat, native name ‘ Tui
566 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Sewa.i, Hon. HAROLD M.—Continued.
Tui,” 2 flutes, native name ‘‘Fagufagu,” Pan’s pipe used by black “labor boys,” from Solomon Island, native name ‘*‘ Faaili,” 3 reed pipes, native name ‘“Faai,”’ conch-shell trumpet, native name ‘‘Pu,” and a wooden drum, native “name ‘‘Paté.” 24721. *
SHELTON, J. C. (Roseland, Va.). Eighty-one specimens of apatite and menacea- nite, 3 specimens of massive rutile, 5 specimens of apatite and rutile, one spec- imen of apatite, and 3 specimens of rutile, collected by Mr. W.S. Yeates, of the National Museum (24712, 24747).
SHEPARD, JAMES H. (Brookings, 8. Dak.).- Fossil resin from an artesian well, James River Valley, near Melette. 24759
”
SHERIDAN, EDMUND J. (Brooklyn, N. Y.). nee en stone found on the beach near Coney Island. 24758.
SHARPLEsS, H. P. (Boston, Mass.). Two specimens of columbite from Wakefield, N. H. 24543.
Suaw, E. M. (Cook, Nebr.). Two aleoholic specimens of Say’s king-snake ( Ophi- bolus sayi). 24826.
Suaw, JAMEs C. (Tekamah, Nebr. Indian axe from Connecticut. 24718,
SHaw, N. C. (Shane, Md.). Carved aoe 24852.
SHUFELDT, PERCY W. (Takoma Park, D. C.). Female summer tanager (Piranga rubra) in red plumage. 24587.
SHuFELp?, Dr. R. W., U. 8S. Army (Takoma Park, D. C.). Specimen of Carinifex newberryi from Equus Beds, Fossil Lake, Oregon (24536); iguana, Melopoceros cornutus (24691); model of a fossil bird, Archwopterys macrura from Solenhofen, Bavaria (24764); skin of Wilson’s snipe (Gallinago delicata) from Fort Wingate, N. Mex. (25765); birds’ skins and nests (25865).
SHUFELDT, R. W., jr. (Takoma Park, D.C.). Six specimens, representing 5 species of birds’ skins from Takoma Park, D. C., and Fort Wingate, N. Mex. 24620.
SHUMAKER, P. F. (Flat Creek, La.). Rock. 25797.
Sigua [RON CoMPANY (Santiago de Cuba. Cuba), through John Vallance, superin- tendent. Signaores. 25803.
Srmmpson, A. M. (Straubville, N. Dak.). Two specimens of gypsum. 24646.
Simpson, Cuarves T., and J. C. Henderson jr. (Washington, D. C.). Specimens of fishes, representing 11 species, consisting of Ostracion, Siphostoma, Aphoristia, Hippocampus, Batrachus, Gobius, Prionotus, Echeneis, Branchiostoma; snake, erus- taceans, shells, and mollusks. 25300.
SIMPSON, CHARLES T. (U.S. National Museum). Dried specimens of Lepas hillii from New Zealand. 25455.
SINGLEY, J. H. (Austin, Tex.). Valve of Cytherea tecasiana Dall and a specimen of Donax Roemert Phil. 25418.
SMILLIE, JAMES D. (New York City). Aquatint plate wet ground, showing different degrees of granulation. 25082.
Smiru, E. KirBy (Jaltipam, Vera Cruz, Mexico). Four beetles. 24775.
Smiru, Harvan I. (East Saginaw, Mich.). Portion of the head of a fish, with vege- table fungus, Saprolegina, attached. 25606.
see Dr. Huen M. (U.S. Fish Commission). Frog from Grenadier Island,
.Y. (25196) ; set of human ear-bones (25228) ; five mud puppies ( Neclurus lateralis) Deut series of eight human hyoid bones ( Homosapiens) (25251); 7 specimens
of Acris gryllus from Plymouth, N. C. (25857). SmitH, H. P. (Adams Mill, Ohio). Thirty-four arrow-heads and 2 scrapers. 24732.
* Purchased tor the National Museum at the request of the Secretary of the Smith- sonian Institution.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 567
SMITH, JAMES P., & Co. (New York City). Samples of Nelson’s gelatines. 24900.
Smirn, RK. H. Krrpy (Sewanee, Tenn.). Eggs of Tinamus robustus, Crypturus pile- atus, Geotrygon montana and Crotophapa sulcirostris from Mexico. 25686.
Smiru, U. C. (Philadelphia, Pa.). Specimens of Hupleura and Litorina litorea from Anglesea, N. J. 25237.
Smiru, WILiIAM G. (Loveland, Colo.). Nests and eggs of Hmpidonax pusillus, P. dificilis and Poocetes gramineus confinis (2) (gift) (25407); striped gopher (Spermophilus 13-lineatus) and pouched gopher (Geomys bursarius) in the flesh (purchase) (25818); through Captain Charles E. Bendire, U.S. Army, skin of little flycatcher (Hmpidonax pusillus) from Colorado (gift) (25460).
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
U.S. Bureau of Ethnology, under direction of the Smithsonian Institution, Maj. J. W. Powell, director.
Through Maj. Powell: Collection of birch-bark scrolls and mnemonic songs, made by Dr. W. J. Hoftman in Minnesota during the years 1887, ’88, ’89 and ’90, relating to the ritual of the Society of Shamans, usually designated the ‘‘Grand Medicine Society” (24984); collection of archieological objects consisting of 142 specimens of beads, fragments of bones, pottery and simi- lar objects, obtained from a mound near Linville, Rockingham County, Va. (25306); 370 ethnological objects collected by Mr. James Mooney from the Kiowa Indians, Oklahoma Territory, purchased by the Bureau of Eth- nology, and transferred to the National Museum (25718).
U. S. National Museum, under direction of the Smithsonian Institution, Dr. G. Brown Goode, assistant secretary.
Collected by Dr. G. Brown Goode: Twenty-three pieces of Savona faience (25355) ;~ eight lamps, counters for game, costume of the Misericordia, two wedges, distaff with photograph of spinner, Easter offering of bread and hazel-nuts, photograph of a statute of vender of hazel-nuts and bread with offerings, playing-cards, and various other articles (25771);+ collection of ethnological objects, ceremonial objects, costumes; musical instruments, consisting of an ocarina, bone flute, flageolet, piffaro da pastoral chiarina di ottone (clarionet of brass), zampogna (bag-pipe), piccolo mandola (man- doline), salterio (dulcimer) from Florence and Rome (25819) ;+ and a medal- lion of Lucca della Robbra ware, etec., (25882).
Collected by Messrs. W. H. and A. H. Brown: Six birds’ skins, representing 4 species from Angola, Africa (25702).
Collected by Mr. Romoyn Hitchcock: Samples of straw braid from Tientsin, China; specimens illustrating the preparation of bristles; specimen of silver- bearing galena from Monarch Mine, Field Station, C. P. R. R., British Co- lumbia (25499).
Collected by Mr. P. L. Jouy: Eleven specimens, representing 6 species of birds’ skins and a mud-turtle from Arizona (24528) ; 11 specimens, represent- ing 6 species of birds’ skins from the same locality (24537); 7 mammal skins from Sonora, Mexico, 2 from Tucson, Ariz., « pair of horns belonging to a Mexican deer, and 3 mammal skulls from Arizona (24572); small collection of fishes from the same locality, consisting of Gila sp., Gila gibbosa, Gila nigrescens, Cyprinus carpio, Cyprinodon macularius, anda few other Cyprino- donts (24585); skin of barn owl (Strix pratincola) from Tueson, Arizona (24643); crustaceans, echini, worms and reptiles from Mexico and Ariz. (24645); collection of fishes from Guaymas, Mexico, consisting of Gobius,
*The potteries have been discoutinued for nearly two centuries; the pieces are mostly of the fourteenth and fifteenth century, many of them being vessels of a highly ornate character, used by druggists.
tPurchased by Dr. Goode for the National Museum.
568 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION—Continued.
Larval probably from Clupeoid, Etropus crossotus, and Tetrodon politus; 4 mice from Guaymas, and a common mouse and field mouse from Tucson, fresh- water shells (Planorbis) from the. latter locality, and marine shells and mol- lusks from Guaymas, Mexico; 12 specimens of coleoptera and other insects from Tucson and Nogales, Ariz., ground-dove (Chamepelia passerina (24686) ; mammal skins and skuils; 55 specimens, representing 33 species of birds’ skins, and 4 specimens of Sceloporus minor (splendid specimens and new to the collection) from Mexico (25257); specimens of fresh-water crabs and crayfishes from Lake Chapada, Jalisco, Mexico (25444).
Collected by Mr. George P. Merrill: Two large blocks of stalagmite marble from near Marion, Washington County, Va. (24729); zine ores from Bertha zine mines, near Marion, and specimens of colored marbles from the same lo- eality (24734); specimen of blue pyroxene with secondary serpentine from the Middle Gila, Grant County, N. Mex., and geological material from Yava- pai County, Ariz. (25198); 9 specimens of geological material from Arizona (25199); specimens of coal from Gallup, N. Mex., andesite and basalt from Flagstaff, Ariz., and sandstone and other material from Cation Diablo, Ariz. (25226); specimens of Asida sordida Lec-lex, the only insect found on the plains about Canon Diablo, Ariz. (25247); metates and mullers from aban- doned cave-dwellings near Flagstaff (25250); ores and general geological ma- terial from Silver City, N. Mex., and vicinity (25290) ; rocks from Organ Moun- tains, N. Mex., and ores from Bennett Mine, near Las Cruces, N. Mex. (25385).
Collected by Mr. W. H. Newhall. Syenite rocks (24903); zine ores and kersantite -from New Jersey (24912); conglomerate breccia from Loudoun County, Va. (25002).
Collected by Mr. W. 8S. Yeates. Minerals consisting of transparent oligo- clase, garnet, hydromagnesite, tremolite, actinolite, and magnesite (24715) ; 3 specimens of nickeliferous tale from Jackson County, N. C. (24993); 9 Miocene fossils from Murfreesboro, N. C., consisting of 5specimens of Cardita granulata and Astorte (25713).
National Zoilogical Park, under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution.
Through Dr. Frank Baker, acting manager: Three specimens of scarlet ibis and one of curassow (24829); Arctic fox from St. George’s Island, Alaska, collected by Dr. C. Hart Merriam, and an agouti one day old (24879); speci- men of Carolina paroquet (Conurus carolinensis) in the flesh (24920); spider, Eurypelma sp. (25018); anaconda (Hunectes murinus); 3 specimens of lizards, Tupinambis nigropunctatus, and a hawk, Buteo borealis (25038) ; Jacare nigra (25049); Duncan Island tortoise (7estudo ephippium (?) col- lected by Mr. C. H. Townsend (25063); armadillo (Tatusia novemeincta) from , San Diego, Tex., badger (Taxidea asi CES from Collyer, Kans., musk- rat (Fiber zibethicus), and a moose (Alces machlis) from Byng Inlet, Me. (25126); civet from Waldo County, Tex.; deer, Cariacus sp., from Selma, Ala.; cat, Felis; mink, Putorius vison, from the District of Colum- bia, and a monkey, Cebus (2?) apella (25128); ocelot (Felis pardalis)
(25129); 2 specimens of lynx, Lynx maculatus from Waldo County, Tex. (25131); deer, Coassus nemariragus, from Trinidad, West Indies (25134); prong-horned antelope (Antilocapra) from Galatea, Colo., and a badger; Taxidea americana, from Wyoming (25135); opossuin, Didelphys marsupalis ; armadillo, Tatusia novemcincta ; deer, Cariacus sp.; marmoset, Hapale sp.; bridled weasel, Putorius brasiliensis (25136); armadillo, Tatusia novemcineta, collected by Mr. R. T. Hill, and an ant-bear (Myremecophaga jubata) pur- chased from Mrs. E. Conklin (25188); armadillo, Tatusia sp., from Caracas, Venezuela, collected by Mr. R. M. Bartleman (25141); badger, Taxidea ameri- cana, and a peccary (Dicotyles lajacu) (25209); tortoise (Testudo tabulata)
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 569
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION—Continued. (25229); male and female specimens of Virginia deer (25275) ; specimen of cay- man (juv.) from Trinidad, West Indies, colleeted by Ensign Roger Wells, jr., U.S. N. (25371); specimen of kinjajou, Cercoleptes condivolvulvus, in the flesh from Mexico (25416); American barn owl (Strix pratincola) from Paar. Mexe (25692); American barn owl (Strix pratincola) in the flesh (25693); white- winged dove (WVelopelia leucopetera) and a specimen of least bittern (Ardetta exilis) in flesh (25696); red fox and 4 Angora goats (25810); bronze turkey of the domestic variety (25870). ‘Through A. B. Baker. Skin of skunk, Wephitis, from Nebraska, skin of black- footed ferret, Putorius nigripes, and skin of little striped skunk, Spilogale, from Trego County, Kans. (24693); skin of shrew (Blarina) (24978). Snyper, JAcoB (Two Taverns, Pa.), through Prof. F. W. Clarke. Specimen of meteoric iron from Mount Joy. 24750. SNYDER, THEO. (Brooklyn, N. Y.). Five proofs of photo-mechanical relief work. 25747. Snyper, W. E. (Beaver Dam, Wis.). Twenty-four specimens of coleoptera. 25781. Socibrek ANONYME DE MARCINELLE CouILLET (Couillet, Belgium). Bronze model of Z tie and rail-fastening belonging to the Willemin System. 25424. Somers, Dr. J. F. (Crisfield, Md.). Slug found in a brick cistern. 24942. SOUTHWICK AND CRITCHLEY (Providence, R.1I.). Skin of badger, Taxidea americana, and a mounted specimen of Canada lynx (Lynx rufus) from Connecticut (24662) ; 4 specimens, representing 3 species of birds’ skins from Florida (24916). SPENSER, Mrs. B. D. (Brooklyn, N. Y.), through Dr. H. T. Cresson, Pyrula shell with an engraving of Mastodon, human and animal teeth, shells, beads, bone imple- ments, stone arrow and spear-heads, perforators and scrapers, and a piece of wood showing the cutting marks of a stone axe, discovered by Dr. Cresson and Mr. N. Sarault in 1864, from the peat and fallen forest layer near Holly Creek, Del., and forwarded to the Museum by Prof. F. W. Putnam, of Peabody Museum, 24695. SPICER, Capt. JOHN O. (Groton, Conn.). Four pairs of Eskimo trousers from Hud- son’s Bay. Deposit. 24583. Spipp_e, H. H. (Warrenton, Va.). Specimen of odlitic magnetite. 25030. SPRINKEL, J. W. (Dulinsville, Va.). Specimen of the caterpillar of Geometrid-moth (Cherodes sp.). 25760. SquyER, HoMER (Mingusyille, Mont.). Twenty specimens of cretaceous fossils. Exchange. 25557. STABLER, HOWARD (Sandy Spring, Md.). Hawk, red-tailed hawk (Buteo borealis), red-shouldered hawk (Buteo lineatus); 2 specimens of screech owl (Megascops asio) (24971, 25216, ee 3 specimens of blue jay (Cyanocitta cristata) in the flesh (25391, 25410, 25483). STABLER, JAMES P. (S oe Spring, Md.). Red-tailed hawk (Buteo borealis) in the flesh (25120); barred owl (25634). ; STANDARD Hus CoMPANY (Philadelphia, Pa.). Hub-block seasoned by pressure. 25423. STANLEY, H. M. (Nogales, Ariz.), through Mr. P.L. Jouy. Four specimens of arach- nida, wasp, and a grasshopper from Mexico 24595, STANTON, T. W. (See under Interior Descente, U.S. Geological Survey.) STARKWEATHER, Mrs. H. R. (Waldrip, Tex.). Specimen of hawk-moth (Philampelus linnei G. & R.). 24839. STATE DePARTMENT, through Hon. James G. Blaine, Secretary of State. Sprigs of Selaginella, a ‘‘feathery seed,” and four butterflies, collected in Central Africa by Mr. J. H. Camp (25601). Through Mr. Sevellon A. Brown, chief clerk. Specimens of Indian wool, woolen yarns and fabrics, transmitted to the Department of State through Consul-
at
570 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
STatTe DEPARTMENT—Continued.
General Samuel Merrill, Caleutta (24904); fabrics of wool from Chittaldroog and Davengire Taluks, in the Chittaldroog district, Mysore Province, contributed by Mr. L. Ricketts, director of statistics and agriculture in Mysore Bungalore (24905); samples of wool and woolen fabrics from the same locality, collected by Mr. L. Ricketts, and transmitted by Consul-General Merrill (25315); samples of Indian wool collected by Consul-General Merrill, and a report on sheep and wool in India written by him (25316). (See under Calcutta Botanie Garden, Dr. J. F. Chittenden and R. W. Turner.)
STEARNS, FREDERICK (Detroit, Mich.). Six specimens of Hydractinia (exchange), and 8 specimens of Helix quesita Deshayes (gift) from Japan (24617); 6 specimens of Achatina panthera from Mauritius (exchange) (24960); shell-sand and specimens of Meritina granulosa from Honolulu, Sandwich Islands (gift) (25836).
SrrarNs, Dr. R. E. C. (U. 8. Geological Survey). Recent and fossil shells from California, singularly distorted specimens of Oliva from the Gulf of California, and tooth of a fossil shark from San Diego (24841); 4 specimens of shrimp from the west coast of North America, and a garter-snake from Berkeley, Cal. (25507); daguerreotype portrait made in 1856, 2 ambrotype portraits made in 1859, daguerreotype view of a church made in 1857, and 3 ambrotype landscapes made in 1862 (25604). (See under Philip Albert.)
Stein, L. C. (Milwaukee, Wis.). Nine albumen prints, consisting of ‘‘ Harvesters,” “Return,” ‘Aunt Tilley’s Story,” ‘‘Tobogganimg,” ‘‘ Who Comes,” ‘ Rest,” ‘‘THere’s Looking at You,” ‘‘ Dancing Girl,” ‘‘ Maud Muller,” and ‘‘ Nary a Bite.” 25318.
STEINER, Dr. R. (Waynesboro, Ga.). Two rude implements and a spear-head. 25321,
STEJNEGER, Dr. L. (U. S. National Museum). Skin of short-tailed shrew (Blarina brevicauda) (24561); 40 specimens, representing 16 species of birds’ skins from various localities, inciuding a series of 18 specimens of Sitta cwsia (24867).
STEPHENSON, A. (Cincinnati, Ohio). Indian arrow-head from San Miguel Island, opposite Santa Barbara, Cal. 25720.
STEUART, CHARLES A. (U.S. National Museum). Specimen of Manilla texana. 24703.
STEVENSON, Mrs. M. E. (U. S. Bureau of Ethnology). Two fetiches (bear) from N. Mex. (24622); 4 feather plumes and a stone object obtained from the Zuni Indians of New Mexico. Deposit. (25580).
STORMENT, EpGar L. (Tempe, Ariz.). Three toads, 3 lizards, Rufo woodhousei, Cnemi- dophorus sp., Uta stansouriana and Callisaurus dracontoides, 2 bats, Molossus cali- fornicus and Atalapha cinerea (25101); specimen of Heloderma suspectum (25581). Exchange.
SrRENG, Prof. A. (Giessen, Germany). Twenty-six minerals, including chabazite, phillipsite, barite, beauxite, tridymite, phacolite, faujasite, strengite, cacoxenite, eleanorite and gismondite. Exchange. 25789.
SrroTHER, W. A. (Lynchburg, Va.). Artificial stalagmite. 25800.
SUGDEN, Miss E. (Haysville, Pa.). Specimen of luna-moth (4Actias luna L.). 25824.
Surser, T. (White Sulphur Springs, W. Va.). Eggs of Turdus mustelinus, Merula migratoria, Tyrannus tyrannus, Harporhynchus rufus, Galeoscoptes carclinensis, Corvus americanus, Sterna antillarum, Turdus ustulatus, Troglodytes wdon park- manii, Carpodacus frontalis rhodocolpus, Pipilo alberti, Quiscalus quiscula a@neus ; a discoidal stone from Parkersburg, stone axe, and 5 arrow-heads. 24701.
SUTHERLAND, JOHN (New York City). Squirrel-fish (Serranus fascicularis). 25305.
TABLER, J. H. (Seabrook, Md.). Opossum, Didelphys marsupialio. 25608.
TAKAYANAGI, T. (New York City.) Seventeen pieces of pottery, consisting of Satsuma faience, Raku ware, Takatori ware, Bizen ware, Bank faience, Kioto ware, Imari and Tokio porcelain. Purchase. 25060.
Tater, Master WILuirc B., and Harry RANSDELL (Washington, D.C.). Fragment of a species of Streptorhynchus from West Virginia, 24935.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 571
TAYLor, DouGLas (Center Market, Washington, D. C.). Specimen of spiny swell- fish, Chilomycterus geometricus. 25770.
TAYLOR, Rey. G. W. (Victoria, British Columbia). Shells and slugs from Vancouver Island. 25033.
TAYLOR, Mary M. (See under General M. C. Meigs.)
TrerreR, J. G. O. (See under Department of Agriculture.)
Test, FREDERICK C. (U. 5. National Museum). ‘Thirty specimens, representing 6 species of reptiles and batrachians, chiefly from Indiana (24844); 36 salaman- ders (25753).
THAYER, A. H. (Scarboro, N. Y.). Specimen of hog-nose snake. 25020.
THE CROWN TYPEWRITER COMPANY (Brooklyn, N. Y.). ‘‘Crown” typewriter. De- posit. 25588.
Tne KE. 8. GREELEY Company (New York City), through Mr. G. C. Maynard. , Morse- register, sounder, relay and key, bottle of ink and 2 rolls of paper used in 1891, belonging to the Old Time Telegraphers’ Collection. Deposit. 25412.
THE GOLDING & SONS Company (Hockessin, Del.). “Feldspar and clay used in the manufacture of pottery. 24720.
THE SINGER MANUFACTURING COMPANY (New York City). Old style Singer sewing machine mounted on an iron stand, and a machine of the latest improved make mounted on an oak stand. 24666.
THOMAS, FREDERICK L. (Ashton, Md.). Blue jay (Cyanocitta cristata). 25490.
THomas, WILLIAM 8S. (Washington, D.C.). Four hundred and thirty-four archeo- logical specimens, consisting of Indian stone relics, fragments of pottery and other objects from Blagden’s Hill, D. C. Deposit. 25675.
THOMSON, JOHN H. (New Bedford, Mass. ). Stone implement (?) found on the Fair Haven side of the Acushnet River. Deposit. 24965.
THOMPSON, EDWARD 8. (Thompsontown, Pa.) Four hundred and eight archeologi- cal objects, consisting of Indian relics, arrow-heads, perforators, rude chipped implements, chipped disc, notched sinkers, polished hatchet, fragments of steatite vessels, fragments of pottery, pieces of clay and fossil shells, found along the shore of the Juniata River. between Thompsontown and Port Royal. 25117.
Tuompson, H. P. (Belfast Me.), through the U. 8. Fish Commission. Specimen of Argentina silus. 24684.
THOMPSON, JOHN (Oakland, Cal.). Two specimens of mourning-cloak butterfly (Vanessa antiopa L.). 24634.
THWAITES, GORGE H. (Socorro, N. Mex.). Three fine specimens of Lepidodendron. 25393.
TipBEY, B. (Butte, Mont.). Thirteen specimens of a mixture of bornite, chaleo- cite, and pyrite, 25029.
TirFANY & Company (New York City). Three specimens of ornamental stone, con- sisting of jasper, rhodonite, and rock erystal from Asiatic Russia, and a speci- men of ‘‘ phantom” quartz from Brazil. 25419. Exchange.
TIPHAINE, V. i. (Lewiston, N. Y.), through Forest and Stream Publishing Com- pany. Large specimen of bowfin (Jmia calva). 25788.
TOLLIN, Oscar (Sarasota, Fla.), Five specimens of earth star (Geaster fornicatus Huds.) (25436); mussel from between the lakes of Miakka (25832).
Toms, Capt. M. C, (Hendersonville, N. C.). Twelve specimens of zircon crystals from the Jones Zircon Mine, Henderson County, and 4 of xanthitane erystals from the same locality, collected by Mr. W. S. Yeates, of the U. S. National Mu- seum. 24742.
TORNQUIST, LEON (Lund, Sweden). Graptolites. Exchange. 24609.
TOWNLEY, N. M., jr. (Sayreville, N. J.).. Two fossil specimens found 40 feet under the bank of the Raritan River, New Jersey. 25811.
TOWNSEND, CHARLES H. (Steamer Albatross, San Francisco, Cal.). Five skins of Steller’s sea-lion (Kumetopias stelleri), and 2 specimens of Harbor seal ( Phoca vi-
572 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
TOWNSEND, CHARLES H.—Continued. tulina), collected near Monterey, Cal. 25503. (See under U.S. Fish Commission, Smithsonian Institution. National Zodlogical Park.)
TOWNSEND, TYLER (Las Cruces, N. Mex.). Type specimens representing 16 species of Muscide, Thrincopyge alacris, Macrobasis, Gissleri, and Oiketicus sp., with cocoons. 25792.
TrAILL, W. E. (Stuart’s Lake, British Columbia). Mammal skins and skulls, and birds’ skins. 24705.
TREASURY DEPARTMENT.
U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, through T. C. Mendenhall, superintendent: Alco- holic specimens of insects, 2 dragonflies, butterflies, beetles, 9 filter-papers specimen of the sediment of Yukon River taken each month from September, 1890, to May, 1891; alcoholic frog from Camp Davidson, Yukon River, Alaska; 4 birds’ eggs, nest and egg; specimen of Anoplarchus atropurpureus; 13 speci- mens, representing 13 species of birds’ skins; 2 skins of flying-squirrels, alco- holic specimen of mouse, and specimens of fatus of mammals, collected by As- sistant J. E. MeGrath during his boundary expedition to Alaska (25481).
U. S. Life-Saving Service. Rare specimen of fossil crab, transmitted by Capt. J.J. Dunton, Keeper of Life-Saving Station, Ocean City, Md.; also quartz pebbles, and 2 sea-horses (Hippocampus hudsonius) (25640); skeleton of Physeter macroce- phalus juy., from Green Run Inlet Life-Saving Station, collected by Capt. Dunton (25346).
U.S. Revenue Marine Service. Capt. M. A. Healy, Steamer Bear, San Francisco, Cal., transmitted, through Lieut. D. H. Jarvis, the skin of a female walrus, Odobenus obesus, captured in Holy Cross Bay, Siberia (25474).
TRISTRAM, Rey. H. B. (The College, Durham, Eng.). Fifty-three specimens, repre_ senting 47 species of birds’ skins from New Guinea, New Caledonia, New Hebrides and Fiji Islands. Exchange. 25307.
True, Dr. A. CHARLES (Department of Agriculture). Six cretaceous fossils from Union Town, Ala. ; teeth of Corax pristodontus, Lamna elegans, and L. cuspidata, and vertebra of Lestosaurus, 25642.
TuckrEr, Mrs. M. (Ortonville, Mich.). Fourteen fossil corals from the drift. 25607.
TuRNER, H. W. (U. 8. Geological Survey). Alcoholic specimen of shrew (Sorex vagrans). 24812. (See under Interior Department. U. 8. Geological Survey.)
TURNER, J. H. Costumes, boat, models, tools, ivory carvings, and other ethnologi- cal objects. Deposit. 25562.
TuRNER, MaTHew (San Francisco, Cal.). Photograph of the Jessie. 25032.
TurNER, Hon. R. W. (U. S. Consul, Cadiz, Spain), through Department of State. Small cast of a Phenician tomb from Cadiz (purchase) (24786); old door from the convent of La Rabida at Palos, Spain (gift) (25681).
Turper, ALBERT (Brackettsville, Tex.), Fresh-water sponge from Pinto Creek, Kin- ney County. 24710.
TurRTON, Capt. W. H. (Royal Engineers, Brompton Barracks, Chatham, England). Collection of shells from St. Helena, comprising over 400 species. 25501.
Tyson, JAMES W. (Baltimore, Md.). Magnetite, consisting of native gold from the Mineral Hill mine, Carroll County. 25648.
ULKE, Henry (Washington, D. C.). Twenty-six specimens, representing 8 rare © species of coleoptera, collected at Blue Ridge Summit, Franklin County, Pa., (new to the collection) (24888); 168 specimens, representing 19 species of North American coleoptera (25112).
ULKE, 8S. (Washington, D. C.). Twelve land-shells from Hill City, South Dakota. 25403.
ULKE, Trrus (Pueblo, Colo.). Snake, Storeria occipitomaculata, trom Hill City, South Dakota (25115); chlorite pseudomorph after feldspar, presented to Mr. Ulke by Prof. Sandberger, and wulfenite from the Richmond mine, Black Hills, South Dakota (25374).
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 513
UNWIN, F. S. (See under Dr. Julius Neumann. )
Van DrEMAN, H. E. (Department of Agriculture). Specimen of black skimmer (Rhynchops nigra). 25754.
VaADEN, L., & Company (Washington, D. C.), through M. D. Knight. Two rude soap- stone bowls found while excavating on Connecticut avenue extended. 25764.
VAIL, BENJAMIN (Washington, D.C.). ‘Trilobite from three miles west of Aurora, Ind. 25496.
VAIL, Judge STEPHEN. (See under Mrs. John H. Lidgerwood.)
VALLANCE, JOHN. (See under Sigua Iron Company.)
VARCE, CLARENCE and SAMUEL FE. (Brownsville, Ala.). Living specimen of alder- blight, Pemphigus tesselatus Fiteh, 25037.
VASEY, Dr. GEORGE. (See under Department of Agriculture. )
VELIE, Dr. J. W. (Chicago, Ill.). Twenty-eight fresh-water shells from Minnesota. 24961.
VAUGHAN, T. WAYLAND (Mount Lebanon, La.). Seventy-five specimens, represent- ing 11 species of fresh-water shells from Louisiana (24848); 5 specimens of Unio cuneus Cone (25102); specimens representing 3 species of Unio (25160) ; 23 species of Eocene fossils (25473).
VERBILL, Prof. A. E. (See under Peabody Museum.)
Von STREERUWITZ, W. (State Geological Survey, Houston, Tex.). Two specimens of silver copper ores from Hazel Mine, El Paso County (gift) (24725); ores and rocks from Texas (exchange) (25059); rocks and building-stone (gift) (25206) ; rocks and ores from Texas; black mica and fossil wood (gift) (25482).
Vorn, Rev. T. R. (Darlington, Okla.). Tomahawk pipe. Purchase. 25145.
WAGNER FREE INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE (Philadelphia, Pa.). Twenty-seven species of land-shells from Jamaica, West Indies (24694); through Mr. Joseph Willcox, collection of Pliocene fossils from the Waccamaw River, South Carolina (25522),
Wa cortT, C.D. (U.S. Geological Survey). Four specimens of calcite from Smith’s Basin, Washington County, N. Y. (25191); contorted slate from near Wells, Rut- land County, Vt. (25207); 5 echinoids, 5 specimens of flint and the tooth of a shark from the cretaceous chalk of Croydon, England (25218). (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
WALKER, ERNEST (New Albany, Ind.). Plants from Kentucky and Indiana. 24673.
WALLACE, Mrs. CATHARINE (Melbourne, Australia). Fungus growth from New Zealand, representing the genus Torrubia. 25599.
WaLuace, W. O. (Wabash, Ind.), through Dr.O0. P. Hay. Snake, Tropodonotus leberis. 25656.
WALLINGSFORD, W. W. (U.S. National Museum). Two horse-chestnuts used as a charm against rheumatism. 24828.
Warb’s NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT (Rochester, N. Y.). Fruit-bat (Pteropus lanigera) (type specimen) from the Samoan Islands (purchase) (24559); 6 aleo- holie specimens of bats (purchase) (24566); mounted and unmounted mammal skins,including a moose, 2 specimens of wapiti, 3 mounted alpacas, a Mama and others (purchase) (24574); 15 skins and 8 mounted mammals consisting of Felis colocolo (?), Lama paca juv., Lama glama, Lama vicugna, Chlamydophorus truncatus, Putorious vison (mounted), Felis concolor, Alces machlis, Cervus cana- densis juv., Bison americanus, Cebus capucinus, Cebus variegatus, Lutra felina, Pro- cyon caucrivorus, Capromys pilorides, Tatusia peba, Lutra brasiliensis, Hapale rosa- lia, Mephitis mephitica, Pithecia nocturna (skins) (purchase) (24650); specimens of fluorite, siderite after fluorite, barite, aragonite, opal, native mercury, and krénkite (exchange) (24762); specimens of calcite, pyromorphite, torber- nite, hematite, orthoclase, realgar, orpiment rhodochrosite, columbite, fluorite. sodalite, eudialite and prehnite (purchase) (24778); specimens for the synoptic series of invertebrates (purchase) (24983); series of models of nervous, cireula- tory, and digestive systems of various invertebrates and vertebrates (purchase) (25052) ; 4 skins of moles and 6 of shrews (purchase) (25133),
574 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
WarbD, Prof. LESTER F. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
WARNER, AMBROSE (Washington, D. C.). Stone axe found near Bladensburg, Md. Deposit. 24835.
WARNER, WILLIAM (Salem, Oregon). Two skins of dusky sereech owl (Megascops asio saturatus). 25699.
WARNER, WILLIAM J. (Salem, Oregon). Skin of jumping-mouse (Zapus hudsonius). 25614.
WARNER, W.S. (See under Florida Phosphate Company.)
Warren, Dr. B. H. (West Chester, Pa.). Bats, and 4 skins of bats. 25394.
WARREN, EWEN, jr., & Company (Chicago, Ill.). Four architectural drawings, printed by the company’s multi-color process. 25073.
Waters, Z. D. (Baltimore, Md.). Collection of Japanese costumes and we of industry and worship. Purchase. 25804.
Warts, BLAKE, BEARNE & COMPANY (Newton Abbe, Devonshire, England), through Mr. R.N. Worth. Pipe, pottery, and earthenware clay, and samples of molding- sand. 25527.
WayYMan, G. TURNER (Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, West Indies). About 1050 speci- mens, representing 90 species of butterflies. Purchase. 25335. (See under Wells, jr., U. S. N.)
Wayne, ArtruurR C, (Old Town, Fla.). Skins of swallow-tailed kite (/lanoides for- ficatus) from Florida, 25829.
WEAVER & Int (New York City, N. Y.). Specimen of winter flounder (Pseudo- pleuronectes americanus) from the coast of New England. 25389.
Wess, Hon. ALEXANDER R. (U.S. Consul, Manila, Philippine Islands). Two packs of playing-cards, 2 rattan globes or balls used by natives (gift) (24782); 7 spoons and paddles used by natives, Bolo or handy knife (native), 9 games, puzzle, 12 bamboo musical instruments (25806).*
Wess, DeWirrt (St. Augustine, Fla.). Three hundred and thirty-nine archeolog- ical objects, consisting of shell implements, fragments of pottery, bone imple- ments, human bones, bones of fishes, animals and birds from shell-mounds near St. Augustine. 25232
WEBB, jugee JOHN G. She Fla.). Four star-fishes. 25568.
WEBB, J (Disputanta, Va.). Molar tooth of a mastodon. 25629.
WEBB, War ER F. (Geneva, N. Y.). Sets of eggs of Symphemia semipalmata inornata, Zonotrichia leucophreys, Zonotrichia coronata, Amphispiza belli nevade sis, from California and Nevada (gift) (24990); 5 sets of eggs of Larus californicus from Pyramid Lake, Nevada (gift) (25036); 8 eggs of bridled tern (Sterna anethetus), and 4 eges of white-crowned pigeon (Columba leucocephala) from Atwood’s and Acklin’s Islands, Bahamas (purchase) (25166); 109 specimens of birds’ eggs, representing 12 species, and 30 sets of eggs, consisting of Empidonax acadicus, Cistothorus palustris, Piranga erythromelas, Icteria virens, Mimus polyglottos, Agialitis wilsonia, Helinaia swainsonti, Passerina ciris, Guiraca carulea, Icterus spurius, Sterna antillarum, and Quiscalus major; also ten nests (gift) (25323).
WEBSTER, GEORGE W. (Lake Helen, Fla.). Land and fresh-water shells from Florida, Michigan and Tennessee. 24626.
WEED, WALTER H. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
WerEvOoN, W. C. (See under Smithsonian Institution. National Zodlogical Park, )
Weems, Davip G. (Baltimore, Md.). Photograph and cyanotype of electric-motor ear (25186); electric motor that made the fastest authentic speed on land ‘by generated power,” and 2 photographs of the same, accompanied by a certificate of the epced of the motor (25856).
* These objects were eae od oo Mr. Webb te the National Museum at Me re- quest of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 515
WEIL BrRoruHEers (Alexandria, Va.). Spanish coin dated 1781. 24599.
WELLINGTON, A. M. (See under Engineering News.)
WELLS, Ensign Roacer, Jr. (U.S. Navy), through G. Turner Wayman, esq. Alco- holic specimen of reptiles, alcoholic specimens of hummingbird, Amazilia erythro- nota, alcoholic crab, and alcoholic specimen of squilla, specimen of cascadura, Hoplosternum littorale, 3 bats anda mouse, 25336. (See under Smithsonian Insti- tution. National Zoblogical Park).
WELSH, Mr. (See under Kingston Exposition, Jamaica Court.)
WESLEY & Son. (See under Thomas Rogers. )
West. GERALD M. (Worcester, Mass.). Two Indian ‘‘ Crooked Knives,” Wakaginigun, obtained from the Miemies of Nova Scotia. 25538.
WESTALL, S. J. (Paint Gap, N. C.). Specimens of chrysotile from near the South Toe Post Office, Yancey County, collected by Mr. W. 8S. Yeates, of the U. 8. National Museum. 24998.
Weston, ArTHur H. (Georgiana, Fla.). Fragments of Indian pottery from Brevard County. 24709.
WuirtE, A. W. (Albert Lea, Minn.). Seven stone implements, consisting of knives, arrow and spear-heads, from the vicinity of the Great Lakes. Exchange. 25492.
Wuits, Dr. C. A. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)
Waitr, Dr.C. H. (U. S. Navy, Navy Department). Crnde nitrate of soda from Iquique, Chile; collection of miscellaneous insects from Acapulco, Mexico, and Payto, Peru. 24624.
Wuitr, E. H. (Astoria, Oregon). Land and fresh-water shells. 24869.
White, Harry G. (Department of Agriculture), Red-tailed hawk (Buteo borealis) and short-eared owl (Asio accipitrinus) in the flesh from Arlington, Virginia. 25076.
Waite, Miss (Theological Seminary, near Alexandria, Va.).. Nest of wasp. 25665,
WHITTON, WILLIAM R. (Seattle, Wash.). Part of the lower molar of a fossil elephant, Elephas primigenius, 25161.
WILBUR, Miss CHARLOTTE D. (Newark, N.J.). Autograph receipt of William Henry Harrison, clerk of the North West Territory, to Matthias Denman, dated May 21, 1800, indorsed by John Cleves Symmes. 25552. ;
WILBUR, Mrs. MATTHIAS DENMAN (Newark, N. J.). Military land patent, signed by John Adams, President of the United States, dated Philadelphia, March 28, 1800, granting 4,000 acresin the North West Territory to Matthias Denman. Deposit. 25951.
WIELAND, GEORGE R. (State College, Pa.). Specimens of siliceous odlitie rock. (Gift, exchange.) (24831, 25106.)
Witcox, Dr. TimorHy E., U.S. Army (Fort Huachuca, Arizona). An interesting and valuable collection of reptiles, consisting of 20 specimens, representing 13 species, including Crotalus molossus, Elaps euryxanthus, Kinosternon senoriense. and others, insects, mammals, specimens of mirror carp (Cyprinus carpio) and chub (Squalius); alcholic specimens of birds (25401); living horned toad (25653).
WILCOX, WALTER D. (New Haven, Conn.). Seventy-four specimens of carboniferous fossils representing 17 species from Mt. Stephen, British Columbia, consisting of
~ derotreta gemma, var., depressa Walcott, Agnostus interstrictus; Alg@ (?); Acrothele subsidua; Hyolithes sp. undet.; Hyolithellus sp. undet.; Graptolites ; Hypostoma sp. undet.; Autoigina like stissingensis; Linguella meconnelli; Orthisisina alberta : sponge, Scenella sp. undet.; Ogygopsis klotzi (?); Ptychoparia sp. undet.; Ptycho- paria cordillera, Bathyuriscus howelli ; Olenoides nevadensis ; Zacanthoides spinosus. 25155. -WILDER, Prof. B. G. (See under Cornell University.) WILDMAN, Hon. ROUNSEVELLE (U. S. Consul, Singapore, Straits Settlements).
576 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
WILDMAN, Hon. ROUNSEVELLE—Continued.
Malay musical instruments, kris, war-shield and game of chance (24951) ;* col- lection of shells, Dyak and Malay ethnological objects, musical instruments, and corals (25862). *
WILKINSON, E. (Mansfield, Ohio). Specimens of Branchiopus. 25435.
WILLCOX, JOSEPH (Philadelphia, Pa.). Minerals (24802); tertiary fossils from North Carolina and Florida (25472). (See under Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. )
WILLIAMS, Dr. GEORGE H. (Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.). Contorted rock from Sugar Loaf Mountain (25057); minerals consisting of anglesite, cerus- site, graphite, carrollite, tremolite after pyroxene, celestite, kiimmererite, baltimorite, barite, dolomite, chrome tourmaline, pucherite, and amphibole showing sliding planes (25450). Exchange.
Wiuiams, J. H. (Charleston, 8. C.), through R. L. Garner. Fragments of leg-bone and vertebra (reptilian) from the phosphate beds of Charleston, 8S. C. 25125.
WILLIAMS, R. 8S. (Great Falls, Mont.). Nest and 4 eggs of Geothlypis macgillivrayi, and nest and 3 eges of Empidonax flavirentris, representing rare and desirable species (24630); through Capt. Charles E. Bendire, U. 8. A., 2 skins of west- ern flycatcher (Lmpidonar difficilis) (24882).
WILLIAMSBURGI SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY (Brooklyn, N. Y.). Fossil rock found in the Catskill Mountains (25500); through Mr. Louis Kirsch, fossil rock from High Falls, Greene County, in the Catskill Mountains, 2 specimens of beryl and 7 of garnet from the mica mines, New Milford, Connecticut (25719).
WILLIAMSON, H. W. (New Galilee, Pa.). Twenty-nine stone implements from Penn- sylvania, Maryland, Illinois, Kentucky, Tennessee and New Mexico. 24838. WILLIGE, J. Louis (U. S. National Museum). Ancient German accordion brought
from Germany by Mrs. Mary Mertag about 1850. 25584.
Wiis, BAILEY. (See under Interior Department. U. 8. Geological Survey.)
Wiruis, E. (Charleston, 8.C.). Collection of soft, hard, and pebble Florida phos- phates. 24640.
Witson, N. L. (Boston, Mass.). Specimen of tremolite on dolomite from Lee, Mas- sachusetts; sphalerite with implanted marcasite crystals from Webb City, Mo. Exchange. 25738.
WILson, ScoTr Bb. (Heatherbank, Weybridge, Surrey, England). Skin of Lowxioides baillow from Hawaii (gift) (25142); alcoholic specimens of Hematione sanguinea, Loxioides bailloui, Pheornis obscura, Hemignathus procerus, Oreomyza bairdi (pur- chase) (25638); alcoholic specimens of Hematione sanguinea, Hemignathus pro- cerus and Oreomyza bairdi (gift) (25659).
Witson, THOMAS (U.S. National Museum). Seven rude implements from Burling- ton, New Jersey, 16 rude implements from Morris Island, and 151 specimens, comprising implements, cores, flakes, and other objects of argillite, from near Point Pleasant, Bucks County, Pennsylvania (24891); 9 leaf-shaped imple- ments, 2 worked flakes, 31 arrow-heads, 3 polished hatchets, pendant or sinker, and 2 drilled tablets (surface finds) from near the ‘‘ Hopewell Enclosure and Tumuli,” Ross County, Ohio (25461). Deposit. (See under Dr. N. L. Britton. )
WILSON MINING COMPANY (Brunswick, Me.). Feldspar and quartz from the quarry of the company at Topsham, 25585. ,
Winston, B. C. (Monterey, Cal.), through Alaska Commercial Company. Mounted porpoise (Delphinus sp.), from Carmel Bay. 25729.
WiITMAN BROTHERS (Reading, Pa.). Sandstone from the Pennsylvania quarries. 25443.
*Purchased for the National Museum at the request of the Secretary of the Smith- sonian Institution,
LIST OF ACCESSIONS. DTT
Wo tr, Dr. Joseru P. (Elkton, Va.). Exostosed tooth of horse, Mquus caballus. 25612.
Wo tre, M. (Dayton, Ohio). Half-tone negative, etched relief-block, and impres- sion from the block, reproducing a scale of tints from black to white (25176) ; an 8x10 sealed screen, 124 lines to the inch (25274). Purchase.
WoLuauptER, Dr. D. P. (See under Maj. W. H. Powell.)
Woop, Miss E. M. (Liseard, Cheshire, England). Seven colored figures of jelly-tishes and other invertebrates (25182); 10 colored figures of invertebrates (25816). Purchase.
Woop, TINGLEY S. (Leadville, Colo.).. Two specimens of cerussite from Silver Cord Mine, collected by Prof. S. L. Penfield, of the U. 8. Geological Survey. 24810.
WOoODHULL, Miss M. (Washington, D. C.). Spinning wheels, reel, butter-bow], wooden paddle, and pewter platter. 25766.
Wooprurr, Dr. CHaries E., U.S. Army (Fort Missoula, Mont.) Stone baking- dish obtained from the Hupa Indians of California (gift) (25043); through Mr. Garrick Mallery, of the Bureau of Ethnology, a collection of photographs relat- ing to the same tribe (deposit) (25158).
Woops, FRANK .T. (Chareas, Mexico) through P. L. Jouy. Ores from Santa Ynez Mine. 25212.
Woopwarkp, Dr. HENRY (see under British Museum, London, England),
Woorman, A. J. (see under J. T. Scoville).
Wooster, A. F. (Norfolk, Conn.). Coin from Hayti (24529); bat (ddelonycteris fus- cus) (24911); copper coin from France, dix centimes of 1864 (25485).
WORCESTER SOCIETY OF ANTIQUITY (Worcester, Mass.), through Thomas A. Dicekin- son, librarian. Photographs of a typewriter invented by Mr. Charles Thurber in 1843. 25169.
Worth, R. N. (Plymouth, England). Ores (24794); geological materials (25233). Exchange. (See under Watts, Blake, Bearne & Company. )
Worth, 8. G. (care of U.S. Fish Commission). Tools used in tapping trees for turpentine, from Clinton, North Carolina. 25086.
WorTHEN, CHARLES K. (Warsaw, Ill.). Two skins of Opossuin (Didelphys marsu- pialis), (24588); skins of 18 species of North American mammals (24678) ; skins of 26 species of North American mammals (24679); skin of spermophile (Spermo- philus sp.), skin of kangaroo rat, skin of mole (Scalops sp.), 2 skins of pouched gopher (Geomys personatus) from Padre Island, Texas (24792); 2 skins of Mearn’s field-mice (Sitomys mearnsi) and 2 skins of Allen’s spiny-rat (Heteromys alleni) (24875); collection of 10 North American rodents (25137).
Wyarp, Mrs. (Washington, D. C.), through Mr. W. H. Dall. Two specimens of paradise trogon or quetzal (Pharomacrus moccino), and a crow (Corvus ameri canus) (25868).
Wyckorr, SEAMANS & BENEDICT (New York City). Three old-style typewriters (deposit) (24590) ;old-style Remington typewriter, No. 172, used in the Museum for several years past (purchase) (24680); Malling-Hansen typewriter froin Copenhagen, Denmark (gift) (24969); 5 Remington typewriters of the style now in use (deposit) (25587).
WUNDERLICH, H., & Co. (New York City). Engravings by James Lutma and Isracl Van Meckenem. Purchase. 25589.
YALE, CHARLES (Louisiana, Mo.). Specimens of orthoceras. Purchase. 24652.
Yeates, Woitram S. (U. S. National Museum). Indian banner-stone found near Zireonia, North Carolina. 24999. (See under W. A. Arrington, D. A. Bowman, Robert T. Claywell, Interior Department. U. S. Geological Survey, Dr. Levi Jones, Morganton Land Improvement Company, Garrett D. Ray, J.C. Shelton, Smithsonian Institution. U. S. National Museum, Capt. M, C. Toms, 8S. L, Westall. )
H, Mis, 114, pt. 2 37
Dor REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
YEOMAN, W. H. (Washington, D. C.). A living alligator from St. Augustine Flor- ida. 25068.
Youna, J. A. (Bellevue, Iowa). Four crinoids from Tennessee. 24855.
ZAUN, HeENry (Omaha, Neb.) Specimen of asbestiform serpentine from Casper Moun- tain, Wyoming. 24785.
ZAHNISER, Miss KATHERINE G. (Mercer, Pa.). Specimen of owl-moth (Catocala cara). 24948.
ZELLER, Max (New York, N. Y.). Specimen of Heinrich’s gelatin for collographic work, No. 1319 hard. 24688. ‘
ZOOLOICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (London, Eng.), through P. L. Sclater, secretary. Skins of African mammals from Capt. Swayne’s Somali collection, 25576,
INDEXES TO ACCESSION LIST.
INDEX A.—BY LOCALITY,
AFRICA. : Accession ; Accession number. number. /\lierey 1Oirs (Cae s San sseenocdaseeconon 246835250050 GOOG, eRe cAt. | Ouse sepeeiacielesisieeeeenoee 25654 USO Nie (Cha See Sas ae 25820, 25465, 25556 | Gurley, R. Ru.......2-2--.<0sses2-5 "25397 BaD COGK AMT ace etor oe sess secs cae ee 25248 || Hendley; Jiobne= 22: .-.- see caaf eee 24886 IBID AD; Akl (ae eas Saar eee meee 24746 | Museumof Natural History, Paris, Franee 25691 (Cito din28 6S ce nS aogea cones eeenOBEe on _.. 25504, 25561 | Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy 24918 @Ghaniler aWalltam-Aistor..o.--0..-cesco-~- 24907 | Smithsonian Institution. U. S. (CORY, (Ch 18 .o5cesbocsocosse scscuae sosesees 20025 |) Mia seum 2 = tases prone eseeaeerte 25702 Grant—Bey,) Dr dames es ss- ese ee ce sscc 25741 | State, Department of......-..----. : 25601 AMERICA, NORTH AMERICA. British America. Agriculture; Department of-- ..24940; 25111, 25139, | Klotz, OttoJd...............2c2..-02-- 25191 Zoot a eMail cHanlaneruh= seeccessenee snes 21594, 24601, 25016 FAG Girve he yreey Miteeraes re mela wie acm ateeee ees POsIoa VEC aren, Onanlesie assess ait cece 24973 Ay IS GINS Asad cane ane aeeesenapeSs 25440 | Naval Eclipse Expedition, U.S.........-. 2570) PACT EAE ONO LO Hine ees er st 12) ./58 =e 2D OLE Oe Relate eek nee ker sean © ae ae 25044 BAcon a NErss Olver deena t= sesso === 20646 | Richmond, Charles W..-...----------- : 24745 POW ULC HoH Cee senses ates sla ajoen 2 = Bodo PROCerS HRN OMAS emma eee eres Boe 25041 Bruner eh note Miso. 2 = veioe ee sees sie =)= PAgTOmemominger. Dr. Karleeeessseseseeeeee- 25325 ByVal be ElOMT ya Gass oe se ese cine = CANES | JRROYG), (Can 6 Be eceoocene ocusee see ocec 25577 Glan Cole Cecile sse8 2 ene see one ssa 3 POLAON PUGS Clee RBA Ke = amare) eile eee 25615 Orosbye erotamwis Once ast Sects eae esa ns = 256230 eScidmore, Mass) BE. Ri-sacessssess sees 25236 IMeVNL Wallen 18h ee ee spoge geass sooceee 24535 | Spicer, Capt. John O....---..--.-..--- 24583 Dietz sOthomare poe. aocsseercs este sees 25491e eStearns. Prederick |---s--- +--+ ceeeoee 24960 Hationrp Masspion cys Cas seeee seers sera ise |esvearms:, Dr. i. Bs © 2c22 esse cece see 25507 BiCMhoee Ore Wallis -< heees sees ces ae ce POLOSal Ma wlory Rei. Gr Wise cies or -iare ea 25933 Isa Chyna, Wis tad-ee ossaocueeesace Qd5aa | rails Web 5 teccee cco ciceeeeciaseeieee 24705 Geological Survey of Canada..-...---.--. Pope) Wtpminge df ebeoo.sscosesccscotesenecce 25562 Green eNshdowntas -S2s8-co 552). 2-2. 26 - 24711 | Turton, Capt. W.H.,R. E.-.--------- 25501 ISihmao, MORRO IN, ooeedoescasssossoosensae NN) |) WONG, WIG Wy Cocos peo beeedeoSd=csesec 25112 Isfhiyayys IBERo NUS eS open eonsa scoUKeene een 25783 | West, Gerald M...............-..---. 25538 TEV aE ETAT else WIS <a esreta- sneer cee win crete cya PSI |) Mab ors, MWYMUG IO). ces ocoosscese oo 25155 Interior Department. U.S. Geological ; | Wiorthén: ‘CS Kon ease ss eeeeesceeeame ses 2 , 24679 STDIN CNY « popbdissocatosssssoubes sone ssese 24593 | Mexico. Agriculture, Department of...........--- 952987). McGee. Wis dicssctman-sm-mclan estos 25195 Alexanders NOUN </<scms cosas oon ln = 25189) | Nottall; Mins: Zeliae- 2-0. .~jece enn 24794 Bourke: Capt. John G., U.S. A -.24899) 25103, 25152 || Orcutt, C2R.-2.---..2 22... . 2-2. - see _ 25840 CGoke pissed eeNeee a= 82 selene a see see Posse) etond ter OGtOUR a= rane eile ayer = 25278 (Onto ani LAE ne 32 eo Ee SSSA RBS SraD oe ROT Pritole snl Gaee assess ae scree aoe 25883 Dai, TEPER OhTh te one ee oe ee eS 24878 | Palmer Mdiward a= 2-2-5206 2sse ee 24600 Diecs meno tetera seetn ca. ooh 3 24727, 25780) | magsdale, G.e<.-c: 2220-20 es 2-2 see 24740 IMCL I Dome ge cee acene poppe: Ceee cee 25205 | Robinette, Frank ......-.. 24698, 24854, 24861. 25876 neetordacnane —., PATD I Sonal, Uiplb ocen scence donaorccooncee 25859
Tonner arb TO feel go lam eeteleiste
580
Accession
number.
Span’) Jo, eh hiMeaneeciacosacooan sates 24775, 25686 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. National
Miser ss eee = 24572, 24645, 24686, 25257, 25444
Smithsonian Institution. National Zoélog- ical Park
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Accession
number.
Stanley HM S27 5 ccacnaces cite Meme mere 24595 Stearns wrath aC. seas eas a eee eee 25841 Wihite sr Can NU Se Nie coat ees 24624 Wood s-biramncsles ae ie Sener ee eee 25212 Wioolman wAsnics mo aasna.2 stige eee eres 25859
United States.
ALABAMA: A gee: NiAee oeseise se oan ee eee oe 25208 Avery, Draiwalliamy Geese eee ee eee 25701 Burns) rami es eee eecienve eee eee 25359, 25363 Interior Department. U.S. Geological SULVEY sens saci see seen Se ee aDOO! Littlejohn Chases. se ase =2 see ee 25592 Smithsonian Institution. National ZoolosicalyParksnes sss e eee ae 25128 True sDryGhanlesrAtresn pce teers 25642 Warce sO née iS iis es once econ sree 25037 ALASKA: Agriculture, Department of.......--- 25554 AVILen Georg el ACer ess ce ence ee neee 25046 ATM EMN OUTST See aaere eee 24539 Hish Commission, UsS!-.---------- 25079, 25080
25154, 25162, 25708 Interior Department. U.S. Geological
SLU ARE, 5= Ao Bas cmeU aT AO OREM aro oreabe 25256 ithlejohneChaseeresesesee ee eeeaee ne 25518 Millmores\Valliam sseseeeee ese eee ee 24776 Moirdochyciolnieeee. eee sere eee 25515, 25645 Russelleph Cre reso eee te eee cae 25293 SCittmorewMaSspia vee see eee eee 25236 Smithsonian Institution. National
Zoological Parker secre cee cee seen 24879
ARIZONA: Agriculture, Department of.........- 24542 Hen GC OLLO RAT see ene cater eee 25402 Bowanan, sD svAGe. ose ieee ees erence 24549 Brown, Co Recetas cess ee Soon eee 25750 Brown; Herbert --..-..----- 24629, 24799, 24856 24962, 25487 (Ole Dia ARG ANS eocssodeccouasecuooceses 25272 Dodces Mrs Charless|Gesse--eeeeeeees 25088 MO GTO: FAG enc icate Oe ceteris Spearman 24751 oxen clined cece sec-ie ce serene Secs 25726 Hemenway, Murs. Mainyac = cose =e eeene 25631 Hemenway Southwestern Archxolog-
1ealel pedi lOlises=sseeeee eee ee 25338 ITS Maria nel So eee ee ee 24608, 24616 | WVitan:s by, Gr COL SEN bees eens eee 24651 Mindelei..Cosmosiccs-.- 222s -e ee ee 24988 OUM ell Walliami@seesse=eeeeee ae 24504, 25525 Palmecr eed wardieseeees ee eeae eae 24600 wabrick, lsaaes. ic. seem cece oener eeaee 24915 iRenneld sProtssslies: eases seen ae ee 25421 Rfordte; Otto Baccano cosets 25278 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. Na-
tional Museum. .....24528, 24537, 24572, 24585,
24643, 24645, 24686,
25199, 25226, 25247.
WHlcosne Drs) dB Uae AG aeee ee ARKANSAS:
25101, 25198, 25250, 25281 -20401, 25633
Bra Wa OL sce y= ~ cise mines eee 24707, 25750 OWA AR UG Sercicisiange coeecnicowe vectors 24798
ARKANSAS—Continued.
UPVC Wet occa! Soe oe eee eee 24803 Senne wD rere see eee 25253, 25276 eI CEEM OF) Diiareactesecanacancacoscen 25417, 25778 aM peony Aw cece eee eee 24685
CALIFORNIA: Agriculture, Department of. --- - 24542, 24628, 24816, 24889, 24890, 24950, 25005, 25006, 25356, 25400
Arnheim, alius ses -eeee eee eee 25439, 25847 iBeck- -ROllOvE: 2s ep cence eee eee 24635, 25477 Beldinig. Wieeresneesees 24846, 25438, 25641, 25660 Benson, Lieut. Harry C., U.S. A .25756, 25790 Bowerss Hon WiWeese ee eeeeserer eee 25183 Bragg Wou@:. 2 ees. .cc eer ee re eeeee 24728, 25173 Brott, Waltér: -ss.e eee eee 24743 Crosby EW: 22: 2.2 2ee cence ee mee 25272 Dall> WilliamiH = -=2 2-22 ee eee 25846 Dawidsony Ans ss assoc hecce ee eec meee 25246 Huish Commission, Ul Sesseeseee eee 25154 Prost; sels: toate ane eee 25252 Giddings, Miss BerthaS ............. 24858 Gould; Dry Wis-eeees ee ee oeee 24638 emp hill Hen hye ee =e essere eee 25011 hun tley,- Joh nies eee anes eee 25709 Interior Department. U.S. Geological
SUrM GY ce sec = 2 so neeorerna eens 25627, 25725 JenneysiDre We eee eee eee 25422 Iittlejohn Chasey esses eee 25281, 25731 Lowe, Camilles..22easssss-- seer eeece 24822 Mower: James hiss eee eee 24723 Monks IMassiS> bie osse se eeee ne eee 25844 INGlsony 4s Whecasascteeee aces eee 24863, 25180 Orcutt Caras: soe e eee eee 25840 Pattee By see cess eee eee 25684, 25757 Pfordte, Otto Pics sss. seee eee e ee ee 25278 ‘Picher Miss*AnnaP ers see eee eee 25019 Pond, Lieut. Charles F., U.S.N..--- 25610 Ricksecker) (i: shise. ss oe eee eee eee ee 24668 SantordsOuWN socts=seccessesm ce ceeeers 25845 Stearns) Orel Cesena eer eae 25507, 25841 Stephenson eA sess.me sass ieee 25720 Mhompson.wOhn\ cess s== ee seeee 24634 Townsend, Cs... -2sshccsecce eee ees 25503 Murner Mabh ewes eee 25032 Wiebb;, Walter sos on5-poceecemecee- 24990 Winston; BuiCrs sesso stecees coe ee eee 25729 Woodruff, Dr. Charles E., U.S. A..25048, 25158
COLORADO:
Blackburn Ha WAM) cee istetciteleriereecees 25085 Charlton’ ese ren. eRe eee eee 25054 (Gnanslinig 1s WW iseccodscoccadocaase coast 25272 Hndhich Dreher ee eee eee 24772 Hm gels We wise ee vec eee ees 24548 Ball is Ws eile crerscivise premiciseminoreiciecinee 25448
INDEX BY LOCALITIES.
Accession |
number.
CoLorADO—Continued. Interior Department. U.S. Geological
SHAKEN aS eee eee Goose 247638, 24789, 25261, 25725 | acksons -homaspehie ese ences: ania 25045 ONES MV cee ssiceiea scloa ata sieiatal = <i 25368 IGG PAG Ora pac aeaped so eeC oe aS eSeae 24748 amiable em WWierser ee eea tes ce eles = a -12 25586 Ibayierey Se AN egos A See eenenanenoe 25546 WCGna ain, 1h, Coesdaoncoscesseoecoede 25243 Mollerebheodoneese sess a- see eae 21994 Poni, ID, \yolbern eee oeeb eee sec 24851 WAC GleR Me JAS oe Fes a serie See cleiniceves=e 6 24546 Smith, William G .........-25407, 25460, 25818 Smithsonian Institution. National
ZOOL Calpe sit kere alee =a 25185 eROMaAS a VWalllianie essa = = 25675 Won. dbinyaleye Sis soScaccaouccensqopee 24810
CONNECTICUT : arrin Suwon Oe Oreste see tse = wie =i 24581, 24639 all Oh anles tH cece ecm. acess eee 24895 Interior Department. U.S. Geological SUIS OV eters Pete eae ace ciate clc.ci= Flaicie,e/ois 24627 eee TUGOM Wicd a erracraata sess ae ase/s essa 25259 NEO POL OAV ALO eres. ok ee ee 25200, 25428 iIPenhisldiRrotaiss Lica. ce cewssee ce. 25202 Rice, Prof. William North..........-.. 25210 SS haiwapu aI OSC eee Peer ace ereinerya tele 24718 The Singer Manufacturing Company. 24666 Southwick & Critchley-.-:....-.-....- 24662 Williamsburg Scientific Society. ..-.. 25719 WOO SLOTPA. oer ratarn steve cistsieis.c esis ci<)sieiens 24911 DELAWARE: PASI CLOTS Olle) se Vales erat ine So eae 25704 The Golding & Sons Company ..-.-.-.-- 24720 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: NT SALURSIN 5) § bea OR ees ae ee 24672 Abertura harleseecseec ccs oe see Se 2465 Adler DraCy nus) eee ee see alae ine 25 Agriculture, Department of ...... 24531, 24532 24533, 25628 BAK Gre At ls epee sero ax ai Naynresaqeisiah ce 24978 15327) 9Y2) bo) Og ae ale ear ee ea 24563 Beal Keennethehee rs aeeee =. 25723, 25773, 25814 Beane Pane aac yaaa ae av. ose caS 25405 Beckwithy Pawlts ieee sce en citecreeiecine 24834: Bendire, Capt. ©. E., U.S. A......... 25827 BoehmeruGeoree i s5-e5e- 2 eee 25001, 25178 Boswell: thienny: ane cce ced ete ce cena - 25220 IRAN, Leia Nii Gaoses ---24534, 24598, 24767, 24963 25021, 25075, 25793 Bryant, CMMs Fey. ce eases ene. oe 25429 IBULGIN GS OWWipels qaseeteeces tee tote 25730 Burger! Peter. sess as saeco 24923, 25107 Carmick, Master Louis ...-........-. 24847 Colhunte Dreher Ilo seceseee eee 25613 Connor rane S20 eee tee seo <a = 25118 CoxteMirsss sree ce cece snes ae vacances 25475 Dalle WhrllkameHe S22 25 ees. e en 25241, 25317 Denton Shermans cc sce cc. cee cesar 24557 Maca ebhomass m= cctscle sc nicecs as 25752 MarmnibvammeA ss Bei r% < jen cite neem sens 24781 Heronsonm Walliams ja. secre nieteee iar 24979
JMS), dod Uo canesogodeaaasDOsce 24800, 2
|
581
Accession number.
| Districr of CoLUMBIA—Continued. Fish Commission, U.S.....------ 24959, 25055,
25121, 25193, 25370, 25547, 25570, 25650
HMosdick |ChanlesuR)s-2seese- eee eee 25094 Garner (JieSse: ce -eaieoeee oe eee ee 25215 Giddings’ Charles: Wie -ss-e-e ce see ee 25000 Goode, Dr. G. Brown ...-..- 25676, 25685, 25848 Green; Bernardwhe ses eeeereee eee 25727 Fall“ B: He ee aa eee eee eee 24966 iHanuka, sPinkaspe-cee ste seee eens 24953 Hazen, Mrs. Mildred McLean.--..--- 25748 Heaton. CharlesVie-e= = sss eee near 25119 Jelena ng Isle M6 soceceegeosc coscoe yA, PEER Hilgard, Mrs. J. E. ...... Soeaecee ee 25172 Hutehecocke hitam ke huss ee 25574 Hood yd ohne Ele s== eee este eee eee aeeer 24884 Howells Hdwinvhi--ss-esseeeeseseeeee 25277 Ingle Mdwardti-c2:----hee eee eee ee 25163 Interior Department. U.S. Geologi-
cal Survey; se. see ee - nee 25090, 25192. 25451 James) Joseph Re - soso ae seee eee ees 25621 avins) Hs i es Soe eee eee 25367 VavMmig ic (CO. 225 3-e ee eeeee eee ee 25710 Johnston Missyh Bree ee ee pees 25319 Kelly. Jiohnvehy <2: 2. sossoneeeeee eee 24817 an edaley Johniwiese-o-essseeeeee 25452, 25673 Wee Georg emer sna cee eee 24980 Thee siWisr Gi. ces ancestor 24540, 24788 oudermani Hy Bisco eeeene eee eee 25156 Wucas hrederic A: soca. essen eee 2547] rehs eeeopold eae eessee a eee 25362 WIC CUO MElN, MUgsMCl Wy sss6ctasosac se 25489 Meliarent WralliamvpACe s-se- see ss cese 25571 Marron eC hOmas!--oascerl- == scence eee 24768 MarshalliG core eases see secs ce sae 25667 Maynard, George C.....----. 24944, 25097, 25413 Meigs, Gen. M. C., U.S. A..24827, 25386, 25469 Miller, Capt. James M .....------.... 25672 Mitchell Guy. Hi.-s2-26e-esee eee 25167 Moreland> Wialters--ces-seeneseeeee 25794 Marmdoch,, Jib! s o..-.senasee eee ee 25333 Palmers William = eee eee 25127, 25130 Parsons, Miss Katherine. ...-.-..-.---- 25600 Rayne RODetteH jean ease Seer 25093 Pa yes SAND Clase as eee ee eee 7 + 625682 Quives; Georce PA ssa eee 25053 Rabbitt, Sante lis== ssa eee 24386
{aM S DUP Ce Sasa eer eee era 24692 Regular Army and Navy Union,
WH SerAtenen anes ae ete aS 25116 Richmond, Charles W...---. 24736, 24773, 25067 Rid owaiy, kiss sae ese ee saat = 24562, 24744, 24868 Robertiay Weilsece. = syew- Fae aoe 24774 Rovers Sy ney basses sae eee 25674 Schenck; Charles"! 22. ..22---i2--——e 25872
Schmid, Edward 5S. - . .24985, 24987, 25279, 25302 25658, 25690, 25694, 25697, 25737. 25749, 25871
ScuddervNah. jaan. ses costes nsaceee 25573 Stahl NY2) qinbelsd «tas aE SEER TRAILS 25603 Sel eas We) on soto ceeercSsctesoeecs 25144 Shutelditivwe orev wwWaee sates eee 24587 Shufeldt, Dr. R. W., U.S. A....-- 24691, 25865
582 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Accession
number. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA—Continued.
Slateldt, RW, jDat- 5-6-5 seeere 24620 Smith, Dr. Hugh M.. .25228,; 25230, 25251, 25837 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. Na-
tional MWuseumte: paneer ee 24877, 25771 Smithsonian Institution. National Zo- ological Park ....... 24829, 24920, 25013, 25038
25049, 25128, 25129, 25136, 25138, 25209 25229, 25275, 25695, 25696, 25810, 25870
| | | | | |
Stearns, Drs Rema 2222252. eee 25604 Stejyneger: rs i soso eeerieee sae 24561, 24867 Steuart; CAG sae eee eee ake 24703 TavlorsDowl laste ae eee eee 25770 | Purner Hawi asec ccke oe eee eee ee 24812 Vaden). & Company -2-- 2-2-1 === 25764 Van Demian whe Hanae see ene oe 25754 Niallimoford(aWiuW 2 -cce a. ener 24828 WioodhullliMiss*Wiss-2-se2 oases 25766 WW yards Mrs 402 2t 2 ace eee ee 25868 Wyckoff, Seamans & Benedict. - . .24590, 24680 FLORIDA: ‘Angell iGyWadressasaoc-s teen 24675 IBOVRO GRE ccceceer soe sets <a cs as eee 25454 Grissey Dr Sardisilcse.so-- eee 25078 Crosby OW) tse esse. 55 ees eeeesee 25644 Florida Phosphate Company. .--.----- 24676 Gibbes;Prof-sibewiSihu = see eee eae 24977 15 Ube JO) Oye) Oped Ox eae a rE iT cele 25595 Hendersonsdssh.) [tee eee 25300 PUN CE IAN DD aah o cot ae ee 25717 Hopkainss Chl ssceneasseeee oe ONE Sea 25626 Wenles eer Ofsd se Wiss eae ee ae 25812 ion son WoC! eee ee eee ae 24991 JOMNsony dima ces, Cope eeeesn sees ses 25877 NRCS Gs ae) Pte ete ta ets sla ne ae ee 24758 | How braxlonibiee. o-4ce eee ee ee oe 25245 | ibynch; Adexanden. J... -ssoeeee coor eee 24604 Merriam Dr: Caan ass. ets eae ee 25853 Porter W/o eas ee eee 3) eee -25092, 25185 | Ralphs DrawWalliamuls ess" osse-—- 24575, 25786 Ross; irs G6Orsey bases seen seer 25521 pimpson Charl estes. -sse =e eee 25300 Southwick & Critchley.......-....-.- 24916 TolliNntOsScare nace see ee 95436, 25832 Wayne, Arthur T.......: pases eee 20829 Webb; Del Wittsesox 229-2 seen te sae 25232 Webb, Judge JohnG...-...---..----- 25568 Wiebster, George Wit. -ce = sae eee ~ 24626 | Wiestou; Arthur Hy = aseseo= 5 pee 24709 Milleox: Jiosephis---see-a-e eee eee 25472 | Wallis SHeriaa 90 Sted ees cago ee 24640 | Viooman Wak scc.cc. Shaatee tee aes 25068 GEORGIA:
@ollettebe Riot ae oa ee ee ee 24968 SUE Wai ti fen Ot eerie See Atte sl rene ot 24741 Interior Department. U.S. Geologi-
Calli SOrveye meee sean eee 25260 Neal, Dr. James C...... esteem caceeee 24656 SLOING TT Hise actcteleleoeteeters cescooss. LEBRiN
IDAHO: Ohin ge Wiohts2 282.055. eee ee eae 25297 | Drake 1Cy Be oe os scniotee Sass eee 25081 Interior Department. U.S. Geologi- CAM SUUV OV gaits Seca ae aero atoeniee tae 25084
Monks one hilip Ate. sceceschecencee 24934
Accession number.
ILLINOIS: Aldnns vis: Sarah, Mi csss. se essa 25805 ZANT CTC WWSWeA Heh! OOh= a e eeeeee 25348 GhanutesOs. 22 se eee ee 25399 I WenyAWWaereny. jl 6s O0ss--e eee eee 25073
PSs. AMES sels. 52— ae eee eee HodeevHiGe eee eee ee eee
ord hs. Wee ae oe
MorcomGerirean 2-2 os see eee 24986 RO GETS OM P wate fea ee ee 24658 Schenckid)- ee oe eee eee 25344 Williamson} aly WW; eae ae eee 24838 iWorthens Cx Kees ses meet 24588 24875, 25137
INDIANA:
Evansville Pressed Brick Company.. 25854
Hay Drii@ Pas ee re ee eee 24687, 24795 Hendricks a Gere eee 25462 Lemons Dr.) J:nkes=o., ee eee 25514 Mic Coy, tdlerberteNicee)--eeee ee 24843 Ridgway eR ls2522< scene ees 24766 Mest; Hredericki@n cece oe ese 24844, 25753 Vinil eB enijaminier-ses-e eee eee eee 25496 Winlkeriirnést= sss. soos see eee eee 24673 Wallace IW. Os. 2h sowie teen 25656 INDIAN TERRITORY: Bugel: Lewis ta.c-onsdaceccaeee eeaet 24548 Holmes iw: Hite: sce ceeeee eee eee 25224 Iowa: Binney, We Gi- sancsss oe eee nana 24596 Brock sHierbertwl=—-- oe --ee 24641, 25508, 25683 EL anisk 6: sh Awe. oo eR eee 24938, 25377 Lowenstein, Dr. William...-.-...-.: 25012 Russell- ranks ss oe .see eae 25655 Wound) Ar Sac ssie-ee ere ee eee 24855 IKANSAS: Baker: AB. se sec eeneeee Fee 24692, 25132 Cowies diam és222-22-322 eae ea eee 25213 CrevecooursPaih fi comes soo 25028 Herrispdames wee. no ces eee eee 24632 Faves Prot hO DEL eee see ae 25254 Hie darko. = 2 Ss sate gece ce aceee 24871 Hovey, George Ur Si 2225. 4-soceearee 25630 Interior Department. U.S. Geological SUPMEY2 Se eis oe a eee eee 24930 Smithsonian Institution. National Zo- ologicalsPark:s 2-2 fa sees eae oe es 25126 KKENTUCKY: Burns) Wi Rises ate cee eee 24592, 25415 Interior Department. U.S. Geological SULVC ye Sas ees eer eee eee 25541 ane Tye Oca ee ese 25523 Mionefee SS peedis.-teernaa-ceme seeeee 24730 Mont2om ery Secs cece eller e 25375 Newport, Miss"hddiereseer see. see 24894 Owsley, Dr Wi sess eee ao eae 24821 Walker, Birnest 322-2. -o8 =cemaceiecter 24673 Wialliamison Wie Wieres- secre aoe 24838 LOUISIANA: Bartholomew é&(Cous. 2. 2.---c--eeeee 25405 VDONNSOM.S Sos eee ee ied dce ase 24704 Shimakers#E ilies. ac s2 eae er 25797
21848, 25102 25160, 25473
INDEX BY LOCALITIES. 583 Accession | Accession number. | number. MAINE: | MAssacnusertTs-—Continued. Bayley, Prot. W.S..... An ednOO HOS eEe 25366 | Bates, Kimball & Guild...-.-..-....-. MolexBrothersesssces «oss a =r 25430 IBOaS OT MEAN Maier tae ate ae = sip ate Forest and Stream Publishing som | Cross, Prof. Charles R-.--.-.----.-..- pany, New York City.-.------....-- 25170 | Hdwardsy VanialuNie ssa ee eee ar (familial sete Oye eee ae sais ete inane 24943 Bilson; {Ale VV sie) CO\-225 5 - eee 25294 EOD, JOE Wi SCOT eee eecenneecerae 25858 Gafhtield, aia Sane acces Boer 25382 dicraneny IDR \iWie 35 aoe eeeeeae coos 25422 | RoehlersSnRtcsccew--.s-6 sence tees eee 25177 lbs TOI YS ome aeecoerseceucee 24928 loyal Bran cis Hises2.--=s---4e- eee 24914 ING bOneeAT NOT Hees ee as 2 mee a - 20463 Murdoch: John: =... --2-5----=2s52e=s6 25716 12rd hare o/s [oe Agger ete 25:64, 25632 Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, 2510 tied lol Ces ae ene aaa er eee 25289 Gambridee, Mass 65. 5-222 soso 24857 Smithsonian Institution. National Zo- Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, Mass. 24947 elomicall Pane == oe ene a= 25126 Miuaz7ey, Ge0rce) Bos. Ssss5-sj0-2 22 24958 PRHOMpPSOn td by ea eee asso. Seeiee 24684 f Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Mass. . 25342 Wilson Mining Company, Brunswick, ] POLAT WE LO fei Wee = teen eee oe 24695 WIENS SoacseccupobecescesSCSeREeann 25585 | R1Ge, rot. William’ Northe-----2--2— 25210 MARYLAND: ISS WEIGY One scenencseecestaseces 25745 Jl Weisiy (OMEMHKES) soo ads62 65 secu nee Gea ae 25657 Rower@. ices Sec see eee eos Olsen ote Ievviy Wie, Ibo Jal. oS. eooeomt sana aeese = 25446 Rowlands aw alterna: oes see eee 25523 Benedict, James H------------.-.---- 25074 Sand hanthenmny =e a sa= eee 25018 isinssynelll, dig debe odsee taken ancesegee 24591 SChoenhohe Carlie ps eee eee 24995 Tena, Cog ooscoscsbcanssesssesSsees 24837 Mhomsons doh hese esses ee 24965 Garterredamesi Ones n en en er eee an aaa 25437 Wallsons Nene -) Sa ace. er 25738 Dufour, Dr...---.-.------..----------- 25168 Worcester Society of Antiquity.----- 25169 Masin Slew Grease cssensascesice oc = se 24809 | MicHIGAN: ORE), (Cre Hehe a ceScssossseoneuecssseers 24733 Sunt Mea saiTinc some eee eee 25406 OSE ESL O UNOS yee eee 25659 @heshire Wi W222. < oes ce. eee eee 24835 TART sGCONE CB eee cs ye 24649 Golson, Edward S. - soe ee eee 25360 J8l@nGlll, 18, diese secasds ceasseseseassar 24648 Lepp, Peter 3, 25664, 25774 Hitchcock, Frank H...--... 25380, 25281. 25493 Wawiselernitte coarse ee ee ee 25309 25530, 25540, Namo Mars sy M1 ce eee Sear oe 24621 Ibenaeaim, 18l. elacone doetencussescesuoes NOM EDy Ny, DOA Ely dlseee Saseesese aces 25802 WeiZBaTaE Woe Gea eee ice= eater see ore HU peel Eire ene ee ents wee 25855 Leonhardt, Peter- --.----- Sel te 24956, 25% Sipleoblarlanivle = he noes on eae 25606 Marshall, George -..-- 24682, 24793, 25618, 25707 Mae ke rsiMins) elena eee eee 25607 Marshall, Henry... - - 24564, 24576, 25331, 25497 Wiebstery George ese sae er 24626 25679 | MINNESOTA: A(@teht, dBIQd De - Ree Reo eee ee aepoore 25258 fo fimern wr Wirt listers oe erereisifeniee ee 24872 IMIR S.C lobe) CAA onan ee oR ene Be 24910 OIZM Ely SEAM kg NG oes = a seers elaine 25042 PalmermmalliaMies: 22522655 255-6 24565 | Mearns, Dr. Edgar A., U.S. A. ....24840, 25392 Richmond, Charles W .----- 24165, 25100, 25108 | Meeds: (Prof. Av Dia. - 22-6 oeeeecenee 25292 25175, 25249, 25264, 25706 Osborn rot. bi elis. as22 oe see eee 24556 Rid pwwaiye PAu aU Doni eae cee eee 25822 | Smithsonian Institution. U. S. Bu Ridowayshobert s2------la-+ 4-25 - 24766, 25688 Teo Ole LGN OO Le = ee eee 24984 WRUSSeAte ces ema ni acte rose sibenis 24805 Southwick & (Critehleys=- 2 ---seeee 24662 SYOve CLG Ler eo fo] Oe See eee 24913 Velie: Draid). Wii oes cence eee 24961 Shaw NolOretae ecto e ey etalk: 24852 | White: Ac, AWh 2320 saci saa 25492 SOMERS wR epi niehytere seein c= 24942 | MISSISSIPPI: Stabler, Harold B.......--- -24971, 25216, 25301 | Chidsey; ‘Charles Win 222 222 = esa 24824 25391, 25410, 25483 | Interior De ae nt. U.S. Geological Stabler, James P...-..--...-...-- -25120, 25634 SUPA Gh fancipeeo oc Acer Sessboon sess cue 25729 SUA Gin, ig Jal co Sosect Sosccese boca 25608 | IN EV Wis Hs esc Racepoecess5sce7=c 24821 Huh omag Hy regerick la, ee set is 25490 Miller: Charles, jr-22 2s. ae-sieceesie 25711 Treasury Department. U.S. Life-Sav- Porton ier Db eremateeiae ees aetna 25092 ing Service.........--..--..:.---25346, 25640 | MISSOURI: AEG SON se) AMICS IO Viseietein se teiscre, oer eon. 25648 | Beckwith bal stees sso. Sase scene 24724 DWiditers-AUMDTOSG 2: ting. 2 2 cctosers= == 24833 Binds, Dis! Css kn auc =o stance eo aes 25598 AVV/COINS PO AVACN Ge ome a2 22 ciara ies 25186 Kish Commission, Wi S.2se-sssssseee 25311 Williams, Dr. George H ...-...... 25057, 25450 | Harris, George ®..........-.....-- 24862; 25636 cWallimmMSOn whew sacees a6 soos ois 24838 Barter. Wiussesesseeee esos 24902, 25751, 25873 MASSACHUSETTS: Interior Department. U.S.Geological Barton, Gearre Bisccace ss -5-- -co-52 2 - 25105 Survey....-..--.----24530, 24930, 25024, 25174 Isybe, 1D, (Coens esccueoosses sAncramse 25817 MO SAR AGhS peceet ease see eee een 25350
OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1x92.
Accession ie ; number. | New Mexico—Continued. | Donaldson; Mhemas=-- see s-e ee eee 24602
Dorsey Nits Wik ene eee ee 24815 lem Ine: IW sa ci see sense ee ee 25308 ints virs.-A Pl. ke oe eae 25064 IMEeNe yy. WUC LEI Cp ecem easter eee 25512 ANU STON fe Witeae =] ese eae eee 25622 letyoe Oy igtle ss sao s ec sacken=L cca 24600 beth ats OA teens ae spcms soa secieomoce 25801 Pfordté: Ottowite--— see eee eee 25278 Reding ssi. 5... 22 ic See see ieee 25864 Shuteldt; (Dry Rie Wie Wis As eer 25865 Shudel dita iRee Wish han ee eee eee eee 24620 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. Na-
tional Museum....-.......25220, 25290, 25385 Stevenson, Mrs. M. E ............24622, 25580 Thwartes George eke. = eee 25393 ‘Lownsend) Wyilersess ee eseeeee ee 25792 Wallliameson Hm Wieser. see een eae 24838
NEw YORK: “Am gel GSW) sd coc eiet icine eee ee meee 24667 Anthony. 3Hcdc Hin eC Oe eee 25577 AS CTY, Si bisisieeine = cose ain one eee 25795 Barnes; WA eee 9) es eee ee 25813 Bendire; Capt. CE. Wasa see 25705 Benedict) Drs AG ees eee 25369 Benjamin. Dr: Mancnsteseseeaaseeeee 25852 Benjamin: searke. ase eee eee eee 25007 Beyer: G2 oo sans ee ee oeen 25878 Bierstadt, Eis. -2- ss ee eee oe 24689 Bowen-- Dr iClarencouwis-sseeoeeeeee 24551 BradnereDr Wea see eee 25023 Callender \WisIN 2 222 ee eee eee 25051
allenders Mrs. WN) 22. -0--ose seer 24967 Calvert ;seinlip Rie s-ee eee eee 25609 Chandler. Profs Charles lye) sssss52=— 25533 @hapint\h HOw. ose et seee enero 21610 @hiureh; Wie secnctine sc coe nee 24770 Cooke; Oyo. sansa nee ene 24982 Cornell University, Ithaca ..:....-.- 25647 Courier Lithographing Company, Buf-
Pal Ones. dese aoe ae wei ees pete 25876 De Taney, James Me sss---nssecee sae 24749 Demcker Robert! .5--ec noses oer 25758 Dodge, Col- Richard ie22 soe sere 24845 Neleston,brofaNhomassaen-secresere 25456 Engineering News, New York City. 25353 English, George L., & Co..--.......-. 24760 I pstem\)) USuS=--..e eee 25602 First Japanese Trading Company,
iNew ork Citys so eee eee 25880 Merry, Mins (0. Messe sonoesseeeee eee 24555 Foote. AE: - 2 acesisesct sine ee eee eee 25620 Hanis; G.e0l ees h os ae mer seer eater 25468 Hart. William W., & Co.----=---. 24567, 24569 Haskins Wood Vuleanizing Company,
New, Vorke@itye-seeeececeeer er 25040 Henikkelss SioViseeses cae: ose sceceeeecis 25624 08 Sh (hes eae OS Sor Se Aes SSR 25649 Hitcheook, Dr. T.S 25087 Interior Department. U.S. Geological
SING SacossppaaccgooaasenuosedlSs 25219 Japanese ‘Trading Chie New
Wade (Chin yoscecospsoc-caseesocanssas 25235 IRON EU. ke eae ieisinis Selec ele eteseeie 24982
584 REPORT Accession | number. Missouri—Continued. Patton. |W sc oon so cess wae eoet eee 24674 | Pickles: Julian=se a2 ee eee eee see 25239 | Shea SOG OS eles Sa sas oes ssesosesse2 24717 | Schraubstadter-@arly ites. ees 25567 Wilson: Ni Desh aeeeece echt ee sae Sine SPT BT Wale: ,(Charlestan-= oo seecsceentents eee 24652 MONTANA: ‘Allon. ‘Clee eee eee neo eee eee 24796 Dahl he (Ose oa eee eee 25432 Daniel! SDre Ze ee eee eee ee eee eco oD b84 Evermann, Prof. B. We Mi Roa ee ee 25327 Hish) Commission: U.. S--sses-e4-4- 25022, 25434 Eland Cashes ee ee Seep 24797 Hornbrook jhi lessee oo ene 24804 Interior Department. U.S, Geological SULVOYien oe cecicctoccteee See. 25725, 25768 G6btriekwh: he pase pace 24933 IMGGdSHELGT ANGI oaee sea Ce eeree 25292 Phillips Barn etese se asec eee ee eee 25767 Powell, Maj. William H.,U.S.A..... 25427 Squnyer; (Homers - 2-022 eccea sence se 25557 AUN ai Bide aetes ase A aenae aac ease 25029 | Wiailliiamis) Re Shen ono eee eneniae: 24630, 24832 | NEBRASKA: Haye rot RODEN i=. sees asa ee 24784, 24881 Interior Department. U.S. Geological SLUDAVGK fo tees ob otinon sabe neseEeaoecs 25143 Shaw Heese asactiot emcees sae ceeme. 24826 NEVADA: Agriculture, Department of.....-.--- 25006 Crosby Wirsssce aes yes errecmens 25272 Wn gel sLewiss ==. 222.5222 920 cose esas 24548 Mooney Jiamesicecnic = ccs scene. oe = tr 25488 Wiebb-aWialterthy 22 cee oe eae 24990, 25036 NEW HAMPSHIRE: Bayley eeroraNVcis- seme aces te eee 25366 armen Acie secs eae tee See 25329 lea iB WIR eyes ere hae eee ae 24716 | Sharples #HGP 2S Sian saci tees scene 24543 NEw JERSEY: Atlen: Rév.vonathans.--o-5.5-2 452506 25066 IATYATE WS AWVARO See mete seer eee 25635 Am rel iGa Witol sae sess aes 24675 Beckers Avexand ena ase -= ee ee 25295 Bin Ney Wie Gaiters ce wis tesinateereae 25027 Boyle Mrs: Marys 22 5-8-5 yeeros 25065 DemekereRopertesa see nee eel ee eee 24859 BIW ATS DTA ys see eee 25511 Lidgerwood, Mrs. John H...--....... 25201 McGreery, Joo: 2-2 -2-----.-. 20004, 25376, 25543 Pennsylvania Railroad Company .--. 25337 Pfordte Otto ceeeeeasne sees 25278 Roberts, : = Se SE Se seeiais see darerioe 25398 Sraith WiC soe See ee eae eres 25237 Era ae enuatent Ue S2Na- tional Musenum:--..---4-- 22 sees 24903, 24912 Townley, Neves jr eae cece ee 25811 Wilbur, Miss Charlotte D............ 25552 Wilbur, Mrs. Matthias Denman...-.. 25551 Walson?;:Dhomass..5-2 aeere encore ener 24891 NEw Mexico: Blackburne hd win]. esse eee eee 25085 Clarke Miss "Miay s<sican- 320 20-> secon 24577 (QTE INS M\iicoestoaas000s cogace casas 25272
INDEX BY LOCALITIES. 585 Accession Accession number. number.
New YorK—Continued. | NortH CaroLtinA—Continued. ioe ol ere Hina Zeeman set \ejee te ole ie'=- 25746 | Retersony Nieete steeaseemesc anc o. seas 24765 Mavtinewe rankveaer sso ean ses ee = 25488 | Quelchybertrimbese senses ae eee eee 24870 Tincolu:, JimNUeeee sone e coe eS 25414, 25651 | Raya Garett) see ee ee 24917, 24995 Mir bin les Ona er meena sec tes =: 24901 Shryidee IDS Ishi psN Wis ee (ee 25857 Wieakee, 8G a ote cab scoop sposnedass 25605, 25734 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. Na-
IN GS hye e irate afelacic leros<cors ces skies 25148 tional Museum..........-- 24715, 24993, 25713 EN Oa] ear Oretaata tas clelele tow eis s'cieeite = 25225 Toms Cavuto C= eee eee 24742 New York Engraving and Printing WiestallsS odie 205. en eee eee ee 24998 Company eee ence ee ates sess 24091 Wallcoxndioseplias-s==-- = =e eee eee 25472 Otisrel Gorslinemssssseeee ene eee ae 25062 WoorthiS) Greets sees ae ee Sete 25086 Parmele, Mrs. Theodore W ...--.---- 25558 | Meéatess Wa Seencectessere a seen eee 24999 Putnam: Mars. William_.-..---.----.. 25015 | NORTH DAKOTA: Ralph OrsaWallismelueeseeree ees. 24898, 25787 Collins iniss lary eee eee 25050 Retsof Mining Company, New York | av DU) Bt els Gren St on oto ISSO Ema ooGae 25662 (Ghitpssedosedcdseanconessmooroaesnuee 24554 Simpson Aly Meche cence ae eee 24646 Rice, Prof. William North ......-.--- 25210 | OnIO: Rosenthal, doseph.-2¢-..--<s.02---5-- 24589 Aldaron, AveAt sas taserte ane see ee 24970 Rockenstyre, C. E -...24696, 24701, 25039, 25146 | Britton elie dhe pease sae ee eee 24860 SchetrelintesevBaescrercercrct sasce aces 24806 Bisher, Drs Heth. ose cssessce eee eee 25815 Schettelinsiwireel 6s Coeses-saceee as: 2OTID Greeror teen ea eaeaeee MSA an sBnEOaAS= 25714 Seibert. Hesse eer Cee as Se dane otc s 25171 | Gurley<'@s-Atsee se sor een ee 25098 Seer, A. S. Theatrical Printing Com- | UO Wisi hd 2a fase acodooss Gocconobese 25633 May, INGw. Work City. ene = = 25586 Kayser, Walliams 22) aeee eee 24631 Sheridan, Edmund Ji--.=--------=--.- 24758 Kihin eval anes ae eee 25096 Smillie James). sie eo -- 25082 | Kost sD rsd jose see eo ee 24850 Smith eDrvbnuehs Meese seco e eee 25196 McGinniss; Walliamy Hi.-2.---+222e2e- 25056 Sritiber ames sities Conse ane sneer one 24900 Meacham, Mrs. D. Bi... --2.-- 22 222-- 25091 Smyderwlheodoremes a eee een ret 25747 Mnllera.N 255 59-cee eee eee eree 25095 STrtnenlandeao hn eee ean eae 25305 | MOTIES OMe TY S.e El eee ee ee 25375 MRalcony ano ites wee nse eye eee ee. 25060 JOAN Neotel COs ceososasco sacace 25875 cBhay.er ww eerreeee ce en reese aeeee 25020 Moorehead Warrenty Keep) 5-= see 25003 ae Green Tec eier Company: NGI IVG A ssc eer es: cok cee 25099 Brookdyiien- = scene se Scrat satis 25588 Oberlin College, Oberlin ......-.-.-.- 24864 The E.S. Greeley Company, New York Osis bees By jane eee eee na sioioesfeintsteye 24922 (Gils easter 4 Heese Pa eset 25412 | iPrudenseAlinedteese ae we ee eee ee 25113 Titian rie Veale Seamer cst stay she = eer 25788 | Russell: CharleswH ssa ee sae 25625 Vivien iy Ole) Das aos coon ee ee eee 25191 SCLLETUm Wine Sem aeescr eon Sarre ses 25343 Ward’s Natural Science Establish- Smith ewe sees wets se ahss2 see ae 24732 ment, Rochester . ...24566, 24574, 24650, 24762 ANGI SSI 19] Seo Oe Ape Reap eames se 25435 24778, 24983, 25052, 25133 Wilson lhomas)se seins = 356s eee 25461 VW Cary Oly Goel lesen 2 eee rey tt ee 25389 Wiolie sierra meas steerer ee eae 25176, 2527 Web bea WiallbersNes ee 2s 2. ios Sera ce 95323 OKLAHOMA TERRITORY: Weems, David G_....-.. eH oS Te Mees 25856 HisherspreHaleae get ease as eee 25815 Williamsburg Scientific Society, Mooney James aren cece eee 25488 Brogkily mrss eres sees ee aor 25500, 25590 | Smithsonian Institution. U.S.Bureau iWauniderlicht Hist. O0-- senses eeeee- 25589 | OfEthnolog@y =]: 2562228 <25 sce ee 25718 Wyckoff, Seamans & Benedict .....-. 25587 WOU, IMGs ANS IR, Eo bqueecgpcasconcSue 25145 TSS ENTE vee ee eo Rens 24688 | OREGON:
NORTH CAROLINA: CookesDra Cyber ease = - 24825, 24830, 24981 Bowman, D. A........ 24713. 24790, 24997, 25285 | Cumming fan epee reer ee 25280 iBrimleys Hepes sees panna ag 2S. 25703 | IMA VES Vi Wien 2 Soe whe =. ee ee 24972 Brimley, H. H. & C.§..24818, 25181, 25221, 25408 | GatschetyDruans put eee eee 24702, 25071 Garter James! Ge 2s oa see eee 25265, 25310 | Interior Department. U.S. Geological Claywell: Roberts cases eee see 24952 SWE) cradscoesodcnesobasecsusccee 25725 Garner shy live taae seme sete sce cise Soe 24625 inane doles diohn Wioce-ss= se aeeee eee 25480 Interior Department. U. S. Geologi- Markson) PhilipeAs sess soso 24735, 25194
Cal SULVCV= este ea een ae e ne 25260, 25724 | Pelkey, Sy:Ae = os. snccee ecco ee eee 25077 TONES OIL GV oe nee ae ee lee ce 24996 | PrillrAN Geese 24669, 24722. 24737, 24921 Mawsyhranklinh 5-0-2. accoe meee kes 25772 Shuteldt Drake Wi. Us: Aves ses- see 24536 MGM ASGy PRU PAL eee er tees eis oon 24949 Warners \Walllianinn= seco. ame 25614, 25699 McGanthy Geral daqcee seas ele sce ee 25874 AY Arley OFS Ieee sc coe Aneresedeses 24869 Mo Millan 2D) ilu Se eumane cnc eaeecne 24582 PENNSYLVANIA:
Morganton Land Improvement Com- Abell Ji Ce oseeecteonceesres 24952, 25197, 25255
(MS oo o5o5 sa56 Sob b ob cone nea AStCCaS 24964 25314, 25849, 25466, 25722, 25740, 25796
586 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Accession Accession number. . number.
PENNSYLVANIA—Continued. SourH DAkora—Continued.
Alibert pe hilip tr. cla sje Peers 2677 Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Arnstrone eb dward! ssscseeeeaenaeesee 25798 @amibnidpewMass tec. seen ceases 25031 REMONG Coco. oleate ee 25395 Paitiorew hie Wee eee eee ae 25513, 25721 SO0bl AMiTSsad ACSI Guess eee eee ee 25785 Shepard dames¢H 2-2. ce gee 24759 IBTEbZ GeOre GME hee sean keene eee 25304 OURO SS eee emtocts cence ene 25403 Britton Dr Nein ee tee rer ee eee 25313 LE Dec 99 BAS Tee eee aes ea ec ae Re 25115, 25374 @apwiell, Vi.) Sse eansoee ae tees eee 25179 | TENNESSEE: Grosscup! do) W eStirteeceses-s seas 25486 PNvaL ove EEN ell GK CME Seok Soee ce eee 25188 Guilin. (Sse see se eee et eee ee 25809 Slaihornetdn ben aetna eee ee 24605 Depue; Robertices-s-5 seo eee ee 25945 Clouse. Hienity: seese cee te ee ee 25147 Bildon, Charlestale ess a aeeeer 25303 Middleton, R. Morton-----222-2-22-. 25755 Hox. \Walliamidiees:sccen=- see 24873, 25364, 25769 Parks Set es ee ae ee oe ee 24814 BURN ETUAE MRED Mis Ke (OO) aeceise see sees 25582 | Wiebstery George) Wis... seas eee 24626 (otic Hae ryaeA ere eee ae ee 25270 | Wallramson kt \Wieense. see ees 24838 Interior Department. U. 8. Geolog- | TEXAS:
ical Survey... -.2. 24550, 24607, 25260, 25345 | Agriculture, Department of ....-- 24636, 24897 Ives “Ered Haste. ane sorrel el 25526, 2553+ 25006, 25110 Ketterlinus Printing House, Philadel- AQYMStronie. <b. Byesas-22 42s sees 24544, 25761
DNiaeas shee chose et alesse settee 25579 | ALCOWALED, Ce TOP ME ndtes a eae eee ete 20441 MacoenRalt eee: eee tee eee 25426 | 25591, 25669, 25782 Batting Branko = eee ee een 25807 | Bourke, Capt. John G., U. S. A ...-.- 24541 Wuaubach; Charlesis- 2-2. -.--2--~ --2o 149) 2582) - 24671, 25282, 25619 ippINGout diy de) COL eee acer 25504 Dart eDr Richard sscns-c-ces a eeeees 24906 Pennsylvania Railroad Company... -- 25532 | Duaroek, Ps JER = secs. secre: sea eee 25390 Peters Drs Jobe ee eee ee ee 25808 Making is G: Aas. se eee ee 24989 Phenix Iron Works, Phoenixville. 25735 | vermann,, Prof. Be Wee se Aye, BRIT ISN ets Jue sass Stoo an Sooces ace 25733 | Mish} Commission, Wis Sess. =e eens 25311 Randall eh tates 2 eco. cme eee er oer 25502 | Gurley Rec ee keh a ee ee eee 25267 Rice, Mrs. Marie E ...........-----.- DABS. | “PULP Rees os aean en eee 24642 (ROWAN CAMS ao 08. coei oe wae ones ee 25884 | Horn acliny:, Wi ncls 2: stey- een eee ae oe 24568 SHG, UO Noo espe oacodesosasss=a" 24750 | Interior Department. U.S. Geological Standard Hub Company, Philadelphia — 25423 SUPVeyis. scn2 425 setaseesiaeea aoe 25725 SUS den MiSs hy oles Soe Se 25824 | OWG Jeo benbibesere see eee ees 25743 Thompson, Hdiward S-s-.---2--.-2--.- 25117 MeDanieli Wrelia--es-ee heen mer 25069 dicen Kenny eerie see Ee ae ee One 24888 | Mearns, Dr. Edgar E., U.S.A 25578 WIEEEGN, POT Wo. Sele sae tet mao eee se 25394 | 5823, 25879 AVirelam ds Geornmephvea. sees ees eee 24831, 25106 | Merriam Dr. tiHartlaas a. eee 25853 Nalco Wr aeet eee Nae soe sees 24802 | Mitchel tip D5 oes. eee 25542, 25837 Williamson; dH. Wi. 2s02-2 foo 24838.) “Neville, William: 22) soe ae oem 25004 \WAl tons, TBO ba ee een SES oe 24891 | Pecos Red Sandstone Company ------ 25351 Vit Gnn une Sit O DEE RS aera ee eee ere 2) 204430) Renrose; RaAu Wr sa a ase eee 25214 Zahniser, Miss Katherine G........-. 24948 Potters Revel cAy Wiis pAe oo se DOOD,
RuopE ISLAND: Raos dale iGieh so. sao e eee eee 25671 Hurd Gusined eres sere ee eee 95296 DINE. Gil aoe c ea ee ee eee! 25418 Mews" GeoTrerAwr eee ae ete 25365 Smithsonian Institution. National Zo-
SOUTH CAROLINA: . Glooical Park =-2-: 25126, 25128, 25131, 25692 Burns Hinamike sane ok an ee Sanya 24647 | Starkweather, Mrs. H. R-:-.--- esos 24839 Chatard Drs Mis cen ranocie Se os 24552 Tunpe, -Alberty225-2e) sae saa eee 24710 GH e ALND Geis cele ee ee ee 25484 Won Strectmwitay \Weckla ee a= eens 24725 Garner: JRim@liscese cece once taaeee eee. 25124 25059, 25206, 25482 Kerrison | C5) seen are eee See ae 24813 Wronthen ©: Kis 3-4 see ee eee 24792 FRITH a pelea Gre hed OO neers me ere te 25211 | UTAH:
TOOMIS MOT: Merv Same ee 24939, 25223, 25611 Agriculture, Department of.......--- 25006 Wagner Free Institute of Science, nigel iG wis) -=- = seen eae oe 24548
Philadelphiai-s22 sence ceo beens 25522 Horrester; Robertas+--ss-es-sn eee 24611, 25324 IWallliams- "di, J sees 8 ees rete ene ee 25125 Eubbard; seenr: vaGier ee ee eee 2000
SoutH DakovTa: Interior Department. U.S. Geological Aanley. donno ks. cto es eee en 25396 | SULVCY ss ce sce esseeeeee soe Seas se 25725 (CENiI@iiT 31 8 [G07 eae eerie mre se SH 25411. 25572 | VERMONT:
DanielesMaiss irene GS... 2.2 see Pe ae ee 24665 Walcott, CADi ee ee ee ee 25207 Parnell ett Zieh a eis relse oe 24623, 24653, 24664 | VIRGINIA:
24731, 24756, 25083, 25278, 25372, 25449 ATVIMS TON VE Acs see ee eee 24714
Interior Department. U.S. Geological Bailey, EV Bi ce atige ina c-che eee eee 24393
SHIPIGH AS cadonda -aeyouOaoRAE DB oraee 25725 Beale Wenn ey hs hea nec slsccat eles ae 25184
INDEX BY LOCALITIES.
587
Accession | Accession number. number. VircinrA—Continued. VirGix1A—Continued Boarman yrs Cites se se eo 24578 | Webb, DoS s222-25-ssese cen ese acces 25269 Cassell Captaine Werk see 2% 2. 5° 24954 | Wihite, Harry Greene see e se ee 25076 @hamparsdteAuscser cress oe se oe 25035 | WWihite Miss) ceeceee rans meena. == 25665 ClorewAmdre wy. die-2s2-.5-2 srs. =<: 24908, 25014 \Wiolf, Or diosephi bas oeee eee eee a 25612 Coulhbourn ey iWie sess esea-s- scsecs se 25123 | WASHINGTON: Engle, Horace M...--.- soecossbensve 25728 | Imitraim) jkODGLuis ae ae eee nee eee 25535 Garner, R. L.--.-.......---.----.---- 24700 | Interior Department. U.S. Geological PAU en mmlerei nese yee eee cepa era. lee 25739) | Si Verse ene eee eee 25727 (Captains, dimen OL pe secceon sas saan sees 24757 | Johnson, Prot One eee 24584 Henshaw, H. W....--.-.-.----------- 25322 Kincaid, Trevor ....-.....-- 24663, 24909, 25637 Howard, BH. Ue ------..2-..-2---------- 24789 Mitchell, Georges -5---- ee eee 24615, 24670 Matthews, R. E......-..-.........--- 25791 | Olney, Mirste Many 2 ee ceea-eeeeeeee 25594 Moffett, J. S..--.-------.-------.---- 25240 NValuit tons William Riese eee eee 25161 Moreland, Walter aoSees eae ae | Grea Tears Mornrisonee ror. James ie lo -2 2... 25457 ae on naan Murray, ar Ogden oe a ee ean 25087, 25545 Elkins, Richard.....-...-...----.---- 25776 5 j ee x Hnrddieston: soln Rweeesss. ae 24823 Palmer Wosepies=-—s---- ---—----- 24000), 24810 | Rai Sdo lia Eine 24935 Palmorteyalliamniess 2 sass facet celss = 25184 a i Bea ge en eee ea ae Pemce Wie Geer co esas ct 24865, 25070 le ae areca SS nSas >: mee Pollock, John J.....-.-..-.<.-....24866, 25242 a Re 127 Yahehe! Cyd 0) 8 ke ae 9 eae ee 24719 | WISCONSIN: Rambo: Mow mer. 2-22... 22.5. 2eee ol. 95058 oO MMant era \\ esis ease a ae 24872 RiChersonmWis De sec sacs. eee. 25677 SELON ire) rie pent te ne ee ne ae ee 25566 Ridgway, Audubon ..-..--..---.---.- 25822 iste fobne Vn iS\esee co eo es Sos ssoneshesodc 25744 RopectsonmeWe roe cee ne ee 24820 | Sy CLer OW eEicjeshcrise coon oe ee ee 25781 SERIE Ai ee Se eee cso ee eee 25695 | SUGHONS) Jj pee ccecoraceescescssceo es eee 25318 Sreltonmtdin Geasseeses seen ee 24712, 24747 WYOMING: Smithsonian Institution. U.S. Burean | Fish Commission, U. S.-.. 25842, 25022, 25434 OH ISU byeccaases= cece ase A mee see 25306 | ASranier En sas atone ee 24931 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. Na- | Interior Department. U.S. Geological tionaleMinrsenm=s- 222 2. 2. 21729, 24734, 25002 | SUGWONGs sas eee See eet io Ber, 25725 Sy oxuevil Gp 18 (als RE Seem pemeeer e eeee oee 25020 IN S\wrandl G1 hard teem se ee se ce ee 25357 Sprinkel eais\Wess- sseces ets oat oe eee 25760 TRIO oa ON) PS OR Ar eee See 25779 SLOANE, IN aw Giceamaneobe praesent 25800 ZT RELENIE) aai eniee s a eg 24783 WEST INDIES. Wones) Dr: Howard E., WaSsNe. 22.2... 24892 | Kingston Exposition, Jamaica Court .-.. 25009 Balfour WHenty sec sents: see c 2 eee ce es 24708 | Kingston Exposition, Bahama Court.... 25010 BPO wills, Ret Wiesceoeets age Hoecne CASO OST MDL On eLOC SAT, ls ay atozoe lee aos eee eee ae 25373 ChittendentWridis Be sae ere 25537 | Sigua Iron Company, Santiago de Cuba.. 258038 Coekerell ebro leet DW sleepers 25838 | Smithsonian Institution, National Zoblog- Conninohamr@Wires< 2226s se anette: 24580 Cay) wa ayaa vahoe oto alee ne eee 25134, 25371 Dutoure Dr eekuw bees ace | sae eee. vase se 25698 | Wagner Free Instituie of Science, Phila- Mverevtweh Wie esse ses. nee ea! a 21648, 25328 elphiar ee sae fen. eos ee eae ae 24694 High) COMMISSION MU. hace oe Seen Seen oe PAYEE AW Ea eth heme MID ON) bee eels Ieee ee 25330 Ze OLe POLO eO LUST VED Ds NVialteD eo. cos noe. ooeee see oe 25166 Greer ormisaiale sees s "spss 9 een oe 2/52 BOOZE |MNVEHIS wR Omer qs als. ON enee eee ner eeee 25336 Kingston Exposition, St. Vincent Court 25008 | Wooster, A. F...:.....-...-.-.-.-:----.- 24529 CENTRAL AMERICA. 3endire, Capt. Charles E., U.S. A ..-.-. 25017 , National Museum of Costa Rica -..--- 24644, 24924 IB TON Waser acicee cee ia as ee BAGH gf PPLEAIU oS Nig s jon gq sem acseee as Jee aaoeS eee 24613 nS Gonmmrissions WS, 2 ee ee eae 25445 | Richmond, Charles W ..---..-----..----- 25828 Michang Dr Gustane:-..-c22c2- eens o. 24874 | Roval Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy 24918 SOUTH AMERICA. Ames; Dra Howard. B.. Ws:S, IN: =-222---.- 2AS92 I STOW SE WW ierincisnine ioe Ae Se ee ames ae ees 25519 American Museum of Natural History, Jablerran, Hon. ‘Dhomas=-ssa-c o2se = ee eee 24547 ING WAMOr Crib yer eee nee se. as ce ciae CASPASE We (Ee eens a eer eee Sa 25150 Barbleman Wa Mise. ae. oe ss 24880, 25072 | New York State Museum, Albany, N. Y 25670 Boehmer! George sae. 2-s. eee 2 HOS Ww Lalmer se Wi Liaise c= seer eee 25164
588 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892. Accession Accession number. number. Jeo, OUK Naso se5ssanboscosobopdasoces 2O2T8ul Sawyer lieth Hs. Dei SaeN pepe ee 25340 Queredo, Samuel Alexander Latone...--- 25299 | Smithsonian Institution. National Zoi- aGhibum phich ard. a. --eeeeeles == Saeneeee 25381 lopical@Parks 20-2467 see ee 25141 Riker, C. B..--..------+--+-+-++++++++-+-+ 24681 |) hitianyase Goren Se. = 5-2 eee ee 25451 Royal Zoélogical Museum, Florence, Italy 24918 | White, Dr. C, BevU 5.8) Nee 24619, 24624 Rosh Dr: Wi. He; USS No eee eee = 25839 | ASTA. Abbott, Drs Wiens o-eoeee seeweae ener 2o4i0n | eovett: sh dwardecemsassaccra-eecee eee nee 25615 Atkinson, Hdsyardea..4- 2s es aces eee 25765) |) Neumann, (Dr Jimllusensse- eee eeee ee 25266, 25712 Beale, (Hon irmstons-.-seeee eee eeeeee ee 2080 "|, PetersiDr7 sOnneR ao eee eee eee 25104, 25808 Calcutta Botanic Garden..........-...--. 25563 | Science College Museum, Imperial Uni- Carlyle; AVG. eas .occesessoeese ses e es Aer 25122 VELSIUYs LOKIOS = met ae ere: eee 24586 Calin, Stewarti-: === 355.50 ius 5-2 ase 25539 | Smithsonian Institution. U.S. National MD) aU Wallin MM spares opal steriors notes 25241 MraS ett 2s acet eeicte late mere nee eee 25499 Millettemcient yl Ge Wiis eNeeeeeeee sees 24739 | Smithsonian Institution. National Zoé- IN Koeh 1s lbte ese eoceiessas em auOs sees. 46r 24697 logical Parks ssc ssseeeeeces BES See atic 25063 Greegorplaaialies 5-22 yas os see eee 25159 | State, Department of. -...-- 24904, 24905, 25315 25316 itehcock #Romlym-- ee cecas4= sce 5G I 25 TID Stearns. Herederic keenest eee eee 21617 ROU eee eae eee ke eee eee oe DAS5SvOsRT7 I MWiteLs a Za) Desc oe esc ey eee ee 25804 Kramers Walliam evs. sseecee= Sete sie 24661 | Wildman, Hon. Rousevelle.-....-...... 24951, 25862 TZOOMIS | ROW; PEL ORI. = aac on er aieteey- 25379, 25831 EUROPE. Babcock pAculnns a -seene Reece cece eens 20248) |S MOss aWalliamvscs= = aeee eee ee =e 25332, 25387 Balfours Henrys css eee sce eee ace ee 24708 | Museum of Natural History. Paris, France 24853 Beckwith, seamless sa ck 6 eons ects eco a 24834 | National Museum of Anthropology, Flor- IBONCATO At ens oes: S5a 5 Cone eae cee 25048 ence tal yin s.J-)os epson Jee eee ae 24919 Boyenval, i. & Ponsard & Co ...--:--.--- 25425. |eNehrinc-werot reas soe een eee 25510 BraceMrss Charlesily-- e+ 42eee seers 25476 NOG Panllss eee cee cee ate ee 95269 Brady, Profs George S----..-.---.------- PAPAS ONG MENA J ehyiew NOUN Joo c6 daonessesncaa ale 25506 British Museum, London, Eneland .-.--- 2533 0u ROLLVACT hyn Gs bee see ae 25268 Glark- ames rea) 8 ieee mec ce yao ee ee 24883) benny packer ©.s disses eee =e eeeree 24787, 25453 Cossnrann #Meee oe" he a Seen a eee ee 254142>| Sefordte iO thos hese eee eee eee eee 25278 Geisanssune: erote EH Aas 22h. eee oe = 25271" | Pratt, (Si Olmss 7. airs 2s ot ae eee eee 25479 deistrivern Vir, Chanles\-e- 3-e secee ee ece 25447 | Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, BichhotheDreawalliamieseeeen sere eee aan 95498 | Stockholm, Sweden.....-..--.---:-...-- 25227 ington) eC Ole eee ee eee eee 24885 | Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy 24918 Emmons, Lieut. George F., U.S. N---.-. 25560 | Schmid, Edward § --:........-........-.. 25678 Nmmons. Hamil toneeeeeese- eee eee nee 25847) MS huteldtlraeRee Wis aU iis acl ee eee 24764 Hoote AN PE a eae esac eee ae ee 25203 | Smithsonian Institution. U.S, National MW ORTCT HRs 5-5 eee en oe eee 24690 Minse@uim..s-4. 2454 sees eee 25355 Morresters KO peri ees nee eee eee 24611 | Société anonyme de Marcinelle and Couil Bran CIS; OSepNe esse tee nee ee eee eee DONG I MMLC LNs ete cere oss cee eee ees 25424 Geisler: Brunducsn nese eee eee 25869))|stren ose rote Aree = eer ae eee 25789 Goode, DriGeBrowales. 2. ose ene 25819025882) | Mittanty cz Core ss oss o= ae ise ae eee 25451 GramBN Cece cae oe eee A Ve ee ee 249525) s Rorngitist leon a6 =o eee 24609 Greger WAres. 3-5 ee" SAP Ae hoa Ea 24896 | Treasury Department. U. 8. Revenue- Miamling Or sAe@) sea aoee oe eae ee ee 24926 Marine! Séenvice soa. sa. seen eerie 25474 Harber: Lieut: Givde, Ui. Ss Niece es -220 see 25334) ,| Murmers Hons iss Wascint cece eee neces 24786, 25681 Harriss) George eile ms eee ee eee ee Pmt \neler ris Co WW scaoobacos tsercnseeccsscecs 25218 Teelandic Natural History Society, Reyk- Watts, Blake; Bearne & Co .--..-2-.----- 25527 fail co aE ai. hal oe LY oh ees 94633") Wieil Brothers..5¢ 2... sesseaceeeee meee 24599 Jouett, Admiral and Mrs. Jouett ...-..--- 25680 | iWalllicces dl Wi OUS etter steerer 25584 Kunz, George F........... I Tas ner Sa 252348) SWaillsons|Scoltd)s aaa se=e nese eee =e eee 25369, 25638 WovettwEdward)ss22e-ee ese eee eee PAGOS 2561s ie NWO O Ct VIEL Sis] Vere renee eee 25182, 25816 Turchs ss Morristases 2 a oe eta Cee 24738. || WOOSter Aco His see ene eee eee 25845 Martine ToL): 191 cacao ee ee ee DATO OTe WOT Ulise Ruste Nigtet reer earner ero ere eee 24974, 25233 Montandon: Prof. Ai... --2-22- 24579, 25244, 25520 | Wyckoff, Seamans & Benedict.-.-...-..-. 24969 MaITTAy ONIN S etc ecs 52 sane eee eR eee neee 25825 | Zodlogical Society of London ............ 25576
INDEX BY LOCALITIES.
OCEANICA. Australia. Accession | number. |
Agriculture, Department of.........-- 24941,25111 | Haddon, Prof. A. C rATISiralianeMinseuml sss aceon. 24097,;20001 | ‘Howell: 3h) Bio 52. 222s eee ee BednallP Wis eles se mcies = 26 gsees- ise) 25616 | Johnson, Prof. O. B.....-....- British Museum, London, England .-..-..- 25151 | Rodman, Dr. James-......-..-- (Cliss, IDR: dio Ci oso dacaseeendsbectaassunces= 25843 | Royal Zodlogical Museum, SENOS Ele ceases Se case aise eseis = = 25352 DE) beer SRC ee ep ee (Geis lere Brun Owes ee sok eaten eee ee 25869 | Tristram, Rev. H. B.-...--.--
New Zealand.
PAC Cd and WVIMISG Mins me ene eee 24957 | Simpson, Charles T..........-
Otago University Museum. Dunedin..--. 25341 | Wallace Mrs. Catharine P.... Malaysia.
PSN ENP MNELG LOLEAS eee epalat sae aise para aie issu ele sine easier wane aU ani Seta et id sclomte Soe emery Polynesia.
Hillette; bien. Hs Ge US: oNeess+.cc os: ZLOG0 Rea alSOn SCOUT Ge aaa eee
Sewall Hon-sHaroldyMe o--5- 2-2 s55_.2..- 24721
Ward's Natural Science Establishment,
PRO CHESLOLAING Mae ee acer erect ite oe 24559 |
Islands in the Pacific Ocean.
Hishy Commission. Wisi) s222s6s 4. 4-.se—-e- 24754 | Stearns, Frederick ............ Royal Zoédlogical Museum, Florence, ris tram, hey .vk. By-aaee seer
589
Accession number.
Florence,
24726 24752 24584 25689
24918
25307
25455 22599
25860
25142
25836 25307
IUBIG? 5 coos ceeeseocodsoeseee aoasueseEpavc 24918 © Wiebb; Hon. Alexander R..----.-..--- 24782, 25806
INDEX B,-BY DEPARTMENTS IN THE NATIONAL MUSEUM,
DEPARTMENT I.
ARTS AND INDUSTRIES.
Accession number.
PAWEL )Iet © Vitti Se erences eter lace Seuoade Agriculture, Department of... 24531, 24¢
or
ISIN TER Wn od | Oe Ron Soo aes SeSOP AOE eeIsae 25635 Jam Mn yp de ee dal ales ie (Cy seasoescessne 25577 PAN SITISOMM ME CWiALOleee oe wWelesie\- wise slatloteets 25765 JANG Ty Sad? Aga senaacuss sapenee © cbonoasee 25795 Bacon VUrs Olivers 92.5.5 65)- == cto 25646 ISPS Mahon siNll Wa Coin ee eeeeereneesoaace 25339 BEGETS ANG xa COT tes 6. eo o)-lejniaetieintm = 2 25295 Beckwwablre aula as 2 ottawa a 24724, 24834 Jejery Parner, ID yes WO NS Oe Sees cee esacee rae 25852 Benyamine bo keeeeae = eee ere eee a 25007 IGANG, 1B cones Agoecescesese speseauese 24689 BIE Bio Ch bd atoes sa eae ee ac ennapAoESnn se 25598 Boehmer, Georce Ee: 5262-7. scene 25001, 25178 OOuliee Ming te) andes) OS ele tte 1> ale oan ial 25785 Tigi isin ele seneseenceoe soseeodessene 25220 iBOwemeDr Clarence Wiss2-: 25-12 sac-52.0% < 24551 Boyenval, E., & Poasard & Co..-.---.--- 25425 Braces incss Glragles Wee sacieenie == see aaa ' 25476 liRsii7s (CGE | Saeecseocnaeaceeoes saan 25304 @allenderyw Wil Ne o-seo= seinen salle aa 25051 @allendaryMirssiWeuNie ase meee seer Fane. SE Chandler Rrof. (Charles) BY 3.---~-- 2-2-1 2553 Ghannte Os -ereeese eee seater 25399 (Clbtalie Annelise sodas amos sascouEnoasos * 24883 (Connor kal Ogee see orators a= wtaelcis)arel- 25118 Courier Lithographing Company, Bufialo,
EN fp VaR eter (icici epee = aise nae aisle mina ape eels nas 25876 (Cloke, Whe IShISE As caSdoseeebonaenernonapoad 25475 Crossperot@ harlesmivsaeae sees se aes 25383 GrosscupyceieSuicme scene r aes ean aaa 25486 IBADAN nil enon 6 hse on Secs oe ee Aes aa 25317 Da kein gon OS noe boone eee see Sone pene 24885 JOU eyo, he Wa ee (Conon asacaece sheenseboecse 25294 I MIMONA Melani! LOM sees ees ese ee 25347 Engineering News, New York City------ 25353 | iSfosifean, UMN Wiiccossbeseesseeassecesaceae 25602 MinRrenebWwenjr; 6 COn.s-.02secea eae. 25073 TAMIR (CS Pee OE eee aoe eer 24733 | malletie: rent. HG Wis. Ne cens. =. <= -- 24660 First Japanese Trading Company, New
AGNES pects BE ee ae Ae 25880 Tae 1 Oke, ele). oc BS eA em eepeooooededs 25815 Francis, Joseph. .-..--- BSE cena s aes 25281 Gatrel deh om ase aasicectace=- sere 25382 (Gamner keeles eee ee os en cee’ 24700 OOCMERG Welly Orcieace tresses taecacnes 25654
25878
32, 24533
Accession
miunber,
Goode, Dr.G. Brown --.-2..--- 25676, 25685, 25848
(Garam ENE Ce yee Saeco = ee eee 24932
Grottienthalery Vs. 0c. Cons -5 ese eee 25582
Gurley; Ose. ac hee ose eee eee 25098
HET aE SB SEL Mey foc occ ne aoe See eee 24966
ari Gre ORO Cr fa ass eters Vanes 24649 Haskins Wood Vuleanizing Company,
New Morle Oiby /2--cshaasscas eee eran 24590 Heaton Charles ess ass oe sees eee 25119 Hemenwax., Mrs: Marye-- 2-22. -sos5ssee ae 25631 en dleya John va. seme sees Se eee 24886 Islillepen hy MGR duisapacconcenncoecaaT ae 25172 ind Sede beanie ce eee ek See 25649 Eateheoghs ROMY Misses esos See eee 25569 ofan dliainy An osama. none eeeee 25270
i SEVood MiG hinge <y- see ees se eee 24884 jekinmd’ (Gustine wie see -a5 =e eee 25296 DEES Gd MCW oe 82 eto ene soocose a Soee -25526, 25534 IDI OS Mee OSE] bay ay ote ieee eee ere 25621 Japanese Trading Company, New York... 25235 cenney,, VictorsA] 7.252225. 2.2. aes25-55 25860 lob stony Mass HRN eye meee ee a eee 25319 | Jouett, Admiral and Mrs. Jouett ........ 25680 alls oun We SASS noo soos seacocmbossse= 24017 ISerrisOly Cen) Game aie ssc eee eee 24813 Ketterlinus Printing House, Philadelphia,
IBD) ocean eae see RO RE ORE meso Spas oaese 25579 Kingston Exposition, St. Vincent Court. 25008 Kingston Exposition, Jamaica Court----- 25909 ikcibhaey, Waveho soo esa oesngsssossca555¢ 25096 Ieqoeealan, MGW. 22 oSaseose so scoSsoonoshS5< 25746 Iso ehilers Sey TRS ce ons ecsidicityowicta Se ome 25177 itnavene Wallen \WAseeses se sossocssossoo5 24661 HROTE TI 77a GG COGS ORE ye eta eel oe 25234 JUGIes (EraOune soc oe cous se soso oe sce 24980 WG Gye Wires Greece cle oc Sl ws nacre mon ree 24540 Lidgerwood, Mrs. John H....-..--------- 25201 Iii Vivo dl eaakenceaeenemees aches Secce=s 25259 Tappineotit, J). B:; é& \Co.2>2-- 2-2 eee 25564 Nie Cider dic IE oe sno eee cou. tossece 25376, 25543 Wtraihe), WM, (Cl 22 ssscc coccecse cose cessese st 24901
| Maynard, George C......------- 24944, 25097, 25413 Meer WONG s = cjacen a < eaa 2 Seen eee 25605, 25734 Meigs, Gen. M. C., U.S. A.-....-.--.-.25886, 25469 Mietcalt-cH) Dix.25222-seen-cee see oes 25258 Millers Nv2 a= Sree fanart see 25095 WOK (ORY ts Memes ll a erase sae scienc 25672 Wioraetiey, Wilco Mery Cake See eas eceSnecsseas 25875
592
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
DEPARTMENT I—Continued.
ARTS AND INDUSTRIES—Continued.
Accession Accession number. number. IMunrdochsd) <2... <6 asencencee eos ceecsece 25333 | SDNY der heOse osc. 55. oo. cee eeoe eee eee eeee 25747 Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, Mass....-- 24947 | Société anonyme de Marcinelle and Couil- Muzzy Georgeds ea. eee aries 2495801!" BIS Seite neertee ce eieek ceeranee ee echoes 25424 Nash; (Bod 22s. oseeeeee nee se emeeeees 25148 Standard Hub Company, Philadelphia, ENGNUTOW Ave 255 sae ee esses hee Ee 25099) |i Rai sac asec e Reo ae ee eae eres 25430 Neuniann Ore omMlinsieseeesse cree eeee see 25266 | State, Department of....-. 24904, 24905. 25315, 25316 New York Engraving and Printing Com- iS Gein 5 lees Ser. ee en ee ee 25218 PMN eaontecnceshocnoccdedc se sestonsrace 24091" | Stearns, Dr. RB©-cassees-e eee ener 25604 Palmer sidiward ss. .2cso-cccose seer eee 24600) | Takavanaei Ds. cc2ne ee soecce cee eee ore 25060 ‘Parmele, Mrs. Elicodore W ~-.----.:-.--- 25558 The Crown Typewriter Company, Prook- Parsons, Miss Katherine ines. s-= ee 25600 Lyn, INGY) occ stant see eee 25588 JED a Ab AMO AD TBs 5 oo cbeanaseegasse ed ooeeC 25093) The E. 8. Greeley Company, New York Pennsylvania Railroaws Company _.--.203B%, 20082 1) (Cibyea-s-2- 25s so | ee eee eee 25412 JeEWESGING IN Son- eocosorestancognceecccops 24765 The Singer Manufacturing Company, New Pheenix Iron Works, Phoenixville, Pa 257285 Mork: Oily j-2 mies ee serene ay eee 24666 Brabt, Ol se. os 2c soe sos See econ eee se 25479) “Dorner, Mathewoees eee eee eats 25032 Regular Army and Navy Union, United AMnimer an: (Ws net e =e oe eee 25681 LAUES Ol ANON] Clemente siete ae 20116) \Wiebb, Hon-Allexander sarees eee eeeee see 25806 Rockenstyre, C. E..-..-.-- 24696. 24701, 25039, 25146 | Weems, David G .....-......--.--..--- 25186, 25856 1) Newly sp J ion 2 ssa sctccodeast cospto sense 20398" DWieil Brothers ..0 32> ee eee eee 24599 ROsersiSy One ye eee masse ee reece 25674 | Wilbur, Miss Charlotte D.............-.- 25502 ROS WWidl dol Ol aec eee esc a eee ee eres ia 20749 | Walbur; Mrs. Matthins D:2.2.-222-2. 2-25 25551 Rowlands Walteriea sees scene eee 25528 | Wildman, Hon. Rounsevelle.........-. 24951, 25862 Sandham, Henry .-.......---.------------ S5018' | Willige, da louis ave oe eee eee 25584 Scliestelin sWeble 6c O0ssees teees eens 257 TD. | ANVOLtes IM ce kya ete een ee eee 25176, 25274 Schoenhofi Carlie-t fase aeons onnc ea: saa see 24920" | SWOOSter: VACHe se ee ee eee eee 24529, 25485 Sehraubstaduer (Carli as sce ce eae aa 25567 | Worcester Society of Antiquity, Worces- Seer, A, S., Theatrical Printing Company, ten: Mags seciosc acon ast eee ceee eee 25169 INGKhyF MADCON Sos 3 oAcenSsobseeuoossaes 2OOS0"| Willd aerlichadtrectOo pee eee eee 25589 Seibenia sees ses oasis ae a are areas 25603 Wyckoff, Seamans & Benedict .....-.-. 24590, 24680 Sewnalleeeon-selarol@eM les se sees = sia 24721 24969, 25581 Smillievdia mes wD eres see eee eee ae 20082) il Beller, Max sa cnecte mane niees oeeeeeeieet 24688 Smithydames se woo COseeee esos ae = eee 24900 Smithsonian Institution. U. 8S. National | Minseumincecs osetia 25355, 25499, 25771, 25819, 25882 DEPARTMENT II. (A) ETHNOLOGY. END Doth sri Wisiluicte sam ceacec cece acecieaer 25470 | Dodge, Mrs. Charles Jr.......... Rose ossos 25088 Adler, Dr. Cyrus --.-.... sieceeee 24683, 25565, 25878 | Emmons, Lieut. George F., U.S. N...... 25560 Andrews, A. Hi, & | COn-ccsssern-esceeeee ee0oSS: | Em oe sue Wis) -c5--ceseces acne eee ee ener 24548 Bedale shone LruixtON es. -syem ieee eee 25881 | Fillette, Lieut. T. G., U.S. N......-.... 24739 Bur cenyeelelne se cecise sees eiteee eee eee 24923°,20107 |) Bish Commission, Wi. Seo---- se -see ee eeee 25162 Bartleman, uM cos. cc ocecceesccesc'se DASSON 25072 | Grabschota tb ere Acs sae se eee 24702, 25071 Bendire, Capt. Charles E., U.S. A...-..--. 2082 (|| Granien, Bail! .2e- sealant ieee eee 24931 Boas Drvb ran Sew ecien sacs cee ise eee eee 25433 | Grant-Bey, Dr. James.........-.. Jae 25741 Bourke: Dr) John G:,.Ue s.Aveeeese see 2454124899) Green: (Bernards hese see eee eee 25727 25 10S6 2515225282 || Gresore Aces eee ae ee 24896 British Museum, London, England .....-. 25151) (Greegor, Usalah ss. -csse eerie eee eee 25714 IBTO WD WAS HE eS ec.s sete cece ee Sees es eee 24746 || Gurley, "Re Resesecceeerouseeee soe ee seers 25397 ‘BryantaklenryiGose- sssseeesee reese ee 25988) | Eaddon se roleeAc Gps eae eee 24726 Campydiwels yecte cae ecscnens tee eee ere 25561 | -alll, ais . aE oo eeeie tesa epee eet aoa 25448 @heshires WiiW cccenccoscieci eee oeseeee 21835,)| Hantikea ee inkase- a aase eee nar <= sere 24953 Clark Missi May... 2< -.b-n-/aeae came Scene 24577 || Harber) Lieut.|G- Be nUio. Nie-- ose oso Cmsseyap Ute Sardis) yeep meee eee Za0TS ii flapris. (Georg 6 sere sem esem = sees 25468 (Crlbin, Suet tsSacccspgoosoceesessas- 25539, 25809 | Hemenway, Mrs. Mary-...........-.-.-.- 25631 Dall aWiilli am se oa egeo acon oases aaa 25241 | Hemenway Southwestern Archeological Daniel, Dr. Z. T- . ..25083, 25273, 25372, 25449, 25559 Expedition, Boston; Mass....-....-..-.- 25338 de Struve, Mr. Charles. -.......-- at ee 25447) | Eatcheoek, Ors. S-emrennnce sce eeee eee OLod
INDEX BY
DEPARTMENTS.
593
DEPARTMENT I7—Continued.
(A) ErHNOLOGY—Continued:
Accession Accession number, number. HMofimanssDruwWrad = 2. aca Serna cies se = 5 PAST 2h GAC HET NLT SS AUT eee ae ee eee ne TO) Icelandie Natural History Society, Reyk- ' | Powell, Maj. William H., Ui. S. A.22.-25 25497 TEN edhe brrG hens Aaa eect Seen 24633 | Richmond, Charles: W.-:-.-.--..-.-----..- 25828 in olevebidwardeerssess—= 5 -soe seen - Zo Goa MROSeTS, en OM aS peee sae eee een 25041 Interior Department. U. S. Geological Royal Zodlogical Musewn, Florence, Italy 24918 SIO Vetere tees <= = vitae S-cactelciet= =e 20296) | Russell) di. (Cy. ae cement oe see eee 25293 TIGMI, Wake PacoseSuccesobosdasssocstesse 25So0N SClamone Miss) Bikes: sae eee eee 25236 Kingston Exposition, St. Vincent Court. 25008 | Shaw, N. C..............222----seec--2--- 24852 eos the Edwin sere re -24603, 25615 | Spicer, Capt. John O..........-.------2--- 24583 MU CHS CO DOIG ses se ce gees ace coset coe 25362 | Smithsonian Institution. U.S. Bureau of IGE DR NY Woy el ae eee eae seb nos NSnSbSCoOBene 2A OSH te HUDN OLOLY? ~ stnscion seine an se ee eee 24984, 25718 WAC im baal, WOES Whe ocepoceaeeeeenose 25489 | Smithsonian Institution. U. S. National Hazen, Mrs. Mildred McLean.....-..-... 25748 INDUC GWT sbeeseeRorosoesOpeeecooUee 25771, 25819 Miciharenta@ barlese tc soricr aoe ose oe ane 24873) || Stexenson, Mrs... B)..--2---- 4.222266 24622, 25580 McLaren, William A...--....--...-.... Fen e200 (el Urner awed cjsic/e\cce ss <1 ste tee eee 25562 Meigs, General M.C, U.S. A..........- 24827 | UTNE VEO es cake oki o cn Ceee eee 24786 Moller, Theodore......--- Ge Aaa eee, 2ASOAE ViobW Revel elves ek sche anc cede Saeee eee 25145 NOONE YAP AID GB Ree eteisiots eipsis cine s sre ciel = PNLSES | AW feb ibaiesKereely Vie Ni Gaccnosseeeoeoancac cco. 24828 Mingnd Ge hime OU Mise en sta eta era Ps Paes) WEIS) Zo Doo codns coeceaneeseeecismbosece 25801 INGnIMmAnN Ors DMUs ees sree coer so 25712 | Webb, Hon. Alexander R.............. 24782, 25806 SST be RY AONE ones ae Sae ee eee OUT Oda Wiest. Gerald eMies- 5 iss ets cecese seeste 25538 @rmshee weiwlate.s. ace asine ss ch Swans elect, 24922 | Wildman, Hon. Rounsevelle ....._.... 24951, 25862 aimemele war des eer eee tore ecenee ae - PAS. | Mi/@waling idl MOIS WW coe ce ease eececsenccores 25766 leer, IO davai 12ees eos coon cecsaesee 25104, 25808 | Woodruff, Dr. Charles E., U.S. A...... 25043, 25158 iP FOnd tet O CLO Rhett s ow see ets Soe ae D5 ITS a VVIOTUN NOR Goat ememr ete ee os 2 eee 25086 strains SAIN Chibi eter <)eters late claip)= nie eraice ae 25767 | + (B) ABORIGINAL AMERICAN POTTERY. Bourke, Capt. John G., U.S. A......-.-.. 24671 } Queredo, Samuel Alexander Lafone .-....- 25299 (OLSON BH OWATONS acc - pee 2 ass -<s o eo ee oe ZOO GI WIS TON PAUEDIUIT sblicemnit =~ 55 aes Seen oye 24709 SP OLDOD A ia Doe aciersiaia pois io sisiaicie = sleare Societe = 25185 DEPARTMENT III. PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY. Athel edhiorasrviss ee ciinoscl 24992, 25197, 25255, 25314 | Golson, S. Edward............-.-.---..--- 25360 25349, 25466, 25722, 25740. 25796 | Grithin wouneC “wi Memereays sass a. 2 soso 24757 Aiport halipee tc: sori asec oe ome cece 24677 | Hemenway, Mis. Mary:...........-.....- 25631 Aulen, Rev. Jonathan’..-.---------.-....- 25066) een dricks:sG aD sesse seen lnece< cisco aoe 25462 JNTURVIGEY Wi C55 oes opoecnenqoscseocacos 251889 BELONIREISNS cain eee Heme ea osc corse: 25624 lei henphee 6 ey Vee se ana Re See Hee See Eeeoee 24708 | Herranw Hons subomaseen. oe. cee ee 24547 IBY chins IU A AB cae Sens nenccoeoeoseaesoer 250413 SHOL) SDT maWisSCOllann sete. + ceces escent ONeoS Benedichels At Ties stn ecnss: Sse oceke PESTA) IICISTGI YES, ile Bele 25224 INOS Abels GaSe se saa o Sapa aeenerte 2459 la EUG Mins evAtd Min sae nee ooo 2b. eae ee 25064 Rowman) Ds Alo. 2.2. fs0. 5 SA ROD ERE OSI OE sod OM) OUMSTOMER ad asset yas ata yeiieic oe ceca 25633 JeFANTOTE OE aN Be erator a tee oO oe ccc PAB) AONINTE Dies IEC Am 5 Ae eR ee ake ae 24996 isfavaMme(O). INogetoosasads cocoon Gaoeoesace see DASS Te Pua DUE Maem Wa ee aia ante cee soa ee 25536 Bryan weenie ya Gere malar es tnel-fstoteincersic.ss)<:c 20288) uaMPOalevedinnWisca = = cea 2icicls= oe 3 oa scr cis 25452 BES CLIT Se eT ote eee ee eer ood O47, 20500) Mami th ea PATEL pisces ane Sees eigen 25807 BOLUS Wis keeee eae eset een oai 24592, 25415 | Laubach, Charles............-.---....-2149, 25312 GarlyleA\ C2 =. -s5-- pees selects sea PD ale ners Ores C id Sha nae ae eee so eraccooc 25514 TO), 105 (0) ae tea Ra eae er RoW) || lbvenmigh NiGmnosaeeeaeeanseesseeacos sce 25309 DapelsMisavirene Ges = sees eee se. DEGGSh eprom Ar Sen oe. 3. 5. oak eee 25350 Daniel, Dr. Z. T. -..24653, 24664, 24731, 24756, 25834 | MONCH MO WALG: w=22-5 555-22 255 Boteencon, City MICMUG WR OUEI ber secs ate Soest ctaeis es aya 24945 | IMD ig ea Vital ast aatac 2 ae nah aa ac eee See ere 25150 LOO yg MISS NY od SEES A as Se eee eoe See Peailoa le Vicacham:avirs. Oils. aen\o<-<emem eee 25091 BVeErebt, We MEI 2= = dsc asics <os a'efecwiniere BAGS (MEM UNE Nay ADEA WTA aSo ososcasasodhocogcone 24582 Hare rseAve Miter 2 ese a's waka eiae Saas are 2ooo ou viiller, Charlesijrs os.-tes-eccace ce aeeeeS 2571 INAS do Mi/Se stance scuecssedoes seasee 25508) VLOmuSOMe nya See Eee cee s= aa ae eee 25875 HOTT OL Whe eee eee esos ore coanine ae cae ae 24620 | Morganton LandImprovement Company. 24964 Wrostelowlaceceseatm a eee eect eee 25252 | Moorehead, Warren K......,.-.-.+5------ 25003
H, Mis. 114, pt. 2
594
“REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
DEPARTMENT I1I—Continued.
PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY—Continued.
Accession | Accession number. | number. MOLLOW «Ji. Bsc-<25--ceeekcsee semeeceeee 2491.0" | Shae amMes( Css. ceases eeeeeorn eee 24718 Miannaya i. Oc den S=os eee meee ae - 25087, 25545 | SherdanislidmundiJiess=-0)- see seee ee 24658 National Museum of Anthropology, Flor- In Simitih) elke serra So ee eae eee 24732 arch RiP hysseise oaacudcs cs aaSondenebs 2a 24919 Smithsonian Institution. U.S. Bureau of Neal Drs Janes Ceesse mene acenmaeeceryar 24656: || tkithn ology Sas se2-- seer et eee ae 25306 Palmer: od war aerate nese eae 24600 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. National Rerkings WS Seon cceetcie sete aeee == 20744. Migeiinass: eo acetone en ee eee ee 95250 Petticre nw, HeWieeose eer oe oases Zoi2.ol steiner Ors Rese ep ees See ee eee 25321 Porter: (Drad mee een tea eee eee eee 24739") Stephenson wav... seceee eee ee eee eee 25720 eriuden: Al iredieer ee eee eens eee 25113 | Thomas, William S........--.-- ala gh Ss mek 25675 Putnam erol shaw sentecce ante eee 24695) homson, lo bn eeee ee eee eee eae eae 24965 Rice) Winrs-sMianievbiescesece-seees ae ee oe 24553 | ‘Bhomipsonsebdiwacdisinsveeceeceeree sae ee 25117 Richmond) Gharlesmw. scenes ene ose ZoSoSy Vielen Slr 5 he Olen cree lee aise ae 25764 Own Manes is oe fee eer eee ee een 25884 |/\ Varner, Am broseveuec. = cease eee ae 24833 Royal Zodlogical Museum, Florence, Italy 24918 | Webb, De Witt ..........-.....-.-2.-..-- 25232 Russells ChranlesvHe cece sce cence ceeeeaee ZoG2r)) Webi cat WV seen ie ee eee eee 25492 Seifert, Wes seta c2-osce Sane 205434) \Villiams on Sel aWireeee ee eee eee eee 24838 Selby Wali eso eee yeti eieae eee 20144! Wilson, Thomas ....2-.- ~~. cnee- +-----24891, 25461 DEPARTMENT IV. MAMMALS. ADDOnE- ar Wiel caecceee epee se ce eeeee 25470 | Palmer, William........-. 24565, 25127, 25130, 25184 Agriculture, Departmenviol=-------.-s=~ 25139 | Parker ys: 2 <= hee eee ene 25464 Allon Genrcesbcs e555 seee cc eee sae ea 250464 ebanyaies Sarnte le aa eee ee 25682 Australian Museum, Sydney, Neg Sonth Phillips) Wiel. oo5 sneae oe =e eee ee 24613 MVOC Ge aes aa ee AS Se quassdeRsedusseeseaac 22097 |) (Rope, mH. Lota eee or See ee ee 25044 Baler ACB ee neee ten sce 24693, 24978, 25132 Ralph; Urs walliamlysscee pense BENS SOG Bar Der, pe cAN erent cee tee eset ae eee SHAS BY Meso tolti Alig GrsestGocesesceoda me SocoomaeSASH Ses 25289 IB cehmen|Gecormerce mers lier e er 25608:| Ridgway); 2.52. 0:8 2s- 52. See 24562 TeiabM eG NG els Ce Cots) poscoesnsagcouess 251/8125221> | HRODErtS Se Wikeoe. eee eee eee 24774 Buy ante een ya Gece eae sae ae eee 20288) | penencks Charles De. sacs. seas ae ee 25872 GasselleGapts Wie Hisee aceee occ scieea ace 24954. (Schmid = bdiwardos eo ceesee se eee eee 25871 @hanler WalhameAstor =-2-. 6222 eee 24907) |smib bas Walla Gr cecem cla came eee ee ee 25818 (Oly ed/Gli leeds sagecnse seacap pe ads couse. 25297 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. National Cla; Colki\ Cecilie = seo esac ase er 25140 Museu 2:2 sao sce eden eee 24572, 24686, 25257 Mentony sherman Ey 2o sess ae ese 24557 Smithsonian Institution. National Zoé- Dn epseP core na. eeke eos oo 2 ee eee 21727 | logical Park ........ . .. 24879, 25126, 25128, 25129 ligins Richard ser eiemsseeem ee see eee 25776 25131, 25134, 25135, 25136 Marna Ae Deas ces oe: cose sae eee 24781 25138, 25141, 25209, 25416 Fish Commission, Wa S2--2-o-72checee< 25154, 25708 | Southwick & Gritehley: 22223522 sh ee 24662 Geisler Bruno csesee cae enee ee eee 25869) |) Stejneger, Drs = sees sons eases 24561 arty wWilliame Wir Gc COle. ae secre 2156724509" Storment, Wid taraj=s-se. eases eee 25101 Damvey, Revs Mise sere acne eee eee ee 25783)|Dibler: tH An sca de see eee a eee 25608 Eero halle se ens ya eee siecle eee eee 2501de) Mowmsentis Ocho eee see ose Senden 25503 Hitchcock: WRi Sse s see oieciscs ease ee Pash plbsyol (AS be ep MNES IO ee oe ne Paseaciste ee tea 24705 SOI Z HEL. ATEN ee eater ee ee 25042 | Treasury Department. U.S. Revenue Ma- ST RTECE RH AWE dhe msc tnd CHR BnersaaSeoee. 24568 rine Service -.-.-- etiboibeccadss hee seo3% 25474 Jakaya Dsus emi aan Be sce ibe Sainoee ee apse 25566: |, Harner, sHy Wis ee cccacriee ae a eee ee 24812 DAcCODSUBLOCRAES hese eee eee ae ee 25284 Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, ouy. Bey 22k sera ee SS ee ee 24558 Rochester, N. Y ..24559, 24566, 24574, 24650, 25133 MacKarlane,; WR: 25225 204 scsie ace ee eee 24601) |“ Warner; Walliamid S222 essen ss 25614 Marshalls Georges assesses eee 2468224793. 25618) |) Warren, Drs Bs Heeeecc ss. ee es oe anne 25394 Marshall Hentya- ee eeeteee eee 24564524576) WEDD Olt Sire Sees eae eee eee 25629 Mearns; Dr: Edear A., U.S.:Al.-- os: 25392, 25578.) Wells, Roger, ijt. cU assy --itoa= eee 25336 é 25822, 25879 | Wilcox, Dr. Timothy E., U.S. A......-.. 25401 Morrison, Proted).JEl: 23-204 see peepee eee 20457 |) Wanstony Ibs: O22 ee ecen so eecea eee 25729 Museum of Natural History, Paris, France 24853 | Wolf, Dr. Joseph P ...--...-.-..--------- 25612 IN| GIBONSEREEWe aces 2 Fo. A ee 24863: 2518 0h i aWOOSten At benae cece cee eee eee 24911 Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio............ 25864 | Worthen, C. IX .24588, 24675, 24679, 24792, 24875, 25137 PAINE OSCDD soy 52ccces eee ee ee cone 24560, 24811 Seva Pay Ai
Zodlogical Society of London -..--
Abbott, Dr. W. L
Anderson, J. V Armstrong, F. B
Avery, Dr. William C Bean, Dr. Tarleton E
Brett, Walter Brimley, H. H Brimley, H. H. & C.S
Cunningham, b, L Denton, Sherman F
Dufour, Dr. J. H. T Dugés, Prof. A
Eldon, Charles H Fish Commission, U.S Garner, Jesse Geisler, Bruno Herell, I’. J Hitcheock, Frank H
Holzner, Frank X
Leizear, H. H Leizear, W. G. W
Lewis, George A Littlejohn, Chase Loomis, Leverett M
Marron, Thomas Marshall, George Marshall, Henry
Agriculture, Department of Armstrong, F.B Attwater, Prof. H. P Bendire, Capt. Charles E., U. Benson, Lieut. Harry C., U.S. A. ... ..25756, 25790 |
Cooke, Dr. Clinton T....-. (Ab pe Ap nOSGee Bry Ohh
INDEX BY DEPARTMENTS. - 595
DEPARTMENT V.
(A) Brrps.
Accession |
number.
Scee soo nse Radke Soo Tee eee 25470 hector Ghar esi. os... cttteercevesci 24659, 25657 | American Museum of Natural History. New York City Ames, Dr. Howard E., U.S. N ~oS noSbremeasosbnserecsose- 25704 Beeveicielaiamie selene aisjororerae mays 24544 Auckland Museum, Auckland, New Zea- Be Re Ct eral oie Sees 24957 Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Byspall ees seers ae hehe ea Se ee totem aieicie Sie 24597 | BSR Se ieee ware 25701 Be ea eniae ie Saltese ae sie 25495 BeckmRollovbesee ce stresses coors uke oe 24635, 25477 25660 | Bendire, Capt. Charles E., U.S. A..-..:. 25705 Benson, Lieut. Harry C., U.S. A......... 25790 Ba tecle Hes Aeisie es cise de ne wleicmreeeiaiele 25048 Mpc O OK Oe aeS Ge Dae OOOS OS 24745
See ee ene ase ce no epee 25703 |
25222
soneseeous 24892
Seen eae 24818, 25408
BS ee MR os 24837 Burdine, W. T...--. foe a REC ACoE BES aoe 25730 | Garmick,. Master Louis: --...2...0.-.:---- 24847 | GartenvdiamesiC.n: seas
Cooke, Dr. C, T
--- . 20205, 25310, 25437 aero em aas etn Ose 24825 SOR ASS SCO ORD OO CSE eas 25025 te ose reie te tatacsoralet sigh te ateiens 25280
ME eee eas pee eee 25352 Sci decode eee ae oe as 25168 BP ays cetera cee MAE = 25698 Sie siecj ote epilancies op suk edholagotao EBay er Sa Vela UN ess rere yee oe tine ics 25531 PO DSO GOSS OCA SO ran 25303
ee wee rs 25154. 25157, 25708 Rene wiginistere woe airs ae os aoe ae 20215 Reema elo wey el 25869 aces SSA ee Soe RCo Ee Pee 24648 eit cera 25380, 25481, 25493
25530, 25540, 25544
eo OE anna te atte 25042 eget a Oe oye ol ORS ose oe A al 24877 SSSR AN OAR eee eee 25505 a eS cag ex en 25280 Mepp beter ese s= + eer cee 25583, 25664, 25774 OSA ET ORe EARS a ned late 25365 Stes Be oats Sade 25281, 25731 PO Re aa aee rtd eh 25223, 25611 Henig Ae Werk <aseies «eee 25286, 25409, 25553, 25784 RVI aN Ove ee en eee tee ee ae 25016 eee a key ee 24768 Bees Be oe See ene ete 8 25707 Sone Ts ee ee 25331, 25497, 25679
Accession number. Mearns, Dr. Edgar A., U.S. A ...--.. 25392, 25578
25823, 25879
Merriam Dr ChsHartseeeneceeee eee eos 25853 Morcom) Gi Breane cs. sete eee eee 24986 Whitese Toda: cece oaks ak eee ee 25662 (Murdoch; John: 25-222 <2 csc =e ces sees 25716 Museum of Natural History, Paris,France. 25691 National Museum of Costa Rica .....-. 24644, 24924 INovtone Am bhi bese s = eens aoe ee eee 25463 Palmers Williams «ss oeccase ene eae 25164 Barks Loss. os sek Bene pre aes oe sot aac 24814 Pate PALE EL: 15 -Pasee eee ae ee 25464 IB TeR SW CERES yop eo steesae on ae ee ee 25417, 25778 ietollloys <a ayelihohd Ie erseesonSonene cesses 8 24866, 25242 TESTU, TO yest UC eee eis Ae cme 24722, 24737 Resales Gerba. sc ce sacsee ae oo ceeee nee 25671 Ralphs Draw litany laos es. see 24851, 24898, 25786
| Richmond, Charles W-.... 24736, 24773, 25067, 25100 25108, 25165, 25175, 25249, 25264, 25706, 25828 Ridgway, Iees-ce:ssnce55- .24744, 24766, 24868, 25688 RUKOTS Ow eats scrcysicntea nace taseee Resets 24681 Robinette, Frank..-........-.......--24698, 24876 Rodman rie ANMCSe seen oseecer Sa setee ee 25689 LOseNnthal OSE pMesencene seca soe eee 24589
IES CHEE LUT aS Sus isco te eee nee as ee re 24806
Schmid, Edward S - 24987, 25279, 25302, 25658, 25678 25699, 25694, 25697, 25737, 25794
Science College Museum, Imperial Uni-
METS UU MONO nates :.55 seen ean 24586 Seales Waeksceeeac cee eerie eter eR 25695 hutel dibeP ere Wee sana ce nese ees eee 24587 Shirteldt, Ores Wiey Uae. Aeon seece.eece 25865 Shufeldt iRawWi,Jleaseeess ee seh cesar eee 24620 SMAI TEAWANlib nin Cy eee senes soSccerocedc- 25460
Smithsonian Institution. U. 8S. National Museum ..--......245298, 24537, 24643, 25257, 25702 Smithsonian Institution. National Zodlog-
reals Park eee v2 241829, 21920, 25692, 25693, 25696 Southwick & Critchley >. 2. 5-<. +cssae ses 24916 Stapler me arOldicere tec cc eee sr 24971, 25216, 25301
25391, 25410, 25483
Stablerwwam CS bey sat jacisis Aewis ete eee 25120 SuejNe Ser POT secre cce eons sae eee 24867 ihomasy Hrederickidlye. 2.422 sss eee- see 25490 rail OW Waa. < Sse. 2s Soot eee eaienee 24705 PRriSt rami geval. isos ersee eee oa meter ae 25307 NWarmers William 22.5. .ascies=s sae eeseee 25699 VIVES, Oa ee VO Sees opemeay seeeme si 25829
| MW aii Bln? (Ct oct coesssécee coanasessec 25076 VANS eas a- aiaeisinete tty tee) ene twee 24832 AWA ODOC OUtHD eer mies eds naam eee peers 25142 Wiyand Win Se aa serait lees eee 25863
(B) Brrps’ Eaas.
abanee nec cones 25006 afGEe Poet ee = Sam 3 sate Os TOL
25411, 25591, 25669, 25782
SEA! Grae 25017
BVGreht, Mran Kio a2: t-ctcjaw cis clelaiatciee te eee 25328 ish. Commission, U.is-.2+->-c-sese eee DLL 2olby Mowe rb rediccs.< aoe nee hae ene een see 25726 JAekSoy WNOmMaseH! «2-22 cece as eecoe se ce 25045 attins rane Hie sees ee ce acs ae 25388 Littlejohn, Chase ...--...- 25281, 25518, 25592, 25731
596
DEPARTMENT V—Continued.
(B) Birps’ EGGs—Continued.
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
Accvssion | Accession number. | number. Troomiss Drill, Mec. a-42. 8. sacs One ae 24939 || “Prilie AlGrass-.) So. eee wee 24669, 24921 MacHarlane Rit s20 ees cease eee e ae 20016) cRalphosDrewWalliam Vins s-2 sos eee 25787 Mearns, Dr. Edgar A.,U.S.A.......-. 25392, 25823 | Robinette, Frank.........----=--<-.=-- 24854, 24861 25879 | ‘Shuteldt: Dr: R. W.,.U.S:A.---.-.--- .--- 25865 Mitchell, George ..--- 2 Ssssorescopeesse ZAG LO 24600) |S Starts Hedel Kein) eee eee eee 25686 Miatebell Gnyeiie- orcs sees ae OLE? |e SHITE es Wan | Rea yt eee ee 25407 Pattee: UDA ocss sates soe ste ae iene 2OOS4 2577 SEN DEI lee oe eee eee BE Se SRA 24791 Phillips Ae eee ewer cae seein 29855 | Webb, Walter F .......-.- 24990, 25036, 25166, 25323 POLELMWio Deedee vececicciiction ee eiseeee cee 25002) | Walliams oR: Sassen ace see ae ee eee ee eee 24630 DEPARTMENT VI. REPTILES, PIMOS SOT BEL OWara bi Uk: Nisa eee 24892) Marshall (Georve=- es e.senceeeee aes 25667 Beal Kennethih) J ooSs.-e occ secs ee ae 25773, 25814 | Middleton, R. Morton....-......2........ 25755 BO View Ras see seen see oreo ae a eee 25454 | Mearns, Dr. Edgar A.) U.S! AW: =. -:_-2-- 25823 Britons Wight cement sever erin 24860 Museum of Comparative Zoédlogy, Cam- Brown, Herbert..- --- 24629, 24799, 24856, 24962, 25487 Dbridive: Mass aeaes sree 2. — eens 25031 SLOW eka Wi eicccle=t- selon eee site eee ee Zo021 New pork, Muss HO diel oes -eeee reece 21894 SPY AD Com terre lem See eee eee 204291) Grvsley,, Die Wi: dates -cc esses ee eee eee 24821 @humel dings. mecca sere secre nea 24710. Ranker JAC Hee ee er ee eee eee 25464, 25632 Wanisen wae han de eee eee etaeeee 24906) | Pence Wi. Cis. asta aeaesace ae seeee eee 24865 DawisM Britten ic ees steele sce e-eeaa ee 24878) We Quivesa George Als ass eee eee 25053 Duress, “Profan cass jose see ee ease 24727 | Richmond: CharlesaW -<-22.---.----e- 24745, 25828 IMIG [on OSes as Soeeaehoessesoe dense H 24800724955) (Sami pSOneeh Ave eee See een eee 24717 Hish Commission, WS. --2a022 sol oie op lle th He sie sven Le sie) ie Ue eet eee ee ee 25859 Hrbmeerald dia Cpa aemee ae eee ee eee 20484) Sead der wNe eres see ee eee 24913, 25573 Hale: Drxh Mes J osoctGotanenss see ee 20099 || ‘Shaw, BoM 2.3. 2. se ae oe ee eee eee 24826 FTATEISy GeOrgeub- oe sein asec oe 24862125636) || Simpson.) Charlese a5 --se sees 25300 Have DriOebe: feces. s-cieeseoeee- 24687524799; 20002 | Smith Or. eee Mie a eae eee 25196, 25857 VEN SES ON Mee) Ove] Lacie sie cami secon ete eee 25300 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. National een sir awasti= \Witesee cocsee eae as cee 2a322, || = MhiReWIM: (3.6 see oy nena 24528, 24745, 25257 Hitchcock, rank 32 oe. scieiciee sees 25574 Smithsonian Institution. National Zo6- Je toyelotiys} (Cd be se copoosoaeasundcoessceec 25626 logical Park. 223.2 asco acme eee 25371 HubbardiHenty. Gaasass-ce eer eee eee 25665 | Stearns; Dr. RB IC... ----- Ee aerial 25507 Huddleston diohnyh2-. 2-0-2 s- eee oes 24823) |nStorment, Hdwar lec es--seeceeee eee eee 25101, 25281 Eeirter\oiuliuseeseeecece secre 2490220 7o1 2581) || Pest. Mrederick Coc) seseeeeeeiee _. .. 24844, 25753 DSHS WE RO ted oa Wie) bf sees cee se ysis QOS Te: |e Mea CT ANG dey eotereo ete opens tate eee 25020 DOW; Ey Miia etae slabs csceteee seen ee bce 2487%.| Ulkewitus 2 25-6 oe ae eee 25115 Meonhardt, eter. .-- 5.555 2320-24 02 eee 24956,/25596) | (Wallace, WiO?s2-— cen. eeeteciee eee nee 25656 IU ARSIKe) A MCN gl ain WAR Ae esate Saamce ce 24608 | Wells; Rogerijr-, Us S:-Ne-2eaeo Sie se SuOS 25336 MOOMIS PREM ELONT Ys 225 ta ee ae ee eee 25379 | Wilcox, Dr. Timothy E., U.S. A...--- 25401, 25653 McCoy: Herbert Nits 2e.c\ece = cenaseeeecce 24813 4) NViOOl MAN ANS ieee lanes eee ee 25859 IW kel Crdepeiye da, (0) coo sensceponosDasn oor Socan (PAPER) Ve Xonb yn VG ISE Se Soak cebocactsosnsecoooNss 25068 Marsh; George Bin ct sce soqeseci emacs 24651 | DEPARTMENT VII. FISHES. Ames; Dr. Howard E,W. S..Neoee «es sse ee 24892 , Geological Survey of Canada...--..------ 25326 FAINT Henry AMG oe cet eee see eee jan ened OM TCC, WAIST O Wa het ceret eee eer eee eee 24711 Bean, Dr. -tarletonthi se oceeeee ee ee 20446) Henderson) JiC se] line eee eee eee eee 25300 Bartholome wide C Osseo eee eee 20409: “Henshaw. He Whecastecesorenisccecc ee oeee 25322 159 Gea? DAN CREE See tes ae eI Shee na 24728) 20173) |) PLCLLera se TOL. PAL la emee aes eres eee eee 24769 Ghittendens Dr. dich= += — ee eee QOD, Pee Sx se ele een eas oe eer 25367 JO TOV fei 0) eas: ee eels Sie Be 2472s |) SatwanNs GA COs swears senile see eee ee 25710 Mish Commissions Wes ec a-e--e eee a eco ele 5404 ea ROU Sw eee ee ee 24704 Forest and Stream Publishing Company, | Loomis, Rev. ONY sae) saree eee eee 25379 Newark. City, 36s. ese nee ee 25170: |) Mearns) Dr: Bdgar Au, U. 9: Ace) coos eee 25392 (Gearnery Rel: jah ae estore ence a eee 24625 | Moreland, Walter ...-- dee oes ek eeceee 25742, 25794
INDEX BY DEPARTMENTS.
DEPARTMENT V1II—Continued.
FisHes—Continued.
597°
Accession Accession number. tember. Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cam- Sutherland, John....::.-.... Jateemectaace, (2Od0T bridcvet Mass: tcet <ceosoenatcss cleie.a's 24857, 25687 | Taylor, Douglas.:.--...:55s5ss-25-----2-- 25770 Richmonds @harles"W- -ses-=--ee s2---- = 20828) }) bom psOn het by esos n= eee ee eee eee 24684 RidowayeAUdOpOM =sos2s- ene cease 2582211) Tip hain es Vill sec cc eee eee ee Ce 25788 SRMPISOI, eeAte eo sa). oeickee Hes oeeiseieats 24865 | Treasury Department. U. S. Life-Saving Simipsonw@harles Ul 442.0 s29socce soos eee 253003)! \SOLVICO Ss. ales raat ne eee eee see 25640 Sri nMEGar) aneleecee eine ee sia tan oes. 55696) |) Weaver é bh). --2 50 sscee see se e389 Smithsonian Institution. U.S. National i Wiells, “Roger; jr.. U. S.N 2 = s2-2-525sesene 25336 Wtersenmitiee eee ee erase eee cee 22485424686 Ul Walcox, Dr. Fimothy E., U.S. A:::....... 25401 DEPARTMENT VIII. VERTEBRATE FOSSILS. Agriculture, Department of.....-_..----- 25628 | Kost; Dr. d :1:<- scat. asess5s2-55s seamen 24753 British Museum, London, England -.-.--- JESSO Plein colntdi Min. = sce natne sea cece as Se 25651 Charlton el eeccioee a ae oee ae eee ae ZO0ds | ReEtbisTe wae W o-cceee ce eee ee en aGeene 25518 Colburn Drs Gi Besos soca = oo ses o's i PAU) || INA y NWT ORS oho oSonceosancnadossaen 24692 Interior Department. U.S. Geological Shutel dit Dr Ra WiesWiepssea tees enaar eee 24764 SHUIGU.G Vieteieelaiaie Joe iia ete setelseinieisisisicie a= 24627, 25143 ' Whitton, William R ........:.. 2/4 )s4\5,s15 Sis 25161 DEPARTMENT IX. MOuLUSKs. PAUO'G ON eA rena steele taereeyso se te Sasa wisjaee Be 25208 | Oreutt,C.R...-.:-. Ar iter eee eoernor me, ee) Agriculture, Department of -.------.-- BGP PES |) ON SON TAR 18 ly Wisc qonseeocencessesenne - 24556 PAC CE ya Cote eae eee ee eee eos 20,0400 ,2nD 000} Palmer iE Gwardcss. sacs sea secon anon 24600 PANG OU See einige se 24009) 20847)|| Parker, Aq Hi sii. 25-saeszae sessing see oe 25464 Binnie yaWellecme cme er= sc see seeee eens PASEO || IPM aig Is le No oe Soa seoaarin Goeoee he. Pee 25733 Boyle, Mrs. Maty..::::2.2::2:.:::-25-.:.- 20065 | Ragsdale, G. H .-...-.--.. Lee eaten ee 24740 Browh, R: W...--.-.24534, 24538, 24598, 24637, 25478 | Richmond, Charles W....-- seca ene 25828 Gockereliseron-DaDY AC 22 oteasdsseles as 208S5m ROSS gVirgn Gy COLE 6) bees e ea ne eee 25521 Wookey Mass wie: s2sse2sssaaseecs Herve 226 25842 | Rush, Dr. W. Ja ORASH EN aceon beneee veanen 25839 Cossmann, M. <s.a:.2:2s3-.c025--55 SEAS BRE. 20442) sSantord. ON 225-22 eeee eee Jocee ee none 25845 Coxe Dra C suet setesee cess onceceeessss2- 20843 | Sebert, W. Be. o.2cccc. Bee ae eee 25171 Dall William HH... . 2s: -as.2-2252 hss 24535, 20846 | Shufeldt, Dr. R. W.,U.S.A..-......-:.--. 24536 ID ER SOE 7a Gena S anne ISSA SSR ARS ac 2472 te Simpson. Charles lee oscts asses eee 25300 I@rriss; James) Msc. a--asssc2-c eds ssn Ss 29632) Sin Gey: dl. Hi <2= = se/0 as actissnce see Sees ee 25418 Hishs Commission, U.S -s225225-222-.--25- rao OAS Y aI. 6 Of Cea SB Ae gt Eto ys es 25237 Hulton, Hugh <2esas-----2------=--::--:2.. 24697 | Smithsonian Teton U. S. National Giddings, Miss BerthaS ...-...-.-:...... 24858 MuSe@umiy 552-2 sbee ed aoe onae Sees 24686, 25713 Greegor, Isaiah.:.:....222...565 Ecasias ZOLOO VAD MA SOMOLS) te). Ey ae aeae a aoe eee eee 24942 (Guim Gi Jib Mesa ab es Mea aAeeGe an Merea ease 26267 | Stearns, Frederick ...........<.- 24617, 24960, 25836 Hamske: Hyp Aw sams cscs esta Sf Sees nee o- Pa Btesall Scena spe Dies Ind D(C) aoooeoasaocsS=oesocnec 25481 Harris, George F ...::..-..- Ae Sets ce MecaBes PATI | Daglor, Revie GoW! J5- = sees eee ae 25033 Henderson ie O-yleecene soem tease ae - 20300. Pollin: Oscare-c.cee- a-ha eee eee 25832 VENNYs VICLOLVAL asim sees -- a5 - fee se see 25860 Treasury Department. U.S. Life-Saving. POUHRON wl. Cease eee eos a esse se oe 24991 IESE = 5 eooncone coagoonssosoroste ssee 25640 ROS tyD ed foe seca se ssacc snes Sects ses 248507) Turton: Capt: Wis El., Ry. Wises --. 2s ees 25501 ibyetnivevey, Wiad fete (es oka Sees an nee ane eee 20014 | Uke Siisca2 song ocmcn ence seecinseeceseese 25403 WoormIs Rev Ment yess. 222. ~ esas == 25379 Vaughan, T. Wayland... .24848, 25102, 25160. 25473 IMCD ATG a Wipe Se tete = oiatels a-)acie se ene = oi 20069) | MVieliGwD rsdn iW! see eeee soe esigeecaee seer 24961 Marsh eWeeAtecee 55 spss = 22s s ce Seins else 24841 Wagner Free Institute of Science, Phila- Mears Dro Hdear aU S.A 2052. .6.5-- 24840 delphiawP aieaase cee en sas oe eee dCs oop oe Mit Chel leche peeeriee osta- are cian = 221-2 a DODD, 20GB Ts |» WW CDSter George: Wie ose. =o cecm ee ese 24626 MONKS wMUSKi Owl etaesnice eee once se coe bs OCA 4! LOW ITON Brailes severe siete alanine eee See oes 24869 IMOSS) Williamece=-2----.-------=-ces--20002, 20001 | Wildman, Rounsevelle.--..-.-.-5..-<--=- 25862 POJoren iiss WER IO Bo cooenbesoe sober 25594 Willcox, Joseph....... FACE Ocego GODSLE SE 25472
598 REPORT OF
NATIONAL
MUSEUM, 1892.
DEPARTMENT X.
INSECTS.
Accession Accession unmber. number. ADDO, WW avklsn osc a assace see see ae se eee 246721 Gkavser Wallianie nase occ e acest come 24631 AMamg, AL GA. so scsadeuae ping cesta ae 2A970) |) Weineaids se Prevoneas-= esse -ees eee 24663, 24909, 25637 Adams, Mrs. Sarali M.............1-.--.- 20800: | aistoleeheveek alice eee es ae eae 24616 Agriculture, Department of -........-24628, 24816 | Loomis, Rev. Henry ................. -25379, 25831 24889, 24890, 24897, 24940, 24941, 24950 | Love, Robert E............... Faocnmaniaten 25743 250085, 25110, 25111, 25356, 25400, 25554 | Lowe, Braxton B..................4.--.-- 25245 AMTICH; jie sets ae tee eee eee 20308) cowie Camilicu= sanen ase aa ee eee meee 24822 Allens George. Ay s.2--seeee Bodensasse 25046, 25402 | Lowe, Dr. James H--...-...-......2..... 24723 Ames, Dr. Howard) E., U.S. N-22-::--:- 24892 | Lowenstein, William....-...-.---..---..- 25012 Ane elly Gear as oe es oe eae eee eS ZA6CT |i Miatthews: hn ise sac ee ete eee 25791 J Nenisynidereley, WG ENE ese oacoeec ee co= sae 25798 | Mearns, Dr. Edgar A., U.S. A........-.- 25578 Auckland Museum, New Zealand ..--.-- 2495% || Menetes’ SpeediSs-2-6. sae saat ae eee 24730 Babcock, 7A. Wiccan aes ke sec mete ee aoe 25248 | Michand, Dr. Gustave ..-....- shes Ae eet he 24874 Bednalll Swi. esos ee aces hem oe eects 25616 | Montandon, Prof. A. L..-....... 24579, 25244, 25520 Baileys Hive Bisa ance. ees eee ee eit 24893 | Neville, William R.-.....--. SAO esate 25004 Beyer, Gy. 22 22-2 = = one oe een = Zoo Se eNiswand ery ls Jitseee= 2 aee ae eee 25357 ‘Boarmap yy DreiG.) Viesassssen sees ee ee 22078) Noel SP aul cs scc pe eer oe eee eee 25269 Bowditen wie cer are este ya) Peer eee ae te 2500 BNO lig or wh Pnes bees = eee ee 25268 IBTadner DEN Vere eee ee eee ee 25023 | Parker, A. H...... Yelena ee 25464 Brown, Bs W. 2-2. ..24657, 24707; 24963, 25519-25793 | “Patrick Isaac. 0. ern es ueen ee eee eee 24915 IBTUNGE -PKOP eee ee ater eee ee eee 240769 FPence ae Clo eee eee ee 24865, 25070 Bub avE Where jks sera at se esata eae 25406 | Pond, Lieut. Charles F., U. S. N....-..-- 25610 Calvert SP hilip? Senceseoece eee ane dames 25609 | Putnam, Mrs. William ......_...-..------ 25015 Camp yd Hesse ance cece scan see Joe ee 20004" | <@nelch: Bertram ©--50- css. see een eee 24870 @hidsey, (Charles dns seer teseeeaee eee 24824 Richmond. Gharlesmyiss sae eee dos, DH ROR @lorewAndreyidiest co ase ee een peoeeeee 22008) 20012 Rick ecker licsh ease eee ee eee 24668 Collett qa ee seats. (638 eee ss eee 249687) Richardson We see asec e eae 25677 Codlboutai withers paste eee eee 20123 | Rider, Ilis I..-.--..--- Sat et ee Cee 25779 @revecoegurmih hah eat se erect ces cea 20028 | MRO Wed CUsEasceee eee eee eee 25361, 25575, 25835 Mantel wre Z: else es: oe eee Kee | 20200 Snide Beer Dye ee ee 24775
IDES EGS dhe occ opoc pa OS MMS SA BASSE EEE 25246 | Smithsonian Institution. U.S. National IDE WAES ME WY aoe ose asia els cee sce ese 24972 Museum.....-.- PR eee cede ees (tin, PALIN) De saussure se rote tees. eee see 2020 Sri era. Wi eee ate ee ee eee 25781 Dietz Obtomarsas-t oo hesse feo ea ee 25491 Sprinkel ic Wisetce oc. cee et ae eee 25760 Dodee: Col pRichard kes. Acs. sso 248450) Stan leys bye serene ae a 94595 Dugeés, Prof. A......-...--.--.-.---.--24727, 25780 | Starkweather, Mrs. H. R--.--.------.-.2-. 24839 IOEMON|, MGS IMO Oot scarcoanoseoes sass 25732 State; Department iof.-. --)-.-------ee see 25601 Hichhott <Or- wWalliambe. asec cece ote sacs 25498" 5 Steant Chis. © eae eee 24703 EW eninge erotica iat aa eee eee =e 25327 Supden;iMisssBii 22 cease eee 25824 Bacon EC homas}@ceer-cees ese e ae SO De Thompson Woh. cee s 2 ee eee 24634 MerousonWalliann il 2 se ee eee ere 24979 | Townsend, AW Cy ceacteas oer scsossaclsss 25792 RES Commissiony Weise ees a eee ee 2519/0), UllkexiWennys aces escheat eee 24888, 25112 Hox \Walliann Je so sae cen ee oe 24873, 25364. 25769 | y arce, Clarence and Samuel E —...:+..-.- 25037 Giddings; Charlestiess--2n- ese c2oeceee 25000 | Wallace, Mrs. Catharine P...........-..- 25599 IUeG Ny Nels We soe ceeo ona ssasonSeeee sores 24871 Wreiyinany Gh ornen = aceesse seat 25335 Iskoilefe) WBlo (Co oc ooeeoaseb soe sesasscsssod 25799 | White, Dr. C. H., U. S. N.-:--2---2.----- 24624 Interior Department. U.S. Geological Wilite: Miss koseoeeccc seen ena 25665 SUL VOY, ani mania leas oe ai meee ae 24593 | Wilcox, Dr. Timothy E., Un SeeAee eee 25401 Tartare OD Gib eee ee ae eee ea 25535 Wildmann, Roecceaee a nske ce serene 25862 Jenks ErOfsdl- Wink eae eee te eee 25812 | Zahniser, Miss Katherine G......-.-.---- 24948
Johnson: dud Peuus Cress sses-cee eee 25877 DEPARTMENT XI. MARINE INVERTEBRATES.
Ames, Dr. Howard E:, U.S. Ne.-5.2-2ee2 24892| Brady, Prof. George S.--.-----...-.------ 25283 Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Brown Ro Wieteees cas cos cones See ee eee 25078 \WEGS Sete eee ae aeeeeaememoh tee 24597; 25661»)) ‘Coake: (Olt: sass ence ee eee eee eee 24892 Bealawenneth Eh: oso 2. dae see ee 25723" | 2 Dall sowWalliamy tole sce eee eee eee aeeeoe 25816 Benedictvviames Wilts. cooeasnecese ee 25074: Dugés, Prof. AG. oen--s ness s-c eee 24727
; INDEX BY DEPARTMENTS.
DEPARTMENT
ae
XI— Continued.
MARINE INVERTEBRATES—Continued.
Accession number. Hdirard se espAcemM cs ace ula sisi aia ciere oo n= = 25511 | Fish Commission, U. S. - -.24754, 24842, 25547. 25650 | MOSAIC keg ORATICS Ree ee ae dic ee aaa oldy= a 25094 | Gibbesierotebewis) Uincscaceeccse cn. ce.- 24977 | Greeror slo ae... paces Sbagoceace sogse= 25529 Ise ONE bel Cap teases ocesennere Pp aaee 25300 JAG WEA Gels 1385 AS SS eRe saree ne eens 24982 ASLO IOUS OS Tse kAseao some aeas eee 24584 | Uli, a WW osctengtiess cesneoe Hebece ooee os 24615 Kingston Exposition, Bahama Court-- --- 25010 IY iL Tne NOR DeaRe- SoSesne se ssnneaacaeee 24914 MoOUdermM an whe Baa haces see cic ere cn os 25156 OOMIST Reva Mena sewee= sa cece oe = 25379 Mulimorenvawellitambe es sss -iaens ses == 24776 NUI@RepWe A ES AS SASS oe Sees SEA arioa ne 25373 iii gy (ION 6=- he Spanab aaaaeseeE Soeaeae 25825. | INGranem, Ties AL I ee We snosme encase 25506 |
Otago University Museum, Dunedin, New | s M Zealand 25341
DEPARTMENT
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.
Ath Dotto res War elimcenawince ce Sesiarrats sees 25470 | Auckland Museum, Auckland, New Zea- | JERYI Ae cs cSch a Amada eP Ones eam 24957 | dye, Wrest ese oe SME eee ees rsh ee ere ce are 25817 | “Soorecarals (OY, NRG als oe ge eal 24837 | (ORION Su B I A Ae pee eka ene ae ee ees eee 25411 | TOF Vain ere 3 (a ete eet ee re ae rela 25846 | Fish Commission, U.S ...-. _...24959, 25055, 25157 25198, 25370, 25494, 25570 | AG MET ey een a eS econ nns sas ueen ce 25124 | Interior Department. U.S. Geologicai STIPGi Space sdcaena seeds DOUDOBSeSARoseae 25245 | AGO TWh. Guan ae See Se cease Ste cisic jetecies 24788 | Wincolns die Mies ose See eee eee os 25414 Pucas Hired ene kKeAe as ose cece fam eee 25471 | PPanicon At wi wertse Sor ae We ane be cina Seba 25464. | ARE OD ay rm hte ve (2) [ee res ee ae 24386 | Bchmid) Eaward S22 =... 2-2. = seer n= 24985 | Schenck) ieee seco wen o5- a thOs Ce aeeesee 25344 |
Accession number. Parker, A. 2. seen stem ne ce eaters 25464 Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Mass... -- 25842 Potter Rev Jn As lap See le a aeeeeeens 25663 Rathbun: shichardse-5- eee eee eee 25381 Richmond (Charlesmw ase. 2 se=aeaeeeeee 25828 Royal Zoélogical Museum, Florence, Italy 24918 Sawyer mUIeub. dk. Br. Wiis. Ne a aeecasnia 25340 Simpson, Charles its sees 25300, 25455 Smithsonian Institution. U.S. National Museum: ...5.)3 Sanasesices cee ea eeeeee 24645, 25444 Stearn Sehr ed Ctrl C hese ee eee 24617 Steamer sseD) rs heirs Crescent eee 25507 Burpe,, Albertine 32ers 24710 Wiebb id erd Obit Geese 25568 Wrells Roger s\n wUsiS. NER eee eee 25336 Wildmann, Hon. Rounsevelle. .-..--.---- 25862 Wilkinson asBreseo5 6 yo oe ee eee 25435 OO slauanitelelie, DME es WNiey Wie sees wancoaseas a 52 24691 | Smith, Dr. Hugh M.............25228, 25230; 25251 Smithsonian Institution. U. S. National : PMGSG Uma ee otras ayeee- Sy -7ro io esc ee oe ne 24686 Smithsonian Institution. National Zo- Ole oeallbankayae. oe a eae ae 25038, 25049 25063, 25229, 25275, 25810, 25870 Stablery dames e=- oe seee eee ear eee 25634 Treasury Department. U.S. Life-Saving SEI COs oe meee ee See as en ee ae 5346 roe DriChbarlestA-2 S222 ssencnen eee 25642 Ward's Natural Science Establishment, Rochester) News Mork.-.---25- eee e- 24982, 25052 ENVIElIS SRO Ger yj r Ut QooNIc = ental 25336 Walcox,<Dr:. timothy, B: Us Ss: Acs ess 25401 Walliams tel). HAs. > Soccck a case nase eee 25125 Nilson scouts 25c-7 oan n aoe 25638, 25639 Wied Vit SS Sb Misses en aa 25182. 25816
DEPARTMENT XIIL
(A) INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS (PALEOZOIC).
Australian Museum, Sydney, New South
VWGIESS 564,08 Sete Ne Sie ae ere ese 24597 | Brock, Herbert E.-.......--....-24641, 25508, 25683 | PB aayatinn OPIN wees terse setae = 5, aE te(crsa(s <tcleie =e 24837 Bryanty Henry Go-- 5----..---- pete eee tore 25288 hain pb oe ee Soe ee ceee ee 24610 A OISOT aL cuy eis are as ech Yeap mala cle 25061 Han SO se Bo Ard ea ot ete iciw ct ce oalaarore 24938 lovey GeOreeuuy es tees a ec cela epctrsses ie = 25630 | Maney ls, | Cessese.-2 22 DESL OER ROE Der Bans 25523" | GOMOD) Ded yea sees eee koe ee 25514 | Millers Charles ita sets ot ecco oer ole o/s 25711 | New York State Museum, Albany...-...- 25670 |
ebookers virgo Vise st eee
HT Ed vey Wi God UTS be ae canary ee sieeaiee Banda wis Ava see woe ae ee RansdellWarry a= 22.002 = ol-sase es eee Romung er Dri war sos nase, eee : IRUISSOL SMTA KS rene oars ae sooner oe 25617, 25655 Mabe Willie eB rc 2 sts. c= ais ele eee ee Pornquist econo 5. 5. os=cce one eee
Vianleab eniysiminean. eee accra eee re Wilcox, Walter D
Society, Drook-
UTES et Gey, Rees eat Is 25500, 25590 Wailer Charles tien uies sect eae ere ae ee aoe 24652
600
REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.
DEPARTMENT XII1I—Continued.
(B) INVERTEBRATE FossiLs (MESOZOIC). Accession Accessiori number. | mumber. Blackburn sha wit sees see eeeeseeeee 29085), |. DowmlGya Nees jr. aso ac acetiee oe eee ae 25811 Colllinss Miss) Maryi@ seeeeee pense ee eee 25050 | ‘Trier Charles Aw -26 science 25642) McCreery, Ji Hin. was ee eee 25954 26583) | aaah CeaDes. 2 eee eee ts ae 25218) Mearns, Dr. Edgar A., U.S. A..... ..e. 2O5T78) |i anon eNotes eon ae 24855 Squier, Homers. s22.- ss. -2 |e eee UO : DEPARTMENT XIV. FossiL PLANTS. Calcutta Botanic Garden. -:---.-.-..--2- 25563 | Lowe, Dr. James H.....-.-...- eacrpore eR Bryan, OjGNe 2. seat seein os Sone se tea a 24837 | Meeds, Prof. A. Dt. 52s soncceeeseeeeeaes 25292 @hidsey,(Charlestirce. o> s2a-a2seeeeeee eee 24804 Nehring ee rote Dire aee ae teect Seine eee 25510 Evermann: Prof. 3. Wi ss-2-- -eoe22sce oes 25321m MO tis76olG.OLS NO eee ae eae see eee -:-- 25062 Henshaw, EoWis-- c= 0 = oe nse sae eerie 25291 Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Interior Department. U. S. Geological Stockholms: .f2-- <2 es sete eee ears 25227 SUTVGY s-5 ssc tice es eee cane a cee eee 25219 | Rhwaites, George H:--. 5. -...-...6---- .. 25393 BACOC MR WA cea oes era eee ae 25426 | ’ DEPARTMENT X RECENT PLANTS. Agriculture, Department of............-. 20287 Guinleys Ra IResee - ees see tease eee apes 25267 Auckland Museum, Auckland, New Zea- Huntley; Joh =. + se=:-sec on.seat toe cece 25709 MAN Grote erecta arose ce cree ees ees eee 24957 | MeCarthy \Gerald2cs a. sees see saa eeeeee 25874 IBATT EB PATS eee ety Oe me: 258133 eerin glen G.ees ses ee eee 24614, 25883 ISAM y 8 Ora (Cla one Soon te ssanae—sane o59g88|/eRathbuny Miss Me Jess seee een 25404 @hambers diac see cose ae Meee 25035 | State, Department of...-..........--....- 25601 IDNGOS UP TOT: cls ye oe acca rate sete aes 24727 olliny |Os cart ese eee 25436, 25832 Berrys VEPs WO MMe er eenatan meee eee eee 245557/|) Walkershrnes ter acc cncierecise sae eee 24673 Bish! Commission: WiiS)enss.ss-- 25079, 25080, 25084 | DEPARTMENT XVI. MINERALS. PAN erie lraiplere cts aac Sep cnc eee 25739) | eennoys DrsWilencasee oe eee ee eee 95499 AYINIUAS OO ODRUEL 222 meee ene oe ee ee 25643") Jones; Wi. Wisk os << Scena ee eee eee ee 25368 APPIN CLOTS WW coat ae ae oe eae eee oon eee Mid" |) RedziesG: Ih S8 te =e ee ee 24748 BementiGige s., vaca ee ee eee 25395 | Kitobz:; Otto = cence to ee eee 25190 IBOwmMan A) cA ater eee ZATAS 24790824997. 252800) Naan, clei h ee Sea ee ee 24928 STOW NO Narles) heen = se eee 24707, 25700).| bangdale Jiohnivyie-sss= eee eee 25452 Catone Her one eee eee eee n Ee cote 95572 | Gaws hrankhim o-.-2 ose e a ee 25772 CGhatardD rail Mee se ee pene eee 24552) | eteriGk. whist see = see. eee eae ee 24933 Glay well Ro berth etea--= scence t ee ee 24952)4)| Imi se yas Aes ooo eee oe See 21949 DemckerpRovekiaces ee acre == eee PASHO 2D TOS) luo Wes Dried alg ER eee ee oe 24723: MonaldsonLhomase-ecee = eee eee 246020| viacHarlane yh eee eee eee seer 24594 IDEAS bis Deal @ Sepa eeia sae Sees mee ee as Tees -24809; 24989 | McGinniss, William H...............:... 25056 Heleston wero evomasreeees ee seen eee 29456) | MarksoniyPhilipy Ay == -- se eee eee 24934 JOCURI dN Soak eee wees eae 24772. Mindeleti;) Cosmos=s----e---eeeeer reese 24988 1D) afeale wed SWGy Ve roy IN Le ee On ute ie oes sors oe 25728 | Morganton Land Improvement Company, English WGeorcey ley ce |GOe se esse 24760 Morganton Ni © joese enn ene eee 24964 HOOtes FAS ee ate eee ees 247515,25203825205"| Patton Wee eee ee eee 24674 HODrester RODeRi nee ee see eee 24610 4|aPelicey7 |S. cAt es oon sc cee sees ee ae 25077 Eamilin er eAC Olas eee ee ee eee 240430 Bhenteld -erolyS eo eee eee eee 25202, 25121 Eartman: Jc eMios2 =e 525-52 nee eee ee eee 24801 || “Penny packers CUHes 22222-2252 --e = 24787, 25453 PaO DOU I< Sesao et sao sae ee eee 252047) WE CRTOS OG, - PACE.) lene laa eee eee 25214 lea ashy 5 ee ey ee DATAG a Pickles Oi nLianeee eee ene eee 25239 LORNID TOO ei eae 248040 | Riana Garrette eres eee eee 24917, 24995 Te Cah) EE) Dd Ope eae ee epee eee: Cariyeg ae ee: 24759) SReddin tab ier eee ee eee 25864 Interior Department. U. S. Geological IROS6TS 1 Oc ban aspen eee eee 24655 SUG CN AB A5 see 24530; 24550) (24763524930 "| Russe AS Boos oe a ee ae ee ee 24805 25024, 250384, 25174, 25192, 25260, 25261 Sharples; HinPs,.2 25's ee nee eee ee 24543 20451, 25541, 25627, 25724, 25768, 25851 | Shelton, J.G\........--.-------.+s+eee- 24712, 24747
INDEX BY DEPARTMENTS.
601
DEPARTMENT XVI—Continued.
MINERALS—Continued.
Accession | Accession number. | number. Sheppardsdiames Hiss--2s. 0-25-22. 5: 24759 | Von Streeruwitz, W. H.....------------- 25482 STOO Ao WE eRe bas po ceposenaaneas 246561! Walcott, |G. DSc tec ee tree are 25191 Smithsonian Institution. U.S. National Wiar di, Hin "AG 5. So) Pee apenas 24762, 24778 IMMESOUM aos - Psi misiseceieele Bao y2d99an20L98 || Wiestalll (S.J -cocmcesan - heeaease eee see 24998 Shay Gin) ABU tas os6e a2 cereek cet eneceaoe 24750 WiALleOx,, Diccnccteedeaseecce eee areeenae 24802 MS pINGle wee Hee ose ses onets s Sencion = esa ke 25030 Walliams; Dr> George) Eis-- = see see ae 25450
Sraranes, IR EN. oe Sao 3h o5 bone oseesoee 25789 | Williamsburgh Scientific Society, Brook- JUIN DO, 18. pecs ee sensoosoesace cecsesedcor 25029 DyiMe es) sooo se kee eine eee 25719 siomsyCupieMle Oe cates steno ances stot DATA ly WallsOnS Ni. liv s2sece asco etna Coen 25738 Treasury Department. U.S. Life-Saving imVWiOOd “Rin cle ysSiee- cece ceeemetare aera 24810 SWIARIOG) Sa saacgndsnnopaucs ddacneodeodae 2a) |) MGV MG Shoes o5 sooo oecogcne scosee sacs 24999
LO SAT: GSE ee ee ae a8 pee ast 25374 | DEPARTMENT XVII. . GEOLOGY.
Ainley, H. John..----..----- Soosborsossos 25396 | Langdale, John W..-....-.--..--....- 25480, 25673 PAN eX ANCE WOU ER scice n= cce os ccmcoce toe 25189) | uinG oren "We scsae eee ence eee eee 25622 Nile Gua: Bac eee cae Coss B ee eee eae DO || aye, Sy. Wendie so-24s.-ssccscce 2520), 25428, 25546 IBArhOmnG cOLeewHemes ses a see eee =e = 251050) owe; rs Jameselea.- - =e eae eee 24723 ieee TERE \VAVG Sas6 554548 seodosssasasces 253000) elayele b-PAtl@ XA OT ee eis ieee eee 24604 ipkvalkilanan, Iphy eb 2esseeses conasnopesase 25085: |) MicGees Wi. din 222s. =. .ccen seen eee et osen 25195 Bourke, Capt. John G., U.S. A.--......-- Zoolos eMarksontee billet eee een eee 24735, 25194 [BO Werseblons Wiss W sels Osos nce i<hanice VEE Ahan Pha ginsd Diet Osis) SeSbaSssaneS toccsconas tess: 24755 Janes 10) i Sasecepessoosnenssesesocodeaae 24837) Mearns; Drs Bdear Ay (Wis. elves seer 25879 een, IBA Cp okosg St ocodsasdsceqaner Dayastsys | MOR Cis ts) cece sea cao aer coateodseqosscr 25240 IB Tens rarest ese atateice aaa aer 25359 | Morrison, Prot. James H......-.-...--. 95457, 25517 Capiwiell Vis diss neo ae ce cina sarees QoU7 Ou | Narcin; Mrs IN lis 22sec ee eecises = eslsee eee 24621 @laibornesdeel ss. sse-.ce- 22 Sees eee 21605) Northrup. Dri G: die - =. i. =e se eee 25802 Cllnmise, ECM ck daob seboceseenedeecnecnde 2oleinl Neal en Gy Chew Seo ames henselae etree as 25225 GlowrannpR wa eee oom. etae to ac etsaicis were ee 247 98 FOUN er Wallis Ol ssece ase eee 21504, 25525 CowiewWaMmes sss. tose es sees <a Paeails}. | eMbrtarey Melinda ere ook oaaoe OppteHiesooe 24600 Gros bye Wee see nese once Load, 20044.| Payn) Wlias dy. 2-2.stee. ssceces- aces sees 25801
(Chraslonrs JERE MVE Oocss-socccdcescuarsoes 25623 | Pecos Red Sandstone Company, Pecos @unnin pam Ce Wise see eae ecco PAOSUGIT i Oitiy, (Lex Jos ooscc cose seis esos e 2 bose 25351 JOON) SIKH Sigs sehen deeeoe eee aon saseae Doss ON EfOrd be: OULOey ae eeee ae ae nea aoe 25278 IDNR. (Oe 023 cis soeaeOnone etadan aeeen eae 25081 | Retsof Mining Company. New York City 24554 IOC kaw heen ee eee ena screete cae 25390 Robertson Wb as eae eo eee eee 24820 Evansville Pressed Brick Company, | SadtleriMMA =. 2222 checteeaesiee coe ere 24546 ivaniswmlllenwlindsa sees seer seas eciac OF G5daleSammalken > slice o-)- oe. ee eee eee 25797 Farrington, 0. C_..........-----------24581, 24639 | Sigua Iron Company, Santiago de Cuba .. 25803
shiCommissionsl Ur St-sesss-ceeeecesee- 25157. Smithsonian Institution. U. S. National Bisher er wires cee ao swine encec ene 25815 | Museum. . -. 24729, 24734, 24903, 24912, 25002, 25198 Florida Phosphate Company, Phosphoria, | 25199, 25226, 25247, 25290, 25385, 25499 TBM 23 2s cas b aS ese Sere SCS DAGTG |p sbrobher, WiecA. 2-0-5. 5 ac 2 eee 25820
HOLETEStEn sO DCLbee a= eee. leciec ese 24611, 25324 The Golding & Sons Company, Hockessin, MOU LGD) patel e Wi see eo oe ol ia cietey = Siete 2463 IDEs pas odenEeesanosoGEcoay sea DER Le sScSs 24720 alle Gharlesviley: == a6 se ee 2 cece ee ore) 24895 Von Streeruwitz, W-.H- . ..24725, 25482, 25059, 25206 REFom dey Giulia: eat se act. coo sees ae eer 2 DIGG) || Wee, (Ch Da eneeAn cons asenossceccseac>- 25207
Man SKC eb pA Sennett 2a. sce eae ae 25377. Watts, Blake, Bearne & Co., Devonshire, Telerik), Tsao Ne ero seeaccecanmaeneemes 24612 Bn elandesec-5 525.552 ee eee 25527 TSG Titi dig Olice dae Seen C ee Se Oe Kaen aaa eWiltitee Dr Ones U\SaN) a922 gee eee 24619 Havre rOinghtGeLb sea. ae = 2 saute 31-2 = ATR IeO ARS Tel\waelancds Georgce Wy s=--2 2. -- 32 care 25106 TECH LR IU ae ee eee nae Reece ae 246408 Walliams: Or. Georeo lel -- 2. 9-e sees eee 25057 Te ony eene UN D8 OO aed Ae eer ae 24785 | MGI a Sees sencecceeecbsresr ones ooscoqhs 2464)
ely Op eS Se ee Se ee ee ee eae 25277 | Wilson Mining Company, Brusswick, Interior Department. U. S. Geologicti INT ee ee a eee a ae 25585 Surveyeceesecence eects sateen eter OV879 005090) | aWatitlan, crOUersis s-=-)5 = Seite ose e 25 Hs RNENTG Vs pL Wir ener oer tact ceianiels DRwR Lae Ay || Wieorksy Waheed et NS So. seas eco s sess ca S= 25212 Keene yn dudioc) Gales secre era cise iate <!aie ee a DIOL MVC oN pee gece sec cook ae cssran Some A Tea) Garman tls: Grey Meek OOe se Stern ule ats wawsi eee ZED |) YARIS IGN ee aco Hoo Soo sore soomaGesSC= 24783
A. Page. Abbott, W. H,, specimens transmitted by ...-.2: 10.2. 2002252 Rhea Hort aoe 92 PAULO) Oh tome ores Lee eete cee rec pees Ade News sis ace sae Poke Ree ee ee eee 148 Contribution sbiromis sess tel sele oes) aie ac ea ee ee See ees 93 NGCESSIONMIS tN OXs Dyed GPALbMeNUS| LOl =e ss 2-245 Saco) eee eee ee ee eee 591 VOCANUbIES sb O gery c= fa, eice aise 5 Sarl, Sais ee eee eee 579 EXEC CSSIO MS plus UR Olin ieee Nee part eterayer oe ee ese ears) Sate ala alesse wis ata Ged nee Mae nro 527 omuier Mis Guliitese eta ee eo a aie sah ate cae iain ainis, See epee See 66 toOhesdepartmentuoi Om See= sss Se eye as ees ee tere oe a botany tss5 242235 c8se 0258s st ee ee eee eee 198 LUST CS ie seep oie eaie cn oe i fa a ee eee 160 POLO DY fea sesaan eee es ec ee eee eee 210 US OCU es er re ae Teno oe oe nL MAMMA Sense Ses nes eee aa SMe wee eee alee INI CLAS hae oS ae sok we Sota ee ee ee 202 mouse = eee es aes one nee ye er eee 165 DaleozoveHoOssllssee es sees eee oe ee eee 192 prehistoric) anthropology 2-22-2225. +-2 = 245 s4— 135 ISOM COUICMOMS casaccacasus oceeeceecooacose 116 SECU ONO OTA MUCrAnUSe sears eis ans ae pee a areas oe ere 122 ANG finn hvs\s OreeoSeroeSe See are ei ne ieee eer ee ee eer NOt IL) JAI TTS p18 GIA Soe 8 ein S a eee St SLE Sen nee a ete ee eS 109 Xan oma lemuseunMs DIN Cin Cen ects sos esac kok se noes Sees cee 6 AAG. COMMS: ccs sara SORES eS GOO ROSS See eee terre eet een eS 15 DADO Ge aie ee err ee ene fe a BS rc ew eee eins RES eee 437 TO bLC CLO IM Lely DV teen ae ras = = Rs Se eee 500 IRN Olt ss Se oo CSS OS Se ee eee Seer ee 111 ING la MITC HRN). SUBMIT Soest ok oe ee ete ee ee 14 WOLKApe vile WaOlM tN OI. sate so. 5 i cae Loe chi see See eee 23 MTC pin OLiAMbya CCESSIONSHILOM=ass joe sacle. oc Soe Se wc Se ce once eee eee 66 INTEC IN eee ACEI TOR TITLES DN ths casei Se yon ne eS ere 2 500 ab Amarin py OLuAni ACCeSSlONS! TOME ss. 5 ee = S55 oe 22s eee ee ee eee 69 Masami poucambrac CESSIOMS)/ (ROM) 2se e420. 255. = 2a ee sac as sas e+ 5 asses see ees 69 Albatross, collection of fishes made hy the steamer.......--..-..-.-.--------- 159 od ETDs Sees od BEG ci SE a RON ene 152 COULUOS VOM arrnm et ein Seka Sac 52s aes eo tea oa eee eee 435 DU POLSaD vere eens eee en eee en fe Je Cas te ieee 500 Amenxicai( British), important accessions from. .:.-.2.....-..:---<5 -«-<sss--e 68 NiMeRIcaAl(C ential potvamb accessions from ..--.--=-..-+5------2-4 sees eee 68 Americar CNOLth))uMportanmtsaccessions t{roM=.....----.--- .--2-- =2see4 nes. seen 67 American aboriginal pottery, report on the department of ...--..------.----- 109 aboriginal pottery, review of work in the department of......----.- 16 CORTE DGTAU ETDS: THOT ce ie Se ee ee aust oem te 186 UNS COmLC IAS O C1 ail O Mees Se ee oi ares ae ee ee 117 Oniencaesocie nye perees face oe cs 0 Soe nek coe eS Se see yacieeee 112
604 INDEX.
Page. Ames; Howard By 2. 2 coe scat cccmste ce oe Oe tere haat sere aoa aie ieee ree 89 Andrews, H.JA., paper by. < ss. 22sec ee eee ee ee eee 500 APPLOPLVAtlOMS,, VSO 2. oe emer ate ta ee eran ryan ane ea 56 for 189293 Ret ses os 2 es ee siete os are res werraig a ae ees 6 Archeolocical specimens) distribution of seen ee eee 142 Arizona, important ACCessIONS frOM2 42 ease ee ee oe ee eee 69 ATICANISAS, LDAPOLRUAM bra CCOSSI OMS hl OTN ere ete ee ees eee ae 70 Armadillos, PYOUWP Obs. 22 sees eo es are ae et oe ee ee ee ey eee 420 Ashmead, “W..(Hoc25-.. tac 55- a2 ee capes eee eet aay eee eee eee 174 ASIA5) LE OLLAN ts ACCESSIONS ALOU seem ae are oe eee ee eam er ee TOE Asia Minor, Ln portahb accessions frome-. =e) = 52a es eee 78 Asiatic Russia, importante ac ¢eSSlONSULOms = se se ae ee eee eee eee 78 Aspidonectes, Cast Ols. 2- y2 225 = ae sae 2c wane Sate jee eee oe ee eee ae 404 StS SSCL a wine abel e ale son tm tires © omni nny ere ot ea eee 121 Ati WaibOE: Wr onc oe Be ae eres erate pd ve oy ae ee 133 Australasia wip ONtan blac CESS1 ONS iO Mess eee ee eee Gs 81 Anstralian "mMuUseMmMis2 222 ss. bs sec.- Seen an ee eee Soe eae 176 AYRES: Hi clwar dah oi see core, ot eared SN epoca Sete tate nets Stet rate a ree mE ea ea 500 paper byeli. 2s 2 See sos ss ee eceeuiane cco ae OEE eae 526
B. IER YOURAET OS Ag teen atte MS occ OP mie ae ASE ES tobe eee Se eS ORS Oe EE 497 Baker, Prank: J. F228 esos ck ae Sas8 Wao aoe ee AEE SEES AERA acd 13 Baul dwiltas Ae Ae aes et ale ao ais meee cise ens Sp eT ere et te 159 Balioun, SHemLy: ese n se sre ese erate rae Sere sy erect ciara see a ee 140 Baxblemanyn iia (Mus sees. else tee a ee 2 RL geen: Uae ee ee 83, 105 photographic outiits furnished! to2--2-2- 2222--22>- «sane Sees 96 Photographs) presented shiye eases soe ae eee eee Bee ae 93 Baur sr, Giz. sore ee we eas lade che Scie core Crate etc Seba atere fe eae eee are 157 Beale; Hon Eruxtonies coins tse c.cin wots sales = Sepsis ee ee ee 83, 112 Ipéan.. BartonvAre: he. oe ene see le eee ee en eee eee 13 Papersiby laos hotness a eee eee eee 501 Bean? TarletonwhH ss 5-2 as. 2.26 sc eese ce oie s 30 OSes coe eee eee 13, 92 papers by. cece ea ese eee eee ee Cee eee Ole 0203 TepOrh Of2 Se os oh oases eis ae os See eee eee 159 Specimens pPresentedeDiyesane s22ce == eee ae eee eee 92 Beard; Miss! Nii Cins.32:c. 2 e.cec ncn cedos- cea. eee See eee eee <a eee 163 BemdinesdC Wares UE ss ens s as eer rela ae ee ee Sine Se 13, 84 Bendires | Charlessh., papers) Diyansa- = sere ee eee eee eee ee eee eee 503 T6porb Of... see ee Sack soe eee see eee eee 153 WENEAICh; (amMeSNE ys. ee ae esl sae oe se ee ea eae net 13, 175, 512 outhit furnished itojs.. 2..25508 2-22 ee sen eee eee eee 96 PAPCTS DY i. 5 55 oe ee ee es See ee eres 503 specimensicollecteds pyres =n ee ee eee eee 93 Benjamin, Park. sosees cod passa sse os sat oe ae Mere eee eee eee eee 131 Benson; (Marry C2 abe esse soem =e Sa Seo ae ele oe eee © ote ae ae sea yee 85 BElNaAd OU, =<)! B Sate Se vameeiens Seo es ee ee ee eee 107 Bibliography .22 523.22 sass oss ee oe eet 495 Bierstadii, Ws 6 Seok es es Bee ee A 121 Birds’ eges, principal accessions) to the collectioniote--225 222.4 sesso oeeeeee 153 review of work in the department Ofee- 255s 25 eee eee eee 17 Birds; principal accessions to\she depart menh oes] 22 === 2ee eee ae 148, 153 reportion. the deparimentiola- se. eer oe ee Eee ae ee 147 review,oL work in the department ot -ss.- sees sae eee ee eee eee 17 special researches by the curatomoteeose nese] ee eee eee ean ere 152
Blackiducks; croup) Ol: << c25- 2c aSee cece en eee e ne eee eee 407
INDEX. 605
Page
BilurdkcaversalamanG@erere nace clos ca cers ae ec Sa es ran Ree am eaten ed 155. BinmdeliPirenpenta wel dirs: toc oos cae a ciate oe see eee rie eras Acne ante 112 IB OAS, wna an aerate keels ee'=\ c's Joab at > Shae PRBS Ree eae tnd .g JF SSEc Haooe So eee 106 BAR obi ate ee nee ee eye A ay atha 2 Se Cperate tol erro ber nay age ne pn 2 aa 436 Istomdls Sb TERVAGN, Ske DAR ESe BoaeonY Gada bite ee RO sRoCDnME sma nAS hoa ates Hoae 163 TE ONLGUILOMUUNULUS a = Cetet ee ees toa la rae ates ha 2) oe, aVSrabawat ciety Sat che or arate rey ee CO 391 BOtamcaL DOoks cards caualomue Of. = ee. - eens bie eee eee eee ae eee 197 BotamyssAuccGesslons.tomulre department Oli. .2 sek pee ae artes seas ope ee eee 197 CONTIN OUI, Ween nC NT Wises cone ees eeeescseacs soe Sees besose Sa. 197
TSO OM [NEN UKE PRAHA HONE pe AH... AaB Mod aes ago BASU boas Reece ade 197 IS@UIRAS ONeL G ee S es SR Se ee Ree eee eee en 84, 96, 105, 109 IOWG NOW Oc ae tes see soe sees ses oose obese naasooeSar BRODIE one mo reene aaa" 13, 86 IPI WAN. Si Ree Oe EB oe Aer So aeame Rene Ser OSES oie SoS e a HA ese 412 Brandt Carlile ss ecco ce esse Sette Ses Seat ae eens eas Bonet ec epee eee 112 Breve rem) Ola © ese ee ste arayasisyeyaeic a vascrcen eae caren en gel snor ah ele a = hale ovat are oat fete fet ae 508 WAVOEH Ii o6050 Seq ncbs Goes cacanent qos cesen ane tacce osscnaoose 505
Brazil siMpochantiaccesslOns thO Mss. se seers isy= se ef eee ae BEIM yO aos PADCLIDV case 2 Soessbee estes swe hos oot wee oer eee 503 BriiishisombhneAdnicaniksxplorimo SOcleby =. s5 se eee ee oe nee 94. TESTS ire) al elenrses eee yas Sea eters athe eens mye Ae aot Rae hee eres Ge vercin ogee ae 189 JSROW iM, IRICM NN cosesose odes casteo ed sdusesas sanans anos. caehaspeos sseccsSssoc: 156 IBIRVAIN, OodNlce saeeige tebe e oe oe Cae Reese GCEUUS Sea Sset a oe Ce serene oeciscioc 139 JERR Alls Sa Ore Seto tS era ee Serra SO eI eee te ER an reas mira cro 14, 23 SOME Masur Tie EL OMaV CVs ae a se srs Vee eee Oi. Ss Leeseis nits a Setelo eins sams cere Se 94 eM Osti Sh MCAS Ue Ole arre ste cte s hasS. ct slacews, est S Gls OS ee oe Sind eRe ae apy eee ees 398 unl dinsstor hee Miise um spLroposedsadditiomallee= 425 Sessa tee sae ae ee 6 rancho ose mC ano OW wees a= eee eerste ta eee Garett etm Sere seyala isis fontaine Ulgleueitiaiets 68 BUTchellse7 OMT ae sas Aon Nees ae Soe sae Lied Wee Sree SE Noe Aa Reet doe cele meee 425 LEAVE EY CONE CARLA ON Gea 5 aie eo aes ees a SRE RR a a a im a eh eS oer rae ee 139 COOPETAONWOL GES a2 eee Ree erro as eee eis seis 92
JBURUPIS,, JTRS Se ey oe oes ee yes Beep ee RR Sn ARR ets ete i a 1 ae 163
DAPCEMD Yass Sorte Nese sens oe eBe ss Seine ae ey DOOR oe on ae 451 |
homahavwgkac ollectedubiyieer <5 0 nao oe en ee ee eee 88
TENTS OS DY BUSES) BG iss tem ae os oe Eg I a eee Pa cn te See ae 178 BUGLerAPAMLOS RV iru AD CLOW Via sesorceeiepein tas eo o8, Gre a2) ice ESE eee oe oe eee 503
CBG
Calitornia miMmpoctiani accessions trOMess sa. 9522. ss2 eee Sees ae seine oe eee eee 70 Cali ent mpi Ot certs Soo faircls acoso thee ares Se Sis Seis Saas SHS eae es 5 See ree 173 Canmore collechimeon uit urm1SIve da hOjes ss eee ae eee ees eee 97 collections irom Atiuical transmibted Dy -- = sos. es. s6 se eeee eee e 94
CORALGACHLS: OGIQUPUED (COSI Otr G55 Sar bopioaT Seeds SGes seem cae Sad Soeeinesos ooee 396 @arlislemeAtd © prememerene Seca ae Scant Meds See PS IR aes ets Nae ore es Poe e eee ee 139 CAS yea Apia lew aemyerere me ysis Sars Shee ee ht See ue oe sees Sond s pers sloye marcia crs ate 173 Gassolen Cap tay creer meee sa eae Ses st te eS Beene ee 144 CaAlaAlocwelenihles seen ee ee Sees Sate ee eo ae Se oh Sle eo eee 11 OMehippedaumplementispine my linda aes ese a ee eee 457
Chanlen mum SbODsemee tes fee a aA sane Sods Nos eo tlee o sine ye memes 94 Crammer ©.cuaive sapere meee ee mee er ie See ee SS hearer ee eee 130 Chapmanrmiranikeele papers ess cee ota oe te Bete Nis an See ctoeie weees 503 Chap mame lena mikes Vi aan aed seers ae Ve haves eats See tls Sethe, xo svete eee cae 152 Charactemandrorioim of tossil remaims, the-..) 222-2... -+24 ae-< saeco eenee 251 (Clngireiedl, IMs. INTER 8 4 Go be, ct A Rees ae OS Sn ee a A Pm SS ed ee 87, 88 Chatelain, Héh collectine apparatus furnished to-2------.---2--2---.---4--- 96
WS Horror GOOLL EUG MMA DOLBUDY scoot. ci oa cas ces Sac h-Seest cent ecyereeeee 508, 504
606 “ INDEX.
: Page. (Chiveslivivey Wyo Misa aoeopeccoe saoSsco So Seas coc ces cee Sag cece “erg sone pace ccee coo: 87 Chile; nitrate of soda from.- 227s 22 52216 Sei o eran ere roa eee ee T China, amportant accessions from.--- 2.) 25-22 Sa. een See eye l= ee a Gbiienden, J. EF... 2Asces tees eee Soe REPO. oe 83 Claims of geological science upon investigators, museums, ete...-...--.----- 362 Clark, A. Ho wardicz 2 savecenleacioe Sep ea ee oe ee ine ee Reece oe ae 13, 14
report: Of: 225 soe ce Soke ewes se wee Se epoca 3 See en 115 @larke, EQWer 2 222: ge cece =< Bee et ent Se eS ee tno ee ee ee 14, 89, 519 Papers bY: cca Saeco eee ee ee oe ee ee eee aoe eee aan 504 PEPOLbOf nce gens Se SSE ee ee ee ee ae ee 201
@larlkk, : Miss: Many ss02 22 see cc eae oe ee eee ae oe eee ee eee 88 Clay, Col. Cecil, woodland caribou transmitted by-- 2-2 2.- 2.22222 22 2e- ee 92 “@oal. Wlora;” report onthe: 222 se eeee tees Sere eee eee ee ee 186 Colinus: mountedsspecimensrol s52 = eee ee ee eee ee eee 413 Gollections;conditionvof, thes. 25-222 eee ee eee see eee eee 8 @ollectors? outfits: supplied =--2— 2.3. 252 eee eee see ee eee 95 Collinsy:Calp te Wa Wisk see cts 2 eae Say Str ee ee eee a 13, 92 Molombia-(U. S: of); «old: ornaments from: .2_.2--o 5.8.62. a ee cee Colorado Mp or tan ty ACCESS NOS Ae OM ea ee eee 71 @oloriSt = e322 eee aeons otc oe ne =o terse ee ae eee ee ie eee 66° Comparative anatomy, report on the department of.._...-.-.-...-.-------=.- 181
review of work in the department of --.. -...----.--- 21
Comparative odlogy of North American birds, paper on.... ........---.------ 461 Gondition:of the collections, \.-~ 2-420. ses Sas eee ee eee eee 8 Connecticut important accessions drome 4 -22- ses] ae see ener 71 Contributions to the knowledge of the older Mesozoic flora of Virginia ...---- 185 Cooks'O.has Bese oe a 2 eee Oe TE Ee Rd oe ein ae SE Pee eee 176, 178 Codperation of the departments and bureaus of the Government..-...-.----- . 82 Cone; 1a. Wt Ma perseuDy: sssjoc ee ore a= ae lee eee te ack eee ee ee Oreo Correlative ceolooy and. itscriteriass2= ss 225s eee eee ee ae ee eee 314 Correspondence andere orbs; Cli vals TO Ti Oiler ea re 61
(Cory, Charles: Bs, paper bycss-- = -- =- Te Sets Sota See nl eee 504 Corysvoldacrabs; TepOGunOn 2. ss ee eae eee Pee se Stas Bia ee See IGT Costa Rica, 1denbiiicabionvor birdsiirom. ss ee] soe sacs e eee eee eee 147 Couliter;zJio bn Mie ap ery Vee cin.ts eps cierets. ae ert eee er eee eee 504 Counier-Lithographingn€ o22e a 2 ete a aera oe tselalate ces eyelet ete Saree eee 121 Coville redenick Vor sese soe Mises Samia ee eee eee eee ee 503
PAPEL bye - = a5 seciese cers stersinte See ae eee eee ee 505
Coxmmemiorial-vase:. Sots ahs. See os oa cartosiswcienyear CSE eee 116 Cox, W:. Vi; clief:clerks:2 =. 20... du edo eecdics Sects ees ties Sante erase eee 14, 56 Crawford, Consul-General John M:-----------.----- oe Saeed Rive ee ee aie 83 Criteria.of past aqueous) conditions 2-66-85. s sas se ee a eee ee 328 Crimp: burial cave spaper on ther: 22 coe sees eee = ee eee eee 451 Crustaceans, dred spreparations Ofte. =.-3a--e a se Se ee 176 Guilin, * Stuarties ss Sd poe Ses oe AN Sat os Sees Se ee See eee eee ae 106 Gurators, listcote: 23 gos siene.s oto eee Se ean = ee ee 13 Cyprinus-carpio; Cast. Ofs .S2c1.c OSS soe ae ee ee oe Sa ee ee Soe aul: Gryntonas x» WO UIT! UGS eC CUI C NO Ree eset ee poe | 414
D. Dakoti/croup; the fora of whe sss oe ee ee ee ee 189 Dalle weilliam' Heal ey» 2221252 pee eee ee Been ly: & SH Jee 13, 14, /885895105 papers: Dye eee eae Peat eon ae report, \Of2.< sass ee ee oe ee ee ee eee 163
LUST eee ely 1 AER Re ec 2oaenc ees Bote are meee ae se Berean op ees ats
INDEX.* © 607
. £ Page Death Valley expedition, collections made by the..............-..-.22......- 93 Mecreascd-cditidn-_omive Museum report -...-2-. 2-2. 25c. 28 sabe cee peace ood 6 Hee aie HAT CS es DMCHE OCR = een a2 no, Scici = 2 ake Ne eee ee ee mene te Se 506 Venmanrk ari ortanb ACCESSIONS frOMis. =. 222. ..5o ce 22 oe 2 oe oes ete eee aes 79 Mentone specimencepresented. py 222-222. Sst cae. eee eee eee 92 Department of Agricultuge, codperation of the..-.-......-...-.....---2.- 48 89 Enterior, cooperation of the-2°) 208.20... 2.22 0) ee &6 Justice; ;cooperabionmoftihes 2 -- es ee 92 SUMO COOP GraclOme Ol = 255 Spee sas oe oe eee eee en eee 82 Weapaniments, index to accession lISt Diya--—-4ys-=— 2c se eee oe See 591 Development and arrangement of the exhibition series...........-.......-... 11 [Dear eyrS ies 18 ee SOY DO kU oe ee SHOer = Se ietannee ye re ena anime Cane | See oye irs fC 506 Dexter souls, COME Chm oxOUbit HummMas ede bOease se oo) aa a 97 WiptieravarranCemenpOl When ss s262~ eee sees 2. te a bo de eS 173 DI SiR DM LOMEOMES Pe CIMEN Se atta sas ats otis cee Wen te a 0s etek mete ena D4 District of Columbia, important accessions from==-=..--..--2-_- 2.222. 2.2. Til JO DRvortn WWI SNS 5 Sa ee nes at aie PS SS ae Sa orl ep SeneraU cP 3 13, 86 NEP OLLO Mes eae ae eon Ss A SE ei ge actos dct 133 IDG REF Ne De SRS SEG nese page ae ET Sener De a ae pape ae are 34, 105 TO eTTRG a ORAS a 8S Se a ee ee 178 TD yonulliaimaes: MIP aO NTC YS) = ee esac 5 co Cale ge Re acco ee en PRN, 109
WG ES WAG eee se teehee Gis yas as sis cristae Ae eeu naeel Maes Melosh ase aee 178 - ND NG OTe. ye eee mee ere) nas Slee ek REP ees oe Se sad ne Rk ee ae 84, 181
= BE. Ryo Lcui sea iee Oey pete etre ras ose yolae Ae Sae = ee ae SSL E sae ee eee 86 Escorall eer epe) Gaye eee emcee fetes Sowa eee eRe th fp Reba hie chal fy teh eee OLN ety Suey 13, 14 Ben ere <p COLON se. resem epee aoe 2. Sates woes Le Ne. Se 94 COMPELS MORI TING 2 Ae ee Sco sn see secs eae seal oeoe 86 Economie ornithology, division of (Department of Agriculture), contributions
ARGO ee, Ae eee st eee ES nn Son ne ns GE ee ee gue taal See 89 RwardsspinaloNe Specimens, transmitted yy .2 222. 2.222 e220. 2 yas eee 92 TE SRBIRG SE: Vac RSE A AS is Scot oe, Seen a IR a ae ee See oe 173 ACen nae AEs MN BpPCLS a yee a= <= See cae ee clan Set oe cio Aca oee tas Hae oecee oes 506 IETEREANTID, TOOT Shee DOORS We ee kes os Cocos eae cea eee ee ee ee s- 506 TES Coa eS: (CO, Sales MA Gis See eS err vege Ou Se en ec ee eR gE 121 ERED EL HR Cre OE OC Le eee eta on a eR een ee 2S VES takes See oe 85, 105 Homie OOS Manner OL WanG MN... os Sek sae. 222 ls bee ote Se eee 224 LD UOT: BS = & 6S DEER OSE SAE AS Cea OIE TE Ane ie eh 1i7 Hihmoloy accessions: to thevdepariment of. -..- <2. 52. 3.)2-- 5.5. ewes eee 104 RED OLUOM MGCL ey) a MCI G Olan em eas ea Mee h epee yess c/s ei eee eee 101 LEM ewaO lennon kcmeCeparomentiOle =e ns se. 2 =. sce See eee 14 EMP OU UiUS BLE DOLU OM UNOrOOMUS c= soa = ey sa12 ee eau. tos 2 eoeine st ose ee oe ITT Buvopeanawood-cupten Gt sixteenth Cenhuryo.. 2-10... 5. 22 se oo ee eee eee 233 PIO Pep Ohta DACGESSIOMS LOM pce o4 San ecko sete cacao coe sees ee 79 FEiNie AVA ga es UT OO MU Vs seen eer ee se ie Soi ae a bee ee ae 156, 160, 509 A uD TaD Vase ene see ees en strane Bone Moe as es 506 SPECIMENS EPOSItGUe byes 2s> a= eee ee ae ee 92 Examination and report, specimens received for......-.2.....-.--2-<-.----- 32 Exhibition series, development and arrangement of the.................---- 11
Hisplorations -;-.=-.<---- SAGES BR SI IC ote ete ene OPES, Saget: 5 Bs fen 93
608 INDEX.
F, Page BED (WENN ORR a eesoodas sn sconaomenc ccuesoacor sneace ene jee See SSR Ece asAsde 178 Permow, Be Ki. =... 2 22a t sige emiireieee Soret nes eel eee ene et ee 13, 90 IRENA ONO Sriacncar noe scomeaas osoa ns ocns Bade segsaecs sesh sone se 125 Mew kes, Walt@n: 2.02 cistinat- a tee ae ae cree eee 106 JO fea boii fe Oe eee erin Goan sas menSsGcos Sane Soee sobs eeoens oucdisese Saccic 156 OMe iiters ANAK Cotes on eos sacs cmesaatace Sha5 > so bossa SoS socace dodsisol Ss socs'e sce 85 Finance, property, supplies; and accounts. 2-2 2202-22805. 2 a2 oe ee 56 Fish Commission vessels, marine invertebrates collected by-...-........---.. 175 NIBHeS; ACCESSIONS: LODE NGS yy arbi emt) Oily epee eee a 160 distribution: Of sets! Of (228 tacos sec ca Sass yee aee ee tee ee eee 160 TET PKOVELH CON. KS) GUA OFAN HOE. 9 - oo Semana Goce come se eona coos Sebo cktces 159 review of work inthe department Of- 22.620 222.) oe een eee 18 Fish Hawk, collections of fishes obtained by the steamer.._...............---- 160 Bolin tJ anaes: Mi oo ere a ae oe ae Bs eee ree eee 13, 86 Moria. sum poOrtan tac cessvong Moris se ee ee oes eee Fal HloridianUnios, TEpOLrb On ise: 5 a= og ieee See ee 166 IN gyronyes NEMO? oso ses sco csesco Hens oooa cuss ocnn< Bey ee ge PR eteHee ce Soo eee -o ec 427 Bontamne, Profi Williamvll. 26 soe Sesto o eet oereec cee aan eee 185, 190 Foods, review of work on-collectionvof -.72e.s2- te ee eee eee ee 16 Porelonpexchanigeses -2s6--ecieme see a> een =e eee ee 45 ’ Forestry, division of (Department of Agriculture), contribution from the ~--- 89 TEPOLbon ve sSechION: Oh aaa ee ae ee ee ae eee 125 Teview. OL wOLk in blesechion Ghia es = ere se eee 16 MOrrer Rios on: 2 sc esr. Soo ah OA SEs re ee eo eee ee 141 Fosdick; Charles: RR... .o.2 25 ete =< socio n Bee Se te eee ee eee 85 Fossil plants, condition of the collection‘of.- 2. --~ 2-2... Se. cena eee 187 Exhibition series "Of Got see ee eee eae Aes ee ene 189 Teport-on blerdeparsk wae mits O Leper ee 185 review of workin theidepartment Ofs------ os ee see eee ee 22 Eranee simp Or bambi aC CSSiO NS ahr OTE sae sre eee eee ae 19 ds. Galapacosmmollusks; sworlcion ther sets eas soe terete Oe ee eee 167 Gamibel’s sqpartridwes = 2.2220 se so 22ers a 413 Grammey cols mie QC OLS ope operat tat oem ne hc ey nec eee 411 (CXAHROUGIOUGNG? GUCTBOQIER, S255 2535 sdS so s000 S558 SSS0ne55 coda ero Seses0 5090 c08ese 391 Giatsche ty ACS eo. a cctc sie aris tie ec fen aye ee ete ene oer ee 92 Geare, Randolph L., chief, division of correspondence. ---=-----.-2).---2-2--- 14561 Geographical réview of accessions. 2. 22 ee ane =e ew ee ee ee ee a ee 66 Geoloricalecollections) distributed eset era eee ee ee obtained 2.2.) co ees ees oasis a ee oe ee eee eee 205 Mlaterial,-exchanoes( of rsse ee oe eae eee eee ee 212 received forrexaminlaGl OMe =e ee ee ee ee 213 Geplooy, accessions v0 therdepartmie mt Ofte eee eee se eee ee 210 plan of exhibit for the World’s Fair in the department of........... 209 reportion the department Of -ae ser == ese eee ae 295 HEN AC ALIVE AOL e Tel WKS) UKREG (Od A eee ee esse Se eee 23 Georeia important ac CeSSvons rin reese ree yc ee ee 42 Germany. 1mportanb accessions trom) see =: ess eee eee ee 79 Giololiy Tenry EH <-~ 2.05 e ee eae ee eee 105, 136 Gilbert; Charles HH. papers'\by 2. css. < oe e e eeee eeee 506 Gert iG: Beane et Hee seis cicietnc © tee epiatg any <1 ene oleate ee
INDEX. 609
e Page. Cid UM Dero Kardess Si reves. yh a ea a eT 506, 507 (CEG TT DOS COUT CE CURIOUS OAR ek 5 aa TE Rae pas gee 397 (CTacialeachOlr pn uberlalsalnstrativo Of=.-.-. s:.....225----26-22 555 seem 210 Gols Oils Be BecksaseUS6S CoE poi ne ee eee ete es ye eae 109 Gander e@n ronan ts emt Sore Sok. ol aS Sn ae ce oew Se pee eee ake 13 IFAD CE SAD Yee ane lale Seow = aise» ott b.< See Se 507
ComlagsgyloO ni tormspecumen! Ofes e sea So. acc ss on eat emcees eo en) os a See 400 CEA TTT L isc te hye One Spee SIE a a a A Pe ad 189 Grampus, collections of fishes obtained by the schooner. ..._........-...-..--- 160 AG he timber inn eaten 5 = ah Seager ist tek wcwcis.5 A= a) Slee eve ee oe pee te 105 Grammrsleminy: Gye. cic aes sar nce SO SER OS Sil ee aD BE BOR ME tain 3 106 Craphicraris accessions toluneseGblom OL 2225-5... 225-252-222 5-- 602 s5 eee 122 RE ORUROMLGMeTS CCULO NEO Lemme et mee aps a7 sk, 2 oe ee pee ne 121
LEMUC\WEOLN OL se MeGher Se CulOMnOtee ses ss se aes ee 15
Cima, GUUS 2h es tee bSsigS ae SS SACS RES ee ae eet ae RNIN Loe ee Ee 406 Cream rica eM pPORvaMuLe COSSIONS) MLOMI ss 280228. Soe ee ee eee 79 CiRECOS, ANOS TORO Oise Si oh Sees ee ks Soe el ees Ieee =e eae ee EE 80 (Curleyephesku. nCOllechimorapparatis LUEnNISIe le bOses ses 5 soe eee eee ee ee 96 SpPecimenuerecemvedmihOMl—emaae.2 Se ees sete eee se ies ioe eee 92
Hf.
excl Gl OTipAte CaePaeeee tie hea eree es oct Sess Gees sus boos Loa ees wees aeee 105 Hislaveel yenes <i: 8) re <r ae SIS CISC a TR ean Set ee i ule 86, 106 Veteran lee in," SNVTOUE STA) re ct Ne a a ere ee Nt RN 109 Haram area COMECTIONS Maden 25a esse se ees cone Sect eee 2 87 Tiley cipiisy: (Grants) J Dh A 2 SS eer ce ee ce er mR penance ae er ea 155 TT See OL eT OP EMM SOM sts. sae ye eeu AS. imei See Sr ea alee not 163 PUD Cla D Vamos eee ae wae ae cpreeces ce hea some Shc pe eee 507
EasbnouckeMdwink Me papers! DVeec-s-e2 sec- <2 = ose ee ESS mech de eee ea MOR 507 TE eee livetes Uy: TESS SSS ees Bene eh Sie nN Rng Ari CO 170 TEGO Diy IPM es ea bes Boe ee es See ee ae ee rat Sates oes 13, 112 AO UDELS Byers eer nse sete Be Oo Se re eninge ose. Sacer eee ee 5OT
Helienyeg OS aeee eer. Ae fecer acs oS ices Ogee as SARL ere is La A eS 155, 156, 157 Papel Dyess oe Teo in Le ee er ee RRS 2 ee eee 507
Hawaiian Islands, important accessions from-.... .-..4..-! eRe ies eee A a. 82 Jaleo ulyyg dlls G3 Pees eos se ane ete. cease eee eS phot eia ar Seis See ee 84, 148 lem dlerea a), Tihs, AGI eee ee ee as pr a eR ere meni 6 EE (5 lEleisiiiair, Ile WW 5 eae teseeeek Gee BeBe kee ele sees ate eee ise emer rae eee i 95, 156 Herharlum accessions throuch the Mtuseumm to the..........2...-..22.--2 ee 199 HSE MOMS OOM bt MG meres an ee css e ech tion ae en 199
letdleararals: PRONG dG Jue erie ae a Ae ON ere re eee ee ea ee ea ee cf 116 Isbnarenel is, afika, OM CaNe. 558 oe Oe SoCo re eee Sea eee eee nae Ae oe LOT RSL OUG MUSTANG LUE Com OMGMOlieete. sao 2 stink fs Sas coc t ee see ciee < eeee 390 MiStOLIGAlCOMeCbHONS MaAGCESSIONSIOL: 2 o24 22+ ooo. soe oo e cee ee ce eect coe cl eeteee 116. INS) DOV Oh) 2 5 See ee ee Re Eee cs 5 115
Rice ec kert nani hie mone serecenveumennom. 92+ fas 52)... sss aes eee 90) Hodgson collection, papers relating to the....-.-....... ate S.A ne eae eee 113 lalocdleasvorn., . WANG Ga 1 Bs Skee = a oe ee en eee See eae Sh 112 JelomomMa. Wily digcoconzac bobs Gos Ot cere eee ee eR cri yee 92, 105 ala lenrr clei een res gee ween ee eS eS See ete os eee 173 Holarideispeckmenuotalimbsnomle =. 52 2 2s scid a 22S el. pope de 2 eee 80 Blolhns NOUR Se 3 SSeS Oe CA SG ee reo ae a a 185 PUEWWETNE a oS ee aoe See ae ae eee nears Serra tts Op) Oo hya) 01)
H. Mis. 114, pt. 2
610 INDEX
x Page Holmes; William Hil) 2ss 2252.40 sae see eee eee ee ere 2 eee eee eee et 13, 93 papers by) 32. 2s4.6 5 sete eee eee s) sel eer eer 509 TOP ORT LO ic ro: cn ave sie estat sa oe VSR este a ga oct ere ee ea 109 Helzinger, John M.j paper Wy:.- 2/2 sem aya cia re ence ee 509 Holgner, Frank Xs 2: Soo csche ses 2s ose cise ae eee erecta ener oe oe eee 85 Honduras, identification of birds frome(ecee. 22 <2 1 tee eee 147 Horan, Henry ...s as:2=so 5 ooo Seles Do eee aie = aie eae oie eke aes a ees 14 lehopeyed NENTS ENON 6a65 SAS Sos cop cone soa bose ces coo Seed eouc seeeelseac 106 Howard; L.(O5, papers Dyf.cs0 S22 oe oe oe eee ee eee ee ce OUOn pile Howell, E. E.; prepares. skeletons of fishes). 2. 02 (222 2feee gels toe eee ee 159 Jahon, Meche ote IDE ne Soe Soe soos oe soc geccbos secs sce Sbencrccee CoeSes nous 173 Hurlburt, <Miss} ©. 222222 (82 Soi e cee cee ee eee oe eee eee 217 Hurter, Julius -/5.2- 232 See ee Se ee oe ee ee ee eee eee 156 Hymenoptera® studiy cote thie mcs eres ete aaa aaa 174 I. lecelandie Natural History Socletyne se sesce sooo eee eee eee 105 Idaho yimportantiaccesstons! frowns =< e oe aaeeee e 72 pilinors important accessions tom) sase=se= === ==) eee ee ae eee 72 Inachide; preparationyor catalomuelolet hemes ss. = = eee eee ee ee 178 Increase insthe Museum collections2=-ese-eas seer ee ee 6 Indexsto accession listiby;departmentsa5-— ae ee eee eee eee eae 591 localities:.. 2.52 cel esas ee ee eae 579 India, important accessions trOmMyer sae | eee es a eee 78 indian Ocean, shellsfrom- theses 3-2 see oe eee ee ee 79 Office; sassistancesatiorded “by thes. se ee en 86 HHINOCELOS' a23-)5 fe s2 2 eee ate aad, SGeelee ws is Sa eee 436 Territory, importambaccessions frOM)a=e ates e = eee eee eee 72 Indiana; simportant accessions strom)sess er Se eee ne ee ee eee ee 72 Insects, accessions to the department of...-......--..---+------ ep ecet ee 171 reportion the departinent) Ofss 22. += == sees eee ee 171 neview, OL work insthedenparonient) Ole. oss. 2s se. ee ae eee 19 sent ‘for determingttion’: 22 4524. 225) oie 2 eine ee eee 173 IN -ExChan ters hes. sae ence cots, Soe ts CRE a ne Wi International Boundary, Commissions: aes ee ee ee 94 Congress OfsGeolopists 2.4 34-222 ee eee 191 Invertebrate fossils, review of work in the departments of... .-...----..---. 21, 22 italy, im portanbiaccessionsitomes esos er ae eee eee 80 Itiobus rus; Casb, Of: . 52272 oa so See eae ee ee eee = eee ee 398 ives Ji. He. assistance: nemcere des) yess ee eee see tee ee 178 J. Jackass: Tabbiti< 5. sso. Scho es ee ae SOE eee ee ee eee eee 427 Japan, important ACCESSlOMS OM ase = ae a ae eee eee 78 Japanese methods of woodcutting, old and modern.....-....---------------- 224 Wwoodcmtitines ‘aimofe. 458 22s oe yee ee ee 224 and woodcut printing, paper-on--—_-.---=-4------ =. 221 Wood engraving COStiOllas. = sates Sot ios ae eee erro 232 Jaqguay, Pe Ress Sa ee a ee ele ee eee 176, 178 MERTEN ick as cm eae ee ee 84 Jenkins, Oiver Pos: Ss f.052 acne cep ee Oe ee eer ar ee 509 paper by ..2 3. sa s2ee See ea ee ea eee 506 JenneyW... Bs vcscs fess fee Ss Sige eee ele eee 88 collection’s!madé Dye se aa3 382s eee ee ee ee 87
INDEX. 611 Page. PUG LIT yaaa Vel CLO TRA tre ee ene se i hs, oe sy ea so a Lc ee mS ee Se, - 83 UNTETe Zea Ore eau nl Ole weet 22. ol eters, an ue oa eee a. if JoHMS on wis Ox rs melilswinommes sss Ne. jae ae oe eee Oe ae toc eine eens Wee a 88 OMMS ONS Seeds SLOSS MOnANSMNGbOd: DY) 22-5 ses 2s. 2222 = See ee ee 90 ROMS COM rm hse eeeemteege eee coca cic cic iciarc a sl seers set wane oeeein Seine pee eee 140 Jol ID eal Suey) DEY Le) ON eee ee eee eee eres eae 509 Oe tue NCdmima rane Vrsieriees soe als oo Sas oe moe 5 ease selon ee nee 85 UOWS 51 Pond ER ok cme s Got Ces Ee Ne Eee! 107, 144, 176, 178 collectimorouuinu unMishedstOnenos. soe eee nase = se ee 96 letiersiofeimbrodiuchlomsomven tOss2s--2 622 sss eee a ee ee ele eee 94 Tepullesstromel<orearcollected ayer eene a2 se. 4.4. eee eee eee 156 K. Kansashaim portant accessions tomy a5 25 9 se- o 226.) 555552 asc ae eee ee 72 Ken dell aWar Crreess 2 Jase eee se cscec ces sisicce acs -eh eek ees 5225892 22 ee 502 Papers; D¥e see e= eisee ss sas Ho as aoc en oS ot oese acs Seas 500 Kenticiye sump OLialbmacCesslons d¢rOMe=-s acs. 225s 2he2 oh. 2 oss se oe eee 72 Nin oSLOMme xpOSlllONmemas- sae ecth ces. = Sot tea yee ssa a Mid iol Sop See eee 176 Knitemsedsanmnvoodcubencrayiney bysPapillom. 222222222 2-255 lee) ee eae oe 234 Rinewilitons Hh Eero. see eie casio: iad Crees Se cere by “ot SEND hae eelcen ee a 14, 188 D2DEES PD Vetere yess Sm ae a oS athe a penta eee el ae ee 509, 510 Kee hileny Souter sees as Sse cee oc Seis hs SS ease a aes ee oe wie 2 eels Sree Selene 13 paper on Japanese woodcutting and woodcut printing edited by. 221 WAMOMSM DN ese se ysis SS ore ee eal es era shcraretnie Neen Sore cee ayes 510 PEP OmmOlms se cr tre ee ee hee el cee Om eS eee Bee 121 INOIREH), TT) QORIIN EXOCE SEM NEV10RO Migeis soos osesee copaes SuSE en conees aoe Seeess aoc 78 Korean collection, catalogue of the-..-.- - Be Rea ae ai ASO at eo 106 Kawa G CORPO M Mem ea ane a= etas as Se Sees voc cemae ses oon eves et cae Seleee ona 83 L. acoorcollechionsore fossil plants oss sniee see Ree ee ce see 2 eee tee se tee oe 187 WAUcoe wh) MOssiaplanisepresembved: WNi ss. olan nec sees ae See eee 186 TLenen|torin, Jes Jaheke oe sete be Bee ae eee = apie a eee ee eee 106 GU SROCCULCIL CLUS eee me Ee eas aia Soyer ae ae Se ss Soe seee Sass See ee eee 407 Watenmbertiary onthe United States, reportion the-..---2-2--.------ -52522.5-2 166 Wechimestandemeevinestor SOCICHES, =~ 2224.05. + 62-545 -<2 a2 es See See ee 54 WerdyanosephytOssilsmmom the estate Of a2 72... 2c. . os5 aon ese eos ee Sees 87 IL@eG/MeHeSS, IUBO S25 esc 22Ss 3Se dbs ee ee bees Beer seen Pee B eee epee sacoaces 510 Law, NIGH 2 S5 .ek eens Ses = Se ORS BOSE eee es Cee eae ena seeoera seen 7 Ib ORES, TMC) ahi HC Se Sees ao Eee te eee nee ai 6 Cy DERN S (OE) 1G) ae Seas OA Aa eee ee eine ere aay See 31 imnrdoren Wwe collectionssmade: Dyess - se 2S. 8 22S see hla nent ene soe wee 87 rocks and ores from..-.----- Bese fet Ma Se aera a fet ope lore 88 Lime Wee The So oe a eG oe eae eee eee ee ere 13 Minenistiedamilies ot North American tribes. .-=-..-..----..-- -5----s-----= 101 ILihnioi, BO AlN Se see eae Ssuee Sock Set Oe ae ae eee ee ere ree 175, 178 EU PGRSs ieee ee aise ole se ioe ere ee wieiac es oie cigs eee 510 ILigih CY MECUUISONG cee shes SoSe ae Sans Bete eae ae ee ne eee eres ae 527 TRMNIOUE) ESaes Soto's Jo eee donee eee Ee eee eae ae er aaron 18 PapersspuMlishedidumimoxthenyears---.- ..-- sss. 2-2-6] ee ee 500 lovdrmWalliamashells collectedubyecs. 225-2. +--+ 222ss255+2 secs ase eee 89 Becalides, wadexsto aecession, list. by .-..-..-.-.------- 2-2-2: s2--+4-554-225-- 579 MOMMA Me Venebie Mea PaApPOLID Yi. | ass 222 e264 <b ns oe See eee ee anes 510 Meng ris oO vem elmer ect aees . a. icin cit.oeis sias's aclos soe otew he teesesiwals 76
612 INDEX.
Page
Wopelie Se Wear. a. Wisse Ses cvnie yal chee eee een ee oe eee 88 Moulsvanay Tn) OL TAN hee CES SLOTS LN O Tie eee ee 72 water thtushes: oro Ofte o= aoe ee ee ee ee anes 435
Lovett; Edward. 2a2 22:25 stems se cae ee eee eee ee a eee een) len Paucas; Frederie: Ais 222 4222 2cs os eee ee ee ea eae ent S
DUPSTS VCs eee aoe S Seen oie See inte eee ee rae 510 TEPOVb Of sae Sot Ae eee eee ee ere ee 181
a. MacFarlane (Ris, paper by 2.2 eS. e fe ee a re ee 511 Madrid. expositions so.) eee ee ee ney ne ee eee ee eee 7 pPleparacion On exhiliinsors th Cees ae eee ae ee 135 Maiide; catalosue of ties. £2. 2 cece ae serene ea Dees eee eee ee ee eee 178 Mann ey aimportantiale cession spiromle 2s sees aie ee ie Malaysiasimportamb ACCESSIONS trom. eee ae ee ae ae 82 Mammalskins; mounted! 222. a2cke 2556 oe cece see Se ee eee 144 Mammals saccessions tomhedepanbtimienth Oia = = ae a= ee 145 Tepory.on the department, Ose ae ae aie eee nee 143 rewmew, on workin theidepartmentOl..-- 3222) 5= ee= aeeee aby Manteaaz7a2 Dr :Baolovc siden) Sse ee nae eee 5 ee eee 137 Marimesinvertebratess distribabionOfe- 2. .2 22 e- hehe one nee ae 179 principal accessions to the department of....-...-.-_-- 175 report, onthe department Ofeess 24s = eee ee 175 review of work in the department of22.---22.. 2... --=- 20 Marks) MieIG ot ccd oie os ot Sbctecimsin ds aelaeees ce Secs cee eS eee 139 Marlatt.@2 wre. 2e. sot, 2. eee tte occ se ce oeee eee eae 510 PAPSL Die Ses cice es oe Ses ae Se a is ee Hg) Marsh OMClepa2 cee ciel Snoom sete Qe one oc seiaracee See Saree ae 13, 87, 89 LEPOL Olas Sais cise eS aee e ee ote S N e ees 169 Marx; George). «2222.25 Seen bo. she eee ees See 2 ee eee eae ee ee 174 Miaiey enc tana) OF: Gena GCC SSM OMLS itt O NM ereyaye aeeeg 72 Masons: Ors 40% 4 Se sess SS Ste epee arch ore a ee 13 DEP CTSA Sere ct = aie cere oles cree ey ernie, ee 510, 511 PEPOrbiOse -\ ices lek SES Sterne oe eee eee ne 101 Massachusetts 1mporbailitaccCeSstons str OD a= area ee eee i) Materniamedicaareport on wheysectiomiote ie ese es eee a 133 Teview- Ob wOLrk in the SCCtLON, On == = ae ee lz Matthews;7D> Washington)... 2258 52) Be ee one ee eine Sa ae ae 105 Maynard iGeore-e.C., Coo perablomyOl ss 5 ose == See ee eee eee ee ee 130 Maynard; “Gé0ree Wise ois co ea8 So sess estes Se Oe ee =e 104 MeDonalde Marshall collections transmibcved ibys 2-4 eee ee eee ae eee On McGee, WiHG ois ets tae eas Secon seo ee Ie eee eee ee ee 838 Mearns; Edgar A: fac etsocis Sac e Be abe sets cree ieee orto ae eee 85, 94, 97, 143 Meigs, M. C - SAS ea on SOS aE naa aoeen ed des ecom ode bee emaet psnespeeswSsoc 84 Melville, W. H. 9 “dilostions evils DY ccec che cate Ook te doe eee ee 87 Mendenhall, TiC: 22. 2222 Sees dees sae a ew ee eee ee eee ee 84 Moertiam, ‘Cy Harti. 5... eee see sees eee ene eee 156 paper DY ..2 J25.s ses eo oe eeee Sas aste 2552 cee ee ee eee 511 Merrill. \Consul-GeneraltSammel? 222 9) ose ee as eee ee eee eee eee ae eee 82 Merrill :Geotge P'. oo ..72 22a: Steen ee ee ee ee eee 14 collecting outht turmished tosses: = =eee eee aesee = =e 97 ceoloeicall materialicollected (iy = sae a eee 95 papers: byases atenanlees 255 edna eee ee ee Lalege lees
Feport Of - sec csemie cee am cies ene see eee <i ote ee
INDEX. 613
Page. Mesozoic fossils, report on the department of..............--.-------------- 195 MeTcomiberca! leciotmemmtn 2202 2.2 Ae See eS Bee ee 203 ME sican: DOUNC Aly RO OMIMISSLON. =... 2-02-25 wos. oon jae Bese eee eee 143 Mexico impotian baceesslong {roms = 2. . Sco 2 ont ook kc oe eee ae 68 Michicanaimportant,zccessions from... 2.2 = is< 22.2 .ocoe8 = ve sas 5 Leek eee: 73 MivclcllLetommmlkvse NCO DOM sewers see es ap at ee ee see ar ieee 155 Murrcleleting @ OSIMOS Seem meet aie cee 9! Sef een uct a eee oie Menace ee 93 Minerals; accessions to the department of-5.... 22.2.0 22..2 5. e..cte5ob- seen 202 Conmnionrolt hey collectionyotemer sme) oe es ee see 202 [OEE To ErdoulOihy Ole, he Wey WVOAlGs Nyheea ss eee 201 reparwon the department of2..268. 2 fv Nis: So ae a ae ee 201 REN TEN VEO LanviON kai Meb tke, Cl ep MiG OOM Oli = se) aig 23 MMM Es OLaeuMp ORUANb ACCESSIONS) LLOM == a2 ee 73 Minute stone implements from India, paper on.-...._............-------- e455 EET Onc aeRO AS Ole were nr reae Sore ki eos ee SE Ie Ss eae eee 398 MESSOULT, IMpPORtaN accessions trom. 922 42252522252... 52h 73 Mollisks accessions to) therdepartment of 42222---2-52- 2-5... 45-22. 2 ee eee 165 ; LEPOMIONe bie depabomenb Oks. 5-2 cose sae ees an Nel ee 163 review Ob work im the department of ---22.22. 2.22.55. 19 Montanari portant accessions from... 5. .-.2 2522-28. 2.25.00. 4.22 73 MO riGarad Oni Mi Ote At, Mazaya Se. are cae Sea oe ee etna See 173 WOO E fe JEONG) Soe Be on a a a a eS epee MRR g es ee 1 eae 92, 93, 105, BROORICOC we eee Sak ete 32 Se Se eee So eee. Sao e ent oe 414 IO OROMEAC AVAL CTW ING sey ee eee fans evar ere ees eae AWS earn Ona tt oe ea 138 AC IRRRS TIN 2 (CAD Se NN Goce ie ee a ne aay ease ae Ry 121 VIC cen rl oun laes seer ee cette CNS Sea ee ye arn LR ES Ses Ses Aye oe ce ar ee 176 MOR vamelo ened eal Ole es) s-yeere Meet: Pye cee ee MO a wee call cere eee a ISURGNANSN iy, . CORRS CLES 3.5 Get Ree eet ei Sra RPL tc rene Pa ee 398 Mr ll ea Mmm eye ier rere te ee oe eye eens os «ES ord Ss Ree sae Be Seen Oe 82 Oo HEUTE 2 Ce SEE Se Ces ae ey 496 NPR TEC LES Emel WNTM epee sen coe I otra SIo]5 oq-fe Nom oes Scien os ae Saas Se esse ce SASS 14, 106 IVE AV ee ORIN es ete EOE eed tn (clove SOS. 2s 22a eae MaeeacaeSee oleh dee 176 Miuscercghistoimemabumelle we arista- =<... Asa. % 2. 2<ccese a. fess See Sec dehen eee cee 144 DVI Se Un SUaiteenee tartar eC Aeneas on ERE! Salas veMe oie < Sacto acne Suse sceee 13 WHERUE Ciicane adds c Stead SSe oe a RIO oct Reem rs es eee Sia oe 428 N. Naitioral phenbariimsnre pOlbr ONsbMOs 26.2 ace: a-ce 222 ee cen seee eee eae 197 National Museum of Anthropology and Ethnology, Florence........ 2.2... ---- 137 NECG LOMA BAO LO Olean ree «81 tomis 3 50's oeD20) 5 foc S 2 oes we retin Se ee 144 Navy Department and the Navy, codperation of the-..-.-..................- 85 LY Ea, dis Gos sags ¢ ES SESS Se SS ee ea GP CE) = 217 NG Eas lca eUM | TORuAMiRAGeESSLOMS AiO Mise os cs See SS ee Te 73 INCCHOOA? coeacack Ses b555658 6 eee ee er ee eee eee | | 7 NEDCHORWOR:. CRU s a 0OS Sao ee I eee ee kee 190 Hema a PUN OLGA b- aCCeSSIONS tLOML. -/-- 5.2.25 5 WLU ec sel ee 73 ING IDELVER Mo COMEeCTIONSIMALOs DR sec sceces vs icis = ee oe ee 88 News GC aledontasbindsashinsrinOMa sae ec Ss s.22c/cscs. es! ect e cee eee 81 NGC UN ea mn pOLtaA Mt TeCeSSlOMs hrOM. .---o4--=-24- e > se) eee ee eee 81 INT@ eres WY TUITE De ees act oh ee eae gee ee ee 14, 95, 205, 217 Newelliampshine important accessions from--2-......-.--5. 2-2-4. seeeee oe eee fis NOwa J CTeeye mM ORtaMbi accessions) from: s2-- = sa. occ Anges ose cee ee eee ee 7 New Mexico important accessions from -...-.....2s-2 52-2. sces5. cece sewbeans 74
Newey On; Impoertamo aGCessioNS TrOM....-< -. 2.2. .Jonsocdee cab ween wees BOSC. 74
614 INDEX.
Page New Zealand, important accessions from---_.22225-2: 22---- «---52 es255555 5-2 81 ‘Nomenclator Zoologicus;” procress Of work Olee=== seer e eee ee 157 Nornian, ‘Rev. Canon; Ay MP l-. 232 22i sass cs se eee eee 176 NorthyAmerica; aimportant acess ows eno nis ees ee eee 67 North Carolina; important accessions tron === en ee 74 North Dakota, important ‘accessions from==s-- -2-- ----.-2-5-225 2-2 Sees ae eee 74 oO. Ober; Fred tain sac 22d 5 See eae ask Se ee ores oe ge a 105 Oceanica, importantiaccessions tromls sso sss eee 81 Octopus, modelos. < 2h. os oes a ee ea pe are cee 389 Ohio; selenite ccrystals from! Se. sae ce Aa ee ee ee ee ee tee Us Olklahomantlerritony, tomahawk pipe froma s = 9 75 Odlosy,“reportrom then de partm Cnt sO tee ee ee ee ae 153 Opossums,.eroup Ofva As 2 Phased See re ee ee es 436 Orevon, importants accessions stroma se seeer core sae eee ee 75 Oriental antiquities, report on the colleetion of .... 2.22. 223-2.. 22. 5.-2 sees 111 review of work in the department of ----..22-_.:.-2._=- 15 department; sections Of-2 ss. = s-m.eee sec ree eee eee eee {gla Oriole eee Passe 5 BS aes eee oe eee nes <2 See 409 Grthoptera, rearrancement) of thet se eee oan eee a eee eee 173 Osteolovical preparator seb ess cele eee ee ee ee eee 65 OsteolocyofeNorth American @birds) = sso) ee a eee 182 Otaro Museum 2.255.522 Sek ee ee ee ee ee 176 P. Packards Aw Sit Jo 3) sche ee orth tas eee sd sve s See ee Oe ee 173 PoCk ards HR Wai seek h: Java ote ee Ce eer Sate enna a oe ee eS PSM nE INT, 512 Paleozoic fossils, accessions to the department of -...........----=.-!-.------ 192 FEPOLU ONeuN eld Ep abneniG) 0 te sess ee 191 Palmer BG@wardes..- 2c. Soca Soe eee os 5 re a ea 135 Palmer. Williams. 2-ais cesses ce see cow 25 ee See ee eee 64 Rang born, Mai idieiG, seo Aeew eras & Sas oat oe ens ol et 129 Ranopeussmonographyor the fenuse = asso) seer eee eee eee eee eee eee 77 ZAP SL USE als WOO C= CUD fo TeLTA URN Os eae ma ee 225 Papers by officers of the Museum and others, noticesof -...-. seiceiscte gets ee 498 describing and illustrating collections in the U.S. National Museum.. 219 Papillon’s manner of holding knife in wood engraving. ........-----.-------- 235 Partotmsh, castrol. concurs esse eee oe SiS 522 eee oes Se ee eee se se) Parsons}, Miss Katherine: 22 2 sce 2 ore ete ee eee ee ee ee eee 131 PAYNE; ts Hes Goa Se Sate oe Se Hee Ry See Se a 88 Penheld sSk..collectionsumad ele cease ae eee aes nee ee 38 Penhallow;, iP niece tre ee ae SEs PD Soe pee cg ey ee 190 Pennsylvania, important) accessionsstrom) ==- es sree ee] a2 eee 7d Pension Office ycontribiubions trom oficers| of plies 5 ae ee eee 87 Periceride, Catal oowe: OL Ge yi rca es i nee reese ae 178 Peru, insects from. 2022s ose = sae a cs ee ee ee ee AT Pheasant; mounted! 2.32 yi fo es as a ee 414 Bhillips. W Hallett, 235. 22c0~ 2a. See et Ae ee a ee 109 hotooraphertesnseee eee eee ON eR ES ee OP BOE one 65 Richer: Miss Anna ¢ 2. Js 2bs02 55.5805 oe oa ee ee ee 105 Biedducks, proup: Ofs:.- 25 See sae eee Oe ee eee 435
Pierce; William. Pw: .2):.0 0 mess: sien oo eee te EERE Eee eee oon 83
INDEX. 615
Page. PAS COMA MOU COMMERCE: ca) aaena saaiceienc teary a ease eo ua eee eos Mee cae s 412 Ripmenqaused In WwOOU-CUbpLINUINE . 2.2. <2)... lca 554 seen aeons ees 226 EnISbryp Hennyaacep BpeliD rae. 66. ose oec esha nce eam ae ore iyo Sse ahaa 2 512 IPCIENE SGHNE ao Soe cS an 2a Rice eee ete ae ea ener Secreto eee Ore 429 OlyNESia mM pPOLUANt VeCCeSS1ONS TOM \=.. 2 S257 scec asso eee se eee eeeenee 82 PZOUMOCMLEUCONY OMe wares eal eatis peice 2k eels aah ce Se aoe secs eee ee eee 391 GMP Owes aera sae Naie Ss Ne ois kysee ee SajSe Se so oS gent osc Sate dene Siew anataeeiser 398 HOME OMATILCS WH) eee tise oeoe mice ses «Yate als esa 5s cm etsyapaa ita alata eat eee ee 86 JOH, 1D el lo 1b Caade Sola ca Oot Greer ac NP Se Pena ene eI a ot ye 85 RoLomacsormaton, exposures Of theses. 2s 4-252 cans a5 cele s oe Se ee See eee 188 or younger mesozoie flora .... . SS a Sate. Sse aa ee ee eee 185 Plants ecollecthioniOhs sscsee- Seciae mania sane ae See pee eee ee 185 HO ULL NCVER AUP seat Ge astein = Sa a ape cee we eeeiama dt Suess al? Gee cee eee eee ee 85 collechimeoutht tornishedetoneesesee a) = ae eee ae ee eee 97 Routery ob ubesmound: builders; paperon the=..4------2-++--.-2- 2 sess eee 109 LEO HEM le UR NY ete deh a BR Se lb S BAECS eae i SER eS A 84, 87 UATE ICL O Peete nee onsite eee Pe he 2 Rae Ce eee 427 eran titel ccw igure crema nese ey cgn cena nls eR en la ey 2 Ee Sie et eee =) 2 106 Prehistoric anthropology, accessions to the department of -.........----.---- 135 Neporbon whe department Obsas- =e sss eee 135 review of work in the department of...-.....--.-- 15 Le parairourolie pels se sec meee Ae Heo tcc yeep see seam ee sane he ee 63 SDC CLIN ENB ee eat are ies a(n lap aieverace Sc aes Se Oe Oe Stee yao = cere G+ EROUeUD Ra Usep (AGLOdOl. Casts Olas. es eaen see cane se soe Sel ee see a2 oe ee 420 LOSselwm © arl CS pe Shia emt saps ary naan yes a aaa Sos aU actos ae ee 189, 190 LPOQUGUD SSet eee s oie Seg ASAE RES TRS Oe Se eR Ec re 155 Rind enewA etl jes oe ys Pc ' Go Seams > BN take Mba cope ata Se ee 138 Erincipalisourcesior the collections=2--e.-- <<. 2:22.22 +2: ---s2+02e4.-25220 4 EPRINTS TUES) ie ek ee ae ee J 238 iPr (lanae nh (Uke os Se at ee ele es Oe ee eee eRe ee ea ar ee ee 225 PRON CRONE) «eons ode ehes He SASS OPER Ce SES eno ae RS cares aa ere 49 otethe MausenmediminebWesyeal.--2 Sa. 2 5552S ae ee eee 497 FA GUutT ete O tw bon eer ewes oe. te ies coe ce oe Se ke win Shin oe Sede ee 101 Q.
Oucensland sbirdeandeminegals trons. 2-5)... 2 552-----25 Joc ioe ese one eee SI Queredo, Samuel A. L -...--- ee ne ae Sy Re alee ee 109 R.
RaMaligimn, WMAP Ussecokcs Bose nbess see ae ne Bee Be eeenne eee een oe a 175 DAPI RD aeees See Sees So ds So sistas 5 seo seo eee COs lees LUTE. RENIN. Baas ols ek Re a eee AC ety Sts 13, 92
collections= oransmittedbys.- 5-25 == ate ae = See See 91
jDHOGUE) “ao See see eer Cae ae ee eeetne AS ama aes oe 512
LE POLtmOtee pean s- = as.- 8 oe Soc oss dese Aeneas ease eee eee 175
Specimens of -Panopeus received from: .---2-=-==-------5--- 92
Recent plants, review of work in the department of.................-...---- Ze, REGIE RDON SIN SIORN Ge, coc adboceneDnEeBees Passes eogeos saps s 5 Saaos5 dosesc 23 Relation of biology to geological investigation, paper on the...-...-...----- 24) biology to systematic and historical geology. ..--..-.-.-.--...--- 28+
LOSSUGEKEM AIMS EO SULUCtULAL CCOLO MY = 2 -e)- oe eee see ae eee 273 Relativerchronological value ot fossil remains. -—- = 22-5 22--2 2-6-2 ei leon = 302
meno Recrenscdveninon. Of GE ~~ vec loe wees. ote wee gece kes ee cs onda ceten 6
616 INDEX.
< Page ReportsrOf ihe Curators ets =a see tee oe GS Ger SeSe seo s ae hice 59 Report'on the department of fossil plamtsi’ > eee a ee 135 collection of oriental antiquities...-...-- 1 UE nee ett Bes 11i department of American aboriginal pottery é RAN pares he eS. oes 109 birds 2... 2 CBSE, SU ee ee ae 147 botany: ¢ 2A nae oe eee ee ae ees 197 COMPALAilVy Cr MAOM\ ee ae ee 181 ObNMOLOG Yasar ee ere ee et ae ee eee 101 FiSH@S St = ..: 2 oe osged ee oe © Seger eee, peers 159 geology... 5.8 WoL ies eee eee eee 205 WN SECtS = 22: o scje se re se ee ee ee ae 171 MAMMAlS wos =. 53 25c0 a: kee ee ee ae 143 MALINE UMIVerteMnALES= so. = see Je igh, Sear 175 mesozoe fossils=-s28). Sere ee ee 195 mollusks (including cenozoic fossils) .-....----- 163 TOMO al S23 Ack soe he oe eee eas sh ee 201 OOlO Coe st ee as Seen eee See eee 153 paleozoic fossils 2 ste mae eee eee ee 191 prehistoric anthropolocye= 25-4) ses ae eee 135 repulescand! batrre hiss = -- ee ae eee 2 VeELruebrave LOSSUIS Moe fee eee ee ae ete Rene ee nee 169 historical: collections se: 2a sees eee ee ee eee 415 section Of forest ys... = Fa. nese eee eee = ee ee 125 Praphic-artss 2: sse5 esse ee oe aoe ee 121 materiacmedica.s2= 222 S55 !hee ces ria ee eee 133 transportation and enoimeerinw: 4.5255 ose eee 127 Reptiles and batrachians, report on the department of: 2 -2.2°_-_-2-22-225----- 155 review of work in the department of _.___.. _-.. --_- 18 Rewicwsof aduaunistrative works. .c02e+ 0.) Sie ts eee ee 23 cove THN) TAKEN KeVUTIUMIOKE OU NEHEMONNM= 82 sesh son oe sects asco ct nese se se 14 Rhode Tslandaaim porbaib ae cession si tomer a eee eee ee Ties TGROMDUSMOAGINUUS. 22. aoe Lee 2 BEE Geo Be ees oe oe Se = Ce ee eee ee ee 397 Rurcliond sai ss ee eee oe he eee = SE? SEU 2 0 te a 131 Richmond’ Ghanles wwe: s222 22 so ol eee ae bc Re oc pe ee 156, 160 birds? skims receivedstrome 2254-2 2- eee se ae 90 collectinovapparatus tunis eds iGe a= ee 96 collections madeiby =: 3022-2223: 22 ees ere 95 Ruleketitis? Wi t28< 8 nace ceed oe acc os es Ste eee ee Oe ae eee 83 Ridoway overt 2..a2- 8 eessas sees soe ee eee = ee i133 papers by cca ses. See's a ee ao a8 ee eee 512,513 PeporhiOl <Asce nics 2s 2 oe25 eee Seen eee ee ee 147 alleys: Olle s AVesea Mice oe ee eke a el ya ee ch Rt 13, 90, 509, 510 collections mecenvedithrouoh see eee eee 89 DAPeLs Diy ch 223 34h os Sa See ee 513-519 TepowbOtas sas. 4k. dsc b ee oe ee Bee 171 RobertssS) 7. soby ects deposited) bys oes se eee eee re 150 Robins; pair of yo. ie tee ne ee oe ee ee ee 436 Rockhill; W. Wis,.collectine: apparatus furnished tos 222 222522 eee a eee eee 95 Rock raniearoo. <2. sey Sees eee ee ee ee te ee Oe eae 419 Rocksiand ores distributed) sets) Otc oes eee ee ee ee 296 hose; J ..N., papersiby: 22 f2e Ses Bs ee ee ee ni) Royal. Kew Gardens. 325. 25.22. 222 ee Se ee ee ees 133 KovaleZoological Museum, TF lonemce sae neo er oe ee a ee aes eee 136 Routed yoTOuUse us... 2-222 a5 SS Se ee ee eee ee 414 Tr ca i «ae edn ee a at Sk ek oemoseerdasotcoges 86
INDEX. 617
Page Russell, Charles H.-..--- Re ON nv oa ets at ee eee Sis en epee a iL 564 It S ell ew lw Chee ene enc oe os VEL ot Ee VER ATT ee eee oases ees 105 COMleCTMOM WIT Amon Dea pane: ete a en a ee er 88 explorations in Alaska made by-:..---.--- sig Se a ee ee ee 95 USS cM OLvAFAUCCCSSTOMS ROM <2. 2-22. ye] os ee eae eee eee 80
Ss.
STUDS OL em beAUn ameter tone see ae oe a Lee ae ene ee 155 SY GLa oe Merge estes AP tn eS VU ce Wn Ses ire sae ee eee 86, 176 Sigineute lint es ©. On wm Mil erate mar ane cra Aelia e c o.c's ote Sen ae eee oe ieee 133 SKCMMMNENG STE, TO UA ee I eer oe ene ae a See Ament nate: Co Oem Rrperea ry aps res o 519 DAVES a Divger seme ieee spe ts Sarl ae ee eens ee hee ” 504 Selentie departments, review of work im the..-_-.-/..-._-2.2i..5_2- 222 --- 14 SUCHE, Oil AM UG AY MOSCONE. Bet Oe aes eee ae eS re ees ets 13 TARO OL MM Om MUSeUMS papel Os = > 4222 2256 9. 2. os ee eee 369 SC oldie pang Olmemaneeeeae sees Se ee Sach te ee a ee eee 409 SCO Well Meee neers sare eae Ar tease Sa Sora’: sohnyirayd ote SS oye SS eae = Ceieiee oe 160 collectiniosomtiiti tmmmisiied Om. sssser a. =. 9222 een 2 en ee 95 Sereechi owl --.=.-.- 5 Dee SoS as SEA ESE Oe ee ee ee Ue CM Pe NOME. Soe 416 Bcd deneN wee cissisbanhel Wray ptam-peo, o= 4-25 sooo nee Sec] ose aco oe eee 31 ec em Walla ss CUMLEN Sere COlwe Guth O Ms sens = 2 ss os ope oe ee eee eee 92 SeuimenitalyeORM aulONGae seas se 6 tec eee 2) s ene eee eee eee 268 GU CMORLCIILONUS WINLO (CaO lips meas r= ooops a ae ee ny oe ele oes ee ee ce 390 Dewwalle Lonedoweanrd Ma. 222.22 8. Bc) eae RR ate RADE ena 83, 105 Simiinclleye, JNA OAC) aoe Bee ae Boe pe Ae tt een tes ee 66 SHO eLSHUSCrMIMORI CIM PUper ONebiNe «ose =e esse e se 5 ee ce eas eee 437 SlrolesvamdsGiid denny pewalter smodelote Ghevss= 994s sss). eee eee eee 151 SHULER Tite, NW Stats Ste preter Aa ipo: Cac sR A sg oe Ds 85 MOUUGOS OLE RNOEUS Vie ood aoc okeaeee > SSR eee oS Soe ese eee 0) 2 DaUPCUSs terre sae ee Sok cee eager ee sea sh ee 369, 461 RUIOUIOS Diy eS Soe BoE ACE Ra CEEIE Set eee eee oe eh Deka 182 Exmpaoe Ohanlaswlonrreys-.2 is <-2) io. S|... kee ot ee ee os tee oon 163, 176 collecting apparatus furmished to: --2--25--_----_-2-- 97 Dap CSM Dyer eee ere a. oe ne nee eee A eee 521 SHIGE Wierd eyermnee COMd INS eoosedus-cosseaees oaeees Senseo Eon ee a Seas sae 151 SIKGGGE,, Tiny 18, 22 o5 8 SSao SauBSS CONS BOSE Ee 6 es eee aa a Panes Pay gear eree: ) 144 SIRAIG, FOOSE CED Os 55 eGo SCSACIG eee | Oe a eee eee Sea 396 SIRGIEHIOMS OLOUEHINGM TE 62.5 Sone sc Aac Sone anne Ee eee eo seen ea Peas tete tet. f 181 SWOT SO OWN wand cabot e ee on eee ee eee _ 6d SIMD As COs, UMS LEY a ae ee en Be ie CE en ih 121 path higeh Mo specimens. transmitted by=--.=------2-..22-----s-:+-s2e8-- 92 SEGRUTLNS cll) LE ISS SE 2 ge se a ee SE 173 SHOWS) UM Cee ele eS ak age eee eae A Es AT el arn Pe 178 SiMOW, TROIS IRS ISL Sao A ee Ae ey ed eee eg ee 190 Solms=laulbach, He Graft gui. 2 22... 2- ES A ey gee (ad Seem a RN SET SES eee) 190 NOULMEAIMeTIiCa mI pPOLtaANh ACCESSIONS frOMe- 0-2-5. .0-< 26 2a2s5qeeee oe cen eee UC SombpmCarolina, importamt accessions from..----...--------+----<-- 42522 5--- 75 SOU akon, NUpPoOrtaln ACCESSIONS {LOM ..-.-..2-2.----- 252-22 Ses cae eee 75 Spall mcs Otel heoniclaMkvOmDefromMess 2.5 sss. . 2222 see 2 oe ee eee 80 STPETMNSIH COC, oc sone Be aes Se ee a ee ee ee PER AEE All SPCC WN OAS TE 1D) 5 ae Se em ei, —, ne on MO me 141 SHENG, (CE Trt, SLATS J i Rc a a a ee ee 105 SuPnMO ni emNNIN GME te) ee a Ce soca nk wns Jan eedee ence Fee eee 13
SHERI GM JR Ma iT Clin oy Scenes Oe rr ae eee Bee 112
618 INDEX.
Stearns, F..A.,. specimens lentiby,s: \2257 2) ses eee Las See 178 Stearns; (Rs TSG ose se te a a er a ea a eee 13, 89, 168 Papers PyeEr oe. Ftc eee ee ee meas Bae eee 521 steganopodes, Study, Ol tHGOsteo) oO mys Of ulic aes 182 Stejmeger, Leonard 25 2. pais. aes ar aos eee ee 13, 152 papers ‘DY ss -ca ccs ee Soe ee See ae eee 521, 522 REPOTb OF S322. ete oa kes aera Ree eee 155 Stephenson, A‘. ./20.-.-5 2525 oe Se oe. on eee ee eee 140 Steuart, Charles: Avi: 5.22... 2 2622.2 sane coon eee een saan ee See 14 Steviensom, . Mins 5: Mig Pisa fons tye Sees ra aie fa Se eect ce Oe reer ee ee een 93 St Elelenatshellstrominiys cee no yesie,caie ie cree a ee ee 76 Stone, Witmer, "paper iby. 255 --c2 20 Sees ee Se ae 522 Storment, “BE digar las: ey Soa cece ae ears Pee ee 144, 156 Struve; Hon: Charles ded = 252.c2 24 sep oo Saeeee ee e 8&3, 106 Students: .22 2s ss es oes Je ee as ae a ee oe ee eee ee ee 5d ofconcholooy assistance rend eredsbomese ee aes eee eee ee 166 Sumatrancock 5 23 S225 soe yee eee cere ea ae ee a 412 Summers, HipE es. 228,25. eke. la ee atte eee ee ee 173 Sweden; fossils fronts (aise a e-e re lee pee ene ete eee ae ene 80 Switzertand Orthop bers die ome rss seperate ee 81 YT. MANNE eZee DApersi Dye ese cee ee meee cess ee as Sibcie Sra ela is/ale nts Sep ee eee 522 Pamidermists.. soso ce ccak ot ceec ree ten fis? Sees ae See ee oe ee 64 KReliunetcademiyn OF ATES alles CLEN CCS eee ee =e 112 POUMCSSUS oes 25 5 Se eed nd SSS Bue s,s he BOER eee eee Eee iUZ/tl Mertiaryemollius kes, rep Ont Or tb Cope ee ey 167 Hest, Prederiek C2! 25 268) a2 2 sie 8 cae) eee en ee "155, 157 paper Dy ste ee aise s Lee ee ce eee Se eee 522 REXAS IM POLLAN IG ACCESSVOM Ssh O Lie epee eral re nner 75 hel Shotarpcswuse ram lows OM ay uyo Tea Tee ee eee 437 Thomas; WilliamcS. 2... a oe ek ey esc nC ae nee ee 140 Thompson, Wa: ward iSies22% cece. -,-- seee a. ao eee era See ee ee 139 Thomson's cazelless: 52. 9-2 ao ee ot ee eee 422 Thomson; Walliam: J spaper Dy. ss. snc. - ee eee ee ee eee 522 horn ton; HMR es 5 ees ts ek ely nee nae ee an eee na pe a 106 Tokuno, T., paper on Japanese woodcutting and woodeut printing, commu- Mieated by: Mose Gi RA ae 221 Koolsrofbhe wood eub. printers se ee ee ee 229 WOOd-6N CLAVEl: © a5 20 52s ss Soe SE eee cee eg oO ne a 222 Townsend, Charles: (Hl. 222 co. ss =, Se eee oe oe Seated oy L SDNCMMEINS, THNTISOMNCUL Ie os ete ses aco osen Sose ecosuass- 92 TV Gehy Nous CATOUMUS ss sete Soe ee ee aoe ore Sete ee ee 398 Transportation and engineering, accessions to tic collection in the section of. 130 repoLtion iesectionols-=- ashe eee ee ee 127 review of work in the department of........-..._-.2-..- 16 Treasury, Depumument, cooperavionofithes eee eee 83 riccer-fish Weastrore 2) 222s eck ee Oe ee ee ee 398 Crinity formation. ~2s2 0. en Se sale ye ee Sa e ilsts: Tne, ‘A. ‘Charles; fossils: presented bys. 2 ee. - eee ee ee 90 sirwe Frederick Wi 222s oases ee 15 Papers Liye sess se Sse eee wee ere toe 522 report: OF 2.30 2 SSS ss ee 143 Tuepimanubrs, cast Of .. 5)... 2 2 ee ee ee 405 erbot.: 2 siggy biel dase aterm o ainie a oni teases ea ee é dias iniSloe's Sa Reece's oe
INDEX. 619
Page
IGANG yes a BLN eS Se cin cio ee ee ea eae esl Were oS < Sate Sie 88, 89
(MN edie 1B eee ce 1306 CAUSE See tee Ge se ae Bor eee nee ee oS ce as A eeeiacae 106
LET Srayd See ee 2 2 ee eer: 2. oem |. 7 ne 83
BLED IL AYRE IEREa eee Ney a 8S) RS ome es eee ee oe ae Cee 2) 155 Uw.
Manone olloge specimenswlent Dy -222.52.-25. 22s eekise gn fede eens 178
EEO NLAORW.O Dm O IE L Oreo eA i BARE oe ee ok a Pae ejet pe oe ee ee 167
United! States; mportant accessions) from the ----- =--. -:2 2-2-2) 222. 69
DOI, gl 2.5 Sab eeNeo ob Slos6s S20 mee meee ao teen acre SIAN R a aie RoR Le 13
Upper teazore plants aeCeSsslOnsiO Lh. = sa 2e see 22 e ae eee e 189
WeSC OastrandiGeodetici SULVeyrer sans nee. 5 sec. ae ee ee ee 84
Wane Lishe Commission, cooperation. of, these ---= +22 2522 9422 eee eee 91
Wass Geolosical Survey, collections made by the:.----2--- 9225-2220. 2 87
IU’, Sg LTRs SENG Ol Oe ge rn ep re ee eee Ae eS 84
Wes hey Onto Marne: SCPVICOLA os 26-52 sce 5 Seas cae Joes boone nae 84 Vv.
Van Weman Hh. sblacle skimmer presented by. -:---.---=5--22-25 025 ooo 90
WEISG. * (COORG. cts SER SSE OS ope AE Le a eee a EO 14, 90
UDO SD geen etn ates, 2 ee, ay cna en SS ee Rao sy Oe
ROD OURO leprae vt yacis, 2 > eye ec Sie Syed i ete) eae RN ie 197
BULA We lenswthee sas NRESeMbe Ua Dies ee ee Se eee ee 90
Mermonita important accessions Omens. =. tee sees. ae ee ee ee 76
Wiis ING Uta 5 = See GSE ra OC RARE ns a a re 178
Meciebnate fOsSslSsmnromet he Wes besseeserers< > Saceeee oe pean eee eee 169
DM akore: Cod aNt DN OE | See se ae SSE oSeeres Sac eas Pane aes 2 170
LEP OLOONPENe RC ep AEM enh) Olea aes eee ee eee ene 169
rewlew of worl: im) the department or. ..-.---©_-..2.._22- els
Witch OR Amen SOC OO MIEOM= erent ch of eh Sans. hu ane Sen See a ees Seen ae ee 81
WA AM Ape OT UAT NC CESSIOMS ALO Merete a Sete eps raee oee ee ge 76
WLS RUD ob co SeSer SESS SEUSS Ee oe SCORES So cine eee emma En = tee eee eres rs yer 6, 53 Ww.
Aral Cotibem Cae Dine te ene ce nets Ik Se eit aes ee OE ea 14, 89
A DOTAD Vee ase oe eee et een ese te ene ee eee 523
12) ONE) ee Sos ae Ee ae a ne Oe eS meee Seb a = el 191
\WHIRES cod soadeqHEaces cobseoccs GE Soe Ie Sen eeeee Seine a ee Beso aNse Soo ooeSe 429
War Department and the Army, cooperation of the -.-........-.............- 84
Wiveiedl, IbGg Ge GR See Sees Se ee ee ae Oe See eee Cnt ee CSM ee Gmree atc! Jat. 14, 89
PAP CTSIM geese = eyes ce eels) Sener eee eae e Jae ON ode On
OPOLUR OL aaresa! 3 !. 27 Ao <.3, Said iw)elc'e) mo ah oe ates aa eo eee 185
Was hine ton, sum poruanb accessions from a-sss= == sess2 eae ae ose eee aes 76
\Watleios, To 1BIbi Nea a ees ee en Dee Ree ere ees ap eden ane ee ts et 18°
PAPSTS. Dyi sees cca octcc dan ake ces oo sha > i ee DON IG
ROPOLUOL -'o-etea- hst- ee A es | ee Cee ee rr 127
DeGuusi ey SETCHO MGC UMNOLges 220 hoe | 22 ses Sat UR end oe tee fa
Wa GLO, AN ORR TING BETS eae a eae Pn es eg ee Re ee pt ee Sn eeee 83
Divied aia ca VNR et en cee ars ce 2 sett ek a ae es teiein ee, Ia ee 139
\AV GI bts 18 Waa, IAM eee 1 Re SER No ee Re ee TOA) Oe eee 105
GUNES Gtk 2 Si a Og Reed Oe Rem 86
Wiest Indies; important accessions from <.......5--!..----- s<-0. cence enew cnn 76
RPSL eS RUMI LUMI a oreo aso See > 2 ace We ease ch oct wes duce Seok ase esew alton 109
620 INDEX. Page West) Varginia, important accessionsentonl eee sere ee ee ae 76 Wihite, ASW) -s.2°5. 25. 2222.) Bate bs sedi SEE eee. ee _ 138 WihitesC yA. 223. ec Sa Bee 2S oe Ae ee oe 2 ee eee 14, 89 paper by, 22552-24k.. eee eee ears Ee tee eee 245 report Of; 0 Loge Serie 2 Se cc '> Cae ee eee oo tn eget ee peeled 195 White, C.F osc. See oo oar ee See ere ee ee ee 86 White, David.--.--- ee ne ese - - SERS SB) 2 Nese 187, 189 Wihite, Harry Ge. binds) presembed s)iyae sss ee eee ee 90 Waleox, Timothy R222 225225 e sess, See eee 85, 95, 156 collectinsapparatus: furmishedon = saeeee sees eae 97 Walder, Hanris Els, paper: by iss. .5252 52255 30 see oe Bee ee ee oe 526 Waldman, EHonsRounseyell@s--2-...-5 26. eee ee eee eee eee 83, 105 Wald shurkeyos 2.2. soot a ee ee ee ee terse He See ISOS See a eee 415 Walliams; (Georcey ssp apels Diirec= > een eee meee eee ee te ee 526 Williams, Talcott, plants from Morocco obtained by--....-..---.-----.-..---- 188 Walson; ‘THOMAS, Fst 3cotes te Ree ee cee ee en ee 13; 95 Noticeiof papersiDy- so. See eae ae eae eee 526 PAperssbymesaeeeaste = —- oie EU See GU A eee eee ee 455 TOPOL Ob 2 2:5, Poa > keene cans <a See eee a eee ee 135 Wimnllocle AWC se cee ox fk 25 ees ee ape rl) 2 Oe cee 15 AA UDR Th ce 0) 08 eats tame ay). aaa Aas St esges RI es pC ee a Se Ae acd: 144 Wrote Mis: S.2 see, Sr he) SS ci See shay See aire oe a Ne 121 Wood-cotprinter‘and: prinving25:2 ... dc Shacses eee cee) eee eee 230 WoodnittCharleg a2... 25. on cksete. seas see Moe ene OE ee 85, 105 Woods: used in’ wood-cut printing. -. 222-2220 2 aoe ee ee ee eee 222 Woolmimn: (Protetan ies ..a0 ae 208 cee oon oe nee ee ee eee 160 Wrorldésshaar,; preparation ofexhibris tomtitce ss. eee ee ere eee 4 NWOLCH 39s Grete crak Sees So aie ne ce fe ee ee er 105 Worthen CK. oso Sekt ey ee 144 Wiy.ckott Seaman ic&*Benediet:.5-esse sss eee eee ee eee 131 W.yonine; important’ accessions trom's..4-- 1. 2s.ec5 5 ee eae ee eee 76 WY. Meatbes\a William S322 a3 5 seg 2 ie a 2 14, 500 minerals) and fossils collected Dye seeeee = aes see eee 95 PAPC DYys. seks che sen cee See eee eee ee 526 Z.
ZOMAO ST OVUS MAT ADUNS cas. ieee mae ays ee See ee 190
O
= 5 ots
— sa